CONTENTS OF VOL. XVI.

NUMBER CII.

I. On some species of Cuscuta. By Cuarues C, Babryeton, M.A.,

F.L.S., F.G.S. &c: (With a Plate.) s..sseccceseees eodswerssoscnseesadon ae

II. Miscellanea Zoologica. By Grorce Jounston, M.D., Fellow of

the Royal College of Surgeons uf Edinburgh. (With a Plate.) ........ 4

II1. On the British Desmidiee. By Joun Ratrs, Esq., M.R.C.S.,

Page

Penzance. (With a Plate.) ....ccccsscssseseceers Rseuaens Abunda dandecuasiooas i AO

IV. On the Colours of Leaves and Petals. ’ By Wittiam E. C.

Nourse, M.R.C.S. ......00006 siaen dons anione et ve eS aa ae aeoe% garnesaevansie 16

¥. Descriptions of Coleopterous Insects collected by Charles Ae

_ Esq., in the Galapagos Islands. By Groner R. Wareruousse, Esq.... 19

VI. On the Organization of the Lucine and of Corbis. By M. ri

VALENCIENNES csvcsessesevees ssacnedivenveentess aasaacnesases se ccerceens covccsoee 41

New Books :—The Genera of Birds, by G. R. Gray, F.L.S., illustrated

by D.W. Mitchell, B.A., F.L.S.—Descriptiones Animalium que in

itinere ad Maris Australis terras per annos 1772-74 suscepto col-

legit J. R. Forster, nunc demum editz curante H. Lichtenstein 45—47

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Microscopical Society ; Entomo-

logical Society ....cssserseeeeeeees Coe ndesecsseccacqvepesivececectecece 48—66

Observations on the group Schizopetalee of the family of Cruciferae, by

J. Marius Barneoud ; On the Microscopic Constituents of the Ash

of Fossil Coal, by Professor Ehrenberg and Dr. F. Schulz; On the

Tendrils of the Cucurbitacee, by M. J. Payer; Meteorblogical Ob-

servations and Table......csccssscssesseseseees Gods veged sas ceaVadiweses 66—72

NUMBER CIII.

VII. Notes of a Microscopical Examination of the Chalk and Flint

of the South-east of England; with remarks on the Animalculites of

certain Tertiary and Modern Deposits. By Gipron Aucernon Man-

TELL, LL.D., F.R.S. POOH eee OAE HEROD EEF eseeee CORP eee OOS ere Eee eSeeeeeeeeeeeerese <a

Iv CONTENTS.

Page

VIII. On the Occurrence of an Intestinal Worm in an Acaleph. By :

Ma Gama. We Pei iescenc ives ccectacsisstranvanacreevesssnaeess 88

IX. A List of the scarcer amongst the Lichens which are found in

the neighbourhood of Oswestry and Ludlow, with occasional observa-

tions upon some of them. By the Rev. T. SaALWEY — ...ccccesscsccececees 90

X. Reply to some Observations of Prof. A. Wagner on the genus

Mylaton. By Trot Own, F TS. 6. eooccics ss cesnvecveciads tecueause peas 100

XI. List of Birds found in the vicinity of ‘Tunis and Biserta, from

observations made during a month’s visit from April 21st to May 21st

1845. By H. M. Drummonp, 42nd R.H. ............ Sabanesdeaetens ines SO

XII. On the British Diatomacee. By Joun Ratrs, Esq., M.R.C.S.,

Penzance. » (With a Plate.) .s.iicnevecketiiicesecese eseccceece Netadeduensy¥es 109

XIII. Botanical Notices from Spain. By Moritz WiLLKom» ...... 113

Proceedings of the British Association for the Advancement of Sci-

ence—Meeting held at Cambridge; Royal Society ; Geological

Society ; Asiatic Society ; Botanical Society of Edinburgh... 123—140

Ranunculus Lenormandi, F. W. Schultz; Carex montana, Linn. ; Mi-

grations of Salmon; On the Spores of some Algze, by M. Gustave

Thuret; On the Extinct Mammals of Australia, with Additional

Observations on the genus Dinornis of New Zealand, by Prof.

Owen; Meteorological Observations and Table...........+00 141—144

NUMBER CIV.

XIV. On the Anatomy of Acteon, with remarks on the Order

Phlebenterata of M. de Quatrefages. By Gro. J. Autuman, M.B.,

F.R.C.S., M.R.I.A., Professor of Botany in Trinity College, Dublin,

late Demonstrator of Anatomy T.C.D. (With three Plates.) ......... 145

XV. Description of a new genus of Night Lizards from Belize. By

J. E. Grav, Beqe, BRS. Ge. esses cece seestevcscscssccccscscsesccesccescess 162

XVI. The Arctic Expedition under the command of Sir Joun

FRANKLIN sccvcs: sosseesstnoecspestetersecceseceasacsess Wevsaugieisessvisecas sates 163

XVII. Observations on some Plants obtained from the shores of

Davis’ Straits. By Witi1am Seiuer, M.D., Fellow of the Royal Col-

lege of Physicians, Edinburgh ......s..ssssesesessccenssesseeecsseeeeeeeerers 166

XVIII. Hore Zoologice. By Sir W. Jarpine, Bart., F.R.S.E. &

PNR) sca diac scccsctevesccccsccsssesnscccvesstescasees 174

XIX. Descriptions of new or imperfectly described Diurnal Lepi-

doptera. By Epwarp Dovusuepay, Esq., Assistant in the Zoological

Department of the British Museum, F.L.S. &c. ......ccesccccecccccccscces 176

XX. On the Development of the Annelides. By M. Sars. (With

a Plate.) ...++ iene paresy sh sentvcebeby sh Deine hy aap siwdealias viveecwesdseimney 183

XXI. Botanical Notices from Spain. By Moritz Witikomm...... 189

CONTENTS. v

; Page

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Entomological Society... 193—212

Description of a new species of African Monkey; Mexican Fossils ;

County of Down Fossil Infusoria; Capture of Acipenser Huso ;

On the Cystidee, by Von Buch; On the Origin of Infusoria and

Mucor; Meteorological Observations and Table ........+00+... 212—216

NUMBER CV.

XXII. Onthe Howling Monkeys (Mycetes, Illiger). By J. E. Gray,

Esq., FiR.iS. &C.cscccciscscedscecccscecsveccces dvetadwodsigdadessaedépostespeves cp 217

XXIII. Notes, &c. on the genera of Insects Oxystoma and Magdalis,

By Joun WALTON, Esq., F.L.S. si.sesesececsccsscecssscecscscscovesoceees soe 221

XXIV. Descriptions of some apparently new species of Birds from

Malacca. By T. C.. Eyton, Esq., F.L.S. cecssssssoveseees pewbsbecbawapin’ mare

XXYV. On the Glyceria fluitans and G. plicata. By Tuomas Moorg,

TESS: Sesteste seebovecchctedbsescusesisieetabe snpeasssbesces Snecdevee esdesoeectonicn 200

XXVI. Descriptions of new or imperfectly described Diurnal Lepi-

doptera. By Epwarp Dovsiepay, Esq., Assistant in the Zoological

Department of the British Museum, F.L.S. &. .....csesseseeeee tedqsveee eae

XXVII. On the Surface of the Stem and Contents of the Medullary

Cells of Nuphar lutea (Smith). By Junrus MunTER ......cessseeeee «- 236

XXVIII, Note on some Marine Animals, brought up by Deep-sea

Dredging, during the Antarctic Voyage of Captain Sir James C, Ross,

R.N. By Josern Darton Hooxer, M.D. ........ccccceeees seccvecceess oo. 238

XX1X. Report on a memoir by M. P. Duchartre, entitled ‘ Obser-

vations on the Organogeny of the Flower of the Malvacee.’ By MM.

Bronenrart, Ricwarp and De Jussieu ....scscsseseeeere eevevdceespoebudse 240

XXX. Botanical Notices from Spain. By Moritz Witixomm ... 248

New Books :—A Monograph of the British Nudibranchiate Mollusca,

with Figures of all the Species, by Joshua Alder and Albany

Hancock .....0... Sp cipaanbivnces Sess WV ebates dis sbbaavENE Nae eapheone Soebetsce 252

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Entomological Society... 253-279

On the genus Saccopteryzx of Illiger ; On the Officinal Species of Pepper,

by M. Miquel; Obituary :—Professor Graham of Edinburgh;

Dr. J. W. Meigen; Showers of Dust at Orkney; Rain during the

present year; Meteorological Observations and Table ...... 279-—288

NUMBER CVI.

XXXI. Anatomical and Physiological Observations on Sagitta bi-

punctata, By M.A. Kroun. (With @ Plate.) .......c.ccccsscscecscscees 289

XXXII. Descriptions of new or imperfectly described Diurnal

Lepidoptera. By Epwarp Dovsuepay, Esq., Assistant in the Zoolo-

gical Department of the British Museum, F.L.S. &e. ........ veevecesenss 304

vi CONTENTS.

| Page

XXXIII. On the genera Spirulina and Coleochete. By Jonn

Ratrs, Esq., M.R.C.S., Penzance. (With a Plate.) ....... atecegrosesess: COS

XXXIV. Notice of a new genus and several new species of Nudi-

branchiate Mollusca. By Josuva Auper and Aubany Hancock, Esqrs. 311

XXXV. Descriptions of some new genera and species of Hetero-

merous Coleoptera. By G. R. Wareruouss, Esq. ........ eathos ines veines 317

“XXXVI. On several new species of Crustaceans allied to Saphirina.

By Harry D. 8S. Goopsir, M.W.S., late Conservator of the Museum

of the Roy. Coll. Surg. Edinburgh, Assist. Surg. in H.M. Arctic Ex-

ploring Ship Erebus (With a Plate.) ...csscccccccessssssseeeeees ie ceuepeats 325

XXXVII. On the Fructification of the genera Clathrus and Phallus.

By M. Maurice LESPIAULT ,....,eceseseeseeees Riel sal adiemeswasnsaneseds es one, O27

XXXVIII. Journey through Java, descriptive of its Topography

and Natural History. By Dr. Fr. JuNGHUHN ...,....ecececeeee coeseeens O29

Proceedings of the Zoological Suciety ; Microscopical Society ... 3832—347

On a Fish allied to Lepidosiren annectens; On the African Musk,

Moschus aquaticus, Ogilby; Occurrence of Aquila nevia in Ire-

land; On Mounting Minute Alge for the Microscope; On the

Discovery of a Fossil Frog and Butterfly in the Gypsum Deposits

of Aix, by M. Coquand; On a curious appearance presented by

the contents of the Capsules of a Moss from Chili, extracted from a

Letter to the Rev. M. J. Berkeley, by Dr. Montagne; M. Agassiz

on the Geological Development of Animal Life; Explorations of

« Dr.Schrenk; Descriptions of three new species of Bivalve Shells

of the genera Cytherea and Venus, by Sylvanus Hanley, Esq. ; On

the Disease of Potatoes, by Prof. Kiitzing ; On the Larus capistra-

tus, Temm.; Meteorological Observations and Table ...... 348—360

NUMBER CVII.

XXXIX. Remarks on some forms of Rubus. By T. Betz Satter, :

BD. FB Gee 5s ee Me Widaa eased yshe Salve vue Ve Meese aware esvecbeweess 361

XL. Notice of the Foetus of Zygena laticeps, Cantor. By Dr. Can-

tor, Civil Surgeon, Prince of Wales Island .........cccesscsesesseceececees 372

XLI. On the Dissolution and Re-calcification of the Shell in gates

a genus of Pectinibranchiate Mollusca. By Lovett Rerve, A.L.S. &c. 374

XLII. Researches on the Primary Modifications of Organic Matter,

and on the Formation of Cells. By M. Coste ...sccscccscccseceececscees 377

XLIII. Anatomical and Physiological Observations on some Zo-

ophytes. By Joun Rerp, M.D., F.R.C.P.E., and Chandos Professor

of Anatomy and Medicine in the University of St. Andrews. (With a

Plate.) <iccecorcecsccccvssssvocegssccceceer sRedapeeersanwasecase seve Secsseneeyenese 385

XLIV. Observations on the Spongiad@, with descriptions of some

new genera. By J. S. Bowersanx, F.R.S., L.S. &c. (With two

MEN nid oicdusesiaciecatesesdecksihe pans Dao pebaedis padV ch eu sna vai veiviss eee 400

CONTENTS. Vil

Page

New Books:—A History of the British Freshwater Alga, including

descriptions of the Desmidee and Diatomacee, with upwards of

100 Plates, by A. H. Hassall, F.L.S.—British Libelluline or Dra-

gon-flies, by W. F. Evans, M.E.S.—A Flora of Tunbridge Wells,

by Edw. Jenner, A.L.S. ......cscsssccsssossccsevers sesscvesseeess 410——413

Proceedings of the Linnzean Society ; Zoological Society ......... 414—428

On the Existence of Tetraspores in a genus of Algz belonging to the

Zygnemata, by M. Montagne; Hassall’s ‘ Freshwater Algz’;

Natural History in Ireland; Occurrence of the Belted King-

fisher, Alcedo Alcyon, Linn., in Ireland; Mr. Goadhy ; Meteoro-

logical Observations and Table ..........csecsserecsoeecseeseee 428-432

NUMBER CVIII. SUPPLEMENT.

XLV. An Index to the British Annelides. By Grorce Jounsron,

M.D., LL.D., Fellow of the Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh.

CWE PIII aisispesevercasdavsons prvlethesdanmcassaed A eames sb sansunds cssveee 400

XLVI. Journey through Java, descriptive of its Topography and

Natural History. By Dr. Fr. JuNGHUHN weicsesecessscaseeeeees seeveveve, 462

Index SHRRSHSHTIFHHSEH HEE HHEHHHT HEH EHEHEH RETR ES EHEREHEHHOHESES ESE EHHEH ESET ESS EDEEEES 466

PLATES IN VOL. XVI.

Prats I. British Cuscute.

II. British Annelides.

III. British Diatomacez.

IV. Scolex Acalepharum.—Development of Annelides.—Anatomy of

Sagitta.

Vv;

vr} Anatomy of Actzon.

VII.

VIII. Artamus mentalis.

IX. Gnathodon strigirostris.

X. Spirulina and Coleochete.

XI. New Crustacea,

XII. Anatomy of some Zotsbytes:

ee }y ew Spongiade.

XV. British Annelides.

ERRATA.

P. 351, line 26 from top, for Robert Dairs read Robert Davis.

— 357, last line, foot note, for hood vead head.

In the Meteorological Table for March (May Number), the average temperature observed at

Sandwick Manse, Orkney, is stated to be 48°40 instead of 39°72.

YS Lee

ma)

. =: ain

Cpe StTA LTT Wie hey |

Aptietiategays

ae fi i

+04

r ah

Poe

) PR 6 -&

Ann. Mag. Nat Hist VA. TLL

3. CLrifoltt,

Cusciuta.

SIDE. Sowerby, del et sculp?

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

$5 asiccasdicotiongse DOF LItONS spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes :

Pollice virgineo teneros hie carpite flores :

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymph Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco.

Vellite kyon e rupibus, et 100% rere

Ferte, Dew pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.’

meee Te ec thenié Ecl. r

No. 102. JULY 1845.

I.—On some species of Cuscuta, By Cuarzus C, Basrneton,

M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S. &¢.*

[ With a Plate. ]

SINCE the paper upon Cuscuta (Ann. xill. i. 246) was published,

I have had an opportunity of examining recent specimens of C,

approximata, and been favoured with a drawing of it (Pl. I. fig. 1.),

and also of the flowers of C. Epithymum and C. Trifoli from the

accurate hand of my friend Mr. J, W,Salter, I learn from these

beautiful drawings and an examination of numerous specimens,

that some slight alteration is necessary in the specific characters

and descriptions of the plants, all however tending to show their

distinctness in a clearer manner ; and I trust that the difficulty

imseparable from the examination of such inconspicuous objects,

after the specimens have been dried, will be considered as a-suffi-

cient excuse for the inaccuracies which I am now endeavouring

to correct,

In this paper I shall give revised specific characters for the

three species above-mentioned, and append to each of them such

observations as are requisite.

1. C. Epithymum (Murr.) ; florum glomerulis bracteatis sessilibus,

calyce campanulato quam tubum corolle breviori: segmentis ovatis,

corona adpressa : lobis (squamis) tubo corolle cylindrico subeequan-

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, May 8, 1845.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. /B

2 Mr. Ch. C. Babington on some species of Cuscuta.

tibus apice rotundatis fimbriatis convergentibus basi approximatis,

» stigmatibus filiformibus. (Pl. I. fig. 2.) ‘

Calyx bell-shaped, thin, shorter than the tube of the corolla,

usually tinged with red; segments broad, ovate-apiculate, longer

than their tube. Tube of the corolla cylindrical, rather shorter

than the ovate-acute spreading segments of the limb. Anthers

roundish-oblong, without an apiculus, and even notched at the

end. Corona closely adpressed to the tube of the corolla below ;

its processes (usually called “ scales”) nearly as long as the tube

of the corolla, broad, rounded, fimbriated and converging at the

end, scarcely narrowed below, separated from each other by deep

narrow interspaces, which are not rounded at the bottom, and the

membrane at that point is closely adpressed to the corolla. Occa-

sionally, as in some specimens from Norfolk, the divisions between

the processes disappear, and the corona becomes a deeply-lobed

membrane, the lobes of which exactly resemble the upper parts

of the usual processes, and are fringed almost to their base, the

line of connexion between the corona and corolla remaining un-

altered. In one instance this change had extended still further,

and a rounded emarginate projection occupied the place of the

usual division, having down its centre an appearance of being

thickened: unfortunately this curious specimen has been lost

during its transmission for the inspection of a friend. “ Germen

spherical.” Stigmas simple.

The figures and descriptions of C. Epithymum differ so much

from each other that I have considered it advisable to omit all

synonyms, and give the authority for the name (Murray in Linn.

Syst. Veg. ed. 13. 140) with considerable hesitation. The plant

described above is probably that of Smith (Eng. Fl. ii. 25), al-

though the figure in ‘ Eng. Bot.’ (t. 55.) will admit of doubt.

It seems also to agree sufficiently with the description given by

Bertoloni (Fl. Ital. iu. 69); and is, I believe, identical with a spe-

cimen from the neighbourhood of Hamburg, kindly sent to me

by Mr. W. Sonder of that city. It is worthy of remark, that in

that specimen the anthers have an apiculus, and that I have never

detected such a structure in British specimens.

The error committed in my former paper in describing the co-

ronal processes as “spathulatis basi distantibus” may perhaps

admit of some excuse when it is remarked that, if a specimen is

softened in water, spread out and then allowed to become dry in

that position, the processes shrink in such a manner as quite to

agree with that description. It is hoped that the figure of the

interior of the flower now given will enable botanists to ascertain

the similarity or difference of their plants from that described by

me, as it is the opinion of some botanists that there is still, not-

withstanding the separation of C. Trifolit and C. approximata,

Mr. Ch.-C. Babington on some species of Cuscuta. 3

more than one species included under the name of C. Epithymum.

My plant inhabits heathy places, growing upon Erica, Ulex, Sa-

rothamnus, &e.

2. C. Trifolii (Bab.) ; florum glomerulis bracteatis sessilibus, calyce

infundibuliformi tubum corolla subeequante : segmentis lanceolatis,

interstitiis corone saccatis: lobis dimidium tubi infundibuliformis

corolle subequantibus apice rotundatis fimbriatis convergentibus

basi distantibus, stigmatibus filiformibus. (Plate I. fig. 3.)

C. Trifolii, Bab. in Phytol. (Feb. 1843), i. 467; Ann. Nat. Hist. xiii.

252; Eng. Bot. Suppl. ined. t. 2898.

C. Epithymum, (. trifolii, Bab. Man. Brit. Bot. 302.

C. minor, 2. Trifolii, Choisy in DeCand. Prod. ix. 453.

Calyx funnel-shaped, rather thick, about as long as the tube of

the corolla, cream-coloured, .but occasionally tinged with red ;

segments lanceolate, about as long as their tube. Tube of the

corolla rather irregularly funnel-shaped, about equal in length

to the lanceolate-attenuate spreading segments of the limb. An-

thers cordate-ovate with a minute apiculus. Corona with saccate

interstices below ; its processes about half as long as the tube of

the corolla, narrow, rounded, fimbriated and converging at the

end, narrowed below, separated from each other by broad inter-

spaces rounded at the bottom. Between each process the mem-

brane projects towards the centre of the flower so as to form a

cup-like space between it and the corolla. Germen truncate, nar-

rowed below, elevated upon a longish stalk. Styles filiform,

seated upon small sunken tubercles. Stigmas simple.

A comparison of the above description and character with those

which precede them will, I think, prove conclusively that C. Tri-

folii is a really distinct species from C. Epithymum. It can

scarcely be necessary to call attention to the saccate corona and

the difference in the proportions and shape of the other parts of

the flower.

The natural place for this plant is upon clover (Trifolium pra-

tense), but it can live upon many other herbaceous plants.

3. C. approximata (Bab.); florum glomerulis bracteatis sessilibus,

calyce campanulato carnoso quam tubum corolle paulo breviori:

segmentis latis truncatis apiculatisque vel rhomboidalibus, corona

adpressa : lobis latis adpressis tubo corolle cylindrico paululum bre-

vioribus bifidis segmentis divergentibus apice fimbriatis basi approwi-

matis, stigmatibus filiformibus. (Plate I. fig. 1.)

C. approximata, Bab. in Ann. Nat. Hist. (April 1844), xiii. 253.

Calyx bell-shaped, fleshy, rather shorter than the tube of the

corolla, green, tinged with purple at the edge ; segments broad,

transverse, truncate and apiculate or rhomboidal, usually shorter

than their tube. Tube of the corolla cylindrical, longer than the

4 Dr. Johnston on British Annelides.

triangular-ovate bluntly-pointed spreading segments of the limb.

Anthers cordate-ovate, apiculate. Corona closely adpressed to

the corolla ; its processes rather shorter than the tube of the co-

rolla, broad, adpressed, deeply notched : the lobes diverging, trun-

cate and fimbriated ; separated by narrow linear interspaces, which

occasionally extend almost to the base of the corolla, but usually

the corona 1s continuous throughout half its length. The form of

the summit of the coronal processes will be seen to vary consider-

ably, but always retains a general outline very different from that

of any other species with which I am acquainted. Germen round-

ish. Styles seated upon elevated promiment tubercles. Stigmas

simple.

Introduced from the East Indies with the seed of Melilotus

officinalis, upon which plant it preys.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Fig. 1. Cuscuta approximata, Bab.

a. The growing plant.

6. Clusters of flowers.

ec. The calyx with an unopened corolla. Magnified.

d. An expanded flower. Magnified.

e. The corolla greatly magnified and laid open in order to show the

structure and proportions of the corona.

e'. Slightly different forms of the corona observed in other speci-

mens.

jf. The germen.

Fig. 2. Cuseuta Epithymum, Murr.

c, d, & e. The calyx, expanded flower, and the corolla laid open,

showing the corona.

Fig. 3. Cuscuta Trifolii, Bab.

c, d, e & f. The same parts as before.

I1.—Miscellanea Zoologica. By Gnorax Jounston, M.D.,

Fellow of the Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh.

[Continued from vol. xv. p. 148.]

[ With a Plate. ]

Class ANNeLIpES. Order Erranres. Family Nererpes.

Section NERgIpEs NON-TENTACULATA.

No tentacular cirri; the antenne rudimentary.

Genus Potiicirta*, Johnston.

Cuar. Body serpentiform: head rather indistinct, with three

small frontal antennz: eyes four: proboscis large, without jaws,

* This worm has been already published under the name of Bebryce

Peripatus (Thompson’s Rep. on the Fauna of Ireland, p. 273), but, having

discovered that the generic name has been used by Philippi, I am under

the necessity of changing it.

Pi one nad = + 7 . ne

. « A ¥ pid Z “ *

4 WE ha - ‘ * 7, 4

ion ng, IN, ‘4 " = By

ag ae > . ’

os 25 #4 a . =

: , y na ia

‘ He wedi: Nag TP i : +

- PY oe wey 7 =

FIT ht aly fi i ,

‘ rd é ‘ %

a pee * v8 4

3 . : a “

“A

me:

‘

tS A :

4 .

eo ':

% . 4

A) .

_¥ ;

- 3 <

- British Annelides.

CS del. ' AD.CSowerhy, set ;

Dr. Johnston on British Annelides. 5

the orifice naked: segments numerous: branchia in the form of a

globular tubercle over each foot, which is uniramous ; the bristles

simple : ¢ai/ truncate, without styles.

Oss. The relations of this genus are rather obscure. To

Nephtys and Gilycera it may be considered to approximate in the

rudimentary state of the antenne, but in all other respects there

is too great a dissimilarity to allow us to consider them as very

nearly affined. The branchial tubercles over the feet might sug-

gest a comparison with Phyllodoce, but there is no structural re-

semblance ; the lamellee in Phyllodoce being merely modifications

of the superior cirrus, moveable and jointed at the base, and

acting as a kind of oar in the animal’s locomotion, while in Pol-

licita they are branchial only, being immoyeable, and of no use

or applicability as locomotive organs. The difference in internal

structure is equally great, for in the one genus the organ is

veined with the ramifications of the blood-vessels, while in this

it is very distinctly areolar. I have seen one species only, which

may be named—

1. P. Peripatus. Plate II, fig, 1—6,

Hab, In deep water amid corallines, &e. Berwick bay.

I have seen several Irish specimens in the collettions of Mr.

W. Thompson of Belfast.

Desc. Worm about 2 inches long, very slender, narrowed to-

wards both extremities, almost cylindrical, of the usual yellowish-

brown colour, roughish: head small, indistinctly separated from

the following segment, longer than broad, rounded in front,

where there are three unjointed antenne, the medial nearly as

long as the lateral; on the sides of the head there are besides a

few minute fleshy papille, and the feet advance on each side

rather before the eyes, which are placed unusually backwards:

eyes small, four, the anterior pair most approximate: mouth in-

ferior : proboscis exsertile, large, smooth, emandibulate, the ori-

fice plain: segments numerous, about the length of their own

diameter, each of them furnished with a globose lamella or

branchial tubercle on each side placed over and above the foot,

immoveable, unjointed, smooth, with a small papillary tip; feet

about sixty pairs, one pair to every segment, conoid, uniramous,

papillary, not projecting beyond the branchize when at rest, but

capable of being protruded beyond them, armed with four or five

bristles and a spine; the bristles simple, sharp, curved like a

hedge-knife, altogether retractile : the skin is covered with minute

papille or granules, only visible under a high magnifier: anal seg-

ment truncate, without styles, but on each side there is a mam-

millary foot, which is larger than the penultimate, and, like it,

appears to be destitute of bristles,

6 Dr. Johnston on British Annelides.

The specific name attached to this worm was suggested by the

resemblance it has to the Peripatus juliformis of the Rev. L.

Guilding (Zool. Journ. vol. u. pl. 14). It is slow in its motions.

In some positions what appeared to be a minute antenna was

visible on the top of the head, and such as our figure represents

it, but of its real nature I could not satisfy myself, and the ap-

pearance may have been produced by a mere fold, or possibly by

some refraction of the light. The areolated structure of the

branchiz seems to be peculiar ; and a foot bristled with papille

is a very rare formation among the Annelides Errantes.

Puate ll. fig. 1. Pollictta Peripatus of the natural size. Fig. 2. The same

highly magnified. Fig. 3. The anterior portion of the body from below, to

show the situation of the mouth and proboscis. Fig.4. A few segments from

nearly the middle of the body. Fig. 5. A single foot and branchiz to show

their structure. Fig. 6. Three of the branchial globes separate from the feet.

The figures were taken from a specimen that was only eight

lines in length. The larger specimens were from the Irish coast,

Family Eunica.

ONUPHIS TUBICOLA.

Nereis tubicola, Mill. Zool. Dan. Prod. 2625. Zool. Dan. i. 18.

tab. 18. fig. 1\—6. Turt. Gmel. iv. 87. Aud. and M. Edw. Litt.

de la France, ii. 154.

I am indebted to Mr. C. W. Peach for my specimen of this

worm. It has lost the posterior half of the body, but what re-

mains is in excellent preservation, and will enable us to supply

some deficiencies in the figures and description of Miller, which

are very good so far as they go.

The shape of the body is similar to the Nereis, and composed

of numerous homologous segments ; it is somewhat compressed,

but convex or rounded on both dorsal and ventral surfaces, which

are smooth and polished. The colour appears to have been a

uniform yellowish-brown.

The cephalic segment (for it can scarcely be recognised as a

head) is very narrow, even behind, but tri-sinuated in front, and

in each sinus there originates a long awl-shaped tentaculum (wood-

cut, fig. 1 a), the three being of nearly equal length. They are

smooth but annulated, the three basal joints very distinct and

short, the others less distinct, elongate, and rather irregular. At

the base of the tentacula are the eyes, which appear to be four in

number, but they are so obscurely marked that the two outer

ones may possibly be only dark spots. Underneath the tentacula

and partly concealed by them are the antenne (fig. 2 aa), which

are minute organs reminding us of the antennze of some beetles,

having a short moveable pedicle with a clavate head. They arise

from the rounded front margin.

Dr. Johnston on British Annelides, 7

The mouth is inferior, and so concealed that it can be seen only

from the ventral aspect. The wide undefined orifice is surrounded

by a thick dip, the upper lip being formed of two comparatively

large egg-shaped tubercles (fig. 2¢) ; and within the under lip

there are two processes like palpi. From the external side of the

anterior tubercles there arises, on each side, a tentacular cirrus

(figs. 1, 2 6), similar to the tentacula in all respects, and projected.

in the same direction, but only one-third of their length.

The proboscis is armed with several small dark corneous jaws,

denticulated on the inner side, and arranged in two rows, in the

same way as in the genus Eunice. See Aud. and Edw. Litt. de

la France, pl. 3. fig. 11. |

The occipital segment has no appendages. The segment behind

is nearly of the same size, but those which follow are narrower,

the length being about one-third of the transverse diameter.

Above and below the foot there is a cirrus (fig. 3). On the an-

terior segments the superior cirrus does not project beyond the

foot, but it becomes considerably longer on the posterior, and is

simple on all of them, with a joint at the base. The foot is

formed of a tubercle and sheath, armed with bristles collected

into two fascicles. Each fascicle is furnished with a spine (fig. 4),

with two forceps (fig. 5), and with many lanceolate bristles curved

at the points (fig. 6) and very sharp, with a double edge at the

point of curvature. I have not before met with a worm furnished

with forceps-like bristles; and none of the kind are figured by

Audouin and Edwards.

The worm lives in a tube which has a singularly exact resem-

8 Dr. Johnston on British Annelides.

blance to the barrel of a dressed quill. It is about three inches

in length; and the superior portion is thinner than the lower,

which is very tough and not easily cut with a knife. I made a

vain attempt to form it into a pen.

Let us see if, in its curious structure, we can find a key to the

habits of the animal. We learn from Miiller that it lives in soft

mud, and one unceasing object of its life is the capture of prey.

For this end it must protrude the anterior portion of the body

beyond its tube, and raise it above the surface of the mud, and

in this position remain on watch. To enable the worm to do this

with ease, is, I conjecture, the office of the forceps-like bristles of

the feet: with their ends it may hook itself to the rim of the

tube, and thus support itself extended without the waste of mus-

cular power. A long watch is thus rendered less irksome, while

at the same time its capacity to seize upon a passing prey is in-

creased.

The prey caught, analogy leads us to believe that the worm

will instantly retreat and sink within its tube, where it can feed

without disturbance or fear. But as the entry and passage are

narrow and unyielding, it seems to follow that the prey should be

held by the mouth alone when in the act of being dragged within

the tube, and hence surely the reason that the mouth has been

furnished with the hard tubercles to the lips; for, when con-

tracted, they must give a firmer gripe and hold than could other-

wise be taken,

The use of the tube is to protect the body from the pressure

of the soft mud in which it stands immersed. When the tube is

overset or cast out by the waves or accident, the worm leaves it,

and becomes, in its turn, exposed to enemies. To protect itself

from these while a new tube is being secreted, nature has amply

furnished the Onuphis with a series of bristling lances on each

side. These arms are of exquisite make, very fine and very sharp ;

and those of the upper bundle have their pomts bent and in-

clined towards those of the lower bundle, which are likewise bent

to meet them. Do examine a foot under the. microscope, and I

defy you not to admire them: and your wonder will increase

when you consider that a complex mechanism is also provided by

which these polished instruments can be drawn within their

sheaths, and pushed forwards and beyond at will. I can easily

suppose that the wounds they inflict upon the tiny assailants of

the Onuphis are severe and painful ; but worms are too retentive

of life to permit us to believe that the repulsed foe ever dies of

them.

Family APHRODITACER.

Genus SpintHer, Johnston.

Cuar. Body oval, exannulate, scaleless, acephalous; antenne

Dr. Johnston on British Annelides. 9

— ?; eyes none ; proboscis emaxillary : feet very numerous,

all alike, uniramous, and all furnished with an inferior cirrus.

1. Spinther oniscoides, Plate II. fig. 7.

“ Dredged off Castle Chichester (Belfast Bay) Aug. 26, 1844, in

-6—10 fathoms, Mr. Hyndman,” W. Thompson.

Desc. Body ovate, convex dorsally, flat on the ventral surface,

of a uniform cream-yellow colour, rounded and obtuse at both

extremities, which are so much alike, that, without a close exami-

nation, the anterior is not to be distinguished from the posterior.

There is no head, tentacula nor tentacular cirri. With a com-

mon magnifier we perceive that the back is crossed by numerous

(about thirty) narrow roughish edges (fig. 8), the roughness

being produced by a series of minute bristles which scarcely pro-

trude beyond the skin: the ridges are regular and equidistant,

and are continuous with the feet on each side. The feet form a

close-set range round the body, interrupted only in front by a very

narrow fissure in which the mouth is situated. They are all alike,

short and equal, formed of a single thick stump armed with a

bundle of bristles (fig. 10) that project very little beyond the .

margin, and are all glued together by a sort of albuminous mem-

brane. There did not seem to be any cirrus above the foot, but

at the rogt of each of them underneath there is a cirrus shorter

than the foot itself, and with a large bulb at the base (fig, 11),

The bristles are of three kinds: viz. (1.), the spinous (fig, 12),

sharp and fashioned like a needle ; (2.), the forked (fig. 13), which

are filiform with a bulbous root, and eut into two scarcely equal

prongs at the apex; and (8.), the clawed (fig. 14), a bristle which

has a stem slightly incrassated upwards, where a strong curved

and sharp claw is articulated by an oblique joint. The forked

bristles are the most numerous; and I did not observe more than

one clawed bristle im each foot, but there were two or three from

which the claw appeared to have been broken away. There are

no anal styles.

For the only specimen of this smgular worm that I have seen, I

am indebted to Wm. Thompson, Esq. of Belfast, It is half an

inch in length, with a breadth fully one half of the long diameter.

It has at first glance more resemblance to a Doris than to any

Annelide ; and when it was placed under a common magnifier, it

was compared, aptly enough, to the Cyprea europea, the compa-

rison being suggested by the stmilarity in the ridges that cross

the back.

The description, I am aware, is in several respects imperfect,

but from the distinctness of the worm as a species, it is assuredly

sufficient for its future recognition. Observations on living in-

dividuals seem necessary to ascertain the number and nature of

10 Mr. J. Ralfs on the British Desmidiez.

the oral appendages. That it is a member of the Aphroditacee

no one can doubt, although it possesses few of the technical cha-

racters by which that family has been hitherto defined, It has

no near ally in the family. In common with the Palmyre, the

back is naked or destitute of scales; but there is nothing else in

which the two genera agree.

Puate IL. fig. 7. Spinther oniscoides of the natural size. Fig. 8, The

dorsal aspect viewed through a common magnifier. Fig. 9. A view of the

ventral surface, Fig. 10. Two feet detached and viewed from the back,

Fig. 11. A foot as seen from below. Figs. 12, 13, 14. The bristles.

[To be continued. }

III.—On the British Desmidiee. By Joun Ratrs, Esq.,

} M.R.C.S., Penzance *,

[With a Plate. ]

Dipymorrivum, Kiitz.

Filaments elongated, gelatinous, fragile, cylindrical or subcylin-

drical, with a bidentate process or angle on each side of the

joints.

The filaments are elongated, simple, jointed, gelatinous and very

fragile, and finally separate into single joints ; each joint has two

opposite, bidentate angles or processes. Hence the margins of

the filaments are crenate, and as it is regularly twisted it not only

appears of unequal breadth, but the form of its joints also varies

as more or less of the angles is seen at the margin; in short, as

they are at one time fully visible and at length entirely disappear.

For synonyms, habitats, and description of the species, I must

refer to my former article on Desmidium.

1. D. cylindricum, Ktz. Filaments subcompressed, inclosed in a di-

stinct mucous sheath; joints broad as long. Kiitz. Phy. Gen.

p- 165. Desmidium cylindricum, Annals of Nat. Hist. vol. xi.

p. 373, pl. 8. fig. 1; Menegh. J. ¢. p. 204.

Puate III. fig. 4. Didymoprium cylindricum, joint dividing into two.

2. D. Borreri. Filaments cylindrical, not inclosed in a sheath ; joints

inflated, twice as long as broad. Desmidium Borreri, Annals of

Nat. Hist. vol. xi. p. 375. pl. 8. fig. 4.

Additional habitats. Ashdown Forest and near Battle, Sussex,

Mr. Jenner; Ireland, Mr. Andrews.

Prare ill. fig. 5. Didymoprium Borreri, joints dividing.

Guiazoprium, Berk. (in lit.)

Filaments elongated, simple, cylindrical, very gelatinous ; joints

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, July 11, 1844,

Mr. J. Ralfs on the British Desmidice. dil

with either a slight constriction which produces a crenate ap-

pearance, or a grooved rim at one end which forms a bifid pro-

jection on each side.

The filaments are cylindrical, simple, jointed, invested with a

broad gelatinous sheath, and very fragile in one species, but not

so in the other. Hither a groove passes round each joint, giving

a crenate appearance to the margins of the filament, and dividing

the endochrome into two portions, or else a grooved rim at one

extremity of the joint appears on each side like a bifid process.

A transverse view shows a radiate endochrome in one species,

but in the other I was unable to obtain this view on account of

its want of fragility.

The cylindrical filaments distinguish this genus from Desmi-

dium and Spherozosma. From Didymoprium it differs in the

absence of angular projections, in not being twisted, and in al-

ways having the same apparent breadth.

1. G. dissiliens. Filaments fragile, crenate ; a shallow groove round

each joint divides the endochrome into two portions. Desmidium

mucosum, Breb. Alg. Fal. p. 65. pl. 11; Menegh. Synop. Desmid.

in Linnea 1840, p. 204; Ralfs in Annals of Nat. Hist. vol. xi.

p. 374, pl. 8. fig. 2.

This plant is apparently common, as, in addition to the habitats

already given, Mr. Jenner has gathered it in numerous stations

both in Sussex and in Kent. It has also been gathered in Ire-

land, near Bandon, by Dr. Allman, and in Kerry by Mr. Andrews.

In an advanced state it becomes of a pale opake green.

The mucous sheath is easily perceived, and is on each side of

the filament as broad as the central coloured portion. The en-

dochrome is divided into two portions by the central constriction,

which can always be detected on a careful examination with the

higher powers of the microscope.

This plant has been involved in much confusion ; it was by

mistake figured in ‘Eng. Bot.’ for the Conferva dissiliens of

Dillwyn, and afterwards altogether omitted in Hooker’s ‘ Br.

Flora’ and in Harvey’s ‘ Manual of the British Alge’ From

the synonyms in Meneghini’s ‘ Synopsis Desmidiearum,’ it seems

that De Brébisson considered it the Conferva mucosa of Mertens

and Dillwyn.

2. G. mucosum. Filaments scarcely fragile; joints not constricted,

but having at one of the ends a minute bidentate projection on

each margin, the adjoining end of the next joint bearing similar

projections. Conf. mucosa, Mert. ; Dillw. Brit.Conf. tab. B. ; Hook.

Br. Fl. vol. xi. p. 351; Harv. Br. Alg. p. 127. Gloeotila monili-

formis, Kiitz. Phyc. Generalis, p. 245?

In shallow pools and gently-flowing streams, probably not uncom-

12 Mr. J. Ralfs on the British Desmidieze.

mon. Most plentiful in the autumn. Bantry, Miss Hutchins ; Appin,

Capt. Carmichael. Trentishoe, Devonshire ; Penzance and Dolgelley,

J. R.; Cheshunt, Mr. Hassall; Chiltington Common near Pulbo-

rough, Sussex; and in the peat bog at Fisher's Castle near Tun-

bridge Wells, Mr. Jenner,

Filaments elongated, very gelatinous, of a pale translucent

green, not fragile. Under the microscope the joints are generally

about equal in length and breadth, and the endochrome forms a

single irregular patch. The joints are not constricted, but at one

end they have on each margin a minute bidentate projection ; as

the similar ones of the next joint are at its adjoining extremity,

these projections occur only near the alternate dissepiments.

When, however, the joint is elongated, preparatory to the forma-

tion of two joints, the endochrome is divided into two portions,

and then these processes are present at both ends, the next joint

undergoing a similar change. These projections are extremely

minute, and can only be detected by employing the highest power

of the microscope, and even then are liable to be overlooked if

not carefully sought for.

IT examined many specimens of this plant in 1841, but did not

perceive these curious projections until the following year. I

believe they are really formed by a grooved rim round the end of

the joint, because however the filament may be moved they are

equally apparent ; whereas if they were processes, as in Didymo-

prium, they would be sometimes either entirely concealed or ren-

dered less apparent.

The filaments have a very broad mucous sheath, which from

its great breadth and absence of colour is not easily discerned ;

it is more evident when a specimen is dried on tale or glass, as

the margins are then generally perceptible. When gathered the

filaments are very distinct, frequently parallel and subdistant

even to the naked eye : this depends on the great breadth of their

mucous sheaths, which prevent the coloured filaments coming into

contact. By this character G. mucosum may in general be known

even without the aid of a microscope. The same circumstance

occurs in young plants of G. dissiliens, but is less remarkable, as

its mucous sheath is not more than half as broad.

Under a low power of the microscope G. mucosum has consi-

derable resemblance to G. dissiliens, with which it is probably not

unfrequently confounded, But they may always be distinguished

even without the aid of the microscope. The G. dissiliens is ex-

tremely fragile, and will break into pieces if a small portion be

placed on the hand and the finger gently passed over it; this plant,

on the contrary, will not break if it be taken out of the water and

allowed to hang down in long strings. It always has a clear

translucent appearance ; the G. dissiliens, except when very young,

Mr. J. Ralfs on the British Desmidiee. 13

is of an opake green. The latter if kept in water for a few days

spontaneously separates into fragments; G. mucosum, although

treated in the same manner for weeks, has not separated into

fragments sufficiently small to enable me to obtain a transverse

view. I am therefore unable to say whether the endochrome in

that aspect appears stellate, as in G. dissiliens.

Under the microscope G. mucosum may be known by the joints

not appearing crenate and by the endochrome being in a single

patch, orif divided, the joints are longer than in G. dissiliens. Its

mucous sheath is with difficulty detected, and when seen will be

found to extend on each side twice the breadth of the coloured

filament ; whereas in G. dissiliens the mucous sheath is, except in

old specimens, detected without difficulty.

This is a remarkable plant, and differs in many respects from

the other Desmidiee ; indeed so much so, that I had some doubts

whether it would be correctly placed in this family; but as the

Rev. M. J. Berkeley, as well as every other algological friend

whose opinion I solicited, considers that its place must be in the

same genus with the preceding species, I have described it here.

The joints seem to be in pairs, and a single one is consequently

unsymmetrical.

G. mucosum agrees with the other Desmidiee in its capability

of being kept a long time without undergoing decomposition.

I was indebted to Mr. Hassall for the information that the

plant under consideration was the Conferva mucosa, Dillw., as

also for an opportunity of examining a foreign specimen under

that name from the herbarium of Dr. Greville.

I have since been able to compare our plant with a portion of

an Irish specimen of Conferva mucosa presented to me by Mr.

Borrer, who received it from SirW.J. Hooker. From the latter

I learn that this was an original specimen from Miss Hutchins.

Sur W. J. Hooker has also presented me with an Appin specimen

collected by Capt. Carmichael. All these are identical with the

present plant,

Prarte III. fig. 6. Gleoprium mucosum : a, portion of a filament much

magnified to show the bifid projections; 8, less magnified to show the

breadth of the sheath.

Spy #rozosma, Corda.

Filaments gelatinous, plane, fragile; joints closely united by

means of glandular processes, and deeply divided on each side,

thus forming two segments and giving a pinnatifid appearance

to the filament.

_The filaments are pale green, gelatinous, simple, plane, have a

pinnatifid appearance from the division of the joints into two

segments, are fragile, and finally separate into single joints. [|

14 Mr. J. Ralfs on the British Desmidiex.

have not observed that the filaments are twisted, as in Desmidium

and Didymoprium. At the junction of the joints there are on

each margin one or two minute glands or processes which are

scarcely discernible in the front view, and do not interfere with

the close junction of the jomts. The transverse view is linear or

oblong, and the processes, one or two at each side, are much more

evident than in the front view.

* This genus differs from Desmidium, Didymoprium and Gleo-

prium in its flat filaments (which are not twisted), in the deep di-

vision of the joints into segments, and especially in the presence

of the minute gland-like processes at the junction of the joints.

From the Odontella of Ehrenberg it may be known by the joints

being united along their entire breadth, whereas in Odontella they

are connected only by the elongated angles which inclose a small

vacant space between them.

On account of its deeply constricted joints, this genus forms a

connecting link between the three preceding genera and Stau-

rastrum. :

In Spherozosma, as in the other genera with deeply constricted

cells, the segments are frequently unequal during the growth of

the plant, and they become in like manner equal when it ap-

proaches maturity and its joints no longer divide.

1. S. unidentata. Joints as broad as long, divided into two segments

by a linear notch on each side ; junction-glands stalked, oblique,

solitary at the centre of each margin. Odontella unidentata, Ehr.

Infus. p. 159; Pritch. Infus. p.191. Desmidium compressum, An-

nals of Nat. Hist. vol. ix. p. 253. Isthmia vertebrata, Menegh. 1. c.

p. 205?

This plant has been gathered at Rotherfield and near Tun-

bridge Wells by Mr. Jenner since the publication of my former

notice of it. I then considered it an undescribed species of Des-

midium. I have since been favoured by Mr. Berkeley with the

following extract from Ehrenberg’s observations on the Odon-

tella unidentata :—“ This species is surprising by reason of its

evolution. There are always two great and two small joints

alternately turned to one another, and the processes are found

alternately between the small and large joints. This reminds one

of Scenedesmus convergens and the Euastra.” This extract leaves

no doubt that Ehrenberg’s Odontella unidentata is identical with

the plant I described under the name of Desmidium compressum.

He correctly pots out the affinity between the joints in this

plant and the frond in Euastrum. As in both genera he consi-

ders the segments of the cell to be distinct joints, he has de-

scribed the process or junction-gland in the present plant as oc-

curring at every alternate dissepiment. But his description of the

Mr. J. Ralfs on the British Desmidieze. 15

alternate occurrence of two small and two large segments is in-

correct, for although the smaller segments are necessarily in pairs,

being formed during the elongation and bisection of the cells, |

have never seen all the joints thus dividing at the same time,

which must always happen if his statement be correct; on the

contrary, many joints with equal segments will often succeed each

other, here and there followed by the unequal segments, as I have

described above. When the reproductive granules are perfected

and the filament of the mature plant ceases to elongate, all the

joints will be found similar and their segments equal.

In my former notice of this plant I described it as destitute of

a mucous sheath; I have not gathered it since; but on further

consideration I believe that the sheath exists, although I failed to

detect it. The reason for coming to this conclusion is, that the

filaments when gathered were remarkably distinct and parallel,

exactly as those in Gleoprium mucosum ; | have no doubt that in

both this appearance is an effect of the same cause, and that

broad colourless sheaths separate the coloured filaments. I sup-

pose therefore its tenuity, want of colour and great breadth pre-

vented its observation.

Puare III. fig. 7. Spherozosma unidentata: a, portions of filaments ;

b, front view of an empty joint; c, joint with one of its segments newly

formed ; d, transverse view.

2. S. excavata. Joints longer than broad, with a deep excavation

on each side, and two sessile glands on each margin at their junc-

tion.

Pools, Dolgelley and Penzance, J. R.; Cross-in-Hand, and Ash-

down Forest, Sussex, and bogs at Fisher’s Castle, Kent, Mr. Jenner.

Very minute, seldom more than twenty joints in the filament,

which is fragile, and finally separates into single joints ; at their

junction, in the front view, are two minute processes or glands

invisible before the escape of the endochrome, and situated one

near each angle. The jomts are from one and a half time to

twice as long as broad, much constricted in the middle ; the con-

striction is like an excavation or broad sinus on each side, so that

the margins of the filament appear sinuated. The transverse view

is oblong with four sessile minute glands, two on each side and

situated near their ends.

The endochrome is pale bluish green with minute scattered

granules.

Piate III. fig. 8. Spherozosma excavata: a, portion of a filament ; b,

front view of an empty joint ; c, transverse view.

16 Mr. E. C. Nourse on the Colours of Leaves and Petals.

IV.—On the Colours of Leaves and Petals. By Wi1i11aM

E. C. Noursg, M.R.C.8.

Tue colours of leaves and petals depend on several conditions ;

some mechanical or structural, and some chemical. The latter

have been made the subject of many investigations. The former,

though requiring little more than common observation, have

been passed over, or but slightly noticed. It is to a clearer

knowledge of these that the present paper, so far as it goes, is

intended to contribute.

The structural or mechanical circumstances which influence

the colours are, lst, the situation of the coloured cells ; 2nd, their

size, form and number ; 3rd, their mixture with each other ; and

4th, their degree of visibility.

1. The situation of the coloured cells is different in leaves and

petals, though their general structure is anatomically similar, If

a leaf be torn, the green colour appears to be in the central sub-

stance ; while in a petal the centre is nearly white, and the co-

lour peels off with the cuticle. This difference merits a degree

of attention which has not hitherto been paid to it.

The structural parts of a leaf or petal are, the substance, con-

sisting of cellular tissue and venous ramifications ; the cuticle, or

epidermis ; and a layer of cells immediately beneath the cuticle,

to which we may give the provisional name of Rete.

This latter structure is seldom mechanically distinet, but is

either continuous with the substance, as in leaves, or adherent

to the cuticle, as in petals; though it can sometimes be shown in

a separate form in petals of a large size. Its characters, however,

effectually distmguish it from the other structures. It is the

densest parenchyma of the organ, consisting of an immense

number of nearly circular cells without any interstices. But the

circumstance which makes it most conspicuous is, that it is the

seat of colouring matters which are scarcely found in the other

structures. The rete thus appears entitled to be considered as a

distinct tissue, and may be found to perform important func-

tions, especially in the petals, in which its development is most

distinct.

The colours of the rete possess an almost endless variety, and,

in fact, it is in this structure that the most highly coloured cells

are always found. Of petals, it contains the entire colouring ; the

yellow, red, blue, brown, black, and all the intermediate tints are

wholly produced i in its cells, and can be completely removed by

simply stripping it off with the cuticle. This can be easily done

with any common flower. In leaves the rete is the seat of all the

modifications of the green colour which those organs present,

excepting variegation, cuticular changes, and what may be called

Mr. E. C. Nourse on the Colours of Leaves and Petals. 17

venous colours, like red cabbage, &c. All dark shades of green are

the effect of an immense crowding together of green cells in the

rete, as may be readily seen in the yew, the bay, the holly, &c.;

and all those lesser variations and shades, such as brownish and

reddish, and a number of others, which add so much to the

beauty of each leaf and to the picturesque effect of the whole, are

due (with the above exceptions) to the different colours of the

cells in the rete. Of this kind are the shadings in the leaf of the

common wild ivy; the reddish tips and edges of rose- and peony-

leaves, the purple of the cornel and cineraria, and many similar

appearances.

The colours of the substance, on the contrary, are marked by

their want of intensity and by their extreme simplicity. Few

coloured cells are found in this structure. In petals it is either

white or lightish, or some faint shade of the general colour of the

flower. It requires some care to show this im small specimens ;

but in large ones, such as garden poppies or peonies, the cuticle

- and rete can be easily peeled off on both sides, and the colourless

substance shown in a distinct form, having the exact shape of

the petal.

The substance in leaves is always green, except in the lght

parts of variegated leaves, or in leaves of unusual thickness, like

the aloe. With these exceptions, there is but little difference in

the shade of green between the substance of one leaf and that of

another, taking them, of course, in a state of health and matu-

rity. Thus, in the holly and ivy, the substance is very little

darker than it is in the beech or laurel. In a great number of

leaves the difference of shade is not perceptible ; and even in the

holm-oak, remarkable for its gloomy foliage, the green of the

substance is not by any means so dark as might be imagined.

It will thus be seen that the coloured cells both in leaves and

petals are chiefly placed in the rete. A few are occasionally

found in the substance of petals, and a certain number in that of

leaves ; but not in general sufficient to determine the outward

colour. |

2. The size, form and number of the coloured cells always vary

with the intensity of the general colour of the structure. When

the colour is very deep the cells are small, roundish, and densely

packed together in immense numbers. ‘This is their appearance

in the rete. If the colour is lighter the cells are larger, more

elongated, and less closely packed together, as they are seen in

the substance of leaves, and of those petals which are somewhat

coloured throughout ; and where there is little or no colour, as

in the substance of the greater number of petals, the cells are

generally large and oblong, often muriform, and with distinet

intercellular passages.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. C

18 Mr. E.C. Nourse on the Colowrs of Leaves and Petals.

In white flowers, the cells which contain opake white matter

are always rounder and more thickly packed together than the

empty cells.

3. Tints may be produced by the mere mechanical mixture of

the coloured cells. In these cases no union of the colours takes

place, but they remain distinct in their separate cells, side by side.

When the cells are mixed with regularity, a uniform tint results ;

but when the colours are more or less massed together, variega-

tion or marking is the consequence. Coloured cells sometimes

lie over one another, causing a new tint by one layer being seen

through the other. |

The leaf of the Pelargonium zonale is well-known for its pecu

liar dark stain. This is entirely in the rete, for the substance of

the leaf is pure green. The rete however, viewed carefully in

various sections beneath the microscope, appears to consist, not

of dark cells, but of distinct red and green ones, very minute,

densely packed together and intermingled ; and it is by this juxta-

position of the red and green, and by the green cells of the sub-

stance being partially visible through it, that the effect of a dark

tint seems to be caused. The leaf of the variegated elder pre-

sents an appearance of similar orig. Some parts of the leaf are

of a decided green, and some almost white; but there are also

patches of a sort of imperfect green, paler, and somewhat glau-

cous. The substance in these parts is not less green than in the

darkest parts of the leaf, as may be seen by looking at the under

surface ; but the rete, instead of containing dark green cells, con-

sists of a thin layer of white ones; and these, with the cuticle,

to which they are adherent, by lying over the green substance,

produce the glaucous appearance.

4. The cuticle in this mstance contributes to the effect. This

structure has not yet been mentioned, because coloured cells are

never found in it; and it merely modifies the appearances of co-

lours by regulating the visibility of the coloured cells. This is

so obvious, that it only needs to be referred to, as well as the

effects of the cuticular appendages.

In most petals the cuticle is extremely delicate ; often consist-

ing of the finest web, impossible to be detached, and only to be

seen occasionally at the carefully torn edges of a flower. It is

somewhat thicker in large petals, and can then be raised and torn

off in shreds. Of course, in these instances, it is perfectly trans-

parent, and permits the colours to be seen through it in the most

distinct manner. .

Such are the structural circumstances relating to the colours

of leaves and petals. Simple as they are, and easily observed,

they required to be stated, to receive their proper share of atten-

tion. The chief points about them are, the anatomical differences

Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on some Coleopterous Insects. 19

between leaves and petals in the situation of the colours ; and

the location of the colours of the petals in the rete, a fact hitherto

unnoticed, and one which may hereafter throw light on some

interesting points of vegetable physiology.

Reference was made to another kind of colours, also found in

the leaves and petals. These, with their peculiarities, which may

prove not devoid of practical interest, together with some other

matters connected with the subject or suggested by it, remain to

be brought forward at some future time.

London, June 9, 1845.

V.—Descriptions of Coleopterous Insects collected by Charles

Darwin, Esq., in the Galapagos Islands. By Guoren R.

Wareruovsse, Hsq.

Tux insects here described are nearly all of small size, and none

of them display any brilliant colourmg. Some of the species are

referable to a little group found in Chile and Peru,—the genus

Ammophorus, a genus hitherto only found in those parts ; others

appertain to a genus. (Anchonus) which is almost confined to the

West Indian islands and the northern parts of South America.

Again, in the collection under consideration are species of ge-

nera which are found all over the world or nearly so, such as

Feronia, Notaphus and Oryctes* ; and, lastly, there are species

* It is from genera like these, which have a very wide geographical range,

that the minor, local groups appear as it were to radiate. ‘Those genera

which are confined to comparatively limited districts, often containing but

few species, and also often presenting very remarkable abnormal modifica-

tions of structure, are in most cases referable to some family which has re-

presentatives in most parts of the world. Groups of high value, such as

classes, are never confined to any particular quarter of the globe; and

even when we descend to families, restricted as they now are by natu-

ralists, it is comparatively rare to find them so defined as not to embrace

species from widely separated localities. Genera may be arranged under

three principal categories as regards their geographical distribution. First

may be noticed those of universal range, such as Cicindela; secondly, those

which occur in both hemispheres but affect particular zones, such as Mega-

cephala, which is confined to the tropical zone; and thirdly, those which are

restricted to a comparatively small district, such as Manticora, which is con-

fined to South Africa. ‘These genera all belong to the same family of beetles,

and of this family Maniicora presents certainly one of the most aberrant

forms. The genus Cicindela would by most entomologists be regarded as

the typical genus of the family Cicindelide, and here we find, as in many

other cases, the presumed typical genus has a universal range; it may be

inquired, therefore, whether such is not generally the case.

I must here observe that Mr. Swainson has expressed the opinion that

typical genera have a great geographical range; I was not aware, however,

of this fact until after the idea had been suggested to me by a tabular ar-

rangement which I had formed of the Mammalian order Rodentia, in which

20 Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on Coleopterous Insecis

which cannot be located in any known genus, but which apper-

tain to families having representatives in most parts of the world,

such as the Pedinide, Tentyriide, Anthribide and Halticide.

But four species amongst the Galapagos Coleoptera occur, so

far as I have been able to ascertain, in any other quarter, and of

these, two (Dermestes vulpinus and Corynetes rufipes) are insects

which, feeding upon dried meat and such substances, have been

earried to all parts frequented by ships; the third is a wood-

feeding insect (genus Apate), and might be transported for a con-

siderable distance by floating timber ; and the fourth is a water-

beetle which appears to me to be clearly identical with the Hy-

drophilus lateralis (genus Tropisternus of Solier), an inseet found

in the United States, Mexico, and some of the West Indian

islands. I should observe, moreover, there is in the collection a

second, minute, species of Hydrophilus closely resembling the

Philhydrus affinis of our English collections, but which is rather

smaller, less distinctly punctured, and of a darker hue. I have

in my collection a species from North America from which the

Galapagos Philhydrus differs only in being of a darker colour ;

perhaps this little Hydrophilus should therefore be incorporated

amongst the species which are not peculiar to the Galapagos

Islands. Some of the insects of the collection have labels at-

tached, from which may be ascertained the particular island of the

Galapagos group from which they were procured, and where this

was the case I have not found any species which is common to

two or more of the islands. :

both the classification of the minor divisions and their geographical distribu-

tion were displayed at the same time. After working out the affinities of the

groups of the Carnivorous quadrupeds, the idea again occurred to me ; five

out of the six great divisions 1 had formed from the consideration of characters

furnished by the skull and dentition combined, had a typical form of very

great geographic range. In the order Rodentia I had made three great di-

visions, and had pointed out the distinguishing characters of a fourth, though

I hesitated to raise that fourth to the rank of the other three. Were the

geographical range to be taken into consideration, there would be four great

families of Rodents. In the order Pachydermata, the various species appear

all to approach more or less to four principal forms, typified by the genera

Equus, Tapir, Sus and Mastodon, and these genera, or very nearly related

genera, are found either living or in a fossil state in all the principal quarters

of the globe, Australia excepted, where only the last has been found. What

is characteristic of part of a small group might also be characteristic of part

of a larger group. I have noticed that in a certain family, Cicindelide, one

genus is confined to a tropical zone; so might we find in an order of ani-

mals, a family which is confined to the tropical zone—the Psittacide among

Birds is nearly a tropical family ; and in the class Mammalia we have an in-

stance (certainly a rare one) of an order (the Quadrumana) which is almost

confined to the tropical zone. The sections of water insects have generally

a wider range than most others, and the above generalizations, as regards

the distribution of groups, will not apply to parasitic insects.

from the Galapagos Islands. 21

Section GEODEPHAGA.

Family Feron11p2.

Feronia Calathoides. Fer. nigra oblongo-ovata, nitida ; antennis pi-

ceo-rubris ; pedibus piceis; thorace subquadrato, subplano, foveis

duabus oblongis postice impressis, elytris sulcato-striatis.—Long.

corp. 44 lin. ; lat. 12 lin.

This insect very much resembles the Calathus cistelloides ; its

head however is rather longer, and both thorax and elytra are

rather shorter ; the latter, moreover, are much more deeply stri-

ated, and the interstices between the striz are convex. With the

exception of being a trifle shorter, the thorax resembles that of

Calathus cistelloides in being nearly quadrate and but little con-

vex: the sides are nearly straight and parallel behind, but slightly

contracted in front ; the posterior angles are right angles; the

dorsal channel is distinct, and midway between the dorsal channel

and either side of the thorax is a narrow, impunctate, longitudinal

groove, in length occupying fully the basal third of the thorax.

The elytra are of an oblong-ovate form, and rather broader than

the thorax ; the somewhat deep strize with which they are marked

are smooth, but a few punctures are observable on the outer

margin of each elytron. 'The legs are sometimes pitchy and

sometimes pitchy-red.

Feronia galapagoensis. Fer. angusta, nigro-znea, nitidiuscula; an-

tennis rufescentibus, pedibus piceis; thorace subquadrato, sub-

plano, postice angustiore ; foveis duabus postice impressis ; elytris

elongatis, lateribus subparallelis, leviter striatis.—Long. corp. 55

lin. ; lat. 13 lin.

This species is equal in size to the Calathus cistelloides, but is

of a narrower and much more elongated form. The broadest part

of the thorax is rather in front of the middle, and from this point

they are gradually contracted before and behind ; in front in such

a manner as to give to the sides a slightly rounded outline, but

behind, the margins are nearly straight, and converge in no very

marked degree. The elytra are elongated, but little broader than

the thorax ; the shoulders are obtusely rounded, and the sides

form a very gentle curve, so that they might be compared to a

very long oval ; they have delicate simple striz : on the second stria

are two punctures rather remote from each other and situated on

the hinder half of the elytron ; and on the third stria is another

puncture situated on the anterior half: besides these, there are a

few punctures on the outer margin. The legs vary in colour from

pitchy-black to pitchy-red. The eneous tinge on the body is

nowhere very distinct.

These two insects will not associate well with any of the sub-

22 Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on Coleopterous Insects

divisions of the great Feronian group; possessing the essential

characters of Feronia, they have the general form and aspect of

the species of Calathus: so like indeed is one of the species to

Calathus cistellotdes, that I could scarcely doubt its belonging to

the same genus, and was somewhat surprised to find the claws of

the tarsi destitute of the usual denticulations. The dilated tarsi

of the males have the joints triangular; as in Feronia.

Family Harparips.

Selenophorus (?) galapagoensis. Sel. piceus, marginibus thoracis ely-

trorumque rufescentibus ; antennis, palpis, pedibusque ferrugineis ;

thorace transverso-quadrato, postice paululum angustiore, angulis

posticis obtusis, foveis duabus postice obsolete impresso ; elytris

striatis, striis 2*, 5° et 7* punctis remotis, indistinctis, impressis ;

interstitiis levibus.—Long. corp. 43 lin.; lat. 12 lin.

But one specimen of this species was brought home by Mr.

Darwin, and that being a female, I cannot feel certain that it be-

longs to the genus Selenophorus ; it agrees in general aspect with

the species of that genus, and in having no tooth in the emargi-

nation of the mentum.

Amblygnathus (?}) obscuricornis. Ambl. niger subobscurus ; antennis

fuscis, articulis basalibus nigris apicibus piceis, palpis rufescentibus,

tarsis piceo-rufis ; thorace transverso, subquadrato, postice paulo

angustiore, supra convexo, angulis posticis rotundatis ; elytris

subparallelis, convexis, striatis, striis 2*, 52 et 7* punctis remotis

obsolete impressis, interstitiis convexis.—Long. corp. 44 lin.

This insect like the last is a female, there being but one spe-

cimen in Mr. Darwin’s collection ; it is almost destitute of any

gloss, and has a slight silky appearance. In general aspect it

greatly resembles a Cratognathus, having the same convex form

of body; the mandibles however are obtuse at the apex, the

labrum much less narrow in the antero-posterior direction, the

head smaller, and the anterior tibiz less dilated. Both in this

and the preceding insect there are three or four short spines on

the outer side of the anterior tibiz.

The thorax has the ordinary two impressions behind, but they

are extremely indistinct: the elytra are distinctly striated ; and

the striz are impunctate, if we except the second, fifth and seventh

from the suture, in each of which are a few punctures which are

widely separated and by no means distinct: at the apex of the

elytron, near the outer margin, is a series of five or six tolerably

distinct and large punctures ; the interspaces between the striz

are rather strongly convex on the hinder part of the elytra, and

but slightly convex on the anterior part.

I am not acquainted with Dejean’s genus Amblygnathus, ex-

cept through. his description, and with that the present insect

from the Galapagos Islands. 23

will not agree in all respects ; like Amblygnathus, it has no tooth

to the mentum, and the antennz short, but the eyes must be more

prominent, The tarsi are short.

Family BemBrp1ip@.

Notaphus galapagoensis. Not. eneus, nitidus, antennis nigrescen-

tibus, ad basin, pedibusque testaceis; thorace transverso, postice

utrinque fovea oblonga impressa, lineaque longitudinali elevata

notato ; elytris punctato-striatis, fasciis duabus arcuatis, rufescen-

tibus, ornatis.—Long. corp. 14 lin.

Body rather short and broad. Thorax broad and transverse, mo-

derately convex, the sides boldly rounded and but slightly sinuated

near the posterior angles, which are nearly right angles; dorsal

channel distinct, and continued from the base to the apex of the

thorax; a narrow oblong fovea is situated on each side behind,

rather nearer the lateral margin, or angle, than the mesial line, and

extending from the angle is a ridge which is about one-third of the

length of the thorax and parallel with the mesial line, and hence,

although the ridge springs from the angle, it is somewhat remote

from the lateral margin at its apex,—the margin being bowed out-

wards ; the disc of the thorax is smooth, but the lateral and poste-

rior margins are coriaceous, The elytra are rather broad, of a

brownish zeneous hue, distinctly punctate-striated ; rather in front

of the middle is an irregular, transverse, yellowish band, which is

subinterrupted in parts, and does not extend to the suture ; it de-

scends obliquely downwards as it runs in from the outer margin,

where it is met by a humeral pale mark : there is a faint trace of

two pale spots above this band: about the hinder third of each

elytron is a curved mark which commences on the second inter-

stice from the suture, runs outwards to the margin, and forming

a segment of a circle, extends to the apex of the elytra. A largeish

depression is observed on the third interstice from the suture on

the anterior third of each elytron. The whole of the basal joint, -

and the base of the second, third and fourth joints of the antennz

are yellow ; the rest of the joints are blackish.

This species is from James’ Island.

Section HYDRADEPHAGA.

Family Dyviscip2.

Copelatus (?) galapagoensis. Cop. ovatus, parum convexus, piceus ;

capite, marginibus lateralibus thoracis et elytrorum, antennis pe-

dibusque rufo-testaceis ; thorace disco nigro, punctis minutissimis

subremotis impressis ; elytris distincte sed anguste striatis.—Long.

corp. 2% lin.

This is a small insect, and might be mistaken for a species of

24: Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on Coleopterous Insects

EHydroporus before examined ; it however belongs to the Dytiscide

as defined by Aubé, and agrees with Erichson’s genus Copelatus,

excepting that its posterior tarsi are not ciliated. The hinder

tarsi are provided with a few spines only: the three basal joints

have each two large spines at the apex, and there are besides some

few very minute spines on other parts. I have seen several spe-

cies presenting this structure ; among others I may notice the

Colymbetes elegans of Babington, an insect which I have had sent

to me with the name Copelatus posticatus attached. Another

species was brought by Mr. Darwin from the Mauritius ; they all

possess the sharp distinct strize to the elytra which are mentioned

as characteristic of the genus Copelatus, and neither of the four

specimens here alluded to have the slightest trace of dilatation of

the anterior tarsi.

The Galapagos species differs from the Colymbetes elegans of

Babington (which is found both in Rio de Janeiro and in Colom-

bia) in being smaller and proportionately rather narrower ; in

having the legs of a paler hue (these being pitchy-black in C. ele-

gans and pale testaceous in C. galapagoensis), and the strize of the

elytra more perfect. In C. elegans the second stria from the suture

is obliterated on the hinder half of the elytron ; the fourth, sixth,

eighth and tenth are also obliterated, but continued for the most

part to the hinder third (or rather beyond that point) of the elytra.

In C. galapagoensis the same striz are abbreviated, but the second

and others mentioned, all terminate on the same line or nearly so,

that line being about the posterior fourth of the elytron.. The tho-

rax presents extremely delicate punctures, and numerous minute

longitudinal scratches, requiring a tolerably powerful lens to per-

ceive them; they are most distinct towards the sides and hinder

part of the thorax.. Should this little section of water-beetles be

not already characterized, I think it deserves the rank of a sub-

genus, which might be called Chetosphyrus, from yatrn, a bristle,

and opvpa, the ankle; the spines at the base of the foot being

much developed. I may further add, that all the species have

the anterior tibie somewhat dilated at the apex, and obliquely.

truncated on the outer side at the same part ; the truncated por-

tion is provided with three or four spines.

Section: BRACHELYTRA.

Creophilus, nov. spec. ?—Three specimens found under a dead

bird in Chatham Island. These specimens approach very nearly

in size and form to the Cr. mazillosus of Europe, and the C. vil-

losus of North America. They have scarcely any hairs either on

the head, thorax or elytra, and are but sparmgly clothed on the

meso- and metasternum ; the hairs on these last. parts are how-

from the Galapagos Islands. 25

ever entirely black, a character in which it approaches nearer to

the European species, for the same part is white at the sides in

C. villosus, and grayish black in the C. mawillosus. 'The few hairs

which I can perceive of the elytra are perfectly black ; they occur

however almost entirely on the hinder margin of the elytron. It

is possible that the insect may have had pale markings (which

have been rubbed off) on these parts, but I cannot trace any pale

hairs in either of the three specimens.

The abdomen is clothed throughout with hairs, but they are

rather less dense than in C. villosus and C. mazillosus ; on the

upper surface of the abdomen the hairs are black, excepting on

the second and third visible segments, where they are yellowish

white, but interrupted with black on the middle of each segment :

on the under surface the hairs are black on the first segment,

and yellow-white on the second and third segments throughout ;

the remaining segments are rusty white in the middle only, and

the pale hairs are almost confined to the posterior margin, the

sides being black in all the specimens. In C. mazillosus I find the

fourth segment white throughout beneath, with the exception of

a small black dot on each side. C. villosus agrees with the Gala-

pagos insect in having the side of the fourth segment black.

Section STERNOXI].

Family EvaTerips.

Physorhinus (?) galapagoensis. Phys. oblongus sublinearis ; piceo-

fuscus, pube pallida tectus; capite rugoso-punctato, antice flavo ;

thorace rugoso-punctato, linea longitudinali leviter impresso ; ely-

tris punctato-striatis, interstitiis punctatis ; antennis pedibusque

flavescentibus ; abdomine fusco.—Long. corp. 44 lin. ; lat. 14 lin.

I have placed this Galapagos Elater mm a genus founded by

Eschscholtz, with which it agrees very closely in many of its cha-

racters ; as Germar’s definition of the genus* in question does not,

however, in all respects apply to the insect before me, it will be

necessary to notice the points of disagreement ; but I will first

observe, that the Galapagos insect agrees with Physorhinus in ha-

ving the tarsi apparently but four-joimted, the fourth joint being

very small; in having the third joint short, and produced on the

under surface into a long, undivided, membranous lobe: the lobe

in the insect before me is equal in length to more than half that

of the terminal jomt. The fourth joint is exceedingly small;

forming a mere node, as it were, at the base of the claw-joint :

the basal jot is long. The antenne are rather less than half

the length of the body, and composed of longish, conical, and

* The account I refer to will be found in Dr. Germar’s ‘ Zeitschrift fiir die

Entomologie,’ Part 2 for 1840, p. 244.

26 Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on Coleopterous Insects

slightly compressed joints ; the first joint is rather stouter than

the rest, and perhaps a trifle longer ; the second and third joints

are short, but the third rather exceeds the second in length; the

remaining joints are very nearly equal. There is an agreement

also in the form of the thorax, the length of which is about equal

to the breadth behind ; the fore-part contracted, and of the same

width as the head; the posterior angles produced posteriorly, and

acute; the antennal groove beneath, short, and confined to the

anterior part of the preesternum, which has its point bent imwards.

The mesosternum has a small hollow with raised margins in front.

The metasternum is produced posteriorly so as partially to cover

the trochanter. In all these characters the Galapagos insect ap-

pears to me to agree with the type of the genus Physorhinus ; but,

on the other hand, it differs in having the head rather shorter,

presenting when viewed from above very nearly a semicircular

outline, but slightly inclining to a conical form,—whilst Germar

says of the genus Physorhinus, the head is longer than broad ; and

it differs also in having the terminal joint of the tarsus (as it

would appear from the figure) rather longer, so that although

the basal joint is long, it is not quite equal to the other four taken

together, as it is said to be in Physorhinus. The claws are slender

and simple, and the tarsi very hairy.

Section CLAVICORNES.

Dermestes vulpinus, Auct.

Corynetes rufipes, Auct.

From James’ Island.

Section PALPICORNES.

Tropisternus (lateralis, Fab.).

Philhydrus ——?

Section LAMELLICORNES.

Oryctes galapagoensis. Oryct. castaneus nitidus ; capite punctato, ca-

rina transversa tri-emarginata obsito; ante oculos lobis subtrigonis

productis ; clypeo producto, antice recurvo, constricto, subemar-

ginato; thorace punctis distinctis remotis, impresso ; elytris latis,

punctis minutissimis remote adspersis, rugisque indistincte notatis ;

stria punctarum apud suturam.—Long. corp. 10 lin. ; lat. thora-

cis 44 lin.; lat. elytrorum 52 lin.

Head with large irregular scattered punctures ; these most nu-

merous, and confluent, on the fore-part; the vertex flat and smooth;

the sides produced into an obtuse angle immediately in front of

the eyes ; the fore-part with a distinctly elevated ridge, which is

most prominent in the middle, and has a deep notch ; it becomes

gradually less prominent towards the sides, but is there produced

from the Galapagos Islands. 27

again into an obtuse angle. Clypeus broader than long, con-

tracted and slightly recurved at the apex, which is indistinctly

emarginated. Thorax convex, withthe sides rather boldly rounded;

the posterior margin also rounded, but forming a segment of a

larger circle ; the fore-part emarginated ; anterior angles slightly

acute, posterior obtusely rounded ; the surface above with distinct

punctures, but these remote from each other—most numerous on

the fore-part ; there is moreover a fovea on each side about mid-

way between the anterior and posterior angles, and a little re-

moved from the lateral margins. Scutellum triangular, slightly

rounded at the tip. Elytra convex, much broader than the thorax,

and broadest at the posterior third ; the humeral angles obtusely

rounded, the hinder part very obtusely rounded ; they have a few

exceedingly minute scattered punctures, some indistinct little

ruge, and one or two longitudinal larger impressions. The

sutural stria is composed of a subinterrupted series of distinct

punctures. The body beneath is well-clothed with yellow hairs,

and so are the legs: the terminal segment of the abdomen, like

the elytra, has exceedingly minute scattered punctures; it is

convex, rounded at the extremity, and its transverse diameter is

about three times greater than the antero-posterior ; the penul-

timate segment above is tolerably well-clothed with yellow hairs

(the last has but few hairs), presents a distinct longitudinal fur-

row in the middle, and this furrow is bounded on either side by

a slightly elevated ridge. The legs are short and stout, and the

anterior tibiee have three tooth-like processes on the outer side.

The insect is very glossy and of a bright chestnut-brown colour.

Section HETEROMERA.

Family Tentyr1p 2%.

Genus Stomion* (nov. gen.).

Clypeus truncated in front, its lateral boundaries indicated by

two slightly impressed longitudinal grooves.

Labrum prominent, transverse, and slightly emarginated in front.

Mandibles projecting beyond the clypeus when closed, covered at

the apex by the labrum, but with the sides exposed when the

head is viewed from above ; they are bidentate at the apex.

Mentum broad and transverse and very nearly semicircular, the

rounded part being in front.

Mazxillary palpi moderate ; the terminal joint triangular, at least

as long as broad : labial palpi short.

* Sropesov, a little mouth ; having allusion to a peculiar conformation of

the mouth of this and some allied genera, viz. that of having the mouth closed

beneath by a large mentum, by the sides of which there does not exist the

usual emarginations for the maxille, which are therefore hidden.

28 Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on Coleopterous Insects

Head small, in width not equal to more than half that of the

thorax ; inclosed in the thorax as far as the eyes; the outline

of the part in front of the’ eyes, including the mandibles and |

labrum, is conical, but taking the arch formed by the outline

of the clypeus, it is nearly semicircular ;—slightly indented on

each side of the clypeus.

Antenne of moderate length; if extended backwards would

scarcely reach the base of the thorax; slender, the joints of a

long obconie form ; the second joint short, the third long, but

not equal in length to the two following joints taken together ;

the last three joints dilated ; the antepenultimate and penulti-

mate present a triangular outline ; the last joint is about equal

in size to these, but of an oval form.

Eyes tolerably large and moderately convex, kidney-shaped, being

very slightly encroached upon in front by the lateral ridge of

the head.

Thorax transverse, narrower before than behind, rather deeply

emarginated in front, rounded at the sides and bisinuated. be-

hind, where it is closely applied to the thorax: the upper sur-

face is convex, and there is an impressed line (not very distinct)

following the margins, but interrupted in the middle of the

anterior margin: the angles are acute in front and right

angles behind,—or nearly right angles.

Scutellum rather small, but distinct ; rounded behind.

Elytra soldered together, very convex, broader than the thorax

and of an ovate form, but sinuated in front, where the curved

outline corresponds to that of the hinder margin of the thorax ;

the humeral angles somewhat obtuse.

Presternum with its hinder margin obtuse, notched, and not pro-

duced. posteriorly beyond the anterior coxe.

Abdomen but little inclosed at the sides by the elytra.

Legs slender and moderately long ; the tibie nearly cylindrical,

and terminated by two small spines : tarsi slender ; the hinder

tarsi equal in length to more than two-thirds of that of the

tibia.

In general appearance the species of this genus greatly re-

semble those of the genus Helops, and more particularly those

shorter-bodied species of which our common Helops striatus may

be said to form thetype. In size and general form, the Stomion

levigatus (hereafter described) greatly resembles the insect just

mentioned, but its thorax and elytra are more convex. The Sto-

mion galapagoensis is half as large again as the H. striatus, and

of a much broader form and more convex above : the third species

of Stomion known to me is considerably less than the H. striatus,

and of a shorter and broader form. The structure of the mouth,

from the Galapagos Islands. 29

however, shows that the present insects are in affinity remote

from the Helops group, and indeed belong to the Tentyriide.

In having a distinct scutellum, the eyes transverse and not

covered by the lateral ridge of the head, the mentum truncated,

and the tibiz simple, the genus Stomion approaches to Anatolica,

and yet the general form of the species of Stomion is very differ-

ent to that of the species of Anatolica; the more slender antennz

with the terminal joints incrassated, and the absence of emargi-

nation to the mentum, would alone, however, serve to distinguish

Stomion from Anatolica. Perhaps Eschscholtz’s genus Eurymeto-

pon is more nearly allied to our present genus; the species of

Eurymetopon are represented by Eschscholtz, however, as having

the head broad, the thorax nearly as broad as the elytra, the eye

small, and the tibiz very short, all of which characters will not well

apply to Stomion. The approach, on the other hand, is evinced,

as it would appear, in the structure of the antenne and the

truncated form of the clypeus.

Stomion galapagoensis. Stom. ater, obscurus, antennis palpisque

piceis, pedibus piceo-nigris ; corpore ovato, convexo; capite tho-

raceque crebre punctulatis ; elytris seriatim punctatis, interstitiis

convexis, punctis minutissimis adspersis.—Long. corp. 54 lin. ;

lat. 22 lin. |

The body is very convex, of a broad ovate form, and dull black

colour ; the head is flat above or slightly concave in the middle

and thickly punctured ; the thorax is broader than long, and nar-

rower before than behind, slightly emarginated in front, where

the angles are somewhat acute ; evenly and gently rounded at the

sides, and indistinctly sinuated behind ; the posterior angles are

right angles; the upper surface is distinctly convex, and very

thickly and rather finely punctured; an impressed line runs parallel

with, and close to the posterior and lateral margins, and is also

continued on the anterior margin, but is interrupted in the mid-

dle. The scutellum is small and transverse ; the elytra are very

convex; at the base they are scarcely broader than the thorax,

but in the middle they are considerably wider, and at the apex

they are pointed ; they have series of punctures forming the or-

dinary striz, but these punctures are by no means strong; the

interstices are convex and covered with very minute scattered

punctures. The mentum is distinctly punctured, and the thoracic

segments are strongly punctured in the middle beneath : the ab-

dominal segments have fine scattered punctures.

Two specimens in Mr. Darwin’s collection agree with this de-

scription ; there are others of a much smaller size, being about

four lines in length, and in which the notch on each side of the

fore-part of the head, marking the outer boundary of the clypeus,

30 Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on Coleopterous Insects

is scarcely perceptible ; these notches are tolerably distinct in the

large specimens ; in other respects they all agree.

Stomion Helopoides. Stom. fusco-piceus, antennis pedibusque fusces-

-centibus ; corpore ovato, convexo; capite sat crebre punctato;

elytris seriatim punctatis, interstitiis planis punctis minutis ad-

spersis.—Long. corp. 3—3 lin.; lat. 13 lin.

The punctures forming the striz on the elytra of this species

are less distinct, and those on the interstices are more distinct

than in the St. galapagoensis ; the interstices moreover are flat,

or sometimes, the one or two nearest the suture are very slightly

convex. The thorax is transverse, evenly rounded at the sides,

and of equal width before and behind, or very nearly so ; the an-

gles are slightly obtuse; the upper surface is pretty thickly co-

vered with smallish punctures ; the under surface is smooth at the

sides, but presents small rugze and a few punctures near the base

of the legs. The punctures which are arranged in rows on the

elytra are by no means strong, and are distinctly separated ; and

the smaller punctures on the interstices are moderately numerous.

The abdomen is finely punctured.

Two specimens in Mr. Darwin’s collection agree with this de- |

scription; there is a third individual which agrees in other respects,

but is rather larger and almost of a black colour, and has the legs

of a pitchy hue.

Stomion levigatus. Stom. ater nitidus, antennis, palpis, pedibusque

piceis; corpore valde convexo, oblongo-ovato ; capite punctulato ;

thorace punctis minutissimis impressis; elytris levibus.—Long.

corp. 4 lin. ; lat. 12 lin.

Both the antennz and legs are rather shorter and a trifle thicker

in proportion in this species than in others of the genus here

described ; the form of the body is more oblong, and the thorax

is not sensibly broader behind than in front ; the head moreover

is larger. The insect is very glossy, and to the naked eye its

thorax and elytra appear to be perfectly smooth. The head is

distinctly and thickly punctured : the thorax is but little broader

than long, has the sides nearly parallel and very indistinctly

rounded ; its upper surface is very convex and rather thickly

punctured, but the punctures are extremely minute: the elytra

are very convex and but little broader than the thorax ; sometimes

they exhibit excessively minute punctures arranged in strie, and

there are a few punctures in the interstices ; it requires however a

tolerably powerful lens to perceive these punctures : the thoracic

segments are punctured beneath, and so is the mentum ; the ab-

domen is smooth, or most indistinctly punctured.

Family Tacentipa# (TacEnirss, Solier).

Ammophorus galapagoensis. Amm. ater, nitidus, antennis pedibus-

from the Galapagos Islands. 31

que rufo-piceis, vel piceis; capite thoraceque crebre punctatis,

punctis oblongis, prope latera plerumque confluentibus, interstitiis

angustissimis longitudinaliter parum elevatis ; thorace angulis an-

ticis acutis, posticis subacutis ; elytris sulcatis, sulcis catenato-

punctatis, interstitiis costatis; corpore subtus profunde punctato.

—Long. corp. 24—2 lin.

This species is smaller and proportionately rather shorter than

the Amm. peruvianus. The head is thickly covered with narrow

oblong punctures which run into each other, so as to leave very

narrow, irregularly longitudinal ridges, The thorax is moderately

conyex above, rather broader than long, moderately rounded at the

sides, and but slightly sinuated near the posterior angles, which

are nearly right angles, but slightly acute; the anterior angles

are prominent, project forwards, and are somewhat acute. The

elytra are rather broader than the thorax and of an oblong form,

rounded at the apex, and moderately convex ; the humeral angles

are produced laterally into an acute angle (more prominent and

distinct than in Amm. peruvianus) ; each elytron presents eight

sulci, in each of which are a series of impressions or largeish

shallow punctures ; the interstices form narrow ridges, on which

a few very minute punctures are scattered. The mentum is ru-

gose and has two oblong depressions ; the thoracic segments pre-

sent a few large, regular punctures beneath; the abdominal

segments are very coarsely punctured, if we except the last two;

the penultimate has a transverse groove, and like the terminal

segment is rather finely punctured. The palpi are red ; the legs

and antennze pies He and sometimes pitchy.

Found by Mr. Darwin under stones upon a hill in Chatham

Island.

Ammophorus bifoveatus. Amm. ater, nitidus; antennis pedibusque

piceo-nigris ; capite punctato ; thorace angulis anticis acuminatis,

posticis acutis, extrorsum productis, supra punctulato, foveis duabus

et rugis tenuibus impressis ; elytris crenato-striatis, interstitiis an-

gustis elevatis.—Long. corp. 3 lin.

The Amm. bifoveatus is so named from its having two largeish

but shallow depressions, situated, one on each side, about the

middle of each lateral half of the thorax : the thorax is moderately

convex, broader than long, broadest in the middle, and about

equally contracted before and behind; the sides are contracted

rather suddenly near the angles, which are prominent; the

hinder angles, which are most prominent, are acute : the surface

of the thorax is rather finely punctured, and presents numerous

little longitudinal rug, which are most distinct on the sides,

hinder part, and in the fovez described ; two grooves, more distinct

and longer than the rest, are observed on the middle of the thorax,

where they are separated by a narrow ridge. The elytra are

broader than the thorax, oblong, and have the humeral angles

32 Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on Coleopterous Insects

produced laterally into small acute processes ; the ordinary inter-

stices of the stric of the elytra are very narrow and elevated ; the

punctures of the striz are large, transverse, and separated from

each other by narrow spaces. A few large punctures are seen on

the under surface of each of the thoracic segments ; the abdominal

segments are more thickly punctured ; the penultimate however

is nearly smooth, and the last is very delicately punctured. The

abdomen is depressed in the middle.

Two specimens from James’ Island present the above charac-

ters ; some other specimens in the collection which cannot other-

wise be separated, display the thoracic fovea rather less distinctly,

and the double ridge on the disc is sometimes wanting.

Ammophorus obscurus. Amm. ater, obscurus; antennis pedibusque

piceis ; capite thoraceque rugoso-punctatis ; angulis thoracis acutis

extrorsum productis ; elytris crenato-striatis, interstitiis angustis

elevatis.—Long. corp. 25 lin.

This species has the thorax narrower than in either of the pre-

ceding, from which it may moreover be distinguished by its dull

colour, the thorax being rugosely punctured : the sculpture of the

elytra is rather more decided, and the suture is not raised as in

the other species. In Amm. galapagoensis the suture is fully as

much raised as the ridged interspaces of the strie ; in dmm. bi-

foveatus the suture is also distinctly raised, but not quite so much

as the ridges between the strize ; in the present species the suture

is flat. Like Amm. bifoveatus, the angles of the thorax are pro-

duced, and as in both the preceding species ; the humeral angle of

the elytra is produced and acute. The ordinary interstices of the

elytra form very narrow and considerably elevated ridges, in the

grooves between which are large transverse impressions, and si-

milar impressions are observed on each side of the suture; not

extending quite to the suture, they give that part the appearance

of being slightly raised, and indeed it is so on the hinder part

of the elytra.

The three species of Ammophorus here described have the third

joint of the antennz shorter in proportion than in Amm. peru-

vianus, but they agree in this respect with Amm. costatus and

Amm. rubripes of Solier, with which they also agree in size; they

all have the interstices of all the striz of the elytra elevated,

whilst in one only of the Chilan species (4. costatus) are any of

these interstices distinctly ridged, and here it is only the alter-

nate spaces between the striz which present that condition.

Family Pepinipz.

Pedoneces*, nov. gen.

Clypeus distinctly emarginated.

Labrum small, transverse.

* From xédov, the ground, and oixtw, to inhabit.

from the Galapagos Islands. 33

Mandibles short and obtuse, bidentate at the extremity, and

hidden by the clypeus, when the head is viewed from above.

Mentum small, ovate, concave externally.

Mazillary palpi moderate ; the terminal jomt securiform: labial

palpi short ; the terminal joint swollen.

Head considerably narrower than the thorax; the visible portion

broader than long; the fore-part in front of the eyes forms

nearly a semicircle, but is emarginated in front ; no indentation

marks the posterior or lateral boundaries of the clypeus: the

lateral ridge of the head, which protects the basal portion of

the antenne, is well-developed, and runs backwards so as to

divide the eye into two parts; the upper portion of the eye is

rather large and round, or very nearly so ; the lower portion is

nearly of equal size with the upper, and also nearly round.

Antenne moderate ; if extended backwards would reach the base

of the thorax; the joints of a shortish obconic form ; the se-

cond joint short ; the third nearly as long as the two following

taken together; the last three joints incrassated, and fully as

broad as long ; the terminal joint is round, and as large as the

penultimate.

Thorax subquadrate, but little broader than long, emarginated in

front, and with the anterior angles rather prominent and some-

what acute; the sides are indistinctly rounded, and the hinder

part is but little broader than the front ; the posterior margin

is distinctly bisinuated, and the posterior angles are right

angles, or somewhat acute: the surface is moderately convex,

and there is a distinct impressed line running parallel with, and

close to, both the lateral and posterior margins.

Scutellum distinct, triangular. 7

Elytra soldered together, oblong, convex, rounded at the extre-

mity: the humeral angles nearly right angles, but somewhat

obtuse, and presenting a slightly concave triangular surface in

front, against which the thoracic angles are applied.

Presternum rather contracted, pomted behind, and but little pro-

_ duced beyond the coxee of the anterior legs.

Abdomen with the penultimate segment very narrow in the antero-

posterior direction; the last segment semicircular and depressed,

or concave, in the middle. _

Legs moderate ; the tibie straight, very little compressed, and but

slightly dilated at the apex: the four anterior tarsi dilated in

the male sex, the anterior pair distinctly so, the width of the

second or third joint being nearly equal to the length of the

four basal joints taken together ; the first and fourth joints are

small, the second and third equal or very nearly so; the three

basal joints only appear to be covered with the velvet-like sub-

stance beneath: the middle pair of tarsi are less distinctly di-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. D

34 Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on Coleopterous Insects

lated ; the claw-joint of each tarsus is nearly equal in length

to the four basal joints taken together.

In general appearance, in the structure of the head and. of the

tarsi, the species of this genus approach very nearly to the mem-

bers of Dejean’s genus Blapstinus; they have the legs however

rather longer, the thorax less distinctly transverse, and the elytra

more convex; these are moreover soldered together, and there

are no wings as in Blapstinus. Judging from the definitions of

the various genera of Pedinide, the present genus presents a

combination of characters not hitherto noticed. Those genera of

the family of which I possess examples in my own collection I

find are capable of being distinguished from each other by the

following characters, which it will be observed are not peculiar to

either sex, and are therefore preferable, as it appears to me, to

those which have hitherto been pointed out, and which are chiefly

derived from the variations in the structure of the tarsi of the

male.

I. Apterous; elytra soldered together at the suture.

A. Eye divided by the lateral ridge of the head.

a. Anterior tibiz distinctly dilated at the apex.

a *. Antenne short, submoniliform................ Heliophilus.

a**, Antenne with the joints, most of them,

obconic. eet

a*1. Middle tibiz dilated at the apex . Pedinus.

a* 2. Middletibie not dilated at the apex Jsocerus.

b. Anterior tibize not dilated at the apex ......... ee Pedoneces.

B. Eye uncovered (not divided by the lateral ridge of the

head). © BL

a, Clypeus truncated or slightly rounded in front .... Platyscelis.

a*, Clypeus emarginated in front.

a*], Antenne distinctly incrassated at — .

the BPew cs iv sage sy seo epsddassacbese's Eurynotust.

a*2. Antenne with the terminal joints

3 oblong, not broader than the rest. Dendarus.

IT. Winged ; elytra free. |

A. Eye divided by the lateral ridge of the head......... -. Blapstinus.

B. Eye uncovered at the sides ...secccssesssseceeeees disetes Opatrinus.

+ The mentum in Lurynotus is distinctly trilobed, having a central prin-

cipal portion and two lateral wings; these wings or lateral lobes diverge as

they part from the base of the mentum and are acutely pointed at the ex-

tremity ; they are separated from the mesial lobe by a deep hollow on each

side. In the great Indian species, which Dejean arranges under the head

Platynotus, the same structure of mentum is observable as well as in Opa-

trinus ; but the lateral lobes do not exist in Heliophilus, or at least they are

here exceedingly minute and curved inwards, as I have observed to be the

case in the mentum of Blaps; Dendarus appears to agree with Heliophilus

in this respect. Platynotus of Dejean must undoubtedly be placed near to

from the Galapagos Islands. 35

Pedoneces galapagoensis. Ped. ater, nitidus ; antennis pedibusque

nigro-piceis ; capite thoraceque confertim punctulatis ; elytris

subsulcato-punctatis, interstitiis convexis punctis minutissimis

adspersis.— Long: corp. 3 lin.; lat. 14 lin. ©

Var. §. Elytris sulcato-punctatis, interstitiis convexioribus, quarto

et sexto elevatis, subcostatis.

This species has the general form of the P. costatus, but the

thorax is rather longer in proportion ; here the interstices of the

strie of the elytra are simply convex, and do not form narrow

ridges as in P. costatus. The legs have minute yellow spiny hairs

as in that species, and on the under surface of all the femora is a

small brush of yellow hairs.

edoneces costatus. Ped. niger, parum nitidus ; antennis pedibusque

~ rufo-piceis; corpore oblongo, convexo ; capite crebre punctato ;

thorace confertim punctato, punctis longitudinaliter confluentibus ;

elytris sulcato-punctatis, interstitiis subcarinatis, alternis elevati-

oribus, costatis.—Long. corp. 22 lin.; lat. 1 lin.

This species, which is from James’ Island, is easily distin-

guished from the Ped. galapagoensis by the sharp keel-like ridges

formed by the alternate interstices of the striz of the elytra, and

by the narrowness of the other interstices : the thorax, moreover,

is more strongly and more thickly punctured, and the punctures

are oblong, and the greater portion of. them are confluent, join-

ing each other in such a way as to leave little, narrow, irregularly

longitudinal ridges for the mterspaces. The thorax is rather

broader than long, subquadrate, the sides but slightly rounded,

and indistinctly simuated near the posterior angle, which is nearly

a right angle; the posterior margin is sinuated, presenting a con-

vex outline in the middle, and a slightly concave emargination on

either side near the angles. The elytra are scarcely broader than

the thorax, of an oblong form, but little broader in the middle

than at the base, and at the apex.they are rounded. The legs,

which, like the antenne, are of a pitchy colour, have very small

spiny yellowish hairs, and these become more dense and rather

longer on the under side of the middle part of the hinder femora.

The three terminal joints of the antennz are pitchy-red. The

body is distinctly punctured beneath thronghout.

Eurynotus. In two species of Platynotus before me (one of which appears

to be the P. gigas) I find the scutellum is scarcely to be seen, whilst in Zu-

rynotus it is distinct ; this, combined with the sinuated sides to the thorax of

the former, and the thorax being broadest behind in the Eurynotus, will help

to distinguish the two genera. I may add, the mesial lobe of the mentum

is distinctly emarginated in Platynotus and. truncated in Lurynotus: the

structure of the tarsi and antennz also differ in these genera.

36 2 = Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on Coleopterous Insects

Pedoneces pubescens. Ped. oblongo-ovatus, supra Modice convexus ;

piceo-niger, pilis brevissimis, adpressis, fuscis, obsitus; antennis

pedibusque piceis; capite thoraceque creberrime punctulatis ;

elytris punctato-striatis, striis non pilosis, interstitiis convexis.—

Long. corp. 3+ lin.

The thorax is rather broader than long, has the sides slightly

rounded, the anterior margin rather narrower than the posterior,

the hinder angles right angles : the elytra are of an oblong form,

scarcely broader in the middle than elsewhere, and very little

broader than the thorax ; the pale brownish minute hairs have a

tendency to a linear arrangement, and are confined to the in-

terstices of the strize, which under a strong lens have a coriaceous

appearance ; the punctures of the strize are by no means deep,

and distinctly separated from each other.

Mr. Darwin found this species under stones on a hill in Chat-

ham Island im the month of September.

Section XYLOPHAGI, Latreille.

Genus Apate, Fabricius.

In Mr. Darwin’s collection are three specimens of a species of

this genus which are about equal in size to the Apate capucinus

of authors, but differ in being of a black-or pitchy-black colour,

in having the elytra more convex in the transverse direction, with

the punctures rather less deep and more distinctly separated ;

the hinder portion is obliquely truncated, but descends more sud-

denly than in A. capucinus, and each elytron is somewhat humped

towards the apex: the upper surface of the thorax is covered

with small flattened, polished tubercles which are extremely close

together ; the fore-part is covered with angular or acutely pointed

tubercles of large size, and is produced into two largeish conical

protuberances, the points of which are bent downwards and over-

hang the head; these protuberances are not only covered with

tubercles, but have numerous pale hairs * : the mesial portion of

the head, between the eyes, is smooth and polished ; the anterior

part is rough ; the under parts are clothed with whitish hairs. I

have an insect in my own collection from a part of the world which

is much better known (Colombia), and which is undoubtedly the

same species as the Galapagos insect. From the wide range

which it has, it is no doubt known and described.

The specimens above referred to were found by Mr. Darwin

in the branches of a dead Mimosa tree in Chatham Island, and

that gentleman states in his notes that the whole length of the

bough was perforated by them.

* These protuberances are less developed than in the Apate cornuta.

from the Galapagos Islands. 37

Section RHYNCQPHORA.

Family ANTHRIBIDZ.

Ormiscus *, nov. gen.

Rostrum very short, transverse, truncated in front ; the mandi-

bles rather prominent and sharply pointed.

Head shorter than broad, its vertex on the same plane with the

rostrum. ;

Eyes large, prominent, converging in front, and contracting the

forehead to about half the width of the head; emarginated

below.

Antenne springing from a little round cavity immediately beneath

the eye ; if extended backwards they would reach the posterior

margin of the thorax, or extend perhaps slightly beyond that

part ; the joints most of them slender ; the first joint nearly

hidden ; the second thicker than the following six joints, and

nearly globose; the third joint slender and the longest, but

shorter than the two following joints taken together ; the fourth

to the eighth inclusive obconic, becoming successively shorter ;

the three terminal joints dilated, closely joined, and together

forming an ovate club.

Thorax rather broader than long ; contracted, and subtruncated

in front, broadest near the posterior margin, and convex in the

transverse direction ; with an obtuse ridge at the side, but con-

fined to the hinder part, and a curved transverse ridge behind ;

this ridge is very distinct ; in the mesial line of the thorax it

nearly touches the hinder margin, but from that part it ascends

as it runs outwards, so that it is somewhat distant from the

posterior angle; the hinder margin straight, and the posterior

angles right angles.

Scutellum very small.

Elytra rather broader than the thorax; short, subcylindrical,

rounded at the apex, and with the humeral angles obtuse.

Legs moderate ; tarsi as long as the tibie; the first and fourth

joints long and nearly equal ; the second and third rather short,

the latter distinctly bilobed at the extremity ; the lobes equal.

Ormiscus variegatus. Orm. ater flavescenti-tomentosus ; capite tho-

raceque rugosis; elytris sneo-micantibus, indistincte punctato-

striatis, pube alba, flava et fusca variegatis ; postice macula fusca

communi cordiformi ; singulo prope medium fascia obliqua ornato ;

antennis articulis basalibus ad basin, tibiisque flavescentibus ; femo-

ribus piceis, ad basin pallidioribus.—Long. corp. 1 lin.

Var. 2. Elytris rufescentibus, marginibus maculaque transversa prope

medium nigrescentibus.

* “Oopioxos, a small necklace, a collar. The little insect here described

has a curved ridge crossing the back part of the thorax, a character not

peculiar to it, but which is more distinct here than in most others of the

Anthribide.

38 Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on Coleopterous Insects

Amongst the numerous genera of Anthribide defined by Schén-

herr, I have found none presenting the combination of characters

which are above pointed out. Ormiscus approaches most nearly

perhaps to Areocerus, but may be distinguished by the different

form of the eyes, which have the long diameter considerably

greater than the transverse, and are much narrower in front than

behind; the position of the antennz is also different, and the

form of the jomts, which are shorter, and especially the form of

the club, which is considerably shorter, and has not the joints

distinctly separated.

The zneous tint of the elytra is only seen in parts where the

pubescence has apparently been rubbed off: at the base of each

elytron near the seutellum is a slight hump, which, wanting the

pubescence, always presents a dark hue ; on the outer side of this

is an oblong patch of a pale yellowish colour, and this is not due

to the colour of the pubescence only, for the elytron itself ap-

pears to be pale at this part: in the middle is a tied brownish

band, which as it parts from the suture to the outer margin

slightly descends: on the outer margin is a broad dusky patch,

and there is a brownish heart-shaped spot on the suture, about

midway between the central fascia and the apex of the elytra;

the tibize are somewhat dusky at the apex.

Mr. Darwin found this insect amongst others when sweeping

the herbage in the high central parts of Charles’ Island, in the

month of October. .

Family OrrorHYNCHID2.

Otiorhynchus cunetformis. Ot. ater, fusco-cinereo-squamosus, setis

brevibus adspersis; antennis pedibusque piceis.

Caput breve subconvexum, fronte longitudinaliter rugosa; oculi fere

globosi: rostrum capite vix longius sed angustius, apice modice

dilatatum, supra fere planum longitudinaliter rugosum. Antennz

mediocres, funiculo articulis primo et secundo subzqualibus ;

clava breviter ovata, apice acuminata. Thorax que longus ac

latus, subcylindricus, apice truncatus, angustior, lateribus pone

medium parum ampliatis; basi leviter bisinuatus ; supra rugosus.

Scutellum apice rotundatum. Elytra oblongo-subovata, antice tho-

racis basi haud latiora, supra convexa, lateribus pone medium am-

pliata, apicem versus. subacuminata, ad apicem rotundata; rude

punctato-striata, interstitiis parum elevatis impunctatis, seriatim

setosis. Pedes mediocres.—Long. corp. 2? lin. ; lat. 14 lin.

This insect is so thickly clothed with mud-coloured scales that

it is difficult to see the sculpturing. It is considerably smaller

than the Otiorhynchus raucus, and the elytra being broadest

rather behind the middle, the thorax but little rounded at the

sides, and narrower in front than behind, where it is equal in

width to the base of the elytra, gives to the general outline a

from the Galapagos Islands. 39

wedge-form, or at least an approach. It departs from other spe-

cies of the genus in having the lateral processes of the rostrum,

forming the lower boundary of the groove for the antenne, rather

less prominent, the eyes more convex, and the antennz shorter.

It is not without considerable hesitation that I place this msect

in the genus Otiorhynchus.

From Charles’ Island. Found in sweeping the herbage in the

high central parts of the island.

Family Errruinip2.

Genus Anchonus, Schonh.

Anchonus galapagoensis. Anch. subovatus, niger, opacus; rostro

basi constricto, rugoso-punctato ; thorace fere cylindrico sed intra

apicem distincte constricto, antice truncato, postice sub-bisinuato,

rugoso-punctato, setis fuscis adsperso; elytris seriatim punctatis

interstitiis tuberculis magnis, oblongis, dense fusco-setosis, obsitis ;

corpore subtus punctis magnis adspersis ; antennis tarsisque pi-

ceis.—Long. corp. preter rostrum 24—24 lin. ; lat. 1 lin.

From James’ Island.

The thorax:is narrower than usual in this species, being less

dilated in the middle ; its sides are nearly parallel, but in front

it is rather suddenly constricted, and immediately behind the

constricted portion the thorax is sometimes a trifle broader than

elsewhere : the punctures in the thorax are very large and coarse,

and close together, the interspaces being mere ridges. The elytra

are nearly ovate, but the sides in the ‘middle evince an approach

to parallelism ; they are strongly punctured, and the punctures

are arranged in rows, and for the most part distinctly separated

from each other ; the interspaces between the rows of punctures

are impunctate, but present very narrow tubercles, and these are

rather widely separated on the fore-part of ‘each elytron, but on

the apical portion they are longer and nearer together, and here

the interstices are somewhat convex; on the third, fifth and

seventh interspace the tubercles are rather more developed than

on the intermediate interspaces ; these tubercles are provided with

largeish semi-erect setiform scales, and these are of a brownish

yellow colour; similar scales are scattered im other parts, and.

sometimes the whole surface of the thorax and elytra is covered

with a brownish substance, of the nature of which I cannot

satisfy myself. |

. Section CYCLICA.

Family Hauricipz.

Haltica galapagoensis. Wal. enea, antennis pedibusque testaceis ;

corpore oblongo-ovato, valde convexo ; thorace postice transversim

40 Mr. G.R. Waterhouse on some Coleopterous Insects.

impresso ; elytris punctatis, punctis subseriatim depositis.—Long.

corp. $ lin.

From Charles’ Island. Procured by sweeping the herbage on

the high central parts of the island in the month of October.

This little insect somewhat resembles the Haltica (Podagrica)

erata, but has the body rather more convex in the transverse di-

rection, the thorax broader, and the antenne shorter and stouter ;

when extended backwards they scarcely reach the middle of the

elytra. The thorax is transversely grooved behind, as in the ge-

nera Graptodera, Crepidodera, &c.; but it has not the small pos-

terior longitudinal indentations which we observe at the extre-

mities of the transverse groove in the latter genus, and in the

structure of the antennee and tarsi it differs from both. The tarsi

are formed as in Haltica rustica, auct. (Mantura of Stephens),

but the joints of the antenne are shorter ; the basal joint is long

and stout ; the second and eight following joints scarcely differ in

length, but they very indistinctly increase in width towards the

apex of the antenne ; the second joint is nearly ovate ; the third,

fourth, fifth and sixth are of a very short obconic form, and the

rest nearly globose, with the exception of the last, which is longer

than the preceding, and acuminated at the apex: the tarsi are

short ; the first jomt very large and broad ; the second rather less

than the third, and nearly triangular ; the third cordiform, and the

fourth scarcely equal in length to the preceding two joints taken

together. The eyes are lateral, moderately prominent. The thorax

is narrower than the elytra, broader than long, and very convex

in the transverse direction ; it is truncated behind, and slightly

rounded and produced over the head in front: the posterior

angles are very obtuse; the surface impunctate: on the hinder

part is a very distinct transverse impression which does not ex-

tend quite to the sides. The elytra are of an oblong-ovate form,

and distinctly punctured above; the punctures show a tendency

to arrange themselves in lines : each elytron is obtusely rounded

at the apex. The upper surface of the insect is glossy and of a

greenish brass colour: the legs and antennz are testaceous, but

the three or four terminal joimts of the latter are somewhat

dusky.

Of the various genera and subgenera of Halticide which have

been characterized, I know none in which it can be placed ; its

nearest affinities appear to me to be with Mantura; but the an-

tennze are less incrassated at the apex, and on the other hand, as

I have before stated, the basal joints are shorter and stouter :

it moreover has a transverse groove to the thorax not found in

that genus, and wants the longitudinal impressions on the hinder

part, which all the species of Mantura which have come under

my notice present.

M. Valenciennes on the Organization of Lucina and Corbis. 41

Section TRIMERA.

Family CoccinELLID2&.

Scymnus Galapagoensis. Scym. ater, pubescens ; capite piceo ; tho-

race utrinque flavo; elytris pallide testaceis, indistinctissime punc-

tulatis ; sutura, margine anteriore, fascia valde flexuosa, maculisque

duabus subapicalibus, nigris ; antennis pedibusque flavis.—Long.

corp. # lin.

From James’ Island.

This species is about equal in size to the Sc. minimus ; its form

is rather more elongated and less convex than in that insect. The

suture of the elytra is black; the black forms a broad mark at

the base, but becomes very narrow towards the tip of the elytra ;

the outer margin of each elytron is narrowly edged with black, but

on the anterior third the dark colour is suddenly expanded, and

forms a broadish mark which extends to the humeral angle, and

there meets a broad transverse black mark which crosses the base

of the elytra: about the middle of the elytron is a narrow black

fascia, which as it parts from the suture descends, about the

middle is suddenly bent upwards so as to become longitudinal,

and then again descends obliquely outwards and nearly reaches

the outer margin: behind this central band is an oblique black

spot.

VI.—On the Organization of the Iwucine and of Corbis.

By M. A. VaLencrennes *.

THosE anatomists who have been engaged in the study of the

Acephalous Mollusca, that numerous class of animals related to

the oysters, mussels, &c., regard as one of the constant characters

of these creatures, that the respiratory organ fixed on each side

of the body under the folds of the mantle is composed of two

pairs of branchial leaflets, 2. e. that under the common covering

of the body there are four branchiz arranged symmetrically on

each side of the visceral mass.

These branchiz are in some pectinated, or composed of small,

straight and triangular lamine arranged close together; the

oysters, scallops, and the Spondyli present examples of this general

structure, which calls to mind that of the branchiz of almost all

the osseous fish. In other Acephalous Mollusca the pectinated

lamellz are connected by numerous transversal ridges which im-

part more consistence to the branchial leaflet and render it more

dense ; the Anodonta, so common in all our fresh waters, offer,

_ with a large number of other Acephala, examples of this struc-

ture ; a confirmation which is seldom met with in fish, for Xiphias

is the only one in which I have observed this arrangement.

* From the Comptes Rendus, June 9th, 1845.

42 M. Valenciennes on the Organization of Lucina and Corbis.

However, whatever be the organization of the branchize of Mol-

lusca, it is admitted and established by malacologists, that all

the Acephala have four branchial leaflets. This general rule has

hitherto been based on the study of several hundred animals of

this class.

Between the leaflets and near one of the extremities, called the

anterior one, is the mouth, a round aperture terminating imme-

diately in the cesophagus, without any hard organ for the masti-

cation, and without any external lingual tubercle; it is sur-

rounded. by small folds which bear the name of lips, and which

are frequently ornamented with appendages or plaited filaments,

varying somewhat according to the genera. Beyond the lips and

on each side of the body there are two small triangular processes

traversed by numerous ridges, which give to these organs an ap-

pearance of branchial lamelle ; they are called the labial palpi.

I have called attention to these external appearances of the

Acephalous Mollusca to render more intelligible what I am about

to describe. I have now to communicate to the Academy an ob-

servation opposed to'the general rule of the four branchial laminee.

The family of the Lucine is composed of mollusca which have

only a-single branchial leaflet on each side of the visceral mass

and of the foot. This single branchia resembles that of the Ano-

donta ; it is large, thick, and formed of pectinated and anastomo-

sing lamellz. I first noticed this smgular fact on Lucina jamai-

censis. Surprised at this peculiarity, which I found tobe con-

stant im all the individuals in the collection of the Muséum

d'Histoire Naturelle, I was immediately induced to ascertain

whether this difference occurred in other species of Lucina or in

animals allied to them. I observed the same conformation in a

mollusk which had for a long time been placed among the Ve-

nuses, which Lamarck and his followers arranged in the genus

Cytherea, but which I have been led .to place near to Lucina from

the insertion and. nature of the ligament of the two valves; I

mean the Venus tigerina of Linneus. My previsions have there-

fore been verified in this respect, for the far more important cha-

racter of the unity of the branchial leaflet leaves not the least

doubt respecting the affinity of the two mollusca, which moreover

resemble each other in several other details of their organization,

although the shells differ widely with the exception of the liga.

ment,

A third species well-known to conchologists, Lucina colum-

bella, Lam., from the seas, of Senegal, has likewise but one single

branchial leaflet on each side of the foot. And lastly, a small

species very abundant on all the sandy coasts of the Mediterra-

nean, Lucina lactea, Lam., which Poli formed into a new genus

under the name of Loripes, has also only one branchial lamina.

But this is not all. In the Polynesian Archipelagos an ace-

M. Valenciennes on the Organization of Liucina and Corbis. 48

phalous mollusk occurs, whose elegant shell, for a long time rare

and consequently sought for in collections, is well-known. Lin-

neus called it Venus Corbis; Lamarck arranged it among the

Lucine. Cuvier founded a genus with this species which pre-

sents indeed very striking characters; he left it near Lucina, as

Lamarck had previously done. I have been so fortunate as to

meet with an animal of this species in a state of excellent pre-

servation among the collections made at the Friendly Islands by

M. Quoy, and which that zoologist has not had time to study ;

at least he has not spoken of it in the account of the voyage of

the Astrolabe. This mollusk has likewise only a single branchia

on each side of the visceral mass, and I have confirmed this same

conformation on a second individual brought from the Feejee

Islands. However, the structure of its non-perforated foot di-

stinguishes it from the animals of Lucina. .

From a sole comparison of the shells, it -was thought that the

Unguline offered some relations with the Lucine. We are ac-

quainted with the mollusk of this genus from the excellent

anatomical descriptions made and published by M. Duvernoy.

As this anatomist found four branchial lamine, it is impossible

any longer to admit of an approximation between the Unguline

and the Lucine. My investigations confirm the relations pointed

out between the Unguline and Mytilacea. ;

It results, therefore, from the observation made by me, that

the Lucine and Corbis differ from all the Acephalous Mollusca by

a very prominent character, viz. that they possess only a single

branchia on each side of the foot and viscera.

Since I have confirmed this fact on animals inhabiting the

Mediterranean, the coasts of Africa, the Antilles, as well as the

seas of Brazil:and of the Indies, we are led to-admit it as a ge-

neral fact in the animals of this family ; it cannot be regarded as

a simple exception, which might have been the case had it been

observed only on a single individual or on a single species of

Lucina. .

This great exception is not the only one which the Lucine

present: the aperture of the mouth is very small, surrounded by

two weak and thin folds of the skin, which require the greatest

attention to be seen; they are the rudiments of lips.

But what is most remarkable is, that the labial palpi are all

four wanting. There may possibly be traces of them in the

animal of Corbis.

Poli has given a very excellent figure of his Loripes, or of

Lucina lactea, It will be seen from it that he was entirely pre-

occupied in his investigation with the singularity of the foot of

the animal, for he has represented the branchiz situated to the

right and left of the viscera, without noticing the very remark-

able exception in the number of the lamine. As M. Cuvier has

44, M. Valenciennes on the Organization of Lucina and Corbis.

only mentioned Loripes in order to verify the observations of the

Neapolitan anatomist respecting the foot of this mollusk, it may

be conceived why he has not pointed out the absence of one pair

of branchiz. I must however add, that the Lucina lactea, ex-

amined by these expert zoologists, is a very minute mollusk of

one to two centimetres in diameter, while I have been able to

examine Lucine from five to six centimetres in diameter; the

observation was therefore easy to make ; and when once I had as-

certained the possibility of the existence of one single branchial

lamina in Lucina jamaicensis and L. tigerina, I could readily de-

tect the same organization in the smallest individuals of Lucina

lactea from the Mediterranean.

The conformation of the foot of these mollusks, which had at-

tracted the attention of Poli, is very remarkable ; but this anato-

mist has not given a very complete description of it, which it

nevertheless deserves. This foot is a fleshy cylinder folded back

on itself so as to be hidden between the plates of the mantle of

the mollusk, for it is frequently twice as long as the diameter of

the animal. When not contracted it is much longer. It is re-

markable that it is hollow throughout its entire length, and that

this tube opens directly and widely into the spaces of the visceral

cavity. I have verified this fact by following the canal in its en-

tire length either by cutting it open or by injection, when the

spaces of the visceral mass became filled, and I also thought I

could perceive traces of injected vessels. This result will not

appear surprising if we call to mind the observations which

M. Milne Edwards and I have communicated to the Academy on

the circulation in Mollusca, and on the large communications ex-

isting between the visceral cavity and the sanguiniferous vessels

of the Acephala. But there is a new fact here deserving of

especial attention, from its importance for the physiology of Mol-

lusca; it is, that the imner cavities containing the blood are

placed by means of the canal of the foot in Lucina in free com-

munication with the surrounding element. The heart and the

other viscera which I was able to observe of these animals, pre-

served in spirit, did not appear to offer anything remarkable.

[It is to be regretted that M. Valenciennes has not accompanied

his notice of the single gill on each side of the Lucina with some

account of its structure: from the statement that it is large, thick,

and formed of pectinated and anastomosing lamella, it may agree essen-

tially with the apparently single gill in the genera Pholadomyu and

Anatina, described by Prof. Owen in his ‘ Lectures on the Inver-

tebrata,’ 1843, p. 283, where the exception to the ordinary struc-

ture and number of the gills in the Lamellibranchiate Acephala is

distinctly pointed out as follows :—

«« The two branchial lamelle of one side are usually connected with

those of the opposite side by their posterior extremities only; but

Bibliographical Notices. 45

sometimes the union is more extensive. In a few genera, as Anatina

and Pholadomya, the two lamelle of the same side are so united as to

appear like a single gill. In the Pholadomya it forms a thick oblong

mass, finely plicated transversely, attenuated at both extremities,

slightly bifid at the posterior one. A line traverses longitudinally the

middle of the external surface, which has no other trace of division.

The branchiz on each side adhere to the mantle by the whole of their

dorsal margin, and are united together where they extend beyond the

visceral mass, being separated, by the interposition of that mass,

along their anterior two-thirds. A narrow groove extends along the

free anterior margins of each gill. When the inner side of this appa-

rently simple gill is examined, it is seen to be divided into three longi-

tudinal channels, by two ridges, containing the vascular trunks and

nerves of the gills. A style passed from the excretory siphon, behind

the conjoined extremities of the branchiz, enters the dorsal channel,

from which the excretory respiratory currents are discharged: the

middle channel is characterized by an orifice which conducts into the

cavity of the gill, where the ova are hatched : the third channel forms

the inner or mesial surface of the gill, which is not otherwise divided.”

—Ep. Ann. Nat. Hist.]

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

The Genera of Birds. By G. R. Gray, F.L.S., illustrated by D. W.

Mitchell, B.A., F.L.S. Imperial 4to. Parts 1—14.

Ir is now nearly twenty years since any naturalist has attempted to

give a complete synopsis of the species of birds. The accessions to

our knowledge during the interval have been very great, and the

progress which has been made in elucidating the characters and im-

proving the classification of the species previously known, is no less

remarkable. The facts thus elicited were however scattered through

rare and costly publications, many of which, especially the volumi-

nous Transactions of foreign Societies, are almost inaccessible to the

working naturalist, who will therefore hail with gratitude the work

before us, which supplies him with a ready index to the whole sub-

ject of ornithology. Mr. Gray’s position in the British Museum has

given him peculiar facilities for perfecting his laborious undertaking,

which requires a constant and ready access to books and specimens.

The classification which he has adopted is for the most part con-

sistent with natural affinities, though some of the groups, Pachyce-

phaline for instance, consist of rather incongruous materials. Really

natural groups are generally confined within certain geographical

limits, and when we see an assemblage either of species or of genera

from remote parts of the world: brought together to form:a superior

group, there is often reason to suspect that their supposed affinities

are apparent rather than real.

The definition of families and genera is one of the most difficult

duties of the naturalist, and he is often unable so to generalize the

characters of groups as to satisfy the logician. We frequently seea

species connected by the closest affinity to others, yet differing from

them in the very points in which the latter mutually agree, so that

46 Bibliographical Notices.

it is impossible to draw up a definition which shall embrace the whole,

without qualifying it with such terms as “ generally,” ‘‘ more or less,”

“except,” &c. Mr. Gray has overcome these difficulties by care and

judgement, and has given us very full generalizations of generic cha-

racters, though these would have been more useful if the diagnostic

portion of them were printed in a different type, or otherwise sepa-

rated from the general mass. Another important feature in the work

is the condensation of superfluous genera, which are daily manu-

factured by scores on trivial or imaginary characters, and which Mr.

Gray has used a sound discretion in reducing within reasonable limits.

- In regard to species, the author has only been able to give a full

list of them under each genus, accompanied by their chief synonyms

and references to the principal works where they are figured or de-

scribed. To have annexed their specific characters would have ex-

tended the work fourfold and consumed years of valuable time. The

localities might however have been mentioned with advantage, and

the specific characters of the new species which are occasionally in-

troduced ought to have been added. In other respects the student

is-guided at once to the best sources of information, while the rigid

impartiality with which the rule of priority is enforced supplies him

with a nomenclature which seems likely to be permanent.

In the illustrative plates the essential characters of every genus are

admirably displayed, and in each subfamily a coloured plate of some

new or unfigured species is introduced. This portion of the work is

beautifully executed by. Mr. Mitchell, who has entered fully into the

spirit of that improved style of delineation first introduced into or-

nithology by Mr.and Mrs. Gould’s unrivalled pencils. Mr. Mitchell

has been the first to apply the art of lithotint to the illustration of

zoological subjects, and in representing that wonderfully organized

structure, the plumage of birds, we are inclined to prefer it to any

other method, as attaining the happy medium between the hardness

of line-engraving and the indistinctness of common lithography.

Indeed in respect both of drawing and colouring, it would be scarcely

possible to produce more perfect copies of nature than some of these

plates exhibit. The only defect which we have noticed is the occa-

sionally too abrupt transition of the leg into the body in some of the

figures, that of Hsacus and Syrrhaptes for instance.

. It will be evident to the practical zoologist that this beautiful and

elaborate work will tend greatly to advance our knowledge of orni-

thology, and that no’ public or private museum can be scientifically

arranged without its aid.

Descriptiones Animalium que in itinere ad Maris Australis terras per

- annos 1772-74 suscepto collegit J. R. Forster, nunc demum edite

curante H. Lichtenstein. 8vo. Berlin, 1844. Pp. 424.

Professor Lichtenstein has conferred a boon on literature and sci-

ence by rescuing from oblivion these original observations of a pro-

found and learned naturalist. John Reinhold Forster is well-known

as the companion of Cook in his second voyage round the world,

but by various mischances these memoranda of the valuable additions

which he made to natural history have remained in MS. for seventy

Bibliographical Notices. 47

years, and only obscure and imperfect notices of his. zoological dis-

coveries have hitherto seen the light. The drawings of animals

made by his son George have met with nearly the same neglect as

the text to which they refer; having remained unpublished. to the

present time in the archives of the British Museum. Schneider in-

deed, in his edition of Bloch’s Fishes, introduced some of the mate-

rials of Forster’s MSS., and Latham founded many of bis species of

birds on the specimens and drawings brought home by the two

Forsters. The descriptions of Latham were however generally vague

and insufficient, so that it is often difficult to determine. the precise

species or even genus to which they refer, and the exact descriptions

and measurements now furnished us by this work of Forster’s will

therefore be of the utmost use in identifying many obscure species,

especially those of the little-known islands of the Pacific. It is in-

deed much to be regretted that the work before us was not published

at the time that it was written, as it would then have supplied the com-

pilations of Gmelin and Latham with materials of the highest value,

while Forster would have had the credit due to his labours, and the

scientific. names which he proposed would have been generally

adopted. But by publishing the work at the present time, nearly all

Forster’s specific names have lost their right of priority and must

take their rank as synonyms. Yet in spite of this imconvenience, the

work comes “‘ better late than never ;” it will remain a monument of

Forster’s accuracy of observation and high attainments as a natu-

ralist ; and though the majority of the animals described were pre-

viously known from other works, yet some, especially of the Inver-

tebrata, appear to be now first described, while the most important

additional light is thrown upon others.

This volume is in fact the Zoological Appendix to ‘ Cook’s Second

Voyage,’ and is also a valuable accompaniment to the ‘ Observations

made during a Voyage round the World,’ which Forster published

in 1778, and to the ‘ Journal of the Voyage’ which his son edited.

Some portions of it are in the form of a diary, narrating the events

of the expedition, but the greater part is occupied with minute de-

scriptions of the animals collected or observed. Professor Lichten-

stein deserves great praise for the strictness with which he has ad-

hered to Forster’s text, and for his valuable notes on the synonymy of

the species described. In the latter department he has been aided by

Erichson, who has identified many of the insects described by Forster.

We may hope that this publication may draw attention to the

drawings of the younger Forster, now in the British Museum. It is

much to be wished that a selection of such of these drawings as are

of the greatest interest to science were engraved and published.

Their importance is shown by the fact that foreign zoologists have

on several occasions made pilgrimages to London to inspect these

designs, and. have quoted them as the authorities on which specific

distinctions have been founded. The first step towards this object

would be to publish an exact catalogue of Forster’s drawings, distin-

guishing under each design the name which has been given to the

species by Schneider, Latham, Forster, and the modern zoologists

respectively.

48 Zoological Society.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

January 14, 1845.—William Yarrell, Esq., in the Chair.

Mr. Gould exhibited to the Meeting a number of Birds from China,

being the first collection forwarded from Amoy to this country.

He described the following new species :—

Corvus pastrnatTor. Cor. plumis ptilose saturate purpurascente-

nigris ; caudd virescenti ; scapulariis tectricibusque caude maculd

semilunari nigrd ad apices ornatis ; rostro tarsisque nigris.

‘The entire plumage deep shining purplish black or plum-colour,

glossed with a greenish hue on the tail-feathers ; the scapularies and

upper tail-coverts with an obscure crescent-shaped mark of black at

the tip; bill and feet shining black.

Total length 18 inches ; bill, 23 ; wing, 12; tail, 7; tarsi, 2}; mid-

dle toe and claw, 23.

Hab. Chusan.

Remark.—This species is closely allied to the Rook of Europe, but

differs from it in the hue of the plumage, which is of a beautiful pur-

ple or plum-colour where the European bird is green; the bill is also

straighter and the face much less denuded, the fleshy base of the

nostrils being the only part destitute of feathers ; the feet and claws

are also larger.

MeEreus onIENTALIS. Mer. (Foem.) capite cristd colloque rubi-

ginoso-rubris ; mento albo ; corpore superiore, caudd, alis, lateri-

busque griseis; primariis ferrugineo-nigris ; secundariis albis ;

corpore inferiore pallide cervino ; tectricibus caude albidis.

Female.—Head, neck and crest dark rust-red ; chin white; all the

upper surface, wings, tail and flanks grey; primaries brownish

black ; secondaries pure white; under surface cream-colour, fading

into white on the under tail-coverts.

Total length 23 inches ; bill, 24; wing, 92; tail, 5; tarsi, 2.

Hab. Amoy.

Remark.—Nearly allied to the Goosander of Europe, but smaller

in size and more delicate in colour than that bird. I believe a male

of this bird is in the British Museum; the female is in my own col-

lection, and is the only one I have seen. The specimen in the Mu-

seum assimilates as closely to the male of the European bird as the

one here described does to the female.

Pica srerica. PP. capite, collo, pectore et tectricibus caude saturate

nigris ; tectricibus alarum cinereo-ceruleis, ventre et scapulariis

albis ; cauda metallicé nigro-viridi ; rostro et pedibus nigris.

Head, throat, chest, upper part of the back, upper and under tail-

coverts deep black; secondaries and greater wing-coverts shining

steel-blue ; spurious wing and edges of the base of the outer webs of

the primaries shining deep green ; inner webs of the primaries white ;

the tips of the primaries and the margins of the inner webs for a

short distance from the tip black; scapularies and belly pure white ;

tail greenish black, with bronze reflexions ; bill and feet black.

Zoological Society. 49

Total length about 19 inches; bill, 2; wing, 8; tail about 12;

tarsi, 2}.

Hab. Amoy.

Closely allied to the common Magpie, but differs in the wings being

blue instead of green, in the rather less extent of the white, and in

having a longer bill and much longer tarsi.

Mr. Gould also exhibited to the Meeting a small species of Mam-

mal, which he characterized as

Dromicia concinna. Drom. maculd nigrd ante oculos ; corpore

superne et parte exteriore crurum pallide brunneis ; crurum parte

interiore et corpore subtis distincte albis.

Before the eye a mark of black; all the upper surface, the outer

side of the limbs and the tail, pale sandy brown; all the under sur-

face and the inner side of the limbs white ; the two colours distinctly

separated, or not blending into each other.

Length of the head and body, 33 inches; of the tail, 34; of the

ear, 5.

Hab. Western Australia.

Very nearly allied to the Dromicia of Van Diemen’s Land, but

distinguished from that animal by its much smaller size, by the di-

stinct separation of the colours of the upper and under surface, and

by the absence of any enlargement at the base of the tail.

Also a new Grallatorial bird, which he named

Furica austrauis. Jul. capite colloque nigris; superné griseo-

nigro, subtis fuliginoso ; iridibus rubris ; rostro cinereo-ceruleo ;

vertice viridi-albo ; tarsis pedibusque griseis.

Head and neck black ; all the upper surface greyish black; under

surface sooty black ; irides bright red; bill light bluish grey ; crown

of the head greenish white ; legs and feet French grey.

Total length 14 inches; bill, 14; wing, 8; tail, 24; tarsi, 2}.

Hab. Western Australia.

** Descriptions of species of Bats collected in the Philippine Islands,

and presented to the Society by H. Cuming, Esq.” By G. R. Water-

house, Esq. Ps

The following descriptions and notices, added to those given in

the ‘Annals,’ vol. xiii. p. 302, include all the species of the order

Cheiroptera collected by Mr. Cuming in the Philippine Islands; and

it is necessary to state, with regard to the descriptions alluded to,

that they are all drawn up from specimens preserved in spirit; and

although every care has been taken to ascertain the true colouring

of the fur as nearly as possible by repeated examinations of the spe-

cimens, mounted as they were in clear spirits of wine, the colours

may not prove to be exactly as I have supposed.

The following table displays some of the more prominent charac-

ters of the species of Vespertilio (generally so difficult to determine)

about to be described :—

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol, xvi. KE

50 Zoological Society.

A. Wing-membrane extending to the distal end of tibia,

a. Ears moderate, or rather small, rounded ; tragus rather short,

rounded at the apex; heel-cartilage short,

a.1, Nostrils separated by a moderately

wide space, and opening sublate-

THY 6 yea ey hen ae Caves gee een rite,

a. 2. Nostrils with a narrow space be-

tween them (a distinct notch, how-

ever, in that space), and opening

almost.in front 05 6... s eee ee Se Vesp. Eschscholtzii.

6, Ears large and pointed; tragus long, narrow and pointed ;

heel-cartilage long.

6.1. Hind-foot very large.......... 8. Vesp. macrotarsus.

6.2. Hind-foot small.............. 4. Vesp. pellucidus.

B. Wing-membrane extending to base of toes,

a, Ears short, rounded at apex; tragus

short, subpointed ............ 5. Vesp. Meyeni,

b. Ears large, pointed ; tragus long, at-

tenuated and pointed ,......, 6, Vesp. rufo-pictus.

VEsPERTILIO TRIsTIS. Vesp. vellere molli, nigricanti-fuliginoso ;

auribus mediocribus, rotundatis ; tragis mediccribus arcuatis, apice

rotundatis ; rostro brevi obtuso; alis angustis. —

unc, lin

Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin.... 2 5

ai ie ga a ek aR A BE 9 Ceo et ae

Wate Gckce es ease eke eek

OT a BEG Shiai dis, ana i, dag |

AYMPOA WIRE ss the ce sete 35 tac 13 0

The fur is dense in this species, but not long; dense fur extends

on to the head, and leaves but a small portion of the muzzle, which

is covered with shorter hair: the general colour is sooty black, and

the hairs appear to be uniform to the root; those on the belly are

slightly tinted with greyish at the point. The incisor teeth are

=, The forehead is much arched; the muzzle short and obtusely

rounded, very broad and hairy; the lower lip has a narrow trans-

verse naked area at the tip; the nostrils are sublateral, moderately

separated, and there is a slight depression between them, The

ears are moderate, rounded, but with the upper, or anterior, margin

nearly straight; the tragus is curved, and rather obtusely rounded

at the point, about 25 lines in length, and 12 line in width, The

Wings are rather narrow, and have the membranes black; they ex-

tend to the heel of the hind-foot, which has the metatarsus narrow

and long, the distance from the heel to the base of the toes exceeding

the toes in length; the toes are shortish and equal, the nails are also

short and but little curved; the heel-cartilage is short, bent back,

and not easily brought in a right angle with the tibia, as in many of

the species of the present genus. The hind-legs are rather long ;

Zoological Society. 51

the interfemoral membrane ample, naked above and below, excepting

quite at the base; the tail is enclosed to the point in this membrane ;

the thumb is moderate,

VesprrtiLio Escuscnourzi. Vesp. vellere longo fusco-nigricante,

corpore subtis pilis apicibus cinerascentibus ; artubus fuscis ; au-

ribus brevibus ; tragis angustis, ad apicem rotundatis, antice emar-

ginatis,

unc. lin.

Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin,... 2 0O

DOs ea ve eh feces 8 peep pF 2 0

——— STOO svc isc eV ees oh 4 1” 9

moms AUTES oe eee eee om Me OBE

Adarwum amplitudo 5 voces tissieceddrvses 42°.0

Incisor teeth F; the outermost incisor of the upper jaw is smaller

than the inner one. The forehead is much arched, and separated,

as it were, from the muzzle by a deep transverse depression; on each

side of the head is a naked groove, which runs over the eye. ‘The

muzzle is short and rounded, naked at the tip only, the other parts

moderately well clothed with hairs: the nostrils open almost in front,

and are more than usually approximated; their upper boundary

is prominent, and there is a deep groove between them. On the

inner side of the upper lip are two small fleshy folds, and some com-

pressed tubercles situated toward the angle of the mouth; the lower

lip has a narrow triangular naked area at the tip. The ears are

short, broad and rounded, but have the upper margin subtruncated;

on the inner side are two transverse ridges; the lower part of the

ear is extended forwards to the angle of the mouth. The tragus is

narrow, curved, rounded at the point, indistinctly emarginated on

the outer side, and about 22 lines in length. The wings are rather

narrow, and extend along the hind-leg to the distal end of the tibia

only. The hind-legs are moderate; the metatarsus narrow and long,

the distance from the heel to the base of the toes exceeding the toes

in length; the toes are rather short and nearly equal. ‘The inter-

femoral membrane is ample, naked, excepting at the base; the heel-

cartilage is short; the tail enclosed in the interfemoral membrane to

the point; the thumb is very small.

Of the species described in this paper, Vespertilio Eschscholtzit

approaches most nearly to the V. tristis; it is much smaller, how-

ever, than that animal, has the thumb smaller in proportion, and its

colouring is less dark. Among the species of M. Temminck’s Mo-

nograph our V. tristis most nearly resembles, in the form of its head

and ears, the V. blepotis (pl. 53. fig. 2.); the V. Eschscholtzii (of

which Mr. Cuming brought home several specimens) is at least one-

third smaller.

’ VESPERTILIO MACROTARSUS. Vegsp, supra cinereus, subtis albicans ;

auribus longis, angusiis, ad apicem acutis, postice fer? rectis ;

trago elongato, atienuato, acuto; alis amplis fuscis, ad basin pal-

lidioribus.

52 Zoological Society.

ne. lin.

Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin.... 2 3

ad basin auris .... O 5

cade SE SS pace veces ewes “8 40

— antibrachii...... “cB LERERN PSS the

pollicis Se eh i ee IE os bsoe OU 3

auris . Rissa es Shetek he 0 65

pedis postici a calce ad apicem digiti 0 6

Alarum amplitudo eid au's % shay AAS eae ll 0

The fur on the back is apparently eke grey next the skin, and

pale ashy grey externally, and on the under parts the hairs are grey

at the base and whitish at the point. The incisors are os ; the

pair of incisors on either side of upper jaw nearly equal. The fore-

head is convex, and separated from the muzzle by a transverse de-

pression: the muzzle somewhat produced and pointed, the mesial

portion above and in front naked, the naked portion above extending

about two lines from the tip, and separated from the somewhat

swollen cheeks by a longitudinal groove on each side: between the

nostrils, which are widely separated and pierced almost laterally, is

a shallow grooye. The lips have small scattered hairs, excepting at

the tip, where they are naked; on the chin is a naked wart some-

what removed from the apex. The ears are largeish and rather nar-

row, pointed, and have the hinder margin nearly straight. The

tragus is narrowish, attenuated, and pointed at the apex. ‘The wings

are ample, and the membranes encroach on the back so as to reduce

the portion covered with fur to a narrow strip of about half an inch

in width ; they extend along the hind-leg to the heel only ; the thumb

is comparatively long; the hind-foot very-large, and having the toes

equal, excepting the outer one (according to the natural position of

the foot, but the toe corresponding to the inner toe in most other

animals), which is rather shorter. The interfemoral membrane is

moderately ample, and does not extend quite to the tip of the tail,

a portion of about one line in length being free. The heel-cartilage

is very long.

In the large size of the hind-foot the present species approaches

the V. Hasseletii of Temminck’s Monograph, but it does not appear

that that. species has the wings encroaching on the back as in V. ma-

crotarsus; the ears are much larger, the thumb also larger, tail

longer, &c. The proportions, as compared with those of M. Tem-

minck’s V. macrodactylus and V. brachypterus, differ considerably,

though both these species have the hind-foot large; the larger ears,

longer thumb, and more ample wing will serve to distinguish it.

VESPERTILIO PELLUCIDUS. Vesp. vellere longo, pallide rufo, cor-

pore subtis cinerascenti-albo ; alis fuscis, pellucidis ; auribus mag-

nis, apice acutis, postice emarginatis ; trago elongato, attenuato ;

rostro producto, depresso, subacuto.

unc. lin.

Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin.... 1 8

CME OS corners eee ay Gals ake, oe

Zooloyical Society. 53

une. lin.

Longitudo antibrachit.......00ceeveecveee he ie

~——— UIIS . 6.6% ie s.¢h Ad RROD pals iad

Alarum amplitudo ........++seeeseeeeees 9 6

The fur in this animal is long, of a delicate pale rufous on the upper

parts of the body, but slightly tinted with grey next the rian" the

under parts are ashy white. The incisor teeth are as usual 7 ae ; the

two innermost of the upper jaw are widely separated, long-pointed,

and resemble‘canine teeth; the outer pair are very small. The forehead

is considerably arched ; the muzzle produced, pointed and depressed,

and has a slight concavity above; the nostrils are widely separated,

pierced laterally, and have a slight depression between them; the tip

of the muzzle is naked. ‘The lower lip has a small, hence naked

space at the tip. ‘The ears are of a very pale brown colour, large, trans-

‘parent, pointed, and strongly emarginated behind; the tragus is very

long and slender (its length being about 42 lines, and width at the

base less than 1 line), and decreases gradually in width from the |

base to the point; close to its root, externally, is a slightly promi-

nent angle. ‘The wings are large and supported by very delicate

and slender bones, very transparent, and extend slightly on to the

toe of the ltind-foot. ‘The hind-legs are long and slender; the foot

small; the metatarsus shorter thau the toes, which are slender and

very nearly equal, if we except the one to which the wing is slightly

attached, which is distinctly shorter than the rest. The interfemo-

ral membrane is ample, and presents a few scattered hairs: the heel-

cartilage long. The tail is long, and enclosed in thé membrane to

the point ; the fourth vertebra from the base has much flesh about

it, which forms a small lump,—perhaps this is accidental. ‘The

thumb is slender, but rather long.

This species is remarkable for having long and extremely slender

limbs, and for the transparency of its flying-membranes. I could

read this writing through the wing-membranes, moistened as they

were with the spirit, at a distance of more than a quarter of an inch.

VesPeRTILIO Mryeni. Vesp. intense rufescenti-fuscus, pilis ad

basin albescentibus ; corpore subtiis cinereo lavato; brachiis ru-

FSescentibus ; rostro brevi, obtuso ; auribus subtriangulis, ad apicem

rotundatis, postice emarginatis; tragis arcuatis, angustis, ad apicem

subacutis. ;

une. lin.

Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin.... 1 7

ne COMA» ss aint aro veh Snare Cokie HewK 0 11

— antibrachii........ Sib pie ote RN gio e ee |

ee CUTE Ki ei bay ign et reac 0 2?

Alarum amplitudo ............ ba Ha Waite 4s 6 6

This species has the usual number of incisors Ge) ; the inner-

most pair of the upper jaw are larger than the external pair, and bifid

at the apex. The forehead is moderately arched; the muzzle is

broad and but sparingly clothed with hairs, swollen at the sides ;

(64 Zoological Society.

two longitudinal grooves mark the usual external boundaries of the

nasal bones; and these grooves, at first shallow, become deeper be-

hind, where they are curved outwards towards the eyes, over which

is a small fleshy tubercle; the upper part of the nose (between the

two grooves mentioned) is almost naked, but a few minute scattered

hairs are observed at the tip, and even in front, and along the edge

of the upper lip. The lower lip presents a very small triangular .

naked patch at the tip. The nostrils are rather widely separated,

and open obliquely outwards. The ears are short, subtriangular,

have the extreme point rounded, and the posterior border slightly

emarginated; on the inner side are three or four transverse ruge.

The tragus is narrow, subpointed, and has a notch in the middle of

the external margin. The wings are somewhat narrow, and have

the membranes of a very dark brown colour, the limbs being of a

dusky purplish red tint; the membrane of the wing extends to the

base of the toes. The thumb is small; the hind-legs shortish; the

metatarsus short, being about equal in length to the toes, which are

very nearly equal, the outer one being but a trifle shorter than the

others. ‘The interfemoral membrane is by no means ample, brown

above and very pale beneath, where pale scattered hairs are observa-

ble, especially near the tail; above, this membrane appears to be

naked, excepting at the base. The heel-cartilage is moderate, and

on the lower or outer side of this cartilage is an obtusely-angular

piece of membrane, about 2 lines in length and 1 line in breadth. The

tail has the extreme point free.

I have attached to this and one of the foregoing species the names

of two able naturalists who have contributed to our knowledge of the

zoological productions of the Philippine Islands.

The V. Meyeni apparently approaches most nearly to the V. trala-

titius of Temminck’s Monograph, but has the muzzle broader and

more rounded, the ears less pointed, the tail, antibrachium and tibie

shorter, the latter considerably so ; the foot is also shorter and broader

than represented in M. Temminck’s figure of that species. The co-

louring (so far as one may judge from specimens preserved in spirit)

also differs.

VESPERTILIO RUFO«PICTUS. Vesp. supra ochraceis, pilis ad basin

cinereis ; corpore subtis flavescenti-albo ; alis nigrescentibus, ared

magnd ad basin, brachiis, membrandque interfemorali rufis ; auribus

longis, angustis, acutis, posticé distincté emarginatis ; tragis at-

tenuatis, acutis.

unc. lin.

Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin.... 2 3

et COMME 6 EAB ETASE SD Es re (mee tae) @ |

antibrachtt’........ enviysaeeccn” FY IT

ht MeL EL EER eee Tee 0 53

Alaruin Mplitudo: péo. on tiikPaieicns alesei 13 6

Fur moderate ; on the upper parts of the body pale grey at the root,

and of a delicate yellow colour externally ; on the under parts of the

body yellowish white, scarcely tinted with grey at the root. The

wing-membranes are black, excepting in the region of the bones of

Zoological Society. 55

the fingers and a large area at the base, at which parts they are of

a bright red colour; a straight line drawn obliquely across the wifig

from the thumb to the heel would mark the boundary of the red basal

portion. ‘The small strip of membrane above the arm is red, clouded

with black. The limbs and interfemoral membrane are also red, and

the naked tip to the muzzle, as well as the ears, are very pale flesh«

colour. Tlie hinder toes are dusky at the tip.

The forehead is but little arched; the muzzle is produced, but

somewhat rounded at the tip, which is the only part which is naked,

and even here a few minute scattered hairs are observable in the

middle. Above the nose are two loigitudinal grooves. The lower

lip has a semicifcular naked space at the tip, and a tubercle is ob-

served between this point and the throat. ‘The nostrils are lateral,

and the space between them is slightly depressed. The eats are long,

rather narrow and pointed, and distinctly emarginated behind. The

tragus is about 44 lines long, narrow; attenuated and pointed. The

wings aie very ample and extend to the base of the toes. The thumb

is long; the hind-legs moderately long; the metatarsus shorter than

the toes (claws not included), and these are very nearly equal. The

interfemoral membrane is moderately ample, well-clothed with hair at

the base, arid a few longish scattered hairs are observable on other

parts, especially on the upper surface. The heel-cartilage is long,

extending to within about four and a half lines of the tail.

This species very much résemibles the Vesperiilio pictus of Pallas,

but is much larger, and differs in the form and proportions of its ears.

Tapnozovs pnitippinensis. Tuaph, vellere brevi fuscescente vel

castaneo, corpore subtis pallidiore ; pilis ad basin albescentibus ;

auribus mediocribus.

: une. lin

Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin.... 3 14

—caude ..... AMER REALS OR Ben’ 0 8

ab apice rostri ad basin auris .... O 5

— auris ...... eye ere ore 0 6

— ARUOPUORE 6 o's sins bie d ives sy Q 7

ogg tibie i ee oe eer | Ce et se wes e vs ites 0 ll

AlaPaint aimplitudo ig iis as, i nats cr ea «e's 13 6

This species approaches most nearly to the Taphozous saccolaimus,

but differs in being considerably smaller, in having the muzzle

shorter and more pointed, the ears larger, and the feet considerably

smaller ; the colouring moreover is different. It agrees with 7. lon-

gimanus in having no throat-pouch or nakedness at that part, but

differs in its proportions, &c.

The fur is short and by no means dense, nearly white next the

skin both on the upper and under parts of the body; on the upper

parts the hairs have the visible portion tipped with reddish brown or

chestnut colour, sumetimes brown. ‘The under parts are always of

a paler hue than the upper, and sometimes almost white, merely

suffused with pale chestnut-brown : on the throat this colour is usually

more intense. ‘The wing-membranes are brown, sometimes dusky ;

the interfemoral membrane assumes a paler hue beneath. 7

56 Zoological Society.

The head, viewed from above, presents a triangular figure, of which

the tip of the muzzle forms the apex, and is somewhat acute; the

nose is slightly prominent; the nostrils terminal, and but slightly

separated ; the upper lip terminates in a point ; the under lip is some-

what swollen at the extremity, and a largeish transverse swelling or

tubercle is observed below the chin. ‘The ears have the anterior

part running on to the forehead, but separated by a space of about

two lines, which space is occupied by the deep frontal pit; they are

of moderate size, perhaps might be called rather large; the lateral

and anterior margins meet so as to form nearly a right angle; on the

anterior margin, which is thickened, is a series of pointed tubercles ;

the lateral or outer margin is very slightly emarginated, and on the

inner side numerous transverse small folds or ridges are perceptible ;

the point of the ear is narrow, but rounded. ‘The tragus is scarcely

2 lines in length, and about 23 lines in width, rounded at the apex

and contracted at the base. ‘The tail is enclosed in the interfemoral

membrane rather less than one-third of its length. The interfemoral

membrane is about eleven lines in antero-posterior extent, naked

beneath, slightly hairy above to the base of the free portion of the

tail, which has a few long scattered hairs. ‘The feet are almost naked,

having only a few scattered hairs. The limbs are of a pale dirty flesh-

colour.

The teeth most nearly resemble those of skull fig. 11. pl. 60. of

Temminck’s Monograph, but the incisors are more expanded at the

apex than represented in that figure, and very deeply notched. The

formulee are the same, viz. incisors, 2; canines, = ; molars, 3 :

the first false molar of the upper jaw is small and almost hidden by

the gum; the second distinct; both first and second false molars of

lower jaw are distinct; the latter is most elevated, but the foremost

is the largest. The palate has numerous well-developed transverse

ridges, seven in number, if we commence from between the canines,

in front of which are two others less distinct; the third, which is

between the false molars, is most developed. ‘The tongue is thick,

but pointed at the apex, and presents a triangular transverse section,

extending in its ordinary position to the incisor teeth, which on the

inner side are covered by the gum up to their points.

Besides these, and the Philippine Island Bats noticed or described

in the ‘Annals,’ vol. xiii. p. 302, I have to add, as also forming part

of Mr. Cuming’s collection, a species of Nycticejus which agrees

most closely with the N. borbonicus; this and the Taphozous phi-

lippinensis appear to be extremely abundant in the Philippine Islands ;

and lastly, a species of Dysopes, which I feel very little doubt is the

D. tenuis of Horsfield; it agrees most closely with the detailed de-

scription and figure given by Temminck.

January 28.—William Horton Lloyd, Esq., in the Chair.

‘Description of three new species of Shells belonging to the

genus Artemis,” by Sylvanus Hanley, Esq.

ARTEMIS SIMPLEX. Art. testd orbiculari-subirigond, solidd, sub-

Zoological Society, 57

inequilaterali, nitidd, eburned, ventricosd, concentrice et subimbri-

catim sulcatd; sulcis haud confertis ; margine ventrali arcuato ;

dorsali utringue declivi, antic? retuso, postice arcuato ; utrdque

extremitate rotundatd ; lunuld haud magnd, impressd ; ared dorsali

posticd nulld. Long. 1°63; lat. 1°55 poll,

Index Testaceologicus, sup. t. 15. f, 41.

Hab. Panama, St. Elena. Mus. Cuming, Hanley.

The general outline, owing to the abruptness of its slopes, closely

resembles that of excisa; but in that species the sulci (or rather cos-

tell) are elevated, the hinder dorsal area is excavated, and the lunule

is large and ill-defined, The colour is ivory-white, with usually a

zone or two of very pale blue; and, contrary to the other two spe-

cies, the greatest length is from the beaks to the lower or ventral

margin. .

ARTEMIS suBQqUADRATA. Art. testd suborbiculari, subquadratd,

compressa, subpellucidd, valde inequilateralt, intus extusque albidd,

concentrice substriatd ; margine ventrali posticé arcuato, antice

convexo et sursim acclivi; dorsali antice convexo haudque declivi,

postice subrecto et declivi; extremitate postica latissimd, anticd

angustd ; lunuld magnd, subobsoletd, Long, 1°62; lat. 1°75 poll.

Ind. Test., sup. t. 15. f. 39.

Hab. St. Elena, West Columbia. Mus. Cuming, Hanley.

The peculiar breadth of the posterior side, whose upper or dorsal

angle is horizontal, or even ascending, the freedom from incurvation

and abrupt slope of the front dorsal line, and the scarcely defined

lunule, concur to render this rare shell strikingly different from any

known species in this genus.

ArteMis scuteTa. Art. testd orbiculari-subquadratd, magis mi-

nusve ventricosd, solidiusculd, inequilaterali, subnitidd, sordideé

albidd aut albido-lutescente (nonnunquam pallid? livido-fuscescente

alboque marmoratd), concentricé sulcatd ; striis radiantibus, sulcos

confertissimos antice (plerumque etiam posticé) decussantibus ;

sulcis medio subimbricatis, ad utramque extremitatem lamellosis ;

margine ventralt subarcuato ; dorsali postice convexiusculo vixque

declivi, anticé retuso et pauld declivi; lunuld impressd, ovato-

cordatd; ared dorsali posticd nulld; natibus haud prominentibus.

Long. 1°80; lat. 2 poll.

Ind, Test., sup. t. 15. f. 42.

Hab. Australia? Mus. Hanley, &c.

The radiating lines are not always perceptible on the posterior

side of the adult, and the concentric sulci in that case appear fim-

briated. It is allied to subrosea of Gray.

February 11.—William Yarrell, Esq., in the Chair.

A specimen of Cancer norvegicus, taken by a fishing-boat at the

** Silver Pits,” eighty miles eastward of Scarborough, was presented

by Mr. Ingarfield.

A communication was read from James Stark, M.D., F.R.S.E.,

in which he advocates the hypothesis that the Tetrao medius is neither

58 Zoological Society:

a hybrid nor a distinct species, but merely an immatiire male of the

Tetrao Urogallus or Capercailzie, founding his opinion of the ap-

pearance of the Tetrao medius immediately after the re-introduction

of the Capercailzie into Scotland by the Earl of Breadalbane, and on

the fact, that no two species of a genus; however similar they may

be in appearance, pair voluntarily while in a state of nature.

February 25.=-R. ©. Griffith, Esq., in the-Chair.

* Descriptions of six new spécies of Donaz, in the collection of

Hugh Cuming, Esq. (Corr. Memb.),” by Sylvanus Hanley, Esq.

Donax tTicaonicus. Don. testd cuneiformi, converd, nitidissimd,

solidd, obliqud, levigatd, maxime inequilaterali, albidd, aut livido-

purpurascente, concolore, epidermide flavescente induid ; margine

ventrali integro, magis minusve convexo; dorsali, antice declivi et

subrecto dit subretuso, postice subrecto et subitd declivi; extre-

mitate lateris antici producti, aitenuatd, rotundatd ; latere postico

brevissimo, truncato et inferné obtuse angulato ; pube concentrice

et profunde rugosd ; natibus acutis, prominentibus ; superficie in-

ternd aut violaced aut albidd violaced postice fucatd; dente late-

rali antico remoto, postico approwimato. Long. 1*; lat: 1‘50 poll.

Hab. 'Ticao, Philippines (Cuming). -

Remarkable for its obliquity and the abrupt truncation of the pos-

terior side.

Donax cutter. Don. tesid elongatd, angustd, converd, satis inequi-

laterali, nitidd, striulis exilibus confertim radiatd, variis coloribus

pictd (plerumque purpured, sed etiam flavd linets purpureo-brun-

neis radiatd, albidd radtis violaceis aut lividis, aurantid et rosed,

sepe radiis albidis ornatd) ; margine ventral crénulato, antice sub-

recto, postice convexo; dorsali antice recto et vie paululim de-

chivi, postice convexo satisque declivi; latere antico producto, ad

extremitatem obtuse rotundato ; postico rotundato-cuneiformi ; lu-

nulé ligamentoque angustis ; pube striis simplicibus radiatd ; costd

umbonali obtusissimd ; dentibus lateralibus haud remotis:

Var. a. Testa subinequilaterali ; margine ventrali medio subpostice

reiuso; dente laterali antico, plerumque magis dpproximato. |

' Var. b. Testd minus elongatd et magis inequilaterali ; margine ven-

trali rard retuso ; dente laterali antico plerumque magis remoto.

Long. 0°50; lat. 1°50.

Hab. Var. a. Matzellan, Gulf of California (Cuming).

Var. 6. Acapuleo (Cumiiig),

Rather a common shell, and élosely allied to pulchella:

Donax asreR. Don. testa trigond, ventricosd, solidd, subinequilate-

rali, albidd aut carned, antic? nitidiusculd et radiatim striatd, pos-

tice impolitd et radiatim costellatd ; striis exilibus et simplicibus;

costellts parvis, decissatis, aut subsquamosis aut subgranosis, supra

costam umbonalem angulatam confertis ; marginé ventrali crenato,

arcuato ; dorsali antico, valde declivi, subrecto ; postico retuso,

inermi, subitoqué declivi: extremitate lateris antici longioris, ro-

tundatd, posticd angulatd ; natibus valde prominentibus et maxime

Zoological Society. 59

incurvatis ; pube pland ; dentibus lateralibus approximatis. Long.

1°30; lat. 1°60 pol.

Hab. Tumbez, Peru (Cuming).

Closely resembling dentiferus, but not provided with the charac-

teristic tooth, much stronger and more triangular, and with its ven-

tral edge more arcuated, and its front extremity more attenuated.

The front dorsal edge appears retuse (which it is not in reality), from

the lateral projection of the swollen beaks. The lower margin is

stained with violet anteriorly.

Donax Navicuta. Don. testd elongato-trigond, crassd, subventri-

cosd, nitidd, subinequilaterali, sublevigatd (striis radiantibus

tantum in medio perspicuis), albd, epidermide flavd indutd, prope

marginem dorsalem utrinque brunneo-purpurascente strigatd ; mar-

gine ventrali in medio ventricoso, intus crenato; dorsali antic? —

subrecto et subdeclivi, postic® incurvato et declivi; ared posticd

levi, subconcavd ; latere antico longiore, angustato, ad extremitatem

rotundato ; postico cuneiformi, ad extremitatem obtuso ; ligamento

minimo ; costd umbonali obtusd ; superficie internd albidd, utrinque

Superne purpured; dentibus lateralibus maxim? approzimatis.

Long. 0°40; lat. 0°90 poll. |

Hab. Gulf of Nicoya, Central America (Cuming).

Allied to californiensis, but more triangular.

Donax Gracitis, Don, testd elongatd, angustd, nitidd, valde in-

equilaterali, compressd, sublevigatd, albidd aut pallide violaceo-

rufescente, epidermide lutescente indutd ; margine ventrali convexo

aut subarcuato, haud flexuoso, intus crenulato ; dorsali magis mi-

nusve livido, utrinque subrecto, antic? vie paululim declivi, postice

valde declivi; latere antico producto, attenuato, ad extremitatem

rotundato, postico acuminato-cuneiformi ; ligamento minimo ; ared

posticd levi, obtusissimd ; costd umbonali obtusd ; superficie internd

purpurascente ; dentibus lateralibus perspicuis, approximatis.

Var. b. Testa albidd,; radiis paucis livido-rufescentibus ornatd.

Var. c. Testd rufescente aut lividd.

Long. 0°40; lat. 1 poll. :

Hab. Bay of Guayaquil. Var. b. Chiriqui. Var. ¢. Bay of Garac-

cas (Cuming).

Allied to Owenii, but with the margin crenulated.

Donax sornpipus. Don. testid abbreviato-cuneiformi, convexd, niti-

diusculd, solidd, valdé inequilaterali, strits exilibus simplicibus

confertim radiatd, sordide albidd ; lineis elevatis obliquis subcon-

centricis, partem superiorem et levigatam teste postice asperanti-

bus ; margine ventrali crenulato, medio arcuato ; dorsali antico,

declivi et subrecto ; postico subrecto et valde declivi ; latere antico

attenuato ; postico brevi et inferne (in adultis etiam superne) obtuse

angulato ; pube fortiter et confertim rugis subdecussatis concentrice

exardtd ; costd umbonali subangulaid ; superficie internd albidd,

purpureo infectd; dentibus lateralibus approximatis, antico per-

magno. Long. 0°70; lat. 1 poll.

Hab. Cape of Good Hope. Mus. Brit., Cuming.

60 Zoological Society.

Intermediate between striata and semisulcata. The raised oblique

lines which roughen the posterior side near the beaks where the

strie have become entirely obsolete, are a striking character in this

rare species.

Mr. Fraser exhibited to the Meeting and characterized three new

species of Birds from the Society’s collection, viz :—

PaLtmornis MopEstus. Pal. ptilose viridis; genis pallideé cervinis ;

vittd a anes ad oculos viridescenti-nigrd ; mandibulis nigris.

Hab.

This bird is nearly allied to the P. pondicerianus, but differs in

the colour of the cheeks, breast and mandibles; it differs also from

P. malaccensis in the paler colour of the cheeks, and that colour not

extending further back than the ears, in the colour of the beak, &c. ;

it may also be readily distinguished from Mr. Hodgson’s Nepaul spe-

cies by the colouring of the cheeks.

Lorius superBus. Lor. capite et tectricibus majoribus inferioribus

alarum nigris; genis, lateribus, pectore et uropygio rubris ;

nuchd, ventre, femore, et tectricibus caude inferioribus ceruleis ;

scapulis, tectricibus alarum inferioribus minoribus, et dimidio ter-

minali caude ceruleis ; alis externis viridibus.

Hab.

This bird is about the size and is closely allied to the Lorius Phi-

lippensis, Briss., but differs in having the shoulders and smaller

under wing-coverts blue, the larger ones black (in this respect it

somewhat resembles the Lorius domicellus, Auct.) ; in the absence of

the red band immediately below the black crown ; and in having an

entire red band from shoulder to shoulder, whereas in L. Philip-

pensis it is only partial.

Larus Bripeesiu. Lar. ptilose griseus; capite et mento pallidé ci-

nereis; primartis et secundariis nigris, apicitbus secundariarum

albis, fasciam albam trans alas formantibus ; quibusdam primariis

apicibus albidis ; vittd nigrd lat. 1 poll. prope apices remigum ;

rostro pedibusque nigris.

poll.

Tok, Meee isc oe wont se npipetimiane s ree 18

ae aes “ae: ee: 8 |

ANE S90 = pins og tthe « wae es ines es eas 5s

RI Foc Ve Cea a a © ates « avn. s 24

THERE: bc te de 4s Ce Bs Be Genie tial ele is 2

Digits WON igi sae. > Ge Vanes 8 13

From Valparaiso, Chile. Collected by Mr. ‘Thomas Bridges, Corr.

Memb.

This apparently new species of Gull is closely allied to the Larus

fuliginosus, Gould, but differs in the beak being much more slender,

in the general colour being lighter, in the head and chin being nearly

white, in having a white band across the wings, and the black band

across the tail being more decided.

Zoological Society. 61

March 11.—Rev. John Barlow, M.A., F.R.S., Sec. R.1., in the Chair.

A paper by Sylvanus Hanley, Esq., was read, containing descrip-

tions of two new species of Donax :—

Donax assimiuis. Don. testd cuneiformi, magis minusve crassa,

antic? compressa, postice ventricosd, valde inequilaterali, lividd,

albo-violascente, aurantid aut flavidd, zonis saturatioribus aut vio-

laceis plerumque pictd, radiatim striatd; striis haud confertis,

antice simplicibus, postic? elevatis et decussatis ; margine ventral

crenulato, haud arcuato, antic? sursum acclinato; dorsali, antic?

subdeclivi subrecto aut convexiusculo, postice subrecto et valde de-

clivi; latere antico producto, ad extremitatem rotundato et atte-

nuato; postico perbrevi et infern? angulato ; costd umbonali sub-

angulatd ; pube decussatd, et costelld ad extremitatem dentiferd,

sepe radiata ; ligamento prominente et satis magno ; superficie in-

ternd in adultis, prope marginem violaced ; dente laterali antico

haud remoto, postico subapproximato. Long. 1; lat. 1°55 poll.

Hab. Panama. Mus. Cuming, Hanley, &c.

Very variable in colouring, often with a short purple perpendicular

ray upon the umbones; sometimes with three or four pale rays on a

darker ground, but usually uniform and only marked when aged, with

the rib-like stria projecting at the margin like a tooth. This latter

character and the identity of its sculpture render the species liable

to be confused with dentiferus, but the greater tenuity and less elon-

gated shape of that shell is preserved even in the younger specimens.

Donax tusricus. Don. testa cuneiformi, compressd, solidiusculd,

valde inequilaterali, nitidissimd, lividd aut albo-violascente, antice

levigatd, posticé striis radiantibus ornatd ; margine ventrali ex-

iliter crenulato, convexo aut convewxiusculo ; dorsali, utrinque sub-

recto, antic? declivi, postic? valde declivi ; latere antico attenuato,

ad extremitatem rotundato; postico perbrevi et inferne obtuse

angulato ; vulvd rugis confertis concentricis, stritsque exilibus ra-

diantibus, eleganter decussaté ; costd umbonali subobtusd ; natibus

acutis ; dentibus lateralibus obsoletis. Long. 0°6; lat.0°8 poll.

Hab. ? Mus. Cuming.

Peculiar for uniting a smooth surface to a crenulated margin.

March 25.-—William Horton Lloyd, Esq., in the Chair.

Mr. Gould exhibited to the Meeting a new species of Trogon, from

South America, and seven new Birds from Australia, which he cha-

racterized as follows :—

Trogon PuELLA. Trog. loris, plumis auricularibus et guld fusco-

nigris ; capite, corpore superiore, et pectore aureo-viridibus ; alis

nigris ; tectricibus alarum maculis minimis albis ornatis ; corpore

inferiore vivide coccineo, separato a viridi pectore fascid semilunari

albd; tribus remigibus exterioribus nigris vittis albis angustis

Srequentibus ornatis ; femoribus nigris.

Lores, ear-coverts and throat dull black; head, all the upper sur-

face and chest golden green; wings black ; the coverts very minutely

freckled with white, and the primaries with a very narrow line of

62 Zoological Saciety.

white along the basal portion of their outer webs ; all the under sur-

face scarlet, separated from the green of the chest by a semilunar

mark of white ; two middle tail-feathers golden green ; the two next

on each side golden green on their outer webs and black on their

inner, the whole six tipped with black; the three outer feathers on

each side black, crossed by numerous narrow bars of, and narrowly

tipped with, white; thighs black; bill orange ; irides red; feet dark

ey.

Total length, 10 inches; bill, 1; wing, 5}; tail, 53; tarsi, 4.

Hab, Escuintla, South America.

Remark,—Nearly allied to Trogon collaris, Vieill,

Cucunus opratus. Cuc, corpore superiore ceruleo-griseo ; pogo-

niis internis primariarum fasciis latis albis ornatis ; remigibus sa-

turate violaceo-brunneis ; apicibus subalbidis, serie macularum ob-

longarum albarum alternatim ordinatd ; corpore subtis albo, fasciis

nigris,

The onal of the upper surface slaty grey ; inner webs of the pri-

maries broadly barred with white; tail-feathers dark violet-brown,

with a row of oblong spots of white placed alternately on either side

of the stem, and slightly tipped with white; the lateral feathers have

also a row of white spots on the margin of their inner webs; chin

and breast light grey; all the under surface buffy white, crossed by

bands of black; irides, bill and feet orange.

Total length, 13 inches; bill, 1}; wing, 73; tail, 6}; tarsi, 3.

Hab. Port Essington, Australia. .

Remark.—Closely allied to the Common Cuckoo of Europe.

Cucutus ryspuratus. Cuc, capite, guld, et corpore superiore ca-

ruleo-griseis ; alis, dorsogue nitide viridescentibus ; caudd brunneo-

viridi singuld plumd apice albo, et marginibus pogoniorum inte-

riorum ordine macularum albarum triangularium ornatis ; parte

subscapulari tectricibus caude inferioribus, crissogue rufis ; corpore

subtis rufo-tineto-griseo,

Head, throat and all the upper surface dark slate-grey; back and

wings glossed with green; tail glossy brownish green, each feather

tipped with white, and with a row of triangular-shaped white marks

on the margins of the inner webs; primaries and secondaries with a

patch of white on their inner webs near the base; edge of the shoulder

white; under surface of the shoulder, vent and under tail-coverts

rufous; the remainder of the under surface grey, washed with rufous ;

bill black; feet olive. —

Total length, 94 inches; bill, 1; wing, 67; tail, 5; tarsi, 2.

Hab. New South Wales.

Remark,—Nearly allied to C. cineraceus of Vigors and Horsfield.

CucuLtus pumMErornuM. Cuc. eapite, uropygio, collogue saturate

eeruleo-griseis ; alis, caudd dorsoque metallic? brunneis ; apicibus

remigum leviter albis ; pogoniis interioribus serie macularum tri-

angularium parvarum ornatis ; pectore griseo, rufo-tincto.

Head, neck and rump dark slate-grey ; back, wings and tail bronzy

brown ; tail-feathers slightly tipped with white and with a row of

_ Zoological Society. 63

small triangular-shaped spots on the margins of their inner webs ;

breast grey, washed with rufous; under surface of the shoulder, flanks,

vent and under tail-coverts deep rufous; irides brown,

Total length, 85 inches; bill, ; wing, 5; tail, 43; tarsi, 4,

Hab. Port Essington, Australia,

Remark.—Nearly allied to Cuculus insperatus.

SpHena@acus eramingus, Sphen. vittd supra oculos albd ; yi

superne brunneo; medid plumarum saturate brunned ; subtis griseo ;

lateribus crissoque cervinis ; medida parte singule plume pectoris

lined minimd saturate brunned ornatd,

Stripe over the eye white; all the upper surface brown, the cen-

tres of the feathers being dark brown; secondaries brownish black,

margined with buff; tail pale reddish brown, with dark brown shafts ;

under surface grey, passing into buff on the flanks and vent; each

feather of the breast with a very minute line of dark brown down the

centre ; bill and tarsi fleshy brown.

Total length, 54 inches; bill, $; wing, 24; tail, 24; tarsi, 3,

Hab. Van Diemen’s Land and the southern coast of Australia.

PacHYcEPHALA @LAucURA. Pach. capite, loris, spatio infra oculos,

et latd maculd semilunari trans pectus saturate nigris ; guld, intra

maculam nigram, albd ; nuchd posteriore, lined angustd apud latera

pectoris pone semilunam nigram, et corpore inferiore flavis ; caudd

grised ; tectricibus caude inferioribus albis vel subflavis.

Head, lores, space beneath the eye and a broad crescent-shaped

mark from the latter across the breast deep black ; throat within the

black, white ; back of the neck, a narrow line down each side of the

chest, behind the black crescent, and the under surface yellow; back

and wing-coverts yellowish olive; wings dark slate-colour, margined

with grey; tail entirely grey; under tail-coverts white, or ve

slightly washed with yellow; irides reddish brown; bill black ; feet

dark brown.

Total length, 7 inches; bill, $; wing, 4; tail, 3%; tarsi, 1.

Hab. Van Diemen’s Land. ;

Nearly allied to Pachycephala gutturalis, but distinguished by a

shorter bill and by the colouring of the tail, which is entirely grey.

CystTicoLa CAMPEsTRIS, Cyst. capite ferruginea-rubro, dorso tec-

tricibusgue alarum brunneo-griseis ; singulis plumis corporis supe-

rioris fascid longitudinali saturate bruaned ornatis; caudd rufo-

brunned, plumis duabus mediis latd maculd nigrd juata apices ;

corpore subtis pallidé cervino,

Head rusty red; back and wing-coyerts brownish grey, all the

feathers of the upper surface with a broad stripe of dark brown dawn

the centre; wings blackish brown, the primaries margined externally

with rusty red, and the secondaries edged all round with brownish

grey; tail reddish brown, all but the two centre feathers with a large

spot of black near the tip; all the under surface pale buff,

Total length, 53 inches; bill, $; wing, 28; tail, 23; tarsi, .

Hab. Australia.

Remark.—For the loan of this new species I am indebted to the

kindness of H, E, Strickland, Esq,

64 Microscopical Society.

CALAMOHERPE LONGIROstTRIS. Cal. vittd pallidd, supra oculos cer-

vind; corpore supern? rufo, subtis saturate cervino; mento albido.

Faint line’ over the eye fawn-colour ; all the upper surface reddish

brown, becoming more rufous on the upper tail-coverts; primaries ©

and tail dark brown, fringed with rufous ; chin whitish ; all the under

surface deep fawn-colour ; irides yellowish brown.

Total length, 64 inches; bill, +4; wing, 3; tail, 3; tarsi, 1.

Hab. Western Australia. ;

MICROSCOPICAL SOCIETY.

June 18, 1845.—Thomas Bell, Esq., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.

A paper by George Shadbolt, jun., Esq., “Ona British species of

Izvodes found upon Cattle,” was read.

The insects forming the subject of the present paper were found

on some cows belonging to’ a farmer residing at Chingford, Essex,

on the borders of Epping Forest. ‘They are known to the country

people by the name of the ‘“ Tick,” but they are aware that they

differ from the insects of that name which infest sheep and goats.

They are found upon cattle, attacking all parts indiscriminately, and

causing much irritation and annoyance to them. ‘They have been

found in the number of several hundreds on a single cow, and have

also been known to attack even human subjects, but this is not com-

mon, and although it is probable that they infest other animals, the

author has seen them only on cows. ‘They do not appear to breed

on the animals infested, but are produced in the forest into which

the cattle are sent to graze, and which appear to become infested

with them by their crawling up their legs while feeding. After

having attached themselves by means of a very curious apparatus

with which they are furnished, they gorge themselves with blood, and

the abdomen increases in size from about the jth of an inch until

they become as large as a small bean; when fully gorged they fall

off, and the author was not able to ascertain their further progress.

The form of this insect is oval: it has eight legs, in which particular

it differs from the Brazilian species described by Mr. Busk in a former

paper read to the Society, these last having but six. These legs are

attached to the anterior half of the trunk, and consist of seven joints,

the tarsi being terminated by a species of webbed foot, capable of

being folded together and furnished with two recurved claws. The

oral apparatus by which it attaches itself is exceedingly interesting ;

it consists of two palpi serving as a kind of sheath to the other parts

when inactive, two jointed mandibles, and a barbed or hooked labium.

Specimens of this and other species were afterwards exhibited.

Also a paper by H. Deane, Esq., “On the Existence of Fossil

Xanthidia in the Chalk,” was read.

After mentioning that the occurrence of Xanthidia in a fossil state

had not hitherto been observed in any other situation than in the

flint-nodules of the chalk, and consequently that great doubt existed

whether these fossils were really independent animal existences or

‘only parts of some other creature, Mr. Deane stated that there is a

grayish kind of chalk having no flints, but containing quantities of

Entomological Society. 65

nodules of iron pyrites, which juts: into the sea between Dover and

Folkstone, forming the beach for some distance, Upon exposing a

portion of this to the action of hydrochloric acid, and examining

microscopically the insoluble sediment, bodies similar to, if not iden-

tical with, the Xanthidia in flints were exposed to view ; several spe-

cies were clearly to be recognised, together with casts of Polythalamia

and other bodies frequently found in flints.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

July 3rd, 1843.—George Newport, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Mr. Samuel Stevens brought for exhibition a box of insects from

Dorking, in which were specimens of Claviger foveolatus taken from

the nest of Formica flaya; also Molorchus minor, Micronyx Junger-

mannie, Tychius lineatulus, &c.; also a box from Charlton and Plum-

stead, in which were Acalles Ptinoides, A. roboris, Pecilus lepidus,

&c.; also the following moths from the Hammersmith marshes :

Leucania straminea, reared from the larve exhibited at the last

meeting, Leucania obsoleta, Sensia sericea, Nudaria senex, Chilo phrag-

mitellus and gigantellus, the latter being most probably the female

of the preceding insect.

Mr. Walton exhibited specimens of Hrirhinus Chamomille, and Mr.

Rich, a female Goliathus, apparently identical with G. regius, Klug.

_ A paper was read by Mr. Westwood on the Indian genera Trigo-

nophorus and Rhongorkina, published in vol. iv. part 1. of the Trans-

actions.

August 7th.—George Newport, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Mr. Westwood exhibited a male specimen of Tengyra Sanvitali,

taken duriny the last month by sweeping in hedge-rows near Ascot

heath.

Mr. Saunders exhibited a specimen of the Australian genus Cilibe,

which had been captured alive in a garden near London. Alsosome

pupe of a small Homopterous insect which had proved very injurious

in the oak plantations throughout extensive districts in Scotland,

by raising blisters upon the leaves. Also specimens of a small Di-

pterous insect (Phytomyza lateralis), which attacks the petals of the

pansy by puncturing them, as was stated, with the ovipositor, and

then sucking out the colouring matter with the haustellum.

Mr. Marshall exhibited a remarkable specimen of Hipparchia Ga-

lathea of a white colour with the ordinary markings obliterated, and

Mr. Evans a specimen of Lamia Textor, taken near Canterbury in

July.

The following memoirs were read :—

On the Insects residing in Bramble-sticks. By Mr. F. Smith.

(Published in the first part of the fourth volume of the Transactions

of the Society.)

Description of a new species of Ceria. By Mr. W. W. Saunders.

(Published in the first part of the fourth volume of the Transactions

of the Society.)

On some new exotic species of Aphodiide. By Mr. Westwood.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi.

66 Miscellaneous.

September 4th.—Edward Doubleday, Esq., V.P., in the Chair:

Dr. Becker of Wiesbaden exhibited a new species of Papilio from

South America, and also a specimen of the very rare P. Protodamas.

Mr. S. Stevens exhibited specimens of Sibinia arenaria, Mononychus

Pseudacori, Cicindela germanica, Micronyx pygmea, &c., recently

captured in the Isle of Wight; also of Apion Schénherri, Choragus

Sheppardi, Mecinus circulatus, and various Lepidoptera, the latter

captured by daubing sugar upon the trunks of trees in the neigh-

bourhood of Arundel.

Mr. F. Smith exhibited specimens of Platypeza subfasciata? (a

Dipterous insect varying greatly in the two sexes,) reared from fungi

from Birch wood; also Pissodes Pini from Weybridge.

Mr. Evans exhibited specimens illustrating the natural history of

Mamestra Brassice and Euthalia impluviata ; also a specimen of Mar-

garitia diversalis, taken by himself either in Yorkshire or at Darenth

wood in June last. 3

_ The following papers were read :—

Notice of a Gynandromorphous specimen of Smerinthus Popult.

By George A. Thrupp, Esq.

Description of an ancient Irish Amulet made in the form of and

used as a charm against the Murrian Caterpillar. Communicated

by W. F. Evans, Esq.

Descriptions of some new species of Exotic Spiders, and two species

of Peciloptera. By A. White, Esq., by whom some additional ob-

servations were made on the study of arachnology, and upon the struc-

ture of the nests of two British species of spiders. He likewise read

an extract from Abbott’s MSS. in the British Museum, on the habits

of one of the fossorial Hymenoptera which collects spiders for the

provisioning of its nest.

MISCELLANEOUS.

. Observations on the group Schizopetaleze of the family of Crucifere.

By J. Marius Barngoup*.

In 1822 Mr. Francis Place, on his return from a voyage to Chili, intro-

duced into England a charming plant having four elegantly pinnate

petals, and furnished with an embryo with four yellowish cotyledons

rolled in a spiral. These extraordinary characters did not prevent

Sir William Hooker from placing this plant in the family of the

Crucifere ; he formed of it the genus Schizopetalon, of which he pub-

lished an excellent description and a very detailed figure in the ‘ Exotic

Flora,’ vol. i. p. 74, by the name of Schizopetalon Walcheri. A new

coloured figure, but without analysis, appeared somewhat later in the

‘ Botanical Magazine,’ tab. 2379.

Mr. Robert Brown, on his part, had adopted in the ‘ Botanical

of Sir W. Hooker. Nevertheless these two botanists, struck with

the remarkable forms which the embryo of this genus presented, had

not neglected to state, that it ought to serve as type of a new tribe

‘of Crucifere ; they differed solely on one point: Mr. R. Brown con-

* From the Annales des Sciences Naturelles for March 1845.

Miscellaneous. 67

sidered the embryo as consisting of four entirely distinct cotyledons ;

Sir W. Hooker, on the contrary, stated that there were only two

semicylindrical cotyledons, each one divided into two very deep

lobes. But this interesting question, from the simply descriptive na-

ture of this note, will be examined subsequently in a more general

manner ; at all events, up to the present day the Schizopetalon Wal-

cheri continued the sole representative of a very curious group of

plants well deserving the attention of botanists.

Aug. Pyrame DeCandolle, after having established in his beautiful

memoir on the Crucifere the bases of an embryonal classification,

subsequently applied them in his ‘ Prodromus,’ and adopted thein

more or less successfully to the new species ; but he had the prudent

reserve to place the Schizopetalon Walcheri at the extremity of the

series and among the genera Incerte sedis. Moreover the species,

then somewhat rare, was not well known to him, and he did well to

follow in this case the wise principles laid down by Jussieu. ‘The

rich collections of plants brought from Chili by our indefatigable

traveller Claude Gay have furnished us with numerous materials on

the subject ; and since the true position of Schizopetalon can no longer

be called in question, we shall be able to show, that although science

owes its most beautiful and most profound investigations on the

Crucifere to the genius of DeCandolle, there may nevertheless be

objected to his embryonal classification, its frequently artificial side,

owing to the starting from one single organ. Nature appears to

have created the group of the Schizopetalee to prove how little stable

are frequently the majority of those sections or subdivisions of family

which are not founded upon a totality of characters of affinity, as the

true natural method requires.

In the herbarium from Chili we find six species of Schizopetalon,

of which five are new. If we study these plants with care before

dissecting the seed, we are led to arrange them all in the same genus;

all have a perfect similitude in the various organs of the flower, the

same aspect, and nearly the same habit; in a word, we find an al-

most uniform plan of generic structure. The anatomy of the seed

then demonstrates a considerable difference between several of the

species. We find, on the one hand, very minute globular seeds pre-

senting an embryo with four linear and spiral cotyledons, with curved

radicle, evidently belonging to the Spirolobee of DeCandolle ; and on

the other, oval seeds larger than the preceding, their embryo with two

incumbent spathulate cotyledons, and with an almost straight dorsal

radicle, evidently belonging to the section Notorhizee. ‘This is the

most striking character of the new genus Perreymondia*.

Now it is quite plain that it is impossible to separate, without

violating the laws of natural affinity, in a methodical distribution of

the Cruciferous plants, these two genera (Schizopetalon and Perrey-

mondia), so nearly related, and solely distinct as respects the embryo,

as it would be necessary to do according to the classification of De-

Candolle.

The anatomical structure of the seed of the Schizopetalee is com-

* In honour of Perreymond, a distinguished botanist of Provence.

68 Miscellaneous.

posed——1. of an extremely thin, transparent, cellular external enve-

lope, coated with papille; 2. of a brown, somewhat thick, central

coating; and 3. of an internal membrane surrounding the embryo, and

performing the functions of a kind of perisperm. Iodide of potassium

shows the presence of numerous grains of starch in it.

The following is a brief monographic sketch of this tribe of the

Crucifere hitherto so little known :—

Scuizorrrates, R. Br., Botan. Reg. No. 752.

Petala pinnatifida, longe unguiculata zestivatione involuta. Sta-

mina 6 tetradynama subequalia. Glandule 4 hypogyne. Siliqua

longa, polysperma. Semina globosa vel ovata subalbuminosa. Em-

bryonis cotyledones 4 spirales, vel 2 crasso-spathulate. Folia ele-

ganter pinnatifida vel dentata. Pili omnes ramosi. Flores albt.—Herbe

andicole vel maritime in regno Chilensi.

ScuizopetTaton, Hooker, Exot. Flor. i. p. 74.

Calyx 4-phyllus, apice clausus, erectus. Petala 4 pinnatifida longe

unguiculata. Stamina 6 subzequalia. Siliqua pilosa. Stigma basi

hastatum subsessile. Semina globosa, minima, papilloso-rugulosa.

Embryonis cotyledones 4, lineares, equales, spiraliter convolutee.

Radicula curvata.

1. Schizopetalon Walcheri, Hook. in Bot. Mag. tab. 2379.

2. Schizopetalon maritimum (nobis). Caule subsimplici, foliis an-

gustis pinnatifidis pilosis, spica laxissima, siliqua nervosa glabrius-

cula, embryone albo. ©

PERREYMONDIA, Noy. gen.

Calycis foliola 4, eequalia, erecta, obtusa, clausa. Corolla petala 4,

hypogyna, longe unguiculata, lamina ovata, eleganter pinnatifida,

laciniis linearibus obtusis estivatione involutis. Stamina 6, hypo-

gyna, tetradynama. /i/amenta libera, edentula. Anthere sagittato-

lineares. Glandule hypogyne 4, lineares, erectz, obtusz, petalis

suboppositee. Ovarium 2-loculare, pubescens. Stylus brevis vel

nullus. Stigma hastatum, apice subacuminatum. Siliqua bivalvis,

dehiscens, et seepe ad maturitatem pendula, polysperma, anguste

linearis, et pilis ramosis vestita. Septum membranaceum stomatibus

destitutum. Semina ovata, fulva, subrugulosa, subalbuminosa. Hm-

bryonis albi cotyledones 2, incumbentes, spathulate, apice crassz.

Radicula dorsalis recta.—In regno Chilensi. Flores albi.

1. Perreymondia dentata (nobis). Pubescens; caule macilento, foliis

oblongis ineequaliter dentatis; spica pauciflora, laxissima; florum

pedicellis pilosis. ©

2. Perreymondia rupestris (nobis). Canescens ; caule folioso, ramoso,

foliis cano-pinnatifidis, carnosulis; spica laxa; floribus pilosis ;

siliqua vermiculata, tomentosa. ©

3. Perreymondia multifida (nobis). Caule ramoso hispidulo, foliis

angustis inciso-subbipinnatifidis albicantibus ; floribus pilosis; si-

liqua gracili; stigmate subsessili. ©

4, Perreymondia Brongniartii (nobis). Caule erecto, ramosissimo, pa-

tulo, foliis dentato-pinnatifidis, canescentibus, crassiusculis; spica

longa multiflora; siliqua vermiculata; stigmate sessili. ©

Miscellaneous. 69

On the Microscopic Constituents of the Ash of Fossil Coal.

By Professor EnrENBERG.

At the meeting of the Berlin Academy of the 25th of October, Prof.

Ehrenberg communicated an observation of Dr. Franz Schulz of

Eldena, which the latter had addressed to M. v. Humboldt in a letter,

in which he describes his method of separating the silica contained

in coal so chemically pure as to enable us to recognise the microsco-

pical siliceous organisms. ‘The usual method of burning the

coal,” Dr. Schulz states, ‘‘is attended with an unavoidable vitrifi-

cation of the mineral constituents, even when conducted in the

slowest. and most cautious manner, owing to which their cellular

structure is lost. After many fruitless experiments I succeeded in

hitting upon a method of incineration, which leaves the silica con-

tained in the coal perfectly unaltered. Very instructive preparations

are readily obtained (from the already known structural relations of

siliceous earth in plants) on moistening grass-halms, ears of grain,

Equisetum, Spanish cane, &c., with nitric acid, and afterwards burn-

ing them on platinum foil. The nitric acid not only facilitates the

combustion of the organic substance, but also prevents the potash

combined with the vegetable acid from being converted into carbo-

nate of potash before the silica has been heated to such a degree as to

be less liable to be acted upon. ‘The greater degree of heat required

for the perfect combustion of the coal no longer destroys the cellular

form of the silica after nitric acid has prevented the production of

carbonate of potash on the first application of heat. An excess of

nitric acid has the effect of destroying the connexion of the siliceous

cells and acts too powerfully upon them, and should therefore be

avoided.

‘Encouraged by the success of these experiments, I turned my at-

tention to coal, it being exceedingly desirable to be enabled to detect

remains of organic structure init. ‘The large quantity of siliceous

earth contained in all varieties of coal led me to infer that a judi-

cious method of incineration would be attended with good results ;

your excellency will be enabled to judge from the preparation at-

tached in how far I have succeeded. A piece of coal of about two

equare inches was broken into twelve pieces of nearly the same size,

and then treated with nitric acid ina platinum vessel. The nitric

acid being evaporated at a moderate heat, I ignited the residue until

no further empyreumatic vapours were given off, treated the resi-

due again with nitric acid and repeated the ignition. Thus prepared,

the coal was placed in a platinum crucible with a lid perforated in

the centre, and air was blown from a gasometer through the aper-

ture in the lid, whilst the crucible was kept at a red heat over a

spirit-lamp, so that the coal was necessarily slowly consumed. The

ash thus obtained had not coked, but formed a brownish powder,

Some white splinters occur among this, which appear.on microsco-

pical examination to be aggregated siliceous cells arranged in regular

succession, of the structure of the prosenchymatous cells of wood.”

Prof. Ehrenberg added, that the importance of a method for ob-

taining the organized siliceous parts from the lower strata of the

earth with their forms preserved for microscopical observation is ma

70 Miscellaneous.

nifest, and requires no recommendation, to judge from the results

which have already ensued. His own efforts with respect to coal had

never been attended with success, and he therefore considers this

method as a most useful and important discovery. He further stated

that the clearness of the specimens (which were, it was to be re-

gretted, not numerous) communicated by M. Schulz had astonished

him, and, as might have been expected, had immediately been at-

tended with a result. Prof. Ehrenberg had during many years

brought before the Academy descriptions of the parts of plants (con-

taining silica) which are found in marshy soils of all zones and in the

infusorial deposits, and had likewise alluded to their origin from re-

cent plants. This group, called Phytolitharia, had been as it were

classified by him into eleven genera. Of these eleven genera only

one is found in several forms in the purified siliceous ash of the coal

forwarded by M. Schulz, namely the genus Lithostylidium, which

contains regular siliceous nuclei of cells of plants. Lithodontia, or

marginal teeth of grasses, Lithodermatia, or epidermis of plants

(Equisetacea, Arundinacea), could not be distinctly recognised, al-

though the presence of the latter may be presumed. Other nega-

tive results were also particularly remarkable, namely the absence

of all Lithasterisci, Lithosphere, Spongolites, &c. &c., otherwise so

frequent. Finally, no trace of infusoria possessing a siliceous shell

-was found, notwithstanding the most careful investigation.

He concluded by expressing a conviction that a rapid development

of our knowledge on this subject would, now that a method had been

discovered, undoubtedly take place, and a wish that this may be the

commencement of its study.

On the Tendrils of the Cucurbitaceee. By M. J. Payer.

In organographical researches it is sometimes necessary to examine

comparatively the same organ, not merely in plants of the same fa-

mily, but likewise in the same plant at various periods of its exist-

ence, and, if necessary, to have recourse to anatomy. It is from

having neglected these two modes of investigation that all botanists

who have studied the nature of the tendrils of the Cucurbitacee have

either been completely mistaken, or have perceived the truth but in

a very indistinct manner, and without being able to demonstrate it.

There are many plants in which fibro-vascular bundles are de-

tached at three different points of the circumference of the cylinder

constituting the medullary sheath, generally at one and the same

height and at a little distance from the origin of a leaf: these bun-

dles traverse the herbaceous envelope and pass into the pulvinus

(coussinet) of that leaf. There, sometimes aJl three enter the pe-

tiole, sometimes only one of them,—the central one, the two lateral

ones continuing the nervation of the two lateral stipules. Now, if

the lower leaves of the cultivated melon be examined, no tendril will

be found to exist at their side*; it will be seen that the three fibro-

* This fact may be generalized, for it results from a large number of ob-

servations which I have made, that plants with tendrils, of whatever kind,

yever present tendrils at their lower extremity.

Meteorological Observations. — 71

vascular bundles which separate from the medullary sheath ascend

all three into the petiole, and that the bud formed at their axil, and

always placed between the intermediary bundle and the stem, is de-

cidedly at the middle of the base of the leaf. If, on the contrary, the

stem-leaves which have a lateral tendril are considered, we observe

that of the three fibro-vascular bundles, only two, the central and

one of the lateral ones, enter the petiole, and that the other pene-

trates into the tendril. In this case, the bud, from its constant

position between the intermediary bundle and the stem, is no longer,

like this intermediary bundle, at the centre of the base of the petiole,

but on the side, and appears to be almost between the leaf and the

tendril. Lastly, we frequently meet in botanical gardens with the

upper leaves each accompanied by two lateral tendrils. The anatomy

then indicates that a single bundle, the central one, traverses the

petiole, and that the two lateral ones pass each one into a tendril.

With respect to the bud, it necessarily is situated between the middle

of the base of the petiole and the stem.—Ann. des Sci. Nat., March.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR MAY 1845,

Chiswick.—May 1,2. Very fine. 3. Fine, with clouds. 4, Cloudy and cool.

5. Fine: dense clouds: clear, 6. Cloudy: rain. 7. Cloudy: showers. 8. Rain,

9. Cloudy: clear. 10. Foggy: cloudy: clear at night. 11. Cloudy. 12. Rain:

showery. 13. Cloudy and fine. 14, Fine. 15. Overcast: fine. 16. Cloudy.

17. Overcast: slight frost at night. 18. Cloudy: showery. 19. Cloudy and

cold. 20. Cloudy: rain. 21. Heavy rain. 22. Cloudy: veryclear. 23. Over-

cast: fine: heavy rain, 24. Hazy clouds: heavy rain at night. 25. Rain,

26. Overcast: heavy rain. 27. Very fine. 28. Hazy anddamp. 29. Thick

haze: rain. 30. Fine. $1. Very fine; cloudless: overcast at night.—-Mean

temperature of the month 5°3 below the average.

Boston.—May 1. Fine. 2. Fine: thunder and lightning p.m., with rain. 3.

Cloudy: thunder and lightning r.m., with rain, 4. Fine: rain earlya.m. 5. Fine:

rain early a.M.: raine.mM. 6. Rain. 7. Cloudy: rain early a.m.: rain p.m. 8.

Fine: rain a.m. 9. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 10. Rain, 11. Cloudy. 12. Fine:

rain A.M. and p.m. 13, Fine: rainem, 14,15, Fine. 16. Cloudy. 17. Cloudy:

rain a.M. 18. Windy. 19. Fine: rain early am. 20. Fine: rainem. 21.

Cloudy, 22, Fine. 23, Cloudy:rainem, 24, 25. Cloudy: rain early a.m.

26. Cloudy: rain early a.m.: raine.m. 27. Fine. 28. Fine: rain early a.m. :

raine.M. 29, Cloudy: rainr.m, 30, $1. Fine.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—May 1. Drops: showers, 2. Showers. 3. Showers:

sleet. 4. Bright: showers. 5—7. Clear. 8. Rain: showers. 9, 10. Showers.

11. Bright: cloudy. 12,13. Clear. 14. Drops: clear. 15. Fog: drizzle.

16. Showers: drizzle. 17. Bright: clear, 18. Cloudy: clear. 19. Clear.

20. Cloudy. 21. Bright: cloudy. 22,23. Cloudy: damp. 24, 25. Cloudy.

26. Bright: cloudy. 27. Cloudy. 28, 29, Bright: clear, 30, Cloudy: fine.

31. Bright : fine.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire-—-May 1. Heavy showers. 2, 3. Heavy

showers, with hail. 4, Sunshine and showers. 5. Fine. 6. Moist: light drops.

7—9. Slight showers. 10, Fine. 11. Rain p.m. : hoar-frost a.m. 12. Showers,

13, Fair and fine. 14, Rain nearly all day. 15—17. Fair: fine: bracing air.

18, Fair, but threatening. 19, Fair, but threatening: fine, 20, 21. Fair, but

threatening: droughty, 22—24, Fair, but threatening. 25. Fair, but threaten-

ing: few drops of rain. © 26. Fair, but threatening: very droughty. 27—30.

Fair, but threatening. 31, Fine: warm,

€9.0 LE-€ (68-2 | ito. .P 6 “3S | £76.62 |ZE6-62 £18-62 08-62 | 9£-6% |9£8-6z |S88-6z |

siseeelerceneleceeee|eeeere] eoveee | cog | urea] ems | SGP | $6h | PH/FE9| Go| Ev | 69 L0-0€ | PI-0€ | 00-0€ | 90-0€ | 79-62% |99T-O£ |T8T-0€ | “1€

99917000 | FO. fy | cou | “ou | cu oF | 2G | St| zo] 9S] 6€ | F9 |PI-O€ | 1-0 | 00.0€ | 16.62 | SE-6% |ISL.0€ |S70.08 "0f

vessel go. | 70. | an | cou | a | on | OF | 2G |¥0h! S| 0S] gh | SF | PLO | PI-0€ | 73.62 | 68-62 | SE-6% 789-62 669-66 "6%

seeeieereer’ zo. | 19. | on | toa | ‘a | cau | ob | 6P |feh| LS| LG] 6 | Lo |0%-0€ |€%-08 | $6.62 | 00-0€ | 0F-6% |ZLL-62 06.62 "gz

srecesieeeseel On, 100. | com | ‘oul ‘s “Ou CV 6v |\4S~) S| 090} 87 Lo |\61-0€ | 11-08 | S6.6z gL.6% | £€.6% |8SL.62 gLL-6% "LE:

tesceeeel oo, 17%. | sau | auu|uea| *s | §9h | 0S |FEP/FS| HS) 9 | 69 |86-6% | 86-66 | 19.62 | 89-60 | ST-66 019.62 G89-6% | °9%

resvesieeeooel 7a. lon. | cou | ‘au | wea! a ov | §sh tv) fSS| oS) oF | LS 66-62 |Z0-08 | 84.6% | 18-62 | 9£-6% |$89-6% g8L-6z| “Sz

‘+++ 99.0 /9F [PG | aa | ‘au | wyeo! «m | Soh | $6h |SPF| 9S) £9] SP | 19 |90-0€ | 60.08 | £8.62 886% | SZ-6% |€08-6% |ZZ8-6% | “Ve

90: eeeroslsesees Ol- "ou ou. “ul “MU £0P LV £07 v9 G.1S VV 09 00-:0¢ 00-0€ F8-6% G8-6% Co.6% 86L-6Z PE8-6z a

reerseleseeeslereeel zo. | og | cou | can | a | Sh} oS | 9f| 69] 96] IF | 6G |00-0€ |00-08 | 19.62 | 08-6% | 62-6% |769-62 \682-6z | “zz

tesesieeererl 6g. loz. | aa | cou | mypeo| mu | gh | oS (fh! 19 S-gh| Zh | 9G | 00-08 |£0-0€ | gZ.6z | 61-62 VE-6Z |VSS-62 |P9L-63| “1ZO

sievedesererleereerl 7, | gua | ‘oua| ‘u | ‘a | op | Lb |f€h| ELE] FS| 1h | 6G | 10-0€ |S0.0€ | 08.62 | 68-62 | VE-62 |T78-6% 678-60 | “0%

Serenalinesstl Qs poet «du ‘ou ‘ul u ov Lv | gt! o9| 19]. g€ 6S |£0-0€ 86-62 | S8-6% | 08-62 | 0€-6z 908-62 F18-62) “61

temleeelog, (7p. | a | cau} cu | cm | ob | gh |1h|$¥9'¢-bS| ar | 69 | 96-62 |S0-08 | 28.62 | L6-6% | VS.6% |158-6% |9S0.0£ | “SI

Ol. rr 90. | cau | *# | ued} co ov | gh | 0S! 19)9-29| I€ | LG |GI-0€ |91-0€ | 80.08 | $0.08 £5-6% |ST1-0€ |gf1-0€ | “LT

go. logo */e""} «au | *m | ueo| va | Sop | €6h | gh) F9| SS| Sb | Eo | OT-OF |L1-0€ | C1-0€ | Zz-0€ | 41-62. |PET-OF |880-08| ‘OT

[teessslereersleeteelereleuam | tm (ueo| a | gh | of |$Zh| $9\¢-09| gh | €9 | 92-0 |P2-0€ | z-0€ | 12-0€ | GL-6% |PLZ-0F 842-08 | “ST

terseleeenl go, [eeelmom | “a | cau | cu | gh | $67 | 6E/ $99! SG! o£ | 19 |£2-0€ |Pz-0€ |04-0€ | LZ-0£ | 08-6% |LPZ-0€ |Z0€-0€ | “VI C

resvesleseeeelgz. 169. | +s | a | a | cou | $oh | $6 | shi $69 1G-€9| TH | 19 |9%-0F |€1-0€ | gI.0€ | 00.0 | 86-66 [£76.66 |ILT-0f | “ET

go. [rele] 60. [mua a |myeo! a | ov | 6F | Zvi EZS| PS] oh | 8G | 68-60 |99-62 | 08.62 | 6-62 | 72-66 |LEL-6% 658-60 | “oI

vreseleereel tg, |Q9. | cass | *s |ueo| ‘a | of | of | PE] 69] 0G| sh | 8S |09-6% | 89-62 | 09.6% | 69-62 | O-62z |S08-66 678-62 | “IT

Ol. '""""|60. |fo. | ‘a | *ou | wyeo] cu ty | Le | 6&1 SS} 6F| 9€ | gS | 81-62 |L9-6z | 09-6 | SP-6% | 80-66 |LST-62 |L6S-62| “OT

160. [errs] Po. freee] ca | *@ | wyeo| ms | Ep | LV | LE| SS} gh} €€ | 6S 0L-6% |69-6Z | 1V-6% | 17-6% | 80-6% |€8h-6% 060-62 | *6

OT: I1£-0/SE. | To. | *a |asteu| wyeo| «ms | ‘Eh | Sh | ¥6E! S| oS | VE | ZG | Z9-6% |Z9-6z | OF-62 CP-6% | 00-6% \LOP-6z |\LSV-6Z| °8

vevveeleeveee] tr. 1gz. | coun) u |uyeo| ma] PP | Seh |F1F| 67| OF] LE | 0G |F8-6% | 86-62 | 89-62% | SL-62 02-62 |689-62 |679-62| *L

rereeeioveres! 6. | QP. | “ou | “aU | WUTRD| “aA av | EP |S0€! S| LH! LE | SS |90-0€ | 76.6% | LL-6% | ZL-6z | 0£-6% |189-6z 9£8-62| 9 @

zz \r"t'| €o- | €o. | *as | ‘auujwyeo| emu | fop | ob | PE] GGlG.o¢} Le | gS |P6-60 | 76-62 08-6 | 8L-6% | OV-6% |ZZ8-62 |$88-62| *S

ssreveleseael] oe, deereee] emu}! cm |urpeo| ‘mua | op | $eh | 6€) 99] 6F| 9€ | 09 | 98-62 | 9L-6% gL-6% | 99-62 | VE-6% |16L-6% |$68-62 | “V

iz {"|S0. |to. | -m | ‘m |upeo| «a | Eh] gh | Shl¥Ss] o¢| LE | 6G | 19-62 |0S-6z | 99-62 | 09-62 | OF-62 [818-62 \686-6z 5

sesteslenseesleereeeleereee] om | em | unqeo| cas | Ph | 6b | FOr) ¥SS| LS| o€ | Fo |ZS-6% |PE-6z | 99-62 | 8P-6z | BB-62 |108-62 |L96-63 | "%

cerovolsorersioscoool Ta, 1° “ms | “ASS | MA | * AA sh | zo | 6PiZS| 09] gh | SO |.0%-6% |£%-62 | 0-62 | ZV-6Z LZ-6% |6Z8-62 |S06-62 | “E

o 2 s) o|? = 2 |e 2 2 | curd | cor ‘urd | ‘ure ; : ;

folezle [2 [de] ef ese) Bele [ PLE ler) FLEE || | ep) ee

=o ar S 5S —O am S — ‘ i. 5S f = :

ee S a > ad me "E . *e Teenage eorgecici BS * “MOrMstyD piety *aALYs-soLuNd BS *yorMsiyD = Y

“Urey “pula *I9JOULOWIIY J, *IaJOULOIV e :

*ASNTEO “ony younpuny 4D ‘UoysNO]D *_ “Adz 247 4g puv faulHs-saluaMacy ‘asunpyy yuvdagddp yo ‘xequag *A\ “A874? hg {NoLsog

9p “BoA “AI 49 fuopuorT «vau ‘XOIMSIHY) Jo Ajawog jounynoysopy ayy fo uapany) ayz qv vosdwory, ayy 49 apom suornasasga 702G0]0.409,9 Ar

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

No. 103. AUGUST 1845.

VII.— Notes of a Microscopical Examination of the Chalk and

Flint of the South-east of England ; with remarks on the Ani-

malculites of certain Tertiary and Modern Deposits. By GiDEON

Aucrernon Manrett, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S.*

Tue founders of this Society could scarcely have imagined that

the structure and economy of those minute forms of animal ex-

istence which are invisible to the unassisted eye, would become a

legitimate subject of geological investigation ; and that the du-

rable coverings or cases of these miniatures of life would be found

preserved in a fossil state, and in such inconceivable numbers, as

to constitute not only a large proportion of many rocks, but the

entire mass of certain deposits of great thickness and extent :

still less could they have surmised that the soft perishable bodies

of animalcules of this kind would be preserved by mineralization,

and be found entombed, like flies in amber, in the flint nodules

of which our roads are so largely constructed.

When the attention of geologists was first directed, a few years

since, to this most interesting department of paleontology, by

the surprising discoveries and startling deductions. of that emi-

nent philosopher, M. Ehrenberg, several observers in this coun-.

try entered upon the investigation with much alacrity, to satisfy

themselves of the correctness of the marvellous statements of the

Prussian naturalist ; but this mexhaustible and most inviting field

of inquiry has not been followed up with the zeal and assiduity

which might have been anticipated, from the facility of the ex-

amination, and the important results which could not fail to be

obtained by any competent and patient observer.

With the exception of the able “Memoir on the Siliceous

Bodies of the Chalk, Greensands and Oolites,” by Mr. Bowerbank,

and which is published in the sixth vol. of the Geological Trans-

actions,—a memoir to which I shall hereafter have occasion to

refer,—-no express communication on this subject has, I believe,

* Read before the Geological Society of London, May 14th, 1845,

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. G

74: Dr. G. A. Mantell on the Animaleulites of the

been laid before this Society. My friend the Rev. J. B. Reade

(of Stone, Bucks), a gentleman well-known as an eminent observer,

was the first to investigate the flints of the English chalk in

search of those curious bodies termed Xanthidia ; several species

of which were discovered by him, and are figured and described in

the ninth number of the ‘ Annals of Natural History.’ Mr. H.

Hopley White subsequently pursued the inquiry, and contributed

a notice on flint Xanthidia to the first vol. of the ‘ Microscopical

Journal,’ illustrated with figures of several new forms.

Many interesting remarks on the microscopical examination of

flint and chalk by Mr. Reade are inserted in the fourth edition

of my ‘ Wonders of Geology,’ as well as in my recent work, ‘ The

Medals of Creation’ ; which also contains an account of some dis-

coveries by my assistant Mr. Hamlin Lee, and by my son*.

I propose on the present occasion, to lay before the Society the

general results of a microscopical examination of numerous spe-

cimens of chalk and flint, from the south-east of England, with

the hope of exciting those who have more leisure and greater

ability than myself, to pursue the inquiry, and not from an undue

estimate of the inpartane of the facts embodied in this commu-

nication.

With a view to conciseness, it will be convenient. to arrange

my observations under three heads, viz.—

I. On the organic composition of the white chalk.

II. On the organic structure and minute fossil bodies of chalk

flints.

III. On the animalculites of the tertiary strata of England;

and on the occurrence in the British seas of living genera and

species of infusoria, identical with many that occur fossil in the

miocene deposits of Virginia.

I. On the White Chalk.—Mr. Lonsdale long since demon-

strated that the white chalk of England was largely constituted

of minute shells, corals, and foraminifera, which bodies might be

readily detected by brushing the chalk in water and collecting

the sediment ; but it was not at that time suspected that almost

the whole of the residue of the detritus was composed of distinct

organisms, so minute as to require the highest magnifying powers,

and a peculiar mode of manipulation, to develope and define.

Ehrenberg, who has determined. several hundred species of ani-

malculites from the chalk, states that some layers of that lime-

stone are so rich in fossil remains, that a cubic inch is made up

of at least one million of recognizable forms. In his memoir

“On numerous Animals in the Chalk Formation which are

still to be found in a living state,” are particularized all the

* See ‘ Medals of Creation,’ vol. i. chap. vii.

Chalk and Flint of the South-east of England. 75

species and genera detected in the chalk from various parts

of Europe, Asia, and America*. It will suffice for my present

purpose to enumerate a few of these fossil organisms, premising

that the term Polythalamia, or polythalamian animalcules, de-

signates the caleareous-shelled foraminifera, as for example, Ro-

talia, Textilaria, Nodosaria, &e., and that of Infusoria, the sili-

eeous-shelled animalcules, as Xanthidia, Coscinodisct, &c. ; while

the name Animalculites, is a convenient general designation for

the fossil remains of both divisions of these microscopic forms of

animal organization.

_ Infusoria of the Chalk.—M. Ehrenberg describes one species

of Eunotia and two of Fragillaria from Gravesend ; and from the

ehalk marls of Sicily several species of Actinocyelus, Coscinodiscus,

and Gaillonella, which are also found alive in the sea at Cuxhaven.

The most remarkable forms are certain species of Dictyocha, a

genus formerly supposed to be extinct, which abound in the

white marls of the chalk of Cattanisetta, and have lately been

found living in the Baltic +.

Another interesting animalculite is the Peridinium pyrophorum,

which occurs in the flint of Delitzsch, and has recently been de-

tected living and luminous in the Baltic.

Numerous species of all the above genera abound also in the

tertiary strata, and were formerly supposed to be absent in the

secondary formations ; and with the exception of a few kinds to

be noticed hereafter, my own researches and those of several

competent observers have not revealed any traces of these orga-

nisms in the English chalk; we have never found Kunotie or

Fragillaria in that of Gravesend. Of the microscopic calcareous-

shelled animaleules, the chalk contains species, said by Ehrenberg

to be identical with living, of the genera Globigerina, Rosalina,

Cristatella, Textilaria, Rotalia and Nodosaria; and so far as my

observations extend, species of these genera form the greater part

of the cretaceous animalculites of England. But although it is

easy to demonstrate the abundant. occurrence of these forms in

some masses of chalk, yet in many of the strata it is scarcely pos-

sible to detect any well-defined specimens ; and I confess, that

frequent disappointment in my search for these bodies, had made

me somewhat sceptical of receiving at their full value, the glow-

_* See a translation of this memoir, with plates, in Taylor’s ‘ Scientific

Memoirs,’ vol. iii. Art. 13. Alsq a masterly abstract of Ehrenberg’s ob-

servations “‘ On the Composition of Chalk Rocks and Marls by invisible or-

geile bodies,” by Mr. Weaver in the ‘ Annals of Nat. Hist.’ for June and

July 1841. ‘

t The Dictyoche are polygastric animalcules of the family Bacillaria,

which are invariably coloured by green granules, and have a slow creeping

motion.

76 Dr. G. A. Mantell on the Animaleulites of the

ing descriptions of the Prussian philosopher. A short time since,

however, | discovered some layers of chalk which are wholly com-

posed of polythalamia, principally of the genera Rotalia and Tea-

tilaria ; and it may perhaps be interesting to other observers if I

mention the circumstances which led me to institute a microsco-

pical examination of these deposits.

Every one knows that in our white chalk corals are but spa-

ringly distributed, and that the species hitherto determined are _

comparatively few. Those enumerated in Mr. Morris’s ‘Catalogue

of British Fossils’ amount to between twenty and thirty spe-

cies, and belong to sixteen or seventeen genera. The cretaceous

deposits of Maestricht and Faxoe present in this respect a striking

contrast with those of England. There are however a few loca-

lities in which certain layers of the chalk abound in small, deli-

cate, calcareous polypidoms; and of late years many beautiful

specimens of the genera Idmonea, Ceriopora, Pustulopora, Rete-

pora, &c. have been obtained from the neighbourhood of Dover.

For the most part the specimens are small, but occasionally

some occur of considerable size, as in the fine example on the

table (presented to me by Mrs. Smith of Tunbridge Wells), which

consists of hundreds of branches of Pustulopora and Idmonea,

intertwined into a mass more than two inches in thickness.

When clearing this beautiful fossil, the extremely friable nature

of the chalk, and the sensation of a peculiar asperity to the touch,

which experience had taught me was commonly characteristic of

the presence of minute fossil bodies, induced me to submit a few

grains to a microscopical survey; and the entire block of chalk

in which the coral is imbedded, proved to. be almost wholly con-

stituted of Rotalie and Textilarie, associated with spines of

sponges and of other Amorphozoa, and a few discs apparently of

Pyzidicula: the residue consists of the detritus of similar orga-

nisms and of polyparia. I have distributed samples of this coral-

line chalk among my friends, and the result of their exploration

is in accordance with my own.

The incoherent character of the Dover coralline chalk, results

therefore from its organic composition, and the absence of any

cementing material. or im other cretaceous strata where an

infiltration of cale-spar has consolidated the rock, the chalk pos-

sesses great compactness and durability, and the. organisms may

be seen in polished slices, and sometimes in relief on the surface.

That the white chalk was originally everywhere of the same or-

ganic constitution there can be no reasonable doubt ; and it is

remarkable how universal was the distribution of certain species

throughout the cretaceous ocean. The Rotalia globulosa, Rot.

perforata, and Textilaria globulosa, have been found in every chalk

district in Europe; and I have the same species, through the

Chalk and Flint of the South-east of England. | 77

‘kindness of Dr. Bailey of West Pomt, New York, from various

parts of Asia and. America.

I will now venture to digress for a brief space to inquire whe-

ther the original organic incoherent condition of the chalk, as

shown by the above investigations, may not offer a satisfactory

explanation of the formation of the grooves and furrows on the

surface of chalk rocks, and of the vertical funnels or sand-pipes

with which in certain districts the cretaceous strata are traversed ;

and of the origin of the beds of loose, but not water-worn, flint

nodules, which are so constantly met with lying on the surface of

the rock, and immediately beneath the turf of the downs, and

with scarcely any intermixture of transported materials ; phzeno-

mena, that have very recently been brought under the notice of

this Society. From what has been advanced, it is manifest that

the chalk when first deposited at the bottom of the ocean must

have been in the state of a fine white detritus or mud, resembling

in appearance and in chemical and organic composition, the chalk

now in progress of formation along the coasts of the Bermuda

Islands ; some layers of which are as rich in animalculites as any

of the American tertiary formations. The veins and beds of flint,

probably originated from the periodical introduction of thermal

waters highly charged with silica, into the calcareous sediment :

and the subsequent conversion of the incoherent detritus into

compact white chalk, must have resulted in part from pressure,

and from the infiltration of crystallized carbonate of lime ; a pro-

cess which at the present moment is in constant action on the

shores of the Bermudas, and whose effects are seen in the spe-

cimens on the table, in which the sediment thrown down by the

sea is shown in various states, from that of a white pulverulent

earth, to the compact limestone with which the forts and bridges

of those islands are constructed. |

It may, therefore, with great probability be assumed, that at

the period when the cretaceous strata of the south-east of En-

gland were exposed to those elevatory movements which ulti-

mately raised them, together with the Wealden deposits on which

they repose, above the level of the sea, the lowermost beds of

chalk were already consolidated ; but the uppermost and latest

deposits were in the state of the soft Bermuda earth. Upon the

emergence of the chalk above the sea, those last formed and con-

sequently least coherent beds, would be the first exposed to the

destructive effects of the waves; and if the elevation were gra-

dual, successive strata would be subjected to the same agency,

until the chalk-hills were lifted up above the operation of these

denuding causes. The drainage of the elevated portions of the

soft calcareous rock would then commence, and give rise to nu-

merous streams and rills, by which the surface would be worn

78 E Dr. G. A. Mantell on the Animalculites of the

into furrows and channels; and funnels (sand-pipes) would be

formed. by the gyratory action of eddies, or whirlpools, induced

by opposing currents ; effects in every respect analogous to those

observable on the mud-banks of a delta, during the recession of

the tide. The beds of loose, unrolled, and but slightly abraded

flints, the smooth rounded contour of the gently swelling hills

and undulated coombs and valleys of chalk districts, appear to me

to be the natural consequences of the phenomena here contem-

lated.

Il. Chalk Flints—I now proceed to the consideration of the

organic structures, and microscopical fossil bodies, observable in

chalk flints. It was a current opinion with Parkinson, Towns-

end, M. Guettard, and other early observers, that the external

forms of a large proportion of the flit nodules had been derived

from various kinds of sponges and alcyonia, which, while growing

in their native sea, or floating in its waters, had become enve..

loped and saturated by the fluid silex ; and it was also inferred

that these organisms had served as points of attraction for the

siliceous matter, and were in a great measure the cause of the

irregular nodular character, and mode of distribution, of the flints

of the cretaceous formation. The occurrence of minute shells,

corals, and other organic remains in the flints, was adduced as ad-

ditional confirmation of this opinion ; since a similar entangle-

ment of foreign bodies in the hollows and meshes of recent

sponges is constantly observable. My much-valued friend the late

Mr. Parkinson, investigated this subject with his wonted ability

and caution, and many interesting observations on fossil sponges,

illustrated by excellent figures, will be found in the second volume

of the ‘Organic Remains of a Former World.’ That various

kinds of Porifera or Amorphozoa have formed the nuclei of im-

mense numbers of the flint nodules, will be readily admitted by

all who have paid but a moderate share of attention to the sub-

ject ; and the prevalence of spicula of sponges in chalk and flint,

proves the abundance of these organisms in the cretaceous seas,

The microscopical examination of flint corroborates this inference,

for the brown reticulated tisswe, so general in siliceous nodules, is

unquestionably referable to certain kinds of sponges. This fact

Mr. Bowerbank has satisfactorily established in the valuable me-

moir previously cited ; a memoir which presents so admirable an

illustration of the nature of the spongeous structure observable in

chalk flints, and in the agates of Oberstein, and in the green jasper

of India, and such clear and ample directions for the successful

investigation of these organic remains, as to render but few re-

marks on the subject necessary. I will only state that my own

observations confirm those recorded by Mr. Bowerbank in every

essential particular ; namely, in the frequency of the reticulated

Chalk and Flint of the South-east of England. 79

spongeous tissue, and of spicula, in our flints; in the presence of

polythalamia and infusoria, particularly of Xanthidia, in the canals

of sponges, and their frequent suspension throughout the mass

of a siliceous nodule ; as if the spongeous tissue had retained its

form sufficiently long to allow of the silicification of the animal-

cules, and had subsequently perished. At the same time I must

express my conviction, that the facts he so faithfully portrays do

not warrant the hypothesis that all the nodules, veins, dikes, and

sheets of flint, are to be ascribed to the silicification of sponges ;

neither can I admit that the cavities of the shells of echinoderms

and mollusks, now found filled with flint, were previously occu-

pied by sponges. The theory of M. Ehrenberg, that the compact

nodules of flint are the consolidated pulverulent siliceous parti-

cles of infusoria, I conceive to be equally untenable. Nor do the

facts hitherto brought before us seem to warrant the inference,

that the abundance of siliceous spicula in any of the porifera

rendered those bodies more favourable for silicification ; on the

contrary, the soft gelatinous animal matter, as Mr. Bowerbank

has suggested, does appear to have exerted such an influence by

some species of elective affinity or attraction: hence the frequent

silicification of the bodies of mollusks, while the shell retains its

_ ealcareous character, as in the specimen of an oyster figured in

the ‘ Medals of Creation,’ p. 363. Loy :

In many of the silicified fossils of the chalk, the mineralization

is sumply that of incrustation and infiltration ; such is the state of

numerous sponges, which are, as it were, invested by the flint, and

have their pores and tubes filled withthe same substance ; but the

spongeous tissue is in the condition of a. brown friable earthy sub-

stance. In other examples the sponge has been incrusted by a mass

of liquid silex, and its tissue has subsequently perished; in this

manner have been formed those hollow nodules, which, on being

broken, present a large cavity containing only a little white pow-

der, or some loose fragments of silicified sponge; while in other

specimens the cavity is lined with quartz and chalcedony, probably

introduced by subsequent infiltration through the nodule. It fre-

quently happens that the zoophyte is only partially invested with

silex, while the other portion is imbedded in the chalk, and is a

friable calcareous substance. The Choanites and Ventriculites are

often found in this condition, and hence the protean forms assumed

by the flints that have been moulded in the cavities of these orga-

nisms. These specimens appear to demonstrate that the organic

bodies became permeated with flint, only when they happened to

be exposed to the current or stream of liquid silex, which pene-

trated such portions of structures, or entered the cavities of such

shells, and echinoderms, as were lying at the bottom of the ocean

over which it flowed, or were immersed in the calcareous detritus

80 Dr. G. A. Mantell on the Animalculites of the

into which the stream was injected. And there are innumerable

nodules of flint which exhibit no trace of spongeous structure ;

as well as veins, dikes, and sheets of tabular flint, that may be

regarded as pure, and free from organic remains, excepting such

as must necessarily have become entangled and imbedded in a

stream of mineral matter flowing over a sea-bottom.

The shells of mollusks, and the crustaceous cases of echino-

derms, do not occur silicified in the white chalk, but their cavities

are very commonly filled with flint, and these casts are well

known as among the most common fossils of the ploughed lands

of chalk districts. The phosphate of lime, like the carbonate,

seems to have been unfavourable for the phenomenon of silicifica-

tion. I have seen but two examples of bone imbedded in flint,

and in one of these the silex has merely inerusted the bone ; in the

other, a caudal vertebra of the Mososaurus from Brighton, the

mineral has partially invested the bone and permeated the cells,

but the calcareous tissue remains unchanged. A coprolite of

Macropoma, partially surrounded by flint, retains its calcareous

character ; and the teeth of fishes, although sometimes enveloped

in flint, are not silicified. I had teeth of the Hypsodon, and

Mr. Charlesworth has a portion of a jaw with teeth of the Moso-

saurus from the chalk, in which the pulp-cavities are filled with

flint, which must have permeated the parietes of the teeth, and

yet the calcigerous tubes remain unchanged, and are not filled

with silex; here probably the contents of the pulp-cavity in-

fluenced the pseudomorphism, as in the case of the oyster.

But in other fossils the mineralization pervades the entire or-

ganism, and has been effected by replacement. The original sub-

stance has been removed, and the silex substituted in its place ;

such is the common petrifaction of wood, and of most examples

of the softer zoophytes. The Choanites, which, from their per-

fect silicification, are in such request at Brighton for brooches and

other ornamental purposes, afford a good illustration of this

process.

This complete transmutation of organic structures into flint,

quartz, or chalcedony, is very common in other divisions of the

chalk formation. In the well-known fossils of the Devonshire

whetstone, the shells are almost invariably converted into flint

or jasper.

An able American mineralogist, Mr. Dana, suggests* that the

reason why silica is so common a material in the constitution of

fossilized wood and shells, as well as in pseudomorphic crystals,

consists in the ready solution of silex in water at high tempera-

tures under pressure whenever an alkali is present, (as is seen at

* See American Journal of Science for January 1845.

Chalk and Flint of the South-east of England. 81

the present time in many volcanic regions,) and its ready depo-

sition again when the waters cool. A solution of silica, whether

resulting from the deposition of felspar at the ordinary tempe-

rature, or whether proceeding from submarine volcanic action,

will in either case contain other substances. The alkali of the

felspar, potash, or soda, passes off with the liberated silica ; and

in the latter case, the heated waters, if marine, will include both

soda and magnesian salts. Mr. Dana goes on to show that a

mere heated solution of silica in water, under great pressure, is

sufficient to explain the phenonienon of silicification of organic

structures. Thus in the strata of white chalk, in which the shells

of mollusea are not silicified, but remain calcareous, the streams

of water holding silex in solution, were probably of a lower tem-

perature than in the case of the Devonshire silicified shells, the

pseudomorphism of which may have been effected by a very hot

solution of silica. ‘ For a crystal of calc-spar in such a fluid,

being exposed to solution from the action of the heated water

alone, the silica deposits itself gradually on a reduction of tempe-

rature, and takes the place of the lime, atom by atom, as soon as

set free. Every silicified fossil is an example of this pseudomor-

phous process ; but there seems to be no union of the silica with

the liberated lime, since silicate of lime occurs extremely seldom,

if at all, either in the fossils themselves or in the surrounding

rock. There appears to be something in the chemical or electro-

chemical forces excited among the molecules by the process of

solution, which leads the molecules of any body that may be

passing at the time from a liquid state to take the place succes-

sively of each molecule that is removed ; and thus it is that the

form of the original structure, to the minutest character, is so ex-

actly assumed by the substituting mineral. Fluor spar, and even

heavy spar or barytes, although stated to be insoluble, have evi-

dently undergone solution in heated waters, and thus been depo-

sited in cavities and veins of sedimentary limestones that show no

trace of the effects of a higher temperature ; for they are not fused,

nor even rendered crystalline. The agency of hot waters and

vapours in producing changes in rocks and in organic remains

has perhaps scarcely received sufficient attention. When we con-

sider the number of hot springs on the surface of the earth in

regions of modern volcanic action, as well as in others not of this

nature; when we remember the many eruptions of hot water

even from subaérial volcanoes ; and when further we have before

our eyes the wide-spread effects of volcanic action beneath the

sea,—can we refuse to the agency of heat thus conveyed by vapours

and flowing mineral waters, a large share of the various meta-

morphic changes in the mineral kingdom ; especially if we take

into view the condition of a vast submarine volcanic region in

- 82 Dr. G. A. Mantell on the Animalculites of the

full action, with its floods of melted rocks, its opened fissures,

and its fountains of boiling waters and jets of heated vapours ?”

For a full explanation of these views I refer to the original paper

of Mr. Dana in the ‘ American Journal of Science’ for January

1845. The elaborate work of Dr. Blum on the Pseudomorphous

Minerals may also be studied with advantage*.

I return from this digression to the consideration of the minute

fossils which are of most frequent occurrence in our flints. The

polythalamian forms are chiefly referable to the genera Rotalia, Ro-

talina and Textilaria ; there are also some kinds of the compound

foraminifera, but these are comparatively rare, and I have not yet

examined them with sufficient attention. In some slices of flint

prepared by Mr. Darker from the Paramoudra of Ireland, polytha-

lamia are very numerous. The shells or cases invariably appear to

be silicified, and the cells of the dead shells to be filled with flint.

By dead shells I mean those in which the animal was dead, and its

soft parts removed and the shell empty, before its immersion in the

silex ; for I can now bring unequivocal evidence to prove, that in

many examples the animal itself must have occupied its shell, and

all its soft parts been entire, at the moment when it became en-

veloped by the siliceous fluid. A specimen figured in the ‘ Me-

dals of Creation ’ first directed my attention to this interesting

fact ; and several specimens both of Rotalia and Textilarie have

since been discovered, which confirm the opinion I then ventured

to suggest.

In illustration of this highly interesting fact, I select on the

present occasion an atom of flint (scarcely larger than a pin’s

- head) discovered by Mr. Lee, mm which are imbedded two Rotalie,

having the cells filled with a rich amber-coloured substance, that

under a high power presents a granular structure analogous to

that of the body of the recent Rotalie. In these fossils the soft

parts appear to be in the state of molluskite, or they may have

undergone silicification ; the mineral being coloured by the ani-

mal matter. To persons unaccustomed to the microscopical ex-

ploration of objects of this nature, these specimens may seem to

be merely casts of the interior of the shell; but to the eye well-

instructed in the character of such remains, they will at once be

seen to be entirely dissimilar. I would content myself with re-

ferring to the ‘ Medals of Creation,’ in proof of the above infer-

ences, did I not know that many of the Fellows of this learned

* The experiments of Mr. Jeffrys, published in the Report of the British

Association for 1840, confirm these opinions, and prove that simply by the

agency of heated water and vapour, silex will be dissolved, and be precipi-

tated upon the cooling of the liquid or vapour. In one of these experiments

several pounds of silica were deposited on substances placed within reach of

the current of vapour.

Chalk and Flint of the South-east of England. 83

Society do not read works of so unpretending a character, and

may consider this statement as startling and unsatisfactory ; I

therefore claim the indulgence of entermg upon a few details to

render the above remarks more intelligible.

It must be borne in mind that the case or shell of the Rotalia,

although presenting the general form, and the internal chambered

structure, of the shell of the Nautilus, is essentially different ; for

the whole of the external case is perforated with numerous holes

or foramina (hence the name Foraminifera), designed for the pass-

age of delicate processes called pseudopodia, which are organs of

motion ; and the cells or chambers are dissimilar in form, and still

more so in their office, from those of the Cephalopoda. For while

in the Nautilus the animal occupies only the outer chamber, and

all the posterior compartments are successively-quitted empty

dwellings, in the Rotalia the body distinctly fills up all the single

cells. According to Ehrenberg, the first four cells in the living

animal are occupied by colourless matter ; the hinder ones are

filled with less transparent parts, consisting of two differently co-

loured organs. One of these is the very thick alimentary canal,

which forms, like the whole body, a jomted chain expanded in

each chamber of the shell, and connected by a narrow isthmus

(the sipho ?) with the adjoming anterior and posterior ones.

M. Ehrenberg dissolved the shell of a living polythalamian,

nearly allied to the Rotalia (the Nonionina germanica), by im-

mersion in weak hydrochloric acid, and thus exposed the ali-

mentary canal, which was then seen to be a simple organ dis-

tended in the compartments of the body, consequently itself ar-

ticulated with a single anterior aperture; and various siliceous

infusoria were distinctly perceived in the digestive tube, having

been swallowed by the animal. Beside the alimentary canal,

a yellowish brown or amber-coloured granular mass was percep-

tible in each of the cells, up to the last of the spirals, the first

excepted.

It was the striking resemblance between the specimen first

submitted to my notice, and the figure of the Nonionina deprived

of its shell, as given by Ehrenberg, that led me to suspect the

true nature of the fossils under review ; and the exquisite example

which will be placed under the microscope for the inspection of

those present, appears to me to leave no doubt of the correctness

of that opimion. In the same chip of flint there is another and

larger Rotalia, im which the body of the animal also is pre-

served. And now that we are accustomed to the microscopical

appearance of these organisms, we find that the pale yellowish

brown, or amber colour, of many semidiaphanous flints is derived

from the soft parts of Rotalie, Textilarie, and other polythala-

mian animalcules; in like manner, as I showed in a paper read

84. Dr. G. A. Mantell on the Animalculites of the

before this Society (but not published), the dark ves and mark-

ings in the pillars of Purbeck marble in the Temple Church,

are attributable to the remains of the soft bodies of the fresh-

water shells of which that limestone is composed, in the state of

molluskite. :

I have stated my conviction that the experienced microscopical

observer will not hesitate to agree with me in the opinion, that

in- the fossils before us we have the mineralized soft bodies of

polythalamia; and I have obtained, through the kindness of

Mr. Williamson of Manchester, a recent object for comparison,

which is perfectly analogous, not to say identical, with the best-

preserved flint specimen. It is the body of a Rotalia from which

the shell is removed, and is associated with other polythalamia,

&c.; it was obtained with numerous other interesting recent or-

ganisms in sediment from the Levant.

Infusoria in Flint :—Xanthidia.—Our flints contain abundance

of several kinds of infusoria ; as for example, various species of

the genera Pywidicula, Peridinium and Xanthidium. 1 shall re-

strict my remarks to the last-named animalculites, which, from

their elegant forms and good state of preservation, are highly in-

teresting to microscopic observers. The Xanthidia are minute,

globular or spherical bodies (from 545th to 51,th of an inch in

diameter), beset with tubular processes, which terminate either

in fimbriated or acuminated extremities. They are stated by

Ehrenberg to be siliceous, and to be analogous, and some of the

species identical, with living forms which abound in boggy pools

and ponds. Several of the recent kinds occur in the ponds on

Clapham Common, Hampstead Heath, and other places around

London. ‘These organisms are however considered by the most

eminent botanists not to belong to the animal kingdom, but to

be vegetable structures, related to the Desmidiacee; and are

defined as plants having “ fronds simple, constricted in the mid-

dle ; segments slightly compressed, turgid, reniform or orbicular

and entire ; their surfaces more or less furnished with simple or

branched elongated spines, either scattered over the surface or

confined to the margin, where they are placed in two rows, one

on each side the marginal line*.” Ehrenberg, on the other hand,

describes the Xanthidia as animals having spontaneous motion

and increasing by self-division. But I must not dwell on this

important and difficult question ; the arguments on both sides

are concisely stated in ‘ Annals of Nat. Hist.’ March 1845, p. 188,

to which I would refer those who are interested in the subject.

I do not presume to think that my opinion on this problem is

of any value ; but waving the question of the animal or vegetable

* See Mr. Ralfs’s paper on the Desmidiacee, Ann. Nat. Hist. Jan. 1845.

Chalk and Flint of the South-east of England. 85

nature of these bodies, I may be permitted to state, that a careful

examination of both recent and fossil Xanthidia leads me to doubt

whether there is any analogy whatever between the organisms in

our flints and their supposed living types. The fossil forms have

the body more decidedly spherical or globular, their spines more

strictly tubular and differently arranged ; and they never exhibit

that reniform or constricted character so constant in the recent

Xanthidia, nor do they present any indication of spontanequs

fissuration. The fossils are supposed by Ehrenberg to have been

originally siliceous like the shields of other infusoria, but I know

not that any proof has been obtained of this inference. On the

contrary, so many examples occur in which the tubular arms are

bent, contorted, and contracted and shrivelled in the middle,

as to convey the idea of a flexible, rather than of a brittle, un-

ee substance. A crushed or torn specimen very lately found

y my son, exhibits an appearance much at variance with the

supposition that the original was composed of silex or of any

other material that had a conchoidal fracture. If the Xanthidia

were originally siliceous, there is no reason why they should not

be detected in the chalk itself, since bodies equally minute are

readily discoverable*. If to these arguments be added the d-priort

objection as to the probability that habitants of fresh water, of

boggy pools and ponds, should be found swarming in the sponges

and other marine structures of the cretaceous ocean, I think in

the present state of our knowledge it will be proper, notwith-

standing the high authority from which we must. differ, to con-

sider the so-called Xanthidia of the chalk as distinct from the

recent organisms after which they have been named ; in fact, as

a genus of marine infusoria, should they not hereafter prove to

be the gemmules of polyparia or the spores of marine plants.

I will conclude this imperfect notice of the flint animalculites,

by stating that several kinds of disciform bodies of great beauty

have recently been detected by Mr. Lee; these appear to be

transverse sections of different species of the foraminifera termed

Nodosaria, or of some allied genus.

Ill. Tertiary Animalculites—I now arrive at the last division

of the present inquiry, which will comprise a few remarks on the

occurrence of animalculites in the tertiary strata of Great Britain ;

and of living species and genera of infusoria in the British seas,

analogous to those of the miocene deposits of North America.

The organic constitution of the tertiary marls of Virginia, and

the nature of the fossils of which they are composed, are too well

* Since the above remarks were written, numerous Xanthidia have been

detected in chalk from Dover by Mr. Henry Deane of Clapham; but the ap-

pearance of these specimens, when cleared from the chalk and mounted in

Canada balsam, seems to support the opinion that the originals were flexible

and not siliceous.

86 Dr. G. A. Mantell on the Animalculites of the |

known to require particular description. They are almost entirely

made up of the aggregated siliceous cases or skeletons of infusorial

animalcules ; the prevailing forms belonging to the genera Cos-

einodiscus (sieve-like disc), Actinocyclus (wheel-hke disc), Dic-

tyocha, Gaillonella, Pyxidicula, and numerous kinds of the family

of Bacillaria. Figures and descriptions of many of these fossils by

Dr. Bailey will be found in several of the late numbers of the

‘American Journal of Science.’ The most remarkable of the si-

liceous shields are the orbicular cases of the Coscinodisci, which,

when entire, consist of a pair of dises, connected at the periphery

by a broad band or rmg. The delicate and elegant markings with

which the surfaces of these shields are elaborately sculptured,

render them objects of great beauty and interest. An assemblage

of these tertiary animalculites presents so striking a contrast to

any I have seen from the chalk of England, Asia, or America, that

I am very desirous M. Ehrenberg’s statement as to their preva-

lence in cretaceous strata should be verified by further investi-

gations ; and the more so, as Dr. Bailey mentions that Ehrenberg

referred certain unquestionably miocene American deposits to the

chalk, because they yielded animalculites resembling some he had

obtained from European strata supposed to belong to the Chalk

formation.

I have sought in vain among the tertiary strata of England

for infusorial deposits analogous to those of America. Polytha-

lamia frequently occur in the London clay (as was first made

known by Mr. Wetherell in a valuable paper published in our

Transactions); and within the last few weeks several kinds of fo-

raminifera have been obtained from clay brought up in sinking a

well at Clapham, at the depth of 120 feet. But no one has dis-

covered in our tertiary formations a bed, or even seam of earth,

composed of fossil infusoria. In fact, so far as my information

extends, our only rich deposits of this kind are of very recent ori-

gin. Near the banks of the river Bann, in the county of Down,

Ireland, there is a layer of infusorial earth a foot thick, under-

lying a bed of peat. Specimens of this earth, with which I have

been favoured by the Countess of Caledon, accompanied with

drawings by her ladyship of the prevailing organisms, show that

the bed consists of an aggregation of the siliceous shields or cases

of numerous kinds of Bacillaria, but no traces of Coscinodisci or

other usual American tertiary species occur ; this arises probably

from the Irish deposit being of fluviatile origin*.

* It may be added, that the property of polishing metal, which deposits

of this kind are so well known in Germany to possess, has been discovered

by the Irish ; and as this earth occurs on the estate of Lord Roden at Tul-

leymore, it is locally known as Lord Roden’s plate-powder.

Some white earth recently sent from New Zealand as magnesia, proves

to be a fluviatile infusorial deposit like that of Ireland.

Chalk and Flint of the South-east of England. 87

_ But if I have hitherto been unsuccessful in the microscopical

exploration of our tertiary strata, an unexpected assemblage of the

American miocene forms has been found in the digestive organs of

certain living mollusca. Mr. Lee’s discovery of recent Coscino-

disci in the barnacle (announced in the ‘ Medals of Creation’) has

been followed up by his detection of numerous species and genera

of infusoria in the stomach of the eommon scallop (Pecten mazi-

mus*). These recent animalcules present almost all the genera and

some of the species that prevail in the tertiary marls of Virginia ;

in particular two very striking and abundant fossils of the Rich-

mond earth, the elegant Coscinodiscus radiatus and the Dictyocha

fibula. Soclose is the analogy, not only of the mdividual shields,

but even of their collocation, that it would be difficult for an ex-

perienced observer to distinguish slides mounted with the re-

spective organisms, although the one group is from deposits of

unfathomable antiquity, and the other from the British seas.

I have already stated that the modern calcareous deposits of

the Bermuda Islands contain layers of infusorial earth ; these are

made up of organisms resembling those of America and the recent

species found in the scallop.

One more fact in connexion with this subject remains to be

mentioned. Along the shore of the Sussex coast to the east of

Brighton, a bed of sand and calcareous mud, the detritus of

the neighbouring cliffs, is in the progress of formation ; and in

this sedimentary deposit my son, Reginald Neville Mantell, has

discovered shells of recent Rotalie, Nodosaria, and other poly-

thalamia, associated with the siliceous shields of Coscinodisci, Dic-

tyoche, and other infusoria, and with fossil Rotalie and Tezti-

larie from the chalk. Here then at the present moment a deposit

is in progress, whose organic contents consist of an assemblage.

of the living species of the animalcules of the present sea with the

fossil forms of the ancient chalk ocean ; in like manner in the bed

of the Nile, the polythalamia of the Nummulite rock are being

imbedded with the existing mollusca of that river: collocations

of this nature may perhaps exercise the ingenuity of the geolo-

gists of future times, and give rise to speculations of as little

value as some of those with which I have ventured to trespass on

the indulgence of the Society.

In conclusion I would remark, that the preceding observations

are the result of the examination of organisms within the reach

of the best microscopes which modern art has produced; yet

there can be no doubt, that if the powers of our instruments

could be increased, fossil structures yet more minute and far

* See Annals of Nat. Hist. April 1845.

88 M. Sars on an Intestinal Worm in an Acaleph.

more abundant would be detected. And if the naturalist be al-

lowed to assume, that in the existing creation, “within and be-

neath all that minuteness which the aided eye of man is able to

explore, there may be a world of invisible beings ; and that could

we draw aside the mysterious curtain which shrouds them from

our senses, we should behold a theatre of as many wonders as

astronomy can unfold,—a universe within the compass of a point

so small as to elude all the powers of the microscope,’—surely

the geologist may be permitted to conclude, that a large propor-

tion of the sedimentary strata, which at present appears to con-

sist of amorphous particles of lime, of flint, and of iron, may be

the aggregated skeletons of beings yet more infinitesimal than

those which have formed the subject of the present communica-

tion.

19 Chester Square, Pimlico, May 1845.

VIII.— On the Occurrence of an Intestinal Worm in an Abaleph,

By M. Sars*. |

[ With a Plate. ]

In Wiegmann’s Archiv,’ vol. ii. p. 322, 1841 (Annals, vol. iii.

p.148), it 1s stated that a parasitical worm resembling a Filaria

had been discovered by Prof. E. Forbes in a species of Cydippe,

and subsequently (vol. ii. p. 370, 1842), that this parasite, which

attaches itself by means of four suckers to the walls of the stomach

or vessels, had been described by Messrs. Forbes and Goodsir

under the name of Tetrastoma Playfairii. The reporter adds, that

further observation would be of interest, as hitherto no intestinal

worms had been met with in the Meduse.

The reporter had forgotten that the discovery of an intestinal

worm in an Acaleph had been published by me already in the

year 1837. (See Ann. des Sci. Nat. 1837, vol. vii. p. 247.)

It is not to claim any priority as to this discovery, which is a

matter of perfect indifference to science, that I return to this

subject, but merely to communicate the following short notices

written down in 1835, which I have hitherto kept back on ac-

count of their imperfect state, in the hope, unfortunately hitherto

delusive, of completing them by further observations.

- It was on a gigantic individual of my Mnemia norwegica, five

inches in length, which I caught on the 4th of November 1835,

near the island Florée,that I observed, within the transparent clear

body, from ten to twelve longish opake white bodies of about a

line in length, which proved, on closer examination, to be intes-

* Translated from Wiegmann’s Archiv, 1845, part 1.

Sen ee ee eee

J.Basire.lith.

M. Sars on an Intestinal Worm in an Acaleph. 89

tinal worms. They were affixed to the internal wall of the

stomach of the Acaleph by one of their extremities, and moved

but slightly and very slowly the rest of their bodies. Carefully

detached from their place of adhesion they became more lively,

and crept about a glass plate, alternately lengthening and short-

ening their body (PI. IV. fig. 1’. of the natural size). The form of the

body is consequently very variable, being sometimes much elon-

gated, sometimes ribbon-shaped (fig. 1 to 3) ; sometimes shorter

and broader anteriorly, or in the centre (fig. 4), but posteriorly

(6) always acute; further somewhat flattened, so that the two sides

(fig. 1) are broader than the other two (fig. 2). Not a trace of

articulation is visible on the smooth, soft body, which even in the

perfectly contracted state, in which it almost acquires the form of

a pitcher, indicates no perceptible transverse folds.

The anterior extremity of the body (a) is circular, and surround-

ed by four suckers, (cc) of oval form, and whose longitudinal axis

coincides with the axis of the animal: each of them is divided

interiorly by a septum into two spaces or cavities, the hindermost

of which is largest, the front one being a little smaller and nar-

rower. By means of these organs the worm attaches itself to the

walls of the ventral cavity of the Acaleph. From between these

suckers projects the conical anterior extremity of the body, at the

apex of which is observed a small circular aperture, which is pro-

bably the mouth. When the worm crawls, the anterior extremity

is sometimes projected (figs. 1. and 4), sometimes retracted within

the suckers (figs. 2, 3.) ; this always takes place alternately, the

entire body expanding and contracting, in which manner the ani-

mal each time advances a little distance.

The worm observed by me may probably be identical with that

which the British naturalists have described as a new genus with

the name Tetrastoma. I have for the time placed it in the ge-

nus Scolexr, O. F. Miiller, with the specific name Acalepharum.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV. FIGS. 1 To 6.

Fig. 1'. Two individuals, natural size ; all the other figures are more or less

magnified.

Fig. 1. An individual seen from the broad side, with the anterior extremity

projected.

Fig. 2. The aan from one of the narrow sides with retracted anterior ex-

tremity.

Fig. 3. The same slightly, and fig. 4. greatly contracted.

Fig. 5. The anterior portion of the body with the suckers highly magnified.

fig. 6. An individual pressed flat under the compressorium.

In all these figures, a designates the anterior extremity of the body; d, the

posterior ; cc, the suckers.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. me:

90 Rev. T. Salwey : List of the scarce Lichens found

IX.—A List of the scarcer amongst the Lichens which are found

in the neighbourhood of Oswestry and Ludlow, with occasional

observations upon some of them. By the Rey. T. Sarwry*.

As a study of the Lichens is confessedly one of the greatest

difficulties the botanist has to contend with, and as Sowerby’s

‘English Botany’ and the ‘ Lichenographia Britannica’ (so far

as this last extends), the principal works in our language which

give any detailed description of them, are in the hands of few, I

have thought that observations upon some of the least common

of such Lichens as are found in this part of England may be

acceptable to those who are entering upon the study of them.

Having already made some remarks upon the Welsh Lichens

in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Nat. History,’ vol. xii. pp. 25,

260, I have enumerated in the present list such only as I have

met with out of the Principality, and these more particularly such

as are found in the neighbourhood of Oswestry and Ludlow, so

that the following may be regarded almost as a list amongst the

scarcer of the Lichens of Shropshire, the great majority of the

habitats being such as are confined to this county. The de-

scriptions of the several species in the ‘ English Flora’ are much

too concise to enable the student, without occasional help from

some experienced botanist, to make them out. Dr. Taylor in the

‘ Flora Hibernica’ has given much more ample details of such as

he describes, and has added several new species, some of which

are still to be discovered on this side of the Channel, but his work

necessarily embraces such only as are found in Ireland. It is

much to be regretted that we have as yet no monograph of the

Lichens, and till some one competent to undertake so arduous a

task shall have supplied this desideratum, any occasional obser-

vations upon them may perhaps meet with acceptance at the

hands of those who are desirous of studying this branch of botany.

It is only as a help to such, and not under the presumption

that I am capable of throwing much light upon the subject, that

I have ventured to send to the Botanical Society of Edinburgh

the following list of Lichens, with such observations upon some

of them as a long acquaintance with, rather than an accurate

knowledge of them, has led me to form. If my observations

should be the means of removing any difficulties in the way of a

single inquirer into this branch of botany, my end will be fully

answered.

Oswestry, March 28, 1845.

Baeomyces anomalus. Craigforda and Pentregaer in the parish of

Oswestry.

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, June 12, 1845.

in the neighbourhood of Oswestry and Ludlow. 91

I retain this name in deference to the authority of my friend Dr.

Taylor, though I confess I am more inclined to consider it as a Lecidea.

Whatever generic name it may properly claim, it certainly ought to

retain the specific one of awomalus ; for a plant which has been de-

scribed by Acharius as a Lecanora, by Hooker as a Verrucaria, and

by Taylor as a Beomyces, evidently occupies so doubtful a place, that

its position can scarcely be considered as thoroughly established. It

is not an uncommon lichen on the Cambrian rocks. The rock at

Craigforda indeed on which it grows is an indurated sandstone ; but

at Pentregaer it grows on the rocks of the Silurian system. It varies

very much in the colour of the thallus from a dull or yellowish white

to a smoky brown. The apothecia are immersed in the crust, and do

not appear to me to possess a sufficient stipes to enable it to rank

with Beomyces.

Calicium stigonellum (sessile, Persoon, M. and N. 858). Upon old

oaks at Llanforda, scarce, but profusely upon a single oak in Mid-

dleton-lane, just beyond the Llys House.

This plant and the following one, the turbinatum, have been fre-

quently confounded, though no two plants can be more distinct.

The present is a plant of unfrequent occurrence, growing either upon

the crust of the Porina pertusa, or else upon the rugged bark of old

oaks. On the oak-tree in Middleton-lane it is much more developed

than when growing on the Porina pertusa. The apothecia are per-

fectly sessile, and when cut exhibit rather a thick, white layer im-

mediately underneath the disc, connected at the edges with a lower

one of much less thickness, and containing between these two a

black powdery mass. The disc is covered with a gray bloom, and

has a border of a darker colour, giving it the appearance of a

Lecidea.

C. turbinatum (gelatinatus, With.; Spheria sphincterica, Sow,

Fung. 286, M. and N. 366). This is a very common plant, grow-

ing on the crust of the Porina pertusa. ‘The apothecia in this are

polished and pear-shaped, with a depression at the top and a little

dot in the centre of the depression, giving it the appearance of a

Verrucaria or a Spheria. I had suspected that it ought to be re-

moved again to the genus Spheria where Sowerby had placed it, but

upon requesting my friend Mr. Berkeley to examine it, he confirms

the authority of Fries in still retaining it as a Calicium.

C. ferrugineum. Old park pales at the Moor Park and Hay Park

near Ludlow ; not of very common occurrence.

C. chrysocephalum. Park pales at Downton Castle in Hereford-

shire, near the bridge above the Hay Mill. This is one of the scarcest

of this genus ; the bright vivid hue of the crust will not fail however

to arrest the practised eye of the lichenist, should he come within its

reach, so that he will not be likely to overlook it.

C. pheocephalum. Pales of Hay Park near Ludlow. This is a

very distinct species, and cannot possibly be confounded with any

other. The ‘‘ tumid, crowded and leaf-like appearance of the crust,”

so well described in the ‘ Lichenographia Britannica,’ gives it indeed

very much the appearance of a minute Beomyces, or a diminutive

H 2

92 Rev. T. Salwey : List of the scarce Lichens found

resemblance of Cenomyce cespititia. The pilidia however are truly

those of a Calicium ; and the dull brownish green hue of the capitu-

lum, surrounded, as it frequently is, by the bright yellow ring of the

sporules bursting from the edge of the disc, give the plant a very

distinct and peculiar appearance. It is of very unfrequent occur-

rence.

Calicium spherocephalum. Probably ec common upon the old decaying

timber of barns, &c., but overlooked from its minuteness, the crust

appearing to be scarcely more than a stain upon the wood of a bluish

gray colour, in which the young apothecia before they are fully de-

veloped appear to the naked eye like immersed black dots.

C. furfuraceum. Dry banks about Oswestry ; om the bank be-

tween the pool and the common at the Lodge near Ludlow.

This is not a plant of general occurrence. The bright pale lemon

colour of the whole plant readily points it out. It is quite dissimilar

in habit and place of growth from the rest of the Calicia, and has

been removed by Dr. Taylor to Beomyces.

Opegrapha sazxatilis. Sandstone rocks, Craigforda.

O. dendritica. On the smooth bark of trees, but not common.

Verrucaria gemmifera. Craigforda.

This plant arrests the eye by presenting the appearance of a ver-

digris or bluish gray stain upon the rock: the apothecia are very

minute.

V. gemmata. Upon the bark of old ash-trees, Pentregaer, &c.

This is the largest of the Verrucarie, and not uncommon upon the

bark of old ash-trees, where the size of the apothecia contrasting

with the white ground of the bark, give it a conspicuous appearance.

V. rupestris. Common upon the limestone rocks at Oswestry,

upon the Moelydd, and at Pentregaer.

V.immersa. In the same habitats as the former and at Craig-

forda, but less common.. The smaller size both of the apothecia and

of the cavities in which they are immersed, its gray crust as opposed

to the white one of rupestris, and a certain peculiar neatness in the

appearance of the whole plant, distinguish it from the former.

V. levata. Upon stones in the Morda Brook under Craigforda.

V. epipolea. Limestone rocks on the Moelydd and at Pentregaer.

This is a very handsome and conspicuous species; the crust is

often suffused with a pale rose-colour, which, contrasting with the

bluish colour of the apothecia, gives this plant a very beautiful ap-

pearance.

V. acrotella. Craig-y-Rhu: scarce.

V. epigea. Hay Coppice, Herefordshire. Perhaps not uncommon

in a barren state, when it may be overlooked as a young state of

some Conferva or Vaucheria.

V. Hookeri. Mynydd-y-Myfyr : very scarce.

Endocarpon miniatum. Limestone rocks, Oswestry ; Wickliff rocks,

Ludlow, and Downton Castle.

E.. Hedwigii. On the top of the wall opposite the house at the

Moor Park near Ludlow, and other similar situations.

E. lete-virens. In fruit on Mynydd-y-Myfyr in the parish of

in the neighbourhood of Oswestry and Ludlow. 93

Oswestry. Common on the Welsh mountains, but scarce with us.

The apothecia are immersed, but protrude in an oblique direction

from the thallus ; small, and of a dull opake black colour.

Endocarpon rufo-virescens. Craigforda and Mynydd-y-Myfyr.

Common in Wales, but of more rare occurrence with us.

Lepraria chlorina. Craig-y-Rhu.

L. Iolithus. Craig-y-Rhu.

Variolaria globulifera. Upon old ash-trees at Craig-y-Rhu.

V. conspurcata. Limestone rocks, Pentregaer.

Lecidea fusco-atra. Craigforda and Pentregaer. This minute

Lecidea, with its finely radiating thallus, presents a beautiful appear-

ance on the surface of quartz or chert.

L. fumosa. Moelydd and Craig-y-Rhu. The crust forms brown

smoky patches upon the rocks. It is probably not uncommon.

LL. petrea. In great abundance and perfection upon the mud-

stones of the Silurian system about Ludlow, and common also about

Oswestry. My reason for noticing this common lichen is because

there is some resemblance to the naked eye between this and Japi-

cida, and experienced botanists have I believe proposed to unite them ;

but the crust of /apicida is smoother, more polished, harder, and

more cream-coloured. The apothecia too are more sunk in the crust

in lapicida. In petrea they are often surrounded by a whitish border

formed of the crust, giving the plant the appearance of a Lecanora;

in a more advanced stage they have an urceolate appearance, the

border being raised and inflexed ; and the under side of this being

white, the plant still retains somewhat of the appearance of a Leca-

nora. ‘The concentric arrangement of the apothecia is usually very

strongly marked, so that the name of Davies and Dickson (concen-

trica) ought I think to be restored to it instead of that of petrea,

to which it has no more title than many others which are equally

confined to rocks, and which, in fact, expresses nothing peculiar to

the plant itself. The petrea grows upon soft rocks. I only know

lapicida as growing upon the hard slaty rocks of the Cambrian sy-

stem, where it is by no means a common lichen.

L. prominula. A minute and obscure lichen, varying however

much in the size of its apothecia. The var. /ygea of Ach. has been

sent to me by Mr. Leighton from Haughmond Hill.

LL. anomala. Acharius characterizes this species as ‘‘ polymorpha,

nam apothecia, quoad formam et colorem eximié variant ;” we have

what I believe to be one of the varieties of this polymorphous species

growing upon some elm-trees at the Lodge near Ludlow. The crust

is very thin, smooth, polished, and of a pale whitish colour. The

apothecia conspicuous, variable in size, and of a brownish black

colour.

L. eleochroma and parasema. ‘These lichens have been well di-

stinguished in the work of Mougeot and Nestler, ‘ Stirpes Crypto-

gamz Vogeso-Rheuane,’ and by Dr. Taylor in the ‘Fl. Hib.’ The

crust of parasema is frequently almost white ; the apothecia scattered

irregularly about the disc, and larger than in eleochroma. In this

last the crust is always greenish and granulated, the apothecia

94 Rev. T. Salwey : List of the scarce Lichens found "

smaller, and usually crowded together in a circular group in the

centre of the thallus. The eleochroma is by far the most common

species ; the parasema indeed is of rather rare occurrence.

Lecidea dubia. Upon barns at Overton and Maryknowle, and at

Little Leinthall near Ludlow. It is not a common lichen with us.

L. Griffithsii. Upon old oaks in the Hay Coppice, Herefordshire.

We have what is perhaps a variety of this growing upon the scales

of some old spruce fir-trees at the Lodge near Ludlow. The apo-

thecia are larger and more convex than in the usual state of Griffithsi,

and more variable in colour, varying from a pale fawn to a deep

claret colour. Mr. Borrer, to whom I sent a specimen, said it much

resembled one he had received from Acharius as his Lecanora hy-

popta.

L. aromatica. Upon the mortar in an old wall in Llanforda-lane :

scarce.

This plant has been considered as a state of ceruleo-nigricans or

vesicularis. If it be so, I see no reason why it should not grow to

the same size, and assume the same habit in every respect as vesicu-

laris. The vesicularis grows with us on limestone; the aromatica

on mortar; what should prevent the latter, if the same plant as the

former, from attaining the same size as the former, seeing they both

have a calcareous base?

L. sanguinaria. Upon the pales of the Hay Park, Herefurdshire,

and upon the pales below the Ambry at Croft Castle, Herefordshire.

LL. muscorum. Pentregaer.

L. scabrosa. An obscure lichen, and probably not uncommon.

Upon a wall in Weston-lane, Oswestry, and at Craig-y-Rhu.

L. Lightfootii. Birch-trees, Llanforda: scarce.

L. incompta. Upon an old wych-elm at the Hayes near Oswestry,

and upon an old maple-tree upon the High Vawr. An inconspi-

cuous lichen and of rare occurrence.

L. quernea. Old oaks, Oswestry, and at the Lodge near Ludlow,

and in the Hay Coppice. A very handsome lichen when in per-

fection.

L. eruginosa. Old gates and posts, Oswestry : not common.

L. quadricolor. Craigforda and Mynydd-y-Myfyr. These and

the Cyrn Moelfre in the adjoining parish of Llansilin are the only

habitats I have for this plant.

L. Pineti. Wood above the house at Llanforda, on the scales of

fir-trees. This is a very rare lichen with us, the habitat here given

being the only one I know. It grows principally on the base of the

stem just above the roots. The pale yellow apothecia present to the

naked eye nothing but minute specks on the thin green crust of the

thallus.

L. cornea. Upon oak-trees in the Hay Coppice, Herefordshire,

and about the Lodge near Ludlow.

L. marmorea. ‘This occurs with us upon the roots of old thorn-

trees growing in the crevices of the rock, as well as upon the rock

itself. It seems to be almost wholly without crust, the shields thus

presenting the appearance of minute Pezize. Fries, who makes this

in the neighbourhood of Oswestry and Ludlow. 95

plant his Gyalecta cupularis, makes the Gyalecta Wahlenbergiana of

Ach. ‘ Syn.’ his var. 6. of this plant. Now, if what I regard as the

Gyalecta Wahlenbergiana of Ach. be indeed that plant, I cannot but

confess my surprise at its being united with marmorea. The two

plants appear to me ‘toto ceelo distincte.” I first discovered the

Gyalecta Wahlenbergiana about twenty years ago upon the rocks at

Craig-y-Rhu in this parish, but the habitat there is now lost. I did

not find it again till the year 1840 upon the Wickliff Rocks at Lud-

low, where it still grows, investing decayed mosses. ‘This plant

forms a continuous crust of a pale yellowish colour, and of a sub-

stance somewhat between leprous and waxy. The apothecia, which

are numerous, appear to be of exactly the same substance as the

crust, and are of an urceolate form, having the disc either of a pale

yellow, or in some instances of a diluted greenish colour. The

border, which is inflexed, is granulated. The apothecia are far more

fragile and tender than in marmorea. The plant resembles much,

upon a very minute scale, the beginning of a honeycomb. Wabhlen-

berg’s description of his plant, ‘‘ substantia mollis et subgelatinosa,”

and its habitat, ‘in locis obscuris supra muscos putridos,”’ agree ac-

curately with our plant, which indeed I can have no doubt is the

same as his, and I cannot reconcile myself to its being united with

marmorea.

Lecidea lutea. Upon a single tree at Llanforda, now cut down.

LL. polytropa. Mynydd-y-Myfyr. This is the only English ha-

bitat I at present know for this plant.

L. lucida. Upon sandstone walls about Oswestry, in fruit, but

seldom found in this state.

L. desertorum. Dr. Taylor, to whom I sent this plant, seems in-

clined to refer it to ceruleo-nigricans. Mr. Borrer regards it as the

desertorum of Acharius. I cannot but regard it as distinct both

from ceruleo-nigricans and from Lecidea coronata, and also from

quadricolor, with which Ach. unites it. It grows upon the lime-

stone rocks here with ceruleo-nigricans, but is much scarcer. It

differs from this in having the crust more continuous, and in the

scales of this being far smaller and flatter, and having to the naked

eye somewhat of a filmy appearance. ‘The shields also have not the

bluish colour of those of ceruleo-nigricans, nor are they smooth like

these, but are of a deep black colour, and appear rough under the

lens. In quadricolor again the shields are always some shade either

of brown, yellow, or red, and the crust not scaly, but granulated.

The quadricolor too grows upon the earth in heathy situations; the

desertorum upon limestone. In coronata again the crust is a conge-

ries of minute bluish granules which form also the border of the

apothecia, which are of a reddish brown colour. Fries makes quadri-

color and desertorum the varieties a. and (3. of his Lectdea decolorans.

L. canescens. In fruit upon an old oak at Whittington : common

upon old oaks, but usually barren.

L. ceruleo-nigricans. Limestone rocks at Pentregaer, Craig-y-Rhu,

and on the Moelydd.

L. scalaris. Pales of the Hay Park near Ludlow : scarce.

96 Rey. T. Salwey : List of the scarce Lichens found

Lecanora periclea. \This is an obscure and by no means a com-

mon lichen. It grows with us occasionally upon old oak- and ash-

trees; upon an ash-tree in a field south of Treflach-lane, about a

quarter of a mile from Croeswilin.

L. squamulosa. On the Moelydd, and upon the rocks at Pentre-

gaer. .

LL. glaucocarpa. Craig-y-Rhu, but barren. The crust of this

plant consists of a number of thick, smooth, hard scales, here and

there collected together, but more usually scattered, wavy, and

rounded in the centre ; in colour varying from a glaucous to a dark

brown in an old state, and the younger ones white at the edges. It

grows upon the perpendicular face of a limestone rock.

L. rubra. This is a very beautiful lichen and of rare occurrence.

The only two habitats I know for it are upon the walls of Wigmore

Castle in Herefordshire, and at Craig-y-Rhu in the parish of Oswes-

try. In both habitats the plant grows upon patches of decayed

Hypna hanging loose from the stone.

L. hematomma. Craigforda, Craig-y-Rhu, &c.

Parmelia glomulifera. Upon a wych-elm at Lianforda. There is

only a single plant of this upon the tree in question, and it is at pre-

sent the only English habitat I know for it. I have watched this

plant for upwards of twenty years, and cannot perceive that it has

either increased or decreased. It has glomeruli, but no apothecia ;

many of the Parmelie certainly seem to propagate themselves by

buds or gonidia without apothecia. The shields of scortea and of /a-

nuginosa are I believe yet a desideratum in English botany, and those

of proboscidea, perlata, Borreri and others are very rare, even where

the plant itself is not uncommon. I cannot but suspect from the

above instance, that the apothecium is at all events the only mode

by which this particular species is propagated. Dr. Taylor considers

the glomeruli of the present plant as the only distinction between

this and herbacea. I confess I cannot be of this opinion. Even Fries,

so prone as he is to diminish species, though he removes both of

these to the genus Sticta, and in which I think they may well be

placed, still keeps them distinct. Dr. Taylor also considers that they

would rank as well with the Sticte as with the Parmeliea. Both of

them grow in great profusion in the wooded parts of Wales, often

upon the same trees ; but whether in a wet or dry state, they equally

strike the eye as being distinct ; but most so in a dry state, the smoky

white colour of the thallus of the glomulifera contrasting with the

brownish green of that of herbacea. It is also thicker and more

leathery, and not so much wrinkled.

P. herbacea. Upon an old wych-elm on Bringewood Hill, oppo-

site Downton Castle, in Herefordshire.

P. caperata. Craigforda and other places about Oswestry, but not

common, and usually barren.

P. conspersa, Craigforda: not common. ‘The var. stenophylla of

Ach. grows upon the sandstone rocks there.

P. Borrert. Woodhill and Porkington, but with us always barren ;

this plant is scarce with us.

in the neighbourhood of Oswestry and Ludlow. 97

Parmelia aquila. Upon the north side of a small mass of sandstone

rock on the southern slope of Mynydd-y-Myfyr. This may almost be

called a maritime plant, being so commonly and abundantly found

on maritime rocks, and scarcely met with elsewhere. ‘The late Sir

J. E. Smith told me however that he had met with this plant at

Stonehenge, which is about thirty miles from the sea, in a direct

line ; we are about forty-five. In the great storm however of January

6th, a few years ago, our windows even at this distance from the

sea were copiously incrusted with sea-salt, so that the seeds of a

maritime lichen would be readily carried to us. The plants in

question do not spread upon the adjoining stones, and which is

perhaps singular, they occupy the face of the rock from the sea ;

upon the coast, as far as I have observed, they always face the sea.

P. aleurites. Not uncommon upon old pales: Hay Park near

Ludlow, and Oteley Park near Ellesmere.

P. ambigua. In similar situations to the last, but very scarce in

fruit; upon an old gate at Pentregaer.

P. physodes. Very finely in fruit upon the pales of the Hay Park

and about the Moor Park near Ludlow.

P. plumbea. Upon ash-trees at Craig-y-Rhu, but barren.

_ P. crassa. Limestone rocks, Oswestry.

P. hypnorum (Lecanora). Hay Coppice, Herefordshire : scarce.

' P.erosa. Upon the elm-trees in the walks at Ludlow Castle on

the west side.

. P. cesia. Not uncommon, but usually barren. I have found it

in fruit on the Moelydd.

Sticta scrobiculata. Hay Coppice, about the roots of old oaks in

fruit.

S. limbata. Hay Coppice, on hazels.

S. pulmonaria. Ditto, and at Oswestry : not uncommon.

S. sylvatica. A single plant only of this has grown for many years

upon a mass of rock in the Hay Coppice.

Collema fragrans. On trees at Llanforda and Pentregaer, but not

common. It clothed nearly the whole inside of an old pollard-ash

(now cut down), one half of which had been torn away, and the

other half exposed to the weather. I could never detect any pecu-

liar scent about it to entitle it to its specific name.

C. ceranoides. Upon a wall near the garden at Llanforda.

C. multipartitum. This is a beautiful plant, radiating from a

centre upon flat masses of the limestone rock, the rounded appear-

ance of the narrow segments of the thallus giving it an appearance

as if made of minute cord; the centre soon decays, so that what is

usually found of the plant are simply detached broad ares of a circle.

It grows both on the Moelydd and at Pentregaer.

C. marginale. Pentregaer.

C. tuneforme. Ditto: scarce. Mr. Borrer considers this to be

the same as dermatinum.

C. granulatum. }

C. dermatinum. > Pentregaer.

C. sinuatum.

98 Rey. T. Salwey : List of the scarce Lichens found

Collema velutinum, Ach. Upon ash-trees at Craig-y-Rhu. Dr. Tay-

lor refers this to nigrum. |

Solorina saccata. Wickliff Rocks, Ludlow : scarce.

Peltidea venosa. Ditto. Ditto.

P. scutata. On trees at Pentregaer, in fruit.

P. horizontalis. Wickliff Rocks, Ludlow, Craigforda, &c.

P. aphthosa. Craigforda, and woods at Downton Castle, Here-

fordshire.

P. spuria. Dry banks at Oswestry, but very scarce. I do not

regard this as the same with venosa. If not a distinct species, I

should consider it with Fries a state of canina. Though about the

same size as venosa, the spuria is distinguished from it by not having

the thick dark-coloured veins underneath which that plant has, and

by the apothecia being smaller and narrower. In venosa they are of

a roundish shape and flat, something like those of horizontalis, but

of a dark colour like those of scutata. ‘There is a Peltidea I have

occasionally met with, which I believe is regarded, if it has been no-

ticed at all, as the young state of canina ; it is however of much less

frequent occurrence than the canina, whilst the great difference in

habit and appearance inclines me two believe it to be a distinct one.

It is of an extremely thin and delicate texture, of a light bluish co-

lour, and grows in an imbricated manner, forming cushion-shaped

plants upon dry bare banks. The segments of the thallus are cir-

cular and inflexed, and the surface is copiously sprinkled by white

soft sorediz. It has much the habit and appearance of Sticta lim-

bata. Though I would not undertake to affirm that it is not the

young state of canina, I am inclined to think it is not. I am satis-

fied that a most patient and long-continued examination of parti-

cular plants in the same locality is required to enable us to clear up

many difficulties which make the study of the Lichens so perplexing.

P. polydactyla. 'This is not so common as either rufescens or ca-

nina. I never saw it growing in such perfection as upon some

heaps of burnt turf upon a common which had been left for two or

three years before they were spread. I mention this because lichens

are generally considered to be, and certainly are usually, of very slow

growth, and yet here, where the turf on which they were growing

had undergone the action of fire, the plants were of a larger size

than usual, grew in the greatest profusion, and were copiously

fringed with apothecia. Now even admitting that the original ve-

getation upon these heaps had not been destroyed by the fire, but

that the plants in question escaped, still their unusual growth and

luxuriance were unquestionably influenced by the alteration the soil

had undergone. It has been suppposed however that lichens de-

rive their nourishment only through the media of air and light:

«‘Typicus lichenum omnium proventus est in aére et luce,” says

Fries. I cannot but think however that in the instance now men-

tioned, the rapid growth and luxuriance of the plants must have

arisen from their deriving some nourishment through their roots, if

the fibres attaching the thallus to the soil may be so considered. I

have seen frequently an analogous case in the Hepatice, the old beds

in the neighbourhood of Oswestry and Ludlow. 99

where charcoal has been burnt in our woods being often carpeted

over for many square feet with a luxuriant growth of Marchantia

polymorpha. In both these instances, the carbonized soil has un-

questionably exerted an influence upon the development of the plants.

Liebig, in his ‘ Organic Chemistry,’ p. 62, remarks upon the effects

of charcoal in promoting the vegetation of plants, and attributes the

effect to the charcoal supplying the roots of plants with an atmo-

sphere of constantly renewed carbonic acid and air. I cannot but

think that the two instances I have now adduced tend to show that

it was through the fibres underneath the thallus that the carbonic

acid reached the plants in question and affected their growth, and

therefore that these fibres do in some degree supply the place of

roots in conveying nourishment from the soil.

Nephroma resupinata. Upon rocks in woody situations ; Craigforda,

Craig-y-Rhu, &c. }

N. parilis. In one instance in fruit at Craig-y-Rhu.

Gyrophora polyphylla. Mynydd-y-Myfyr: very scarce with us and

in a dwarfish state.

Umbilicaria pustulata. Nesscliff, growing very finely upon the

red sandstone rocks at that place.

Cetraria sepincola. Upon some old park pales at Oteley Park near

the water.

C. glauca. Craigforda.

Borrera furfuracea. Mynydd-y-Myfyr, and pales of the Hay Park,

Herefordshire, near Ludlow.

Ramalina pollinaria. Dorrington: not uncommon upon old barn

doors ; grows also upon some elm-trees at the Lodge near Ludlow.

Alectoria jubuta. Not common with us.

Cornicularia aculeata. Craigforda.

Isidium coccodes. Old oaks, Oswestry.

I. microsticticum. Rocks, Pentregaer.

I. corallinum. Craigforda, &c.

woe ae coralloides aud compressum. Ditto, and Mynydd-y-

yfyr.

Stereocaulon denudatum. Clee Hill and Mynydd-y-Myfyr, &c.

S. nanum. Upon walls at Sweeney.

Cenomyce cespititia. Craigforda: scarce. I have received it also

from Mr. Leighton, I think from Haughmond Hill.

C. sparassa. Hay Coppice, Herefordshire.

_C. deformis. Ditto.

C. bellidiflora. A barren state of this grows at Craigforda.

Pycnothelia papillaria. Barren: Craigforda. This is very scarce

with us. I never met with it in such perfection as upon the com-

mon immediately above the house at Llandrindod Wells in Radnor-

shire.

Addendum to the List of Welsh Lichens.

Parmelia stygia. Llandegley Rocks, Radnorshire, upon the end

of the range next to the village, and upon the side facing the east,

Sept. 1844.

100 Prof. Owen on the genus Mylodon.

X.—Reply to some Observations of Prof. WAGNER on the genus

Mylodon. By Prof. Owen, F.R.S.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

In the very excellent report on Mammalogy, in 1842, by Prof.

A. Wagner, which forms part of the first valuable volume just

published by the Ray Society, there occur two criticisms, to which

satisfactory replies were given soon after they appeared, but which,

being reproduced in an English translation, without comment,

might mislead the zoological student on the points to which those

criticisms refer.

The first (p. 60) relates to the genus Mylodon, and Prof.Wagner

cites the late lamented and talented naturalist Dr. Harlan as

having “ proposed, in 1835, the name Aulaxodon or Pleurodon

for Mylodon ;” adding, “ the latter of these two is evidently better

than Mylodon, which signifies nothing else than grinder.” I

have shown in a letter, which the editors of.the ‘ American

Journal of Science’ did me the honour to insert in the 44th vol.

(January—March 18438) of their most useful periodical, that the

fossil remains to which Dr. Harlan proposed to attach the names

Aulazxodon or Pleurodon belong to an entirely distinct genus from

the Mylodon, and that Dr. Harlan himself. recognised the di-

stinction, when remains of a true Mylodon were first presented to

him, and accordingly proposed, in ignorance of my previous de-

termination of the genus, to call the extinct animal to which those

remains belonged ‘ Orycterothertum missouriense.’

This species, also noticed as new in Prof. Wagner’s Report

(p. 60), is synonymous with my Mylodon Harlani, first described

in the ‘ Fossil Mammalia of the Voyage of the Beagle,’ 4to, part 3,

1839, and afterwards with further details derived from examina-

tion of the very Missouri specimens on which Harlan had founded

his genus ‘ Orycterotherium’ in my memoir on the Mylodon ro-

bustus (4to, 1842).

With regard to Harlan’s Aulaxodon or Pleurodon, that genus

is much more closely allied to Megalonyz, if it be really distinct

from Cuvier’s genus.

And now a word for Mylodon as a name, admitting the genus

to be a reality in nature. It is true that wvrn, mola, ddovs, dens,

implies merely a beast having molar teeth only, and no canines

or incisors; and that this character is equally applicable to other

genera of Megatherioids. But the same objection might be urged

against Megalonyx (wéyas, magnus, dvvé, unguis), the species of

which genus had not longer or larger claws than those of My-

lodon or Megatherium. All the Megatherioids were remarkable

for the enormous bulk and strength of their hind legs, and: Sce-

Prof. Owen on the genus Mylodon. 101

lidotherium (cxerts, femur, Onplov, bellua,) manifests but a slight

exaggeration of this character in its fossil thigh-bones. Nor can

any of the known Megatherioids be termed other than great

beasts, although the Megatherium proper best merits that deno-

mination. In selecting, therefore, the term Mylodon for an ad-

ditional genus to this extinct race, I had in view a principle of the

nomenclature of the Megatherioid genera by which all the cha-

racteristic peculiarities of the family are readily fixed in the

memory.

The second remark on which I beg to advert bears upon an

anatomical point, but one which I believe to be of high import-

ance. Dr. Wagner (p. 38), referring to Prof. Mayer’s valuable

remarks on the Anatomy of the Marsupialia, specifies those of

the brain, in which, in opposition to Owen, he recognises convo-

lutions and a ‘ corpus callosum,’ p. 38. I need only refer to my

paper in the ‘Philos. Transactions,’ 1837, where the cerebral

convolutions in the kangaroo and wombat are specially de-

scribed, in order to demonstrate the want of a concomitant deve-

lopment of the ‘ corpus callosum’ in those animals.

The great transverse band or commissure which unites the two

hemispheres, spanning from one to the other above the lateral

ventricles,—which is plainly visible, as such, in the lowest. Rodent

or other Placental Mammal, with the smoothest, and, to outward

appearance, simplest brain,—this great commissure or corpus

callosum, I again affirm, after reiterated dissections, to be absent

in all the known genera of Marsupials. If the narrow transverse

band, which unites together the hippocampi majores, at the front

part of the fornix, be regarded, as I originally stated it might be,

a rudiment of the ‘corpus callosum,’ the comparative anatomist

is at liberty to apply that name to it. But, in point of fact, a

great hiatus exists between the condition of the cerebral com-

missures in the Implacental and that condition which we find in

the lowest of the Placental Mammalia. The transitional struc-

tures by which M. de Blainville traces a progressive deterioration

of the commissural apparatus from Bats and Rodents to Marsu-

pials I have not yet met with, and they seem to have equally

escaped the observation of the able editors (Fréd. Cuvier and

Laurillard) of the posthumous edition of Cuvier’s ‘Legons d’ Anat.

Comparée,’ 8vo, tom. ii. 1845, who have subjoined the following

note tothe text of the great master :—“ Le corps calleux semble-

rait étre en rapport de développement avec le corps strié, si l’on

constatait dans d’autres animaux ce que montre déja le cerveau

du dauphin, qui a des hémisphéres volumineux, un corps calleux

proportionnellement petit et peu épais, et un corps strié trés mé-

diocre. Mais il y a, dans les Marsupiaux, une disposition re-

marquable de Pappareil de commissure formé par la vodite (fornix)

102 Mr. H. M. Drummond: List of Birds found

et le corps calleux (corpus callosum). Cet appareil y est réduit

a ce point, que on a pu dire avec quelque vérité que le corps

calleux n’existe pas.” The editors then give a detailed account

of a dissection of the brain of a kangaroo, confirmatory in all re-

spects of my own, and they rightly remark: “ Cette disparition

presque totale du corps calleux ne se lie pas & un développement

moindre du cerveau. Les hémisphéres sont, avec la masse totale

de l’encéphale, dans leurs rapports ordinaires, et rien au premier

aspect ne ferait soupconner la disposition de la votite.” They add,

probably in reference to Prof. Mayer’s statement: “ L’observa-

tion de M. Owen sur cette disposition du cerveau des Marsupiaux

a été repoussée A tort comme erronée. II ne nie pas l’existence

du corps calleux dans les Marsupiaux: il déclare formellement

qu’on peut voir, si on le veut, dans ce qui reste de la commissure,

le rudiment d’un corps calleux; mais il reléve avec raison Vab-_

sence dans les Marsupiaux @un corps calleux comparable a celui

des autres Mammiféres.”—Loe. cit. pp. 101, 102.

The interest which you have always shown in the maintenance

as well as the discovery of truths in natural history, has induced

me to beg permission to trespass thus far on your valuable space.

I have the honour to be, Gentlemen,

Your obedient servant,

London, July 18th, 1845. ~Ricnarp Owen.

XI.—List of Birds found in the vicinity of Tunis and Biserta,

from observations made during a month’s visit from April 21st

to May 21st 1845. By H. M. Drummonp, 42nd R. H.

Tue following list of a few of the birds frequenting the N. coast

of Africa, as well as a former one of the birds of Crete (vide Ann.

Nat. Hist. vol. xu. p. 423), I have been enabled to draw up

through the kindness of Capt. Graves, H.M.S. Beacon, in in-

viting me to accompany him to the above-mentioned places, to

whom also I am greatly indebted for the facilities he afforded me

in accompanying the boats on an expedition up the lakes of

Biserta. This list however is necessarily imperfect, owing to the

shortness of my visit, as well as from the passage of the migra-

tory birds being nearly terminated at the time of my arrival.

The whole of these birds are found in the vicinity of the Biserta

lakes, with the exception of the Pterocles arenarius, P. setarius,

and Otis houbara.

The lakes of Biserta are about 40 miles to the ‘cad of

Tunis; it was said that they are much more extensive than is

really the case, and also that a communication for shipping could

easily be opened, rendering the lower lake one of the finest har-

in the vicinity of Tunis and Biserta. 103

bours in the Mediterranean. That however is out of the question,

the channel being so shallow and filled up with sand, that it

would be a Herculean task to clear it out, and when done, pro-

bably the very first north-easter would fill it up again. The lake,

the entrance of which is about a mile from the sea, is a beautiful

sheet of water about 20 miles in circumference, and from 3 to 7

fathoms deep. It swarms with various kinds of fish ; an exten-

sive weir reaches across the mouth, and the fisheries are very

valuable. Benayed, a wealthy Moor, who is the present pro-

prietor, assured us that he pays an annual rent to the Bey of

Tunis of nearly 3300/. sterling. The surrounding country is most

beautiful; it abounds with game, chiefly boars, partridges, hares

and wildfowl, and is clothed down to the water’s edge with olive-

trees and corn-fields. This is I believe the richest district in the

regency ; I could have fancied myself in one of the most beautiful

parts of England, and the climate is delightful. The upper lake

is freshwater, and nearly as large as the salt one, but only 6 or

7 feet deep. On the upper part is a deep and extensive marsh,

out of which Gibel Tschar rises almost perpendicularly to the

height of 2000 feet and upwards. This lake also swarms with fish,

chiefly large barbel of 10 lbs. weight, gray mullet (Mugil Chilo,

Cuv.), basse (Labrax Lupus, Cuv.), spotted shad (Alosa Finta)

and eels. The lakes are connected by a river winding through

a rich plain about two miles in extent, more or less cultivated

according to the encroachments made by the floods in winter.

From the great variety of country, consisting of hill, plain, and

undulating ground, olive-groves, thick brushwood, corn-fields,

marsh, and rich pastures, it is a very general resort of the -

feathered tribes, as will be seen from the following list. j

Vultur fulvus. Seen in great numbers on Gibel Tschar,

Cathartes percnopterus. { at the head of the upper lake of Biserta :

they probably breed there.

Falco tinnunculus. A few seen: breed on the cliffs at Cape

Carthage.

F. tinnunculoides. | These birds do not appear to remain, as only a

F. rufipes. few were seen on my first arrival,

F. Bonelli*.

F. brachydactylus *.

F. haliaétus. Common on the lakes of Tunis and Biserta at the

fisheries.

F. albicilla. A few seen in the marshes round the lakes of Biserta.

F. ater *.

F. cyaneus. One or two only.

F. rufus. Found in the marshes: not very common.

* These birds I understand are not uncommon, none however were seen,

but having obtained some well-preserved skins of all three species that were

shot near Tunis last winter, it is perhaps as well to mention them.

104 Mr. H. M. Drummond: List of Birds found

Strix noctua. This is the same species given in a former list of the

birds of Corfu under the denomination of S. passerina: they are

common in the olive-groves about Biserta, and on the approach of

any one seem easily disturbed, as I constantly saw them flitting from

tree to tree; probably this may be only during the passage.

S. brachyotus. A few seen at the ruins of Carthage 21st of May,

none afterwards.

Corvus Corar. A pair only of these birds were seen: they breed

on the cliffs at Cape Carthage.

Coracias garrula. | Common, though none of the nests of these

Oriolus Galbula. birds were found; they probably breed in

‘this part of the country, as they were always seen in pairs.

Sturnus unicolor. ‘This is the common starling of the country,

and seems (at least at this season of the year) quite to have sup-

planted the S. vulgaris, which I understand is also found, but pro-

bably only in the winter ; their habits as also their song, or rather the

chattering and long plaintive whistle of the cock-bird, are precisely

the same; they are very common, especially in the neighbourhood

of Biserta; they build on houses as well as in trees, and are also

found in small flocks on the muddy parts of the shores of the lakes,

in company with stints and ring dottrels, feeding on the larve of

small marine insects.

Lanius excubitor. One was shot near Tunis; it is I suspect very

rare, as I have only known of one instance of its being shot at Malta,

and have never met with it in the Ionian Islands or Levant.

L. minor. Only one seen, probably owing to the passage being

nearly over.

L. cucullatus. 1 obtained a beautiful specimen of this rare bird

(at least in Europe) through the kindness of Sir Thomas Reade,

H.B.M. Consul General ; it was shot last December along with se-

veral others ; they are never seen near the coast, but chiefly frequent

the thick brushwood on the sides of the mountains, about twenty

miles in the interior, where they are not uncommon.

L. Collurio*. One individual only : probably rare, as they have

never been found in Malta, and are very rare in Corfu.

L. rutilus. Most numerous, the olive-groves round Tunis and

Biserta being literally filled with them : breed there.

Muscicapa grisola. Very common: breeds.

M. albicollis. Common:

M. luctuosa. One or two only.

Turdus Merula. Very common at Biserta, making the woods re-

sound with their melody.

T. cyaneus. Only one seen.

Sylvia turdoides. A few seen in the marshes at Biserta.

S. palustris. A few seen in the olive-groves.

* It is singular that these birds, which I have found most numerous in

the spring and summer months in Switzerland, and also in some parts of

England, where they are not uncommon, should be so rare along the shores

of the Mediterranean. Query, as they have not been noticed during the

autumn passage, where do they go in winter ?

an the vicinity of Tunis and Biserta. 105

Sylvia Phragmitis. | Both these species are very common in the

S. arundinacea. - vicinity of Carthage, frequenting the high

standing corn, where they breed.

S. Luscinia. A few met with in the thickets along the shores of

the upper or freshwater lake.

S. orphea. Common: breed.

S. rubiginosa. Most numerous, especially at Biserta, frequenting

the olive-groves.

S. atricapilla. Only one or two seen ; probably do not remain.

S. melanocephala. Common: breed.

S. cinerea. Common; breed.

S. conspicillata. A pair only of these birds seen 21st April.

S. Phenicurus. Ditto.

S. hippolais. )

S. trochilus. f

Sazicola Ginanthe. A few seen at Biserta 1st of May, none after-

wards.

S. stapazina *.

S. aurita. ha few seen,

S. rubetra. .

S. rubicola. Very numerous: breed.

Motacilla cinereo-capilla. Very common, frequenting the pastures.

Anthus arboreus.

A. pratensis.

Alauda arvensis.

A. cristata.

A. brachydactyla. Very common: found in small flocks on the

dry sandy grounds near the Goletta of Tunis.

A, Calandra. Very common about the freshwater lake at Biserta,

also in the immediate vicinity of Tunis : breed.

Parus ceruleus +. Common : breed.

Emberiza Miliaria. Very numerous: breed.

Ei. Hortulana. Not very common: these birds are kept in cages

at Tunis, being much prized for their song, and one that sings well

will fetch as high a price as sixty piastres ; the Tunis piastre is equal

to eightpence.

Fringilla Chloris. Common: breeds.

F, hispaniolensis. This is the common house-sparrow of Barbary ;

it is very numerous, and though frequenting the towns and villages,

I also found it in large flocks in the country many miles from any

habitation. I was unable to ascertain whether it also builds in trees,

or whether these large flocks so late in the season might have been

occasioned by their being on their passage to Europe ; they were en-

One or two seen about the end of April.

} Not uncommon.

Very common, especially the latter : breed.

* From my own observations I have been unable to decide whether the

stapaxina and aurita are the same species; probably they are; but it is re-

markable that out of numbers examined and shot at the same season of the

year, none should be found in an intermediate state.

+ It is curious that the Parus major should not have been found, as they

generally frequent the same localities.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. I

106 Mr. H. M. Drummond: List of Birds found

tirely composed of old birds. The eggs of these birds vary like those

of the F. domestica, which they closely resemble.

Fringilla Celebs.)

F.. cannabina. | Common about Biserta ; probably breed there,

F. Montium. > as they were seen as late as the middle of

F. citrinelia. |} May.

FF. Carduelis. —_)

Cuculus canorus. Common about Biserta.

Upupa Epops. Very common: probably breed: seen as late as

the 21st of May.

Merops Apiaster. Very common during the passage : the first of

these birds made their appearance this season the 27th of April, none

seen after the 15th of May. I could not ascertain if any remain.

Alcedo Ispida. Only one seen at the Goletta 2ist of April. I un-

derstand they are common in winter.

Hirundo rustica. 7 : ;

EF abbion Most numerous, especially H. rustica : I saw no

H. riparia. signs of their building.

Cypselus alpinus. Only two seen, on the tops of Gibel Tschar.

C. murarius. Very numerous.

Caprimulgus europeus. A few seen as late as the 10th of May.

Columba Livia. Very common: breed in the old wells about the |

ruins of Carthage.

C. Turtur. Very common ; breed in the olive-groves.

Pterocles arenarius..{ Very common about ten miles from Tunis

P. setarius. , and throughout the interior: sedentary.

Perdiz petrosa. Most numerous, especialiy at the upper lake of

Biserta and throughout the interior; rare in the immediate vicinity

of Tunis. A young covey was found as early as the 22nd of May :

sedentary.

P. Coturnix. Most numerous, especially about the ruins of Car-

thage during its passage, which I understand commences about the

beginning or middle of March, and lasts until the end of May: a very

few only remain.

Hemipodius lunatus. Occasionally found near Tunis and Biserta.

Sir Thomas Reade assures me that these birds do not migrate.

Glareola torquata. The first of these birds made their appearance

the 24th of April, and after that were most numerous, especially on

the muddy flats between the lakes of Biserta, where they were so

tame that they would unwillingly take wing though approached

within a few feet, and would almost immediately settle again.

Otis* houbara. ‘These birds are never found near the coast, but as

they are not unfrequently met with in the interior, it is perhaps as

well to mention them. They are very wary and difficult of approach,

frequenting the dry arid plains, and are only taken by means of

hawking, of which amusement the Arabs are excessively fond. Sedi

Mohammed, the Bey of the Camp, keeps a number of falcons trained

for the purpose.

* I could obtain no account of the Odis tarda ever having been met with

in this regency, though it is I believe common in other parts of Barbary.

in the vicinity of Tunis and Biserta. — 107

Otis Tetrax. The Pollo di Cartagini, or Carthage fowl, the name

it is generally known by at Tunis; it is held in great estimation for

the table, and is consequently rare in the immediate vicinity. I

however met with a few, chiefly in the high corn-fields, where at

this season they probably have their nests: from the quick vibratory

motion of their wings, the flight is so peculiar that they are not

easy to be mistaken ; they appear when flying almost white.

Cidicnemus crepitans. Common : breed in the fallows.

Himantopus melanopterus. A few seen in the marshes at the head

of the freshwater lake at Biserta: probably breed there, as they were

seen in pairs.

a HMiaticulas\ Con mon along the shores of the salt lake.

C. cantianus. I never found these birds mixing with the other

kinds of dottrels and sandpipers, but they were generally seen scat-

tered about the dry sandy grounds near the Goletta, or in some

neighbouring fallow, where on the approach of any one they run

most swiftly in preference to taking wing ; indeed they are so much

the colour of the ground they frequent, that they are not easily de-

tected: though I did not find their eggs, yet I have no doubt they

breed there.

Vanellus melanogaster. A few seen on the shores of the saltwater

lake.

Strepsilas collaris. Common on the shores of the saltwater lake.

Grus cinerea. ‘These birds were not seen, but Sir Thomas Reade

informs me that they are not uncommon in the winter months round

the lake of Tunis, and are probably found at Biserta.

G. Virgo. Is also occasionally seen in winter at Tunis, during the

breeding-season ; they are very common on some of the islands along

the coast, especially at Lampidosa.

Ciconia* alba. A few seen at Biserta, in the marshes only.

Ardea* cinerea. Very common.

A.* purpurea. Only one seen.

A.* Garzetta. Very common, especially on the banks of the river

that connects the fresh with the salt lake at Biserta.

A.* Verany. A few of these very rare birds I found at the fisheries

at Biserta; they seem more addicted to perching than others of the

tribe, as when disturbed they would immediately fly for refuge to

some tree, where, standing with outstretched neck on the highest

part, it is difficult to get near them: though frequenting localities

. where fish abounded, and which one would suppose to be their na-

tural food, yet on examination I never in any one instance found a

vestige of fish in the stomach, but invariably found it to contain the

remains of the blind-worm (Anguis fragilis) ; one I found entire and

about 8 inches long, also locusts and small beetles.

A.* ralloides. Common along the banks of the river between the

lakes.

* It is remarkable, that though most of these birds were common about

Biserta, none of them should have been found on the borders of the Tunis

lake.

108 List of Birds found in the vicinity of Tunis and Biserta.

Ardea* minuta. Very common in the deep marshes.

Nycticoraz* ardeola. Common at the fisheries at Biserta, and

generally seen sitting on the reed-fences of which the weirs are

composed.

Phenicopterus antiquorum. Very common on tee lake of Tunis,

which they seem to monopolize; a few also were seen at Biserta;

they are excessively shy and difficult of approach; they do not breed

here, but probably go over to Cagliari in Sardinia, as they leave

about the beginning of June, at which season they are occasionally

met with in Malta, and return in September. I was informed by Sir

Thomas Reade that a smaller species inhabits the lake, and though I

certainly saw some of a smaller size, yet being unable to procure one,

I could not ascertain whether these may be the young or a distinct

species.

Recurvirostra Avocetia. One seen on the salt lake at Biserta, oe

I fortunately procured: these birds I consider to be very rare, for

though I have been several years in the Mediterranean, this and

another shot at Corfu in April 1841 are the only two of the species

I ever obtained.

sit esiaiannn \ A few seen at Biserta.

umenius arquatus.

Totanus fuscus. Common at Biserta: these birds were in the

summer plumage, and differed widely from those shot in winter at

Corfu; the legs of the present ones were black, with a very slight

tinge of orange about the knees.

x bebropee, \ A few seen at Biserta.

. glareola.

T. hypoleucos. Common.

T. glottis. A few seen at Biserta.

Scolopax ge Ne found at this season, but are numerous

. ys i about Biserta in winter.

Rallus aquaticus. Only one seen.

Gallinula Porzana.

G. pusilla. Only one or two seen inthe marshes at Biserta.

G. chloropus. 3

Fulica atra. Very numerous on the salt lake: breed in the

marshes.

Podiceps cristatus,

P. cornutus. } sere seen on the salt lake.

P. auritus.

Sterna Hirundo.

S. nigra. ber common about Biserta.

S. minuta.

S. leucoptera. A few seen on the river between the lakes. °

Larus argentatus. Common: breed.

L. melanocephalus. Large flocks of these birds were seen in the

Bay of Tunis 21st of April; none afterwards.

Puffinus cinereus, Very numerous all along the coast : breed.

* See note, preceding page.

”

‘

‘ hes

’

" .

y ¥

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.Vol36 2 IT.

(a |e S| S| oo] 6 [o's] 8! @|

‘|e/@ 39) 9) 6|

SDCAS. sculp.

W. Hillis & FhHalfs. del.

Gleeopram .

Mr. J. Ralfs on the British Diatomacec. 109

Puffinus anglorum. A few seen.

Thalassidroma pelagica. Very common: breed.

Cygnus musicus. A few seen in the lakes of Biserta, and one in

the lake of Tunis.

Anas Boschas. Common: breed in the marshes round Biserta.

A. marmorata. I only saw two small flocks of five or six each

flying up the river between the lakes; one of these very rare birds I

was fortunate enough to procure ; it proved to be a female.

A. Fuligula. Very numerous: seen on the salt lake only in large

flocks of two or three hundred ; it is singular that they should be in

flocks so late in the season.

Pelecanus onocrotalus. A few seen on the salt lake.

Carbo Cormoranus. Very numerous on both lakes.

XII.—On the British Diatomaceee. By Joun Raxrs, Ksq.,

M.R.C.S., Penzance*.

[ With a Plate. ]

Homa@ocrapia, 4g.

Frond membranaceous, tubular, filiform, transversely wrinkled,

branched in an umbellate manner ; frustules linear.

1. H. anglica, Ag. Fronds umbellate at the base, above elongated

and either simple or dichotomous ; frustules linear, many times

longer than broad, with striated lateral surfaces. Ag. Consp.

Diatom. p. 25; Harv. Br. Alg. p. 208; Kiitz. Die Kieselschaligen

Bacillaria oder Diatomeen, p. 110. tab. 30. fig. 82. Oscillatoria

chthonoplastes, Harv. in Hook. Br, Fl. vol. ii. p.373. Microcoleus

marinus, Harv. Br. Alg. p. 168.

On marine rocks, Ilfracombe, and Petitor near Torquay, Septem:

ber and October.

Since my former note on.this plant (Ann. Nat. Hist. vol.xi. p.77)

I have examined specimens in a fresh state, and find its structure

agrees so closely with Agardh’s description of H. Martiana, that the

difference appears to be but slight. It is brownish when recent and

becomes of an opake olive-brown when dry, and often acquires a

metallic lustre, particularly in the Torquay specimens. It arises

from a comparatively thick seutate base, but soon divides in an

umbellate manner into many branches, each of which is again

similarly divided. In this second division the branches, which

vary in number from three to five, are elongated, and are either

simple or once dichotomous, or occasionally trichotomous. The

extremities are often clavate, but not unfrequently slightly at-

tenuated. The frond, which is from one to two inches high, is

terete, erect, tubular, with numerous transverse but irregular

wrinkles, which produce a crenated appearance of the margin.

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

110 Mr. J. Ralfs on the British Diatomacece.

The frustules are numerous, and either scattered or collected

in bundles, between which the frond is somewhat contracted.

The extremities of the frond finally become ruptured and suffer

the frustules to escape.

The frustules are remarkable for their length, being many times

longer than broad; they are siliceous, simple or binate, linear,

not unlike those of Frustulia Ulna, but their ends are rounded.

The lateral surfaces in form resemble the front, but are marked

with numerous transverse striz.

The endochrome is interrupted at regular Eras by hyaline

globules producing a variegated appearance.

Puate III. fig. 1. Homeocladia anglica: a, natural size; b, portion of

a filament magnified ; c, front view of frustule; d, lateral view of empty

frustule.

BERKELEYA, Grev.

Frustules linear, included within tubular submembranaceous fila-

ments which are free at one extremity, but have the other im-

mersed in a gelatinous tubercle.

This genus differs from Homeocladia and Schizonema in having

the base of the filaments immersed in a tubercle.

1. B. fragilis, Grev. Filaments subsimple, minute; frustules nu-

merous, crowded, lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, eight to twelve

times as longas broad. Grev, Crypt. Fl. tab. 294; Grev. in Hook.

Br. Fl. vol. ii. p. 416; Ag. Consp. Diatom. p. 24; Harv, Br. Alg.

p- 209; Kutz. /. c. p. 109.

Parasitical on Zostera marina and the smaller marine algz, also on

rocks in the sea; November.

Southampton, Miss Hill; Mount’s Bay, J. R.; Ireland, Mr.

M‘Cailla, according to a specimen from Dr. Scouler.

When recent this plant is dark olive-brown with a slight lustre ;

when dried it becomes greener, and is generally glossy.

The filaments are very short, seldom exceeding a quarter of an

inch in length, and pale at their immersed base. They issue

from the tubercle in a penicillate or radiate manner, and though

usually simple are occasionally dichotomous at their origin.

The tubercle is colourless and large in proportion to the size

of the plant. It is more diffuse in those growing upon rocks

than in parasitic ones, sometimes indeed to so great a degree

as to lose the appearance of a tubercle. It is always gelatinous,

is easily broken, and if put mto fresh water very soon becomes

partially dissolved, and thus allows the separation of the fila-

ments.

Under the microscope the filaments are hyaline and slightly

crenate at the margin ; the frustules are simple or binate, nume-

rous, crowded, often confined to the middle of the filament, elon-

Mr. J. Ralfs on the British Diatomacez, lll

gated (eight to twelve times longer than broad), not striated ; the

front view is narrow linear-lanceolate with truncate ends, and

the lateral surfaces, which are about the same breadth, are lan-

ceolate with subacute extremities.

The colourmg matter occupies only the central third of the

frustule, and consequently the ends are hyaline.

Prats III. fig. 2. Berkeleya fragilis: a, front view; 6, lateral view,

Encyonrma, Kiitz.

Frustules cymbiform, siliceous, arranged in longitudinal series

within submembranaceous, tubular filaments.

_ The filaments are tubular, submembranaceous, and under the

microscope colourless. The lateral surfaces of the frustules being

convex are observed in the front view, in which also the frustules

are quadrilateral with two puncta at each end. These puncta are

less easily discerned in the dorsal view as the dorsum is longi-

tudinally convex. The lateral view is semi-elliptic with numerous

transverse striz, which are interrupted. as in Cocconema by a lon-

gitudinal pellucid line.

This genus differs from Sehizonema and other frondose genera

of Diatomacee in the form of its frustules, as a single frustule

resembles one of Cymbella or Cocconema ; therefore, notwithstand-

ing the similarity of habit, it belongs to a different series.

It is far more probable that some bodies of a totally different

kind will be at first sight classed with Hncyonema. These, which

‘are really congeries of the ova of certain insects, were once de-

scribed by Agardh as Algee under the name of Gloionema. A

little attention however will secure the observer from this mistake,

for although cymbiform and arranged in longitudinal series, the

eggs are neither siliceous nor striated.

1. E. prostratum, Berk. Kitz. Die Kieselschaligen Bacillaria oder

Diatomeen, p. 82. t.25.f.7. H.paradorum, Kitz. Synop. Diatom.

in Linnea 1833, p. 589. f. 73; Die Kies. t. 22. f.1. Monema

prostratum, Berk. Br. Alg. p. 15. t. 4, f. 3. (1832)! Schizonema

prostratum, Grev. in Hook. Br. FI. vol. ii. p. 414; Harv. Br. Alg.

p. 214. Gloionema paradoxum, Ehr. Inf. p. 237 (not of Agardh

nor Kiitzing) ; Portlock in Microscop. Journ. vol. ii. p. 6. pl. 3.

fig. 1.

In freshwater rivulets, outlets of ponds, &c. near King’s Cliffe,

Northamptonshire, Rev. M. J. Berkeley ; Farnham, Surrey, Mr. W.

Reeves; Brambletye, Sussex, and ‘‘ abundant in the rivulet which

parts Kent and Sussex between Bodiham and Sandhurst,” Mr. Jenner;

near Bristol, Mr. Thwaites. Ilfracombe, Devonshire, J, R.; ‘‘ Lough

Erne, Ireland, Capt. Portlock.”

This plant forms small tufts, which not unfrequently are so

112 Mr. J. Ralfs on the British Diatomacee. :

crowded as to constitute considerable patches. When recent it

is dark brown, but dried it assumes a dull green colour. It is

soft, but not gelatinous, and adheres only imperfectly to paper

or glass.

The filaments are short, straight or flexuose, simple or slightly

branched, slender, subequal, quite colourless under the micro-

scope. Generally the frustules form a single series and have

their convex margin alternately in opposite directions; occa-

sionally a frustule is placed transversely, and in the broader fila-

ments there are two, or even as many as three or four longitu-

dinal series of frustules. —

The frustules are in the front view about three times as long

as broad, and slightly rounded at the ends ; their convex lateral

surfaces are visible at the sides.

The lateral view is broader than the front and semi-elliptic. The

inferior margin is mostly prominent at the centre. The ends,

which are rounded and separated from the body by a slight con-

striction are usually similar, but in the Ilfracombe specimens one

of them is often produced into a short beak. A pellucid line

passes from one to the other and divides the strize into two un-

equal series. There is a dilatation at each extremity of this line,

and at the centre a larger one, towards which, as in Gomphonema

and Cocconema, the strie slightly converge.

In the recent frustule the endochrome is tawny with a paler

transverse band in the centre.

Kiitzing in his last work describes two species of Eneyonema*.

Judging from his characters and figures, I doubt whether they are

sufficiently distinct, as I find that the form of the frustules varies

even in the same specimen.

I have examined an original specimen of Mr. Berkeley’s Mo-

nema prostratum. The frustules in the lateral view are generally

less constricted at the ends than in my other specimens, but

they vary in this respect as well as in size.

Gloionema paradoxum, Ag., which at first sight bears some re-

semblance to this plant, has been shown by the Rev. M. J. Ber-

keley to be an animal production +.

Pruate III. fig. 3. Encyonema prostratum: a, front view of frustule ;

b, lateral view, Sussex specimen ; d, front, and c, lateral view of empty frus-

tules from an Ilfracombe specimen ; e, lateral view of frustules deprived of

their colouring matter from an original specimen of Monema prostratum.

* “ EF, paradoxum, tubulis sparsis, solitariis ; cymbellis a latere secundario

acuminatis cornutis striatis. . paradoxum, Kiitz. Syn. 1833. Gloionema

paradoxum, hr. Inf. Isthmia catenata, Menegh.”

“ FE. prostratum, stratum gelatinosum formans, tubulis maxime intricatis ;

cymbellis minoribus, obtusiusculis non cornutis, striatis. Monema prostra-

tum, Berk. Encyonema paradoxum, Menegh.”’

¢ Annals of Nat. Hist. vol. vii. p. 449.

Botanical Notices from Spain. 113

XII1.—Botanical Notices from Spain. By Moritz WitLKomMM*.

{Continued from vol, xv. p. 419.]

No. IV. Granapa, August 12, 1844.

Weaariep with the view of the endless plains of the Mancha, which

present only an aspect of corn-fields and brown arid heath, here and

there broken by a copse of the Quercus Ilex or Pinus Pinea, 1 was

not a little delighted, when on the morning of the 10th of July I

descried the blue mountain-ranges of the Sierra Morena, the frontier

of the long-desired Andalusia. This long and wide chain of moun-

tains, which rises in gentle gradations to a height scarcely exceeding

6000 feet, is at this point almost wholly covered with copses of oak.

The rivulets, which are particularly numerous on the south side,

permeating the valleys, and emptying their waters into the Guadal-

quivir, give birth to a richer vegetation than I had hitherto observed

in the Spanish mountains, and were chiefly inclosed: with flowering

oleanders, ash-trees and elms, interspersed with the vine, which grows

almost wild here, as in the lowest part of the Sierra Nevada, and

hangs in picturesque festoons from the tops of the trees down to the

ground. After traversing the celebrated Pass of Spinasperros, and

crossing many wide mountain-ridges, we arrive at the ancient Swabian

colonies of S@ Helena and Carolina; and the environs of these beau-

tiful localities, especially of Carolina, show the traveller, by their fer-

tility, that he has reached the happy land of Andalusia. Hedges of

Agave americana and Opuntia vulgaris, which surround the intermina-

ble fields of wheat, maize, hemp, beans, garbanzos( Cicer arietinum, L.),

tomato (Lycopersicon esculentum, Mill.), pimento (Capsicum annuum,

L.), plantations of mulberry-, olive-, almond- and vine-trees, which

extend to the banks of the Guadalquivir, recall to mind the fruitful

plains of Valencia. ‘The extensive and very barren Sierra de Jaen

separates the wide valley of the Guadalquivir from the noble Vega of

Granada,—the former so celebrated in history, which extends at the

foot of the Sierra Nevada, rising like an immense wall with snow-

capped summits to more than 11,000 feet in height, and bounded on

the west by the Sierra Tejeda and Sierra de Alhama. Although, in

the country around Granada, neither the date- and dwarf-palm, nor

the orange-hedges of Valencia are found, yet the vegetation bears a

far more southern character. I had nowhere before seen in Spain such

a luxuriant and almost tropical vegetation, not excepting even Aran-

juez, where it is evident that the cultivating hand of man has pro-

duced by artificial irrigation that rich growth of trees and plants of

all kinds which convert this spot into a charming oasis in the deserts

of New Castille.

On one of the peninsular tracts of land formed by the small but

celebrated rivers of the Jenil and Darro lies the ancient royal city

of Granada, at the foot of the proud Alhambra, whose Moorish towers

crown the last offshoot of the rocky wall which divides the valleys

* Translated from the Botanische Zeitung, Nov. 29 and Dee. 6, 1844.

114 Botanical Notices from Spain.

of the Jenil and Darro, and forms an offshoot of the Sierra Nevada.

The south side of this rock, which consists of disintegrated lime-

stone, as well as the other hills, is covered with thick bushes of

Opuntia vulgaris, which are now in flower, and whose fruit yield a

favourite food to the lower classes. Interspersed are everywhere seen

the Agave americana, which is here quite wild and very generally now

in bloom. For instance, I have seen in the environs of the Capella

San Miguel, on the southern slope of the valley of the Darro, more

than twenty specimens together in a small space, whose flowering

stems reached a height of 12 to 20 feet. Both plants ascend in the

warm valleys of the Sierra Nevada, for instance in that of the Jenil,

to a height of 3000 feet. Copses of elms, impenetrable hedges of

Rubus fruticosus *, Bupleurum fruticosum, L., Coriaria myrtifolia, L.,

interspersed with Lonicera etrusca, Santi, Clematis cirrhosa, DeC.,

Cl. Flammula, L., and other climbers, clothe the northern slopes of

the valleys ; whilst the arid, sunny hills, destitute of all shrubby ve-

getation, are covered with a number of Labiate (several Thymi and

Teucria, especially T. Polium, L., Ballota hirsuta, Bth., Origanum

virens, Lk. and Hoffmsegg.), accompanied by several species of

Ononis, Rubiacee and Composite, as an Andryala, Delphinium pere-

grinum, L., Ruta montana, Clus., R. angustifolia, L., Antirrhinum

molle, L., &. On shady walls—frequent for instance on the walls

of the Alhambra as well as on the aqueducts—grows the Tra-

* This Rubus, the only species which I have hitherto met with in Spain,

but which seems to be everywhere frequent, belongs to the Rubus digitati-

foliis, in the Div. I1.** R. candicantes of Reichenbach’s ‘ Flora,’ and is

very different to the R. fruticosus, L., which belongs to the Div. I., as well

as to the species in Diy. II. Boissier enumerates it in his Voyage, under

No, 601, as &. fruticosus, L., without adding any remark. I regard it as

new, and propose to call it R. hispanicus.

R. hispanicus, turionum fo!. omnibus quinato-digitatis, foliolis oblongo-

lanceolatis, caulis floriferi fol. ternatis, foliolis oblongis aut ellipticis, late-

ralibus seepe bilobis, corymbo composito erecto muitifloro, floribus amplis

roseis, calyce fructifero reflexo, mora mediocri atra nitida ex acinis parvis

numerosis composita, dulcissima. Frutex 12-pedalis et ultra, turionibus

longissimis decurvatis 5-angularibus subtomentosis infra purpurascentibus

superne lzte-virescentibus, fol. omnibus supra obscure virentibus subtus

albo-tomentosis, aculeis conformibus recurvis numerosis, calyce peduncu-

lisque divergentibus cano-tomentosis, laciniis calycis ovatis ,petalis calyce

duplo longioribus obovatis roseis. Differt a R. fruticoso, L., foliolis tomen-

tosis oblongis nec glabris cordato-ovatis, corymbo composito nec simplici,

turionibus tomentosis decurvatis nec glabris erectis, petalis roseis nec albis ;

a R, discolore, Whe., cui maxime affinis, foliolis turionum oblongo-lanceo-

latis nec suborbicularibus, aculeis recurvatis nec rectiusculis, mora aterrima

nec atro-cerulea.—I have frequently observed this beautiful species (No, 157

of my Spanish Plants), which forms impenetrable and entangled hedges, and

bears flowers and fruit in uncommon abundance (the bunches of fruit attain

the length of one foot), around Valencia, in the Sierra de Chiva, in Murcia, in

the Mancha near Aranjuez, Madrid and Escurial, and in Andalusia, where

they grow in the valleys of the Sierra Nevada up to a height of 4500 feet, and

are common, especially in the environs of the village of Guejar. In Anda-

lusia this Aubus bears the name of ‘ Sarza mora.’

Botanical Notices from Spain. 115

chelium ceruleum, L., which is also found in the low warm valleys of

the Sierra Nevada: from the rocks hang down the thorny branches

of Capparis spinosa, L., mingled with Sedum amplezicaule, Boiss. ; and

in the moist grassy valleys, in the shade of willows and elms, is

frequently found Dorycnium rectum, Ser., Mentha rotundifolia, L.,

Lythrum Salicaria, i Epilobium hirsutum, L., Retama spherocarpa,

Boiss., and Chamepeuce hispanica, DeC., which occurs in the Sierra

Nevada up to a height of 4500 feet.

As soon as I had made all arrangements requisite to prolong my

stay in the Sierra Nevada, whose lofty mountains attracted me irre-

sistibly, I quitted Granada; and accompanied by a merry Andalusian,

who acted at once as servant, guide and assistant, as well as a ca-

pital beast of burden, I set out for the Cortijo de S$. Geronimo, which

consists of a few scattered dwellings lying about 4500 feet above the

sea, the highest inhabited spot on the northern side of the mountain,

whose inhabitants still retain a clear recollection of Boissier. The

Sierra Nevada is, with the exception of the mountain-ridges which

enclose the valleys, almost wholly bare, and is even deficient for the

greater part in the ‘Monte bajo,’ which everywhere covers the Spanish .

mountains, All the lower portion of the northern slope consists of

limestone, in part interrupted by a beautiful marble, which for in-

stance at S. Geronimo and Guejar forms immense rocks, In some

places are found traces of coal (for example at the north foot of the

Cerro Trevenque) and mines of mica (as on the southern slope of the

Dornajo); and on the Cerro Calal, at the village of Guejar, are still

found some lead-mines, which are now abandoned, I have however

not succeeded in finding any trace of fossils in the whole of this

limestone range. ‘These limestone mountains rise to a height of

7000 to 7500 feet, and the highest and most interesting summits

are those of the mountains Dornajo, Cerro Tesoro and Cerro Treven-

que, in the neighbourhood of 8. Geronimo. At S. Geronimo the

gneiss formation commences, which in the snow-region passes into

the micaceous slate and constitutes the highest chain of the Sierra,

whose highest peak is the Cerro Mulehacen (said to be 11,600 feet),

Picacho de Veleta (11,200 feet), Cerro Alcasava and Cerro Caballo.

The region which is scarcely to be termed that of eternal snow,

since every summer it melts, with the exception of some scattered

snow-fields (hitherto I have nowhere observed the glaciers of which

Boissier speaks), begins at about the height of 8500 to 9000 feet,

and is clearly distinguished by its geognostical nature as well as by

its highly peculiar vegetation from the lower regions. ‘Traces of

iron are here found frequently. The alpine region commences at a

height of about 6000 feet, and the mountain region at 3500 feet.

The environs of the Cortijo de S. Geronimo, on the southern slope

of the magnificent alpine valley through which the rapid Monachil

takes its course, form those districts of the entire northern declivity

which abound most in water, and consequently in plants. The

northern ridge, enclosing the valley known by the name of the De-

hesa de S. Geronimo, whose highest slaty ridge rises to 8000 feet,

is especially remarkable for its arboraceous luxuriance, being almost

116 Botanical Notices from Spain.

wholly covered with copses of various species of oak (especially Qu.

Ilex, L. and Qu. Toza, Bosc.), Berberis vulgaris, var. australis, Cras

tegus granatensis, Boiss., Cotoneaster granatensis, Boiss., &c. Rye

and barley are cultivated high up in the alpine region, whilst in the

valley and on the southern slope much wheat, maize, Phaseolus com-

munis and Cicer arietinum, are grown.

In the very first excursion which I made into a side valley of the

Dehesa, I found the two celebrated trees discovered by Boissier,

Lonicera arborea and Adenocarpus decorticans, both in fruit. LL. ar-

borea has a very shrubby growth; but I have observed single trees,

from twenty to thirty feet high, which were then mostly crowned

by arounded top of thick foliage. This rare tree, which according to

Webb is also found in Asia Minor, has a fissured grayish-brown and

almost leathery bark, and leaves of a dark green on the upper side

and somewhat shining, and underneath of a sea-green colour. I have

not observed any flowers; the berries are oval, and when ripe black.

This Lonicera is somewhat frequent, both in the valleys of the De-

hesa and in the ravines of the south side of the valley, and ascends

to 7000 feet,—nearly to the limit of the region of trees. The Adeno-

carpus decorticans is much more frequent, especially in single spots,

but it does not grow at a height exceeding 5500 feet. ‘The lowest

point at which I have: seen it is in the valley of the Jenil, below

Guejar, at a height of about 2500 feet. In that valley, where I first

found it, I met with only small trees, all growing on the north side,

on an arid limestone soil; but it is much more frequent in the copse

of Pinus sylvestris, which bears the name ‘ La Cartejuela,’ and covers

the saddle between the Cerro Tesoro and Trevenque, as well as on

the northern slope of the valley, through which the river Maydena

flows, where it forms the arboraceous vegetation together with the

Quercus Toza. This tree, which from its narrow and small leaves

appears at a distance to be a Conifer, and has quite the habitus of

shrubs of the Juniperus communis, attains a height of twelve to twenty

feet, and a thickness of half a foot. The yellowish-white wood is

very tough, and its yellowish-brown bark separates even from the

youngest branches, and hangs down from the whole stem in long

riband-like bands, whilst the ground all] around is covered with pieces

of bark shed from the tree. Beside these two trees, which are pecu-

liar to the Sierra, the following also are found :—Sorbus Aria, L.,

which ascends from the rocks at the Monachil to the limit of the

region of trees, accompanied by the Cotoneaster granatensis, Boissier,

which still decorates the highest northern limestone rocks of the

Dornajo and Trevenque, and is especially frequent in the wide valley

between the Cerro Tesoro and ‘Trevenque; Acer opulifolium, Vill.

(A. granatense, Boissier, El. 39.), on the rocks near the Monachil,

frequently in fruit ; Pinus sylvestris, L., which forms the above-men-

tioned Cartejuela; Salix Caprea, L., only a few specimens in the

upper part of the valley; S. alba, around the Cortijo, more frequent

in the valley of the Jenil; S. purpurea, ditto; and Taxus baccata, L.,

on the upper Monachil, rare. The southern declivity lying opposite

to the Dehesa, as far as the limestone formation and the mountain

Botanical Notices from Spain. 117

region extends, is almost entirely covered with thorny shrubs, of the

Berberis vulgaris, L., var. australis, Crategus. granatensis, Boiss.,

Prunus Ramburei, Boiss., Rhamnus infectorius, L., and Cerasus pro-

strata, DeC., which forms small and very entangled and stiff shrubs,

from half a foot to three foot high, and is found as far as the highest

summit of the Dornajo, where, creeping up the loose rocks, it covers

them like a kind of moss. In very isolated spots, under the thorny

shrub, grows the beautiful Lonicera splendida, Boiss., which is di-

stinguished from L, Caprifolium, L., and L. implexa, Ait. (to which it

is nearest allied), partly by the many-flowered racemes, and partly by

the white dust on the under side of the evergreen leaves and of the

young branches. The berries are oval, large and orange-coloured.

L. etrusca, Santi, is found in the neighbourhood of brooks, in shady

bushes, generally in company with the Clematis Flammula, L. On

the banks of the Monachil I found frequent the Rumew pulcher, L.,

Delphinium pentagynum, Desf., Thalictrum glaucum, Desf., Nepeta

granatensis, Boiss., Junci, Euphorbia, and two Resede; in the upper

part of the valley, Heracleum granatense, Boiss., with Cochlearia

glastifolia, L., and Aspidium nevadense, Boiss. ‘The shady clefts of

the rocks are decorated with patches of the delicate and fragile

Linaria villosa, DeC., and L. verticillata, Boiss., along with Hiera-

cium amplexicaule, L.; whilst on the sunny limestone and marble

rocks of the southern declivity are found the pretty Campanula Leeff-

lingit, Brot., in company with Putoria calabrica, 'T., several Teucria

and others.

Among those portions of the limestone alps which are the most

celebrated as producing the rarest plants, the Dornajo and Cerro

Trevenque occupy undoubtedly the first place. The latter, above

7000 feet high, presents a huge pyramid of rock, and is seldom as-

cended by the inhabitants of the mountain on account of its extra-

ordinary steepness. I ascended it on the 7th of August, accompa-

nied by my servant. We first followed the steep bed of a rivulet

filled with blocks of marble, which contributes the waters of its little

stream to the Monachil, and soon saw ourselves surrounded with

some isolated pines, which announced the Cartejuela. In this copse-

wood, which is scarcely to be called thick, as well as in the ascent,

I found frequent the tender Reutera gracilis, Boiss., of the habitus

of an Asperula, as well as the Paonia coriacea, Boiss., which is not

rare on the Dehesa, S. Geronimo, and even around the Cortijo.

When we had reached the plateau, about 6000 feet, I first ascended

the Cerro Tesoro, lying on the right, and of a not much greater ele-

vation, whose entire northern declivity is covered with Anthyllis

erinacea (common throughout the whole limestone alps) and a thorny

Astragalus. Besides the Passerina Tartouraira, L., which is here

very small-leaved, Anthyllis tejedensis, Boiss., and Ononis cephalotus,

Boiss., the vegetation consists of the same plants as I had already

found on the Dornajo. ‘The Odontites longiflora, Webb, is found, as

well as on the Dornajo, from the base to the summit ; in the clefts of

the rocks grow on both mountains Potentilla caulescens, L., forming

hard thick beds, in company with Arenaria Armeriasirum, Boiss.,

118 Botanical Notices from Spain.

Cerastium repens, L., Ptilotrichum longicaule, Boiss., &c. From

Cerro Tesoro I descended to the Cartejuela, where there are several

springs,—a rare occurrence in these frightfully arid limestone alps.

With the exception of a few very scattered specimens of Vicia lutea,

L., and-Hypericum hyssopifolium, L., there was scarcely anything of

importance to be found; in May the vegetation may be more inter-

esting. In that part which lies at the foot of the Trevenque, whose

immense cone rises here proudly, the Adenocarpus decorticans is, as

I have said, very common ; besides this, the Juniperus Sabina, L., and

Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi grow in great abundance, as well as Bupleu-

rum spinosum, L. fil., which is found very abundant on many spots

of the limestone portion of the Sierra, and grows as low down as

3000 feet and more.

At length we gained the base of the cone of the Cerro Trevenque,

the ascent of which I undertook from the east side. This, as well

as the western declivity, is almost wholly filled with steep rocks and

boulders of limestone, and it was often necessary to dig out steps in

the soft limestone sand to get a firm footing. Notwithstanding these

circumstances, so unfayourable to vegetation, the rarest plants are

found on this very side, as for instance, Scabiosa pulsatilloides ; Boiss.,

Helianthemum pannosum, Boiss., Santolina elegans, Boiss. (the only

locality for this plant hitherto known is the ‘Trevenque, and even

here it is rare), Convolvulus nitidus, Boiss., Anthyllis tejedensis, Boiss.,

Ononis cephalotes, Boiss. On the highest summit, from whence there

is an indescribably beautiful view over the whole limestone alps, as

well as the charming Vega of Granada as far as the Sierra Morena,

no plants worthy of mention grow, except the Cotoneaster grana-

tensis, Boiss., and some trees of Pinus sylvestris. 'The whole north-

ern declivity is covered with Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi.

Excepting these spots, which are distinguished by rare plants,

the vegetation of the limestone range is throughout very uniform.

As far as the warm region extends, the hills and mountains are

covered with the same plants which I have-already mentioned in the

environs of Granada. ‘The Berberis vulgaris, var. australis, charac-

terizes the mountain region, and extends into the alpine region, and

is everywhere common, especially on arid sunny spots. Besides this,

the Salvia officinalis, L., together with another species of this genus

clothed with a thick white wool, Santolina rosmarinifolia, Mill.,

Helichryson serotinum, Boiss., Daphne Gnidium, L., Lavandula lanata,

Boiss., an Andryala and a Thymus are the principal constituents of

this mountain flora. The Inula montana?, the beautiful Hehium

albicans, Lag., and others, are limited to some localities. Of

Cryptogamia, beside some few mosses and liverworts, some Alge

and Aspidium nevadense, Boiss., there are only lichens, apparently in

great quantity, especially of the genera Parmelia, Lecidea and Ver-

rucaria.

No. V. Gursar DE LA Srerra, September 5.

Since the middle of August I have been staying in this village,

which is situated in the valley of the Jenil, about 3000 feet above

Botanical Notices from Spain. 119

the level of the sea,—the highest on the north side of the Sierra

Nevada. In spite of its lofty position, one might fancy oneself

in the neighbourhood of Granada, this village being surrounded by

the most luxuriant vegetation of the warm region. Fig- and almond-

trees raise their heads in the dells, even in the mountain region,

and are almost to be considered wild here, while the slope of the

valley lying to the north of the village is partly clothed with luxu-

riant chestnut trees, succeeded by an extensive wood of Quercus Ilex.

The whole valley of the Jenil, the chief river of the north, is con-

siderably wider and deeper than that of the Monachil and Dilar, and

therefore much warmer. The banks of the river are bordered, from

Granada to a league above Guejar, with thick woods of Salix alba, L.,

Populus nigra and alba, Ulmus campestris, L., and Celtis australis, L.,

which latter tree occurs in countless numbers in the immediate en-

virons of the village. ‘The underwood consists of the already-men-

tioned Rubus, Coriaria myrtifolia, Daphne Gnidium and Retama sphe-

rocarpa, while the numerous impenetrable hedges are composed ex-

clusively of Rubus hispanicus and Kleagnus angustifolia, with a spe-

cies of Clematis, Tamus communis, L., and Asparagus albus, L., running

over them. Feniculum vulgare, Geertn., with other Umbellifere,

are plentiful along the river. In some places Hypericum beticum,

Boiss., Chiora perfoliata, L., &c. Mentha rotundifolia, L., is most

abundant in moist shady spots, in company with Luphorbia, species

of Atriplex and Chenopodium, Plumbago europea, L., Origanum virens,

Lk. et Hoffmsegg., Heliotropium europeum, L.,and Althea cannabina,

L. On the rugged cliffs of marble I found a Dianthus common,

with Bupleurum gibraltaricum, Lam., and in the shady dells to the

northward Hypericum Caprifolium, Boiss., Pyrethrum Parthenium, L.,

Lithospermum officinale, L., Epilobium hirsutum, L. On dry sandy

places, in sunny fields and on the road-sides grew Senecio linifolius, L.,

ascending as far as the alpine region, Picnomon Acarna, Cass., with

other thistles, and in a single place, Cynara alba, Boiss. For the

rest, the vegetation is exactly the same as in the other parts of the —

limestone alps.

Very different from the above-described vegetation of the limestone

districts of the Sierra Nevada is that of the primary rocks, which

begins at a height of about 4000 to 5000 feet. The flora of the

lower mountain region agrees tolerably with that of the moun-

tain limestone, but in the upper region and the alpine portion many

other plants make their appearance. Among trees and shrubs Quer.

cus [lex and Quercus Toza especially prevail, mingled with Lonicera

arborea and Crategus granaiensis, which rise to the highest alpine

valleys and are the most beautiful trees here. Adenocarpus decorti-

cans also occurs frequently; more rarely, Cerasus Avium, Pyrus

Aria and Tarus baccata. ‘The whole upper mountain and lower

alpine region is clothed with Genista aspalathoides, DeC., and Astra-

galus aristatus, L’Hérit., with a woody stem often as thick as a man’s

arm; both ascend to the snow-region, where I have even found the

latter in flower. ‘The mountain region is also particularly charac.

terized by Artemisia campestris, L., var. glutinosa, Ten., which

120 Botanical Notices from Spain.

spreads over all the mountains, in many places alternating with A.

camphorata, L., while A. Absinthium is abundant chiefly in the alpine

region. In the bogs and springy places of the mountain region,

especially in the upper part of the valley of the Jenil, Helosciadium

nodiflorum, Koch, occurs frequently, and Anagallis tenella, L., in

company with a Lythrum and Senecio, Juncus glaucus, L., which also

fills all the bogs of the limestone formation, and is the commonest

species in the Sierra; a few Carices are also met with; while on very

dry, sunny places, with soil of a stony hardness, particularly in the

neighbourhood of the chalets, Merendera Colchicum, Ram.., are still in

flower in countless numbers. The upper alpine and lower snow-region

is the richest in rare plants, peculiar to and most plentiful in these

mountains. These consist almost solely of micaceous slate, the stra-

tification of which has an inclination of about 20° from south to north.

Accordingly the north slope of the chief alpine chain is encompassed

by much steeper and sometimes formidable perpendicular cliffs and pre-

cipices than the south side, which is almost everywhere covered with

loose masses of slate rock. On this side, in the passes between the

highest peaks of the mountain-chain, pools or small mountain-lakes

are frequently met with, occasionally of unfathomable depth, as for

instance the famous Laguna de Vacares: these lakes are more rare on

the north side. The main valleys, which extend to the snow-region,

terminate in peculiar scattered meadows, watered by many springs and

brooks, and sometimes perpetually inundated, and in grassy, often

very steep declivities. These peculiar meadows bear the name of

Borreguiles, and are particularly distinguished by their vegetation

from the rest of the snow-region. Excepting these green meadows the

snow-region presents from a distance a forbidding and seemingly

quite sterile appearance, for nothing is seen but gray boulders of

slate ; but between the several masses of this rock grow a number of

small alpine plants, often scarcely an inch high, mostly in thick

patches. The beautiful Ptilotrichum spinosum, Boiss., which ascends

from the valleys of the lower alpine region up to the highest summits

of the snow-region, is generally diffused and very frequent. Besides

this, the following plants occur on almost every part of the summit :

—1. In the upper alpine region : Senecio Tournefortii, Lap., 6. gra-

natensis, Boiss., very frequent on moist loose masses of rock ascend-

ing into the snow-region; Thymus angustifolius, Pers. ; Dianthus

brachyanthus, Boiss. (here and in the snow-region scarcely an inch

high, whilst in the limestone alps it reaches a height of from half a

foot to one foot); Plantago serpentina, Vill. ; Jurinea humilis, DeC. ;

Eryngium Bourgati, Gou., also in the snow-region ; Armeria allioides,

Boiss., especially on steep rocky declivities ; Hieracium- Pilosella, L.,

var. incanum, Boiss.; Arenaria tetraquetra, L., var. granatensis,

Boiss., in the thickest beds up to the highest summit of the snow-

region, mingled here and there with a small form of A. Armeriastrum,

Boiss.—2. In the lower snow-region, at about 8500 to 9500 feet :

Arenaria tetraquetra, L., var. A. pungens, Clem.; Ptilotrichum pur-

pureum, Boiss.; Ranunculus demissus, DeC., var. hispanicus, Boiss. ;

Plantago nivalis, Boiss., on moist and grassy loose masses of rock, on

Botanical Notices from Spain. 121

both sides of the Sierra, exceedingly frequent ; Anthyllis Webbiana,

Hook.; Pyrethrum radicans, Lag.; Lepidium stylatum, Lag.; Eryn-

gium glaciale, Boiss., very frequent up to the highest summits ; Silene

Boryi, Boiss. ; Cerastium ramosissimum, Boiss.; Carduus carlinoides,

DeC. ; Herniaria alpina, L.; Jasione amethystina, Lag.; Armeria au-

stralis, Boiss., a most striking shrubby form, with stiff, almost spines-

cent branches; Agrostis nevadensis, Boiss.—In the upper snow-region,

9500 to 11,000 feet and above: Viola nevadensis, Boiss. ; Savxifraga

miata, Lag.; Linaria origanifolia, DeC., y. glareosa, Boiss.; L. su-

pina, DeC., var. nevadensis, Boiss., rare; Artemisia granatensis,

Boiss., known and celebrated as a popular medicine under the name

of Manzanilla; Umbilicus sedoides, DeC.; besides Eryngium glaciale,

Ptilotrichum purpureum, Pyrethrum radicans, Jasione amethystina,

Sideritis scordioides, var., and Agrostis nevadensis.

Upon the above-mentioned Borreguiles are found in particular the

following plants: Savifraga stellaris, L., also frequent near the rivu-

lets of the upper alpine region ; Stellaria cerastioides, L. ; Campanula

Herminii, Lk. and Hoffmsegg.; Pedicularis verticillata, L.; Huphra-

sia minima, Schleich.; Reseda complicata, Bory, descending into the

alpine valleys ; Ranunculus angustifolius, var. uniflorus, DeC.; R. ace-

tosellefolius, Boiss.; Veronica alpina, L.; Gentiana verna, L., also

frequent on the banks of the alpine lakes; G. Pneumonanthe, var.

depressa, Boiss., especially on the Borreguil de S. Juan; Pinguicula

leptoceras, Rehb.; Lotus corniculatus, var. glacialis, Boiss. (very dif-

ferent from the typical form!) ; Sempervivum tectorum, L.?; Meum

athamanticum, L.; Epilobium origanifolium, Lam.

The following plants appear to be more limited to certain locali-

ties of the snow-region, but are there frequent : Savzifraga oppositi-

folia, L., which I met with most beautiful on the frightful precipice

on the northern declivity of the Mulehacen, called the Val de Casil-

las; Butinia bunioides, Boiss.,in rocky clefts near the Laguna de Dilar ;

Senecio quinqueradiatus, Boiss., on the way to the perpendicular

groups of rocks called the Pollo de Vacares, and in the Val de Casillas ;

Nepeta Nepetella, L., ditto; Vicia pyrenaica, Pourr., very sparingly

in the Val de Casillas and in the upper part of the Barranco de Guel-

non, &c.

In the highest part of the great valleys stretching into the snow-

region the following are very frequent: Parnassia palustris, L., in

many places very small; Huphorbia Esula, L.; Cirsium acaule, var.

gregarium, Boiss. ; Carum verticillatum, Koch ; Aconitum Lycoctonum,

L., and A. Napellus, L. Among the rarest plants of the snow-

region are the Potentilla nevadensis, Boiss., which I have hitherto

found only in small quantities on the Borreguil of S. Juan, and

Linaria glacialis, Boiss., a small grayish-green and very large-flowered

species, of which I have only met with three specimens in the highest

snow-region. From the valleys of the upper mountain region,—for

example, from the banks of the Monachil at S. Geronimo up to the

snow-region,—the Digitalis purpurea, L., is found frequent, which at

a height of from 8000 to 9000 feet takes a somewhat different habi-

tus, but seems to me not sufficiently to differ from the typical form

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi.

122 Botanical Notices from Spain.

to be regarded as a distinct species, especially as we find various

forms of transition at different heights.

Among the inost interesting points of the snow-region and the

whole primitive rocks is the Corral de Veleta, a deep and frightful

basin situated on the northern declivity of the Picacho de Veleta,

whose rocky sides are perpetually filled with snow, and on which:

are the sources of the principal branch of the Jenil, which flows down

hence through the deep Barranco de Guelnon, and afterwards unites

with the two other small rivulets proceeding from the Barranco del

Real and the Barranco de Vicares. A marrow steep path, partly

over loose masses of rock, partly over snow and ice, leads from the

lofty precipice, above 10,000 feet in height, down into the rocky

basin, whose highest patches of meadow are about 9000 feet high.

Around the margin of the Corral de Veleta I found especially beau-

tiful the Artemisia granatensis, Sempervivum tectorum, Ptilotrichum

purpureum, and Gentiana verna: on the descent, the Brassica Chei-

ranthus, Vill., var. montana, DeC.; Ranunculus acetosellefolius, Le-

pidium stylatum: on dripping mossy perpendicular sides of rock, be-

tween masses of ice, the Montia fontana, L.; Stellaria cerastioides ;

Veronica alpina: but on the level meadows, the Gentiana verna, with

G. alpina, L., Plantago nivalis, Pinguicula leptoceras, Lotus cornicu-

latus, vax. glacialis, Luzula spicata, Phleum pratense, &c.

The cryptogamous flora of the primitive rocks is, as respects the

ferns and mosses, far richer than that of the limestone alps, but as

regards the lichens, poorer. Of ferns I found Ceterach officinarum,

W.., very sparingly ;‘most frequent, especially on the shores of the

Laguna de Dilar, a species similar to the Aspidium falcatum, in com-

pany with Cystopteris fragilis and Cheilanthes odora; besides these

are found Asplenium Trichomanes, A. Filix femina, Aspidium Filix mas

and A. nevadense. Of the Lycopodiacee I have hitherto found no

trace in the entire Sierra; on the other hand, the Hguisetum sylvati+

cum is frequent on the banks of the Jenil in the upper warm region.

The alpine rivulets of the Borreguiles are filled in parts with several

liverworts, especially a species belonging to Nees von Esenbeck’s

genus Chiloscyphus ; but I have hitherto not seen any in fructification,

which is the case also with a large number of mosses. Algze are

rare, and of the Fungi I have hitherto observed only a few Coniomy-

cetes on the leaves of the Quercus Ilex and the stems of Keseda com-

plicata, Bory. Of lichens there are searcely any, except stone lichens,

amongst others especially a reddish-yellow, but little-fructifying

Parmelia, up to the highest rocks of the Picacho de Veleta, Mule-

hacen and Cerro Aleasana.

I have now, as far as time permitted, gone through the portion of

the northern side of the Sierra Nevada which lies between the rivers

Agua blanca, Maydena, Jenil, Monachil and Dilar; and I purpose

now to explore the south side of the range, in the district known by

the name of the Alpujarras.

British Association. 123

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

BRITISH ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE.—-MEETING

; HELD AT CAMBRIDGE.

Section of Zoology and Botany.

June 19, 1845.—The Rev. Professor Henslow in the Chair.

The following are abstracts of the principal communications laid

before the Section,

The first paper read was a Report by Dr, Richardson ‘‘ On the

Ichthyology of China.”

Till within a recent period little was known of Chinese fishes.

Linnzeus was acquainted with about a score of Japanese fish ; and a

few were afterwards added to the list by Langsdorff, who accompa-

nied the Russian admiral, Knesenstiern, in his voyage to the Isles of

Japan and the South Sea. With these exceptions, the fish of the

eastern coasts of Asia, from the sea of Ochotsic down to Cochin

China, were till very recently known to European naturalists only from

Chinese and Japanese drawings, several collections of which are to

be found in the Paris and British libraries. Yet the fish of the coasts

of China are abundant, and the fisheries extensive and important.

Materials for the description of these fishes were not wanting. Mr,

John Reeves had beautiful coloured drawings, mostly of the size of

life, made of no fewer than 340 species of fish which are brought to

the markets in Canton. Copies of these drawings now exist in the

British Museum. Some fishes have been recently sent from Chusan ;

other Chinese fishes haye been described in the account of the voyage

of the Sulphur. A collection of 100 fishes made at Canton exists in

the museum of the Philosophical Society of Cambridge. From these

and other recent sources the present report was drawn up. The

author concluded from his researches, that the existence of chains of

islands or of continuous coast having an east and west tendency pro-

motes the range of a species or of a group of species. Thus, to take

the intertropical zone of the ocean, we find very many fish common

to the Red Sea, the coasts of Madagascar, the Mauritius, the Indian

Ocean, the southern parts of China, the Philippines, the whole Ma-

lay Archipelago, the north coasts of Australia, and the entire range

of Polynesia, including the Sandwich Islands. In the generic forms

of its freshwater fish, China agrees closely with the peninsula of

India. If we could suppose the extensive belt above alluded to,

enclosing more than two-thirds of the circumference of the globe, to

be suddenly elevated, we should find the remains of fish scattered

over it to be everywhere very nearly alike; the species having a local

distribution being comparatively few and unimportant. These spoils

of fish would of course, in accordance with the observation of Prof,

E. Forbes, be associated. with very various assemblages of mollusks

and other marine animals, according to the depth at which the de-

posit took place. This was an important fact for the science of

geology.

124. British Association.

«On a new genus of Mollusca Nudibranchiata.” By Messrs. Alder

and Hancock.

This new genus is founded on the Tritonia arborescens of authors

and its allies, which are distinguished from the true Tritonie (T. Hom-

bergit, &c.) by the form of their tentacula, and the free, arborescent

nature of their branchiz. These characters alone induced the authors

to consider them generically distinct before they had an opportunity

of examining their internal structure, in which such important dif-

ferences in the digestive organs were exhibited as to show that this

new genus, for which the name of Dendronotus is proposed, should

be removed from the family Doride to that of Kolide, to be placed

first in order, as the connecting link between these two families.

“On the Cilia and Ciliary Currents of the Oyster.” By the Rev.

J. B. Reade.

The author stated that in a microscopic investigation of infusoria

which had for some years occupied his attention, he had been led

particularly to notice the beautiful contrivance by which many spe-

cies, when not exerting their powers of locomotion, are supplied with

food. When they are examined under the microscope by such an

arrangement of transmitted light as makes the infusoria luminous

points on a perfectly dark field, it is immediately seen that the action

of the cilia attached to their tentacula produces a strong current in

the water, and hereby a countless number of minute living organisms

is brought within the influence of the cilia, and a sufficient supply is

selected for food. Thus with respect to infusoria it is a known fact,

that the absence of the prehensile organs possessed by larger crea-

tures is compensated by this delicate but efficient ciliary apparatus.

It is also a fact equally well known, that the lips of the oyster which

surround the orifice of the alimentary canal are in the same manner

fringed with cilia; and that these cilia of the oyster, as of infusoria,

equally cause currents in the water. But it has never been suggested

and proved by any naturalist, that the proper office of the cilia of

oysters is to bring to these acephalous mollusks that food which they

have no power to follow or to seize. Such however, without doubt,

is the case ; and accordingly an examination of the contents of the

stomachs of oysters discovers to us their infusorial food; and after

undergoing the process of digestion in the stomach, the siliceous

shields of these infusoria, deprived of their organic and carbonaceous

integuments, are ejected as effete matter. In a paper communicated

last year to the Microscopical Society of London, on animals of the

chalk still found in a living state in the stomachs of oysters, these

infusoria were described and enumerated. The apparent identity ex-

isting between these recent living infusoria and the fossil makes the

inquiry of considerable interest to the geologist; for the addition of

this connecting link to the chain of organized beings extends a con-

tinuous line of the same organic structure from the secondary for-

mation to the tertiary, and seems to preclude the supposition of

Prof. Phillips, that below the tertiary formation are no recent species.

Whether or not this conclusion be admitted, it is a fact, ascertained

by pursuing this inquiry, that the oysters and other bivalves, which are

British Association. 125

innumerable in the Kimmeridge clay, lived, like recent oysters, upon

infusoria ; and consequently the conclusion is unavoidable, that the

Kimmeridge clay, like the chalk, contains a considerable per-centage

of these minute and indestructible bodies which the microscope dis-

covers in it, and is not the mere comminuted detritus of more an-

cient and unorganized materials. With these facts established, we

may still further conclude from analogy, that a similar ciliary appa-

ratus and similar infusorial food were common to the still earlier

bivalves in the seas of the transition formation; and we may then

ask,—what right have we, in the absence of a careful microscopic

examination of still earlier rocks, to deny the possibility of any por-

tion of their mass being due to the agency of siliceous infusoria ?

June 20.—The Rev. L. Jenyns read a paper ‘‘ On the Turf of the

Cambridgeshire Fens.”

This turf was not formed by sphagnum, as most peat, but from

various species of aquatic plants which had been accumulated for a

long period of years above the remains of forest trees which lie

buried at the bottom of the moor. There are two distinct kinds of

turf, the upper and the lower. 'The former is the more compact and

heavy of the two; the latter consists entirely of the bark, wood

and branches of the submerged trees. The turf is not now rapidly

formed, on account of the improved system of drainage. Formerly

it was supposed to grow about twenty inches in sixteen years.

Sir R. Schomburgk read a description of the Murichi, or Ita Palm

of Guiana. This tree grows from the Llanos of Cumana to the

western tributaries of the Rio Negro and the mouth of the Amazon,

or over an area of 550,000 square miles. It was called by Father

Gumilla the arbol de la vida, or tree of life, on account of its various

uses. It is of the greatest importance to the inhabitants of the

country in which it grows. The trunk*and its leaves are used for

various household purposes.. The sap is a saccharine fluid, much

drunk by the natives. The flowers afford a sweet fermentable liquid,

resembling champagne. ‘The pith of its trunk affords a kind of sago.

Even in its decay this palm is of use, and affords a delicacy to the

Indians, which likewise many colonists do not refuse, namely, the

larva of a large beetle. The Curculio palmarum is found in large

numbers in the pith when the trunk is near its decay, and which,

when boiled or roasted, resembles in taste the marrow of a beef bone.

Its average height is about fifty feet, and it has been observed grow-

ing at a height of 3000 to 4000 feet above the level of the sea.

. Prof. Allman laid before the Section a monstrosity occurring in

Sazifraga Geum. 'The three external verticels of the flowers were

normal, but between the stamens and pistil there was developed a

series of adventitious carpels crowded upon the margin of a cup-like

production which surrounds the lower half of the pistil. ‘These ad-

ventitious carpels were characterized by their backs being turned

towards the axis of the flower. ‘The carpels bear ovules on their

margins, which acquired a very considerable degree of development,

becoming completely anatropous, like those in the normal ovary.

Dr. Allman explained this monstrosity by supposing the existence of

126 British Association.

a series of secondary axes, which are given off in a whorl between

the stamens and the primary axis of the flower. These axes termi-

nate in imperfect flowers, of which the additional carpels are the

only remains. .

Prof. Henslow exhibited a specimen of Papaver orientale, in which

the filaments of the stamens were converted into bodies bearing

ovules.

Prof. E. Forbes read a paper on the Endemic Distribution of Plants.

The hypothesis of the descent of all the individuals of a species

either from a first pair or from a single individual, and the conse

quent theory of specific centres being assumed, the isolation of as-

semblages of individuals from their centres, and the existence of

endemic or very local plants, remain to be accounted for. Natural

transport, the agency of the sea, rivers and winds, and carriage by

animals, or through the agency of man, are insufficient means in the

majority of cases. It is usual to say, that the presence of many

plants is determined by soil or climate, as the case may be; but if

such plants be found in areas disconnected from their centres by

considerable intervals, some other cause than the. mere influence of

soil or climate must be sought to account for their presence. This

cause the author proposes to seek in an ancient connexion of the out-

posts or isolated areas with the original centres, and the subsequent

isolation of the former through geological changes and events, espe-

cially those dependent on the elevation and depression of land. Se-

lecting the flora of the British Islands for a first illustration of this

view, Professor Forbes calls attention to the fact, well-known to bo«

tanists, of certain species of flowering plants being found indigenous

in portions of that area at a great distance from the nearest assem-

blages of individuals of the same species in countries beyond it. Thus

many plants peculiar in the British flora to the west of Ireland have

the nearest portion of their specific centres in the north-west of

Spain; others, confined with us to the south-west promontory of

England, are, beyond our shores, found in the Channel Isles and the

opposite coast of France; the vegetation of the south-east of En-

gland is that of the opposite part of the continent; and the alpine

vegetation of Wales and the Scotch Highlands is intimately related

to that of the Norwegian Alps. The great mass of the British flora

has its most intimate relations with that of Germany. The vegeta-

tion of the British Islands may be said to be composed of five floras :

1st, a west Pyrenean, confined to the west of Ireland, and mostly to

the mountains of that district; 2nd, a flora related to that of the

south-west of France, extending from the Channel Isles, across

Devon and Cornwall, to the south-east and part of the south-west

of Ireland; 3rd, a flora common to the north of France and south-

east of England, and especially developed in the chalk districts ;

4th, an Alpine flora, developed in the mountains of Wales, north of

England and Scotland ; and 5th, a Germanic flora, extending over

the greater part of Great Britain and Ireland, mingling with the

other floras, and diminishing, though slightly, as we proceed west-

wards, indicating its easterly origin and relation to the characteristic

British Association. - FZ

flora of northern Germany. Interspersed among the members of the

last-named flora, are very few specific centres) peculiar to the British

Isles. The author numbers:in ascending order these floras, accord~

img to their magnitude as to'species, and also; in his opinion, accord-

ing to their relative age and period of introduction into the area of

the British Islands. His conclusions on this point are the following :

1. The oldest of the floras now composing the vegetation of the

British Isles is that of the mountains of the west of Ireland. Though

an alpine flora, it is southernmost in character, and is quite distinct

as a system from the floras of the Scottish and Welsh Alps. Its very

southern character, its limitation, and its extreme isolation are evi-~

dences of its antiquity, pointing to a period when a great mountain

barrier extended across the Atlantic from Ireland: to Spain.

2. The distribution of the second flora, next in point of probable

date, depended on’ the extension of a barrier, the traces of which

still remain, from the west of France to the south-east of Britain;

and thence to Ireland.

3. The distribution of the third flora depended on the connexion

of the coast of France and England towards the eastern part of the

Channel. Of the former existence of this union no geologist doubts,

4. The distribution of the fourth, or alpine flora of Scotland and

Wales, was effected during the’ glacial period, when’ the mountain

summits of Britain were low islands, or members of chains of islands,

extending to’ the area of Norway through a glacial sea, and clothed

with an arctic vegetation, which, in the gradual upheaval of those

islands and’ consequent change of climate, became limited to the

summits of the new-formed and still existing mountains.

5. The distribution of the fifth, or Germanic flora, depended on

the upheaval of the bed of the glacial sea, and the consequent con-

nexion of Ireland with England, and of England with Germany, by

great plains, the fragments of which still exist, and upon which lived

the great elk and other quadrupeds now extinct.

- The breaking up or submergence of the first barrier led to the de-

struction’ of the second’; that of the second to that of the third ; but

the well-marked epoch’ of migration of the Germanic flora indicates

the subsequent formation of the Straits of Dover and of the Irish Sea,

as now existing. i 2B

To determine the probable geological epoch of the first or west-

Irish flora,—a fragment perhaps with that of north-western Spain, of

a vegetation of the true Atlantic,—we must seek among fossil plants

for a furthermost starting-point. This we get in the flora of the

London clay or eocene, which is tropical in character, and far ante-

rior to the oldest of the existing floras. The geographical relations

of the miocene sea, indicated by the fossils of the crag, give an after-

date certainly to the second and third of the above floras, if not to the

first. ‘The epoch of the red or middle crag was probably coeval with

the second flora; that of the mammaliferous crag with the third. The

date of the fourth is too evident to be questioned ; and: the author

regards the glacial region in which it flourished: as ‘a local: climate,

of which no true traces; as far as animal life is: concerned, exist

128 British Association.

southwards of his second and third barriers. This was the newer

pliocene epoch. ‘The period of the fifth flora was that of the post-.

tertiary, when the present aspect of things was organized.

Adopting such a view of the relations of these floras in time, the

greatest difficulties in the way of changes of the earth’s surface and

destruction of barriers—deep sea being found where land (probably

high land) was—are removed when we find that those greater

changes must have happened during the epoch immediately subse-

quent to the miocene period ; for we have undoubted evidence that

elsewhere, during that epoch, the miocene sea-bed was raised 6000

feet in the chain of ‘Taurus, and the barriers forming the westward

boundary of the Asiatic eocene lakes so completely annihilated, that

a sea several hundred fathoms deep now takes their probable place.

The changes required for the events which the author would connect

with the peculiar distribution of the British flora are not greater than

these.

Prof. Forbes maintains that the peculiar distribution of endemic

animals, especially that of the terrestrial mollusca, bears him out

in these views. He proposes to pursue the subject in detail, with

reference both to animal and vegetable life, in connexion with the

researches of the geological survey.

June 21.— Report on the Microscopic Structure of Shells.” By

W. B. Carpenter, M.D.

This report formed the continuation of last year’s on the minute

structure of the skeletons of Bivalves and Echinodermata. Dr. Car-

penter stated that he had lately examined a recent Terebratula pre-

served in spirits, and ascertained that the perforations in the shell,

before described, were filled up in the living animal by membranous

ceca, containing cells, forming, as he considered, a glandular appa-

ratus, though its connexion he had not yet been able to trace. He

then described the structure of those bivalve mollusks in which the

mantle is more or less closed as being generally less characteristic

than that of the families already described, their texture being ap-

parently more homogeneous, and the membranous residuum left by

the action of acid being less distinct. Frequently, however, traces

of a cellular origin were to be seen in shells whose general texture

was most homogeneous; sometimes it was seen in the shell, and not

in the decalcified membrane, and frequently in the membrane when

no traces of it were visible in sections of the shell. Hence Dr.

Carpenter felt himself justified in regarding all shells as originating

in the secreting action of the cells forming the superficial layer of

the mantle; these cells remaining persistent and separate in some

cases, whilst in others they coalesced. The peculiar tenacity of the

cellular membrane in Pinna and its allies was attributed to the pre-

sence of an intercellular horny matter, between the true cell-walls ;

the same substance being elsewhere thrown out upon the surface of

the layer as an epidermis or periostracum. Among the shells under

consideration in the present report, those of the family Myade were

particularly distinguished by their evident cellular structure; the

genus Pandora, formerly referred to as one of the most aberrant and

British Association. 129

exceptional in the structure of its shell, was now shown to be con-

nected with the surrounding families by Mya, Thracia, Anatina, and

other genera of Myade, whose characters were of an intermediate

nature. In the class Echinodermata, Dr. Carpenter extended and

confirmed the results he had before given respecting the minute

structure of their skeletons, which preserve a remarkable conformity

throughout the group, extending to the small calcareous plates met

with in the Holothuride. Dr. Carpenter had also ascertained that

the same minute structure existed in the Nummulite with the small

existing foraminifera described by Ehrenberg ; but that the supposed

Nummulites brought by Mr. Pratt from Bayonne presented several

forms of structure entirely distinct from that of the true Nummulite.

‘Qn the Sounds produced by one of the Notonectide under

Water.” By Mr. Ball.

He stated, that the fact having been mentioned to him some two

years since, he had not had an opportunity of testing the observation

until within the last few days, when a specimen was brought to him

in an ordinary jelly-glass; it was, he believed, the Corriza affinis.

When suspended in the water, about four inches below the surface,

it emitted three short chirrups, and then a long cricket-like sound.

It appears the sounds are emitted in the evening and night, and are

so loud that they may be heard in an adjoining room, and are con-

tinued during the night. Mr. Ball stated that time did not permit

him to make any accurate observation; but he thought the matter

so curious, that he noticed it with the view of attracting the atten-

tion of entomologists, in the hope of obtaining an explanation of the

manner in which this noise is produced under water.

“‘ On the Scientific Principles on which Classification in the higher

Departments of Zoology should be based.”’ By Mr. Ogilby.

The dental system was, no doubt, a valuable means of diagnosis,

and this depended upon the fact that it had a relation to the stomach

and other viscera intended for the digestion of food. Just in the

same way, the extremities of the mammalia, more particularly the

fore-arm, are the exponents of the habits, mental power and ceconomy

of animals. The fore-arm is the seat of the function of locomotion,

of manipulation and touch. According to the real position of an

animal in the scale of organization will be the character of its fore-

arm. ‘This position was illustrated by examples from the various

families of mammalia. He thought, that in our usual systems of

zoology a too exclusive regard had been given to the structure and

form of the teeth.

Mr. W. Thompson read a letter from Mr. Alder, dated Salcombe,

June 17, 1845, in which the writer stated that he had lately obtained

in Torbay at least ten, and perhaps twelve new species of Mollusca

nudibranchiata, to add to the British fauna. They consist of four

species of Doris, five or six of Holis, and an animal of an entirely

new genus, approaching nearest to Tritonia. A singular species of

mollusk obtained at the same time, resembling in general appearance

the genus Pelta of Quatrefages, was noticed in detail.

130 British Association.

June 23.—* On the Development of Vegetable Cells.” By Mr.

A. Henfrey.

The conclusions were as follows :—1. That there is no such thing

as the interruption of continuity between the liber and alburnum,

ealled the cambium layer. 2. That the potentiality of the black

nules described by Schleiden is not proved, and that the utricle

tst developed from the so-called cytoblast is not the permanent cell,

but the primordial utricle of Moh}, the existence of which in growing

tissues seems to be universal. 3. That this primordial utricle is not

a layer of mucilage, as stated by Nageli, but a tue membrane. ‘The

nucleolus, or central spot of Schleiden’s cytoblast, is the germinal

point, and is situated on the wall of the primordial utricle. When

a new cell is to be formed the nucleolus divides into two, and a corre-

sponding construction of the primordial utricle takes place until it

separates inito two, a layer of permanent cell-wall substance being

meanwhile secreted in this fold from the circumference to the cen-

tre, till a complete septum is formed: The lateral walls grow by

extension, being moulded on the growing primordial utricle within

them. In the nascent cell the primordial utricle is filled with gra-

nular matter, which during the subsequent growth of the cell re-

tains aggrégated round the nucleolus, and thus gives rise to the

appearances whence Schleiden derived his theory of development

from a cytoblast. :

“On the Phytelephas Macrocarpa (Vegetable Ivory or Tagua

Plant).” By E. Lankester, M.D.

The author brought this plant under the notice of the Section, as

he was enabled to present a drawing of a young plant, which was

now growing in the garden of Messrs. Loddiges of Hackney. A

fruit also of this plant existed in the British Museum, of which a

drawing was exhibited. A remarkable point in the economy of this

plant was, that the horny albumen of the seed appeared to undergo no

change during the process of germination. In the plant at Loddiges’

which was now five yéars old, the seed still remained on the surface

of thé soil, apparently as hard as ever. In germination the young

embryo was carried down by a rhizoma an inch or more long into

the earth, and commenced growing at that point. Several analyses

of the albumen of the seeds had been made by Payen, Connell, and

Batimhauer, and, at the author’s request, by Dr. Percy of Birmingham.

Prof. Allman gave a description of the fruit of some of the Hepa-

tice. In the capsules, he poirited out thé existence of spiral cells

or vessels which he believed had a hygroscopic power, and that it

was by their expansion that the capsule burst.

“ On Ergot.” By Dr. R. Latham.

Dr. Latham stated his conviction, that ergot was on the incréease

in this country. Wher he first began to observe it eight years ago,

he found it on only a few plants; he now found it in great quanti-

ties. He had collected it altogether from eighteen different species

of grasses. It had also mereased on the cultivated grain, and he

believed that ergot was, at this moment, increasing absolutély and

indefinitely. A friend of his attributed its increase to the use of

Royal Society. 181

animal manure, and stated that he had always found the ergot most

abundant in the grasses of churchyards.

June 24.“ On the Germination of Plants.’”’ By Dr. Lankester.

The author took the following view of the phenomena :—That

the only essential process in germination is the growth of the young

plant, or embryo. The process of development of the embryo, from

primitive cytoblasts developing its tissues, is precisely the same as

that of every other part of the plant, and from an identity of struc-

ture an identity of function might be inferred. But the ordinary

theory of germination gave a different function to the tissues of the

embryo. ‘The atithor regarded the absorption of oxygen, the disen-

gagement of carbonic acid gas and ammonia, as the consequence of

the decomposition of the starch and proteine contained in the albu-

men or perisperm of the seed; and that the growing cells of the

embryo appropriated the carbonic acid, ammonia and water, just in

the same way as all other cells in the vegetable kingdom.

Mr. Westwood itiade some remarks on the Honey-Bee.— After

shortly noticing the general ceconomy of the hive-bee as to the pro-

duction of queens and the swarming of casts, he contended, from

the analogy between the circumstances connected with the latter

event atid those which accompany the swarming of ants, gnats, white

ants, mayflies, &c.,— 1st, that the swarming of insects has for its

principal object the union of the sexes; 2nd, that from analogy with

other insects subject to swarming, it is to be inferred that that species

does not differ in this respect from other swarming species; and,

8rd, that it is the newly-hatched, and not the old queen which leads

off the swarm. |

June 25.—** Notes on the Irish Species of Robertsonian Saxi-

frages.” By Mr. Andrews.

The author having studied the Itish Saxiftages, and compared

them with those of the Pyrenees, had come to a different conclusion

from Mr. Babington, and believed that there were only two true

species if Ireland, the Savifraga umbrosa and the S. Geum, The

other species desctibed by Mr. Babington in his ‘ Manual,’ he re-

garded as varieties of one or other of these forms.

ROYAL SOCIETY.

Jiine 19, 1845.—* The Blood-Corpuscle considered in its different

phases of development in the Animal Series.” By Thomas Wharton

Jones, Esq., F:R.S., Lecturer on Anatomy, Physiology and Patho-

logy, at the Charing Cross Hospital.

This paper is divided into three parts: the first relating to the

blood-corpuscles of the Vertebrata ; the second to those of the In-

vertebrata; and the last to a comparison betweeti thetwo. He first

describes the microscopic appearances of these corpuscles in differ-

ent classes of vertebrate animals, beginning with the skate and the

frog, and proéeeding to birds and mammifera; first in their early

embryonic state, and next in the subsequent periods of their growth.

He finds in oviparous vertebrata generally, four principal forms of

132 Royal Society.

corpuscles. These he distinguishes as the phases, first of the gra-

nule blood-cell, which he describes as a cell filled with granules, dis-

closing by the solvent action of dilute acetic acid on these granules

a vesicular, or as the author terms it, a “celleform” nucleus. These

granule cells appear under two stages of development, namely, the

coarsely granulous stage and the finely granulous stage. The se-

cond phase is that of the nucleolated blood-cell, oval in shape, con-

taining a vesicular (or “ celleeform”) nucleus, and red-coloured mat-

ter. These cells likewise appear under two stages of development;

colourless in the first and coloured in the second, in which last stage

it constitutes the red corpuscle. In the early mammiferous embryo,

he finds, in addition to the former, a third phase, that of free vesicu-

lar nucleus, exhibiting, like the nucleolated cell, the colourless and

the coloured stages.

On examining the corpuscles of the lymph of vertebrate animals,

the author finds them in all the classes to be identical in structure

with their blood-corpuscles, and differing only in the inferior degree

of coloration attending their last stage. In the oviparous classes, he

observes that the nucleolated are more numerous than the granule

cells, while in the mammifera the latter are predominant, which is

the reverse of the proportion in which they exist in the blood of

these animals. He finds that some of the nucleolated cells of the

contents of the thoracic duct exhibit a marked degree of coloration,

and have an oval shape; thus offering a resemblance with the blood

of the early embryonic state.

The blood-corpuscles of all the invertebrate animals in which the

author examined them, present the same phases of granule and nu-

cleolated cells as in the higher classes, excepting that in the last

stage of the latter phase the coloration is very slight, but the vesi-

cular nucleus is frequently distinctly coloured. As in the higher

classes, corpuscles exist in different states of transition from the gra-

nular to the nucleolated form of cell. In some of the invertebrata,

corpuscles are found which appear to be the nuclei of some of the

nucleolated cells become free ; and these the author considers to be

abortions, rather than examples, of cells having attained their third

phase of free cells. Corpuscles are also met with in these animals,

in greater or less abundance, belonging to the lowest forms of or-

- ganic elements, namely, elementary granules.

The comparison which the author institutes between the blood-

corpuscles of the vertebrate and invertebrate divisions of the animal

kingdom, tends to show that they in all cases pass through similar

phases of development, except with respect to the last, or coloured

stage of the nucleolated cell, which they do not attain in the lower

classes of animals. He finds that the blood-corpuscles of the crab,

according to an analysis made by Professor Graham, contain a sen-

sible quantity of iron, perhaps as much as red corpuscles. He con-

siders the corpuscles of the blood of the invertebrata, inasfar as re-

lates to the absence of nucleolated cells, as resembling those of the

lymph of vertebrate animals.

“ Observations on the Growth and Development of the Epider-

Royal Society. | 138

mis.” By Erasmus Wilson, Esq., F.R.S., Lecturer on Anatomy and

Physiology in the Middlesex Hospital.

The author adduces evidence derived from his microscopic obser-

vations, in confirmation of the commonly received doctrine respect-

ing the origin of the cells of the epidermis and epithelium generally,

from the materials furnished by the liquor sanguinis or plasma of

the blood; which fluid, passing by endosmosis through the walls of

the capillary vessels and peripheral boundary of the surface, deve-

lopes granules by a vital process, analogous to coagulation. Ona

careful examination of the inner surface of the epidermis with the

aid of the microscope, he finds it to be composed of four kinds of

elements, arranged in such a manner as to constitute an irregular

plane, similar to a tesselated or mosaic pavement. These elements

are,—1. Granules, which the author terms primitive, of a globular

form, solid and apparently homogeneous, and measuring about

1-20,000th part of an inch in diameter. 2. Aggregated granules,

having about double the diameter of the former and apparently com-

posed of as many of these as can be aggregated together without

leaving an unoccupied space in the centre of the mass. 3. Nucleated

granules measuring in diameter from the 6000th to the 4000th part

of an inch, each being composed of an aggregated granule as a

nucleus, enveloped by a single layer of aggregated granules, giving

to the whole mass an oval or circular, and at the same time flat-

tened shape. Their constituent granules have acquired, during this

aggregation, greater density, and are separated from each other by

distinct interstitial spaces filled with a transparent homogeneous sub-

stance. 4. Nucleolo-nucleolated cells pervading the deep stratum of

the epidermis, and of which the longer diameter measures from the

3000th to the 2500th part of an inch. These cells, which constitute

the principal portion, and may be regarded as the chief constituent

of the epidermis, are formed from the nucleolated granules, on the ex-

terior of which there is superposed a transparent layer, bounded by a

well-defined outline, by the dark interstitial substance of the wall of the

cell; the nucleolated granule being the nucleus, and the aggregated

granule the nucleolus of these primitive cells of the epidermis. The

author is of opinion that the nuclei, up to a certain point, grow with

the cells, by the separation of the original granules from the deposi-

tion between them of interstitial matter, and also by the cleavage of

the latter and the consequent multiplication of the granules. This

peripheral growth of the cells is totally different from the mode of

growth described by Schwann, and explains the disappearance of the

nucleus in the scales of the epidermis. The observations of the

author lead him to believe that the same process of development and

of growth is followed ‘in the epithelium as in the epidermis; and he

offers evidence, showing that similar arrangements take place in the

cells of melanosis, in the pigment cells of the choroid membrane of

the eye, and in those of the skin of the negro.

“On the Temperature of Man.” By John Davy, M.D., F.R.S.

L. & E.

Having in a former paper shown that, contrary to a commonly

184 Royal Society.

received opinion, the temperature of the human body, as mea-

sured by a thermometer placed under the tongue, is not a constant

one, the author has resumed the inquiry, and gives, in the present

paper, the results of numerous observations made with a particular

instrument constructed for the purpose, admitting of minute _accu-

racy (each degree of the scale being divided into ten parts), and

when used with the precautions pointed out, affording satisfactory

indications of the many problems which may be proposed relative to

the temperature of man, &e., confining himself to a small number,

and offering the information he brings forward only as a preliminary

contribution iu aid of their solution.

The paper is divided into seven sections.

The first treats of variations of temperature during the twenty-four

hours. The author finds from his observations, that the temperature

is highest in the morning, on rising after sleep; that it continues

high, but fluctuating, till the evening; and that it is lowest about

midnight, ranging on an average from 98°7 to 97°9.

The second, of variations during the different seasons. These, he

finds, bear some relation to the temperature of the air, but less than

might be expected; which he attributes to the majority of the ob-

servations having been made within doors, under circumstances pe-

culiarly favourable to uniformity.

The third, of the influence of active exercise on the temperature.

The effect of this, when not carried to the length of exhausting fa-

tigue, he finds to be elevating; and that the augmentation is, within

a certain limit, proportional to the degree of muscular exertion.

The fourth, of passive, such as carriage exercise. The effect of

this in a cool air, cqntrary to that of quick walking or riding, would

appear to be lowering.

The fifth, of abstinence from all exercise in a cold atmosphere.

This he finds to be depressing in a still greater degree; sitting in a

cold church has occasioned a reduction of temperature from 1° to

2°, the air of the church being from 42° to 32°.

The sixth, of sustained attention or exertion of mind. This would

appear to have the effect of raising the temperature, but ina much

less degree than bodily exercise.

The seventh, of taking food. It would appear that a light meal,

such as breakfast, alters very little the temperature, whilst a heavy

meal, such as dinner with wine, tends to lower it.

The conclusion drawn by the author from his observations, con-

sidered in their greatest generality, is, that the temperature of man

is constantly fluctuating within a certain limit, regularly during

the twenty-four hours; and irregularly according to the operation

of certain disturbing circumstances.

Should multiplied observations give similar results, he infers that

they will admit of many applications, both as regards the regulation

of clothing, the warming of apartments, and it may be the preven-

tion and cure of diseases,—conducive alike to increase of comforts

and health.

Tables are appended containing a series of observations extend-

Geological Society. 185

ing through eight months, in which not only the temperature of the

body is noticed, but also the frequency of the pulse and of respira-

tion, and the temperature of the air.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Feb, 26, 1845,—A paper was read by Mr. Lyell, ‘‘ On the

Miocene Tertiary Strata of Maryland and Virginia, and North and

South Carolina.”

These rocks of the middle tertiary period are chiefly exhibited

between the hill.country and the Atlantic, and forma band of low

and nearly level country, almost 150 miles wide, and not 100 feet

high. ‘They are assumed to belong to this period, because they are

_ seen resting on the eocene deposits, and exhibit about the same pro-

portion of recent species. The United States miocene beds consist

chiefly of incoherent sand and clay, and the sandy beds, otherwise

barren, have often been fertilized by the use of shell marl. In.the

suburbs of Richmond, Virginia, there is however a remarkable bed

of siliceous sand, derived from the cases of infusorial animalcules,

The paper was accompanied by comparative tables and lists of the

fossils.

A paper, also by Mr. Lyell, “On the White Limestone and

other Eocene Tertiary Formations of Virginia, South Carolina and

Georgia,”

The eocene beds extend chiefly to the south of the miocenes de-

scribed in the foregoing paper, and are very widely spread in the

Southern States on the shores of the Atlantic. The mineral character

of the beds in the north is so like that of the cretaceous series, that

were it not for the fossils, they might readily be mistaken; but to-

wards the south a new mineral type is put on, and the rocks consist

of highly calcareous white marl and white limestone. In point of

fact, there seems to be as great a chasm between the cretaceous rocks

and the tertiaries in America as.in Europe.

A second part of Mr. Lyell’s paper gave an account of a series of

rocks, called in America the Burr-stone, a siliceous rock, containing

fossil sponges, and belonging, it would seem, to the upper division of

the eocene period.

March 12.—A communication was read by Prof, Sedgwick, ‘On

the Comparative Classification of the Fossiliferous Slates of North

Wales, with the corresponding deposits of Cumberland, Westmore-

land and Lancashire,”

The object of the author in this memoir was to give a general ae-+

count of the Silurian rocks of the lake district of the North of En-

gland, comparing them with those of North Wales, so far as he had

hitherto investigated the subject. In both there appears to be a se-

ries extending through the various members of the Silurian rocks,

In the lake district, the Lower Silurian rocks are imperfectly seen,

and are not more than 300 or 400 feet thick, the Ash Gill beds being

the highest ; but the Upper Silurians are admirably shown, and con-

tain characteristic fossils. Of these latter, the Coniston limestone

136 Geological Society.

and the Coniston flags form an important group as much as 1200 or

1400 feet thick, and correspond with the Denbigh flags of North

Wales and the Wenlock shale and limestone of the Silurian system.

The Ireleth slate and grits succeed and occupy a considerable space,

and must be of very great thickness. These higher beds in Cumber-

land abound with Terebratula Navicula, but above them are remark-

able bands with Asterias, while the upper portion is full of fossils,

the prevailing type of which is Upper Ludlow.

April 2.—A paper was read by Mr. Austen, “On an Aérolite

said to have fallen near Lymington, Hants.”

A paper was also read by Capt. Bayfield, R.N., ‘‘On the Junction

of the Transition and Primary Rocks of Canada and Labrador.”

April 16.—A paper was read by Mr. Macintosh, “ On the Sup-

posed Evidence of the former existence of Glaciers in North Wales.”

Mr. Macintosh combated the opinion of Dr. Buckland as to the

origin of scratches and grooves on various rocks, referring these ap-

pearances, in many cases, to structural phenomena.

April 30.—A paper was read by Mr. Murchison, ‘‘ On the Pale-

ozoic Deposits of Scandinavia and the Baltic provinces of Russia,

and their relations to Azoic or more ancient crystalline rocks, with

an account of some great features of dislocation and metamorphism

along their northern frontiers.”

In this paper Mr. Murchison gave a general outline of the result

of his recent examination of Northern Europe, and the conclusions

to which he has arrived, chiefly with reference to the classification

of a large tract of country before undescribed on a large and compre-

hensive scale.

May 14.—An extract was first read from a letter by Dr. A. Ges-

ner, ‘‘ On the Gypsiferous Red Sandstone of Nova Scotia.”

A paper was read by Mr. Austen, “On the Coal Beds of Lower

Normandy.”

The chief object of the author was to describe the actual geolo-

gical position of these small basins, and suggest that they might

rather be of the Permian than the true Carboniferous period.

Dr. Mantell read a paper, entitled ‘* Notes of a Microscopical Ex-

amination of the Chalk and Flint of the South-east of England, with

remarks on the Animalcules of certain Tertiary and Modern Deposits.”

This paper is given entire in our present Number, p. 73.

A paper was read by Mr. Bowerbank, ‘‘ On some specimens of

Pterodactyl recently found in the Lower Chalk of Kent.”

May 28.—A communication was read, ‘“‘On the Geology of Lycia.”

By Prof. E. Forbes and Lieut. Spratt, R.N.

The authors stated, that the rock forming the greater part of Lycia

consists of the scaglia, or Apennine limestone, a series not very di-

stinctly defined, and that near the river Xanthus another rock of

greenish sandstone, whose age was not determined, rested conform-

ably on the scaglia. In other places true tertiary beds, both marine

and freshwater, overlie the scaglia ; and of these the marine are the

most ancient, and, from the fossils which occur in the different beds,

they are found to be all of the same age. The authors then described

Asiatic Society. 137

the districts in which the tertiary marine beds appear, some of them

being from 2000 to 3000 feet, and others at a still greater elevation

above the sea-level. The freshwater tertiaries of Lycia are much

more extensive than the marine beds, and extend over the district at

heights of 200 or 300 feet above the plain. They consist of marls,

capped by flat tables of conglomerate limestone. The relative age

of these tertiary beds is determined by the presence of both marine

and freshwater strata in the two great valleys of the Xanthus, the

former being identified with the Bordeaux miocenes, and the latter

therefore being much newer than the eocene freshwater tertiaries of

Smyrna. A considerable™mass of travertine is found in the great

plains of Pamphylia, and it forms cliffs of considerable height, through

which the rivers pour. Certain recent changes of level were also

noticed, which had attracted the attention of Sir C. Fellows. In

conclusion, the authors consider that the scaglia, the formation of

most ancient date, was deposited as fine sediment in a deep sea, and

was in progress during the whole of the secondary, including the

cretaceous, epoch ; the evidence of this consisting in the remarkable ©

mixture of fossils observable in Mount Lebanon and elsewhere, and

the great thickness, the extent, and the conformable superposition

of the different beds. The sandy beds resting on the scaglia seem

to have been more recent than the miocene marine strata, the pre-

sence of which marks a great change in elevation. This change was

more than paralleled by a converse one of depression, producing

lakes in which the freshwater tertiary beds were deposited, and which

have been since drained by changes in level still going on.

A short notice was read, being the translation of a memoir by the -

Baron Leopold von Buch, “‘ On a new family of Crinoidal Animals,

called Cystidee.”

The stony cases of these animals differ from Encrinites chiefly in

the absence of arms and the presence of ovarial apertures in the

plates. They are found abundantly in the lower beds of the Silurian

series, chiefly in Scandinavia.

A paper was read, “ On the Relation of the New Red Sandstone

to the Carboniferous Strata in Lancashire and Cheshire.” By E.

W. Binney, Esq.

The author endeavoured to show that the Lancashire coal-field, al-

though of great thickness, does not exhibit a passage upwards into

the new red sandstone, but that it is a more perfect series than that

in the west of Yorkshire and Derbyshire. He also supposes that the

coal-measures are generally thrown down by the various faults, the

dislocation being of some extent; that these measures continue un-

altered beneath the upper beds ; and finally, that the lower portions

of the new red sandstone are but imperfectly exhibited in the coal-

field in question.

ASIATIC SOCIETY.

June 21.—Sir G. T. Staunton, Bart., M.P., in the chair.

Mr. A. Bettington, of the Bombay Civil Service, read a paper “‘ On

certain Fossils procured by himself on the Island of Perim, in the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. L

138 Asiatic Society.

Gulf of Cambay ; more particularly on a Gigantic Ruminant, having

some affinities to the Sivatherium and the Giraffe.” After adverting

to former notices of fossils obtained on this island, the writer de-

scribed its situation in the midst of the gulf-stream of Cambay,

which separates it from the main land, and deposits large quantities

of alluvium brought down by the rivers emptying themselves into it.

These rivers, in the present day, in the freshes, transport into the

Gulf large trees, and the bodies of oxen, deer, bears, and other ani-

mals; and in the great floods of past ages are considered to have

brought down and deposited, as now discovered, the remains of rumi-

nants and Pachydermata, some extinct and unheard-of, others having,

in the present day, their living congeners in the Indian rivers. The

bed from which the writer obtained the fossil specimens exhibited is

below the usual water-mark, and inaccessible except at the ebb of

spring-tides. A portion only of those obtained were brought to

England, the remainder were left in India. The most remarkable of

those in this country was a large skull, which is now, by competent

judges, pronounced to be the first specimen of a new genus. The

mass of conglomerate which contained it weighed about 170 lbs., and

the separation of the skuli from near 100 lbs. of matrix occupied Mr.

Bettington many weeks. The skull, on the whole, is well-preserved,

though a portion has suffered from the action of water. ‘The lines

of teeth on the two sides of the palate are unconformable ; and it has

been conjectured that the head must at this part have suffered from

violence, but there is no appearance of fracture. For the purposes of

comparison, Mr. Bettington had made a close measurement of every

part of the Perim fossil, of the Sivatherium, and of the skull of the

adult giraffe in the British Museum ; from all which it appeared that

the Perim fossil is the smaller. ‘The teeth are similar in number and

character to those of the Sivatherium, and are somewhat smaller, as

the comparative size of the heads would lead us toexpect A marked

distinction between the two is found in the excess in width of the

cranium at the vertex, being in the Sivatherium twenty-two inches,

and in the Perim fossil little more than eleven inches, in which cha-

racter the latter approaches nearer to the giraffe. But the greatest

point of difference is in the form and position of the horns. In the

Sivatherium the horns bear somewhat the same relation to each other

as in the four-horned antelope; whereas, in the fossil under consi-

deration, the anterior horns rise from a confluent base measuring

twenty-five inches, the horns above the line of division measuring

eighteen inches. ‘This formation the writer considers to be without

precedent in the animal kingdom, fossil or recent. ‘The general

character, cancellar structure, and extensive development of the pro-

tuberance at the lower edge of the transverse ridge of the occiput,

compel the conviction that it was a posterior horn, “reflected’’ as in

the common Indian buffalo, and must have produced an appearance

truly monstrous. The whole formation indicates great force and

power. Among the other fossils, there were some identical with

those of the Sevalik hills, and others peculiar, as yet, to Perim.

Among the latter was a new Crocodilean. There were specimens of

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 139

three species of mastodon, gariols and rhinoceros, and the heads,

horns and teeth of stags, antelopes, oxen, &c. ‘The writer concluded

with the observation that there was still a rich field of research re-

maining at this deposit, and that he had sent to India, not only for

some of the specimens before referred to, but was also making ar-

rangements for prosecuting further research.

Dr. Mantell remarked, that the specimens afforded additional

confirmation of the fact, first pointed out by Capt. Cautley and

Dr. Falconer, that in the tertiary formations of India were collocated

the remains of several species of reptiles and mammalia, with those

of extinct species and genera belonging to the most ancient European

deposits of the same geological group (the eocene) ; as, for example,

the teeth and bones of the Cheiropotamus, and other pachyderms of

the Paris basin, with those of the existing gariol of India. Dr.

Mantell then offered some observations on the analogy which the

specimens from Perim, as well as those from Ava and from the Se-

valik hills, presented in their mineralogical condition, and the me-

chanical action to which they had been subjected, with those more

ancient fossil bones and teeth that abound in the Wealden deposits

of the south-east of England, particularly with those obtained from

the conglomerate and grits of Tilgate Forest. ‘The Indian and the

British fossils are alike mineralized by iron, and have an investment

of indurated ferruginous sand, interspersed with quartz, pebbles and

rolled fragments of other rocks ; and the bones are, for the most part,

mutilated and much water-worn, proving that previously to their

mineralization they had been exposed to abrasion from streams and

rivers, and were transported from a great distance by currents.

‘Dr. Mantell dwelt on the discrepancy between the faunas of the two

epochs, although that of the Wealden was as decidedly of a tropical

character as that of the tertiary strata of India; but in the latter

large mammalia prevailed, while in the far more ancient secondary

formation of England mammalia were absent, and the place of the

gigantic ruminants and pachyderms was occupied by herbivorous

reptiles of appalling magnitude.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

May 8, 1845.—Dr. Seller, V.P., in the Chair.

A collection of British specimens was announced from the London

Botanical Society ; and fresh specimens of a Primula, regarded as the

P. elatior of Jacquin, from Dr. Dewar, Dunfermline, were placed on

the table.

The following papers were read :—

1. ‘On some species of Cuscuta.” By Charles C. Babington,

M.A., F.L.S. &c., Cambridge. (Ann. Nat. Hist. p. 1 of the present

volume.

2. “On the genus Diodium, Breb.” By John Ralfs, M.R.C.S.

&c,, Penzance.

June 12.—Dr. Douglas Maclagan, President, in the chair.

The following communications were read :—

1, ‘List of the rarer Lichens found in the neighbourhood of

140 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

Oswestry and Ludlow, with occasional observations.” By the Rev.

T. Salwey. (See p. 90 of the present Number.)

2. Dr. Seller read part of a paper, entitled ‘‘ Observations on some

Plants obtained from the shores of Davis’s Straits.”

8. ‘On Datura tatula, as a Specific for Relief of Asthma.” By

Mrs. H. N. Ferguson of Biel. In this communication (which is an

extract from a letter), the Datura tatula is described as most effica-

cious in relieving asthmatical complaints, while the D. Stramonium,

the species commonly used, was found quite inert.

The following directions regarding the preparation of the plant

may be deemed useful :—‘‘ The proper time for taking up the roots

is towards the end of October, when the seed-pods are ripe; the

plants should be drawn from the ground, and the roots cut off, with

an inch or two of the stalk. They should then be freed from soil,

and dried in the shade. When required for use, the root should be

torn into small shreds, and put into a clean tobacco-pipe. The

smoke causes no nausea, so that the most delicate lady may use it.”

July 10.—Dr. Douglas Maclagan, President, in the chair.

The Curator reported that several valuable additions had been

made to the Society’s collections during the present season, both in

the Foreign and British departments, and that the lbrary had re-

ceived valuable additions through the liberality of members and

correspondents. During the past year the Assistant-Curator has

been chiefly engaged in adding to and arranging the Society’s her-

barium, and he has to acknowledge the valuable assistance rendered

by Mr. C. C. Babington of Cambridge, in reducing to order the ex-

tensive collection of European plants. A very valuable and instruc-

tive series of these has been selected for the Society, the remainder

being set aside for distribution among the members. Much of

the Assistant-Curator’s time has also been employed in the distribu-

tion of the Society’s duplicates, éspecially to foreign members. This

work is now nearly completed. A large collection of British plants

which have been accumulating for several years is now being ar-

ranged, and specimens for the Society selected, in order to fill up

the different sections marked out in Mr. Brand’s plan for arranging

that part of the herbarium. A detailed account of the donations to

the herbarium and library will be published in the annual report.

The following communications were read :—

1. Dr. Seller read the remainder of his paper, entitled ‘‘ Observa-

tions on some Plants from the shores of Dayis’s Straits.”

2. ‘* On two species of Desmidiee.” By Mr. J. Ralfs. |

Mr. James M‘Nab exhibited a Pelargonium bearing two distinct

varieties of flowers which were strikingly dissimilar, and were

growing on separate branches, no artificial means having been em-

ployed in their production.

Dr. Neill exhibited a specimen of the Tussac grass, received from

the Falkland Islands.

Miscellaneous. | 141

MISCELLANEOUS.

RANUNCULUS LENORMANDI, F. W. SCHULTZ.

In my ‘ Manual’ I have noticed a plant as a variety (3. grandiflorus)

of R. hederaceus, which it seems quite certain is the above species,

described by Schultz in the ‘ Flora,’ vol. xx. p. 726, and again in the

same journal, vol. xxiv. p. 171, and recently figured by Cosson and

Germain in the first portion of their beautiful ‘ Atlas de la Flore des

Environs de Paris.’ It differs from R. hederaceus by each lobe of its

leaves having two or three notches, its carpels obovate and tipped

with a terminal style, petals broader and longer, stipules very broad

and scarcely at all adnate to the petioles. It is a considerably larger

plant than R. hederaceus, and has probably been overlooked in En-

gland as either that species in a vigorous state or perhaps as a state

of R. aquatilis, from which the want of capillarily-divided leaves and

the absence of sete on the receptacle distinguish it.—C. C. B.

CAREX MONTANA, LINN.

Mr. William Mitten, of Hurstpierpoint, has had the good fortune

to find this plant in a field in Sussex, near to Tonbridge Wells. It

much resembles C. pilulifera, a specimen of which is I believe pre-

served in the Linnzan herbarium in mistake for C. montana; but the

true plant of Linnzeus has been accurately determined in Sweden.

C. montana differs from C. pilulifera by having ovate fertile spikes,

much blunter or retuse and darker glumes, oblong-obovate hairy

fruit, and an oblong nut.—C. C. B.

MIGRATIONS OF SALMON.

About a year and a half ago, Lord Glenlyon, with the praiseworthy

motive of deciding the long-agitated question as to whether the sal-

mon, after returning to the ocean from its spawning-ground, again

resought the same river on another return of the season, caused a

number of kelts, or foul fish, to be caught and marked, by attaching

a label, by a ring, to what is called the dead fin of each. Last sum-

mer a number of these were captured on various stations in the Tay,

but, so far as we have heard, none in the Earn; on Tuesday last an-

other was caught at the Rashbush, a fishing-ground below Inchyra.

This fish was in excellent condition, and weighed 21 lbs. The label

bore as follows :—‘‘ Lord Glenlyon, Dunkeld, No. 129.”—Perth

Advertiser.

ON THE SPORES OF SOME ALGEH. BY M. GUSTAVE THURET.

M. Unger has published a very interesting investigation of the

Achlya prolifera*. The researches which I have made on this sin-

gular Alga, whilst confirming most of the observations of M. Unger,

have presented to me some new facts, which I shall describe else-

where. I shall content myself here with rectifying an error into

* Ann. des Sc, Nat., 3rd Series, 1844, vol. ii. p. 5. pl. 1.

142 Miscellaneous.

which the German naturalist has fallen on the subject of the organi-

zation of the spores. M. Unger regards them as clothed with a

ciliated membrane, similar to that which he was the first to observe

on the spores of the Vaucheria. I am convinced, on the contrary,

by repeated observations, that they are furnished with two long cilia

inserted on the rostrum; an analogous arrangement to that which I

have figured in the spores of the Conferva glomerata and crispata*.

During the excursion which I made with M. Decaisne on the coasts

of the British Channel, we had frequent opportunity of studying the

spores of Kctocarpus siliculosus, of Ulva lactuca, and of Enteromor-

pha compressa. In the Ectocarpus we found two cilia inserted on

a colourless rostrum. In Ulva and Enteromorpha the spores have

four cilia. I found this same number in soft-water Alge, the Con-

ferva zonata, whose spores are similar to those of the Chetophora and

Draparnauldia. They present a very visible red point, which I have

even perceived sometimes on spores still enclosed in the tube of the

plant. I may remark that the Conferva zonata is, moreover, a very

distinct Alga from the true Conferve. These latter appear to me to

form a clearly limited genus, all the species of which have the tube

finely striped with longitudinal strie, for instance Conferva glomerata,

crispata, rupestris, &c. These longitudinal striz are themselves in-

tersected by extremely fine transversal strie, which appear to me

to have hitherto escaped all microscopic observers.—Ann. des Sci.

Nat., Mai 1845.

On the Extinct Mammals of Australia, with Additional Observations

on the genus Dinornis of New Zealand. By Prof. Owen.

In a previous report Prof. Owen had demonstrated the former

existence in Australia of two genera of Marsupial animals, rivalling

in size the rhinoceros and hippopotamus of the old continent. Since

the reading of his first report, Prof. Owen had received three molar

teeth belonging to the upper jaw of the Diprotodon; the crown of

each tooth was divided into two principal transverse ridges, like those

of the lower jaw, and the enamel presented the wrinkled and punc-

tate surface peculiar to the genus. With these was found a large

scalpriform incisor, whose bevelled cutting edge showed that it

worked upon a similar tooth in the lower jaw. ‘The Diprotodon,

therefore, had molars like the kangaroo; but, instead of the two

large incisors in the lower jaw being opposed to six smaller in the

upper, as in the kangaroo, it had two large incisors above as well as

below, agreeing in form and structure, and relative size, with those

of the Wombat. Prof. Owen considered himself justified in conclu-

ding that the Diprotodon combined the characters of Phascolomys

with those of Macropus, exhibiting both upon a gigantic scale, and

constituting one of those links in the chain of being which the course

* Recherches sur les Organes Locomoteurs des Spores des Algues (Ann.

des Sc. Nat., 2nd Series, 1843, vol. xix. p. 266. pl. 10.). In that memoir I

have erroneously designated the Conferva crispata by the name of C. rivu-

laris.

Meteorological Observations. : 143

of time has broken and destroyed. Prof. Owen also stated that a

large collection of bones of the Dinornis had been obtained from a

new locality by Mr. Percy Earle. This collection contains four of

the species of Dinornis already described, including the three most

remarkable for gigantic stature. One of these, with a stature nearly

equalling the ostrich, presents in all the bones of its leg double the

thickness in proportion to their length, and must have been the

strongest and most robust bird in proportion to its size that ever

existed. Of the gigantic species, vertebre, ribs, and an almost en-

tire sternum, most resembling that of the Apteryx, have been ob-

tained. The Rev. Mr. Williams has also transmitted the cranial

portion of a skull related in size to the Dinornis struthoides, mani-

festing many peculiarities and a striking resemblance to the same

part in the Dodo and Apteryx.—Proc. Brit. Assoc. Cambridge.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR JUNE 1845.

Chiswick.—June 1. Overcast and fine. 2. Very fine: sultry. 3. Sultry: rain

at night. 4, Showery. 5. Slight rain: cloudy: boisterous at night. 6. Cloudy

and windy. 7. Very fine: showery, and boisterous at night. 8. Boisterous:

clear and fine. 9. Very fine. 10—12. Very fine: sultry: clear and fine at nights.

13. Foggy: sultry. 14,15. Very hotand sultry. 16. Overcast. 17. Sultry.

18. Rain: clear at night. 19, Hazy: very fine. 20. Cloudless: very fine.

21—23. Very fine. 24. Uniformly overcast: heavy rain: clear. 25. Cold and

dry: cloudy: rain. 26, Cloudy: fine. 27. Rain. 28. Overcast: heavy showers:

clear. 29. Very fine. 30. Slight rain: very fine.— Mean temperature of the

month 14° above the average.

Boston.—June 1. Rain: rain early a.M.: rain am. 2. Fine. 9%. Fine:

2 o’clock v.m. thermometer 72°: rain rp.m. 4. Fine: thunder and lightning, with

rain e.m. 5. Cloudy: rainearly a.m. 6, Windy. 7. Fine: rainr.m. 8, Cloudy.

9. Fine. 10. Fine: 3 o’clock p.m. thermometer 74°. 11, Fine: 1 o’clock p.m.

thermometer 75°. 12. Fine: 4 o’clock p.m. thermometer 76°. 13. Fine:

1 o’clock p.m. thermometer 78°, 14, Fine: 12 o’clock noon thermometer 78°.

15. Cloudy. 16. Cloudy: 1 o’clock p.m. thermometer 78°. 17. Fine. 18. Cloudy:

rain early A.M.: rain A.M.and p.m. 19. Fine. 20, Cloudy. 21. Fine, 22.

Cloudy. 23. Fine. 24. Fine: rain, with thunder and lightning p.m. 25. Cloudy.

26. Fine. 27. Cloudy: rain a.m.and p.m. 28, Cloudy: rain a.m.: thunder

and lightninglv.m. 29. Fine. 30, Fine: rain early a.am.—N.B. The warmest

June since June 1826.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—June 1. Cloudy. 2. Cloudy: clear. 3. Bright:

cloudy. 4. Showers. 5. Bright: showers. 6. Bright: drops. 7. Clear:

fine. 8. Drops: rain: clear. 9. Drops: cloudy. 10. Bright: damp. 11,

12, Bright: cloudy. 13. Bright: clear, 14, Damp: cloudy: fine. 15. Cloudy:

rain. 16. Fog. 17. Bright: damp. 18. Rain: damp. 19. Bright: clear.

20. Bright: damp. 21. Cloudy. 22. Showers: cloudy. 23. Bright: cloudy.

24. Damp: fine. 25. Bright: showers: cloudy. 26. Rain: damp. 27. Showers.

28. Cloudy: showers, 29. Showers; clear. SO. Cloudy : clear,

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire—June 1. Fine soft rain. 2. Very fine:

fair. 3. Finerain. 4. Showers all day. 5. Rain continued. 6. Kain. 7. Soft

showers, . 8. Heavy rain a.m.: fair r.m. 9. Showers. 10, Fair and growing.

11—14, Very fine summer day. 15. Very fine summer day: thunder: a few

drops of rain. 16. Showery all day. 17. Slight showers. 18. Slight showers

vr.M. 19, 20. Fair and fine. 21. Fair and fine: a few drops: rain. 22. Fair

and fine: very dry. 23. Fine: one slight shower. 24. Rain, very heavy. 25.

Showers. 26. Fairand fine. 27. Rain: wind: thunder. 28. Fair and clear.

29. Fair a.m.: shower p.m. 30. Showers,

Mean temperature of the month ...,c..e.seccesceceveseeees 56°°55

Mean temperature of June 1844 —........cceeceees Pi cece 55 °10

Pee ‘

OV:Z | 8V-E Fo0.z ‘db 9F-19 98-65 1-08 o-£9 t-F9 |EL-6V 9S-VL | 1LL.6 OLL-6e

ah Reese

1€L-6% OPL-6 a rr 8V8-6% 016-6% | “UReayA

LO. j0L-1| Po. |€0. | *9 | ‘ms | ‘m | *m | 6F | PS) 1S) Z| FO} ES | OL | 9-62 | 89-62 | 69-62 | 8S-6e | E€-62 |8E8-6z 998.62 |. “of

sree") 6+ | FO. | tm rasmus] wea} “Mm | OF | T6V | SV} 09) €9/ IG | ZL | 12-64 |8S-6% | £9.62 | 89-62 | 6€-6z |L68-6z L€6-6z| “6%

Lo. "| €€. |or- | cu | a |uyeo| sm | Oh | F1S | LP) gS) 19] EF | 69 | 29.6% | 19-62 | 19-66 | 81-62 | GL-8% |0€%.62 |1S1-6z | “gz

Lie jrnyeee) GT. | vou | ta | mea) sms | 6b | OF | FIP f09] LG} 9G | 99 | 69.6% |FL-62 L2-6% | 09-62 | 62-62 \Z9P-6z |09L-6z| “Lz

OE. frre rereeiereest cm | tw | tm | cm | 8h | Bh TEP TIO! 19] 6h | PL |08-6% | PL.62 | £L-62 | 69-62 | 0£-6z \9LL-6% 958-62 | “9% D

meee") 0B+ | 60+ | “ma | cm | tm | cms | OS | PS | Bh) ZO GS-09! ZG | PL |$9-6% |99-62 | 19-62 | 85-66 | 90-62 |864-62 808-62 | “Sz

60- |ST-0 "| 1G | “wm |*mum) smu | cms} 19) LG Fgh, 99} Lo] 2G | PL |99-6% |08-62 | 09-62 | LL-62 | Lv-6% |L6L-62 FE0-0£ | “bz

LO. [rorreeirerrerierrers] sms | smum) smu | sas | 1G | $69 | Lb} €9| ZO} 19 | EL | 00-0€ |00-08 | L6.6z | 00-0€ | 09-6 |P60-0F 921-08) *€z

seelsseeesleeceecisorees! ems [emuM| Ted | “ou 1¢ | af | gh fzo| Fo| gh | EL | 26-62% | £6.62 | 16.62 | L6-62 | PV-6% |SE6-6% V10-0€ | *z%

SO. forrrr*irereesiseeers| cm | tm | unyea] ‘a | 1G | ZG |S) Lo} So} 19 | 0g | 00-0 | 16-6% | L6.62.|.00-0€ | 69-62.|166-6% Z80-0£ | “1z

rerlecererieeseeeicorere! ems | em | uted | “ou eG | §#S | OS g9! 09] OS CL |S6-6% |90-0€ | £0.08 | S0-0£ | 89-6 \€g0-.0€ LIT-0£! ‘oz

seeeerteceooe! TH. leoeeer] sm MUM | oA ‘s zS | FS! OS) 19! So! gb | SZ | 00-0€F |08-6z | $6.62 | 64-62 | 6€-6% |FF6-6% 6£0-08| “610

GG "| ST. | GO. | “wu mum | avo} oa | PS | go | PS\t€9) bo) HH | OL | 9L-6% | 08-62 | $9-6% | 14-62 | 91-62 6€L.62 L98-62| “SI

poeetpeeresiseeees GT. | sa | eas | uyeo) vou | 3G | SG | FS) €9.9-GL| 6G | 08 | 88-6% 198-60 | VL-6% | VL-62 | 61-62 |1LL-6Z |V18-62| “LI

ZI- |ET-O "**""/"*****| tesa | ‘ass | yea] *s | $29 | #€¢9 | gS) z9| Lo| oS | SL | 8L-6% |€8-6% | 69-62 | £L-6% | 22-62 |P6L-62 |PV8-62| “OI

tettetleeeees eoeeee cesses! 0c ‘s | mea} ‘as ZS GS | 26S 69; L9| 09 rg 68:62 |£0-0€ | Z8-6z | $6.62 | 97-6% [06-62 '/8£0-0£| *ST

“seeesreseeeisrssesieeeree! sm irasaps| “a | a | €G) 09 | ES /FSL| o£) €S | 28 |SI-O€ |1Z-0€ | Z0-0€ | 60.0€ | SP-6 \0G0-0€ \OZ1-0€ | “VI

“eetieeeeericesescecees) tm | ems | urea] ‘au | Of | PG |T@S|7SL'9.1L| LG | VE |0t-0F |60-0€ |E1-0€ | ST-0€ | 67-62 \90T-0F LST-0€| “Er C

Tereeeleeeseeiscesecicesroe! ems | ems |ueo| ‘a | LG | £9 | Z| SL) oL| PS | Sg |£0-0€ |OI-0€ |O1-0€ | O1-0€ | 9F-62 |IPVI-0€ |SO1-0£| “aI

reeeeeirersee) sms | sms (wea | ‘au | Go| go | PS) OL} €L| OF | BL | ET-0€ |90-0€ | F1-0€ | 71-0€ | 09-62% |1ST-0€ |SEt-08 |) “IT

tttteleeeeeeeeeeseereee! egg | ems | uupea| ‘a zS | bo |. €S; Fo} Lo! oF | OL |11-0€ |61-0€ | S1-0€ | 61-0€ | 89-6% |69%-0€ |SOL-0£ | ‘oI

gP- “eererisesencerses| msm) "ms | tm | “ms | of | €9 | Lh) LG; z9| OF | GL | 00-0€ | 16.62 | 10-0€ 60-08 | 99-62% |SEE-0€ |S9L-08 | *6

“0G. 7 PZ et) tM ftwom | tm | Ms | gh | OF | 6h) 19) 99] IF | 89 | 28.6% | PL-6Z | 68-62 | 6b-62 | €1-6% |L08-62 |002-08 | *g

“*eteeleeeeesieeeres GZ, | “Ss | tau | ‘mM | *s | €¢ | $19 | 46h} 29} GO| Lb | Lo |ZL-6% | ¥S.62% | 29.62 | 19-62 | 0€-6% |9EL-62 |V98-6z| *L

VI jrrrresiterceeiterees| mss | cms | tm | tms | LO | $79 | 39] 99/¢.z9] of | LO | £%-6% | 01.62% | 8.6% | £0-6% | £8-8% |SL9-62 |008-62| “9

“srtte|eeeees eT. 1 go, | cas | ms | tms | ‘ms | £9 | Go |¥eh|F6S| gS} So | go |L1-6% |ZE-62 | L0-62 | €2-62 | 76.82 |EPS-62 |L6S-62| “S @

Z9- |"*"""*| fo. | Go. |*Msm| sms | sm | ms | 6h | OG | PH) LS] 69] 6h | OL | LI-6% | 80-62 | 62-6Z | S1-6% | 62-8% 919-62 |L09-62 | “V

Teertejtereesiserees) Og. | oerees | ws | wapea} “ms | OG | 69] OG} 09| 89] HF | 18 | PI-6% |SZ-6z | Z0.62 | OF-62 | €6-8% |L9E-6z |0Z9-62| “€

*eeeeeieereess Do. [revere cs | es | tm | ts | PG | 6G] ZS] o9| £9] Ob | 1g | 19-6% | 79-6% | 29-62% | GL-62 | LE-6Z {19-62 |196-62 | °%

"eeeeteerees Ty. [rere] sms | *s | unea} sms | ZG] Zo | TOV; LS] 99) Eb | ZL | 18-6% | 06-62 | 18-62 | 16-62% | VS.6% |ZP0-0€ |CE1-0€ | “I

fe) s) eee aoe 2 *urd ‘ur ‘urd *ul = , :

e a i 9 ze a y =e Be | BS f |e ze F = ty r | iy 2p un | “xe oes,

ae/8e1 5 )2 12 a?Pi 5s | ss [7 3 PS roc a

payer]? |e 1B | Pe] P| FR | gums | Come |For | AMOS Lonueryuma| FF | mmo [ee

“Urey ‘PUM, *I9JOMIOW LOY J, *19JVMLOIV = @

PE ea.

“XENTIQ ‘asupypy younpung 7H ‘u0ysNO[D “°C “Ady 2y7 fg puy {aulHs-salUIWA(] ‘asunpy yzunsagddp yo ‘xequng * AA ‘Ady 947 49 {NoLsog

ap {JB9A “AI 49 Suopuo'T avau ‘MoIMSIHD 70 Ayavv0g younynoysozy 242 fo uapivy ay, yo uosdwoyy, ‘ayy 49 apvu suornasasgQ yorrFoposoajayy

Anatomy of Acte@ on.

AL. Alimon det. aay IDECS,

M. Allman. del.

Anatomy,

ep ge = WoLi6. FLV.”

% REY,

of Actwon.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist Voli. Pl

—_

Anatomy of Actwon, aed

MAbinen. hel.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

No. 104. SEPTEMBER 1845. :

XIV.—On the Anatomy of Acteon, with remarks on the Order

Phlebenterata of M. de Quatrefages. By Guo. J. ALLMAN,

M.B., F.R.C.S., M.R.1.A., Professor of Botany in Trinity Col-

lege, Dublin, late Demonstrator of Anatomy T.C.D.*

[ With three Plates.]

In the seventh volume of the ‘ Linnean Transactions’ isa memoir |

by Colonel Montagu, in which is described, under the name of

Aplysia viridis, a small gasteropod discovered by this naturalist on

the coast of Devonshire. The Aplysia viridis of Montagu was

afterwards separated by Oken from the true Aplysias, and made to

constitute a distinct genus under the name of Acteon. A mollusk

evidently referable to the same genus is named Aplysiopterus

neapolitanus by Delle Chiaje, who describes and figures it in his

great work on the Invertebrate animals of the kingdom of

Naples. The Italian naturalist gives some details of its anatomy,

but his account is manifestly full of errors, and he seems to

mistake the ramified apparatus in connexion with the stomach

for a vascular system. A mollusk also apparently referable to

Oken’s genus Acton is described in the ‘ Faune d’Europe Sep-

tentrionale’ of Risso, under the name of Elysia timida ; and more

recently M. de Quatrefages (Ann. des Sci. Nat. March 1844) has

published a very elaborate description of the genus, in which he

advances some new and startling views to which he had been pre-

viously led by the examination of Holidina, a small nudibranch,

apparently an Kolis, but for the reception of which this naturalist

believes it necessary to construct a new genus. The claims of

M. de Quatrefages’ opinions to reception by naturalists will be

considered. in the present paper.

The following anatomical details have been drawn up from

careful dissections of Acton viridis, and as no figure which we

have seen represents with sufficient accuracy the external cha-

racters of this little mollusk, we have thought it necessary to give

among the illustrations of the present memoir a drawing made

with great care from the living animal.

* Read before the Meeting of the British Association at York, Sept. 1844.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. M

146 Prof. G. J. Allman on the Anatomy of Actzon.

Actmon, Oken, Aplysia, Mont., Aplysiopterus, Delle Chiaje,

Elysia, Risso. :

Body subcylindrical, with two foliaceous lateral expansions

which are produced beyond the posterior extremity of the body,

where they unite with one another along the mesial line. Ten-

tacula two, auriform, not retractile. Anus lateral, placed at the

right side.

_ A. viridis (Pl. V. figs. 1, 2, 3.).—The largest specimens of A.

viridis measured about nine lines in length ; the general colour

of the body and foliaceous expansions is a dull green; the latter

are margined with purple and dotted on both sides with small

green, blue, and rose-coloured points of a brilliant metallic lustre,

and arranged in groups without any definite order ; similar dots

are also found upon the upper surface of the body; a nearly co-

lourless line extends from the posterior extremity of the body to

the termination of the branchial expansions. The tentacula are

of a dull purple, and the eyes are placed in the centre of a nearly

colourless areola. The upper lip is dark purple.

This little mollusk was obtamed abundantly by means of a

small dredge among Zostera marina in the harbours of Glandore,

Castletownsend and Crook Haven, co. Cork, in the months of

August and September 1844.

When confined in a glass of sea-water it would creep upon the

sides of the vessel, adhering not only by the under surface of the

body, but by that of the lateral expansions along the whole

length of their junction in the mesial lime ; external however to a

narrow space corresponding to their line of junction, the expan-

sions were entirely free, and possessed no power of attachment.

Our little mollusk would also take delight in suspending itself in

a horizontal position with its back downwards, from the surface

of the water. It would sometimes separate its lateral expansions

till they became placed nearly in the same plane, and again ele-

vating them vertically, would bring their opposed surfaces nearly

into contact.

_ ANATOMY,

Digestive system.—From a simple unarmed orifice in the an-

terior extremity of the body, a short but rather wide canal,

Pl. VI. c, with membranous walls leads beneath a slightly bifid

lip (PI. V. fig. 3.) to an irregularly spherical body, Pl. VI. a, which

consists of thick walls inclosing a central cavity. In this body

is contained a tongue of very singular structure, Pl. VI. 6 and

Pl. VII. fig.5. It consists of a chain of hard transparent spines,

and is curved so as nearly to return into itself, thus forming a

loop, whose long diameter will be parallel to the axis of the buccal

mass. M. de Quatrefages has given a correct figure of the organ

_as detached from the animal, but has overlooked a most singular

Prof. G. J. Allman on the Anatomy of Actzon. 147

appendage with which it is furnished. This appendage is a py-

riform sac, Pl. VII. fig. 5 a, which communicates by means of a

canal with the left extremity of the tongue.

The sac is filled with spines, precisely similar to those of which

the tongue is composed. They seem to be perfectly formed, and

are placed without any apparent order in the sac. It is difficult

to assign to this sac any other function than that of secreting

the tongue-spines ; and we can easily conceive that as the tongue

is worn away at one extremity, additions are as constantly made to

it from the contents of the sac at the other. The lingual sac is

applied against the outer side of the buccal mass, bemg wholly

external to this body.

The tongue terminates at the right side in a small unarmed

prolongation, Pl. VII. fig. 5 6, which curves forwards along the

convexity of the loop. h

From the posterior part of the buccal mass a slightly sinuous

esophagus, Pl. VI. d, runs backwards and terminates in an oval,

longitudinally striate stomach, e, from which a short intestine, f,

runs transversely to the right side in order to terminate near the

anterior margin of the lateral expansion. The direction of the in-

testine thus places the true position of the anus beyond all doubt,

though so accurately is the external orifice kept closed, that it has

hitherto escaped my attempts at detection.

The stomach and intestine are clothed internally with a ciliated

epithelium, by which their contents are kept in a constant state

of agitation.

In connexion with the alimentary canal just traced are several

accessory organs which require special mention. Four glands

analogous to salivary may be detected. Of these, two, Pl. VI. gg,

are connected with the anterior extremity of the buccal mass, and.

appear to consist each of a cluster of small vesicles, which pour

their contents into the commencement of the alimentary tract:

The posterior pair of salivary glands, 4 h, consists each of a sim-

ple tube of great delicacy, which commences in the buccal mass

just anterior to the origin of the cesophagus, and then becoming™

attached to the cesophagus runs over the supra-cesophageal ganglia,

and soon exhibits a series of little cecal offsets forming small sacs

appended to the tube for the remainder of its course, Pl. VII. fig. 6.

he gland thus constituted runs back through the body of the

animal, extending for a considerable distance behind the stomach.

The salivary glands in Acteon are highly interesting from their

simplicity of constitution, and afford a fine illustration of the

reduction of glandular structure to one of its least complex ex-

pressions.

At a short distance from the termination of the cesophagus

there opens into this tube a small sac of a pyriform figure, Pl, V1.i;

148 Prof. G. J. Allman on the Anatomy of Actzeon.

but whether this is destined to receive from the cesophagus a por-

tion of the alimentary matter, thus performing the office of a crop,

or whether its function is that of simply discharging into the ali-

mentary tract some peculiar product of secretion, I have been

unable to determine.

But perhaps the most remarkable of all the organs accessory

to digestion is the singular ramified system which constitutes so

large a portion of the viscera of Acteon, and which M. de Quatre-

fages, conceiving it to be of high importance, has assumed, along

with certain other peculiarities of structure which he supposes

invariably to accompany it, as entitling him to unite into a new

order a certain number of Gasteropodous Mollusca, distinguishing

them under the name of Phlebenterata.

The system under consideration consists in our mollusk of two

tubes which open, close to one another, into the stomach, at its

cardiac extremity. Near to its termination in the stomach each

tube divides into two branches, one, Pl. VI. kk, passing forwards

towards the head, the other, //, running backwards into the late-

ral expansions. Hach of these branches then undergoes minute

subdivision, the ramifications extending forwards nearly to the

anterior margin of the head, and backwards to the posterior ex-

tremity of the lateral expansions. The ultimate ramuli terminate

each in a cul-de-sac, mmm, and Pl. VII. fig. 4, filled with a green

or brownish substance, in which the microscope enables us to

detect oleaginous globules floating through a fluid of aqueous

consistence.

It is to this curious system, visible through the semitransparent

integuments, that the prevailing colour of the species must be

attributed ; its nature and function, and its claim to constitute a

character of ordinal importance, will be presently considered.

Vascular and Respiratory systems.—The best way of detecting

the vascular system of Actzon is to view the mollusk as an opake

object by means of a single lens and without compression, when

a delicate ramification of vessels will be seen creeping over the

upper surface of the foliaceous expansions, Pl. V. fig.4. Those

vessels which spread themselves over the posterior part of the ex-

pansions terminate in two trunks, aa, one for each lateral half,

which running nearly parallel to the mesial line and at a short

distance from it, at either side appear to end in a circular canal, 6,

into which the vessels from the anterior part of the expansions

also open. This circular vessel cannot be satisfactorily seen with-

out actual dissection ; it is placed immediately beneath the inte-

guments of the back and over the posterior part of the body, and

embraces an organ, c, of an irregularly semicircular figure, into

whose structure strong fibres may be seen to enter with a reticu-

lated arrangement. Beyond this point my researches have failed

Prof. G. J. Allman on the Anatomy of Acton. 149

to trace the anatomy of the apparatus under consideration. We

can however have no difficulty in recognising in the system now

described a heart and vessels. That the vascular ramification ob-

served upon the upper surface of the foliaceous expansions is a

system of branchial vessels, there can indeed be no doubt, and the

expansions themselves must therefore be considered as true aéra-

ting organs. It will at once be seen too, that the ventricle must

be sought for in the reticulated organ just described, though, from

the difficulty of the investigation, I have been unsuccessful im my

attempts to discover its direct connexion with the vessels. The

circular vessel also must be considered as performing the func-

tions of an auricle, and it is indeed by no means improbable that

what appears under the microscope as simply a circular canal

surrounding the ventricle, is really the projecting margin of a de-

licate transparent auricle, whose central portion is rendered invi-

sible by the stronger and: more opake ventricle.

The general opacity of the tissues m Acton, the extreme te- _

nuity of the walls of the vessels, and the transparency of the fluid

which these contain, render the investigation of the circulatory

apparatus a subject of great difficulty. If too much reliance be

placed on the compressor, it will certainly escape detection ; and I

have no doubt that the:abuse of this instrument will account for

the fact of M. de Quatrefages having denied the existence in Ac-

tzon of a vascular system, as well as for many other errors into

which this naturalist has fallen.

Nervous system : Sensation.—Soon after the cesophagus leaves

the buccal mass it passes through a system of seven ganglia,

Pl. VI.n, and Pl. VII. fig. 1, of which six are arranged m three

symmetrical pairs, and’one is azygous.

Of these ganglia, the two largest, Pl. VII. fig. 1 aa, are placed

upon the upper surface of the cesophagus, being in contact with

each other internally. The ganglia of the second pair, b 4, are

placed immediately below the first, upon the sides of the ceso-

phagus, being thus separated to allow of the passage of this tube.

The third pair, ¢c, seems like a protuberance upon the under side

of each of the ganglia last mentioned, and the azygous ganglion,

d, occupies an inferior and median position, completing the sub-

cesophageal portion of this ganglionic collar. The different parts

of this system of cesophageal ganglia are maintained in union by

three commissures. One commissure, ee, springs from each of

the large ganglia on the upper surface of the cesophagus, and

then running down along the side of this tube, terminates in the

azygous ganglion; while the third commissure, f, runs trans-

versely beneath the oesophagus, uniting the two ganglia of the

second pair. The cesophagus thus passes between the great

supra-cesophageal ganglia above, and the transverse commissure

below. ‘Two small spherical bodies, Pl. VI. 0, most probably

150 Prof. G. J. Allman on the Anatomy of Actzon.

pharyngeal ganglia, are placed upon the cesophagus just as this

organ emerges from the buccal mass; but the means by which

they are connected with the other parts of the nervous system, I

have not succeeded in detecting.

The great supra-cesophageal pair seems to be chiefly destined

for the organs of sense. The optic nerves, Pl. VI. p, arise from

this pair, and large nerves, g 7, are sent off from it to the tenta-

cula and lips and the parts immediately surrounding the mouth.

Some nerves going to the generative organs would also seem _

traceable to the same source, while the digestive and other sy-

stems would appear to derive their nerves, s, from the remainder

of the cesophageal mass.

Vision.—The organs of vision are placed at a short distance

behind the tentacula, and to the naked eye present the appear-

ance of minute black points; with the assistance of the micro-

scope, the following parts may without difficulty be detected in

them. The first thing which strikes us is a pigmental body,

Pl. VII. fig. 2a, of a somewhat pyriform figure, furnished poste-

riorly with a prolongation, at one side of which the optic nerve,

b, may be seen entering. Whether this body contains a cavity

with a retinal expansion I cannot assert as the result of observa-

tion, though all analogy would lead us to suppose such to be the

case.

The pigment is of a deep black colour, and is doubtless in-

tended to effect the absorption of all rays of light which may

happen to fall on it. A crystalline lens, c, of a nearly spherical

figure and powerfully refractive, is imbedded in the anterior ex-

tremity of the pigmental body, and surrounding the whole appa-

ratus 1s a transparent capsule, d, perforated posteriorly by the

optic nerve, and apparently performing the function of a cornea

anteriorly.

Hearing.—The organs detected by Siebold in several mollusca,

and supposed by this anatomist to be destined for the function of

hearing, are demonstrable without much difficulty in Acteon.

They look like appendages to the cerebral system, and present

the appearance of nearly spherical bodies, Pl. VII. fig. 1 gg, with

a transparent refractive nucleus, and supported upon a club-

‘shaped peduncle. They would seem to consist of two spheres

concentric with the nucleus, which become apparent when a short

exposure has caused some degree of collapse in the bodies from a

slight evaporation of thew contents. The nucleus, which corre-

sponds with the otolites observed by Siebold, is single, and did

not present the peculiar oscillatory motion manifested by the oto-

lites of other mollusca. The peduncles arise between the first

and second pair of ganglia, but with which of these they are more

intimately connected I have not been able to satisfy myself.

Touch.—Though the sense of touch is without doubt univer-

Prof. G. J. Allman on the Anatomy of Actzon. 151

sally diffused over the soft and constantly lubricated skin of the

mollusk, yet it would appear that the tentacula are specially ap-

propriated to its exercise. These organs consist in auriform

expansions rolled into a cylindrical tube, Pl. V. figs. 1 and 2, but

eapable of being to a certain extent opened out at the will of the

animal. ‘They are incapable of undergoing any true retraction,

but may be slightly shortened and thickened, in which condition

they present a number of transverse ruge. They are supplied

with large nerves from the supra-cesophageal ganglia. No fact

has thrown any light upon the question whether another serse

besides that of touch has also its seat in these organs.

The entire surface of the skin is copiously lubricated with a

thick mucous secretion, which is poured out in large quantity

when the animal is irritated. The source of this fluid would seem

to be in certain pyriform bodies, Pl. VII. fig. 8, which are found

in considerable numbers beneath the integument. Hach termi-

nates in a sinuous duct, which after running for some distance

beneath the skin, opens, most probably, upon the surface. These

organs are described and figured by Quatrefages, but the French

naturalist is in error when he speaks of them as the source of

the beautiful metallic tints with which the surface of our mollusk

is adorned. These tints are due to a pigment inclosed im distinct

cells, arranged in irregular groups beneath the epidermis, consi-

derably smaller than the bodies just described, and evidently

without any duct or external communication whatever. I am

unable to bring forward any observations of interest relative to

the senses of taste and smell in Acton.

Generative system: Embryology.—The reproductive system of

Acton is one of great complexity, and one im which there must

be great difficulty in assigning to each part its proper function.

Acteon is hermaphrodite. A pyriform body, Pl. VI. ¢, placed

anteriorly and at the right side, would seem to be the male in-

tromittent organ. This body is furnished with a tubular perfo«

ration which occupies the axis, and leads from the apex into an

oval cavity, v, situated in the base. From this cavity a smuous

tube, or vas deferens, w, may be traced backwards, which, after a

course of considerable length, communicates with an oval body, 2,

to be presently described, and then pursuing its course backwards

may be seen to bifurcate, one branch passing to the right and the

other to the left. Beyond this point I have in vain attempted

to trace the course of the tube. Its whole internal surface is

thickly clothed with cilia, whose presence is rendered manifest

by the constant rotatory motion imparted to the granular fluid

with which the tube is filled.

Occupying a median position in the posterior part of the body

is an oval sac, y, near whose anterior extremity two tubes may be

152 Prof. G. J. Allman on the Anatomy of Actzon.

seen to enter close to one another. One of these tubes, z, runs

a little forwards, then bends backwards and bifurcates, the divi-

sions again bifurcating dichotomously : its ultimate distribution,

however, I have not succeeded in tracing. The other tube, 9,

runs forwards to the oval body, #, just alluded to, into which it

opens. This body is evidently furnished with a cavity ; its ante-

rior half is of a peculiar complex structure, perhaps glandular,

and destined for the elaboration of some definite secretion. From

its anterior extremity a tube may be traced forwards till lost be-

neath the edge of a large, irregularly-shaped, somewhat plicated

body, y. In this body the tube would seem to terminate, though

here I cannot speak with certainty. The sac, y, contains a yel-

lowish semifluid secretion, which can be forced by the action of

the compressor forwards into the oval body, #, and backwards

through the bifurcating tube, z. With the plicated body, y,

which I would feel inclined to look upon as a testis, a pyriform

sac, 6, is connected ; this sac contains a substance of a semifluid

consistence, and is furnished with a long neck, which can be

traced into the plicated body ; but whether it terminates here or

is continued to some external outlet, I have been unable to satisfy

myself.

Occupying the great lateral expansions, and placed immediately

beneath the ramified organ already described in connexion with

the digestive system, is a curious and very complicated body, f€¢.

This body, which is perhaps an ovary, is double, being formed of

two perfectly similar portions, one of which is placed in each

branchial expansion, and consists of a delicate tube dichotomously

ramified, and furnished along its entire length with closely-set

sacciform appendages, Pl. VII. fig. 8 a. These contain a granular

substance, but whether they communicate with the interior of the

tube is not very manifest. Besides these appendages, numerous

spherical capsules, Pl. VI. @ 0, and Pl. VII. fig. 8b, may be seen

arranged at tolerably regular intervals along the tube, and appa-

rently communicating by means of a short neck with its interior.

These capsules inclose a number of oval bodies, Pl. VII. fig. 8 ec,

and fig. 7, in each of which is a granular mass surrounding a

very distinct nucleus, which is placed towards one extremity, and

is itself furnished with a secondary nucleus. The connexion be-

tween this curious system and the other parts of the reproductive

apparatus has escaped my attempts at detection: neither can I

speak positively as to the exact position of the external orifices of

generation.

Embryology.—Some days after the capture of our little mol-

lusk, I was much gratified at finding that it had deposited its

spawn upon the sides of the glass jar in which it was confined.

The spawn was laid in little spiral discs, Pl. VII. fig. 9, of four or

Prof. G. J. Allman on the Anatomy of Actzon. 153

five lines in diameter, and I at once recognised it as similar to

what I had observed in considerable abundance upon the leaves of

Zostera marina in the locality where the Act@on was captured.

It consisted of numerous ova enveloped in a gelatinous covering,

and deposited in the form of a ribbon rolled into a plane spiral.

In about six days after the deposition of the spawn the eggs were

hatched, and the young Actzons, Pl. VII. figs. 10, 11, 12, escaped,

not in any respect resembling the parent, but of a totally different

type of organization,—very similar to what has of late years been

observed in the young of Doris, Aplysia, and some other Gaste-

ropoda.

The embryo-Actgon is inclosed in a nautiloid shell, and fur-

nished anteriorly with two oval discs, figs. 10, 11aa, ciliated along

the margin, and capable of being approximated till the upper sur-

faces are brought into contact, fig. 11, and again separated till

they lie nearly in the same plane, fig. 12. The discs are con-

tinued anteriorly into a sort of foot, figs. 10, 114, also ciliated

on the margin and provided with an operculum, figs. 11, 12 c,

which is drawn after the little animal when it retires into the re-

cesses of its shell, and thus completely protects it from all intru-

sion from without, fig. 12.

Near the place where the foot joins the discs are two ocelli-

form spots, figs. 10, 11, 12 d, doubtless visual organs, though Van

Beneden considers what are evidently the same organs in the

embryo of Aplysia, as the rudimental cesophageal ganglia. That

the organs under consideration are not ganglia, would alone ap-

pear from their high refractive power.

I could not succeed in detecting a mouth, though a tube,

fig. 11 e, which I believe to be an cesophagus, may with some care

be traced from the root of the discs backwards, till it dilates into

an oval cavity or stomach, f, part of which is concealed beneath a

ee mass, g, which occupies the posterior convolutions of the

shell.

Near the origin of the cesophagus are two spherical bodies, A ;

these I believe to be the true rudiments of cesophageal ganglia.

Two fibres, fig. 1177, may be seen to run from the root of the

discs backwards, and would seem to have some attachment to the

interior of the shell ; they bifurcate near their termination. It is

difficult to say whether they be nervous filaments connected with

the cesophageal ganglia, or muscular fibres destined for the re-

traction of the embryo.

The little embryo is eminently natatory, swimming about with

wonderful activity by means of its curious ciliated discs, and by

its varied and elegant gyrations, constituting an object of great

beauty and interest.

154 Prof. G. J. Allman on the Anatomy of Actzon.

General Observations.

Such are the facts which, from a most careful examination of

a great number of specimens, I believe myself justified in consi-

dering as demonstrated. 1 took much pains in again and again

verifying their correctness ; and as most of them have not as yet

been recorded, while many are in direct variance with recently

published statements, I lose no time in making them public,

This I am the more desirous of doing, from the fact of the ana-

tomy of our little mollusk having within the last year been as-

sumed by an acute and indefatigable French zoologist as charac-

teristic of a new order of Gasteropoda which he has thought fit

to construct, but which appears to me to be constituted upon

grounds totally insufficient, in some respects the result of im-

perfect observation, and in others of conclusions which the ob-

servations, supposing them to be correct, will im no degree

warrant.

In the ‘ Ann. des Sci. Nat.’ 2nde série, tom. xix., is a memoir

by M. de Quatrefages on the anatomy of a small Nudibranchiate

Gasteropod, which this naturalist conceives himself justified in

separating, under the name of Kolidina, from all previously cha-

racterized genera of Nudibranchs. In this memoir M. de Qua-

trefages maintains, that in the anatomy of EKolidina there are pe-

culiarities of such importance as to afford grounds for the esta-

blishment of a new order among the Gasteropodous Mollusca.

M. Milne Edwards had previously directed the attention of

zoologists to a remarkable character of the stomach in the Holi-

dian Nudibranchs, demonstrating the existence m Calliopea of

an extensive system of ramified canals connected with this organ.

Upon this fact M. de Quatrefages seizes with avidity : he main-

tains that the gastric ramifications perform the office of branchial

vessels ; that they are therefore subservient to respiration as well

as to digestion ; and finding them also in his Eolidina, he con-

nects them with other peculiarities which he asserts to have dis-

covered in this mollusk, raises them to a rank of ordinal import-

ance, gives them the name of phlebenteric system, and then sur-

prises zoologists with the somewhat startling announcement of

the existence of a new order among the Gasteropodous Mol-

lusea.

The doctrines which the examination of M. de Quatrefages’

Eolidina had thus led him to adopt, are carried out to their full

extent in a subsequent memoir (Ann, des Sci. Nat. March 1844),

in which, after the examination of Act@on and of five new genera

of his own characterizing (Zephyrina, Acteonia, Amphorina, Pelta

and Chalidis), he maintains the complete establishment of his

new order, and enters into the details of its zoological affinities.

Prof. G. J. Allman on the Anatomy of Actzon, 155

The general characters upon which the French naturalist main-

tains the distinctness of his new order of Gasteropods, are the dis-

appearance in whole or in part of the circulatory system, and the

transference of the-respiratory function from special organs to the

digestive system or common integument,—peculiarities which he

asserts draw with them a general degradation of the organism,

approximating it to the Acalephe, and thus establishing a group

of animals which depart from the type of their class, and are

among the Gasteropods what the Entomostraca are among the

Crustacea.

The memoirs of M. de Quatrefages are certainly characterized

by great ingenuity and will well repay perusal. They have how-

over, I fear, thrown themselves open to justly severe criticism, and

by advancing statements of great zoological importance upon

what must be admitted to be imperfect and too manifestly pre-

judiced observations, would, if not corrected, exercise a most in-

jurious influence upon a science so strictly inductive as zoology.

Of the various animals dissected by M. de Qnotdiotasen in the con-

struction of his Phlebenterate group, Acteon is the only one which

I have had an opportunity of examining. The result of the ex-

amination of this one however is so totally at variance with the

anatomy of the same animal as recorded by the French zoologist,

that though we can hardly be justified in asserting from this,

that his observations on the others are equally erroneous, we must

yet surely hesitate before we adopt conclusions of such great im-

portance in zoology as those to which M. de Quatrefages has

arrived.

On comparing the description and figures of Acton, as given

by M. de Quatrefages in the memoir to which allusion has just

been made, with the structure which my own observation of this

animal had revealed to me, I was struck with a discrepancy, for

which I must confess I found it difficult to account by reference

to any of the ordinary and unavoidable errors to which the obser-

vation of these minute animals is necessarily liable.

Among the most important points in which the observations

just recorded differ from those of M. de Quatrefages, may be

mentioned the detection of a distinct heart and vessels, organs

whose existence is denied by the French naturalist, and of a‘la-

teral termination to the intestine, which is described in the fo-

reign memoir as opening dorsally and medially. The form and

disposition of the gastric ramifications do not at all correspond

with M, de Quatrefages’ description; the terminal culs-de-sacof this

system are arranged very differently from the disposition which

he assigns to them, and the ramifications of opposite sides do not

communicate. There is certainly no such organ in the posterior

156 Prof. G. J. Allman on the Anatomy of Acton.

extremity of the branchial appendages as M. de Quatrefages de-

scribes under the name of cloaca*. The length of the cesopha-

gus and the form of the stomach are altogether at variance with

his description. The cesophageal collar consists of seven, not

four, ganglia ; and if to these points of discrepancy we add some

others mentioned in the present paper, and call to mind that he

has totally overlooked the salivary apparatus and made no men-

tion of the highly-developed generative system, we cannot but

conclude that the establishment of a new order of animals on ob-

servations so imperfect is unwarrantable and rash.

But suppose the observations of the French zoologist not al-

together so erroneous as is here maintained, is he yet justified in

the step which he has taken? We assuredly think not.

Let us consider for a moment whether the singular ramified

system connected with the stomach in Acteon and other allied

genera is really of that vast importance in a zoological point of

view with which M. de Quatrefages would imvest it. If the sy-

stem in question be merely a ramification of the stomach, we can

certainly see in it a disposition by which the surface of the gastric

cavity is greatly increased; but this disposition, exercising no

marked influence over the organism, cannot be supposed to de-

mand any important modifications in the other organs, and surely

offers no solid grounds for believing that its office is to expose

the products of digestion to the influence of the aérated medium.

In truth it is ill-adapted to this function, separating its contents

from the surrounding fluid, not only by its own walls but by the

intervention of a portion of the cavity in which it floats, and by

the whole thickness of the integumentary structures.

But it may be asked, what office is it possible to assign to the

system now under consideration, if it be not that of respiration ?

I believe that the ramified apparatus in Actzon and the Kolidide

is truly a hepatic system, and affords an interesting example of

the reduction of a gland to one of its simplest conditions.

We have in these gastric ramifications one or more offsets from

the lining membrane of the alimentary canal greatly extended

* We can in no way explain what M. de Quatrefages intended by the

organ which he describes as a cloaca, unless we suppose that he really meant

the oval sac (y, Pl. VI.) in the posterior part of the body, which we have de-

scribed in connexion with the generative system, and which by some strange

confusion he has transferred to the posterior extremity of the branchial ex-~

pansions.

+ Since the opinions here expressed were laid before the Association,

there has been placed in my hands a number of the ‘ Comptes Rendus,’ con-

taining a paper by M. Souleyet on the PAlebenterata (Annals, xiv. p. 342),

in which I find that the author’s observations on this subject are entirely in

accordance with my own.

Prof. G. J. Allman on the Anatomy of Actzon. 157

and terminating in culs-de-sac, where doubtless resides the func-

tion of elaborating the biliary secretion. We have just such an

appearance as a careful preparation of glandular structure would

present with all its component ducts and terminal culs-de-sac

accurately disentangled ; we have in fact in the Phlebenteric sy-

stem of M. de Quatrefages nothing more or less than an unra-

veled liver.

This view of the subject would appear to be admitted to a cer-

tain extent even by M. de Quatrefages himself, who describes the

blind terminations of the branches as surrounded with a layer of

a peculiar substance which he believes to be the liver. Of the

connexion of this substance with the gastric ramifications I can-

not speak, as in Acte@on I could find nothing of the kind. As

M. de Quatrefages however has not succeeded in isolating it from

the culs-de-sac, his statement amounts to an admission that on

these terminations of the branches devolves the function of secre-

ting the bile*.

To the view now taken it may be objected, that the biliary

ducts ought to open into the intestine behind the stomach. In-

stances however of the bile being poured into the stomach itself

are by no means without example among the Gasteropoda, and

in some cases, as in Scyllea and Onchidium, this secretion is

discharged into the ceesophagus. The remarkable partition of the

liver in Onchidium moreover is an evident approach to the con-

dition assumed by this organ in the mollusca now under consi-

deration. Another objection to the hepatic character of the gas-

tric ramifications may be urged from the curious discovery by

Messrs. Alder and Hancock, that in Holis the extremities of the

ramuli are not really ceca, but open externally through the ter-

minations of the branchial papille. This however cannot be con-

sidered as a valid objection. It is true that the termination of

the ducts in culs-de-sac has been described as a universal con-

dition of glandular structure, but it has been by no means proved

that a perforate state of the terminations of these tubes is incon-

sistent with the performance of the secreting function. The pur-

pose served by this curious condition of the organ in Holis it is

not very easy to explain. I cannot however avoid looking upon

the perforations in the extremities of the branchial papille as

analogous to the orifice placed at the base of the branchial plume

* I have just seen an excellent paper on the anatomy of Eolis by Messrs.

Hancock and Embleton (Annals, xv. pp. 1, 77), in which these gentlemen

describe the terminations of the gastric ramifications in Zolis as lined by

glandular structure, which in most‘species exhibits a complex follicular dis-

position. The czeca in Act@on are certainly much more simple, nor do they

seem to be furnished with any distinct glandular lining.

158 Prof. G. J. Allman on the Anatomy of Actzon.

in Doris where it gives exit to a part of the hepatic secretion,—an

office which it is by no means unlikely the branchial apertures

in Holis are also destined to fulfil.

M. de Quatrefages maintains, that throughout the whole of his

Mollusca Phlebenterata, with the exception of Holidina, there is a

total absence of a heart and vessels. In Holidina he allows the

existence of a heart and arteries, but denies that of a venous sy-

stem. We have already seen that so far as Acte@on is concerned,

the French anatomist is quite in error, and we have no doubt that

future researches will still further prove the untenableness of his

positions. When we consider the extreme tenuity of the venous

tubes in these animals, and the colourless nature of their contents,

we can surely place but little reliance on any statements which

deny their existence solely from the fact of their having escaped

detection. :

But after all, is a diffused condition of the venous fluid of such

great importance in determining the position of a molluscous

animal in the zoological scale? Setting aside the Ascidia, a

group universally allowed to manifest a degradation of structure,

we know that in Aplysia a diffusion of this very kind begins to

show itself in the remarkably imperfect condition of the venous

trunks in this genus, and yet M. de Quatrefages himself would

hardly be rash enough to degrade from its co-ordinate Gastero-

pods this highly organized mollusk.

It remains for us now to consider the zoological relations of

Acteon and its true position among the Mollusca. We have seen

that Montagu originally described this mollusk under the name

of Aplysia, and all zoologists since his time have, with the ex-

ception of M. de Quatrefages, agreed in placing it in the vicinity

of the Aplysia. Sander Rang, it is true, in his ‘ Manuel des

Mollusques,’ expresses in a note his opinion that the position of

Acteon is in the neighbourhood of Placobranchus, a genus esta-

blished by Van Hasselt for a mollusk discovered by him on the

coast of Java; in the text however he follows the opinion of

other zoologists,, making Acteon a genus in his family of

Aplysiens.

It is without doubt to M. de Quatrefages that we are indebted

for having first decidedly removed Acteon from the Tecti-

branchiate Mollusca, and placed it in the vicinity of Holts and

its allies,—a position which is assuredly its true one, being fully

borne out, not only by its internal structure but by its external

conformation, however at variance this last may at first appear

with the legitimacy of the position now assigned to it.

The lateral expansions of Acton are truly analogous to the

branchial papille of Zolis, their real homology being easily found

Prof. G. J. Allman on the Anatomy of Acteeon. 159

in the united branchize of an Kolidian mollusk ; and if to this we

add the gastric or hepatic ramifications, and consider the general

character of the anatomy as detailed in the present paper, we can

have no hesitation in making Acte@on a genus of NuDIBRANCHIATE

Motuvusca. As to the close affinity of Acteon to Placobranchus,

I fully agree in the opinion of M. Sander Rang, expressed in the

note just alluded to. Indeed I believe the relation between these

mollusca to be closer than has been yet suspected, though, from

the imperfect state of our knowledge of Placobranchus, it would

be at present premature to urge with confidence any further opi-

nion upon this subject. 7

While I have thus strongly objected to the establishment of a

new order for the reception of the Holidian Nudibranchs, I yet

believe that strict zoology peremptorily demands the formation —

among the Nudibranchs of a distinct group for these mollusca,

by which they may be kept apart from other Nudibranchs with

which many zoological writers have too closely united them. In-

deed the light which has of late years been thrown upon the ana-

tomy of the Mollusca Nudibranchiata places us in a position for

recognising those relations by which a natural’ subordinate group-

ing of the order may be effected. A dismemberment founded

upon the differences of organization of the Mollusca Nudi-

branchiata had been to a certain extent carried out by M. de

Blainville in the establishment of his groups Polybranchiata and

Cyclobranchiata, the former corresponding to the family Trito-_

niade of subsequent zoologists, and the latter to that of Dori-

dide. De Blainville divides the Polybranchiata into two minor

groups, Tetracerata and Dicerata, both natural, the’ former in-

cluding Holis, Glaucus, &c., and the latter Tritonia, Scyllea and

Thetis.

With the position heye assigned to Tritonia, Scyllea and The-

tis, though the group is in itself natural, I cannot concur, as I

believe these mollusca much further removed from Holis and its

allies than from Doris.

Sander Rang (Man. des Mol.) rejects De Blainville’s groups

Polybranchiata and Cyclobranchiata, and primarily divides the

entire order into five families: 1. les Ptérosomes, established for

the reception of a single genus Pterosoma, discovered by Lesson

in the equatorial seas; 2. les Glauques = Polybranchiata Tetra-

cerata, Blainy.; 3. les Tritonies = Polybranchiata Dicerata, Blainy.;

4. les Doris = Cyclobranchiata, Blainv. ; 5. les Placobranches, esta-

blished for the Placobranchus of Van Hasselt.

Pterosoma, upon which Rang founds his first family, is cer-

tainly a very doubtful Nudibranch, and I believe admitted into

this order upon very uncertain grounds. Lesson, its discoverer,

160 Prof. G, J. Allman on the Anatomy of Actzon.

described it (Mém. de la Soc. d’Hist. Nat.) as a Nucleobranch

nearly allied to Firola, and there is at least as much reason for

considering it in this point of view as for assigning it a place

among the Nudibranchs. Rejecting therefore Pterosoma from

the Nudibranchs as a mollusk as yet too imperfectly understood,

the remaining four families are judiciously constructed, based as

they are upon true differences of organization, and consisting of

really natural groups. gait

In the beautiful work of Messrs. Alder and Hancock on the

British Nudibranchiate Mollusca, the first part of which, just

published by the Ray Society, I have had an opportunity of

seeing, since the present paper was placed in the printer’s hands,

these gentlemen distribute the British genera under the three

families, Doridide, Tritoniade and Eolidide. They make more-

over a most important revision of the old genus Tritonia, separa-

ting from it the Tritonia arborescens of previous authors, which

they find, notwithstanding its divided branchize and general Tri-

_tonia-like appearance, to possess a true Kolidian structure, and

Which they accordingly locate in the family of the Kolidid@ as a

distinct genus under the name of Dendronotus. |

In order however that Actgon may also find a place among the

Mollusca Nudibranchiata, an additional family must be formed

for its reception. The family which it is thus found necessary to

constitute will perhaps correspond with the Placobranches of

Sander Rang, though, from our entire ignorance of the structure

of Placobranchus, it is impossible to form a decided opinion as

to the identity of the two families.

Having thus established four families among the Mollusca

Nudibranchiata, the next question which suggests itself is, whether

these families, when arranged in strict zoological co-ordination,

are separated from one another by equal intervals? The answer

must here be at once given in the negative, the Doridide bemg

much more nearly allied to the Tritoniade than these are to any

of the remaining families of the order. This circumstance there.

fore demands the division of the entire order into two great pri-

mary sections, by which means a natural grouping of the families

themselves may be effected, and their true relations to each other

be rendered apparent. :

The grounds upon which this primary division of the Nudi-—

branchiata is based, will be found in the singular system of

hepatic ramifications, to which attention has already been so

frequently directed, and which, though far from being of that

importance with which it has been invested by M. de Quatrefages,

is yet a decided indication of the existence of two subordinate

groups in the order Nudibranchiata.

Prof. G. J, Allman on the Anatomy of Actzon. 161

In accordance therefore with this arrangement, the Nudi- —

branchiate Mollusca will stand as follows :-—

ORDER. SECTION. FAMILY. GENUS.

‘Branchize in the mesial

line, placed in a circle

more or less complete

4 around the anus,

Liver compact ......+++ 4 Doripip2z.

Doris, Polycera,

&c,

the sides, or scattered. lea, Thetis.

Branchie arranged along } Ti Scyl-

TRITONIADZA.

branched or muricated. > Dendronotus*,

Eouipipa&, Glaucus,-&c,

NupDIBRANCHIATA.

(Branchie papillose, rf De Alderia,

| Liver disintegrated..."

Branchie foliaceous. Actzon, Placo-

. AcTAONIDA. branchus ? acl

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate V.

Fig. 1. Acteon viridis, viewed from above.

Fig. 2. The same, viewed in profile.

Fig. 3. The head seen from below.

Fig. 4. Vascular system : aa, trunks which receive the blood from the pos-

terior parts of the branchial expansions; 8, circular vessel into

which the trunks @ a@ open, and which also receives the blood from

the anterior part of the branchial expansions ; ¢, the ventricle.

Pirate VI.

Acie@on viridis opened from above; that portion of the hepatic ramifications

which occupies the right side has been removed in order to sim-

plify the figure, and for the same reason the ovaries? have not been

ages on the left: a, buccal mass; b, tongue; c, canal through

which the buccal mass opens exteriorly ; d, esophagus; e, stomach;

J, intestine; gg, anterior pair of salivary glands; hh, posterior

pair ; i, pyriform sac opening into cesophagus ; k #, anterior trunks

of hepatic ramifications; //, posterior trunks; m mm, culs-de-sac

in which the hepatic ramifications terminate ; , ganglionic collar

of cesophagus; 0, pharyngeal ganglia? ; p, optic nerve; g7, nerves

running to tentacula and lips; s, nerves supplying the digestive

system ; ¢, penis; v, oval cavity in base of penis; w, vgs deferens ;

* I would feel well-inclined to separate Dendronotus as the type of a

small family distinct from the true Holidide. With Dendronotus | would

also join Doto (Melibeea, Johns.), and then the second section ef Nudi-

branehs would consist of three families, of which the Dendronotide would

be exactly co-extensive with the subfamily MZelibaeine of Messrs. Alder and

Hancock, With the animal assumed by Rang as the type of his genus Me-

libea, I am not sufficiently acquainted to decide upon its exact location,

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi.

162 Mr.J.E. Gray on a new genus of Night Lizards.

x, oval body with which vas deferens communicates ; y, sac of un-

known function ; x, dichotomously divided tube which opens into

the sac y; 6, tube connecting the sac y with the oval body 2;

y, the testis ?; 3, pyriform sac connected with y; ¢€ €, the ovary ?;

6 6, capsular bodies connected with ovary.

Puate VII.

Fig. 1. System of cesophageal ganglia : aa, great supra- cesophageal ganglia ;

bb, second pair; cc, third pair; d, azygous ganglion; e e, com-

missures connecting supra-cesophageal ganglia with azygous gan-

glion; jf, commissure which runs beneath the cesophagus and

unites the two ganglia of the second pair ; gg, organs of hearing.

Fig. 2. Organ of vision: a, pigmental body ; 6, optic nerve; ¢, crystalline

lens ; d, transparent capsule inclosing pigmental body and lens.

Fig. 3. Subcutaneous mucous glands.

Fig. 4. Terminal culs-de-sac of the hepatic system.

Fig. 5. The tongue: a, lingual sac; 6, unarmed prolongation, in which the

tongue terminates at the right side.

Fig. 6. Portion of posterior salivary glands.

Fig. 7. One of the oval bodies contained in the ovarian capsules.

Fig. 8. Portion of the ovary with its capsule: aa a, sacciform appendages;

b, capsule ; c, oval bodies inclosed by the capsule.

Fig. 9. Group of ova as deposited upon the leaves of Zostera marina, &c.

Fig. 10, 11, 12. Embryo: aa, locomotive discs; b, foot; c, operculum ;

d, organs of vision ; e, cesophagus; f, stomach; g, granular mass,

beneath which the posterior part of the alimentary canal is con-

cealed ; h, rudiments of cesophageal ganglia; ii, filaments which

pass backwards from the base of the discs.

XV.—Description of a new genus of Night Lizards from Belize.

By J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S. &c.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GenTLEMEN,—This interesting new ‘form of Gecones, or Night

Lizards, was sent from Belize by Mr. Dyson under the name of

“‘ Gallwaspe,” a name which appears to be generically applied to

most Lizards by the English in Tropical America. It is at once di-

stinguished from all the genera of the family before known by the

short, blunt, compressed, equal-diametered toes, but more particularly

by the very small size of the claws, which are completely hidden be-

tween two large, half oblong scales, which have a narrow one between

the base of the upper edge.

Genus CoLtzonyx. Fam. Gecoripa.

Toes rather compressed, equally thick their whole length, blunt

at the end; edges simple, rounded ; upper surface covered with a single,

and the sides with three series of six-sided scales, the under surface

witha single series of rather narrow, slightly convex, transverse scales ;

the end of each toe furnished with large, oblong, convex scales on

each side, forming a complete sheath to the small claws, and with

The Arctic Expedition. 163

an elongate tapering scale covering the suture between these two

scales above. Preanal pores distinct, in an angular series; scale gra-

nular, with series of larger, round, convex granules. ‘Tail cylindrical,

with rings of larger subangular tubercles, swollen near the vent be-

neath, and with large tubercles on each side.

Coleonyx eleyans. Gray ; head and nape with concentric black streaks;

back and tail with irregular black cross-bands, beneath gray ;

back with numerous series of roundish tubercles, smaller and

more distant on the head and nape, and more crowded on the

limbs.

Inhab. Belize. Collection of the British Museum.

XVI.—The Arctic Expedition under the command

of Sir Joun FRANKLIN.

We have been favoured with the sight of letters from Mr. H.

Goodsir, who is attached to this expedition, and hasten to com-

municate to our readers an outline of the results already obtained.

The zeal and scientific knowledge of our friend Mr. Goodsir have

raised high anticipations of the value to natural science of this

voyage, and these have, if possible, attained a still greater eleva-

tion by what has been already done. It is most satisfactory to

learn that the officers of the expedition, and also a considerable

number of the men, are most active in rendering every assistance

to him in his researches. They have indeed kept him at work

almost night and day (if there can be said to be any night in

these latitudes), examiming, drawing, and describing new or

highly interesting animals.

We will now proceed to give a short account of the voyage, as

learned from Mr. Goodsir’s letters, which are dated from “ Disco

in Baffin’s Bay, July 7, 1845.”

The earlier part of the voyage was rather tedious, owing to ad-

verse and stormy winds, so that the ships were driven far to the

north-east, near enough on June 11th to have seen the moun-

tains of Iceland, had the state of the atmosphere allowed. On

the 22nd they were off Cape Farewell, the southern point of

Greenland. Up to this date there were only two days upon

which he could make any observations, but the results of these

are extremely interesting. On the 10th of June, in lat. 61° 47’,

long. 14° 14/, numerous specimens of a species of Briareus were

obtained, furnishing an important addition to our knowledge of

these animals. The presence of “ cilia frmging the bifurcated

_ portions of the lateral extremities of its body,” decides the posi-

tion of the genus in nature, and proves that Quoy and Gaimard’s

idea of its being molluscous is not correct. Its intestinal canal

consists of a straight tube with but one oval opening. The re-

164. The Aretic Expedition.

jection of the indigestible portion of its food is effected by dila-

ting the whole body with water and then ejecting it.

At the same time a small species of Clio, several Beroé, one

specimen of a free Actinia, and a very beautiful Crustacean, form-

ing a new genus in the family Pontia and allied to Ireneus, were

obtained. The last is characterized by its large size, “the enor-

mous length of the four central tail-filaments, the inner of which

are not themselves armed with filaments, all the others being so ;

each of the antennz has a joint at the distal part of the first third,

thus enabling the animal to bend them and conceal them under

its body.” _

On the second fine day a most interesting Ciliograde was ob-

tained of very peculiar form, and having the ciliated ribs trans-

verse instead of longitudinal; the cilia arising from either edge

of the ribs. Mr. Goodsir thinks that its minute structure, which

is very complicated, proves its aflinity to the Diphyde and also

the Salpe. All the Meduse obtained on these two days were

Ciliogrades. :

On the 28rd of June, having rounded Cape Farewell in a

heavy gale of wind on the preceding day, on entering Davis’

Straits numerous. beautiful Pteropoda of the genus Clio were ob-

tained in company with Spiratella. They were swimming ac-

tively in the water and were adorned with the brightest colours ;

only approaching the surface of the sea on calm evenings. The

observations made upon these animals have enabled Mr. Goodsir

to confirm the observations of Eschscholtz in most points.

On the 25th numerous Meduse were seen, all of these of the fa-

mily Beroide and mostly of the species B. punctata of Eschscholtz.

On the 27th soundings were obtained in 41 fathoms and a dredge

put down, which produced, amongst many other interesting cap-

tures, a new species of Caprella, Amphipoda in great number,

several Asteriade, a Terebratula and several other Mollusca, an

Isopod forming a new genus allied to Munna, a very beautiful

Ascidian, four species of fish— Cyclopterus, Liparis, Ammodytes,

and a beautiful species new to the observer. On the same day a

large shoal of the Caing whale (Phocena Melas) passed on their

way towards the south.

On the 28th a dredge was sunk to the enormous depth of

300 fathoms, and produced many highly interesting species of

Mollusca, Crustacea, Asteriade, Spatangi and Corallines ; such

as Fusus, Turritella, Venus, Dentalium, &c.; and also some large

forms of Jsopoda. As bearing upon the geographical distribution

of species, Mr. Goodsir considers the occurrence of Brissus lyrifer

(Forbes) and Alauna rostrata (Goodsir) as of the greatest in-

terest, both of them being natives of the Scottish seas. The

vemarkable depth also appears to us to give peculiar interest to

The Arctic Expedition. | 165

these researches, as we believe that the deepest dredgings ever

previously obtained were those of Prof. E. Forbes in the Levant,

the deepest of which was 230 fathoms, itself far beyond any made

by other naturalists. Such valuable and laborious researches can

only be made when the officers of'a ship have such kindly dispo-

sitions towards the observer of nature as was the case during

Prof. Forbes’s voyage, and is now shown by those under the

command of Sir J. Franklin.

On the 1st of July two specimens of a small species of Beroé

were obtained, which greatly illustrated the process of their deve-

lopment. A thick germinal membrane of a red colour was ob-

served lining the central cavity of the body, in which both male ~

and female cells appeared to be developed. The ova haying ar-

rived at some size project so far as to become pedunculated, and

so hang from the membrane into the cavity. The male cells are

also developed in the same membrane.”

Mr. Goodsir is making minute observations upon the ice of the

bergs, and as he purposes continuing them throughout the voy-

age, there can be little doubt of his arriving at valuable conclu-

_ sions. He observes that it is quite without salt; this was to be

expected, when we consider that they are not formed of marine

ice, but are parts of glaciers which have become detached and

fallen into the sea. “ The surface of a mass when melting pre-

sents numerous flat concavities, all of them of about the same size

and form, and without any interruption, excepting the ridges

forming the walls of separation.” A loud cracking noise is heard

and small particles are occasionally thrown off. The minute

structure of the ice consists of three series of cells—two traver-

sing the mass in one direction, and one at right angles to them.

Of the former, one series consists of moderately large and quite

globular cells of nearly uniform size, each having within it “a

small globule of a peculiar fluid ;” the oblong, sausage-shaped

cells of the other series also contain small globules, but usually

several instead of one. The mode of formation of these cells and

the nature of the inclosed fluid are subjects to which his atten-

tion will be especially turned. The third series consists of very

minute cells, arranged in well-defined wavy bands, which run

across the lines formed by the other series. These bands are of

an opake white colour.

We also find some observations upon the action of floating ice

upon the granitic shores of the islands. All the rocks below high

water mark and some considerably above it are rounded off into

long irregular ridges with intervening hollows by the half-float-

ing masses of ice.

As the ships were to stay at the Whale-fish Islands for a few

166 Dr. W. Seller on some Plants obtained

days, Mr. Goodsir hoped to obtain a complete collection of the

animals, plants and minerals existing upon them.

The expedition has now proceeded into the mhospitable icy

regions of the north, and we must not expect to receive any

further accounts of it until it has either succeeded in making its

way into the Pacific Ocean, or having found that to be impossible,

is on its return to England. In either case there can be no doubt

that much valuable scientific information will be obtained.

XVII.— Observations on some Plants obtained from the shores of

Davis’ Straits. By Witi1amM Setier, M.D., Fellow of the

Royal College of Physicians, Edinburgh*.

A rew weeks since, Mr. Sutherland, a student of medicine, who

made a voyage last summer to Davis’ Straits as medical officer of

a whale ship, presented me with some plants gathered on the

coasts and dried as he best could without any of the usual bota-

nical conveniences. There are in all about twenty-five species,

and a few of them are plants which cannot fail to interest the

botanist. All of them were gathered within or close upon the

Arctic Circle, on the coasts of Davis’ Straits and Baffin’s Bay,

adjacent to the usual course of whale-fishing vessels, so that, were

it deemed desirable, it would be easy, by holding out a little en-

couragement, to induce some of the many young men who go

out annually in the same capacity with Mr. Sutherland to bring

home collections of this description.

It is impossible to believe that the variations of species under

the opposite circumstances of different regions, as respects soil,

situation and climate, do not take place in obedience to fixed ge-

neral laws. Yet our knowledge on this head at present consists

almost exclusively of what may be called unreduced particular

observations on certain species ; too few to found upon. It may

be that such laws prevail, yet lie beyond our reach. If such be

the case, the only resource is to make up our minds to sacrifice

brevity in regard to species observed to vary, and to practise de-

tailed description of all their varieties. And fortunately, while

this method serves as a considerable corrective of the evil in the

meantime, it is the only plan, by following out which we can

hope to arrive at the general laws of variation, if these be attain-

able.

When a species is known to be polymorphous, we might, in

the meantime, advisably lay aside the ordinary circumscribed

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, 12th of June and

10th of July, 1845.

from the shores of Davis’ Straits. 167

form of definition in regard to it as leading only to error, and, in

its stead, adopt detailed descriptions drawn from individuals pro-

duced in distant localities offering the widest possible range of

circumstances. The obvious objection to such a practice is the

room it takes up. In methodical botany, without doubt, brevity

is a prominent excellence. But here there can hardly be any

real sacrifice of brevity. For the needless multiplication of spe-

cies is an unavoidable result of our definitions being not universal

but local, that is, applicable to some localities only. All who have

attended to Arctic botany feel in particular the force of the diffi-

culties referred to.

Sir Wm. Hooker has well remarked on the extreme difficulty

which attends the determination of what ought and what ought

not to be considered as good species among Arctic plants: “ Ve-

getables,” he says, “of our own more southern latitudes often

assume in those frigid regions an aspect quite different from

what we are accustomed to see them wear ; and which, without

referring to a very extensive series of specimens, might well be

supposed to afford decided marks of specific distinction*.” And

Wahlenberg, the well-known author of the ‘ Flora Lapponica,’

speaking of the botanist who limits his attention to the charac-

ters of species as studied in one district, says, “ Fingit sibi cha-

racteres sic dictos certos, et putat se eorum criterus dijudicare

posse diversitatem specificam plantarum totius mundi ;” adding,

after some further observations, “In hac re alii faciant que me

facere vetant visa repertaque +.”

On such views the observations with which I am about to

trouble the Society are chiefly founded.

Crucirer£.—Among the plants in this small collection are

some Crucifere. There are several specimens of Cochlearia and

a Draba. Most of the specimens of Cochlearia are so imperfect,

that it would be a waste of time to attempt to determine whether

they should be referred to the C. officinalis or to the C. anglica,

the latter of which is said to be the most common of the Arctic

species. There is however one well-developed specimen in fruit

which agrees with the C. fenestrata of Mr. Brown, with the ex-

ception of having long peduncles, particularly in the lower fruit,

in which respect it answers to the C. lenensis of DeCandolle. It

seems very certain, as Sir Wm. Hooker has remarked, that the

fenestra occurs in the fruit-septum of other species of Cochlearia

besides that which Mr. Brown named fenestrata ; still, if the fe-

nestra or rima be of rare occurrence in the other species, and if

the absence of it be the exception in the C. fenestrata, it is a

* Appendix to Parry’s Second Voyage, p. 382.

t+ Flora Lapponica, Ratio operis, p. 9.

168 Dr. W. Seller on some Plants obtained

useful descriptive character. In our specimen it appears in

almost all the silicule that have been opened. In DeCandolle’s

description of the Crucifere, he mentions, as occasional, the pre-

. sence of a stria or a rima in the axis of the fruit-septum ; and as

far as I have observed, the stria, which may be regarded as indi-

cating the tendency to the rima or fenestra, occurs generally in

the species of Cochlearia. This stria or fenestra in the axis seems

to suggest the idea that the dissepiment in the fruit of the Cru-

cifere is composed of two portions extended from the opposite

sides to meet there. And if this be deemed probable, then the

conclusion would follow that their seed-vessel is composed, not

of two, according to the received view, but of four carpels. As

Mr. Brown says he met with one specimen of C. fenestrata in

which many of the silicule were three-valved and three-celled, I

was curious to ascertain if any of those in our specimen presented

this anomaly, but was disappomted. Mr. Brown does not say

how the second dissepiment was placed. It is impossible to sup-

ose that there were two dissepiments parallel to each other. I

infer then, particularly as Mr. Brown uses the word “ dissepi-

mentum” in the singular number, that the additional septum

joined the normal septum in the axis. Mr. Brown’s discovery |

of three-celled pericarps in a cruciferous plant is an encourage-

ment to botanists to search for the farther anomaly of four-celled

pericarps among the same; which can hardly fail to occur, if the

theory of their fruit bemg composed of four carpels or carpellary

leaves be correct ; for on this view it must be by abortion that

placente and a septum fail to appear opposite to the cleft of the

stigma, at the place in the valves occupied by the carina, when

that is present in this kind of fruit. Mr. Brown also remarks, |

in his description of the C. fenestrata, that the umbilical cords

are joined together at their bases by a narrow membrane. This

narrow membrane farther illustrates the structure of the fruit in

the Crucifere. It represents the margin of the interior layer of

the carpellary leaf stopping short close to the inner side of -the

middle rib, which here enters into the replum or frame of the

dissepiment, while the dissepiment itself is composed of the outer

layer joined with its fellow of the adjacent carpellary leaf and ex-

tended to the axis. This accords in so far with DeCandolle’s

account of the structure of the septum in the Crucifere, though

he describes it in different terms ; he says the septum is formed

by the reflexion inwards of the epicarps, while the endocarps stop

short close to the suture and produce the placente. But if there

be four such shortened borders of the endocarp, two at each

margin of the septum, as in all silicule with a double row of

seeds in each cell, then there must have been four original car-

pellary leaves, two entering imto each valve, and two into each

from the shores of Davis’ Straits. 169

half of the septum ; and the replum or frame of the septum must

be double, being composed on each side of the middle ribs of two

of these leaves united ; and further, each lobe of the stigma must

be double, as being a prolongation of this double replum. Again,

as the middle ribs of the carpellary leaves which make up each

double lobe of the stigma are manifestly to the right and left

of the portions of these produced into the dissepiment, the place

of the dissepiment itself, though not in appearance, is in reality

between these united halves of each lobe of the stigma, or the

dissepiment in the Crucifere, according to this view, is not a false

but a true dissepiment, as alternating with the divisions of the

stigma; and this must be very apparent if cases occur in which

the usual abortions do not take place in the region of the carinze

of the valves. ;

Our next Cruciferous plant is plainly a Draba. It is not easy

to say with certainty to what species this plant should be re-

ferred. But for the small number of leaves on the stems, it

might pass for a variety of the D. incana. I set it down as the

D. hirta ; not the D. hirta of the ‘English Botany,’ but the D.

hirta, var. a, of Wahlenberg. The number of leaves on the scape

is not so constantly two in our specimens as stated in the descrip-

tion of that species ; sometimes there is but one ; sometimes even

four. The silicles are glabrous, oblique or slightly twisted, the

peduncles shorter than the silicles and not absolutely free from

pubescence. Some of the root-leaves are slightly toothed, those

of the scapes uniformly toothed. DeCandolle remarks on this

species, “ Planta polymorpha cum sequentibus sepe confusa et

extricatu difficillima.”

Caryoruytie#.—Of the Caryophyllee we have the Lychnis

alpina, the Cerastium alpinum, and a single specimen of a small

plant with the habit of a Stel/aria. The plant being far advanced,

the form of the petal could not be made out at first, so that it

was difficult to say whether it was an Arenaria or a Stellaria. At

our last meeting, when the plant was shown, Mr. M‘Nab sug-

gested its being the Stellaria scapigera. This 1 believe it to be,

and have since found that the petal is cleft to the base as in that

species. Though found on our highland mountains, the S. sea-

pigera has not appeared, as far as | have observed, in any of the

lists of Arctic plants hitherto published. I[t does not occur im

Wahlenberg’s ‘ Flora Lapponica,’ nor even in Hooker’s ‘ Flora

Boreali-Americana.’ In a small collection of Arctic plants in the

Society’s museum, a specimen of what appears to be the same

plant occurs under the name of Séellaria Edwardsii. To this

species, however, our plant has but a distant resemblance. In

our plant the leaves are connate, which I do not find to be re-

170 Dr. W. Seller on some Plants obtained

marked in the descriptions of Stellaria scapigera. As the plant

in the Society’s herbarium was obtained also from the shores of

Davis’ Straits, we may hope that opportunities will occur of ex-

amining the species under more favourable circumstances.

Rosacr#.—Of the Rosaceae, besides the Potentilla tormentilla,

there are several specimens of a Potentilla which deserves some

attention. These specimens are of the same species, though one

is much more branched than the others. The lower part of the

‘stem is covered with a dense brown mass, composed of the en-

larged stipules of the inferior leaves. In the midst of this cover-

ing the stem divides into several branches. These stems or

branches in all our specimens are one-flowered and few-leaved,

yet each at its base is covered with brown stipular sheaths arising

from itself. The radical or lowest leaves are on pretty long pe-

tioles arising in the mass of stipular sheaths. These petiolated

leaves are ternate, and each leaflet is crenate, having from five to

seven convex teeth nearly but not absolutely equal; in the ter-

minal leaflet there are commonly seven such teeth. Both sur-

faces of the leaflets, particularly the lower, are covered with silky

hairs, and hairs of the same description copiously ciliate their

margins. They are rather small, each leaflet being about the

third. part of an inch long and less than a quarter of an inch

broad. The few leaves on the flower-bearing stems are also ter-

nate, but smaller and less perfectly developed, the terminal leaflet

having no more than three convex teeth ; these have no petiole,

but in lieu of it a pair of connate stipules. The flower-bearing

stems, as well as the petioles of the lower leaves, are hairy, the

hairs on the former being shorter. The calycine sepals are ovate,

blunt or subrotund, the five exterior rather smaller than the five

interior, the mner rather less round than the outer, subequal in

both rows; both are hairy and fringed with hairs. The petals

are considerably longer than the sepals, large and broad, obcor-

date or emarginate.

_ There are not a great many species of Potentilla hitherto de-

scribed with ternate leaves. Of these, the only species to which

our plant approaches are the P. nivea, Vahliana, emarginata and

nana. In some respects it agrees with each of these. The flowers

are too large for the P. nivea, and moreover it differs in its whole

aspect from the P. nivea at least of the Alps. It agrees better

with the P. Vahliana, which is held to be the same as the P.

Jamesoniana from Greenland, described by Dr. Greville. The

leaves however in Dr. Greville’s figure have hardly the same

‘aspect; in Dr. Greville’s plant the lateral leaflets are trifid, in

ours usually quinguefid; moreover Dr. Greville describes the

leaflets as gashed at the apices, those of our plant are crenate

from the shores of Davis’ Straits. 171

over the whole margin. The description of the P. emarginata

is rather vague ; it seems indeed, as Sir Wm. Hooker * suggests,

to be the same as the P. nana. Our species on the whole agrees

very well with the P. nana, though the name does not seem very

applicable to it, unless it refer to the large size of the flowers as

compared with the moderate height of the plant. Lehmann, as

cited by Hooker+, says the P. nana is distinguished from all the

allied species by the “ foliola calycina exteriora subrotunda obtu-

sissima.” These leaflets in our specimens are certainly roundish,

though it may be doubted if they come completely up to the

strong expression just quoted. The remarkable fringing of the

leaves with silky hairs, so striking in our specimens, is hardly

referred to in the description of P. nana or of the allied

species. :

SaneuIsorBE#.—Here we have the Alchemilla vulgaris, a

well-developed plant.

OnaGrarEx.—Among the plants before us there are two

Epilobiums: one a single imperfect specimen, which may probably

pass for the EKpilobium angustissimum of Linnzeus, among the

habitats of which he gives Greenland ; the other the Epilobium

latifolium, of which there are several excellent specimens ; the

most beautiful indeed in this small collection.

DeCandolle says, in his definition of the Epilobium latifolium,

“ caule simplici,” with a mark of interrogation ; Sir Wm. Hooker

says, “caule subramoso.” In all our specimens there are several

stems arising immediately from the root, while there is hardly

any branching ineach. The leaves are ovate-lanceolate, as stated

by all authorities. It is not however commonly noticed that the

leaves are distinctly unequal on the opposite sides of the middle

rib. Again, they are said by DeCandolle to be “ integriusculis,”

and by Hooker to be “subintegerrimis.” On examining the

leaves in the specimens before the Society, I find the margins

minutely revolute with slight irregularities, which give the ap-

pearance of very small straggling teeth. This appearance has

possibly given rise to the belief of the leaves not being absolutely

entire, as the above expressions imply. In these specimens the

leaves are glabrous, which seems to be less usual. The leaves

moreover in our specimens are alternate and opposite, as described

by Linneus. The peduncles are axillary, yet sometimes so close

as to appear to be ternate or fasciculate. These peduncles, which

are as long-as the flower, are purple and inflated. The calyx is

coloured as in the EL. glandulosum of Lehmann.

SAXIFRAGEX.—There are four Saxifrages, the Sazxifraga op-

positifolia, S. tricuspidata, S. cernua and S. rivularis.

* Flora Boreali-Americana, vol. i. p. 194. tT Jb.

172 Dr. W. Seller on some Plants obtained

Of the S. oppositifolia I have nothing to observe. The speci-

mens of S. ¢ricuspidata are several and very well marked. Of the

S. cernua the specimens are pretty numerous, while very few, as

is usual, have flowers. One has a rather large flower with two

unblown flowers near it, so as to form an approach to a simple

umbel. In another there is a well-blown flower and an unblown

small flower near it. The only specimen besides, which has a

flower at all, is one-flowered. Sir Wm. Hooker in the ‘ British

Flora’ remarks on this species, “frequently there is no flower,

and I have never seen more than one upon a stem.” Linnzus

also describes the S. cernua as one-flowered. Wahlenberg how-

ever says, “ caule subunifloro,” and Sir Wm. Hooker in his ‘ Flora

Boreali-Americana’ has in the definition “ flore seepe subunifloro.”

In these specimens the minute rounded bodies or bulbils which

stand instead of flowers are easily extracted from the axils of the

uppermost leaves. And in all the specimens the root is clothed

with amylaceous scales, giving to it at the first inspection no small

resemblance to the root of the S. granulata. In none of the de-

scriptions that I have consulted is this singularity of the root

referred to except by Mr. Don, who speaks of the “ radix squa-

mata, squame e basibus petiolorum foliorum primordialium

enata.”” And moreover he places this species in his third section

of the genus Sazifraga, termed Leiogyne, of which he remarks,

that “the roots, whether scaly or fibrous, scarcely afford any spe-

cific character, as they have all a tendency to become scaly.”

Our fourth Saxifrage is the S. rivularis. It is wholly in fruit,

and is taller and stouter than usual. Wahlenberg says the 8S. r7-

vularis hardly exceeds an inch in height. Hooker describes it

as “pigmea.” Don gives two inches as the height of the stems.

Our specimens approach to three inches. There can be no doubt

however that these are specimens of the S. rivularis.

Composirz.—Of the plants before us, one only belongs to

the Composite. On mentioning at our last meeting that I took

this syngenesious plant. for a species of Arnica, my opinion met

with very little countenance. I have since examined the speci-

mens with some care, and I feel satisfied that the plant is an

Arnica, and that it is the same as what authors have described as

one of the Arctic forms of the Arnica montana.

As however this Arctic plant differs so much in aspect from

the luxuriant plant of more temperate countries, it may be worth

while to give the results of that examination. Our specimens

have no root-leaves, and Mr. Sutherland assured me that he saw

none when he gathered them. On this however I shall not insist.

The scape is five or six inches long, hollow, one-flowered. Be-°

tween one and two inches above the base two opposite leaves or

leafy scales arise, in some degree amplexicaul, or even approach-

from the shores of Davis’ Straits. 173

ing to connate, each almost an inch long, triangular, acute,

broadish at the base; above the middle of the scape are produced

two other leaves, alternate, of the same form, smaller in size,

the lower being rather the larger, distant from each other about

the third part of an inch, each being amplexicaul in the same

degree as the two opposite leaves beneath. The leaves are mbbed.

In one of the specimens these upper leaves are wanting, and in

another they are opposite, like those below. The scape has a

jointed appearance at the origin of the opposite leaves, and is

somewhat inflated just below the flower. It is shghtly striated

and clothed, as the leaves also are, with soft hairs varying in

length. The receptacle is round, slightly convex, distinctly

pitted, the apertures minute but deep, of two sizes with a raised

narrow margin, which is fringed with an evident pubescence. In.

the Linnzean definition of the genus Arnica, which has been fol-

lowed by most authorities, the receptacle is represented as naked ;

but DeCandolle says, “ receptaculum fimbrillferum pilosiuscu-

lum,” as exhibited m these Arctic specimens. The leaflets of the

involucrum are in two rows, eleven in the outer row, eight in the

inner ; those of the outer row ovate-lanceolate, nearly uniform ;

those in the inner less regular, some being of the same form and.

size with the outer leaflets, while others are narrower and even

shorter. The outer leaflets are near half an inch long, more

hairy on their external surface than the scape, their outer sur-

face and both surfaces of the inner leaflets being less hairy. The

leaflets in both rows are deeply concave on their inner aspect, or

rather carinate, with a middle rib. The ligulate florets are few

compared with the number of tubular florets in the disc. They

stand in a single row, and being eight in number, one seems to

correspond with each of the inner leaflets of the involucrum. The

pits or apertures in the receptacle answering to the insertion of

these ligulate florets are wider than those from which the bases of

the tubular florets arise, with the exception of two pits near the

centre, which have the same diameter as those around its border.

The ligulate florets are rather large and conspicuous, being an

inch in height from the receptacle ; the lamina is broad, marked

with several prominent, nearly parallel nerves, which branch off

to bound the margins of the terminal teeth. The tubular florets

are short, intermixed with the abundant pappus and overtopped

by it: these are five-toothed. The style is forked in the florets

of both dise and ray, the branches being long and pubescent, a

part of DeCandolle’s character of the genus Arnica. The pap-

pus is scabrous, the achenium hairy.

Ericace&.—The Ledum palustre.

Monorropea&.—The Pyrola rotundifolia.

ScROPHULARINEZ.—There are several specimens of Pedicu-

174 Sir W. Jardine’s Jilustrations of Ornithology.

laris. The form of the petiole and leaves resembling the snout

of the saw-fish, marks them out as belonging to P. hirsuta.

Potycone2£.—Polygonum viviparum and Oxyria reniformis.

Emerretre &.—Hmpetrum nigrum.

Sarices.-—-Saliz Myrtilloides and two imperfect specimens not

yet determined.

Cyprrace£.—LHriophorum capitatum and E. polystachion.

I owe an apology to the Society for the length to which these

observations have extended,—far beyond the slight notices at first

designed; and yet I have been able but very imperfectly to

execute the task proposed. But im the progress of this slight

attempt I have felt more and more convinced of the advantage

to be derived, in abler hands, towards the improvement of prac-

tical botany from detailed descriptions of individual plants m the

case of species liable to much variation.

XVIII.—Hore Zoologice. By Sir W. Jarvinz, Bart.,

F.R.S.E. & F.L.S.

[ With two Plates. ]

No. VI. Jilustrations of Ornithology.

Artamus mentalis (Plate VIII.).—Of the native country of this

Artamus we have no information. The specimen from which our

illustration was taken forms part of the ornithological collection

belonging to the York Philosophical Society, and was noticed there

by Mr. Gould as distinct from any of the previously described

species. The principal characters that are at first sight apparent,

are, the strength and size of the bill, the dark colour of the upper

plumage, and the small size of the dark space on the chin com-

pared with the colouring of the same part on A. leucorhynchus,

where it covers the whole front of the throat and neck.

The bill is dilated and swollen at the base, and appears to have

been of the same rich blue colour which prevails in those species

which have been described from recently killed birds ; towards the

tip it shades gradually imto black. The head, cheeks, mental

patch, back and wings brownish black with an opake grayish

shade ; tail black, narrowly tipped with white ; the throat, breast

and under parts, the rump and ‘upper tail-covers, under wing-

covers and axillary feathers pure white.

Entire length of the stuffed specimen, 6,8, inches; bill to

gape, 1; to forehead nearly 8; ; of the wing to the end of second

or longest quill, 5. The accompanying figure is slightly reduced.

Genus GnatHopon, Jard.

Gen. Characters.—Bill strong, maxilla hooked, sharp-pointed ;

mandible cut at the tip into three distinct angular teeth ; nostrils

“Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.Vol.16.P1.VUL.

—_— ee we

ARTAMUS MENTALIS. \ 4

1845.

Sir Wr Jardine delt

Wii lizars Se.

Es LEB STI

ye ‘ ALL y Z oy a Avy == -

y, #3 og Oe Lee i ee wz, CZs yy ge PS St (ln A a, =

<S a a I. tee — =? net

GE OE ny pe ay

: Tee

FLD J POSS

Dee

aes

Sir W. Jardine’s Jilustrations of Ornithology. 175

basal, linear, pierced in an oval membrane ; wings broad, concave ;

quills acuminated, second, third, fourth nearly equal; bend of

the wing with a small tubercle ; tarsi short (the tarsi here are im-

perfect and cannot be defined) ; feet gressorial ; toes unconnected

at the base, exterior and interior equal in length; claws slightly

curved. ‘Type G. sétrigirostris.

Gnathodon strigirostris, nat. size.

Gnathodon strigirostris (Plate 1X.).—We are indebted to Lady

Harvey, whose extensive collection of natural history in Edin-

burgh is always open when science can be promoted, for a speci-

men of this very remarkable bird. It was purchased at a sale

of various Australian productions, and although we cannot fix

upon the district or locality whence they were obtained, we have

little doubt of the specimen having come to this country with the

others. |

The size is about that of the common stock dove. The maxilla,

strigine-like, hooked and sharp-poimted, has been yellowish

orange. The nostrils are externally lear, and are pierced in an

oval membrane ; the mandible is proportionally strong, and at

the tip is cut mto three distinct angular teeth, orange-yellow,

red at the base. Space between the nostrils and eyes, and a small

patch on each side of the throat bare of feathers. The head, neck,

upper part of the back, breast and belly are black with green re-

flections, brightest on the upper back and sides of the breast, and

there having each feather tipped with a broad margin of gray

conspicuous in some positions, and appearing at times to occupy

the whole space. The back, rump, wings except the quills, tail

and under tail-covers rich orange-brown ; quills and secondaries

grayish black. The tarsi and feet have been pink or scarlet.

Entire length of the stuffed specimen from 113 to 12 inches ;

bill to gape, 1 ; to forehead, 4 ; of wing to the end of third

quill, 8.

The first general appearance of this bird is somewhat dove-like,

176 Mr. E, Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera.

but the very strong hooked bill and remarkable teeth displayed

in the mandible are at variance with the most powerfully-billed

pigeons, and we can form at present no opinion as to the pro-

bable use or adaptation of the latter structure. The position and

lear form of the nostril agree with that of Megapodius as well

as the bare space in front of the eye, and the indication of the

want of feathers on the sides of the throat. The form of the wing —

approaches to that of Penelope. The tail of fourteen feathers is

square and comparatively short, while the colouring of the plu-

mage reminds us of some of the ground doves. The tarsi are

short, and are naked very shortly above the tarsal joint ; the out-

ward covering has been destroyed, but in front appears to have

consisted of rounded scales. The feet are of moderate size, and

the outer and inner toes, quite unconnected at the base, are of

equal length. :

From a careful consideration of the general characters, we are

inclined then to place this smgular bird with the Peneloponine or

Megapodine, probably the latter. We are aware of no existing

description, though there is one allusion made to a bird which

may eventually turn out to be this. In Mr. Strickland’s Report

on the Recent Progress and Present State of Ornithology, read

before the British Association at York, it is stated, “ The recent

American voyage of discovery will extend our knowledge of Poly-

nesian zoology, and its researches will be made known by Mr.

Titian Peale, who is said to have discovered among other rarities

a new bird allied to the dodo, which he proposes to name Diduncu-

lus ;’ and we believe “ strigirostris” has been applied specifically.

In that part of these voyages already published there is no zoology

given, so that we cannot now ascertain the value of this discovery,

and from the specimen before us possessing no characters in com-

mon with a struthious bird, we have ventured to characterize it

as a new generic form.

July 30, 1845.

XIX. — Descriptions of new or wnperfectly described Diurnal

Lepidoptera. By Epwarp Dovusiepay, Esq., Assistant in the

Zoological Department of the British Museum, F.L,S, &c.

Fam. PAPILIONID.

Genus Paprixio.

P. Bromius. P. alis omnibus nigris, fascia communi lata punctisque

marginali yiridibus ; subtus fuscis, posticis fascia maculari pallide»

aurea, Exp. alar. 3 unc, 9 lin. vel 95 millim.

Hab. Ashanti. P. Bromius, Cat. of Lep. of Brit. Mus. 147.

Wings above black, traversed by a broad bright green fascia di-

Mr. E. Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera, 177 —

vided by the nervures, commencing in the discoidal cell of the an-

terior wing, and terminating on the inner margin of the posterior

wings, of which it occupies fully two-thirds. This band is nearly

straight on its inner side, but externally it is suddenly widened be-

low the radial nervure of the anterior wings, and much dentated on

the posterior wings. It is preceded on the costa by a large sub-

quadrate spot of the same colour divided into four by the nervures.

At the apex of the anterior wings are two elongate green spots,

followed on the outer margin by a series of geminate spots and

a simple round one at the anal angle of the same colour. On

the posterior wings, towards the outer margin, are three rounded

green spots, each followed by a small dot of the same colour

(sometimes very indistinct). These are succeeded by three ge-

minate spots; the first rounded, the second elongate, the third

rounded, near the anal angle and almost touching the transverse

band. Below fuscous, the anterior wings darker at the base ; to-

wards the anal angle a marginal series of five or seven small

white spots placed in pairs between the nervules, between which

and the margin are two or three very minute white dots. Pos-

terior wings with three black striz in the cell, a macular band

of a pale gold colour near the outer margin, and two points of

the same colour near the anal angle.

Head and thorax black, spotted with white.

Abdomen fuscous, above with the edges of the segments paler,

below with five series of white spots ; anal valves rounded,

This species is closely allied to P. Nireus, but has the band

much wider and somewhat different in its direction, and the anal

valves are much rounder. | may here remark that the P. Nireus

of Cramer, t.378. f. F.G, from the Cape of Good Hope, is quite

a distinct species from the true Nireus of the west coast of Africa.

The distinctions were clearly pointed out to me by Dr. Boisduval,

who had placed the name Charopus to it in his cabinet about four

years ago. This name having been lately used by Mr. Westwood.

for a species in my brother’s collection, the name cannot be now

used for the Cape insect. I therefore propose for it the name of

Iyeus. It may be known from P. Nireus by its generally smaller

size, its cilia spotted with white, the apex of the anterior and dise

of the posterior wings below clouded with silvery gray, and by

the band of the posterior wings not bemg macular. This band is

wanting in the females, the whole of the disc and outer margin

of the posterior wings, and the apex of the anterior being clouded

with light brown with silvery reflections. Only having seen im-

perfect specimens, when I drew up the catalogue of the Papilionide

in the collection of the British Museum, I was afraid to sepa-

rate the Cape specimens, not being then aware that Dr. Boisduval,

from the examination of numerous perfect specimens, had become

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi.

178 Mr. E. Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera.

convinced of their being a separate ‘species. To secure the name

of Lyeus, it may be well to add the following short character :—

P. Lyeus. P. alis omnibus supra nigris, fascia transversa communi,

macula costali, nervis divisa, maculisque duabus apicalibus alarum

anticarum octoque submarginalibus posticarum viridibus subtus

fuscis, nebulis apicis anticarum, discique posticarum argenteo-

albidis, fascia submarginali haud maculari, maculisque duabus ad

angulum ani pallide aureis : foemina alis omnibus subtus fuscis, ar-

genteo-brunneo nebulosis, ciliis in utroque sexus albo maculatis.

Exp. alar. 3 unc. 7 lin. vel 93 millim.

Hab. Africa Australiori.

P. Aidoneus. P. alis anticis elongatis, fuliginosis, striis nigris ; pos-

ticis angustis, dentatis, nigris, immaculatis (¢). Exp. alar. 3 unc.

10 lin. vel 95 millim.

Hab. Montibus Himalayis.

Anterior wings elongate, fuliginous; the nervures and nervules,

the inner margin, four longitudinal strize in the discoidal cell and

eight between the nervules, black. Posterior wings long, narrow,

dentate, the abdominal fold broad; entirely black, with purple

and greenish reflections. Below all the wings as above, but

aler. .

‘ Head rose-coloured, occiput black, forehead with a few black

hairs. Antenne black.

Thorax with the sides below rose-coloured.

Abdomen black above, rose-coloured below; the anal valves

very large, rose-coloured.

This interesting species belongs to the same group as P. Nax

and Varuna, close to which should be placed P. Rhetenor, Pro-

tenor, &c. The anterior wings have the inner margin very short,

not being nearly one-half the length of the anterior margin : the

posterior resemble in form those of P. Rhetenor, but like those

of P. Varuna have no disco-cellular nervure, the median and sub-

costal actually anastomosing. |

In the collection of H. G. Harrington, Esq.

Fam. APATURID A.

Genus APATURA.

A. Namouna. A. alis omnibus supra fuscis, splendide ceruleo nitente,

fascia transversa punctisque marginalibus albis, subtus argenteo-

albis fimbria, fasciaque transversa, rufis.

All the wings above fuscous black, with a transverse pure white

band slightly bordered with bluish, commencing by three rounded

dots at the extremity of the discoidal cell of the anterior wings,

afterwards widening and attaining the abdominal margin of the

Mr. E. Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera. 179

posterior wings; beyond this band are three white dots towards

the apex of the anterior wings, and one or two indistinct ones

towards their anal angle, and on the posterior a series of seven

whitish dots : anal angle rufous. The whole disc and mner mar-

gin of the anterior wings, and the whole of the posterior, except

the pure white part of the transverse band and the white dots,

are in certain lights of the most splendid metallic light blue. Be-

low silvery white with pearly reflections, a faint indication of the

band above ; the costa of the anterior wings except at the base,

the outer margins of all the wings, a transverse band beyond the

middle much widened towards the anal angle of the anterior

wings, rufous. This band is marked at its widest part by a round

black spot, and bordered there externally with two sublunulate

black spots and a sagittate one. In addition to this are two small

black spots in the discoidal cell followed by two short black per-

pendicular lines, below this is a black spot and two black lunules,

and on the posterior wings a black dot near the anal angle, pre-

«ceded in the band by a similar one.

Head fuscous ; the orbits of the eyes, the palpi below, and four

spots on the vertex white. Antenne fuscous.

Pcie and abdomen fuscous above, paler below ; legs silvery

white. .

In the collection of the British Museum. Presented by W.

W. Saunders, Esq.

Fam. ADOLIAD/E.

Genus Apo.ias, Boisd.

A, Euthymius. A. alis omnibus supra lete aurantiacis anticis puncto

discoidali, margine externo, strigaque submarginali valde angulata,

fuscis ; posticis strigis duabus, submarginalibus, Junulatis, nigris

(3). Exp. alar. 3 unc. 7 lin. vel 90 millim.

Hab. Montibus Himalayis.

All the wings bright orange-red above, the anterior with a

large spot on the disco-cellular nervure, followed by two small

ill-defined ones on the lower discoidal nervule ; the outer margin

broadly fuscous black, with faint indications of four or five red-

dish lunules ; this black border dilated towards the apex, much

dentate internally, preceded by a broad zigzag striga, commencing

near the anterior and extending nearly to the inner margin;

the median nervules each with a round fuscous spot before their

middle. Posterior wings clothed at the base with long hairs; a

discoidal spot, two lunulate bands, and the outer margin slightly

fuscous.

Below paler, all the wings marked at the base with some in-

distinct fuscescent spots, beyond which is an undulating striga

crossing the middle of the discoidal cell of the anterior wings,

O02

180 Mr. E. Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera.

and reaching the inner margin of the posterior wings near the

middle. Beyond this is a less curved band commencing on the

costa beyond the middle and reaching nearly to the anal angle,

followed by a space rather paler than the rest of the wings. Be-

yond the middle are four black dots, the first and fourth largest,

the latter pupiled with white. Faint indications of the bands

above are visible below.

rite rufous ; antennze brown, darker towards the apex; palpi

red.

Thorax and abdomen brick-red.

In the collection of H. G. Harrington, Esq.

Fam. NYMPHALID/.

Genus Diaprema, Boisd.

The genus Diadema of Boisduval is a most interesting one,

from the resemblance which many of the species bear to those of

other families. In general we find a Papilio and either an Ew-

. plea, Danaus or Acrea always of the same country, which they

much resemble in form, colour and character of the markings,—

in some species so close as to have caused some confusion as to

their identity with the older figures. In D. Bolina it is only the

female which offers this resemblance to species of other groups,

and as yet there has not been found representatives for two or

three species, but probably some day these will occur.

D. Boisduvalii, D. alis subdiaphanis, anticis fuscescentibus, supra

basi margineque interno pallide rufescentibus, maculis basalibus

discoidalibusque decem, striolisque marginalibus septem nigris ;

posticis rufis basi maculis nigris undecim, margine externo nigro,

rufo maculato. Exp. alar. 3 unc. 9 lin. vel 95 millim.

Hab. Ashanti. Diadema ? Cat. of Lep. of Brit. Mus. 97.

Anterior wings semitransparent, fuscescent, the internal mar-

gin tinged with red : in the discoidal cell are four rounded black

spots, three placed in a triangle towards the base, one near the

extremity, a similar spot on the disco-cellular nervule, one on the

first median nervule, three at the base between the median and

radial nervure, one on the radial a little beyond the middle ; ner-

vules fuscous, between them a series of fuscous striz, on the fourth

of which is a rounded whitish spot. Posterior wings rufous,

paler towards the inner margin, the base itself black ; the dis-

coidal cell with three rounded black spots, the two nearest the

base almost confluent; around the cell are six black spots, of

which the fourth is very small, the fifth on the disco-cellular ner-

vure. These are followed by two spots near the inner margin ;

the outer margin has a rather broad black border, undulated in-

ternally, marked with seven more or less lunulated red spots,

Mr. E, Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera. 181

Below the anterior wings are nearly as above, but are shaded

with a rosy red at the base, the posterior are yellowish, the dis-

coidal cell rose-coloured in the middle, the lunules in the mar-

ginal band paler, the fourth of the spots round the discoidal cell

wanting.

Head black, with six white spots ; palpi rufescent ; apex black ;

antennee black. |

Thorax black, spotted with white, two rufescent spots on the

disc.

Abdomen black, with a row of brown spots on each side above,

a series of paler ones on each side, and also a median series

below.

In the collection of the British Museum.

This species closely resembles in its colouring P. Ridleyanus,

and some of the Acree near to A. Zidora. For the first time I

have deviated from a rule I had laid down for myself, never to

name an insect after any living entomologist, or even after any

entomologist whatever ; but having, in accordance with the law of

priority, converted into a synonym the name of Boisduvalii, given

to an Adolias by Mr. G. R. Gray, I have as a compensation de-

dicated this beautiful insect to my excellent friend, whose kind-

ness and liberality to me in placing at my service his books, ma-

nuscripts and collections has been beyond all praise.

D. Anthedon, Boisd. MSS. D. alis omnibus nigris, anticis plaga

magna, subapicali, alteraque magna marginis interni, maculaque ~

parva disci albis, ceeruleo-nitente. Exp. alar. 3 unc. 7 lin. vel 90

millim.

Hab. Africa Occidentali. Diadema

98.

Anterior wings black, a longitudinal spot in the discoidal cell,

a broad transverse fascia before the apex, and a large patch oc-

cupying nearly the whole inner margin, pearly white shaded

with blue. Posterior wings silvery white at the base, the outer

margin broadly fuscous, the fuscous colour extending inwards

between the nervules. Below the wings nearly as above, but

paler towards the apex, three small white spots at the base, an-

other in the discoidal cell, and towards the anal angle a series of

small gemmate white dots, preceded by two spots of the same

colour ; a faint fuscous line im the white fascia near the, margin.

Posterior wings pearly white, clouded with fuscous towards the

outer margin, the nervules and a series of strize between them

fuscous, the margin narrowly fuscous with white lunules. Cilia

spotted with white.

Head and thorax black with white dots.

Abdomen fuscous.

In the collection of the British Museum, &c.

? Cat. of Lep. of Brit. Mus.

182 Mr. E. Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera.

This species as closely resembles A. Hippocoon and Eupl. Nia-

vius as D. dubia does Eupl. Damoeles. I have adopted the name

under which it stands in Dr. Boisduval’s cabinet.

D. Euryta. D. alis omnibus supra nigro-fuscis, fascia media, com-

muni, transversa, albida, anticis punctis duobus basalibus albis,

nigrisque quinque, fascia subapicali alba, posticis subtus basi ru-

fescente, punctis utrinque basalibus, nigris decem ( ?). Exp. alar.

8 unc. 3 lin. vel 82 millim.

Hab. Africa Occidentali.

This insect is the true P. Euryta of Clerck, t. 31. £4, but not

the A. Euryta of Godart. Perhaps P. Hirce of Drury (Diadema

Hirce, Cat. of Lep. Brit. Mus. 97) is only the male of this spe-

cies. I have however seen a specimen, apparently a male, more

nearly resembling D. Euryta in colour in the fine collection of

M. Marechal at Paris. I therefore give the characters of D. Hirce.

D. Hirce. D.alis anticis rufo-fuscis, basi nigro punctatis supra ma-

cula subapicali alteraque marginis interni rufis, posticis rufis basi

nigro punctatis, striato fimbriatoque margine externo nigro subtus

basi saturatiore. ;

D. Nyctelius. D. alis anticis supra nigris, apice ceruleo-nitente,

margine externo albido striato; posticis albidis,.basi, nervulis,

margineque externo fuscis. Exp. alar. 3 unc, 3 lin. vel 82 millim.

Hab. Sylhet.

Anterior wings brownish black, the apex broadly shaded with

pale blue, the colour varying with the direction of the light : be-

tween the nervules isa series of whitish strize, becoming less elon-

gate towards the anal angle; posterior wings dusky white, fus-

cous at the base, the outer margin narrowly fuscous, the colour

extending inwards between the nervules, which also are fuscous.

Below the anterior wings are fuscous, with a marginal series of

whitish spots, and two submarginal ones near the anal angle.

Posterior wings fuscous ; the inner margin and a double series of

ill-defined spots towards the outer margin, of which those of the

inner series are rounded, of the outer elongate, geminate, whitish.

Head and thorax black with white dots; antenne with an

elongate club, fuscous.

Abdomen fuscous.

In the collection of the British Museum.

This species closely resembles some of the Indian Euplee.

[To be continued. ]

M. Sars on the Development of the Annelides. 183

XX.—On the Development of the Annelides. By M. Sars*,

[ With a Plate. ]

Tixu recently, all that was known respecting the development

of the Annelides was based solely upon observations made on the

leech ; the other Annelides were judged of from this, and their

development considered to be extremely simple, i, e. that the

animals left the egg as perfectly formed as they appear durmg

their whole life. To what very erroneous conclusions we fre-

quently come in this way, and how cautious we ought to be in

generalizing, abundant instances prove. So, for instance, not to

mention others, it was concluded, from the knowledge of the de-

velopment of the craw-fish, that all the other Decapods were in

this respect similar ; and naturalists were thus led to doubt for a

long time, to the injury of science, the beautiful discoveries of

Thompson.

In the month of February 1840 I discovered, in the examina-

tion of a Polynoé cirrata, Fab., that the young when they leave

the egg have a very different form from that of the adult animal,

and that they are deficient in most of the external organs which

are so characteristic of these animals ; in a word, therefore, that

this Annelide is subject to a metamorphosis. I only succeeded in

observing the first stage of development, and therefore kept back

my observations on this subject, with numerous other imperfect

notices, with the hope of being able to complete them im the

course of time. However, although I had occasion to repeat the

observation in February and March 1841, I could not succeed in

tracing the development any further; and it might, perhaps, appear

superfluous to publish these observations at present, after Lovén

has communicated to the public his far more complete observa-

tions on the metamorphoses in a species of Annelides. I do it

however partly to confirm the latter, which no one yet has done,

and partly because I am able, which was not the case with Lovén,

to pomt out a known species in which at a certain period of the

year the development may be observed. When the minute cir-

cumstances or conditions in the generation are once known, some

one will. undoubtedly succeed in completing that in which our

knowledge of the development of the Annelides is still deficient.

Polynoé cirrata is common on the coast of Norway, and occurs

between the roots of Laminaria, under stones, in empty shells and

other holes in which it can hide itself. It agrees perfectly, as I

have convinced myself by comparison, with the Greenland species

characterized by Fabricius under this name, but it never attains

on our coast the immense size it does on that of Greenland.

In the months of February and March is the period of propa-

* From Wiegmann’s Archiv, 1845, Part I.

184 M. Sars on the Development of the Annelides.

gation of this Annelide: in some individuals, the body, which at

other times is of a light brownish gray or whitish gray and

shining with a blue reflection, is observed to have assumed a pale

rose-colour. This arises from a numberless quantity of eggs

which fill the common cavity of the body, with the exception of

about the first anterior fourth and the feet, and appear every-

where through the skin. When the skin is cut open, the eggs

are found to hang together in great masses by means of a con-

necting tenacious mucus. They are spherical, the yolk finely gra-

nular and opake, closely surrounded by the transparent chorion.

When the egg is somewhat compressed (Plate IV. fig. 13), it ex-

hibits the large Purkinje’s vesicle without any perceptible trace

of Wagner’s spot. In other individuals the eggs have frequently

been secreted at about the same time. They occur on the top of

the back of the mother, beneath the branchiz or so-called dorsal

scales, in immense numbers, connected with one another by a

tenacious mucus.

- The heaps of eggs cover the whole of the hinder half of the

back, but more anteriorly only the sides above the base of the

feet : no eggs are met with on the seventh to the eighth front rings

of the body. It seemed to meas if the eggs passed through a very

small aperture just above the feet, as Rathke found to be the case

in Nereis pulsatoria. They are all of the same size in the same

individual (viz. about 31th of a millimeter), and mostly equally

developed, and therefore all of one and the same brood. Their

colour is still very pale rosy red, or almost reddish white. Here,

protected beneath the branchie, the eggs remain until the young

creep out. Inthe meantime the yolk, between which and the

chorion is a small space filled with lmpid albumen, undergoes

the usual process of division or furcation. Thus I once observed

that the yolk had the appearance of a blackberry (fig. 14), its sur-

face being covered with granules of different sizes, as was proved

on submitting them to compression (fig. 15); each contained a

bright roundish spot with a distinct outline like a nucleus, and

were therefore evidently cells. On the following day, the 4th of

March, the surface of the yolk had already become more finely

granular, and approached again nearer to an even surface.

. The ova subsequently become slightly oval, and the yolk or

foetus into which the entire yolk is converted, without any part

whatever separating, is smooth, grayish white, and is more or

less narrowly surrounded or inclosed by chorion (fig. 16,17). A

peculiar kind of motion was now perceptible on the separated

ova under the microscope, the ova turning round and round.

This was effected by the very short fringe, consisting of minute

mucous filaments (fig. 16,17 a), which is attached to the one ex-

tremity of the ovum, and probably covering the entire egg in the

M. Sars on the Development of the Annelides. 185

form of a membrane, similar to the so-called membrana nidulans

of Burdach, connects all the ova as it were by means of a tena-

cious mucus. This fringe is seen now and then to move slowly,

and curve in a worm-like form, drawing the egg with it back-

wards and forwards. The cause of this motion remains a

mystery to me, if it be not owing to the action of the water on

the mucous substance of the fringe. The foetus itself, which gra-

dually acquires a bright grayish green colour, was still without

motion in most of the ova; only in a few a circle of extremely

minute, projecting and vibrating cilia was perceptible, which sur-

rounds horizontally the centre of the body of the foetus at an

equal distance from the two poles of the ovum.

At last the foetus is arrived at maturity, and the mother now

earries on its back many thousands of young ones (fig. 12 aaa),

which gradually come forth from the mucus surrounding the eggs,

leave their mother and swim freely about in the water, visible to

the naked eye us very minute greenish gray points (,5th of a

millimeter in size) endowed with a lively motion.

The young, which have just left the shell (fig. 18, 19), are ex-

tremely unlike the mother both in form and in structure. They

are short, oval, cylindrical, unarticulated, and have, as above men-

tioned, horizontally round the centre of the body, a circle of tole-

rably long cilia (dd), in other respects however without any ex-

ternal organs. The portion of the body situated anteriorly to the

ciliary circle is somewhat narrower than the hinder one, and

bears two eyes (ee), and should therefore without doubt be con-

sidered as the head, the more so as the young one always swims

with this extremity in front. The eyes are at some distance from

the anterior free extremity (d), in the vicinity of the circle of cilia,

one on each side and a little towards the back; they are very

large in proportion to the body, black, and slightly elongated

diagonally, or almost kidney-shaped, with the convexity turned

anteriorly ; not a trace of tentacula or antenne is observable

about the head.

We just now called the side where the eyes approach nearest

together the dorsal side, while the opposite one, which moreover,

when the young is regarded from the anterior extremity, is some-

what more projecting (fig. 19 a), is proved to be the ventral side,

from the fact, that on it, close behind the circle of cilia, there is

an aperture (fig. 18 a), which I look upon to be the mouth. This

mouth-aperture is a diagonal fissure, whose lips are provided with

vibratory cilia, which are however much smaller than those of the

circle of cilia. ‘There are also some very minute cilia at the most

anterior extremity of the head (fig.18 4). The intestine, as far as I

could observe from the slight transparency of the body, appears

186 M. Sars on the Development of the Annelides.

to expand considerably from the very mouth and to form a large

sac, the stomach, and then gradually narrowing to proceed to-

wards the hinder part of the body, where probably the anal aper-

ture is situated. I could not distinctly recognise this, but I have

observed it very clearly at this place im similar young of another

Annelide, which will be noticed subsequently (fig. 21f). The

colour is everywhere of a dirty pale green and only slightly trans-

parent. The body is soft, but it rarely exhibits contractions or

variations of form; it is only when the young animal is quiet, or

has but little water, that contractions are perceptible on its body

(and sometimes also of the intestinal canal), from its becommg

broader or narrower and curving slightly at some places.

Locomotion, that is to say swimming, is effected by the vibra-

tion of the cilia. Only the large cilia of the circle effect the loco-

motion ; the small ones near the mouth and at the front extremity

of the head contribute little or nothing to it. The former cor-

respond therefore to the powerful cilia which, in the young of the

Nudibranchiz and many other Gasteropods, effect the swimming,

and are subject to the will of the animal ; the latter, on the other

hand, are not subject to their will, and constitute the so-called

ciliary organs. :

During the swimming, which is very rapid, uniform, and in

all directions, the anterior portion of the head (fig. 18 4) is always

directed forwards. Frequently these young animals revolve du-

ring swimming round their longitudinal axis: their sight is di-

stinctly developed, for they are seen to avoid one another with

adroitness, and they always swim towards the light. Although

I turned the glass contaming an immense number of them in

various ways, they immediately swam in great troops to the side

turned towards the light. :

The time from the laying of the eggs till the extrusion of the

young may probably amount to a couple of weeks, for I have

found, in the first days of February, the cavities of the body of

a Polynoé filled with eggs; but from the middle of this month

to the middle of March, eggs on the backs in some individuals ;

and in others at this same period, young just on the point of

quitting the backs of their mother (fig. 12a a).

I kept the above-described young of Polynoé, which left the

egg under my eyes, alive for four weeks m glasses filled with sea-

water, during which time they grew it is true somewhat, but ex-

hibited no further changes. In this respect Loven was more

fortunate, for the young Annelides which he met with swimming

freely in the sea were evidently further advanced, and therefore

exhibited to him in the space of two days the further development,

the tentacula, and the articulations of the body growing under

M. Sars on the Development of the Annelides. 187

his eyes. I therefore refer to his observations, as probably the

further development of our young Polynoé takes place in a coin-

cident manner.

The results of the above observations are briefly as follows :—

1. Polynoé cirrata propagates in the months of April and

March by ova which are secreted from particular apertures on

the dorsal side in masses connected together by mucous fila-

ments ; they collect on the back and under the branchie of the

mother, where they remain during their further development

and until the exit of the young. The branchize have here there-

fore a similar function as in the freshwater Mollusca (Unio, Ana-

donta), that of protecting the brood.

2. The young when they leave the egg have a very different

form from that of the mother and a very imperfect structure.

They are short, oval, cylindrical, unarticulated, and so to say, little

more than mere head, for this occupies more than half of the en-

tire body, and has two very distinct eyes (the full-grown animal

has, as is well known, four). The mouth is a horizontal fissure

on the ventral side of the body, and the anus is situated at its

posterior extremity. With the exception of a circle of cilia, which

surround horizontally the centre of the body and effect locomo-

tion, there exist no other external members, no tentacula or an-

tenne, no feet with their appendages of cirrhi and bristles, and no

branchie. All these organs must therefore be developed sub-

sequently, when the true body (abdomen) has grown and become

divided into articulations (as the observations of Lovén show), as

well as the two eyes, which are still deficient, while the cilia, as

transitory, disappear. In short, we have here all the criteria of a

metamorphosis,—different external form, parts which disappear

entirely, and numerous organs which are subsequently added.

It is therefore certam that many Annelides undergo a very

considerable metamorphosis. In this respect they are related to

the other Articulata, and indeed most to the Myriapoda, whose

young, according to the observations of Waga and Newport, leave

the egg in a very imperfect state and without any articulated

members.

As connected with this subject, I must mention the mucous

globules which are likewise met with in the months of Fe-

bruary and March on our coast, adhermg at the depth of some

feet to Zostera marina and Fucus vesiculosus. These globules

(fig. 20) are about an inch in diameter, of a beautiful grass-green

colour, and consist of an immense number of eggs (b 4) enveloped

in a tenacious mucus which is rolled irregularly like a riband

into a knot, the whole of which is coated with a slimy envelope.

The eggs are globular, filled with limpid chorion, somewhat al-

bumen, and grass-green yolk, which I observed in all the various

188 M. Sars on the Development of the Annelides.

forms of the process of division or furcation during its metamor-

phosis in the foetus. The young (fig. 21) are, when they have

escaped from the egg, short, oval, cylindrical, of a lively grass- |

green colour, and have the centre of the body surrounded horizon-

tally by a circle of cilia (dd), while the head (6) is remarkable from

two kidney-shaped eyes of a bright red colour, which occupy the

same position as in the young Polynoé: these young are likewise

without any articulated jomts. The anus (/') is more distinctly

visible as a small round aperture at the posterior extremity of the

body than in the young Polynoé. They swim very quickly about

in the water by means of the cilia, and always towards the light.

In short, they resemble so closely the young of the Polynoé, that

there can scarcely be a doubt of their belonging to some Annelide.

As I was unable to ascertain either the species to which these

eggs and young belonged or their further development, I must

content myself at present with the mere announcement, that some

sea-Annelides secrete their ova enveloped in a mucous mass of a

certain form, as has long been known of the leech ; on the con-

trary, others deposit free eggs *.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV. FIGS. 12 ro 21.

Fig. 12. represents a Polynoé cirrata, natural size: a dorsal view. The yel-

lowish gray mass, a aa, which covers the back (with the exception

of about the anterior fourth and below and between the branchie),

from which the young are on the point of escaping.

Fig. 13. An egg taken from the cavity of the body, magnified and some-

what compressed, to show Purkinje’s vesicle.

Fig. 14. An egg taken from the back, showing the blackberry form of the

olk.

Fig. 15. The same egg very much compressed, exhibiting a bright nucleus

| in each of the large granules (cells) of the yolk.

Fig. 16, 17. Further developed eggs, whose yolk or foetus is become smooth

and whitish : a is the moveable fringe consisting of mucous fila-

ments by which the eggs are connected.

Fig. 18. The young animal just escaped, magnified and seen from the left

side: a, mouth; 8, front, and ¢, posterior extremity of the body ;

d d, circle of cilia; e, left eye.

Fig. 19. A front view of the same animal: a, ventral surface ; dd, circle of

cilia; ee, eyes.

Fig. 20. represents the globular masses of eggs of an unknown Annelide of

. the natural size adhering to a piece of Zostera marina, cc: aa, the

surrounding envelope of mucus; 0 d, the eggs.

Fig. 21. One of the young escaped from this mass of eggs: a dorsal view

magnified: 6, anterior; c, posterior extremity of the body; dd,

circle of cilia; ee, eyes ; f, tail.

* For instance, the Nereides, as I have observed in Nereis pelagica and

in a species of the genus Heteronereis Oersted. I saw in the month of

March an immense number of eggs, which were very minute, globular, and

of ‘Pesce yg azure-blue colour, deposited one by one by both of these An-

nelides.

Botanical Notices from Spain. 189

XXI.—Botanical Notices from Spain. By Moritz W1LLKomM*.

[Continued from p. 122.]

No. VI. Granapa, November 4th, 1844.

On the 12th of September I quitted the village of Guejar, and on the

following day, after traversing a very difficult and somewhat danger-

ous path over the Puerto de Vacares, 1 reached the south side of the

Sierra Nevada, where I pitched my quarters in the village of Tre-

velez, lying at an elevation of about 6000 feet, the first and highest

inhabited place of the Alpujarras. This village lies immediately at

the base of the Mulahacen, in a very rocky valley, watered by the

wild river of the Trevelez, which runs parallel to the principal chain

of the Sierra, and divides this from the second, much lower and very

sterile chain, the Sierra de Contraviesa. Notwithstanding the great

height at which this village lies, it is surrounded with the most lux-

uriant chestnut- and nut-trees, and rye and barley are even grown

in the alpine region ; the vine however will no longer flourish here.

This very circumstance shows that the position of the region is very

different from that of the northern declivity, and moreover its limits

are not so sharply marked as on the opposite side.

The southern declivity of the Sierra Nevada presents a perfectly

different appearance from that of the northern declivity. Whilst

the summits of the principal chain terminate abruptly toward the

north, and form immense and frequently inaccessible rocks, these

toward the south pass into long, parallel, gradually descending

coombes, which on the whole leave but very little undulating country

between them. Between these mountain coombes, at a height of

from 8000 to 10,000 feet, there lie a number of tarns or small moun-

tain lakes as clear as crystal, from which innumerable rivulets issue

into the valleys of Trevelez, the Rio Toqueira and Rio Grande. I

have myself seen and visited, between the Cerro Caballo and the

Puerto del Lobo,—apparently the two terminations of the mountain

range,—fourteen lakes on the south side; but their shores present

no remarkable vegetation ; indeed, in general the vegetation of the

whole southern declivity appears to be much less rich than that of

the northern, which may be partly explained by the formation of

this side, and partly by its exposure to the south. One of the most

characteristic plants of the south side of the Sierra Nevada is the

Arenaria pungens, Clem., which is found throughout the whole alpine

and snow region, growing from the valleys up to the mountain re-

gion, and forms the flora of the snow region and the highest sum.

mits, together with A. tetraquetra, Artemisia granatensis, Ptilotri-

chum spinosum, Eryngium glaciale, E. Bourgati, Gouan., Sideritis

scordiotdes, var. vestita, Boiss., Thymus angustifolius, P., and Teu-

crium Polium, y.aureum. The shores of these lakes are for the most

part so thickly covered with Plantago nivalis, Boiss., that from a

* Translated from the Botanische Zeitung, May 2, 1845.

190 Botanical Notices from Spain.

distance they appear quite white, and have frequently deceived me.

On.the margin of the alpine rivulets and on moist alpine meadows

grow Savifraga stellaris, L., Parnassia palustris, L., Euphrasia mi-

nima, Schleich., and some liverworts; in bogs of the mountain re-

gion Juncus bufonius, J. glaucus and a Senecio, whilst the fissures of

the limestone rocks are filled especially by Linaria origanifolia and

Antirrhinum molle. On the fallow fields around Trevelez I found

here and there Jasione montana, L., a rare plant in Andalusia, and

very frequent Carlina corymbosa, which grows high up into the al-

pine region, as well as Polygonum Persicaria and lapathifolium. On

walls and hedges in the environs of the village grow Senecio linifo-

lius, L., very frequent and in full blossom, Artemisia Absinthium, L.,

Mentha rotundifolia, sylvestris and Pulegium, Brassica adpressa, Boiss.,

Crambe filiformis, Jacq., Rumex pulcher, Helichrysum serotinum,

Boiss., Althea officinalis, Rubus hispanicus, Pteris aquilina, Cystopteris

Sragilis, Asplenium Trichomanes, A. Adiantum-nigrum and Ceterach

officinarum, all which plants I have for the most part met with on

the north side. The Mulahacen yielded a somewhat richer booty ;

I began its ascent on the 15th of September, after having in vain

attempted to ascend it three weeks before from the north side, when,

instead of the Mulahacen, I came upon the Cerro Alcasava, and

found my way back only with great danger over the frightful rocks

of the northern declivity. The ascent to the highest summit of the

Sierra Nevada (according to the measurement of D. Simon de Roxas

Clemente equal to 4259} varas castellanas, or 12,779 feet, which

appears to be somewhat exaggerated) is not at all dangerous starting

from Trevelez, at least in fine weather, which I was so fortunate as

to have. After ascending for six hours, I came at noon to a pretty

steep and pathless acclivity, on the highest rocks of the summit, and

obtained such a magnificent view over a great portion of Spain,

bounded by the sea and the coast of Africa, as is seldom presented.

With the exception of some lichens, there is only found between the

loose masses of rock of the summit, which consist of mica, contain-

ing an endless number of garnets, the Artemisia granatensis, with

the pretty Hrigeron frigidum, Boiss., which is distributed over the

whole of the upper snow region, but everywhere only sparingly, in

company with Viola nevadensis, Galium pyrenaicum and Ptilotrichum

purpureum. On the side opposite to the Picacho de Veleta, about

100 feet below the summit, I found about a dozen specimens of

Papaver pyrenaicum, Gouan., already in fruit, gathered by M. Bois-

sier on the same spot seven years ago, without doubt the rarest plant

of the Sierra Nevada, as hitherto no other habitat is known, and

even here it occurs very seldom. On-the wet alpine meadows on

the southern declivity of the Mulahacen and on the margins of the

rivulets I found the dwarf Gentiana Boryi, Boiss., immersed among

mosses, in company with G. alpina and G. Pneumonanthe, var. de«

pressa, Boiss., Ranunculus angustifolius, DeC., and Plantago nivalis.

On a subsequent excursion of two days, which I made on the 16th

and 17th of September toward the Puerto del Lobo lying nearly at

the east end of the Sierra, I found that the eastern portion of the

Botanical Notices from Spain. _ 191

southern declivity is still poorer in plants than the central part of

Trevelez, and gathered only one new plant, viz. the rare Hrodium

trichomanefolium, L’Hérit., which grows pretty plentifully on boul-

ders of mica on the broad and high coombe between the Puerto de

Jeres and Puerto del Lobo, but seldom blossoms.

On the 18th of September I quitted Trevelez, with the hope of

obtaining a richer harvest in other parts of the Alpujarras; but in

this hope I was soon deceived ; for the further I went towards the

south, all was parched under the summer sun. Except Carlina co-

rymbosa, Picnomon Acarna, Chamepeuce hispanica, Antirrhinum molle,

Senecio linifolius, Helichrysum serotinum, Artemisia campestris, Bu-

pleurum spinosum, Althea cannabina, Centaurea Calcitrapa and sal-

mantica,—plants which are especially common on the limestone for-

mation and which I had already collected,—I observed in the valleys

of the limestone mountains between T'revelez, Notaéz, and Orgiva

only Scilla maritima, L., in blossom, and on the perfectly arid lime-

stone in the neighbourhood of Notaéz, some bushes of the beautiful

Lavatera oblongifolia, Boiss. Even the environs of the charmingly

situated baths of Lanjaron presented, with the exception of some

salt-plants growing around the mineral springs, little of interest.

There were in blossom Samolus Valerandi, L., Erythrea maritima ?,

Statice globulariefolia, Desf., and a Linum ; whilst on the arid lime-

stone rocks in the neighbourhood of the town grow the sweet-

smelling Balsamita multifida, Clem. (according to Boissier’s ‘ Voyage’

Tanacetum annuum, L. ?), and in some fissures of the rock, but very

rarely and not in blossom, the Lapiedra Martinezii, Lag. On per

pendicular limestone rocks at Orgiva and between Lanjaron and

Granada I for the first time met with the rare Brassica moricandioides,

Boiss., with thick, round, fleshy, bluish green leaves, with ripe fruit,

in company with Bupleurum gibraliaricum, Lavandula multifida and a

Satureja. In order also to ascertain the nature of the vegetation of

the coast at this season, I made an excursion on the 20th of Sep-

tember to the town of Motril, distant four leagues from Lanjaron

and half a league from the coast, which is reached by the romantic

valley of the Rio Grande, which carries off almost all the water from

the southern declivity of the Sierra Nevada to the sea. The valleys

of the Alpujarras possess quite a different character from those of

the north side, for they are all very wide and the beds of the rivers

very broad, even and sandy. Their banks, as especially those of the

Rio Grande, are clothed with thick and high bushes of Arundo Do-

nax, L., which began to unfold its colossal bunch of blossoms, and

the beautiful Saccharum Ravenna, L., clothed with its elegant silver

panicles; in company with which plants are found in profusion the

Tamarix gallica and Nerium Oleander. Further toward the sea ap-

peur the Salix alba, S. purpurea, Populus nigra, alba and canescens

frequent on the banks ; Passerina hirsuta, L., which blossoms through-

out the year; Scilla maritima and Chamerops humilis, which already

from Orgiva and Lanjaron indicated the neighbourhood of the coast

and the hot region. On the northern declivity of the last chain of

hills between the valley of the Rio Grande and the Plain of Motril,

192 _ Botanical Notices from Spain.

I noticed some gigantic shrubs of Kentrophyllum arborescens with

stems as thick as an arm, but already completely dried up. It was

here that the Andalusian robbers paid me a visit ; but fortunately I

escaped them by the speed of my horse. The very friendly town of

Motril lies at the foot of a limestone chain of hills planted with vines,

which surrounds the basis of the Sierra de Lujar, and at the com-

mencement of a wide fruitful plain, quite covered with the most

luxuriant fields of cotton, sugar-cane, batates and maize. The coast

is quite flat and very sandy ; Pancratium maritimum, L., blossomed

in parts in company with a Salsola, Kakile maritima, L., and. Euphor-

bia Paralias, L. ‘The last had past flowering, whilst on the banks

of the ditches of the above-mentioned plains and on grassy places

Panicum arenarium, Brot., Xanthium Strumarium, L., and Ricinus

communis, L., and in the cotton plantations Datura Stramonium, L.,

are not rare. ;

At the end of September I returned to Granada, and in the begin-

ning of October I made the last excursion, of four days, in the Sierra

Nevada, from whence I brought away little more than seed. The

fresh-fallen snow which already covered the mountain down to the

lower alpine region, prevented me from visiting the snow region, as

I had intended. A subsequent excursion to the neighbouring Sierra

of Alcafar yielded little beside a small form of Merendera Bulboco-

dium, Crocus nudiflorus, Sm., and Satureja cuneifolia, Ten. The

summer months are not the most favourable months of the year for

botanizing in Andalusia, even in the mountains, as I have found by

experience ; but much the best time is the spring, from March to May,

and June and July for the mountains. On the arid hills around

Granada, the Artemisia Barrelieri, Boiss., which is here very frequent,

begins to flower in the end of October; and about the same time I

found on moist shady places in the valley of the Darro the beau-

tiful Sternbergia lutea, Ker. (Amaryllis lutea, L.), which had not

hitherto been found in the kingdom of Granada. In the second half

of October it rained almost incessantly, which prevented my making

any distant excursions, but favoured the development of the Cryp-

togamous plants; so that I have obtained a tolerable harvest of

lichens and liverworts during the latter part of my stay in Granada :

of the last species, besides several forms of the Pellia epiphylla, I

found especially Marchantia paleacea, Bertol., everywhere in moist

shady places, common on walls and on stony sites and with spore-

bearers ; on moist masses of rock I also gathered Targionia and Lunu-

laria vulgaris, Mich., both very beautiful and im rich fructification.

Zoological Society. 193

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

April 8, 1845.—William Horton Lloyd, Esq., in the Chair.

Abstract of a paper on Nepalese Birds, by Bryan H. Hodgson,

Esq., Corr. Memb., late British resident at Nepal :—

BRACHYPODINE.

Genus Stachyris, mihi (olim Cilathora). Types, S. nigriceps, pyrops

et chryseus, all new.

Bill as long as head, strong and straight, elongate-conic, much

compressed ; towards base much higher than broad, with its ridge

elevated and keeled between the large nareal fosses; rounded for-

wards, and the tips either straight, entire and depressed, or the upper

one suddenly inclined, with remote notch; gape smooth; frontal

plumes rigid, and concealing the base of the bill; nares placed at fore

end of the fosse, and covered by a salient arched incumbent scale,

which closes the aperture forwards ; tongue narrow, simple, with bifid

jagged tip; wings short, bowed, perfectly rounded; tail moderate,

gradated, rather cuneate than fan-shape, and either frayed or subrigid ;

feet suited to creeping and clinging; tarse elevate and strong, longer

than central toe and nail, and nearly or quite smooth; toes short,

depressed, unequal, basally connected ; hind large, and equal to outer

fore toe; nails repent and Parian. Exclusively monticolous and shy

of man; not gregarious ; feeds on tiny hard insects and the larvee and

pupee of tree-haunting species—rarely on seeds ; exclusively arboreal ;

builds large globular nests, which are fixed upon and between the

crossing twigs of low thick bushes, and lays four or five eggs, of a

pale fawn-colour, either unmarked or spotted with brown.

Ist species, S. aigricens, mihi.—54 inches long; bill to gape, 44;

tail, 27;; tarse to sole, 15; central tos and nail, 14; hind toe and

nail, ;% ; closed wing, 24

Colour.—Above medial red-brown, deeper and purer on wings and

tail; below sordid rusty, brightest forwards; top and sides of head

black, picked out with hoary; chin hoary, confined by a black band

running from the cap towards the breast; legs fleshy; bill horn-

yellow, darkened on ridge; iris pale orange.

2nd species, S. pyrops, mihi.—Olive-brown above, sordid rusty

below and on the sides of head and neck ; beneath and before the eye

and under the chin a black spot; bill sordid sanguine, dusky on the

ridge; legs horn-colour; eye sanguine, 44 inches long ; i bill

tail, 2; tarse, #; central toe and nail, ;% ; hind, 4; wing, 2

3rd species, S. chryseus, mihi.—Above vernal green, deeply tinged

with golden; below bright golden; cap with dusky stripes ; ag

dusky ; legs yellow. Length, 43 inches ; bill, 5% ; tail, 2; wing, 2

tarse, #; central toe and nail, 4; hind, ;

Remark.—These singular birds belong I think to Swainson’s group

of the Brachypodine, among the creeping genera of that group ; but

they show some tendency to pass to the Leiotrichanians, by means

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi.

> 4;

194: Zoological Society.

of Pteruthius and our Heterornis ; Heterornis at all events must take

place next Pteruthius ; but I think the true position of Stachyris is

among the Brachypods, near to Jéra and Icteria, with the forms

that we shall next give, and leading to the Crateropodans.

Genus Mizornis, mihi.

General structure of Jéra, but the bill quite different and Meruline ;

commissure and culmen subarched throughout; tarse lower and not

exceeding the large thumb with its nail; tail fully rounded. Type,

M. ruficeps, mihi.—Timalia gularis of Horsfield ?

M. ruficeps.—Body vernal green, passing to yellow on the throat

and breast, where also there are dark lines down the shafts of the

plumes; cap, wing and tail brunescent; bill bluish horn ; legs Aaehy

grey; iris hazel. Length 53 tpahes ; bill, $3 tail, 24; tarse, 13;

central toe and nail, 5% ; hind, 8, ; closed wing, 25. Sexes alike.

Genus Erpornis.

General structure of the last, but the bill very straight, compressed,

with the culmen well-raised and keeled between the nares, as in Sta-

chyris and in Jéra, but less thick and rounded and the notch more

remote than in Jéra; wings longer and more acuminate, with the

first three quills less equally gradated; legs smaller; tail even.

Type, Erpornis vanthochlora, mihi.—Above vernal yellow, below

white ; legs and bill fleshy grey ; iris brown. Five inches long; bill, 4;

tail, 2;4,; closed wing, 22; tarse, 44; central toe and nail, +;

hind, 58. Sexes alike.

- Remarks.—The above two forms are much related to each other,

as well as to Stachyris and the other Brachypodan clinging-birds ; but

Mizornis inclines towards Timalia among the Crateropodans, while

Erpornis is nearer to Stachyris and Zosterops, which last I consider

to be a Brachypod. Both inhabit the lower and central hills, and

feed on tiny tree-insects and their larve and pupe. ‘Their tongue

is simple.

Genus Jzulus.

General structure of Polyodon, but the bill, tongue and nares sim-

ple, and Brachypodan, not Meliphagian ; bill short and singly notched

at the tip.

Type, Polyodon flavicollis or Yuhina flavicollis, as printed.

Remark. —Polyodon i is a strictly Meliphagian form. Julus is one

of the genera serving to connect the true Honeysuckers with the re-

pent Brachypods, such as Zosterops, Chloropsis, &c., and which are

so like the former.

CRATEROPODINA.

Genus Pyctoris, mihi.

Bill short, strong, perfectly entire, arched throughout the culminal

and tomial lines; nareal fosse’and scale obsolete; rictus with very

strong short bristles; orbits nude; wings short and feeble, the first

two quills much, the next two little gradated; third pair equal and

longest ; tail long, broad and gradated throughout; legs and feet ty-

Zoological Society. 195

pically Crateropodan, with a high strong tarse ; toes medial, unequal,

central not elongated, laterals unequal, hind large; nails large, but

not much curved nor acute; hind one largest.

Type, Timalia hypoleucos, Auct.

Hab. The plains only, represented in the hills by Deceira.

A. rufifrons, mihi.—Above sordid ashen olive, passing to clear

rusty brown on the alars, caudals, brows and chin, and the former

(typically) marked with frequent regular cross-bars of black; tail

longer and more gradated than in Nipalensis ; head similarly crested ;

bill and feet embrowned fleshy or horny grey; iris brown. Length,

83 inches; bill, 4; tail, 42; wing, 34; tarse, 14; central toe and

nail, 13; hind, 14.

Remarks.—These birds form one of those singular links which

unite the Crateropodan and Brachypodan thrushes with the Meli-

phagide, of which last our Alcopus is a true member, having the

brushed tongue in perfect development. Zosterops, Chloropsis,

Hypsipetes, &c. of the Brachypodan group, likewise have the brushed

tongue in more or less development, but not so perfectly as in Al-

copus. In Izops there is little trace of it. Ixops leads from a Meli-

phagian type (Alcopus) to the Crateropods, and Jrulus from another

(Polyodon) to the Brachypods.

‘MyoruERina&.

Genus Pnoepyga (olim Testa), mihi.

Bill short, straight, Cinclosylvian, depressed as far as the nares,

compressed beyond, with inflexed tomia and tip faintly inclined and

notched; nares large, fossed, unplumed, furnished with a salient

membranous scale, which lunates the aperture; rictus and brows

smooth ; wings very short, bowed, and perfectly rounded; tail rudi-

mentary, consisting of only six plumes, which are hid by the puffy

rump-feathers; legs and feet ambulatory; tarse elevate, smooth ;

lateral toes equal. Types, the following :—

Ist species, albiventer (M. squamata, Gould, postea), mihi.—

Above and sides olive-brown, more or less dotted with rufous ; below

white, largely picked out with central dusky drops; feet dusky grey ;

bill dusky horn. Length, 42 inches; bill, ;%; tail, 8; closed wing,

23; tarse, 1 ; central toe and nail, 1%; hind, 12. 3

2nd species, rufiventer.—Very like last, but the ground-colour

below invariably rufescent, not white, and size rather less.

3rd species, unicolor, mihi.—Throughout of a dull brunescent

olive, like Cinclus. Length, 32 inches; bill, ,%; tail, 44; closed

wing, 2,5; tarse, 15; central toe and nail, $; hind, 5%.

4th species, pusillus, mihi.—Above saturate olive; below orange

tawny, margined finely with black above and below; the colours

confused towards the vent; legs sordid fleshy; bill dusky horn; iris

brown. Length, 33 inches; bill, 4; tail, 5%; closed wing, 13;

tarse, +3; central toe and nail, +4; hind, 5%.

Genus Oligura, mihi.

General structure of Pnoepyga, but the tail more developed and

196 Zoological Society.

furnished with twelve plumes; the bill more depressed ; rictus less

entirely smooth; nareal tect less developed and nares consequently

ovoid ; lateral toes unequal, hind large, and nails more acute. ‘Types,

the following :—

Ist species, flaviventer, mihi.—Above deep grass-green, below

rich yellow ; cap bright chestnut ; legs fleshy grey ; bill dusky above,

fleshy below; iris brown. Length, 32 inches; bill, 3%; tail, 1;

wing, 14; tarse, 1%; central toe and nail, 12; hind, plus Z.

2nd species, cyaniventer, mihi.—Above grass-green, below slaty

blue; legs and feet smoky grey; bill dusky above, horn below.

Length, 3% inches ; bill, +2; tail, 14; closed wing, less 2; tarse, 1 ;

central toe and nail, 14; hind, ,%.

Remarks.—The above genera were first discovered and described

by myself, but I failed then to note the distinction between the two.

I have now thrown all the prior and new species together. These

singular birds are peculiar to the mountains, and dwell in moist

woods where there is plenty of underwood ; they are solitary, silent,

live and breed on the ground, and feed on seeds, gravel and insects ;

their stomach is thick—almost a gizzard. They should stand with

Aipunemia and Brachypteriz, between Pitta and Cinclus. Our Horor-

nis and Monticola are analogous forms among the Sylviane, and Todus

among the Muscicaps. Gould has figured our first species of Tesia,

which he calls Micrura squamata.

SYLVIADA.

SaXICOLINA.

Dimorpha, mihi (see ‘ Indian Review,’ Siphia).

Bill short, cylindrico-depressed ; Muscicapan, but less wide and

less armed at the tip; base loaded with a forward soft zone, putting

forth hairs which partly conceal the nares; rictus less wide and less

armed than in Muscicapa, but approaching thereto; wings more or

less elongated and acuminated, with 4th, 5th, or 6th quill longest ;

the first three or four more regularly gradated than in Muscicapa ;

alar and caudal plumes wedged and mucronate, and the tail itself

either slightly gradated from centre and sides, or cuneate; legs and

feet more suited to walking than in Muscicaps; tarse smooth and

exceeding the mid toe and nail; toes medial, compressed, unequal ;

hind sometimes large, but not broad; nails large and slender, or .

small and more bent.

The subgenera seem to be three, or Dimorpha, Digenea, and Syn-

ornis.

Dimorpha

proper, with long wings, having the fourth quill longest; tail broad

and gradate from centre and sides; feet with the lateral fore-toes

nearly equal and the hind-toe small, and the nails faleate and short.

Types, D. strophiata, monileger and rubrocyanea. LD. strophiata

printed apud Indian Review, quod vide.

D.? monileger, mihi.—Above olive-brown, sordid, save on the

wings and tail; below diluted and sordid; frontal zone rusty; chin

Zoological Society. 197

and throat white, enclosed by a black band; bill black; legs fleshy ;

iris brown. Length, 5} inches; bill, $; tail, 2; closed wing caret ;

tarse, 12; central toe and nail, 13; hind, 1%. Sexes alike nearly.

D. ? rubrocyanea, mihi.—Above indigo-blue, below deep rusty ;

frontal zone, basal edges of tail and vent white; bill black; legs

fleshy. Length, 43 inches; bill, 5%; tail, 14; closed wing, 23;

tarse, $ ; central toe and nail, plus 5%, ; hind, ;8;._ Deviates from the

type in form of wing, which has first three quills much gradated

and fifth longest, and it has the legs, feet and nails of the next sub-

genus, :

Digenea, mihi,

which differs from Dimorpha proper by having the wings shorter,

with the fifth or sixth quill longest, the legs and feet longer and

slenderer, and the nails less bent, but larger; the thumb larger and

the nail cuneate. The types are tricolor and leucomelanura.

D. tricolor.—Above olive-green, passing into ruddy olive-brown

as you recede from the head; below sordidly luteous or fulvous ; bill

blackish ; legs fleshy grey. Length, 4% inches; bill, 3 ; tail, 2; closed

wing, 2,°,; tarse, less #; central toe and nail, 2; hind, 5.

D. leucomelanura, mihi.—Above saturate slaty, passing to black on

wings and tail ; tail laterally towards the base white, below albescent

slaty; throat pure white; bill and legs black. Length 5 inches;

bill, 3; tail, 2.3;; wing, 23; tarse, 1%; central toe and nail, 18;

hind, 55.

Passing next to the subgenus

| Synornis,

we have a medial Muscicapan wing, whereof the first quill is spurious,

the second long, and 3-4 longest. The bill is more exposed at its

base, the rictal and nareal hairs are shorter, and the legs and feet

are more ambulant, with smaller thumb and nails, neither slenderly

elongate nor shortly faleate. The type of this form is our Joulaimus,

but it is the species whereof the male seems to be Sykes’s Sazicola

rubeculoides, and the female Gmelin’s Muscicapa leucura.

S. Joulaimus, mihi.—Above earthy brown, below diluted to luteous ;

throat and breast bright rusty ; sides of head and neck dull slaty ; tail

black, with white lateral base. Female below void of the red colour,

being throughout sordid white. Length, 53 inches ; bill, %, ; tail, 24;

wing, 22; tarse, #; central toe and nail, 5%; hind, 7,4. Weight,

4 02.

” Hab: Tarai. Rarely or never the hills, to which the others are as

entirely confined.

PHILOMELINA,

Genus Muscisylvia, mihi.

General structure as in Grillivora, but feebler; gape wider and

bristled ; tip of the bill more suddenly bent; nares elongated, with

nude membranous tect and lunato-elliptic aperture, set over by tiny

hairs; wings and tail ample, with broad webs and obtuse mucronated

terminations ; wings round, acuminate ; fifth quill longest; tail me-

198 : Zoological Society.

dial, even, broad; legs and feet suited to walking and perching ;

tarse equal to mid toe and nail; toes long and slender; nails acute ;

hind much the largest, and equal to the digit; exclusively Montico-

lous; stomach muscular and strong; feeds on hard and soft insects,

pulpy berries and small seeds. A shy forester; not gregarious.

Type, M. leucura, mihi.—Throughout deep indigo-blue, passing

to black on alars and caudals; forehead and shoulders rich cobalt

blue ; tail basally and laterally whitened ; a white spot on the side of

the neck of the male; bill and legs black; iris dark. Length, 74

inches; bill, 2; tail, 31; wing, 33; tarse, 1,3,; central toe and nail,

1%; hind, 3. Weight 1 oz.

Genus Nemura, mihi.

General structure of Phenicura, but slighter, with slenderer legs

and feet, and bill more armed at the point, and lateral toes unequal ;

wings and tail mucronated, as in the last, but the webs less broad

and the tips narrowed wedgewise; nails long, slender and delicate,

like the digits and legs. Manners of Phenicura, but a forester and

shy. Feeds on insects, soft and hard, and on pulpy berries. Found

in central and northern regions of hills. Types, N.rufilatus et flavo-

livacea et cyanura.

N. rufilatus, mihi.—Above and the cheeks indigo-blue; brows,

shoulders and rump soft cerulean; below white, save the flanks,

which are bright rusty ; bill and legs black; iris brown. Length, 53

inches ; bill, 3; tail, 23 ; wing, 34; tarse, 11,; central toe and nail, 3;

hind, 5%.

N. flavolivacea, mihi.—Possibly female of the last. Above olive-

green, with a yellowish tinge ; below sordidly fulvescent ; bill and

legs fleshy grey. Length, 53 inches; bill, %; tail, 23; wing, 3;

tarse, 11; central toe and nail, +; hind, }$.

N. cyanura, mihi.—Head, neck, breast and wings olive-brown,

more diluted below ; rump and tail verditer-blue ; flanks bright rusty ;

chin, belly and vent white ; legs and feet black, Sexes alike. Length,

53 inches ; bill, 3; tail, 22; wing, 3; tarse, 1; central toe and nail, 3;

hind, less 2.

SYLVIANZ.

Genus Tarsiger, mihi.

Bill equal to head, straight, subdepressed, feeble, gradually widen-~

ing from the tip ; the upper mandible more than half exceeded by the

nareal fosse, and much overlaid by the soft frontal plumes; nares

broad lunate, forward, apert, shaded by a nude membrane; tip of

bill obtuse, and nearly unarmed; gape rather wide and ciliated;

wings submedial, round rather than acuminate, firm; fifth quill

longest ; 4—6 and 3-7 respectively equal; alars and caudals wedged

and mucronate; tail medial, rounded; tarse very elevate, slender

and smooth; toes ambulant, simple; laterals unequal, hind rather

large ; nails large, slender, simple; hind largest. Exclusively mon-

ticolous; dwells in low brushwood solitarily, and is much on the

ground, feeding chiefly on small ground insects. Makes its nest on

the ground, saucer-shape, of moss, and places it under cover of some

Zoological Society. 199

projecting root or stone; eggs verditer. Has much analogy with both

the last genera, which it represents among the feebler Sylviane, to

which it belongs, as they to the Philomeline. It differs from the last

by its feebler, more depressed bill, larger and more membranous

nares, and more slender legs and feet; also by its mucronate and

wedge-tipped alars and caudals. The mucronation allies it to Mus-

cisylvia, from which it differs by its less ample wings and tail, more

elevate tarse, and feebler bill.

Type, 7. chryseus, mihi.—Below the whole body with the entire

shoulders, the lower back and greatest part of tail, deep gamboge-

yellow; superciliary line the same ; head above, neck and upper back,

yellow-tinted olive; lores, orbits and ears continuously, central

caudals and tips of the others black; alars dusky black, fringed on

the lower edges with yellow; legs fleshy brown; Dill horn-yellow

below, dusky above. Female duller-hued, devoid of the black cheek-

mark and superciliary line; her body above entirely olive-green ;

alars and caudals dusky olive. Length, 5? inches ; bill, 14; tail, 2};

wing, 23; tarse, 1,5, ; central toe and nail, 1%; hind, 44.

Genus Orthotomus, Horsf,

1st, subgenus, Orthotomus.

- Bill sub-certhian, long, slender, inclining to arch, and entire, with

the base largely exceeded by the nareal fosse ; nares large, membra-

nous, free, the aperture lunate-linear and shaded above by a large

unarched membrane; rictus slightly bristled; wings short, bowed,

and feeble, but not perfectly rounded ; first four quills conspicuously

gradated in a diminishing ratio; 5-6 equal and longest; tail mode-

rate, narrow, feeble, much-rounded, with the two central plumes

frequently elongated, as in the Bee-eaters; tarse high, stout, double

that of the central toe, and strongly scaled; toes short, unequal, the

outer fore longer and basally.connected ; the hind large and strong;

nails strong and acute, the hind largest. Nearly confined to the

hills; rare below in the cold season; solitary or in pairs; familiar ;

dwells in low bushes and hedge-rows and fences, picking up minute

insects from the leaves and decayed wood, and frequently descending

to the ground, where they move fitfully, by hops, to take minute in-

sects, and presently return to their low perch. Make beautiful pen-

sile nests, by sewing together the edges of large leaves, and hence

are called ‘ Patia’ or the ‘ Leaf-bird’ in the hills.

Type, Sylvia putoria, v. sphenura, v. rujicapilla, Auct.—Above

vernal green, below white; the great alars and caudals dusky; the

top of the head brown-red; bill dusky horn; legs fleshy brown; iris

brown. Female similarly coloured, but wanting almost entirely the

prolonged central tail-feathers of the male, and smaller. Length (of

male), 53 inches; bill, ?; tail, 2; closed wing, 14; tarse, $; cen-

tral toe and nail, .%; hind, 4. Weight + or} oz. Has a loud

shrill monosyllable note—tee-tee-tee. 1 suspect there are two spe-

cies, because the eggs differ in colour in the nests brought me,

some being verditer-blue and unspotted, and others bluish white,

with fawn spots. ‘The latter, I think, belong to the above, and the

200. Zoological Society.

former. to a smaller species, having the caudal appendage very little

developed. — I call this

Orthotomus Patia, and subjoin the following measurements. Length

(of male), 43 inches; bill, 3; tail, 12; wing, 12; tarse, 15; central

toe and nail, plus 9; ; hind, ;4.

2nd subgenus, Prinia, Horsf.

Bill shorter and straighter, but still longer than the head, and not

notched; less cut out at the base by the nareal fosse; rictus hispid ;

nares smaller, with wider aperture ; wings yet shorter and absolutely

rounded, with the first five quills conspicuously gradated up to the

sixth and longest; tail ampler, more elongate and more gradate,

fan-shaped, feeble; legs and feet slighter. Manners and nidification

of the last, but a lowlander, being more rarely found in the hills than

these.

Type, Prinia fusca, mihi.—Length 5 inches; bill, =%; tail, 2,4;

wing, less 12; tarse, 1%; central toe and nail, ;% ; hind, ;%. Above

lutescent brown ; laterally luteous ; below white ; tips of the caudals

with black drops, margined with white; bill dusky; legs carneous ;

iris brown. :

2nd species of Prinia, P. brunnifrons, mihi; ruficapilla, Auct. ?—

Above olive-brown, deeper and ruddier on the cap, wings and tail;

below sordid white; under tail-coverts sordid olive, and the thighs

the same; bill yellow horn; legs plumbeous grey; tail smaller than

in the last. Length, 4 inches; bill, plus 4; tail, 13; tarse, ?; central

toe and nail, 18; hind, 54.

Remark.— Aberrant towards Horeites by its smaller tail and more

perfect foot. This is a common species in the plains, and may pos-

sibly be the Tailor-bird of authors rather than our Patia, which is

rare there.

3rd subgenus, Horeites, mihi.

Bill shorter than the head, quite straight, cylindric, feeble, di-

stinctly notched; nares basal, ovoid, covered with a membranous

scale; legs and feet stronger than in either of the above, and more

suited to ground action; tarse high, strong, and heavily scaled, as in

Orthotomus ; toes longer, more ambulant, with the laterals equal and

central elongated; rictus quite smooth; wings and tail as in Prinia,

or as in Orthotomus. Inhabits the northern region near the snows,

dwelling in brushwood and being much on the ground.

lst species, H. pollicaris, mihi.—Remarkable for its small wings

and tail and large hind digit, the tail being equal in length to the

closed wing, which is perfectly rounded and short, as in Prinia.

Above olive-brown; below and the eyebrow pale yellow ; bill sordid

corneous grey; legs fleshy grey. Length, 34 inches; bill, 54;

tail, 12 ; wing the same; tarse, 13; central toe and nail, 19; hind, $.

2nd species, H. schistilatus, mihiimHas an ampler wing and tail

than the last and a smaller thumb; its wing is as large as in Ortho-

tomus, and its tail broad and fan-shaped, like Prinia. In colours very

like brunnifrons, but distinguished by its broader ampler tail, larger

Zoological Society. 201

wing, and shorter Regulus-like bill. Above uniform olive-brown ;

laterally pale slaty and below pure white; cap clear brown-red or

chestnut. Dwells near the snows, like the last-named. Length,

41 inches; bill, $; tail, 2},; wing, 14%; tarse, 2; central toe and

nail, 8; hind, ;%.

Allied to the last two species are some more Cachar birds of very

similar manners and plumage, distinguished by a compressed bill,

which is raised between the keeled nares, as in our Stachyris, and

by the inner toe and nail of their strong ambulant feet being longer

than the outer toe and nail. Some have the tarse smooth and the

tail more or less scansorial, that is, cuneate in form and rather rigid

or worn; these I call Tribura. The others have the turse scutellate

and rather longer, and the tail broad and fan-shaped, and not at all

rigid or worn; these I style Horornis, though they hardly deserve

subgeneric separation.

Genus Tribura, mibi.

Bill to gape equal to head or less, straight, cylindric, compressed ;

at base higher than broad, and having the ridge raised and keeled

between the oval apert nares ; tip of upper mandible scarcely inclined,

but distinctly notched ; rictus smooth; wings short and feeble, but

not much or equally gradated ; first two quills conspicuously gra-

dated, three next subequal and longest ; tail more or less elongated,

and gradated throughout, rather cuneate than fan-shaped, and some-

what rigid or worn ; tarse stout, smooth, longer than the mid toe and

nail; toes and nails simple, compressed, inner fore with its nail ex-

ceeding the outer fore, central elongate, hind least; nails acute.

Type, T. luteoventris, mihi.

Tribura luteoventris, mihi.—Above olive-brown, with a luteous

lustre; below lutescent laterally and albescent centrally; a pale line

over the eye; bill dusky horn; legs carneous. Length, 53 inches ;

bill, 9; tail, 25; wing, 2),; tarse, 13; central toe and nail, 11;

hind, ;8;._ Inhabits the Cachar, among brushwood; manners un-

known.

Genus Horornis, mihi.

General structure of Tribura, but the rictus more or less armed ;

the tarse strongly scaled ; the wings more gradated, having the fifth

or sixth longest, and the tail broad, fan-shaped, and not worn or rigid.

Inhabits the northern hills ; manners unknown.

Types, fortipes and flaviventris.

H., fortipes, mihi.—Above olive-brown, dark and pure; below and

the brow yellowish ; bill yellow horn; legs pure fleshy. Length, 44

inches; bill, $; tail, 2; wing, 2; tarse, 1%; central toe and nail,

14; hind, 5.

H. flaviventris, mihi.—Very similar to the last, but a smaller bird,

with shorter tarse ; above olive-brown ; below and the brow greenish

yellow and pale; bill and legs fleshy. Length, 43 inches ; bill

tail, 13; wing, 2; tarse, +3; central toe and nail, 44; hind, es

H, ? fuligiventer, mihi.—Aberrant ; probably a Tribura, having the

wing of that form, but the tail not worn or rigid, and hence perhaps

202 Zoological Society.

that character may not be permanent. Above dusky olive-brown,

diluted into greenish of a dusky cast below; bill and feet dark.

Length, 5 inches; bill, 4; tail, 2; wing, 24; tarse, 2; central toe

and nail, 14; hind, 4.

H.? fulviventris, mihi.—Above saturate olive-brown ; below sordid

luteous, shaded on the flanks with the upper hue ; bill and legs dusky

grey. Length, 43 inches; bill, .%; tail, 12; wing, 23; tarse, 18;

central toe and nail, 14; hind, 5%.

Our singular genus

Temnoris (olim Suthora),

and which name, if objected to, may give place to Hemirhynchus, is

I think a Parian form, being much allied to the small long-tailed Tits. —

It seems however to group well with our Heteromorpha and Conostoma

and Gould’s Paradorornis, and the whole may perhaps fall into the

Glaucopine. ‘There are two species of Suthora confounded by me

under the name of nipalensis ; I now erase that name, and substitute

atrifrons and fulvifrons, thus :

T. atrifrons, mihi.—General colour bright rusty, palest on the

belly and vent, brightest on the wings; false wing black; margins

of the prime alars albescent; caudals and alars internally blackish,

and apertly so towards their tips; head saturate slaty, margined late-

rally and in front by a darker zone, and passing into diluted slaty,

mixed with rusty on the sides of the neck; chin transversely barred

black ; cheeks albescent; bill dusky, with a bluish base; legs sordid

grey. Length, 4} inches; bill, less +; tail, 24; wing, 144; tarse, 3;

central toe and nail, 4; hind, 3.

T. fulvifrons, mihi.—General hue of the preceeding, but the head ~

and neck concolorous with the back; the cheeks not whitened,

the chin unbarred, and the size larger; bill paler or fleshy, with a

dusky ridge. Length, 44 inches; bill, 4+; tail, 2}; wing, 2,,;

tarse, 1%; central toe and nail, 5%; hind, a.

MuscicaPiInez.

Genus Chelidorynz, mihi.

General structure of Rhipidura, but the bill very short and Crypto-

lopho-hirundine, being as broad as long from the forehead and

very slightly armed at the tip; rictal bristles long, as in Rhipidura;

nares advanced, lateral, elliptic, and shaded above by a membrane;

tail rigid, with wedged tips to the plumes, smaller and less rounded

than in Rhipidura.

Type, Ch. chrysoschistos, mihi.—Above slaty, with a greenish

smear; below bright yellow; wings and tail dusky; shafts of the

caudals whitened ; ears, lores and orbits black. Length, 4% inches ;

bill to gape, 2; tail, 24; wing less 2}; tarse, ;%; central toe and

nail, =2,; hind, ;5,. Weight 40z. Inhabits the central hilly region

and great valley, on skirts of woods, among shrubs and low trees;

very lively and shows itself much; solitary or in pairs. Stomach

distinctly muscular ; diet small insects.

Zoological Society. 203

This type seems to require a place between Rhipidura and Crypto-

lopha, to which last it is allied by the bill, which however is shorter

and broader, leading to the next singular form, which is a flycatcher

in the guise of a swallow, and forms with this one a perfect passage

from the Flycatchers to the Swallows.

Genus Hemichelidon, mihi.

General structure of a swallow, with only something Muscicapan

in wings and rictus; bill as in Hirundo exactly, but the gape hardly

so wide and slightly bristled ; nares round and vertical, as in Hirundo ;

wings long and pointed; Ist quill spurious, 2nd long, 3rd longest ;

tail moderate and subfurcate; legs and feet small and slender.

Types, H. fuliginosa and ferruginea.

H. fuliginosa, mihi.—Uniform sooty brown, darkest on the wings

and tail, and shaded with white on the belly, vent, and under tail-

coverts; the body below paler than above, Length, 4% inches;

bill, 4; tail, 2; tarse, ;4; central toe and nail, less 4; hind, 5;

wing, 23.

H. ferruginea, mihi.—Size and proportions of the last; colour

rusty brown, passing to olive on the cap; alars and caudals inter-

nally blackish, and more or less so apertly; bill dusky carneous ;

legs pure fleshy ; tail (in both) moderate and slightly forked.

Found only in the hills, and chiefly the central region; dwell in

woods and have the general manners of the Flycatchers, but with a

bolder and more continuous flight.

Genus Hemipus, mihi.

General structure of Rhipidura, passing to Myiagra ; legs and feet

very small; bill more or less elongated and cylindric; rictal bristles

moderate, that is, shorter than in Rhipidura; tail gradated and

narrow. |

Type, H. picecolor, mihi,—Above dusky brown, passing to black

on the wings and tail; a large oblique central bar of white down the

wing; two bars on the croup, the margin of the black cap, and the

terminal part of the lateral alars white; below pale sooty to the

breast, thence to tail-coverts albescent ; bill and legs black. Female

wanting the black cap of the male. Length, 53 inches; bill, 11;

tail, 28; wing, 25; tarse, 4; central toe and nail, ;4; hind, 5.

Inhabits the hills generally ; chiefly procured in the great valley.

ALAUDINA. -

Genus Heterura, mihi.

Bill to gape equal to the head, to brow much less than the head ;

Anthine in the general character, but stronger, with the culmen,

commissure and gonys more or less curved; base of the upper man-

dible a good deal cut out by the nareal fosse, and its tip inclined and

notched ; tomiee trenchant and scarpt internally ; nares advanced, la-

teral, oval, shaded above by a nude scale-like membrane; rictus to

eye, and slightly bristled ; wings very short, not surpassing the base

204 | Zoological Society.

of the tail, yet strictly Alaudine in all their details, with the primes

ungradate, the tertials equal to primes, and all the centrals notched

at the tips and emarginated on the outer web towards the tips, as in

the Alaudines ; 1st quill equal to 5th, and both rather less than 2,3, 4,

which are equal and longest ; tail ample, scansorial, that is, distinctly

rigid, and the separate plumes acutely wedged; form of the tail Pa-

rian, or slightly gradate from centre and from sides; legs and feet

strong and typically ambulant, with high scutellate tarse and medial,

compressed, full, solid toes, having the laterals equal, the central

sufficiently long, and the hind least and not depressed ; nails simple,

slender, fully curved ; hind long and nearly equal to the digit.

Exclusively monticolous ; found in the brushy uplands of the cen-

tral region ; feed and breed on the ground ; food grylli and other in-

sects and seeds; stomach strongly muscular; intestines of medial

length and furnished with tiny ceca. Nest made loosely of grass

and saucer-shaped ; eggs bluish, thickly spotted. Type, H. sylvana,

mihi.

H. sylvana.—Above clear brown, picked out marginally with clear

rufous, as in the Larks; below rufescent, with narrowing central

stripes ; chin immaculate; a dark mustache ; superciliary line pale ;

tail-feathers internally and laterally albescent; upper coverts pro-

longed and pointed, as in the Larks; bill sordid fleshy or horn ;

legs clear, carneous; iris brown; sexes alike. Length, 74 inches ;

bill to gape, 44; tail, 22; wing, 3; tarse, 1,),; central toe and nail,

418; hind, 2.

Remark.—This singular bird has been thus particularly described

because of the difficulty of sparing details by anything like an assured

allocation of it. It seems to be an analogous form to Praticola, and

to belong to the Alaudine, near Brachonyz. Its tail in form reminds

one of Dolichonyz.

PARIANE?

Genus Accentor, Auct.

These birds are found in the central and northern regions of the

hills only, and chiefly in the northern. We have four species, all of

which are I believe new.

1. Acc. Nipalensis, mihi.—Head and neck dusky olive ; body above

ferruginous, with large central dashes of black ; shoulders and all the

wing-coverts dusky, with white drops; alars and caudals blackish,

with ochreous red margins ; breast and belly ochreous ; under coverts

of the tail dusky, picked out with white; bill dusky, with a yellow

horn base ; iris golden brown ; legs sordid brown. Length, 63 inches ;

bill, 22; tail, 23; wing, 35; tarse,1; central toe and nail, 33;

hind, 44.

2. Acc. Cacharensis, mihi.—Very similar in colours to the last,

but larger, and the wing proportionally longer; head and neck,

shoulders and wing-coverts dusky; throat white, with black bars ;

breast and belly deep clay-red ; back and upper tail-coverts rusty,

with large central blotches of blackish ; alars and caudals blackish,

margined and tipt with rusty red; vent dusky, picked out with

Zoological Society. 205

whitish ; bill yellow horn, with dusky tip; legs fleshy. Length, 7

inches ; bill, 14; tail, less 3; wing, 34; tarse, 1,;; central toe and

nail, +3; hind, +8.

3. Acc. immaculatus, mihi.—Least of the three; not unlike them

in colours, but the plumage more uniform and freer from spots and

blotches; head and neck dusky olive, passing gradually into em-

browned ochreous red on the body above and below, as well as on

the whole visible part of the closed wing; shoulders pale slaty blue

and unspotted; alars and caudals dusky brown, and nearly void of

brighter margins or tips; bill blackish ; legs fleshy grey ; iris straw-

colour. Length, only 6 inches; bill, ,% ; tail, 14; wing, 27; tarse, Z;

central toe and nail, #; hind, wy.

4. Acc. strophiatus, mihi.—Above and laterally sordid rusty, with

black central blotches ; below white, with similar marks, but smaller

and paler; wings and tail black-brown; the alars and their coverts

margined with embrowned rusty; ears and lores margined towards

the body all round with bright rusty, and a large gorget of the same

on the top of the breast ; from nares to brow a white line, joining the

red one above spoken of; bill dusky horn; legs fleshy brown ; iris

brown; wings shorter and tail longer than in any of the others.

Length, 6 inches ; bill, plus 4; tail, 22; wing, 24; tarse, 14; central

toe and nail, #; hind, ;%. Weight less 1 0z. Breeds on the ground,

making a saucer-shaped nest of moss, well-compacted. These birds

are much on the ground and have an ambulatory structure of legs

and feet: I should place them among the Finches, near to the next-

named, or Buntings, which also are exclusively monticolous I believe,

and are found in the central and northern regions. They are con-

stantly flushed from the ground in corn-fields and are comparatively

familiar birds to the Accentors, which avoid houses and cultivation.

Genus Emberiza.

We have four species, three of which are the erythroptera, chlo-

rocephala, and aureola of authors, and the fourth is I think new, as

follows :—Emberiza oinops, mihi.

New subgenus, Ocyris, mihi.

Bill very acute and perfectly conic, without any curve along the

culmen or gonys; mouth simply angulated, without palatal knob ;

wings with 2~3 longest and equal.

Type, H. oinops, mihi.—Above rusty red, picked out with large

blackish central dashes ; below white, with narrower dark marks, and

none on the lower belly and vent ; wings and tail black-brown ; wing

with large ruddy margins; alars internally and laterally albescent ;

head and face rusty red, with two longitudinal black marks on the

crown and another circling round the ear from the eye nearly to gape ;

bill dusky horn; legs embrowned fleshy; iris brown. Length, 54

inches ; bill, ;4 ; tail, 23; wing, 23 ;-tarse, #; central toe and nail, £,

Weight $ to 0z, Sexes alike. Stomach gizzard-like; contents

seeds and gravel.

206 Zoological Society.

PyRRHULINE.

Genus Lozia.

L. himalayana, mihi.—Structure typical and plumage very similar

to that of the European type, and indeed I believe to all the known

species ; size small,and most resembling the American bird ; most part

of the head and neck and whole body below red, of a hue between

roseate and blood, and more or less sordid; rest of the head, neck,

back, wings and tail deep dusky brown, more or less suffused, and

emarginated with the richer colour; wings long, reaching two-

thirds down the tail; 1-3 quills rather shorter than the second; legs

and feet strong; tarse heavily scaled, less the mid-toe and nail;

lateral fore-toes equal and basally connected ; hind large, equal alone

to the laterals, and, with its large nail, much exceeding them; claws

large, but not greatly curved. Female dusky brown above, slightly

suffused and margined with vernal greenish yellow; below greenish

ellow, with dusky centres to the plumes; bill and legs in both

lackish ; female smaller. Male measures 5% a bill, th tail,

23,; wing, 34; tarse, 1%; central toe and nail, 3 qi; hind, 18 In-

_habits the Cachar only, near the snows, and rare there.

To the same region are for the most part confined the other thick-

billed Finches of the genera Coccothraustes, Corythus, Pyrrhula, and

their allies; but most of these pass into the central hilly region in

spring in search of ripe fruits and berries, and in the winter some of

them proceed to the plains in search of food and warmth, or are car-

ried there by dealers. The Himalayan Siskin is almost always found

in the central region, where indeed it is commoner than in the north-

ern; and one of the roseate Finches is very common below in the

winter, under the name of the Tooti or Surkha Tooti. This I believe

is the Hemorhous rosea and Coccothraustes rosea of authors; it is an

anomalous or osculant form, which cannot I think be referred to any

known genus. I call it Pyrrhulinota, because it unites a semi-«

pyrrhuline bill with the wings, tail and feet of Linaria and Linota.

Genus Pyrrhulinota, mihi.

Bill Pyrrhulo-Linarian ; wings long and pointed, with the first quill

usually longest ; tail deeply forked ; tarse rather shorter than the mid-

toe and nail; toes long, laterals unequal, central long, hind least, but

with the nail equal to the inner fore; nails simple.

Type, the common Tooti or Surkha Tooti of Hindostan ; Cocco-

thraustes roseata of Vieillot? P. roseata, mihi.

The other two rosy Finches of the hills are much less known be-

low, though they also are found there, in the hands of dealers at

least, and are called without distinction Goolabi Tooti. They are

the Fringilla rhodopepla and rhodochroa of Vigors, apud Gould; but

they are not I think true Fringille, but nearer to Passer. I deno-

minate them

Zoological Society. 207

FRINGILLINA.

Genus Propasser.

Bill Passerine, with the culmen and gonys more or less curved or

straight, and the tip distinctly notched; wings short, first quill less

than three next, and longest; tail forked; legs and feet ambulant ;

tarse longer than mid-toe; toes compressed, laterals equal, central

long, hind least; nails simple. Types, rhodochroa and rhodopepla,

We have in the northern region chiefly two species of true Bull-

finch or Erythrocephala, Gould, and Nipalensis, mihi, to which we

must add a third species, styled epauletia by me, but which deviates

too much from the typical form to remain under Pyrrhula; I separate

it as a new type, by the name of

Pyrrhoplectes.

Bill Pyrrhuline, but longer and less tumid, with the upper mandi-

ble subterminally, and the lower subcentrally notched; the gape

angulated ; wings shorter and more gradate than in Pyrrhula, with

the fourth quill commonly longest; tail even or divaricated, not

forked ; legs and feet slenderer, longer, and more suited to action on

the ground than in Pyrrhula. Type, Pyrrhula epauleita, As. Trans.

vol, xix. 4

Propyrrhula Rubeculoides, mihi.—Above, together with the lower

breast, belly and vent, smoky brown; face as far back as the eye,

chin, throat and breast, bright red, of a sanguineous scarlet hue;

bill dusky horn, paler below; legs dusky. Female fulvous, below

with large central dashes of dusky brown, and the croup the same.

I shall conclude this paper with the description of a new an

splendid species of Buzzard, peculiar to the Cachar and Tibet.

FALCONIDA.

BurEeoNINa.

Genus Buteo ?

Buteo leucocephalus, mihi.—General structure Buteonine, but the

tarse two-thirds plumed to the front, and the nude part reticulate,

not scutellate ; acropodia half reticulate and half scutellate ; colour

medial brown, with the head and neck more or less perfectly albescent ;

chin to breast darker, and breast again paled crescent-wise ; tail with

frequent pale buff bars ; bill blue ; its tips and the talons black ; legs

and cere greenish yellow ; iris hoary ; size extremely large. Length,

25% inches (fm.) by 583 in expanse of wing; closed wing, 173 ;

bill to gape, 2; tail, 114; tarse (to sole), 32; central toe and nail,

28; hind, 13. Weight 33 lbs. Caught beyond the snows in Tibet.

Another species, with the tarse considerably plumed, leads to this

bird from the Moor Buzzards. This second species has the general

form and characters of the moor buzzard, but is distinguished at

once by half the tarse being plumed; the tarsi likewise are shorter,

and so are the toes ; but the tarse is scutellate before and behind, as

in that species and the rest of the Buzzards, There is no sign of

208 Entomological Society.

the Circine facial disc in the present bird, which is I believe new,

and belongs to Buteo proper and not to Circus.

Buteo plumipes, mihi.—Throughout of a uniform dusky brown,

as in the moor buzzard; region of the lores only albescent; cere

and legs greenish yellow; bill blue, with black tips and talons; tail

very vaguely rayed with a paler shade of colour and wings inter-

nally. Of slender make, and with long and acute talons, whereas

the white head is of very robust make, and has less acute but stronger

talons. This is in make as in colours, a Circus; that, a buzzard

proper or an eagle. In plumipes the tarse is scutellate before and

behind, reticulate to the sides and at base, and two-thirds of the

acropodia likewise are reticulate. The cere is large in both, and in

both the nares are longitudinally cleft and irregularly ovoid in form.

The one passes towards Buteo from Circus, the other towards Aquila

from Buteo. Length (foem.), 194 inches; bill, 12; tail, 9; tarse, 3 ;

central toe and nail, 2; hind, 14. Procured in the central hilly re-

gion. Manners not noted.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

October 2nd, 1843.—George Newport, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Captain Parry exhibited a box of Coleopterous insects from Co-

lombia, including Megasoma Elephas, a curious genus allied to Me-

galopus, and another apparently allied to Ancistrosoma.

Mr. Westwood exhibited a gynandromorphous specimen of Ln-

dromis versicolor from the collection of Dr. Becker, the antenne and

wings on the left-hand side being masculine, and those of the right

side being female.

The Rev. F, W. Hope exhibited a specimen of the larva of Acilius

voided by a boy at Tunbridge Wells.

The following memoirs were read :—

‘‘ Description of new species of exotic Coleoptera.” By the Rev.

F. W. Hope, F.R.S.

Lucanus Parryi, Hope. Niger nitidus, mandibulis longitudine capite

aqualibus, apicibus acutis supra dentatis ; elytris glabris ; tibiis

anticis externé serratis, posticis unispinosis. Long. corp. lin.

16}; lat. lin. 54. Affinis L. nepalensi, Hope.—Hab. in Agro

Nepalensi. Mus. Parry.

Lucanus Vitulus, Dejean (ined.) 2. Niger nitidus glaber, man-

dibulis brevibus acutis; thorace marginato, angulis anticis haud

productis, posticis partum rotundatis ; tibiis anticis externé denti-

culatis, posticis 4 in medio unispinosis. Long. corp. lin. 16; lat.

lin. 6.—Hab. in Java. Mus. Buquet.

Lucanus (Hexarthrius) Buquettii, Hope. Niger, mandibulis exsertis

arcuatis, apicibus 2-furcatis, introrsum crenatis unidentatis den-

teque majori fere basali; capite thoraceque scabriusculis ; tibiis

intermedits 1-spinosis, posticis 2 inermibus. Long. corp. lin. 35 ;

lat. lin. 9.—Hab, in Java. Mus, Buquet.

Entomological Society. 209

Pholiodotus Reichei, Hope, 2. Niger, capite thoraceque rugosis

hoc tuberculato, mandibulis apice acutis ; thoracis lateribus ser-

ratis, angulis posticis acutis ; elytris fere glabris obscuris, lined

elevatd obliqud erosd, e humeris ad medium disci extensd ; pedibus

simplicibus. Long. corp. lin. 15 ; lat. lin, 5. —Hab. in Colombia.

Mus. Reiche.

Callirhipis Laportei, Hope. Rubro-testaceus seu fulvus ; antennis

nigris, articulo basali antrorsum flavescente ; thorace lineis tribus

nigris ; elytris maculis tribus basalibus apicibusque nigris ; pe-

dibus nigris; femoribus fulvis. Long. corp. lin. 6}; lat. lin. 15.—

Hab. apud Coban. Mus. Hope.

Saperda ocularis, Hope. Aurantia, antennis nigro-griseis pubescen-

tibus, capite antrorsum atro, oculis albo cinctis ; thorace postice

nigro, maculis 5 albis ; elytris octo maculis albis atro-cingulatis

ornatis ; pedibus atro-griseis. Long. corp. lin. 44; lat. lin. 1.

—Hab. in Amer. Merid. Mus. Hope.

‘‘ Description ofa new exotic genus of Longicorn Beetles, remark-

able for the dilatation of the anterior femora.” By J. O. Westwood,

F.L.S.

Evuprromera, Westw. Corpus breve, crassum, subdepressum. Caput

breve, verticale, pronoto parim angustius. Antenne fere corporis

longitudine, 11-articulata, subfiliformes ; prothorax subquadratus,

dorso lateribusque subtuberculatis, pone medium subconstrictus ;

elytra lateribus parallelis, apice inermia. Femora antica maxima

inflata, tibie antice curvate, tibie 4 postice in medio haud sco-

pifere.

Eupromera Spryana, Westw. Griseo-villosa fusco luteoque parim

variegata, apicibus articulorum antennarum fusco-cinctis, elytris

fusco tuberculatis. Long. corp. lin. 34.—Hab. in Brasilia. In

Mus. Hope and Westwood.

‘“* Account of the Fire-flies observed at the Baths of Lucca.” By

G. Woolmer, Esq.

These insects, which are termed Luccioli by the natives, evidently

from their bearing light, belong to the same family (Lampyride) as

the English fire-fly ; but the females are winged, and in the spring

und early part of the summer are seen in all directions on the wing,

emitting a phosphoric kind of light at intervals ; thus producing a

most beautiful effect where they abound in company with the glow-

worm. Previous to a storm they are more than usually active, and

their light much more brilliant. In the day-time they rest on the

bushes in a state almost of torpor. Their flight is very regular, the

light appearing and disappearing at short distances. They entirely

disappear shortly after the hay is gathered in. — It is considered that

it is the female which emits the light, thus attracting the male. The

lower (posterior) part of the body, which emits the light, is of a sul-

phur colour, and is observed to shine for a short time even after

death. When alive, any irritation offered to the part causes the in-

sect to emit its light.

“Descriptions of various exotic Crustacea, Coleoptera and Homo-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi.

210 Entomological Society.

ptera.” (Annals of Natural History, vol. xii. p. 342.) By Adam

White, Esq.; by whom it was stated, that a nest of Pelopeus pro-

visioned with spiders had recently been presented to the British

Museum from Sierra Leone by Mr. Whitfield.

November 6th.—The President in the Chair.

Mr. F. Bond exhibited two distinct species of Geophilus, which he

had ascertained to possess luminous powers. Also a species of Or-

nithomyia (O. viridis?) which he had found to be parasitic both on

bats and swallows.

Mr. W. F. Evans exhibited a specimen of the common Hornet,

which he had confined in a small box, in which, some time. subse-

quently, were found several specimens of the Dipterous genus Mo-

lobrus, which Mr. J. F. Stephens suggested had been hatched from

eggs deposited upon the hornet after death and whilst still damp.

He also exhibited the larva and pupa of a Lepidopterous insect (most

probably the Diatrea sacchari, Guilding) which he had found in

sugar-canes brought from Madeira. Also specimens of Trechus ful-

vus captured during flight after dark by candle-light.

Mr. Yarrell exhibited a specimen of Lemargus imbricatus which

had been found parasitic upon the short sun-fish. Also specimens of

Cecrops Latreillet from both the sun-fish and tunny.

A paper by G. R. Waterhouse, Esq., containing descriptions of

some new species of Curculionide from the Philippine Islands, was

read.

Mr. Walton brought under the notice of the Meeting the following

case, in which some fixed rule of nomenclature seemed necessary.

It appears that the Curculio Alliarie of Linnzeus belongs to the mo-

dern genus Magdalis. A very careful description of a species of the

modern genus Rhynchites has however been published by Paykull,

who applied the specific name of Alliarie to it, expressing at the

same time his doubts whether it were really the Curculio Alliarie

of Linnzus. Paykull’s specific name has subsequently been altered

by Stephens and Schonherr, as they considered, that as it was not

the species described by Linnzeus under the name of Alliarie, it was

improper to give the Linnean name to it. After considerable dis-

cussion among the members present, it appeared to be the general

opinion, that as Paykull had first given a good description of Rhyn-

chites Alliarie, it was proper to retain his specific name, citing his

name, however, and not that of Linneus, more especially as the

Linneean species belongs to a distinct modern genus, so that no con-

fusion could arise from the employment of the same name in both

genera. :

December 4th.—The President in the Chair.

Mr. Westwood exhibited a drawing of a new genus of Goliath

Beetles, received by Mr. Melly from Signor Passerini (Amaurodes

Passerinii). Also a box of Beetles from the Ashantee district, in-

cluding a new genus of Goliath Beetles (Asthenorhina Turneri),

Paussus microcephalus, and other rare and new species from the col-

lection of Mr. Turner.

Entomological Society. 211.

Thé Rev. F. W. Hope exhibited a series of drawings of the trans-

formations of various Indian Lepidoptera, made by Mr. Ezra Downes.

The following memoirs were read :—

“On the Existence of Thoracic Branchi in the Imago state of the

Neuropterous genus Péteronarcys.” By George Newport, Esq., Presi-

sident E.S. (Annals of Natural History, vol. xiii. p. 21). In refer-

ence to this memoir Mr. Westwood stated, that he had detected

some thoracic appendages in the genera Ptychopteryx and Heliophi-

lus, described and figured in his ‘ Introduction to the Modern Clas-

sification of Insects,’ vol. ii. fig. 126, 7. p. 526. note t, and p. 557,

which he considered to be analogous to the branchiz discovered by

Mr. Newport in Pteronarcys. The latter gentleman however objected

to this analogy, as the organs in question existed simultaneously with

the true spiracles. Mr. E. Doubleday, in reference to a suggestion

made by Mr. Newport, stated that he had always noticed that the

North American species of Chauliodes are on the wing in rainy

evenings.

“On the proceedings of a species of Trombidium which infested

the Plane-trees in the Regent’s Park during the past summer.” By

George Wilson, Esq., M.R.C.S. Communicated with additional

notes by A. White, Esq.

At the beginning of September Mr, Wilson’s attention was directed

to the trees, several of which had the trunks and branches entirely

or partially covered with a very delicate web, upon which myriads

of a small Arachnidous insect were running to and fro, extending

their webs rapidly along the branches. The web was so fine as to

appear like a thin compact layer of varnish upon the stems of the

trees; and from the vast numbers of the insects, the grey web ap-

peared dusted with a reddish powder, the insects being of a light

orange colour inclining to brown. From the web so completely en-

veloping the tree and obstructing the vital influence of the atmo-

sphere, the leaves became withered and fell. This was especially

the case with the plane-trees, the elms and horse-chestnuts being

free from them. ‘The weather for several days previously and sub-

sequently was fine and sultry, but in the course of afew days a heavy

fall of rain, accompanied by a thunder-storm, put a stop to the injury.

by destroying the insects. On placing a portion of the web with

its inhabitants in a bottle, Mr. Wilson observed that in about an

hour a beautiful transparent cylinder had been spun within the bottle

from the base of the top, impinging against the side of the bottle at

about half its height; and it was remarkable that there was not a

single thread stretched across the inside of the cylinder, nor was a

single insect enclosed within it. Having completed their first cylin-

der, they threw a second around it more slender than the former,

leaving only a small interval between them.

Mr. White considered the species to be the Trombidium tiliarium,

Herm., or an allied species, and distinct from the Acarus telarum,

Linn., and Trombidium socium, the habits of which, as described by

Hermann, were mentioned by Mr. White.

Mr. Walton informed the Meeting that a specimen of the true

Q 2

212 Miscellaneous.

-Curculio Bacchus, Linn,, but not of Marsham, had been captured on

the 20th of September last on a young oak-tree at Birchwood, Kent,

by Mr. B. Standish; Mr. J. F. Stephens however stated that he had

taken both R. Bacchus and auratus from the same tree at Crayford.

MISCELLANEOUS.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF AFRICAN MONKEY.

Black-cheeked Ascagne, Cercopithecus melanogenys, n. s.

Black, olive speckled ; ears, middle of the back and end of tail red-

dish ; sides and outer side of the limbs grayish; hands and feet,

frontal band, and lower part of the cheeks black ; temples yellowish,

broad cordate spot on the nose white ; chin, chest and beneath ashy

white.

Inhab. Africa. British Museum.

This species is at once known from the Cercopithecus Petaurista,

with which it appears to have been confounded, by the distribution

of the colour on the cheeks : in this species they are black below and

yellowish above, while in that they are black above and yellow be-

neath, like the throat and chest, and in the spot of the nose, which

is ovate and elongate in C. Petaurista, and broad and cordate in the

one now described, and it also differs in the general colouring of the

fur.

The species of this genus may be thus divided :—

a. Face flesh-coloured, whiskers white: C. Cynosurus.

b. Face black, whiskers white. * Frontal band none: C. Sabeus.

** Frontal band distinct, not bearded: C. pygerythrus, C. Engy-

thithia and C. ruber. *** Frontal band distinct, chin bearded :

C. Diana,

c. Face black, whiskers annulated : C. albogularis, C. Mona, C. Camp-

bellii ?, C. leucocampyx, C. labiatus, C. Temminckii, C. Burnettii,

C. Pogonias.

d. Nose reddish: C. erythrotis.

e. Nose blue, white beneath: C. Cephus.

jf. Nose white: C. nictitans, C. Petaurista, and C. melanogenys.

J. E. Gray.

MEXICAN FOSSILS.

In a letter to Prof. Bronn, M. Claussen states that he has again

found in Brazil a great many fossil bones, and among them the head

of a large tiger related to Felis meganthereon (Ursus cultridens), but

it is much larger; the upper canine teeth are nearly 10 inches long

and 14 broad. The French Institute has purchased it for 4000 francs.

The remainder of the collection, except the duplicates, has been dis-

posed of to the British Museum. He promises subsequently to com-

municate some remarks on the occurrence of these fossil bones, and ~

especially on that of the human remains, which are found among

the bones of various extinct animals. He has discovered two kinds

of monkeys, which approximate to the genera Mycetes and Cebus. A

Miscellaneous. 213

short time since also, among a number of pieces of amber (not copal),

he found some containing insects, in which distinct spiders’ webs

could be seen (thus fossil spiders’ webs!!) ; in some, the webs and

also the insects hanging in them were evident.— Leonhard and

Bronn’s Jahrbuch fiir Geologie.

COUNTY OF DOWN FOSSIL INFUSORIA.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

Belfast, August 9, 1845.

GentLEmen,—As Dr. Mantell, in a communication published in

the last Number of the ‘ Annals,’ p. 86, briefly notices some Fossil

Infusoria from the county of Down, without any allusion to their

having been previously described, it is perhaps desirable for the in-

formation of persons interested in the subject to state, that a paper

on the subject of these same Infusoria, accompanied by some figures,

appeared in 1839 in Charlesworth’s ‘ Magazine of Natural History,’

vol. iil. Ww. Tuompson.

CAPTURE OF ACIPENSER HUSO.

Cork, July 31, 1845.

A fine specimen of the Isinglass Sturgeon (Acipenser Huso), 8 feet

4 inches long, and weighing 14 cwt., was taken within a mile of this

city on Tuesday July 1st.

I examined it carefully, and compared it with the plate of 4. Huso

in Shaw’s ‘ Zoology,’ with which it exactly agreed.

As this is, I believe, the first instance of that fish having been cap-

tured on the coast of this county, or, as far as I am aware, on any

part of the coast of Ireland, I feel a pleasure in sending information

on the subject to the ‘ Annals of Natural History.” The common

sturgeon (A. Sturio) has been taken more than once in the river

Lee, near Cork.

Joun Humpureys, Librarian R. C. Institution.

ON THE CYSTIDEX. BY VON BUCH.

In a letter to Prof. Bronn, M. Buch states that his monograph of

the Cystidee is now printing. ‘Troschel’s drawings to it are very

beautiful, and he hopes that the copper-plates will turn out well.

A lucky incident has rendered this work more perfect than he had

anticipated. The Hchino-encrinus (a barbarous term, and one

founded upon an entirely erroneous analogy !), described by Meyer

and Schlotheim,—this extinct form has been collected and brought

here in several pieces, by the industry of M. Krantz. Hence he had

an opportunity of studying all its peculiarities, its affinity, the points

in which it differs from other Cystidee, and the laws of its develop-

ment. He clearly saw that M. Vollborth in his first paper (Bullet.

de Pétersb. 10. no. 19. pl. 1 and 2) had figured it well and accurately,

with a commentary which did not seek for laws but curiosities! In

Bullet. 1844, 3. 2b, he imagines that this form possesses two rows

214 Miscellaneous.

of arms, and consequently refers it to the Crinoidea. M. Vollborth

saw these tentacula once only; no one else has seen them. ‘They

are placed on the lip of the mouth; the arms of the Crinoidea how-

ever are really never placed there; the apertures which our speci-

men exhibits on the lip, moreover, are so small, that they could

only have allowed the passage of very small tentacles. And worse

than all, what a huge ovarian aperture! No crinoid ever had

such. M. Vollborth continually calls it the anus of the animal, not

considering that in all such animals the anus is situated very near

the mouth, never in the deeper-seated parts; in fact, in Pentremites

it is in the mouth itself. But in Spheronites and Cryptocrinites this is

still more striking; in both, at the point of the five valves which

close the ovarian aperture, there are five openings, just as in the mi-

nute ovarian plates of the Cidarites and other Echinodermata. Who

will hereafter seek in them for cloacal excretions ?

The Cystidee are essentially distinguished from the Crinoidea by

these ovarian apertures; this M. Von Buch states that he shall al-

ways maintain, and to have explained it is certainly of some service.

—Leonhard and Bronn’s Jahrbuch fir Geologie, &c.

ON THE ORIGIN OF INFUSORIA AND MUCOR.

In the ‘ Ann. des Sci. Nat.’ 1845, Zool. p. 182, Dr. M. F. Pineau.

describes the first origin of infusoria and of mould, which resemble

one another so much on their first appearance, that it is impossible

to determine what will become an infusorium, what a mould. We

shall here merely communicate one of the cases relating to the man-

ner in which Penicillium glaucum is formed; as in the other cases

enumerated, the observer could not follow the originating mould to

its perfect development, and was consequently unable to determine it.

An infusion of bread exhibited up to the sixth day at a tempera-

ture of 10° to 12° R. the appearance of a considerable production of

Bacterium Termo, Vibrio lineola and Monas lens. Soon after this pe-

riod acid fermentation commenced, when all these animals died, and

the liquid became covered with a uniform granular pellicle. The

surface of the piece of bread was also covered with granulations, and

numerous particles, more or less in the granular state, were seen

floating about in the water. On the following day traces of a sepa-

ration in the form of a network with polyangular meshes 0°003 mil-

limeters broad were noticed in the granular mass covering the sur-

face. A similar formation of small globules also took place in the

granular substance on the bread. After twelve hours these globules

possessed well-defined outlines and began to assume an oval form.

Small isclated patches consisting of considerably larger oval globules,

difficult to separate from one another, likewise floated about. A few

hours afterwards the liquid contained a number of micodermic glo-

bules which had evidently originated from the above patches; these

globules now expanded into filaments and formed the Penicillium

glaucum. In the same manner this Penicillium likewise formed on

milk; but the author could not observe what Turpin has said re-

Meteorological Observations. 215

specting the fat globules which change into filaments of mucor. The

other experiment, which was not carried on to the fructification of

the mould, was made with isinglass and the addition of a little vine-

gar. No animals were formed in it, but in other respects it presented

all the appearances of the other case, only that the filaments aggre-

gated into a thick thallus.

PREPARING FOR PUBLICATION.

Dr. Johnston is preparing for the press a second edition of his

‘History of British Zoophytes.’ It will be published by Mr. Van

Voorst in a style to correspond with that spirited publisher’s series

of ‘ Histories of British Animals,’ and will contain descriptions of

all the species discovered since the publication of the first edition,

with numerous additional plates.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR JULY 1845.

Chiswick.—July 1. Rain and boisterous, with heavy rain in forenoon: over-

cast. 2. Overcast: rain. 3. Sultry: thunder and rain: clear at night. 4, 5.

Very fine. 6. Sultry, with slight dry haze: lightning at night. 7, 8. Very fine.

9, Cloudy: rain. 10. Rain: overcast. 11. Rain: cloudy: 1 p.m. thunder and

excessively heavy rain commenced. 12. Fine. 13. Slight rain: overcast.

14. Very fine: rain. 15, Showery: fine. 16. Very fine: rain. 17. Showery.

18, 19. Very fine. 20. Cloudy: rain. 21. Fine. 22. Very fine: rain. 23.

Drizzly. 24. Overcast. 25, 26. Foggy: overcast. 27, 28. Cloudy: rain.

29. Heavy clouds: clear. 30. Densely clouded: rain. 31. Heavy showers.—

Mean temperature of the month 14° below the average.

Boston.—July 1. Cloudy: rain early a.m.: rain a.m. and stormy P.M. 2.

Cloudy. 3. Cloudy: rain early a.m.: rain with thunder and lightning a.m.

4. Cloudy: rain, with lightning p.m. 5. Fine. 6. Fine: lightning at night.

7. Fine: 3 o’clock p.m. thermometer 81°. 8. Fine. 9, Fine: rain rm. 10,

Cloudy. 11. Rain. 12,13, Cloudy. 14. Cloudy: rain early a.m.: rain p.m.

15,16. Fine. 17. Rain. 18. Fine. 19, Cloudy. 20. Cloudy: rain p.m.

21—27. Cloudy. 28. Fine: rain p.m., with thunder and lightning. 29, Rain:

rain early a.m: rainy.m. 20. Fine: raine.m. 31. Fine: rain, with thunder

and lightning p.m.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—July 1. Cloudy: rain. 2. Damp: clear. $. Clear:

drizzle. 4. Clear: showers. 5,6. Clear. 7. Rain: fog. 8. Clear. 9, Cloudy:

showers. 10. Showers: clear: damp, 11. Bright: showers, 12. Showers,

13. Showers: clear. 14, 15. Cloudy: showers. 16. Cloudy. 17. Clear.

18,19. Bright: hot. 20. Damp: fog. 21. Fog. 22, 23. Cloudy. 24, Clondy:

damp. 25. Cloudy: drops. 26. Drops: cloudy. 27. Clear: showers.

28. Clear: rain: clear. 29. Fine.- 30. Cloudy: fine. 31. Bright: drops.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire—-July 1. Very heavy rain. 2. Very beau-

tifulday. 3. Showers: thunder. 4. Fine. 5. Very fine. 6. Showers ; thunder.

7. Showers a.m.: fine p.m. 8,9. Showers. 10. Fair and fine. 11. Showers.

12. Fair and clear. 15. Wet.: 14. Heavy showers. 15, Fair and fine. 16.

Heavy showers. 17. Fair and fine. 18, 19. Fair, but cloudy. 20, 21, Fair,

but clear. 22, 23. Fair, but cloudy. 24,25. Fair and fine. 26. Showers,

27. Fair a.M.: showersp.m. 28. Fine: thunder. 29. Showersr.m. 30, 31.

Showers.

Mean temperature of the Month ......seceeeeeseeeees 56°2

Mean temperature of July 1844 —...eeceseeeeceeees 56 °9

Mean temperature of July for twenty-three years . 58 *1

Rain in July. o005...ccverssece Cee eocereeerpvenasboocseens 2 +18 inches.

Mean rain in July for eighteen years —.........+8, S91 ,,

ee ee Se OE EE . a a. ee

per

69-1 (81-3 |1S-B |1£-% PLS 98-45 V-8P s-€9 L-19 |P8-1 |€0. TL |€S8-62 |SP8-6z 6PL-6% |POP-6z | 88.6% |%Sg-6% |LZ6-6z | “aeay

serseciroerrel ZTe | QIe | 8 | "aS | sm | ems | SPS | OG | 19/%19} 19] OF | 69 | G9-6%|Z9-6Z | 62-62 | 8Z-6% | 60-62 | SPS.62/L8S-62} “1

"11.0 /61- |€€. | ‘as | cas jumwo| «ms | 19 | €¢9 | for | #29} 29] Sh | FO | C9-6%|SS.62 | O£-6z | 0S-62 | ¥Z-6z | LLS-6Z/06L-6z| “of

Cr fled. |v} eeeees | ems | eo} om | 3G] 96 | 2th! So] €S| EF | So | ZL-6z|PL-6z | 09-62! 85-62 | 01-62 | 6SS-62/F6L-62| °6%

sereeetererecirereee! Go. [oerree | tm | unywo} smu | 19 | SG |tSV/ £9 /9.€90] PH | ZL | $9-66/SS-6% | £9.6% | $9-6z | Z-6% | LLS-6Z/9PL-62| “gz

OT. jeere*| LO. | tm | cms | wupeo| «m | 3G | 09 |fSS| F9| £9) gh | LO | BV-6z)0F-62 | 1S.6z | Bh-62 | LZ-6% | VLL-62\698-62| “Lz

"reteeieeeeeeleeccesieecers] og | sms |unrea| tas | LG | 9S | 0f|%€0! Fo| 2G | 124 | 19-6%| 99.62 | 99.62 | SL-6z | EF-6z | 126-62/626-62| “9s D

tereeeleoeresieecoesiceserr! sms | *s | ued! cau | EG | OG | #hS\¥S9} 19| LS | P9 | gl-6z/S9.6z | 08-62 | £8-6z | 0S-6Z | 1£6-62/Z£6-62| *Sz

Ripe <7 h patbapad iabebaed Mae “wm | UIT@O | *au oS | S¢ |¥19 $090; LG] SS | 09 | Z6-6%/£0.0€ | 06.62 | 26-62 | P-6z | $06.6z'726.6z| “hz.

*sresejeoeceeieereee! CO. | “mu | ‘au j/uyea| ‘ou | 19 | ZG | OS) gS) LG) €S | gS | OT-0£/$1-0€ | $6.62 | 96-62 | SP-6z | S06-62/016.6z| "fa

Tereneieerersieveeee CQ. | ‘au | aud) ‘a | tou | 2G | $19 | FIG) f09) LG) PE | IL | 08-0€ | SZ.0€ | 00-0£ | 00-0€ | 67-6 | 998-62/S£6-6z:| “SGer

*ereveteeororl Oye jerer’| cau | *auad | we] «¢a oS | S| 0S) H9; 19| LS | EL | G%-0€ | LZ.0€ | F0.0€ | ZO-0€ | 0S-62. | 806.62/7Z6:6%)| “1S =

ies! as wap: ED Shs a. a a oS | bo |%19\F29| LS} €¢ | IL | L%-0€|9Z-0€ | H0.0€ | g0.0£ | 09-62 | $96.6z| 170.08) ‘oo

ttsesalesereelecceesiereees! cag | gua | «m | +a €G | gG |F1S| Go| 8G) ZG | IL | 22.08 |Zz-0€ | G0-0£ | £0-0€ | 8S-6% | 0Z0-0£|gS0-08) “6LO

seceuslescsesleseeeeieeeree| oc 2 | *m | sms | $29 |} gS |¥2S| g9| 19) gv | OL | LI-0€|80.0€ | 00-0€ | 76-62 | SS-6% | 990.0£|160-08| ‘gr.

seeeseineeee"] 60. | ZO. | “OS | “Mm juvo/-ms | ES | FS |F1S|/¥s9| 8S] HS | SL | 6-62) 26.62 | 8.62 | 42-62% | LV-6% | VL6.62/6z0-0€ | “LT

“***9"199.0 |"**"""| LO. | “AS | *MS | wea} ms | Of | 767 | FIV) 29 ,S-89) PS | IL | 6-6%/Z0.0€ | 7g.6z | £6.62 | 99-6% | $00-0£|SF0-0€ | ‘OI

GI. """"""|90. |€0-. | “a | ‘mu | mu | u | 67 | 6V | PH f€9| 09] OV | IL | 60.0£ |OI-0€ | 76.6%) 00-0€ | 19-6% | 690-0£/690-.0€ | °S1

Po. |"""""*|90- | FO. | “mu > emu | -m | sm | $6P | $19 | 429) F€9! 19] 6h | IL | €0-0€| 18.6% | 96.62 | 08-62 | SE-6% | P88-6Z/S£0-08 | “FI

60. j""*"\"""""*| TO. | “wu | tas | myeo| «ms | OS | $19 | f97 | f09| Po} SS | 1L | 08.6%| 8-62 | 69-62 | 6L-62% | 67-62 | 118-62/0F6-6z| “EI

Go. /*""""/ 80. | LO. | “mu j*mua) *m | smu | Of | S¢ |#PP) €9| 99) gh | FO | Lg.6%/£8-62 | 18-62 | 8Z-6% | OF-62 | L06-62/976.62 | “a1 C

OI. /°""""|O1- | TZ. | ‘mu | aud} *m | sms | LP | $29 | LV; Go| PO} OV | OL | 8L-6z/ZL-6% | 99-62% | £9-6% | PO-6% | €ES.62/Z3L-6% | “11

OT. |7°""""190- | ZO | “U | “Ss | tm | sms) OG | GG} PS) LO} 19; SG | IL | L9.6% | 09-6% | Z9-6% | 99-62 | Z-6Z | 124-628 18-62 | *O1

seeeeejeoceesicecoee CT. [*msm | “MS | *m | sms | ES | go l|tPS;} 99} 99] €S | IL | LS.64|LS-6% | 99-62 | 99-62 | 9£-6% | 8L6-62|100.08 | *6

€0- [28-0 "*""""|} 10. | “es | *S | tm | sms | FE9 | 09 | SS} 99| 99} HS | BL | 09.6%) LL-6z | 19.62 | 1L-6% | ZE-6% | 0F6.62/696.62 | °8

go. |""""|""""""| 10- | °s ‘Ss jm | ‘es | ZG} ZG |¥9S) 99) ZL) 9S |-¥S | ¥8-62| 00-08 | 18-64 | 62-62 | VE-6z | £76-62'096.6z | *L

sereselecereeseesesircerrst 9 | "OS | tas | ‘a | ZG] 19 | Z9|#89| 69] 09 | 18 | OT-0€|1%-0€ | 06-62 | L0-0€ | gS-6Z | 066-62|290.0€ | *9

Oe fares) Paci" 8 eae Te *s GG | #89 | 0G] 99] go] 99 | LL | 61-08) £0-0€ | O1-0€ | VO-OE | 69-6% | 191-0£€\961-0€ | *S

Pz. [7° OG [oot cmsm] ‘oss | om | ss 0S | gS | $09 | $29 |¢-29| of | SL | Lg.6z| PE-6z | 76-62 | 99-62 | gV-6z | €£0.0€|\601.0€ | ‘7 @

*eeseeioeerrs) ST. | 10+ | °O | “OU | WTB] °s wo | LG} 6V; GO| IL} ZS | HE | $9-6%)|88-6z | OF.6Z | 09-62 | 61-62 | OF9-.6Z/gz8.6z| *€

OP. f°" OT- | Qo. | “as | “mu | eo] ‘s | $29 | $67 | of) FO} 19] 9S | GO | 08-64 |SP-6z | 02-62 | $S-6% | 92-63% | 9LL-6Z|0Z8-62 |

seeeerierere’) GOe | ET. | “OU ['ms—d) "Ss jms | 1G | EG | 19) LG} gS| ZS | IL | 18-62 |9P-6% | 01-62 | 91-62 | 60-66 | ZLS-62|S99.62 | “I

s fe} s) o|? ro |s| & 2 = | eurd | cure | urd | -ur “Aqne

Eg ee 18 |g =e ee| 2 | se Ee | Be] F | & ey Ph] & | @ | 6 | 6 | all ial

asiazis |= |z at 8 | gS | = » S : 2

BS "8 a * oe "3 % fo ieakion Seconds 35 | “MOTMStyD ‘mane *aATYs“solung e g *yorMmsiyO Es S

F “Urey “pul, *JOJIWOW OY], “IojoULOIe Ss S

“AANYUQC) ‘asunpy younpung pv “uojysnojD °C *aoy 247 Ag pun fau1Hs-saruamag ‘asunyy yuwSaddy yw ‘requag * AA ‘Ady 2y7 49 {NoLsog

7D “POA “AIA 49 SuopuoT anau ‘HOIMSIHD J Ayavv0g pounqynoysozy 249 fo uapsvy ayz yo vosdwoKy, “IJ 29 apnu suoynasasga yondoposoajapy

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

No. 105. OCTOBER 1845.

XXII.—On the Howling Monkeys (Mycetes, iliger).

By J. E. Gray, Ksq., F.R.S. &e.

Mvcu attention has been paid by various zoologists to the spe-

cies of Monkeys of the Old World, but as yet little consideration

has been devoted to those of the western hemisphere, and pro-

bably zoologists have been deterred from attending to them on

account of the difficulty of the subject.

Humboldt in. his ‘ Zoological Observations,’ Prince Miasiaislier

and Spix in their works on Brazilian zoology, are almost the

only modern authors who appear to have written on them from

the personal examination of the specimens, having moreover en-

joyed the advantage of observing them in their native forests.

Spix described one of the species, M. Caraya, as being black

in the male and yellow in the female and young; and Prince

Maximilian observes that the males and the specimens of MZ. ur-

sinus from the more northern regions of Brazil are rufous or fer-

ruginous, whilst the female and those from the more southern

regions are brown or blackish brown, and Lichtenstein describes

the young of this species as blackish. Cuvier observes, that there

is very little difference between M. ursinus and M. seniculus.

We have been fortunate at the British Museum in having pro-

cured a considerable number of specimens of this genus, and

as I find amongst those that have been received at the same time

or from the same localities the two sexes of nearly the same colour,

and the young and adult equally so, [ am inclined for the pre-

sent to regard them as species; at the same time I must confess

that some of the specimens of the same apparent species vary

considerably in tint, and that some of the black species have so

many red hairs scattered amongst their fur when it is bent back

and examined, as to make one almost doubt if the black are not

another state or local variety of the red ones.

Under these difficulties, I think it is desirable that the various

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Vol. xvi. R

218 Mr. J. E. Gray on the Howling Monkeys.

specimens which we have in the British Museum should be ac-

curately described, leaving the consideration of the permanence of

the distinctions pointed out to be determined at some future time,

or by a person more fortunately placed for such a purpose. In

examining the species, I have been induced to believe that the

manner in which the hair of the forehead is directed offers

perhaps a better character for the separation of the species than

that of the colour, or the length, softness or stiffness of the hairs ;

I have therefore used it to divide the species or varieties into two

groups, though it separates specimens of nearly the same colour

and external appearance ; and I am aware that sometimes the hair

of the forehead has its direction more or less changed by the

animal-preserver ; yet, as far as I have been able to examine

these animals, it appears to afford a very available character.

The next character in importance appears to be the length and

softness, or the stiffness of the hairs of the fur; unfortunately,

the different degrees of this character are not easily expressed in

words. In most of the species the hair is of one colour, appear-

ing more or less annulated from the slight curl or rather wave in

the hair; but in others it is darker at the base, and one species

has an obscure indication of a paler central ring.

I shall now proceed to characterize the different specimens in

the British Museum collection, premising, that for the purpose

of coming to a more correct conclusion as to their distinctness,

I have examined all the specimens which have come under my

observation in other English and continental museums. I may

remark that measurements are of little importance, as the adults

of all the specimens are nearly of the same size, and as nearly as

one can judge from stuffed specimens, the limbs, &c. are nearly

of the same proportion.

I. Forehead high, with the hair reflexed, forming a ridge across

the centre of the head.

1. The Araguata or Brown Howler, Mycetes ursinus, Pr. Max.

Abbild. t. Simia ursina, Humb. Obs. t. 30. S.Guariba, Humb.

Obs. Zool. M. fuscus, Kuhl, Beytr.; Spix, Braz. t. 30. brown

var.; M. stramineus, Spix, Braz. t.31. yellow var.; M. barbatus,

foem., Spix, Braz. t.33 ? yellow var. ?

Brown or blackish, yellow-washed ; hairs rather rigid, brown

with yellowish tips.

Inhab. Brazils and British Guiana.

We have two males and two females of this species ; one of the

latter is young and the other adult. One male is yellow, with

the tail, hands and feet, the sides of the head, body and limbs

VSI

Mr. J.B. Gray on the Howling Monkeys. 219

redder. It agrees well with the M. stramineus, Spix, t.81. The

young female is yellow-brown, darker on the shoulders; the

adult is black slightly washed with yellow from the small yellow

tips to the blackish hairs, and the other male is just intermediate

in colour between the two females ; the latter nearly agrees with

M. fuscus, Spix, t.380. In the Zoological Society’s museum are

two females from British Guiana, which are of a uniform dark

brown, with the hair between the shoulders very minutely yellow-

tipped. |

2. The Golden Howler, Mycetes seniculus, Kuhl. Simia seniculus,

Linn. Royal Monkey, Penn.; Buffon, N. H. Supp. vii. t. 25.

Reddish chestnut ; middle of the back golden yellow; hair

one-coloured to the base, short, rather rigid, without any under-

fur ; of the head short. |

Inhab. Brazils. °

The Museum collection contains three adult males: we have

no females of a different colour that would suit them, and we

have none that have not their proper-coloured mates.

8. The Silky Howler, Mycetes laniger.

Reddish chestnut.; middle of the back golden yellow ; hair

elongate, very soft and silky, dark brown at the base, golden or

. chestnut at the tip, with a close under-fur; of the head rather

elongate.

Inhab. Columbia. Purchased at Paris. |

We have two males and two females of this species, an adult

and half-grown specimen of each sex ; one of the females has the

end half of the tail decidedly rather paler, so that in this parti-

cular it agrees with M. chrysurus of M. I. Geoffroy ; but the other

specimen varies a little in the intensity of the colour of this part,

so that I cannot consider it of any importance.

4. Black and Yellow Howler, Mycetes bicolor.

Black ; hair rather rigid, uniform black, sides of the loins varied

with yellow ; hair of this part black, with a broad subcentral red-

dish-yellow band. |

Inhab. Brazils.

We have an adult. male ; it is much like M. Caraya in external

appearance, but the hair of the forehead is decidedly reflexed,

marking a distinct ridge. It is most hke M. seniculus in texture

of fur,. &c., but very different-coloured. If it had not been of the

same sex and age as.our specimen of that species, I might have

been inclined to have regarded it as identical.

220 Mr. J. E. Gray on the Howling Monkeys.

Il. Forehead with the hair directed forwards ; crown smooth with

radiating hairs.

5. Red and Yellow Howler, Mycetes auratus.

Dark red chestnut-brown ; back and sides golden yellow ; hairs

rather short and rigid, dark at the base ; beard darker.

Inhab. Brazils. :

We have an adult specimen which appears to be a female. Tt -

is very like M. seniculus in colour and in the shortness and rigid-

ness of the fur, but differs in the hair being brown at the base,

like M. ursinus and M. laniger, and from all these species in the

direction of the rather short close-pressed hair of the forehead.

6. Black Howle: Mycetes Caraya. Simia Caraya, Humb. Obs.

Zool. M. niger, Pr. Max. Abbild.

Black ; hair rather elongate and rigid, uniform black; the

sides, especially at the loins, with interspersed reddish hairs.

Inhab. Brazils.

We have an adult male.

7. Gray-handed Howler, Mycetes barbatus, Spix, Braz. t. 32 2.

Black ; circumference of the face, hands, feet, inside of the

thighs and end of the tail grayish ; hai moderately long, rather

rigid, uniform-coloured.

Inhab. Brazils.

An adult (sex doubtful, probably female).

8. Yellow-handed Howler or Guariba, Mycetes Beelzebul. Simia

Beelzebul, Linn. M. rufimanus, Kuhl, Dict. Sci. Nat. xlix.

M. discolor, Spix, Braz. t. 34?

Black ; hands, feet, upper line and tip of the tail, spot im front

of the ears and on knee reddish yellow; hairs rather soft, uni-

form black or reddish, — a few interspersed brown hairs on

the shoulders.

Inhab. Brazils, Para.

We have an adult anda half-grown female, and the very young

of the adult specimen.

9. The Villose Howler, Mycetes villosus.

Black ; hair very long, silky, uniform black, on the cheeks un-

der the ears brownish at the base.

Inhab. Brazils.

We have an adult specimen of this species, which is imme-

diately known by the abundance, softness and length of the hair ;

but unfortunately it is in such bad condition that we cannot be

Mr. J. Walton on the genera Oxystoma and Magdalis. 221

quite certain of the direction of the hair on the forehead, though

it appears to be directed forwards, nor of the sex.

Besides the nine species here described, there have been de-

scribed two which do not exactly agree with any specimens I have

seen, viz. M. chrysurus, I. Geoff., Guérin, Mag. Zool. 1832, and

M. flavicaudatus, Humboldt.

XXIII.— Notes, &c. on the genera of Insects Oxystoma and Mag-

dalis. By Jonn Watton, Esq., F.L.S.

Fam. CURCULIONID.

Genus Oxystoma, Steph., Westw., Spry and Shuckard.

Mr. Sreruens has created this genus for the reception of the

following three species, separated by him from that of Apion,

which he refers to Duméril; but the latter author has taken his

characters from <Attelabus Pomone of Fabricius*, and it is very

remarkable, that Duméril appears not to have been aware that

Kirby had previously characterized the genus Apion as a tribe of

insects which includes that species, consequently the name Ozy-

stoma of Duméril is cited by Kirby and Schonherr as a synonym

to that of Apion. I have always entertained considerable doubt,

from the characters selected by Mr. Stephens, whether Apion

Juscirostris, Ulicis and Geniste ought to be separated generically ;

Kirby and Curtis have located them in a separate section in the

genus Apion, because the rostrum is bent downwards or nutant

(a character common to many species), and this appears to be the

chief character upon which the new genus Oxystoma is founded.

It is generally understood that the female of Oxys. Ulicis, with its

remarkable elongate deflexed rostrum, is the type of the genus as

figured and referred to in the ‘ British Coleoptera’ by Spry and

Shuckard, and is also referred to dp. Ulicis of Kirby by West-

wood in his ‘Generic Synopsis’; but Stephens describes the second

and third joints of the antennz as “ subglobose,” whereas they are

elongate, neither does the form of the rostrum nor the structure of

the antennze in the male agree with the characters given by him ;

therefore I think he has drawn them from Oays. fuscirostris, as

it stands first in the genus. The three insects in question approx-

imate rather closely in general habit and affinity to some of those

species of the genus Apion which are placed by Germar and

Schonherr in the section that have their antennz seated near to

the base of the rostrum, and likewise have the rostrum (when in

its natural position) deflexed ; for example, the small males of Ap.

* DumérsConsid. sur les Ins. tab. 16. f. 6, 1823.

222 Mr. J. Walton on the genera Oxystoma and Magdalis.

Ulicis to the large females of Ap. atomarium, and the female of

Ap. Hookeri to that of Ap. Geniste: in the construction of the

rostrum Ap. fuscirostris resembles Ap. Hrvi, Vicia, vicinum and

vorax, whilst others are more curved and deflexed, as Ap. varipes,

~ Ononides of Gyll., &e. Many species both foreign and British

are clothed more or less with hairs or bristles, and some with

elongate scales of various forms, as Ap. Malve, vernale, fusciros-

tris, Ulicis and Geniste, but these characters are only regarded

as specific, not generic. All the species of the genus Apion have

the rostrum with two oblique fossulets or oblong fovex more or

less deep, terminating outwardly at the sides and inwardly be-

neath the rostrum ; their external edges or margins are more or

less incrassated or dilated, and are placed at a greater or less

distance from the base; the antenne are inserted within the

fossulets at the under sides, and always in the same relative

situation ; the form of the rostrum, the structure of the antennz,

together with the sexual dissimilarities in those organs are so ex-

tremely anomalous and discrepant in this natural group of insects,

that it is very difficult to find good or fixed characters for the

foundation of genera; the species are held together by general

habit, and especially by a peculiarity in the form of the wr

ters first described by Kirby*.

The three species comprised in the genus Oxystoma are fur-

nished with a remarkable process at the base of the rostrum be-

neath, which I shall endeavour to describe under their respective

names, and which, as far as I know, has not been noticed before ;

but these appendages or processes are not confined to those spe-

cies, for Apion Carduorum participates, and others in the genus

Apion have modifications of the same, but not so fully developed ;

Oxys. fuscirostris, Ulicis and Geniste differ however from all the

species of the genus Apion that I have examined in not having

antennal grooves at the base of the rostrum beneath, or under the

head, as in Apion Cracce, Pomone and subulatum ; these charac-

ters may be considered of sufficient importance to constitute a

new genus, and I therefore leave Oxystoma as it is.

1. O. fuscirostris, Fab., Steph.

Apion melanopum, Marsh., Kirb..

— fuscirostris, Germ., Sehinh.

This insect is sparingly clothed with whitish and cinnamon-

coloured elongate scales, which are distinct and well-defined when

magnified. The rostrum is thickened at the base above, and

dilated on both sides at the points of insertion of the antenne,

and has two deep oblong fovese very near the base beneath,

* Linn. Trans. vol. x: p. 347.

Mr. J. Walton on the genera Oxystoma and Magdalis. 228

diverging outwardly and terminating on each side in a deep sinus

for the reception of the antennz when extended forward ; the de;

curved edges behind each sinus are much produced in the middle,

curved inwardly, and form the posterior edges of the fovez ; the

latter have between them a narrowlongitudinal ridge; the rostrum,

when viewed at the sides, has the appearance of being bidentate

at the base; the antenne are inserted at the under sides of the

rostrum near the base and within the fovee.

Apion difficile of Herbst, of which I have specimens from

Germar, is a distinct species, but closely allied to O. fuscirostris,

and having the rostrum at the base, as described by Germar, bi-

dentate.

I have taken many specimens of this insect in the Charlton

sand-pits, and at Shirley Common near Croydon, from the broom

(Spartium Scoparium) mm October.

2. O. Ulicis, Foster, Steph.

Apion Ulicis, Marsh., Kirb., Germ., Curt., Schénh.

This insect is densely covered with silvery gray elongate scales.

The female differs from the male in having the rostrum remark-

ably longer, the antenne distinctly longer and more slender,

and as a consequence the length of the articulations is extremely

disproportionate in the sexes. The rostrum at the base above and |

beneath and its appendages are very similar to the preceding

species, but it differs in having the fovee strictly at the base,

with their external decurved edges considerably more dilated in

the middle, and when viewed laterally it appears to be acutely

bidentate ; the antennz are inserted at the under sides of the

rostrum near the base and within the fovez.

Very abundant in Yorkshire and in the south of England on

the common furze (Ulex europeus) from February to November.

Mr. George Luxford, by gathering (on the Ist of August) a num-

ber of the unopened pods of the common furze, found several

perfect insects of this species inclosed in nearly every one that

he examined,

8, O, Geniste, Steph.

Apion Geniste, Kirb., Germ., Curt., Schonh,

Densely clothed with silvery white and fawn-coloured elongate

scales; the rostrum at the base is constructed like that of fusci-

rostris, and with a similar process, but the decurved edges of the

fover in the middle are less produced, and consequently when

viewed in profile it appears indistinctly bidentate.

[ found this insect abundant on the north side of the Lake

House, Wanstead Flats, on Genista tinctoria in September, and

it is the only locality for it near London that I am acquainted

with ; it appears to be very local and not frequently met with.

224 Mr.J. Walton on the genera Oxystoma and Magdalis.

Genus Maapauis, Germ., Steph., Curt.

Magdalinus, Schonh. vii. p. 135.

Thamnophilus Schinh. olim, Rhinodes Schonh. olim, Steph., Pa-

nus Schonh. olim, Steph., Westw.

The few indigenous species of this genus have been described

by British and foreign authors under so many different names,

which have been so often transposed, that the nomenclature and

synonymy of several species are in the greatest confusion ; the

sexual dissimilarities in the form of the rostrum and the clava of

the antennz in many species, and the great variation im magni-

tude in nearly the whole, have added to the difficulty of determi-

ning the species correctly.

A. Femora dentate.

1. M. phlegmatica, Herbst, Gyll., Germ., Schonh.

Linear-elongate, blue-black and subglabrous. Head narrow,

oblong, subconical, depressed between the eyes, very closely and

minutely punctured; eyes rather large, prominent, and obscure

brown; rostrum subcylindrical, nearly as long as the head and

thorax, porrect, a little bent, slender, black and shining, delicately

punctulated throughout. Antenne rather longer than the ros-

trum, the basal joimt piceous, the club robust, pubescent and

fuscous, inserted just behind the middle of the rostrum. Thorax

longer than broad, constricted and deeply impressed in front,

the anterior margin elevated, the base bismuated, with the pos«

terior angles produced and reflexed, almost flat above, very thickly

punctured and dull blue-black. Elytra punctate-striate, the in-

terstices very distinctly punctulated and shining, and greenish

blue. Legs blue-black, with all the femora acutely dentate.

(Length 2i1—23 lines.)

I possess specimens of M. frontalis of Gyll. from Germar, which

are identical with Curc. Alliaria and C. violaceus of the Linnean

cabinet, and I also possess Swedish specimens that agree with the

description of Rhynch. violaceus of Gyllenhal.

A specimen of this fine insect, which is new to our fauna, was

first found by the Rev. Wm. Little four or five years ago, on the

25th of May, by sweeping in marshy ground in Dalmeny Park,

Scotland ; subsequently Mr. R. N. Greville captured two others

in the same locality, one of which he kindly presented to me:

these are all that are known.

2. M. carbonaria, Linn. (Mus. Linn.), Gyll. ?, Curtis ¢ ?.

Rhynch. atratus, Gyll. 3, vol. iii.

M. atramentaria, Germ, (not Marsh.), Gyll. ¢ 2, Schonh.

This insect differs from the following in having the thorax nar-

Mr. J. Walton on the genera Oxystoma and Magdalis. 225

rowed in front, dilated and rounded at the sides, and the latter

crenulated before the middle ; the elytra very shining, profoundly

punctate-sulcate, the intervals between the punctures narrow and.

distinctly elevated, the interstices of the sulci narrow, convex,

nearly smooth or very finely rugose transversely. (Length 2—33

lines.) Gyllenhal justly observes, that it varies greatly in magni-

tude ; it also varies in having the sides of the thorax more or less

dilated and rounded in the middle. Mr. Waterhouse has a fine

male specimen (34 lines) that has the thorax subglobose, with

the sides remarkably dilated and rounded. I have a very small

female specimen that only measures two lines im length, and has

the thorax less rounded at the sides in proportion. The insect

preserved in the Linnean museum, which is pinned to the name

carbonarius, agrees so well with the short description of Linneeus,

that I have no doubt of its authenticity ; it is a large female (33

lines), and the insect placed near to the label, but not upon it, is

certainly a small male (2 lines) of the same species ; these insects

agree so very closely in every character with Gyllenhal’s descrip-

tions of Rhynch. carbonarius ( ¢) which he refers to Linnzus, and

R. atratus (%), that there can be no doubt of their identity.

Mr. Curtis has figured with his usual accuracy the female, and

the head and rostrum of the male; I have frequently inspected

the two insects in his cabinet, and I am now satisfied they are

correctly referred by him to Cure. carbonarius of Linneus, al-

though at one period, from the variable form of the sides of the

thorax and their small sides, I was a little dubious. Germar has

incorrectly referred this insect to Cure. atramentarius of Mar-

sham* ; Gyllenhal in his 4th volume, in accordance with the opi-

nions of Schonherr and Germar, has adopted that name, and

cited carbonarius of Linnzus as synonymous; Schonherr in his

Supplement (vii. p. 140) still adheres to the Marshamian name,

and there refers it to Germar!, notwithstanding he had pre-

viously received specimens from me (as will be seen below) of the

true Cure. atramentarius of Marsham and Kirby. Cure. carbo-

narius of Fab. (Mus. Fab.) is referred with doubt by Germar to

Linneus ; it is elaborately and well described by Professor C. H.

Boheman in the work of Schonherr under the name of Magda-

linus carbonarius of Fabr., a name that must necessarily be

changed. I possess an insect given to me by Mr. Bracey Clark

(which he found upon the fir, Pinus sylvestris, at the sides of the

Jura mountains in Switzerland) that agrees exactly with the de-

scription by Boheman of Cure. carbonarius of Fab.

Only seven specimens of this insect have come under my ob-

servation : two in the collection of Mr. Curtis, taken by him from

a hazel-tree near Ambleside the 19th of June; one in each of the

* Ins. Spec. p. 198.

226 Mr. J. Walton on the genera Oxystoma and Magdalis.

cabinets of Mr. Dale and Mr. Waterhouse ; the fifth in that of the

Rev. Wm. Little, captured at Rachills in Dumfries-shire; the

sixth received by Mr. S. Stevens from Neweastle, and the seventh

kindly presented to me by Mr. Heysham of Carlisle ; it appears

to be rare and only found in the north.

3. M. aterrima, Fab. 1781 (Mus, Fab., Mus. Banks), Germ.,

Steph. 7

ii istawadar i Marsh. 1802 (Mus. Steph., Mus. Kirb.),

Steph. :

— a dhil Marsh. var., Gyll., Schénh., Curt.

M. asphaltina, Steph. @.

This insect differs from the preceding in having the thorax sub-

quadrate, the sides slightly rounded, sometimes nearly straight,

and armed on each side adjacent to the anterior margin with a

large tooth, behind which are several smaller ones ; the elytra less

_ deeply punctate-striate, the interstices flat, broader than the striz,

and very finely strigated transversely or coriaceous. I forwarded

many specimens of this insect to Schonherr and Germar, with

the name Cure, atramentarius of Marsham and Kirby, citing

Cure. stygius as synonymous, with a note of interrogation to the

latter name ; all my specimens were referred by them to Magd.

stygia of Gyll., aterrima of Fab. ; subsequently I have had an op-

portunity of examining a typical example of Curc. stygius of Mar-

sham, and I have now no doubt whatever it is but a small nar-

row variety of his Cure. atramentarius. According to the mu-

seums of Fabricius and Banks, the first examined by Germar and

the last by myself, this species is doubtless the true Cure, ater-

rimus of Fabricius ; but he refers it to Linnzeus ; yet the Linnzan

Curc. aterrimus, according to the insect in his cabinet, is the

Apion marchicum of Herbst, and as it does not entirely agree

with the description of Linnzus, the name is sunk into a syno-

nym (see notes on Apion marchicum) ; under these circumstances

I consider there will be less risk of confusion by following Ger-

mar and Stephens in adopting the oldest name.

This is rather a common insect in the south of England, but

apparently very scarce in the north ; I have found it in Yorkshire,

and plentifully near Gravesend, always upon the common elm-

tree (Ul/mus campestris), in July.

B. Femora unarmed.

4, M. Cerasi, Linn., Marsh., Germ., Gyll., Schonh.

Rhynch. Rhini, Gyll. 2 , vol. iii.

Rhinodes Cerasi, Steph. ? .

Panus barbicornis, Steph. ¢, Mus. Steph.

Cure, Cerasi, Mus. Kirb,

The males of my foreign specimens of Magd. barbicornis from

Mr. T. C. Eyton on some new species of Birds from Malacca. 227

Germar and Chevrolat differ from the males of this insect in ha-

ving the basal joints of the antenne rufous ; the club of a very

different form, being narrower, considerably longer, and densely

clothed with erect rigid hairs ; the thorax very finely punctured ;

the elytra glossy, deeply sulcate, the sulci faintly punctured, and

the interstices convex and finely coriaceous: although I have ex-

amined many collections of this family of insects, I have never

seen a British example of Magd. barbicornis. —

Occasionally found upon the black-thorn (Prunus spinosa) in

hedges in July.

5. M. Pruni, Linn., Mus. Linn., Marsh., Gyll., Germ., Curt.,

Schonh.

Cure. ruficorne, Linn., Mus. Linn.

Rhinodes Pruni, Steph.

Cure. Pruni, Mus. Kirb.

Mr, Stephens has separated this and the preceding species from

Magdalis under the name of Rhinodes, but they are closely linked

in general habit and in affinity to M. carbonaria and M. aterrima,

especially in the sexual disparities in the form of the rostrum ;

and as no other writer that I am aware of, excepting Mr. West-

wood in his ‘ Generic Synopsis,’ has concurred in this subdivision,

I have no hesitation in following those authors who have retained

them in the genus Magdalis.

I have always found this insect (but not plentifully) upon the

same plant as the foregoing in July. :

The following observations on genera, on which I have nothing

further to remark, may be as well introduced here.

Phloéobius griseus, Steph., is, according to Schénherr, Arece-

rus Coffee, Fab., a native of the East Indies, &c.

Rhinobatus planus, Steph. : British specimens sent to Schén-

herr were named Larinus Carlina, Oliv.

Lizus productus, Marsh., Steph., is, according to the Linnean

museum, Lixvus paraplecticus of Linn.

Bothynoderes,Schonh, olim, albidus, Fab.; now Cleonus, Schénh..,

albidus, Fab.

XXIV.—Deseriptions vA some apparently new species of Birds from

Malacca. By T. C. Eyron, Esq., F.L.S.

Tue collection of birds from which the following have been

selected was brought to this country by Capt. Andrew Charlton

of the Kast India Service, the discoverer of the tea-plant in As-

sam, and collected by him on the Malay Peninsula.

Astur barbatus. A. brunneus, gula alba linea atra longitudinali

228 Mr. 'T. C. Hyton on some new species of Birds from Malacea.

notata; posteriore parte colli albis maculis ornata, macula post-

oculari subtusque strigis transversis albis notatis; tectricibus su-

perioribus caudz albis maculis notatis, inferioribus totius ejusdem

coloris ; rectricibus caude supra quatuor vectibus, subtusque api-

cali, transversatis; rostro atro, cera pedibusque flavis.

Long. tot. 165 unc. ; tarsi 2% unc. ; ros. fron. 1 unc.

Athene malaccensis. A. fuliginoso-brunnea subtus alba maculis ro-

tundatis brunneis notatis rectricibus secondariis vectibus angustis

albis et transversis ornatis; cauda utrinque fasciis quatuor atris

transversatis ; rostro atro, culmine pedibusque flavis.

Long. tot. 11 unc. ; tarsi 1 unc. ; ros. fron. ? unc,

Pycnonotus rufocaudatus. P. vertice cinereo, gula alba dorso alis

tectricibusque caudz flavo-brunneis; subtus lete flavus, cauda

rufa, pedibus flavis ; rostro nigrescente, marginibus flavescentibus.

Long. tot. 74 unc. ; tarsi 11 lin. ; ros. fron. ? in.

Fem. mari similis, sed capite brunnea et reliquis coloribus obscuris.

Malacopteron squamatum. M. capite dorsoque superiore oleaceo-

brunneis, gula subtusque albis, singulis pennis media parte atro

notatis; uropygio marginibusque exterioribus rectricum caudz

lete castaneis ; ventre imo brunneo; rostro atro, pedibus tarsisque

cinereis.

Long. tot. 6} unc. ; ros. fron. ¢ unc. ; tarsi 10 lin.

Malacopteron aureum. M. dorso uropygio marginibus externis rec-

tricum caude alarumque aureo-viridibus tectricibus inferioribus

caude lete aureis, capite collo subtusque cinereis ; rostro atro, pe-

dibus viridibus.

Long. tot. 54 unc.; tarsi $ unc. ; ros, fron. $ unc.

Ivos metallicus. I. flavus capite gulaque atro-zneis, remigibus fascia-

que prope apicem caude atris, rostro pedibusque atris.

Long. tot. 8 unc. ; tarsi $ unc. ; ros. fron. 5 lin.

Fem. mari similis, sed capite subtusque cinereis rectricibusque caude

interne brunneis.

Brachypteryx maculatus. B. partibus superioribus brunneis, vertice

saturatiore, medio pennarum capite dorso superiore scapularibus-

que striga longitudinali alba ornatis ; genis gula subtusque albis,

macula ad basin rostri lateribusque ferrugineis, pectore fascia atra

indefinita transversato ; rostro atro, pedibus flavis.

Long. tot. 5 unc.; ros. fron. 5 lin. ; tarsi 9 lin.

Brachypteryz nigrogularis. B. capite gula thoraceque atris, linea

superciliari macula ad basin rostri marginibus pennarum frontis

fasciaque pectorali semicirculari albis ; dorso, scapularibus, margi-

nibus externis remigum rectricibusque caude lete brunneis, sub-

tus cinereis ; rostro atro mandibula inferiore ad basin alba, pedibus

nigris.

Long. tot. 54 unc. ; ros. fron. 7 lin. ; tarsi 11 lin.

Brachypteryx acutirostris. B. vertice dorso caudaque brunneis sca-

Mr. T. C. Eyton on some new species of Birds from Malacca. 229

pularibus marginibusque exterioribus remigum lete castaneis

subtus genisque cinereis ; rostro atro, pedibus cinereis.

Long. tot. 42 unc. ; ros. ‘fron. £ = unc. ; tarsi ¢ unc.

This is the smallest species of the genus with which I am ac-

quainted. The above three species differ in the comparative length

of the bill, but as they agree in the structure of the wings, feet and

tail, 1 am unwilling to increase the number of genera by subdividing

them.

PHILENTOMA, 0. g.

Rostrum capite squale ad apicem incisum latum depressum lateribus

tumidis, ad basin setis longis armatis nares ovales.

Tarsi mediocres digiti externi vix longiores quam interni posteriores

medios eequantes, ungues compressi, posteriores longissimi, scuta

tarsi indivisa.

Ale rotundate prima penna remigum spuria, secunda breviore tertia,

tertia duabus proximis inter se eequalibus.

Cauda mediocris rotundata tectricibus superioribus mollibus et iia:

The above genus has the bill of nearly the same form as in Musci-

peta, but the long and soft feathers at the base of the tail at once

distinguish it from that genus.

Philentoma castaneum. P. capite pectore dorsoque superiore azureis,

gula cauda marginibusque rectricum alarum castaneis, ventre tec-

tricibusque inferioribus caudz albis ferrugineo leviter tinctis, tec-

tricibus superioribus caudz elongatis mollibus et ferrugineo-cine-

reis ; rostro atro, pedibus corneis.

Long. tot. 64 unc. ; tarsi 7 lin. ; ros. fron. 7 lin. ; ros. latum 4 lin.

Fem. mari similis, sed capite pectore dorsoque superiore cinereis, et

rostro corneo.

Picus rubiginosus. P. capite gula subtusque brunneis fronte palli-

diore collo capistro coccineo circumdato nisi anteriore parte, dorso

brunneo verticibus pennarum sordide rubiginosis remigibus mar-

ginibus exterioribus rubiginosis interioribus fuscis, totiusque fasciis

angustis brunneis transversatis, cauda atra; rostro flavo, pedibus

atris.

Long. tot. 8 unc. ; ros. fron. 1,4; unc. ; tarsi 10 lin.

Dendrocopus sordidus. D. gula genis paucisque pennarum criste

sordide cinereis reliquis cristz verticeque flavo brunneo, dorso re-

migibusque secondariis atris, marginibus flavo-albis remigibus pri-

mariis caudaque atris, uropygio marginibusque pennarum tectri-

cum inferiorum caude flavo-albis tinctis ; rostro pedibusque atris,

Long. tot. 53 unc. ;‘ros. fron. # unc. ; tarsi 7 lin.

Fem. mari similis, sed crista verticeque totius cinereis.

Tripsurus auritus. T. ater fronte verticeque cinereis brunneis leviter

tinctis, occipite atro vix cristato lateribus utrinque macula parva

coccinea, dorso alis caudaque atris, illo immaculato, his transver-

satis et maculatis albo, subtus sordide albus mediis pennarum atrig,

rostro pedibusque atris.

Long. tot. 4} unc. ; ros. fron. 7 lin.; tarsi J unc.

230 Mr.'T. Moore on Glyceria fluitans and G. plicata.

Theron tenuirostre. ‘T. capite colloque castaneis, dorso humerisque

vinaceis, pectore ochraceo, uropygio ventreque canis, cauda supe-

riore parte tectricibusque viridibus inferiore atra apice cano tec-

tricibus inferioribus lete castaneis et elongatis ad extremitatem

caudee, tibiis maculaque inter illos flavis remigibus scapularibusque

atris flavo lete marginatis; rostro flavo, pedibus rubris.

Long. tot. 10 unc. ; tarsi 3 unc. ; ros. fron. 7 lin.

Perdizx Charlton. P. dorso alisque superiore parte atris oleaceo-

brunneis irroratis et maculatis, vertice nuchaque brunneis; gula

fronte lineaque superciliari albis singulis pennarum atro apice ma-

culatis, collo capistro ferrugineo ornato pectore lateribusque atris,

fasciis ferrugineis, transversatis ventre maculaque post-oculari fer-

rugineis, tibiis albidis, rostro pedibusque flavis.

Long. tot. 12 unc. ; tarsi 15 unc. ; ros. fron. 2 unc.

Rallus superciliaris. RR. oleaceo-brunneus gula alba striga superci-

liari rufo subtus strigis atris et albis transversis alternate notatis,

pedibus rostroque viridibus.

Long. tot. 93 unc. ; tarsi 14 unc. ; ros. fron. =), unc.

XXV.—On the Glyceria fluitans and G. plicata.

By Tuomas Moors, Esq.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

Tr may be interesting to some of your readers to know that the

Glyceria plicata of Fries has been determined to hold a place in

the British flora.

The following are the circumstances upon which this: state-

ment has been made. In the summer of 1844 I was much struck

by the great difference in appearance between the plants of Gly-

ceria (assumed. to be G. fluitans) which surrounded one or two

pools of water in some meadows northwards of London. The

plants appeared to consist of two distinct forms, which grew in-

termixed, and were so different from each other as to be detected

on the slightest glance. One of these forms had the leaves about

half-folded, so as to appear channeled ; at the same time, they

were long and gradually tapering to a fine point, and conse-

quently had the appearance of being much narrower than those

of the other form, which had (comparatively) short, flat (and

therefore apparently broad) and obtusely-pointed leaves. Ona

closer examination, that which may be termed the narrow-leaved

plant was found to have large, oblong outer palez, whilst in the

broad-leaved plant these were smaller and of an ovate form. I

generally noticed that in plants of equal vigour the spikelet was

Mr. T. Moore on Glyceria fluitans and G. plicata. 281

about of equal size in the two kinds, but in the broad-leaved one

there are a greater number, about one-third more, of flowers.

From the first, I had formed an opinion that the plants were

abundantly distinct either as species or varieties; and with this

impression I took an early opportunity of sending them to Mr.

Babington, who, not having time to give them the requisite

careful examination, forwarded them to Dr. Parnell, and also

subsequently communicated to me Dr. Parnell’s opinion, that

*‘ he could find no character to distinguish them.” I could not

however believe that two grasses, as different in their foliation as

grasses well could be, were really identical ; and accordingly I

procured some seeds of the broad-leaved plant, which I conceived

to be the least common, and from them I have this season raised.

a plant or two, which though not old enough to flower, retain

precisely the same character in their foliage, and thus furnish

collateral evidence that the plant in question is permanently dif-

ferent. |

Mr. Babington has subsequently given both plants a most

rigid and careful examination, and has detected the following

specific distinctions :—

Narrow-leaved (G. fluitans). Broad-leaved (G. plicata).

Outer pale oblong, nearly three times Outer pale oval, twice as long as

as long as broad; apex rounded, or broad; apex obtuse-angled, with

with a large triangular point, and _ three nearly equal teeth.

a minute tooth on each side.

Anthers about five times as long as_Anthers three times as long as broad,

broad, pale yellow when dry. fuscous when dry.

Panicle nearly simple, with few Panicle with numerous branches from

(1—3) branches from the lower the lower joints.

joints.

To which the following may be added :—

Leaves tapering, acute. Leaves broad, less acute.

Ligule twice as long as broad; apex Ligule about as long as broad; apex

rounded, ending in a fine point. with a long central tooth and two

smaller toothlets.

Another summer acquaintance with the plants, both in a wild

and cultivated state, tends only to confirm the conviction of their

being decidedly distinct. Mr. Babington has also several times

during the present summer examined fresh specimens; and the

result is, that he considers the narrow-leayed plant to be un-

doubtedly the G. fluitans, and the broad-leaved one the G. pli-

cata of Fries.

The figure given in ‘English Botany,’ t. 1520, most nearly

agrees with the latter plant.

Having directed attention to these plants, I shall leave for more

competent hands the task of pointing out the details of the dif-

ferences between them. I may mention, that I have since met

232 Mr. E. Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera.

with both plants in several localities ; in fact, both appear to be

plentiful in situations suitable for them.

| I am, yours, &c.,

September 1, 1845. Tuomas Moors.

P.S. Mr. Babington has just favoured me with the following

specific characters for these two plants :—

G. fluitans (RK. Br.) ; panicle subsecund, slightly branched,

very long ; branches nearly simple, roughish, divaricated whilst

in flower ; spikelets linear, of 7—12 flowers; outer pale nearly

thrice as long as broad, blunt ; anthers about five times as long as

broad (purple) ; sheaths compressed. Leaves pale green, acute.

Ligule elongate. Outer pale blunt, with a triangular central

point. Dry anthers pale yellow.—Poa fluitans, var. subspicata,

Parnell’s British Grasses, pl.95. This plant is considered as the

true Festuca fluitans of Linneus by the Swedish botanists ; it was

originally published under that name in ‘ Linn. Fl. Suec.’

G. plicata (Fries); panicle compound; branches compound,

nearly smooth, divaricated whilst in flower ; spikelets linear, of

7—20 flowers ; outer pale oval, twice as long as broad ; apex ob-

tuse-angled, with three nearly equal teeth; anthers thrice as long

as broad (yellow) ; sheaths compressed. Resembling G. fluitans.

Ligule shorter. Dry anthers fuscous. Leaves glaucous, bluntish.

—G. plicata, Fries, Nov. Fl. Suec. Mant. 1.6. F. fluitans, Eng.

Bot. pl. 1520. Poa fluitans, Parn. pl. 45 (not good). Mr. Ba-

bington has seen authentic specimens of this plant, from Fries

himself, which agree with that found commonly in Britain.

XXVI.—Deseriptions of new or imperfectly described Diurnal

Lepidoptera. By Kowarp Dovusuiepay, Ksq., Assistant in the

Zoological Department of the British Museum, F'.L.S. &e.

[Continued from p. 182.]

Fam. NYMPHALID/E.

Genus Diapema, Boisd.

Diadema Nama, Boisd. MSS. D. alis anticis sinuatis nigris, posticis

castaneis, omnibus albo lineatis maculatisque. Exp. alar. 3 unc.

6 lin. vel 90 millim. |

Hab. Sylhet, &c.

Anterior wings with the outer margin sinuate, slightly glossed

with purplish, especially towards the apex ; with numerous semi-

transparent markings of a bluish white, viz. a longitudinal vitta

in the cell at the base, followed by two spots, of which the outer

one is triangular ; above these three indistinct spots, the middle

one sometimes wanting ; between the lower median nervule and

Mr. E. Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera. 238

the radial nervure two vitte united at the base, the upper one

followed by a round spot; above these between the nervules five

vittee, of which the one nearest the costa is pomted, the others

bifid externally, each vitta followed by three spots, of which the

lower are somewhat lunulate, the upper ones more rounded ; four

rounded spots near the apex, two near the anal angle. The inner

margin is glaucous, the apex tinged with brown. Posterior wings

castaneous, darker in the females than in the males, with seven

whitish subdiaphanous vittee placed between the nervules, all, ex-

cept the innermost, followed by a round white dot, beyond which

the ground-colour of the wings is slightly darker; towards the

outer margin a series of indistinct whitish spots, sometimes nearly

obsolete. Cilia of all the wings spotted with white. Below, the

anterior wings are black with strong blue reflections, the apex

broadly chestnut, slightly bronzed towards the disc ; the markings

as above but clearer, with two additional spots on the costa near

the base. Posterior wings paler than above, the white portions

more or less irrorated with chestnut scales; on the margin a di-

stinct series of whitish lunules.

Head, thorax and abdomen black, clothed with gray hairs ;

head above and thorax below spotted with white ; abdomen below

gray ; palpi black, spotted with white ; antennze black.

In the cabinets of the British Museum, &c.

This species, which much resembles Pap. Agestor and Danais

Tytia, has the cells of all the wings open. The genus Diadema

as it now stands requires subdivision ; the neuration I believe will

be of great service for this purpose.

D. Lisarda. VD. alis omnibus fuscis, vittis discoidalibus albidis, se-

riebus duabus submarginalibus punctorum albidorum. Exp. alar.

5 unc. 6 lin. vel 140 millim.

Hab. Sylhet.

Anterior wings fuscous with whitish markings, viz. an elon-

gate spot at the base and extremity of the discoidal cell, an oval

one near the costa towards the middle, a series of vittee between

the nervules, of which the first and third from the costa are short

and narrow, the second also slender but longer, the fourth long,

the fifth and sixth progressively shorter, well-defined towards the

base, less so externally, the seventh broad, short, the eighth broad,

longer than the seventh, the ninth long, commencing near the

base, the tenth occupying the inner margin from the base nearly

to the anal angle ; near the margin between the nervules a series of

seven more or less rounded spots, of which the one nearest the anal

angle is geminate ; this series, preceded by another of six spots,

of which all except the first are connected with the vitte by in-

distinct prolongations. Posterior wings with the base and abdo-

minal margin whitish, the nervures broadly brown, a broad vitta

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. S

234 Mr. BE. Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera.

near the anterior margin, five vitte around the cell, a series of

eight round spots near the margin, and four between these and

the terminations of the vittee, all whitish. Cilia fuscous, spotted

with white. Below, anterior wings with the disc fuscous, the

apex light brown, the markings nearly as above but more defined ;

posterior wings brown, the discoidal cell and abdominal fold

whitish, the vittee nearly as above but much less distinct ; the

vitta between the first and second discoidal nervules terminated

by a rounded spot ; the inner row of whitish dots very small, the

outer much larger.

Head and thorax black, spotted with white, the latter gray pos-

teriorly. Abdomen gray at the sides, fuscous above and below.

This insect in form and in some respects in colourmg resem-

bles P. dissimilis. It has the cell of both wings closed. Of three

specimens in the Museum collection, no one has the antennze

perfect ; a fragment on one specimen is black.

Fam. MORPHID/i.

Genus THAUMANTIS.

Th. Diores. Th.alis omnibus nigro-fuscis supra maculis magnis disci,

' perpulchre ceruleis, nitidis; subtus strigis disci fuscis marginisque

externi albidis; posticis ocellis duobus. Exp. alar. 3 unc. 9 lin.

vel 95 millim.

Hab. Sylhet.

Above, all the wings fuscous black, the anterior with a broad

band-like spot, commencing near the costa beyond the middle,

and extending towards the anal as far as the lowest median ner-

vule. This spot is of a brilliant metallic, changeable blue, much

paler and less changeable externally. On the posterior wings is

a large patch of the same rich blue, paler in the centre, occupy-

ing the whole disc of the wing. Below, all the wings less black

than above, the outer margin paler; this pale portion bounded

internally by an undulated pale or whitish striga, becoming

brown towards its termination at the anal angle of the posterior

wings: between this and the margin is another less distinct si-

milar striga. The anterior wings have besides two fuscous strigee

in the discoidal cell mclosing a paler space, and a third striga

commencing on the costa beyond the cell and extending ob-

liquely nearly to the anal angle, slightly bordered internally with

whitish. The posterior wings have a transverse fuscous striga

near the base, and another commencing near the middle of the

costa and reaching nearly to the anal angle. Just within the

pale submarginal striga near the costa is a round yellowish spot,

inclosing a brown one placed towards its outer margin, and be-

tween the first and second median nervule a round black spot

sprinkled with blue atoms anteriorly, and surrounded by a yel-

Mr. E. Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera. 2385

lowish and a black iris. Anal angle with a geminate spot com-

posed of black and white atoms,

Head, thorax and abdomen fuscous.

In the collection of the British Museum, &e.

This species seems to be the representative of Th. Odana in

Northern India, and does not seem to be rare. The blue is of a

peculiar brilliancy. .

Fam, PAPILIONIDA.

Genus PApPriio.

P. Evan, P. alis anticis elongatis falcatis acuminatis, posticis elon-

gatis, dentatis, caudatis, omnibus luteo-rufis, margine externo

late fusco-brunneo, maculis lunulisque luteo-rufis, Exp. alar,

5 une. 1 lin. vel 130 millim.

Anterior wings elongate, falcate, acuminate, of bright light

fulvous, the base and anterior portion of the costa more ob-

scure, the costa from the middle to the apex and the exterior

margin deep brown, with fulvous spots at the apex and anal

angle ; a sigmoid spot in the cell and a larger spot on the disco-

cellular nervure of the same colour as the margin. Posterior

wings elongate, dentate, caudate, light fulvous at the base, deep

fuscous brown beyond ; a series of five lunulate light fulvous spots

near the outer margin, preceded by three spots and a striga of a

deeper fulvous near the anal angle, the tail fulvous brown, paler

towards the apex; cilia marked with pale fulvous near the outer

angle. Below, the wings a bright yellow-ochre colour, the ante-

rior with several irregular spots in the cell, a larger one on the

discoidal, three on the costa near the apex, a fourth below the

last of these, followed by a zigzag line, and the outer margin

bright brown: the margin is marked with lighter-coloured clouds,

and preceded by some indistinct spots on the nervures more or

less confounded with it. The posterior wings have four brown

spots at the base, a broad band beyond the middle of deep rich

brown, extending along the abdominal margin to the tails, which

are brown. This band is marked anteriorly between the nervules

with silvery atoms, those nearest the inner margin forming a sil-

very lunule. Beyond the band the wings are of the same colour

as at the base, with four sigmoid spots, a narrow line on the

margin itself, and the cilia at the ends of the nervules rich

brown.

Head and antenne brown.

Thorax bright shining black, covered at the sides with brown

hair and scales, apparently naturally almost bare on the disc.

Abdomen very pointed, luteo-fulvous,

This beautiful species, figured on the second plate of my Ge-

nera of Diurnal Lepidoptera, is closely allied to P. Payent of Van

236 M.J.Miinter on the Structure of Nuphax lutea.

der Hoeven ; but a comparison of the two figures will at once

show the difference, P. Payeni being much smaller and not having

the posterior wings dentate, and also wanting the broad deep

brown band below.

[To be continued. ]

XXVII.— On the Surface of the Stem and Contents of the Medul-

lary Cells of Nuphar lutea (Smith). By Jutius Minrer*.

AurnoueH the internal structure of the submersed stems of

Nuphar lutea, 8m., is but little adapted for indicating the dico-

tyledonous nature of the Nympheacea, still in other respects it

possesses so much interest, that it appears well-worthy of a spe-

cial notice in these pages. The stem of the yellow water-lily is

found in tolerably deep stagnant waters, lakes and large rivers ;

its length is 5 feet or more, and its diameter from 24 to 3 inches ;

it is sometimes simple and sometimes branched, and sends off

from its summit to the surface of the water its floating leaves and

beautiful flowers on smooth footstalks, which are often 6 to 8

inches long. The stem is sometimes brought to the surface of

the water or the banks either by the net of the fisherman or the

drying up of the water, and we are then enabled to examine it

more accurately.

The entire surface of the stem is coated with elastic leaf-scars

directed obliquely from above downwards, as in the stems of the

Cycadee,and the torn bundles of woody fibre are indicated on these

scars, We do not, however, usually find any buds in the angles

of the leaf-scars, and in such a case not even the slightest trace

of one. But where the buds situated in the angles are developed,

they form a branch directed almost at right angles to the axis,

which soon acquires the thickness of the stem. A little below

the leaf-stalk scars, which are arranged circularly around the stem,

we find single or grouped foveole of the size of a pea, of a more

or less rounded form, which are either arranged beneath these

leaf-scars around the stem, or are only visible on those parts of

its surface directed towards the soil. When these foveole are

grouped, three, five or six together, the lower ones are usually

larger than the upper, and on minutely examining them we find

a remarkable resemblance of each foveole to the cavity of the

human acetabulum. In the former a circular protuberance

(limbus) surrounds the foveoles, as in the latter, but this has in

addition a notch at its lower part; we then find on the inner sur-

face of the pit a rmg running parallel with the limb, 2. e. con-

* ‘Franslated from the Botanische Zeitung, Aug. 1845.

M. J. Miinter on the Structure of Nuphar lutea. 237

centric ; at the bottom of the pit a bundle of woody fibres, broken

off, but still somewhat projecting, like the ligamentum teres of

the human acetabulum ; the surface of the pit between this woody

bundle and the ring-shaped scar is smooth, and presents nothing

remarkable. As regards the nature of these elegant pit-like scars,

by comparing all parts of the surface we soon perceive that they

owe their origin to roots, which separate spontaneously ; this view

is confirmed by tracing the course of the separation. Even whilst

the root is perfectly entire, the bark of the stem is raised from

the surface of the latter, and gives rise to the above-mentioned

limb. The concentric ring on the inner surface of the pit is

formed by the separation of the bark of the root from that of the

stem, and the broken-off woody bundle found in the bottom of

the pit was previously continuous with the central woody bundle

of the root.

Besides this interesting formation of scars from the spontaneous

separation of roots, a phenomenon which I have never elsewhere

observed, the solid contents of the cells of the highly developed

pith excited particular interest.

If we examine microscopically that portion of the stem most

- remote from the buds placed on the summit, we find that the

contents of the cells do not assume any definite shape, but form

a parenchymatous tissue filled with water or air. At the distance

of 2—3 inches, however, and especially just beneath the buds on

the summit, all the cells of the pith are filled with a solid sub-

stance which has a definite form, is coloured blue on the addition

of aqueous solution of iodine, and consequently agrees in proper-

ties with starch. As regards the forms of the particles, some are

simple, more or less rounded cells ; others are hemispherical, and

formed of two grains lying in contact like rolls; again, others

form segments of circles, and derive their shape from the union

of three double grains, and are arranged either im a linear or

superficial manner : we also observe granules which are formed

from the union of four, and finally perfect penta- and polyhedra.

Whilst these forms agree most distinctly with those of the

starch particles which I found and described in Gloriosa superba,

their size forms also another point of similitude ; it cannot indeed

be asserted that the Nuphar starch in general exhibits such

large particles as the Gloriosa, but it most resembles it in the

relative size of the separate granules ; in it the internal layers are

as sharply outlined as in the Gloriosa starch, and thus afford a

good substitute for the latter, which is so difficult to obtain. For

this reason [ recommend the Nuphar starch as an excellent ex-

ample for those who have occasion to demonstrate microscopi-

cally ; and also to those who may think it worth while to test my

view of the centripetal formation of the starch granules, as I am

238 Dr. Hooker on some results of Deep-sea Dredging.

unacquainted with any other plant, except the Gloriosa, which

exhibits the innermost layers of the compound starch forms with

such remarkable distinctness. |

XXVIII.—Note on some Marine Animals, brought up by Deep-sea

Dredging, during the Antarctic Voyage of Captain Sir James

C. Ross, R.N. : ,

To Richard Taylor, Esq.

My pear Sir, West Park, Kew, Aug. 31, 1845.

Havine remarked, in the notice given of Mr. Goodsir’s valuable

labours in the last number of the ‘ Annals of Nat. Hist.,’ that

300 fathoms is supposed to be the extreme depth from which

living animals have been dredged, I think it may interest some

of your readers to know that Sir James Ross, during the late

Antarctic Voyage, used the dredge on several occasions with

considerable success in the same and in much deeper water.

In latitude 33° 32! S. and long. 167° 40! E., living specimens

of Hornera frondosa, besides four other Corals, a Dictrupia, two

Ophiure, an Annelide, one small Kehinus (and the spines of an-

other, three inches in length), were all procured in a living state

from 400 fathoms.

Off Victoria Land, between the parallels of 71° and 78° of south

latitude, the dredge was repeatedly employed; once with great

success at 380 fathoms. Generally the contents of the net, after

dredging at between 200 and 400 fathoms in these latitudes,

were various Crustacea, as numerous Nymphia, Pyenogona of a

very large size, and such Arctic genera as Crangon, Alpheus,

Gammarus and Idotea, the species sometimes resembling very

closely indeed those that Capt. Ross had met with during the

North Polar voyages: of Mollusca, the genus Chiton, Boltenia,

and the remains of both univalve and bivalve shells, of which we

found no traces on the lands we visited; various Annelides and

Serpule, Ophiure and Asterie, Alectos, Bicellariea, an Encrinite

resembling the Irish one, very many Virgularie and Sponges,

with Holothurie several inches in length. The pebbles were ge-

nerally covered with Flustre ; but on one occasion a magnificent

mass of syenite was procured, the edges of which were sharp

and the surface clean; it must have been but recently deposited

by an iceberg, for the greater proportion of the stones around

were of trap or basalt of various kinds.

The most remarkable circumstance connected with this subject

of deep-sea dredging is, that the bottom of the Antarctic Ocean,

near the lands visited by Sir James Ross, was found to be covered

with a mud consisting in great part of the remains of Infusoria,

Dr. Hooker on some results of Deep-sea Dredging. 289

very similar to those forming the “ fossil powder” detected in

the neighbourhood of New York and in other parts of the globe.

Prof. Ehrenberg has described from our collections as many as 140

_ species, or thereabouts, all brought from the vicinity of Palmer’s

and Victoria Land. In a living state they inhabit the surface of

the ocean and the newly-forming ice, and afford food for Salpe

and animals of a higher organization ; which, in their turn, nou-

rish the most fully-developed beings inhabiting those regions

where the animal kingdom lives and abounds independently it

would seem of the vegetable. Well may we agree with Professor

Owen in regarding these “ minute Infusory animalcules” as “ the

wakeful members of nature’s invisible police, everywhere ready

to arrest the fugitive organized particles which are suspended in

water, and to turn them back into the ascending stream of ani-

mal life.”

It is probable that animal life exists at a very great depth, sus-

pended in the ocean. On one occasion a sounding-line that had

been lowered to 1000 fathoms brought up at the 550-fathom

mark, long strings of animal matter, about the diameter of a

crow-quill, of indefinite length, great elasticity, and as viscid as

bird-lime. It is certainly possible that im descending or ascend-

ing the line may have become entangled with this substance

nearer the surface; but I am not. inclined to suppose so for the

following reasons ; because the tow-net was constantly used, both

during and before and after the soundings, without procuring

any of the substance; because its viscidity was so great, that no

other part of the line could well have passed through without a

portion adhering to it; and because, upon two future occasions,

the same substance came up on the sounding-line from unques-

tionably very deep water.

Allow me to conclude by expressing my earnest hope that your

pages may be destined to announce the results of dredgings at

far greater depths than those J have just mentioned, and in lesser

ones too, from all longitudes between Baffin’s Bay and Behring’s

Straits; for I am satisfied that every means of forwarding this

object will be granted to Mr. Goodsir, who has already proved

himself admirably qualified to turn such opportunities to the best

account.

Believe me ever yours very truly and respectfully,

JoserH Dauton Hooker.

240 M.Duchartre on the Organogeny of the Malvacee.

XXIX.—Report on a memoir by M. P. Duchartre, entitled ‘ Ob-

servations on the Organogeny of the Flower of the Malvacex,’

By MM. Bronentart, Ricnarp and Dz Jussizvu*.

We have been requested by the Academy to give an account of

the botanical memoir presented by M. Duchartre, and bearing

the above title.

M. Duchartre has distinguished himself by various investiga-

tions, several of which have had the same object as the present,

but related to different plants ; many of them have been submitted

to the Academy and have received its approbation. These re-

searches may serve to explain several particular questions relating

to the vegetables to which they refer ; but im addition to their in-

terest in this point of view, they are of much greater importance

for the solution of general questions. We shall commence by

giving a sketch of them, and enunciating the problems to which

they relate, before detailing the results at which the author has

arrived in seeking for their solution.

It is well known that botanists agree pretty generally in con-

sidering that the different parts of a flower represent so many

more or less modified leaves. These leaves, which constitute the

segments of the calyx and of the corolla, the stamens and the parts

of the pistil, are sometimes independent of each other as the true

leaves generally are, sometimes coherent by a portion of their

margins or their surfaces. DeCandolle, who has contributed so

much to the establishment of this theory, has proposed. the word

soudure (confluence) to express this union, which implies that the

parts were primarily separate before beg thus combined. How-

ever, he admitted that the separation could only have existed

prior to that period at which the parts become accessible to ob-

servation, and then this adhesion is called by him predisposed.

But that which he had not been able directly to establish, others

might anticipate doing, when the perfection of instruments and

methods of observation had removed the barrier by which he was

checked. This is, in fact, what has been accomplished. With

the aid of the microscope, the development of the organs has

been traced from their first appearance ; that is to say, from the

moment at which they separate from the axis to which they are

attached, and appear constituted simply by the aggregation of a

_ few cells.

Now, are these primary rudiments constantly or only occa-

sionally independent of each other? Upon this point observers

are not agreed.

M. Schleiden speaks decidedly for the primitive independence

* Translated from the Comptes Rendus for August 15, 1845,

M.Duchartre on the Organogeny of the Malvacee. 241

of the parts*: “In all those calyces and corollz called mono-

phyllous, the various’ parts, which subsequently cohere, are at

their origin everywhere, and without exception, separate, and

their independent existence is prolonged for a sufficient length of

time to render all reasoning on the number of parts superfluous,

because it is a matter of observation susceptible of demonstrative

evidence.” He subsequently maintains the same original inde-

pendence of the stamens and carpels. He has supported his

conclusions by numerous examples, and especially, at a later pe-

riod, by a very detailed history of the development of the flower

of one of the papilionaceous Leguminose.

However, on the other hand, M. Adolphe Brongniart + had

established the fact, that in the very young buds of mono-

petalous flowers, the corolla at first forms a kind of minute ring

around the stamens. A high authority, Mr. R. Brownf, also

adopts this view: he says, “ In the description of the modifica-

tions of the ovary and stigma which I have given, in conformity

with the ordinary language of botanists, I have employed the

term confluence, by which however we must not understand the

union or cohesion of parts originally distinct. For in the great

majority of cases, the separation or the complete development of

these parts from their original cellular and pulpy state has never

occurred ; but with this understanding the term may be preserved,

unless we prefer the word connate as subject to less objection.”

The previous memoirs of M. Duchartre led to the same result, by

proving in certain cases the union of certain parts of the flower

after their first appearance ; and we shall see that he has found

new examples of this original cohesion in the Malvacce.

There is another class of facts in the history of the flower

which may throw great light upon organogenie researches ; such

are those known by the name of duplication. Frequently in the

place which should be occupied by a single organ we find two

or more arranged in the same plane, or in several different planes,

z.e.in bundles. Hach of these bundles may then be considered

to represent a single leaf. Is this the case? and how has this

multiplication of organs, this duplication of a single one, oc-

curred ?

The family of the Malvaceae is well-chosen for studying this

question. In that of the Byttneriacee, which was once united

with it, and which, although now separated, cannot be far re-

moved from it, and evidently forms part of the same natural

group, we sometimes find only five stamens opposed to as many

petals ; sometimes opposite each petal, a system of several united

* Wiegmann’s Archiv. [A translation of this paper appeared in the

Philosophical Magazine for Feb. 1838. ‘Ep. ]

+ Ann. des Se. Nat. vol. xxiii. p. 229. { Plant. Javan. Rar. p. 112.

242 M.Duchartre on the Organogeny of the Malvaceze.

stamens, consequently represented in the first case by a single

one; and alternating with these systems of stamens in a circle a

little more internally situated, an equal number of lobes or teeth,

which according to the laws of position should represent the row

of normal stamens,—that which should alternate with these same

petals. In the true Malvacee we find a large number of sta-

mens cohering inferiorly into a single hollow column, which en-

velopes the pistil; but notwithstanding the apparent confusion

resulting from their multiplicity, it is not difficult to perceive, in

many cases, that this collection of stamens is divided into five

groups, which are opposite to the petals ; and even where it is

difficult to prove this distinction, it is indicated by the existence

of double vascular bundles, which, arising from the base. of the

petal, follow the column to its summit, where it divides into a

large number of antheriferous filaments. Frequently the column

within and above these threads is divided at the summit into five

more internal teeth alternating with these vascular bundles, and

these more or less distinct groups of stamens; these teeth are

incontestably analogous to those described in many of the Bytt-

neriacee. Finally, in the centre of the flower we find a pistil

composed of five more or less intimately combined carpels ;_ but

at other times the carpels are more than five,and even become very

numerous, and either still arranged in a circle or situated at un-

equal heights, so as to form together a kind of capitulum. Does

each of these carpels then represent a carpellary leaf? or is each

of these five carpellary leaves doubled so as to simulate several ?

Their arrangement in five distinct systems can hardly leave a

doubt on this pomt in Kitaibeha; but im Malope, and others

of the same group, an apparent confusion results from the un-

- equal or completely arrested developments of a certain number

of carpels. ,

In tracing these parts from their first appearance, we should

expect a decided answer to these questions; this is what M. Du-

chartre has proposed in the memoir before us, and which it re-

mains for us to analyse.

The calyx, which at a later period becomes monophyllous with

five divisions, appears at first in the form of a continuous rim,

surrounding the’central mass of the flower, bounded by a large

convex tubercle having no distinction of parts. This border soon

sends off five small festoons, which correspond to the five sepals

thus united at the base from the commencement. The author

insists upon this mode of formation, which he has found in the

envelopes of all those flowers having a monophyllous calyx or

corolla, the development of which he has had an opportunity of

studying. The petals and stamens may be subsequently distin-

guished and are simultaneously developed, so that it is well to

M. Duchartre on the Organoyeny of the Malvacee. 243

trace their evolutions together. Soon after the appearance of

the calyx, the margin of the central tubercle becomes raised into

five smaller tubercles, which are rounded, alternating with the

segments of the calyx, and thus representing the floral whorl

which immediately succeeds it. Each of these tubercles soon

appears like two in juxtaposition, its development ensuing more

rapidly at the two sides than in the median line; and thus, in-

stead of five small primitive eminences, we have five pairs.

Nearly at the same time a slight transverse fold appears below

and outside of each of these five projections; this appears to be

another appendage of the tubercle, which, at first sigle, sub-

sequently becomes double. The fold becomes the petal; the

tubercles become stamens. Hence the petals and stamens here

belong to one and the same group of organs developed from a

base which is common to that spot which in most flowers is oc-

cupied by the petal alone.

The petal in its further development, which is generally rather

slow, much more so than that of the stamens, does not become

doubled, and gives no other indication of this tendency except in

its more or less bilobate summit.

Not so however with the stamens; for shortly after the first

ten staminal tubercles have become distinct, we find that a for-

mation perfectly similar to the first is produced. Five new pairs

of tubercles opposite to the first appear in a more internal circle;

then a third arranged concentrically, and consisting of ten other

tubercles ; then a fourth, so that the total number is successively

doubled, tripled, and quadrupled. We thus have ten radiant

series, opposed in pairs to the petals, and supported upon a com-

mon base, which is frequently cut into five corresponding lobes,

more ov less marked. At a little later period, each of these tu-

bercles, continuing to grow more at the sides than in the median

line, is itself divided into two, and we find that four parallel

series become substituted for the two before each petal, and the

total number is a second time doubled. The same occurs in

those flowers which have very numerous stamens; but there is a

slight difference in those in which they exist mn less numbers.

Then, either fewer concentric rows are formed, or each of these

rows stops at that period at which the pairs are simple and not

doubled, or within the first pairs a single tubercle only is formed ;

this is slightly lateral and oblique, then another still more inter-

nal and on the opposite side, so that within the first pair we

find only isolated tubercles, sent off alternately, first from one

side, then from the other, in a zigzag direction. In all cases,

there are invariably five systems of stamens opposite to the petals.

During these changes, the small common tube, to which all

these organs are attached, continues to elongate, raising these

244 M.Duchartre on the Organogeny of the Malvacez:

concentric formations so as to produce a system of stages ar-

ranged one above the other; and although they enlarge at the

same time, they do not do so in the same proportion. The or-

gans which enlarge do not then find sufficient room to lie side by

side in regular and concentric circles ; they become rather con-

fusedly mixed, and the original symmetry becomes less and less

apparent. When they have arrived at a certain degree of deve-

lopment, each of the tubercles shrinks up at the base into a mi-

nute filament which becomes more and more elongated. ach

also becomes marked by a median furrow, and buried within

two cells which subsequently fuse into a single one. In short,

these are so many reniform, unilocular anthers, which tend more

and more to assume their definite form.

In several species M. Duchartre has observed an ulterior change,

from which a new increase in the number of stamens results.

Several of them are curved into a horse-shoe form, and termi-

nate by becoming divided into two by a constriction of the sum-

mit of their curve,—a constriction which ends by forming a com-

plete solution of continuity ; this, extending from above down-

_ wards, also divides the filament which was at first simple into

two corresponding to the anthers thus formed. ‘This is a true

duplication.

This term would apply with less accuracy to the anterior for-

mations, from which the multiplication of the stamens has re-

sulted; for we may say, that at each of these changes they have

doubled rather than multipled. Be this as it may, we have

clearly five groups of organs alternating with the five leaflets of

the calyx, each comprising a petal and several stamens, supported

upon a base which is common and simultaneously developed. This

is the whorl which is within and alternate to the calyx, and which

is ordinarily called the corolla, with this difference, that here each

petal is replaced by a group or bundle of organs.

One of us has long since professed the doctrine, that in those

flowers which have stamens double in number to the petals,

whenever the stamens of the external row are opposed to the

petals (and this is most frequently the case) they do not constitute

a distinct whorl, but form a part of that of the corolla. The de-

velopment of the flower of the Malvacee supports this opinion,

exhibiting to us each of the petals, opposed, not to a stamen, but

to an entire bundle. We may add, that such appears to be the

most common symmetry in polyadelphous polypetalous flowers,

as is seen in so many Myrtacea, Hypericacea, &c., where the

bundles, which are perfectly distinct, are opposite to the petals.

But what has become of the normal whorl of the stamens,—that

which should alternate with the petals ? M. Duchartre discovers

this in the five terminal-lobes of the staminal tube, situated upon

M. Duchartre on the Organogeny of the Malvacee. 245

a plane anterior to that of the filaments, alternating with their

five groups,—lobes which we observe in many of the Malvacea,

although they are barely perceptible, and even are entirely want-

ing in many others. MM. Dunal and Moquin-Tandon recog-

nised them, and considered them as the border of a five-lobed

disc. But the nature of the disc is far from rigorously defined,

and in many cases this term exactly applies to abortive whorls,

as may be seen in many Vinifere, in the Myrsinee, &c.,—families

which are equally remarkable by the opposition of their stamens

to the petals, to which they are equal in number. M. Duchartre

mentions this example of the Myrsinee as exhibiting exactly

the symmetry of the Malvaceae, with this difference, that a single

stamen only corresponds to each petal. We do not agree with

him in this opinion, but think that in the Myrsinee there are

two whorls of stamens mdependent of the corolla, the external

or that alternating with the petal being metamorphosed or abor-

tive. This appears to be demonstrated by the flowers of Theo-

phrasta, or better still by Jacquinia. a

The author, arriving at the pistil of the Malvacce, finds in their

different genera variations which are sufficiently considerable

to establish four different categories, which he successively ex-

amines. In the first the quinary symmetry is at once apparent,

and the five carpels differ but little in their mode of development

from the views and theories generally adopted. In fact, we know

that each carpel is considered as a leaf folded on itself, and that

numerous organogenic observations exhibit this organ to us in

the form of a minute scale which soon becomes concave internally,

then tends more and more to close up by the approximation of

the borders of the concavity, the adhesion of which completes

the formation of the ovary and forms a perfectly closed cavity, in

which one or more ovules subsequently become developed. Now,

imagine five of these scales or plates soldered together by their la-

teral surfaces, we then have the first condition of the pistil of Hi-

biscus. That will be a small border having five angles, which alter-

nately project and recede internally ; the projecting angles corre-

spond to the borders of five carpels, approximated in pairs, and

. these angles projecting more and more and converging, terminate

by uniting so as to form a quinquelocular ovary. But at a still

earlier period, before the internal projections were marked, we

had a pentagonal border which soon becomes festooned by five

tubercles, the first indications of the styles.

In a second category, Malope for instance, we also observe

a pentagonal border, the five angles of which are opposite to the

petals, and consequently correspond to the place which five nor-

mal carpels should occupy. That border of the pentagon which

is first united sends out a series of rounded tubercles, which sub-

246 M.Duchartre on the Organogeny of the Malvaceze. :

sequently become slightly swollen externally and inferiorly, so that

each tubercle presents two enlargements; one external and inferior,

the future ovary,—another superior and internal, the future style.

The latter becomes elongated and raised in proportion as the

former increases in size; but as it elongates, the stylous portions,

remaining distinct at their summits, are confounded at their base,

—at least all those which correspond to the same angle of the com-

mon support of the carpels ; an angle which becomes more and

more marked as far as the point at which the entire body is as

it were cut into five oblique lobes loaded with ovules on every

part of their surface. A bundle of styles, equal in number, di-

stinct superiorly and united inferiorly, thus corresponds to each

of these systems of ovaries; and each of these systems, in the

general symmetry, plays an analogous part to that which we have

found assigned to each of the bundles of stamens, because it oc-

cupies the place which a single carpel should occupy, and which

it consequently represents. How is the cavity of the ovary

formed ?

M. Duchartre has not in this case found that the margins of a

folded leaflet approximate towards. one another, then touch and

adhere ; but, at a certain period, dissection has exhibited to him

the cellular mass of the ovary excavated by a slight fissure, which

continues to enlarge, without any manifest external appearance.

A third category, and that includes the greater part of the

Malvacee, exhibits the carpels not in constant relation with the

quinary number of the other parts of the flower; but they form

a perfect circle, are not grouped into five systems, and frequently

their entire number is no multiple of five. However, M. Du-

chartre is led to believe that the same symmetry occurs here as

in the preceding case. The ovaries and styles are developed in

the same manner, with this difference, that all the styles are

united inferiorly into a single cylinder.

Finally, a fourth category seems to belong to the first by the

quinary number of the carpels; but here we observe ten tu-

bercles on the pistillary border, which subsequently form ten

summits of distinct styles, and which correspond in pairs to five

ovaries, the centre of which also becomes hollowed by a fissure,

which forms its cavity without any change being externally ap-

arent.

The necessary conclusion from all these observations is, that the

parts, from their earliest appearance, present the relations of ad-

hesion which they subsequently exhibit in the perfect flower. The

monophyllous calyx on its first appearance was a body simple at

the base. The petals, coherent by their base with the staminal

tube, originated from a base common to them with the stamens,

and the latter at their origin were united by this base in the same

M. Duchartre on the Organogeny of the Malvacee. 247

manner as they appear subsequently. The ovaries were from the

first grouped and adherent together, nearly in the same manner

as the flower subsequently exhibits them, their styles being di-

stinct at the summit, coherent in the rest of their extent, which

has been more slowly developed. As regards the peculiar results

to be deduced from these observations relative to the symmetry

of the flower of the Malvacee, we have noticed them above, and

it would be useless to repeat them.

Undoubtedly we have not been able ourselves to verify all these

facts, for this would occupy almost as much time as that devoted

by the author to the original investigations ; but we have verified

a sufficient number to justify the truth of most of them. We

regret that M. Duchartre has not carried out his extensive re-

searches still further, so as to teach us by anatomical details the

formation of the tissues in the organs, the external forms of which

he describes, and informing us at what periods the developments

he describes correspond to the changes gradually established in

the tissues, which are at first entirely cellular.

We think that these details would throw a new light upon the

phenomena of duplication, which are still so obscure, and would

enable us better to comprehend the mechanism of this substitu-

tion of several fascicled organs for a single plane organ. The for-

mation of cavities by an excavation in the centre of a cellular mass,

which assimilates certain carpels closely to anthers, is a fact so

much opposed to the generally admitted theories as to require

new observations and more development, especially by connecting

with it the history of the ovule, and ascertaining how it is formed

in the cavities thus produced.

We acknowledge that these are researches of extreme delicacy,

since the point at which M. Duchartre has arrived presented in-

contestable difficulties, and the dissection of such minute bodies

is exceedingly tedious, and even sometimes appears impossible.

But for some years we have seen that microscopic observation

surmounts difficulties which had long been considered insur-

mountable, and facts, the direct knowledge of which had been

despaired of, have become familiar to all those who are occupied

in this kind of researches : just as those parts of the earth which

were long unknown, now, being frequented, have become easily

accessible, and from them we set out for more remote unexplored

parts. These reflections must not be looked upon as detracting

from M. Duchartre’s investigations, but rather as an encourage-

ment for pursuing them. We address them to him the less re-

luctantly, because what he has already done proves what he is

capable of doing.

248 _ Botanical Notices from Spain.

XXX. —Botanical Notices from Spain. By! Moritz WiLLKoMM*.

[Continued from p. 192.]

No. VII. Srvitzz, December 30, 1844.

On the 5th of November, after a continuance of the most dis-

agreeable rains for nearly four months, I quitted Granada and tra-

velled the next day to Malaga. From the incessantly rainy and

misty weather, I could see very little of the character of the vegeta-

tion from the diligence. The only specimens which I had not before

seen were some bushes of the cork-oak, which I noticed on the se-

cond day of my journey. ‘The environs of Malaga, situated as it is

in a kind of paradise,—which in the spring is so rich in plants,—pre-

sented now little or nothing, although the surrounding hills began

already to be decked with fresh green and gave signs of approaching

spring. Scilla maritima, long faded, unfolded everywhere its broad

dark green leaves, in company with Asphodels ; but, with the excep-

tion of the ever-blossoming Alyssum maritimum, L., and some late

plants of Atractylis humilis, L., there was scarcely anything in

bloom to be remarked. The gardens presented more flowers than the

country around. Upon the balconies I saw frequently the splendid

Euphorbia heterophylla, in the gardens Datura fastuosa, Brugmansia

arborea, Verbena citriodora, Plumbago zeylanica, Cestrum nocturnum,

Viola odorata, Calendula officinalis, &c., and roses in full bloom. In

a garden without the city I noticed several gigantic bushes of banana,

and a noble tree of Dracena Draco 16 feet high, which grows here

quite as in its own climate. ‘The Alameda of Malaga, a public pro-

menade, is planted with large trees of Gleditschia triacanthos, Melia

Azedarach, Phytolacca dioica‘and Acacia Farnesiana. In the environs

batatas and oranges are much grown, as well as Annona squamosa,

whose spicy and much-prized fruit is everywhere sold under the name

of Chirimoyas.

As it was impossible, on account of the backward state of the sea-

son, to study the flora of Malaga from nature, I was greatly desirous

of being allowed to do this in the rich herbarium of the chemist Don

Pablo Prolongo, whose name is so well known from Boissier’s ‘ Voy-

age’: he is the only botanist at present in Malaga, and unfortu-

aatily: from great occupation of his time, he is able to do little for

the natural history of his province. Don Prolongo has fortunately

also preserved a portion of the herbarium of M. Felix Hanseler,

whose death three years ago deprived science of an able botanist ;

the other portion of his collection is lost. At the desire of Don

Prolongo, I undertook the agreeable task of putting in order his

herbarium, which was in great confusion; and this gave me an op-

portunity of becoming generally acquainted with the character of

the vegetation of Malaga, which I hope to study from nature also

next April. Sometimes by myself, and sometimes accompanied by

my friend, I made many excursions in the environs of the city du-

* Translated from the Botanische Zeitung, May 9, 1845.

Botanical ‘Notices from Spain. 249

ring my stay, although, as was to be expected at this season of the

year, with little success. On moist grassy spots blossomed the Ra-

nunculus bullatus, L., plentifully; in hedges and under impenetrable

bushes of dwarf palms and thorny species of asparagus grew Aristo-

lochia betica and Melissa Calamintha, and upon the arable fields in

great profusion Mandragora officinarum in company with Ecbalium

Elaterium. On the sea-shore I met with Glaucium corniculatum in

abundance, which had already begun to blossom, or flowered a second

time. On the fallow fields the Verbena supina began to shoot up its

stalk, and on the adjoining hills the root-leaves of the rare Diplotazis

Prolongi, Boiss., appeared here and there. Upon an excursion into

the neighbouring Sierra de Mijas I found Viola arborescens, L., al-

ready in full blossom, and the Thymus capitatus, Lk. and Hoffm., had

also begun to flower. In fissures of the limestone rocks occurred

frequent the Lapiedra Martinezii, Lag., but not a single specimen in

flower, as well as Cheilanthes odora and Lycopodium denticulatum.

Under groups of palms on the loamy plain known by the name of the

Dehesilla, between the river Guadalhorce and the sea, I noticed here

and there Narcissus serotinus, and some scattered plants_of Scilla

autumnalis, L. In hedges of Spanish reed in the vicinity of the shore

I found tall luxuriant shrubs of Tagetes graveolens, L’ Hérit., certainly

run wild, and especially on the sea-shore often gigantic tree-like

specimens of Ricinus communis, L. ‘This is nearly all that can be

said of the November flora of Malaga. The coast, which is mostly

flat and sandy, presents also but few sea plants, like almost all

the flat sandy coasts of the Mediterranean, where, from the absence

of a tide, only rarely a few Alge are cast up.

On the Ist of December I quitted Malaga, and, favoured by the

most glorious spring weather, I travelled on horseback towards

Seville ; for the roads between these two cities are only to be found

upon the map, but do not exist in reality—not a bit more than roads

from Granada and Jaen to Seville! The corn-fields were already

clothed in the most beautiful green, as with us in April, and the

blossoms of the almond-trees. were already far advanced. Every-

where there were still in flower the Mandragora officinarum, as well

as Alyssum maritimum and Aristolochia betica, whilst the Ranunculus

bullatus and Balsamita multifida, Clem., here plentiful, were appa-

rently over. Here and there Lavandula multifida was seen in flower,

and a small Calendula. In the immediate vicinity of Malaga com-

mence arid hills and extensive tracts of uncultivated land, mostly

covered with dwarf palms and species of asparagus. Several species

of Ulex had already unfolded their beautiful yellow flowers. Beyond

the small town of Cardama the land is better cultivated, and the

banks of the neighbouring Guadalhorce are in many parts clothed

with hedges of orange-trees, which were now loaded with golden

fruit, and, together with the perfectly leafless fig- and apple-trees,

which are found in great quantities in the intervening space, pre-

sented the appearance of summer and winter at the same time. On

the branches of the olive-trees, whose shining black fruit the people

were busied everywhere in gathering, I remarked frequently the Vis-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi.

250 Botanical Notices from Spain.

cum cruciatum, Sieb., with yellowish red berries, as well as here

and there upon the banks luxuriant shrubs of Viburnum Tinus, with

young blossoms. On the second day I reached the little town of

Yunquera, lying at the foot of the lofty Sierra de la Nieve, to which

I made an excursion on the 3rd of December, in spite of the violent

rain and snow, which had set in the night before, in order to see the

Abies Pinsapo, Boiss., and Quercus alpestris, Boiss. 'The first I met

with at a height of 5000 feet, but arrived unfortunately too late, for

the cones had long fallen off and lay quite withered upon the ground.

The Pinsapo has the growth of the Scotch fir, but with respect to the

bark and position of the branches it resembles the spruce fir, from

which it is however very remarkably distinguished by the peculiarly

short and thickly-set needles. I cannot say with certainty whether I

have found the Quercus alpestris. Boissier remarks, that this oak grew

in company with the Pinsapo. There are however two species of

oak frequent here, one of which with evergreen leaves appears to be

no other than the Qu. Ilex. The other, whose leaves had fallen off,

may be the Qu. alpestris ; but both had quite lost their fruit. In

the shade of the adjacent rocks of marble a small Jberis blossomed

in abundance, the only one which this excursion yielded ; I returned

to Yunquera wet through to the skin and half-killed by the cutting

cold wind. On Wednesday the 4th of December I started again,

and after passing through a part of the lonely, wild and rough Ser-

rania de Ronda, I arrived in the evening at the town of Ronda. The

above-mentioned mountain, which at this season of the year presents

nothing except species of Ulex (not yet in flower), although in its

proper season it is one of the richest mountains in plants of Anda-

lusia, is almost wholly covered with low bushes, chiefly of Pistacia

Lentiscus, P. Terebinthus, Rhamnus. Alaternus, Rh. lycioides, Olea

europea, var. sylvestris, Juniperus Oxycedrus, J. phenicea, Daphne

Gnidium and Quercus coccifera, as well as a number of Cisti. The

large and beautifully situated town of Ronda is in summer one of

the pleasantest spots in Andalusia, but in winter it is the coldest

point, as on the following morning all the ditches and water- |

courses were covered with ice an inch thick and the fields with”

hoar-frost,—which is something extraordinary in this country. As

soon however as we had passed one of the chains of hills covered

with thick oak-woods, in which I noticed among others. many spe-

cies of Helianthemum, of course still without blossom, and had en-

tered upon the broad and cheerful valley of the Rio Guadalete, I

found myself at once in another and warm climate, in which a per-

petual spring reigns. The banks of the above-mentioned river are

mostly surrounded with the thickest bushes, 12 feet high, of Pistacia

Lentiscus and Nerium Oleander, encircling whose branches a beautiful

Atragene (?) occurred here and there in full blossom. In this valley

I also found for the first time between groups of palms some few

specimens of the odoriferous Iris scorpioides, Desf., which I have

subsequently observed at Seville on loamy declivities, on the right

bank of the Guadalquivir in great quantity and in full blossom.

Between the villages of Algodonales and Puerto-Serranos, where I

Botanical Notices from Spain. 251

lodged on the fifth night, is a pleasant but quite lonely and very

unsafe table-land, almost wholly covered with Pistacia Lentiscus,

which gives it a beautiful dark green colour. Among these I found

single shrubs of Phillyrea angustifolia, Ph. media and Arbutus Unedo,

the latter loaded with white bunches of blossom. At Puerto-Ser-

ranos, lying on the Guadalete, which from this point rushes in innu-

merable windings to the Atlantic Ocean, commences the immense

broad land of the Guadalquivir. The Sierra de Montellano had still

to be crossed,—an undulating plateau covered with pistacios and the

kermes-oak, where I found the shrubby Globularia Alypum, L., in

flower, and for the first time descried the Atlantic in the distance :

upon this terrain, extending as far as the little town of Coronil, °

olive-trees and large groups of palms occur. The country from

Coronil as far as the pleasant town of Utrera is an undulating

arable land with scarcely a tree upon it, which, as the dried stalks

showed, may in summer be covered with, in great part, Atractylis

cancellata. On the 7th of December I at length rode, in the rain,

which from that day to the present has continued almost’uninter-

rupted, from Utrera to Seville, five leagues distant, the road to which

leads almost continuously through olive-groves and forests of Pinus

Picea.

The perfectly level environs of Seville, consisting of a sandy

loamy soil, are said to be clothed in April and May with flowers, but

I scarcely think the character of the soil is such as to produce any

very remarkable flora. For, besides that the country is very level,

it is almost all cultivated, with only occasional patches untilled. The

heat of the climate of Seville, as I have been assured by Americans

from the Havannah and Peru, is in the summer not exceeded by the

glowing heat of the West Indies, and its spring is of short duration ;

as early as June everything is completely burnt up. In the summer

a suffocating heat prevails, whilst in winter the air is not cold but

disagreeably moist,—so moist, that in the chambers, which are

always on the ground-floor, everything,—clothes, beds, books, paper,

&c. are in a few hours wet through. This part of Andalusia espe-

cially, where snow is only known through tradition, is visited by a

thoroughly rainy season, like the tropics. In spite of all my endea-

vours, I could not succeed in obtaining any dry paper, so that I

could only preserve my plants from complete destruction by fre-

quently turning and shifting them ; for drying them was out of the

question here, where nothing could be had to obtain artificial heat.

I took advantage of the few fine days during my stay in the capital

of Andalusia to make excursions in the neighbourhood, which at

first the Guadalquivir, a mile in width, surrounding the whole city

like a lake, utterly prevented. On the walls and ditches in the im-

mediate suburbs I found Mercurialis annua, L., and the Calendula,

which has been before mentioned, frequent; also in the latter part

of my stay, on shady grassy spots, Ficaria ranunculoides, a Fumaria

and a beautiful large-flowered yellow Ovalis, together with O. corni-

culata, frequent and in flower. Under the high corn I saw Veronica

hederafolia, V. verna, V. arvensis, Lamium purpureum, Capsella Bursa-

252 Bibliographical Notices.

pastoris ; in short, the same spring flora as in our corn-fields, only

some months later. On some uncultivated spots under clumps of

palms I found Allium Chamemoly, L., plentiful in flower, as well

as Arum Arisarum, L., which occurred also in the olive-groves with

Corrigiola littoralis, L., Bellis annua, L., and a small Sisymbrium?

The banks of the Guadalquivir are clothed with Tamaria gallica,

Ricinus communis and Malve; Anacyclus Valentinus already unfolded

its flowering heads here and there, and on loamy declivities on the

other side of the river the Vinca major with Iris scorpioides before

mentioned, and Doronicum Bellidiastrum, flower-in abundance. The

hedges between the orange-groves for the most consisted of Agave

americana, Cactus Opuntia, Osyris alba and Lonicera Caprifolium.

As the weather did not permit my making daily excursions, and

as moreover the vegetation was so backward, I was not a little happy

to have an opportunity of inspecting the valuable herbarium of the

late botanist Don Claudio Boutelou, the pupil of Cabanilles, which

contains above 15,000 species. The present possessor of this col-

lection, Don Pablo Boutelou, son of the late botanist, had the kind-

ness to place it at my disposal. In this herbarium I have not only in a

great measure become acquainted with the flora of Seville, but also

with the Spanish flora in general, as it contained a great portion of the

collections of Clemente, Lagasca, and Cabanilles. M. Boutelou is

the present professor of botany in the university of Seville, but he

has almost wholly relinquished this branch of natural history, since

he has neither any pupils, nor is he in the smallest degree assisted

by the government. ‘The botanical garden, of which he was the

director, has been unavoidably given up for want of pecuniary re-

sources, and it is at present a complete waste. Boutelou is also di-

rector of the gardens of the Alcazar and of the public walks, which,

although at first laid out in the stiff French fashion, are kept up ina

manner truly praiseworthy.

In the commencement of the approaching new year I think of

visiting the town of Sanliicar de Barrameda, lying at the mouth of

the Guadalquivir, where I hope the vegetation will be more advanced,

or at least that the shore will yield a richer harvest of maritime

plants.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

A Monograph of the British Nudibranchiate Mollusca, with Figures of

all the Species. By Joshua Alder and Albany Hancock. London,

printed for the Ray Society, 1845. 4to. No.1.

Tue ten plates in this number represent—1. Doris flammea, 2. Doris

Johnstoni, 3. Idalia aspersa, 4. Dendronotus arborescens, 5. Eolis alba,

6. Eolis concinna, 7. Kolis olivacea, 8. Eolis tricolor, 9. EHolis Far-

rani, and 10. Holis despecta. We have felt a difficulty, as we turned

over the leaves to make this enumeration, to suppress the repeated

expression of our delight. The figures of the species are admirable

Zoological Society. “23

in every point of view: the position of the animals well-chosen to

exhibit their characters and habits,—nothing overstrained, nothing

exaggerated,—and yet, sobered down as they are to nature, nothing

can well be imagined more chaste and beautiful in colouring, or more

curious in exterior decoration. The letter-press is not less worthy

of praise for its correct and almost severe simplicity. The singular

beauty of the objects before them has never tempted the authors to

the indulgence of a figurative and flowery style, which, while it might

have rendered the descriptions obscure, would only have marred the

pleasing effect which these portraits must produce on every culti-

vated mind. All is in keeping,—artists and authors,—and every

page of the work bespeaks the correct and excellent taste of the

authors of it.

The promise which this number gives us of the value of that which

is to come, will be kept, we feel assured, to the letter; and what

pleases us most of all, is the fact, that this beautiful volume will have

a circulation far beyond what similar works have hitherto had; that it ~

will not be confined to the libraries of the rich, but will travel down,

unaided by the cheapness of plain copies and of inferior paper, to the

table of the great bulk of the naturalists of this country. It is this

diffusive quality of the ‘‘ Ray Society” that makes us set a value upon

it. Here it has placed before a great number, pictures of forms which

are novel and hitherto undreamt of by them ; and we, who have been

long familiar with the animals, can almost envy their new-born feel-

ings of delight at the contemplation of this now unveiled feature in

the portraiture of the Divine Mind. There is a great deal of good

done, were the effect of this monograph to stop at this; but we even

cherish the hope that it may induce some to taste a higher pleasure

in the personal study of these ‘‘ elaborate compositions”’ of our and

their Creator. We cannot but wish all success to a Society which

affords so rich a treat at so small an expense. —

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

April 22, 1845.—Richard C. Griffith, Esq., in the Chair.

“ Descriptions of new species of Helix, in the cabinet of H. Cu-

ming, Esq.,’’ by Dr. L. Pfeiffer.

Hexix ponprrosa, Pfr. Hel. T. imperforatd, subglobosd, tumidd,

solidd, ponderosd, leviusculd (striis incrementi et concentricis con-

Jertissimis vix perspicuis), albd, basi epidermide nitidd, pallide

corned indutd ; anfractibus 44 convexiusculis, ultimo subangulato,

Jasciis albis hydrophanis infra angulum obsolete notato ; columella

recta, latd, perobliqud ; aperturd subauriformi, intus albd ; peri-

stomate late reflexo.

Diam. long. 23 ; transv. 17 ; altit. 132 lin.

From Banguey, province of North Ilocos, isle of Luzon: found on

leaves of trees. (Cuming.)

254 Zoological Society.

Differt ab Hel. latitante magnitudine, colore et sculptura minutis-

sima.

Hexix semiciozosa, Pfr. Hel. T. subperforatd, semiglobosd, tenui,

lutescenti-corned, supra minutissime granulatd ; suturd vix im-

pressd ; anfractibus 6 planis, ultimo carinato, infra carinam levi-

gato, nitido, fascia dilutd brunnedé notato ; umbilico angustissimo ;

aperturd lunari-ellipticd, intus fasciatd; peristomate simplice,

acuto, margine columellari laté reflexo, umbilicum semitegente.

Diam. 22; altit. 13 lin.

From the isle of Zeyte: found on leaves of trees. (Cuming.)

8. Anfractu ultimo magis inflato, saturatius brunnescente (Catba-

longa, isle of Samar).

Hetrx ostusa, Pfr. Hel. T. imperforatd, subglobosd, tenui, striis

ancrementi et lineis impressis concentricis obsoletis subdecussatd,

nitidd, leté castaned ; spird subelevatd, obtusd ; anfractibus 4 con-

vexis, ultimo inflato ; columellé obliqud, acuta, albd ; aperturéd dila-

tatd, subauriformi, intus margaritaced ; peristomate simplice, ea-

panso.

Diam. 174; altit. 13 lin.

From Catanauan, province of Tayabos, isle of Luzon: found on

leaves of bushes. (Cuming.)

3. Alba, minor (diam. 15; altit. 10 lin.). From Zigas, province of

South Camarines, Luzon: found on leaves of trees.

Hexrx rriaris, Valenc., Mus. Paris. Hel. T. imperforatd, depresso-

globosd, tenui, striis incrementi validis notatd, albidd, epidermide

pallide corned decidudé munitd ; spird parim elevatd, obtusdé ; suturd

lineari, albo-marginatd ; anfractibus 4 planiusculis, ultimo obtuse

angulato ; columelld obliqud, margine granulosd ; aperturd dilatatd,

lunari ; peristomate nigro, subincrassato, pariim expanso.

Diam. 194; altit. 124 lin.

From the island of Marinduque: found on leaves of trees. (Cu-

ming.)

Intermedia inter Hel. Valenciennesii et virginem.

Hexix consrricta, Pfr. Hel. T. imperforatd, semiglobosa, nitidd,

concentrice minutissime striata, flavo-albidd, fasciis 2 fuscis inter-

ruptis ad peripheriam ornatd ; anfractibus 43 conveziuscutis, ul-

timo basi subplanato, ad aperturam subitd descendente, constricto ;

aperturd lunari, intus nitide flavd; peristomate acuto, albo, late

reflexco, margine basali subincrassato; ared columellari callosd,

subexcavatd.

Diam. 114; altit. 65 lin.

From Calapan, island of Mindoro: found on leaves of trees. (Cu-

ming.) Affinis sequenti-.

Heurx parapoxa, Pfr. Hel. T. imperforatd, globoso-depressd,

nitidd, concentricé subtilissime et confertissime striatd, virescenti-

flavd, apice nigro-violuceo, ared basali saturate castaned ; anfrac-

tibus 5 planiusculis, ultimo irregulari, lateraliter subcompresso,

prope aperturam tumido; aperturd lunari-ellipticd ; peristomate

Zoological Society. 255

albo, acuto, late reflero, margine superiore intus callo castaneo mu-

nito, basi in dentem horizontalem incrassato.

Diam. long. 124; transy. 10; altit. 7 lin.

From Sorsogon, province of Albay, i isle of Luzon : found on leaves

of trees. (Cuming. )

Affinis H. Thersit., margine non carinato, colore et sculptura di-

versa.

Heurx roprens, Pfr. Hel. T. umbilicatd, subglobosd, tenui, dia-

phand, rufo-corned, oblique confertim rugosd ; anfractibus 54 con-

vexis, ultimo subangulato ; umbilico pervio ; aperturd suborbicu-

lari ; peristomate simplice, ad umbilicum late expanso.

Diam. 11; altit. 74 lin.

From Banguey, province of North Ilocos, isle of Luzon: found

partially buried in earth, uader stones. (Cuming. )

8. Minor, pallidior, anfractibus 5, diam. 94, altit. 6 lin.

From Cagayan, isle of Luzon. (Cuming. )

Differt ab H. frutico testa rugosé et apertura magis dilatata, ab

H. tourannensi rugis teste, spira non acuminata, et peristomate intus

non labiato.

Hewurx succinea, Pfr. Hel. T. depressd, obsolete subperforatd,

tenui, pellucidd, nitidd, succined ; suturd mediocri; anfractibus 5

celeriter crescentibus, viz convexiusculis ; apertura lunari; peri-

stomate simplice, acuto, margine columellari subreflexo, perfora-

tionem obsoletam tegente.

Diam. 5; altit. 3 lin.

From Sorsogon, province of Albay, isle of Luzon ; found on leaves

of trees. (Cuming.)

Hetrx garuinuya, Pfr. Hel. T. umbilicatd, lenticulari, acut? cari-

natd, solidd, flavescenti-grised, fasciis nonnullis rufis et epidermide

hydrophand, maculas triangulares pallidas formante, ornatd; an-

Sractibus 44 planis, ultimo ad aperturam subitd deflexo ; aperturd

horizontali, ellipticd ; peristomate simplice, marginibus callo tenui

junctis, basali reflero, ad umbilicum mediocrem pervium arcuato.

Diam. 13; altit. 44 lin.

From Bongabong, ] province of Nueva Ecija, isle of Luzon: found

on trunks of trees. (Cuming.)

f. Minor, testd basi oblique rugulosd, aperturd lateraliter minus di-

latata.

From Mt. St. Cristoval, province of Batangas, isle of Luzon. (Cu-

ming. )

y. Testd utringue lineis impressis obliquis, circa umbilicum subcon-

centricis notatd, fasciis absoletis.

From Daleguete, isle of Zebu. (Cuming.)

Heurx norizontais, Pfr. Hel. T. umbilicatd, depressd, solidd,

oblique striatdé, carinatd, luteo-corned, rufo-fasciatd ; fasciis 2

supra, | infra carinam ; anfractibus 5 planis, ultimo superné con-

veo, basi planulato, ad aperturam subitd fere verticaliter deflexo ;

aperturd horizontali, integrd, oblonga ; peristomate crasso, reflexo,

carneo, marginibus parallelis.

Diam. 153; altit. 7 lin.

256 Zoological Society.

From the island of Bantayon, Philippines: found on the trunks of

trees. (Cuming.)

Heurx napus, Pfr. Hel. T. umbilicatd, depressd, sublenticulari,

solidiusculd, strits incrementi confertis et lineis acute prominenti-

bus concentricis exasperatd, pallidé corned, carinatd ; anfractibus

62 convewiusculis, lent? crescentibus, ultimo basi inflato, lineis con-

centricis infra carinam obsoletis ; umbilico mediocri, pervio ; aper-

turd lunari-ellipticd ; peristomate simplice, vix incrassato, margi-

nibus callo lineari junctis.

Diam. 10; altit. 5 lin.

From Sinait, province of North Ilocos, isle of Luzon : found under

stones in earth. (Cuming.)

Hexrx acutmmareo, Pfr. Hel. T. umbilicatd, depressd, supra pla-

niusculd, basi converd, tenui, pellucida, pallidé corned, acuté cari-

natd, supra carinam striis nonnullis confertis, concentricis notatd ;

anfractibus 6 lente crescentibus ; umbilico mediocri, pervio ; aper-

turd securiformi ; peristomate simplice, acuto.

Diam. 8; altit. 3 lin.—An adulta?

From the mountains of the isle of Negros: found on the leaves of

bushes. (Cuming. )

Heurx sianeuata, Pfr. Hel. T. subperforatd, scaleformi, tenui,

corneo-rubelld, leviter striatd, nitidiusculd ; anfractibus 7 lente

erescentibus, ultimo bicarinato ; carind inferiore filari ad periphe-

riam, superiore per omnes anfractus adscendente ; aperturd lunari-

ovali; peristomate simplice, acuto, perforationem angustissimam

Sere occultante.

Diam. 8; altit. 43 lin.

From St. Frun, province of Cagayan, isle of Luzon : found in earth

at the root of bushes. (Cuming.)

Hetrx excentrica, Pfr. Hel. T. subperforatd, superne planiusculd,

basi inflatd, tenui, cered, nitidd, striis excentricis subcostulatd,

acute carinatd ; anfractibus 4 supra planis, rapide crescentibus ;

apertura securiformi ; peristomate simplice, acuto, ad perforatio-

nem angustissimam dilatato-reflexo.

Diam. 9; altit. 44 lin.

From the isle of Siquijor : found on the leaves of bushes. (Cuming.)

Differt ab AH. smaragdind, Grat., spiré minus depressa, anfractu

ultimo minus inflato, et aperturze forma.

Heurx spectaniiis, Pfr. Hel. T. subperforatd, depressd, solidd,

nitidissimd, corneo-luted, fascid 1 rufa percurrente ornatd ; spird

parim elevatd ; anfractibus 53 convexiusculis, ultimo infra fasciam

angulato ; aperturd late lunari ; peristomate simplice, acuto, mar-

gine columellari subreflexo, perforationem tegente.

Diam. 9; altit. 5 lin.—An adulta ?—Nanine spec. ?

From Bangojon, isle of Samar: found on the leaves of bushes.

(Cuming. )

Heurix eximia, Pfr. Hel. T. umbilicatd, depresso-globosd, oblique

rugosa et confertissimeé granulosd, olivaceo-corned, fasciis 5 fusco-

viridibus ornatd ; anfractibus 44 convexiusculis, rapide crescenti-

Zoological Society. 257

bus, ultimo permagno, circa aream umbilicarem fuscam compresso-

inflato ; aperturd lunari-ovali, intus margaritaced, lilaced ; peri-

stomate simplice, angusteé reflexo, umbilicum angustum semitegente.

Diam. 21; altit. 14 lin.

From Vera Cruz, province of Honduras, Central America: found

on leaves of trees. (Delatere. )

Hexix trigonostoma, Pfr. Hel. T. imperforatd, trochiformi, tenut,

oblique striatuld, lineis nonnullis concentricis impressis notatd,

albd, fasciis superne linearibus, basi latioribus, fusco-violaceis

ornatd; spird late conicd; anfractibus 44 planiusculis, ultimo

spiram superante, obsolete angulato; columelld brevi, callosd ;

aperturd subtriangulari; peristomate simplice, margine supero

parim expanso, columellari reflexo, adpresso.

Diam. 14; altit. 9 lin.

From Vera Cruz, province of Honduras, Central America: found

on leaves of trees. (Delatere.)

Affinis H. tenere, Sow. Differt spira minus elevata, anfractibus

planis, columella brevi et aperturz forma.

Hexrx tenuis, Pfr. Hel. T. imperforatd, subglobosd, tenui, fuscd,

rufo-zonatd, lineis obsoletis impressis, concentricis notatd, epider-

mide tenuissimd, sericind indutd ; spird obtusiusculd ; anfractibus

5 celeriter crescentibus, vix convexiusculis, ultimo magno, inflato,

ad columellam obliquam, subtortam excavato ; aperturd lunari-

ovali ; peristomate recto, simplice, basi subincrassato.

Diam. 16; altit. 11 lin.

Patria ignota. (E collectione Cumingiana. )

Heuix pinatatra, Pfr. Hel. T. imperforatd, subglobosd, solidd,

pallide luted, lineis confertissimis brunneis, interruptis supra et

infra fasciam concolorem medii anfractds ultimi pictd, apice'albidd ;

spird parvd, obtusiusculd ; anfractibus 4 rapide crescentibus, ul-

timo amplissimo ; columella albo-callosd, arcuatd ; aperturd mazi-

md, oblique ovali, intus lacted ; peristomate recto, intus incrassato.

Diam. 173, altit. 12 lin. |

Patria ignota. (E collectione Cumingiana.)

Guanpina optusa, Pfr. Glan. T. ovatd, utrinque attenuatd, apice

obtusd, soliduld, pellucidd, pallide carned ; anfractibus 54 vir con-

vexiusculis, ultimo spiram pauld superante; suturd crenulato-

marginata ; aperturd latiusculd ; columelld verticali, basi subitd

truncata ; peristomate simplice, marginibus callo tenuissimo junctis,

dextro medio vix dilatato.

Long. 93; diam. 5 lin.

From the Real Llejos, province of Nicaragua, Central America:

found on leaves of bushes. (Cuming.)

May 13.—William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

‘« Descriptions of eighty-nine new species of Mitra, chiefly from

the collection of H. Cuming, Esq.,” by Lovell Reeve, Esq. :—

Mirra Fasticium. Mitr. testd abbreviato-ovatd, subventricosd,

solidiusculd, spird brevi, acuminatd ; levigatd, basim versus exiliter

258 Zoological Society.

sulcatd ; luted ; columella quadriplicatdé, basi truncatd ; labro sim-

plici, superné sinuato.

- Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 28. f. 221.

Hab.

A small, solid, compact cupola-shaped shell.

Mirra Buuimorpes. Mitr. testd elongatd, basi subtruncatd, spird

acuminatd ; tenuiculd, subpelluctdd, quasi corned ; albido-fuscescente ;

columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 28. f. 224.

Hab.

A smooth transparent horny shell.

Mirra runopia. Mitr, testd elongatd, spird acuminata ; leviusculd,

transversim subtilissime striatd ; aecationer, -fuscd ; columelld tripli-

catd, aperturd brevi.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 28. f. 225.

Hab. :

Not much unlike the preceding species in form, but of a different

colour and texture.

Mirra ca@LticenA. Mitr. testd ovatd, spird breviusculd, suturis

profundis ; transversim sulcatd, sulcis subpunctatis ; luteo-fusces-

cente, albipunctatd, anfractuum parte superiort balteo angusto

lutescente cingulatd ; columelld quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 28. f. 226.

Hab.

The entire surface of this species is speckled with small white spots.

‘Mirra Avricutoipes. Mitr. testd ovatd, crassd, solidd, basim

versus striatd, spird brevi, obtusd; rubido-castaned, anfractuum

parte superiori, balteo unico albo angusto cingulatd; columelld

quinqueplicatd ; labro intus superné sinuato.

Conch. ds Mitra, pl. 28. f. 228.

. Hab.

A dark ae brown Auricula-shaped shell, encircled with a

conspicuous narrow white belt.

Mirra pupuitirata. Mitr. testd elongatd, spird valdé acuminata,

angustd, tereti, basi tortuoso-recurvd ; transversim subtiliter du-

pliliratd, liris interstitiisque granulosis ; albidd, aurantio-fusco hic

illic concentricé flammatd ; columelld quadriplicatd, basi subcana-

liculatd.

Conch. isn Mitra, pl. 29. f. 229.

Hab.

This species has a peculiar tapering form, and by the aid of a lens

it may be observed that the transverse ridges are all duplicate.

Mirra piscoLtoria. Mitr. testd ovatd, basi granulatd, spird acu-

minato-turritd ; anfractibus superné prominentibus, longitudinaliter

conspicue costatis, costis latiusculis, obtusis, transversim impresso-

lineatis ; fasciis roseis et albis alternatd, fasciis roseis inter costas

ustulato-nigricantibus ; columella quadriplicatd, aperturd parva.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 29. f. 2380.

Zoological Society. 259

Hab. ?

An extremely prettily painted species.

Mirra corracea. Mitr. testd ovatd, utrinque attenuatd, spird bre-

viusculd, acute acuminatd ; anfractibus superne rotundatis, trans-

versim impresso-lineatis, interstitiis granosis ; anfractuum parte

superiori albidd, infra fuscescente ; columella quinqueplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 29. f. 231.

Hab. Island of Corrigidor, Philippines (found among coarse sand

at the depth of five fathoms) ; Cuming.

A species of very peculiar character.

Mirra verrucosa. Mitr. testd ovatd, subventricosd, spird brevi-

usculd, acuminatd ; longitudinaliter concentriceé plicatd, plicis tu-

berculis parvis prominentibus mucronatis undique armatis ; albd,

. fuscescente pallide fasciatd ; columella quinqueplicata.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 29. f. 232.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found in sandy mud in deep

water) ; Cuming.

The tubercles with which the entire surface of this shell is covered

are quite sharp and prickly. |

Mirra ELEGANS. Mitr. testd oblongo-ovatd, spird acuminatd, su-

turis subprofundis ; longitudinaliter subtilissimé costatd, costis

angustis, interstitiis eleganter clathratis ; albicante, aut pallidis-

simeé carneo-fuscescente, lineé rubrd unicd aut pluribus cingulatd,

apice fusco ; columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 29. f. 233.

Hab. Island of Burias, Philippines (found among coral sand and

shells at the depth of four fathoms) ; Cuming.

This species is well characterized by the very elegant style of its

sculpture and by the sharp red lines with which it is encircled.

Mirra pecora. Mitr. testd subfusiformi, basi contractd, spird

acuminato-turritd, suturis profundis ; transversim impresso-sulcatd,

liris intermediis granulosis, plicisque angustis concentricis subdi-

stantibus longitudinaliter ornatd ; albd, balteo aurantio-fusco, an-

Jractu ultimo balteis duobus, cingulatd ; columellé quadriplicatd,

umbilicatd, subcanaliculatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 29. f. 234.

Hab.

The form, colour and sculpture of this species are each of peculiar

interest.

Mirra muraBitis. Mitr. testé abbreviato-fusiformi, spird turritd,

interdum elevatd, interdum breviusculd, suturis subprofundis ; an-

Sractibus superné depressis, longitudinaliter concentrice costatis,

costis angustis liris subtilibus transversis clathratis ; albidd, oli-

vaceo-viridi fasciatd, apice fusco ; columelld quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 29. f. 235.

Hab. Island of 'Ticao, Philippines (found under stones at low water,

and at the depth of about ten fathoms) ; Cuming.

An extremely variable species both in form and colour.

260 Zoological Society.

Mirra miuiTaRis. Mitr. testd subfusiformi, basi contractd, spird

acuminatd, suturis subprofundis ; longitudinaliter costatd, costis

obtusiusculis, interstitiis transversim impresso-lineatis ; anfractibus

superne luteis, ultimo zond latd coccineo-rubrd a colu-

melld quadriplicatd, umbilicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 29. f. 236.

Fab. Island oF Ticao, Philippines (found on the sands) ; Cuming.

Distinguished in part by the rich, broad, crimson-red band which

encircles the last whorl.

Mirra TuBERosa. Mitr. testd obtuso-conicd, crassd, obesd, spird

brevt, basi truncata ; longitudinaliter plicato-costatd, costis rudibus,

subdistantibus, superné tuberculato-nodosis ; transversim lineari-

sulcatd, sulcis pertusis; luteo-olivaced, aut fuscd, superné albd, basi

uscd, albipunctatd ; columellé quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 30. f. 237, a and 6. t

Hab. Island of Zebu, Philippines (found under stones at low

water) ; Cuming.

A small stout species, somewhat after the form of the Mitra pa-

triarchalis.

Mirra Forticostata. Mitr. testé abbreviato-ovatd, spiré sub-

turritd ; anfractibus superne angulatis, infra angulum longitudina-

liter costatis, costis solidis fortissimis, distantibus, basim versus

subobsoleté granosis ; nigerrimo-fuscd ; columellaé quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 30. f. 238.

Hab. New Holland.

Resembling Mitra ficulina, but of a much more solid and angular

structure.

Mirra tota. Mitr. testd oblongo-ovatd, spire suturis impressis,

transversim subtilissimé impresso-striatis, longitudinaliter concen-

tricé costatd, costis basim versus granosis ; rufulo-aurantid, viridi-

Susco variegatd ; columella triplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 30. f. 239.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found under stones at low

water); Cuming.

The painting of this species is of very irregular character.

Mirra consaneuinEa. Mitr. testa ovatd, solidiusculd, obesd, basim

versus contractd, spird obtuso-rotundatd ; transversim subtilissimé

punctato-striatd, longitudinaliter confertim plicato-costatd, costis

inferne granosis; rubidd, anfractibus maculis parvis rotundis in

medio uniseriatim cinctis ; columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 30. f. 241.

Hab.

Allied in some measure to the Mitra pardalis.

Mirra cremans, Mitr. testd obeso-ovatd, spird brevi, suturis

subimpressis ; levi, basim versus granosd, longitudinaliter subob-

lique plicatd ; nigerrimd, flammis rufo-aurantiis hic illic variegata ;

columelld triplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 30. f. 242.

Zoological Society. 261

Hab. St. Nicolas, island of Zebu, Philippines (found under stones

at low water) ; Cuming.

This species may be known by its confused flame-like painting.

Mirra teucopesmMA. Mitr. testd obeso-ovatd, spird brevissimd,

longitudinaliter plicato-costatd ; levi, apice crenulatd, basi granu-

latd ; nigerrimo-fuscd, anfractibus macularum albarum zond unicd

in medio cingulatd ; columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 30. f. 243.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philfppines (found under stones at low

water) ; Cuming.

Painted in a manner similar in some degree to the Mitra microzo-

nias, from which it is materially distinct in form.

Mirra tauta. Mitr. testa obeso-ovatd, solidiusculd, spird obtuso-

rotundatd, longitudinaliter subobsoleté plicato-costatd, costis levi-

bus, interstitiis impresso-striatis ; costis, aurantio-rufis, interstitiis

nigerrimis, anfractuum medio albo ; columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 30. f. 244.

Hab. Island of Masbate, Philippines (found under stones at low

water); Cuming.

A stout, very prettily painted species.

Mirra tucutenta. Mitr. testd ovatd, levi, longitudinaliter sub-

obsolete plicato-costatd, costis basim versus granosis ; anfractibus

zonis ceruleo-nigris et albis alternatim conspicue pictd, columelld

triplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 30. f. 245.

Hab. Philippine Islands ; Cuming. .

This species may be recognized by the decided character of the

painting, which consists of alternate blue-black and white zones.

Mirra avenacea. Mitr. testd oblongo-ovatd, transversim undique

liratd, liris angustis, elevatiusculis ; flavescente-spadiced, juxta

suturas albicante subindistincté maculatd ; columelld quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 31. f. 246.

Hab. Islands of Burias, Ticao and Capul, Philippines (found on the

reefs and in sandy mud at the depth of about six fathoms) ; Cuming.

A solid, cylindrical, closely-ridged shell.

Mirra pica. Mitr. testd ovatd, tenuiculd, subventricoséd, spird

breviusculd, acutd ; unfractibus levibus, aterrimis, supern? et in-

ferne niveis ; columelld triplicatd ; aperturd subampld. ,

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 31. f. 247.

Hab. ?

May be distinguished by the jagged white band with which its

black whorls are encircled next the sutures.

Mirra cirHara. Mitr. testd ovatd, crassiusculd, suturis impressis ;

longitudinaliter creberrime costatd, costis angustis, obtusis, inter-

stitiis transversim clathratis ; purpureo-plumbed, zonuld pallidd

angustd cingulatd ; columella quadriplicatd,

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 31. f. 248.

Hab. ?

Of a peculiar purple lead-colour.

262 Zoological Society.

Mirra nrmpua. Mitr. testé subfusiformt, spird acuminatd ; an-

fractibus transversim punctato-striatis ; incarnato-fuscescente, albo

maculato-variegatd, anfractu ultimo fascid albidd subindistinctd

cingulato ; columelld quadriplicatd. .

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 31. f. 249.

Hab. ? :

A solid punctured shell, of a fleshy-brown or pale salmon-colour,

variegated with white spots, particularly around the sutures.

Mirra catyosa. Mitr. testd oblo&go-ovatd, spird breviusculd, su-

turis subimpressis ; levigatd, basi liratd ; plumbeo-fuscd, punctis

fuscis hic illic variegatd ; columelld fuscd, quinqueplicatd, callosi-

tate albd superné armatd, plicis albis ; labro subflexuoso.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 31. f. 251.

Hab. Pasacao, island of Luzon, Philippines (found on the sands) ;

Cuming.

Distantly allied tu the Mitra ebenus.

Mirra aera. Mitr. testd fusiformi, spird acuminatd, transversim

undique crebriliratd, liris levibus, interstitiis puncturatis ; Susces-

cente, roseo-albicante pallide et indistinct? fasciatd et maculatd ;

columelld quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 31. f. 252.

Hab. ?

Like the Mitra cylindracea in form, but of a different sculpture.

Mirra mopesta. Mitr. testd subfusiformi-ovatd, basi contractd,

spird turritd ; anfractibus rotundatis, longitudinaliter costatis, in-

terstitiis transversim cancellato-impressis ; nived, rosaceo basim

versus pallidissime tinctd ; columelld quadriplicatd, aperture fauce

rosaced.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 31. f. 254.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found on the reefs at low water);

Cuming.

A chaste pink-white shell, with a highly-relieved lattice sculpture.

Mitra sEMEN. Mitr. testd ovatd, utrinque attenuatd, levigatd, po-

litd ; castaneo-fuscd lineis albidis undatis longitudinaliter pictd ;

columella triplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 32. f. 256.

Hab. Puerto Galero, island of Mindoro, Philippines (found on the

sands at low water) ; Cuming.

Covered with characteristic longitudinal waved lines.

Mirra mitium. Mitr. testd ovato-fusiformi, crassiusculd, lineis

elevatiusculis undique creberrime decussatd ; rufescente-fuscd ; co-

lumelld quadriplicatd ; aperturd subdngustd, labro incrassato.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 32. f. 257.

Hab. p

Belonging to a small group of a peculiar narrow contracted struc-

ture, with thickened lip, of which the Mitre gratiosa, recurva, exilis

and mirifica may be quoted as examples.

Mirra tacuryma. Mitr. testd ovatd, utringue attenuata, tenuiculd,

Lovlogical Society. 263

spird brevi, subobtusd ; anfractibus superne longitudinaliter subti-

lissim2 costatd, transversim obsolete elevato-striatd ; albd, maculd

grandi aurantio-fuscescente dorso peculiariter pictd ; columelld

bi- vel tri-plicatd, plicis fere obsoletis, labro effuso.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl]. 32. f. 258.

Hab. i

A small white transparent-looking shell, which may be immediately

recognised by the large brown stain on the back of the last whorl.

Mirra crmetium. Mitr. testd abbreviato-fusiformi, spird turritd,

longitudinaliter costatd, costis superné tuberculatis ; albd, costis

infra tuberculis lineis brevibus nigerrimo-fuscis transversim vivide

pictd ; columelld quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 32. f. 260.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found under stones at low

water) ; Cuming.

The lower portion of the ribs of this species are crossed in a very

peculiar manner with short brown parallel lines.

Mirra turRIGER. Mitr. testd fusiformi, spird angulato-turriid ;

anfractibus superné angulatis, longitudinaliter costatis, costis an-

gustis, ad angulum muricato-tuberculatis, interstitiis transversim

impressis ; albidd, fascid castaned latiusculd inter costas pictd,

columellé quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 32. f. 262.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found in sandy mud at the depth

of six fathoms) ; Cuming.

A prickly sharply-turreted species, encircled with a brown band,

which only appears in the interstices between the ribs.

Mirra cauata. Mitr. testd cylindraceo-ovatd, basi contractd,

paululim elongatd, spire suturis subprofundis ; anfractibus longi-

tudinaliter costatis, costis angustis, crebris, interstitiis impresso-

cancellatis ; lutescente-fuscd, subindistincte albifasciatd ; columella

triplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 32. f. 265.

Hab. Cagayan, province of Misamis, island of Mindanao, Philip-

pines (dredged from sandy mud at the depth of thirty fathoms) ;

Cuming.

The upper portion of this shell has a peculiar cylindrically short-

ened structure, whilst the base is inclined to become elongated.

Mirra tucipa. Mitr. testa fusiformi, spird turritd, basi subelon-

gato-contractd ; anfractibus longitudinaliter costatis, costis superne

tumidis, transversim elegantissimé liratis ; lucido albicante ; colu-

melld quinqueplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 33. f. 266.

Hab. Philippine Islands ; Cuming.

A delicate transparent species, of a peculiar elongated fusiform

growth,

Mirra typHa. Mitr. testd subelongatd, spird acuminatd ; ivensier=

sim subtilissime striata, corned, translucidd, fascid laté ferrugined

cingulatd ; columelld triplicatd.

264 Zoological Society.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 33. f. 267.

Hab. Loay, island of Bohol, Philippines (found under stones at low

water) ; Cuming.

A minute horny-looking shell, encircled with a conspicuous orange-

brown band.

Mirra Tornata. Mitr. testd oblongo-ovatd, spird acutd, anfrac-

tibus convexis, transversim undique liratis, liris tribus supremis

minoribus ; lutescente-fuscd, epidermide fuscd indutd ; columelld

quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 33. f. 269.

Hab. Island of Guimaras, Philippines.

The ridges of this species are remarkable for their close regularity

and precision.

Mirra vuttuosa. Mitr. testd ovatd, spird breviusculd; anfracti-

bus convexis ad suturas depresso-planis, transversim costatis, cos-

tis crebris sulcis longitudinalibus angustis exsculptis ; aurantio-

Sused ; columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 33. f. 270.

Hab. Island of Capul, Philippines (found on the reefs) ; Cuming.

The longitudinal grooves impart a nodulous character to the trans-

verse ribs.

Mirra @Rranata. Mitr. testd oblongo-ovatd, crassd, transversim

undique liratd, lirts parvis subtiliter granatis ; lutescente-fuscd,

apice albicante ; columelld quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 33. f. 271.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found under stones at low

water) ; Cuming.

Crossed with finely-grained ridges.

Mirra Pacirica. Mitr. testd oblongo-ovatd, crassiusculd, spird

turritd ; anfractibus superneé angulatis, longitudinaliter liratd, liris

numerosis, angustis, transversim impresso-sulcatis ; albd, fascid

Suscd inter liras solum cingulatd ; columelld quadriplicatd, plicd

supremd valde maximd, aperturd breviusculd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 33. f. 272.

Hab. Lord Hood’s Island ; Cuming.

Allied in form to the Mitra exasperata.

Mirra tureipa. Mitr. testd ovoided, medio turgidd, basi contractd,

spird brevi, acuminatd ; transversim undique liratd, sulcis subir-

regularibus longitudinaliter impressd ; columelld triplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 33. f. 273.

Hab. Island of Capul, Philippines (found under stones at low

water) ; Cuming.

The sculpture of this species is of a somewhat similar character to

that of the Mitra tornata.

Mirra amasitis. Mitr. testd ovatd, crassiusculd, spird obtuso-

depressd; anfractibus subrotundatis, longitudinaliter costatis,

transversim impresso-sulcatis ; cinereo-grised varie albifasciatd ;

columelld quadriplicatd ; aperturd breviusculd, intus fused.

Zoological Society. 265

_ Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 33. £..274.

Hab. Islands of Ticao and Philippines (found under stones at low

water) ; Cuming.

A pretty species, banded alternately with white and ashy grey. -

Mirra purPuRATA. Mitr. testd ovatd, utrinque attenuatd, spird

breviusculd, subturritd ; anfractibus ad suturas plano-angulatis,

longitudinaliter costatis, .costis numerosis, angustis, prominentibus,

interstitiis impresso-cancellatis ; fusco-purpured, zond angustd

albd cingulatd ; columellé quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 33. f. 275.

Hab. Island of Capul, Philippines (found under stones at low

water); Cuming.

The whorls of this shell being flatly angulated at the sutures, are

a turreted character to the’ spire.

Mirra purtta. Mitr. testd rotundato-ovatd, spird brevi, subob-

tusd, suturis impressis ; anfractibus transversim subtilissimé stri-

atis, anfractds ultimi parte inferiort minute nodiferd ; aterrimd,

anfractuum parte superior maculis niveis pyriformibus, concentrice

dispositis, conspicue ornatd ; columelld triplicatd ; labro intus den-

ticulato.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 34. f. 276.

Hab. Island at St. Thomas, West Indies ; Gruner.

The pyriform white spots which encircle the upper portion of each

whorl exhibit a striking contrast with the jet-black ground of the

shell.

Mirra eratiosa, Mitr. testd elongatd, subcylindraced, liris pro-

minentibus minutis creberrime decussatd ; fuscd; columelld quinque-

plicatd, labro subincrassato.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 34. f. 277.

Hab. Gallapagos Islands (found among coral sand at a depth of

about seven fathoms) ; Cuming.

A narrow cylindrical shell, with beautifully decussated ic anh

and of an uniform brown colour.

Mirra miniFicA. Mitr. testd elongatd, gracilt, dciaplnbied,

bast recurvd, lirts minutissimis creberrimé decussatd ; rosaced,

subpellucidd, zonuld angustd albidd cingulatd ; columella seaplicatd,

labro subincrassato.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 34. f. 278.

Hab. Island of Capul, Philippines (found under stones at low

water) ; Cuming.

The general aspect of this shell is very similar to that of the pre-

c@sling species; upon examination it will be found however of a

thinner and more slender structure, whilst the sculpture is of a

smaller pattern, and the colour altogether different.

Mirra rneRMIs. Mitr. testd oblongo-ovatd, longitudinaliter cre-

berrime plicatd, basi sulcatd ; rufescente-fuscd, fascid albidd, fusco

subiilissime undulata, cinetd ; columellé quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 34. f. 279. -

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. U

266 Loological Society.

Hab. Puteao, province of Albay, island of Luzon (found on the

sands); Cuming.

Encircled with a white band, traversed with fine brown: zigzag

lines.

Mirra srumauis. Mitr. testd elongata, subcylindraced, undique

subtilissimeé decussatd; lutescente, aurantio-fusco pallidissime hic

illic tinctd ; columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 34. f. 280.

Hab. Philippine Islands; Cuming.

A solid obtuse shell, with the lip slightly effused,

Mirra papara. Mitr. testd subfusiformi-ovatd, spird turrita ;

longitudinaliter costatd, costarum interstitiis fortiter clathratis ;

cinereo-viridescente, zond alba conspicud cingulatd; columelld

‘quadriplicatd,

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 34. f. 281.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found in sandy mud at the

depth of six fathoms) ; Cuming.

The colour of this shell is a peculiar livid ashy grey.

Mirra ‘suturata. Mitr. testd elongato-ovat.', basi subrecurvd,

spire suturis profundé impressis ; transversim undique angisulcatis,

sulcis profundis, puncturatis, liris intermediis subgranosis ; pallide

stramined ; columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 34. f. 282.

Hab. Gindulman, island of Bohol, Philippines (found under stones

at low water) ; Cuming.

The entire surface of this shell is encircled with close finely granu-

lated ridges, the interstices between which are deeply grooved and

punctured.

Mirra tusa. Mitr. testd ovatd, spire suturis profunde impressis,

longitudinaliter subtiliter costatd, transversim impresso-striatd ;

anfractuum parte superiori albidd, maculis grandibus subquadratis

Suscis ornatd, parte inferiori totd fuscd ; columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 34. f. 283.

Hab. Puerto Galero, island of Mindoro, Philippines (found on the

sands at low water); Cuming.

Distinguished by the dark chocolate-brown spots upon the upper

part of the shell, whilst the lower part is entirely stained with the

same colour.

Mirra micans. Mitr. testd subfusiformi-ovatd, levigatd, politd,

eburned, aurantio pallide fasciatd, columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 34. f. 285.

Hab. South Pacific Ocean.

A small white orange-banded shell, with a surface as hard and

shining as polished ivory.

Mirra ARMIGER. Mitr. testd elongatd, subfusiformi, spird turritd ;

anfractibus superné angulatis, longitudinaliter costatis, costis ad

angulum nodosis, inferne evanidis, transversim impresso-striatis ;

rubidd, albizonatd, costis superne albis ; columella quadriplicatd.

Zoological Society. 267

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 35. f. 288.

Hab. 7

A pretty species, the sculpture of which is of a very decided cha-

racter.

Mirra cuetonta. Mitr. testd ovatd, spird breviusculd, acutd ;

levigatd ; nigricante-fuscd, zonuld luted unicd, crngutata ; colu-

melld triplicatd, labro superne sinuato.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 35; f. 289.

Hab. Island of Burias, Philippines (dredged from rip mud at the

depth of ten fathoms) ; Cuming.

Belonging to that well-known division of the genus of which the

Mitra ebenus is the type.

Mirra scuupritis. Mitr. testd elongatd, subcylindraced, basi pau-

lulim recurvd, spire suturis subimpressis ; longitudinaliter crebri-

liratd, interstitiis transversim fortiter clathratis ; albicante, fusces-

cente pallide maculatd, anfractis ultimi parte inferiori Suscescente

basi albicante ; columella quinqueplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 35. f. 290.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found wilder stones at low

water) ; Cuming.

Distinguished by its very closely latticed sculpture.

Mirra spicata. Mitr. tesid fusiformi, spird acuminato-turritd ;

anfractibus longitudinaliter crebricostatis, superne acutangulis,

costis ad angulum tuberculato-nodosis, anfractu ultimo medio exi-

liter noduloso, costis feré obsoletis ; pallide fulvd ; columelld qua-

driplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 35. f. 291.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found on the sands) ; Cutie.

The upper whorls of this species are longitudinally finely ribbed,

but there is very slight indication of ribs upon the lower.

Mirra Heszs. Mitr. testd fusiformi, spird acuminatd, lineis pro-

Sunde impressis transversis et longitudinalibus undique creberrime

decussatd, albicante, columelld quadriplicatd.

Conch. een Mitra, pl. 35. f. 292.

Hab.

The entire uate of this species is decussated with narrow deeply-

cut lines.

Mirra anatogica. Mitr. testd ovato-oblongd, basi contractd, sul-

catd ; spire anfractibus longitudinaliter plicato-costatis, anfractu

ultimo levigato ; nigricante fuscd, zonuld luted cingulatd ; colu-

mella triplicatd.

Conch. 908) Mitra, pl. 35. f. 293.

Hab.

This species has very much the appearance of a gigantic Mitra

Savignii, from which it however differs in its proportions.

Mirra BILINEATA. Mitr. testd ovatd, solidiusculd, spird acuminata ;

longitudinaliter subobsoleté plicatd, levigatd, politd ; nigerrimo-

268 Zoological Society.

Suscd, apicem versus albicante, lineis duabus luteis cingulatd ; co-

lumelld quinqueplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 35. f. 294.

Hab. ?

A hard polished blackish brown shell, encircled with two distant

yellow lines.

Mirra recurva. Mitr. testd Susiformi, basi attenuatd, subrecurvd ;

longitudinaliter granoso-liratd, transversim impresso-striatd ; ro-

saceo-purpurascente, fusco minutissime hic illic punctatd ; columella

quadriplicatd ; labro incrassato.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 36. f. 297.

Hab. Island of Capul, Philippines (found under stones at low

water); Cuming.

The minute granules with which the surface of this shell is longi-

tudinally sculptured have a semitransparent pearl-like appearance.

Mirra 1ncaRNata. Mitr. testd oblongo-ovatd, spird breviusculd,

transversim elegantissime crebriliratd, longitudinaliter angisulcatd ;

incarnatd ; columella sexplicatd, aperturd longiusculd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 36. f. 299.

Hab. Cagayan, province of Misamis, island of Mindanao, Philip-

pines (dredged from sandy mud at the depth of five and twenty

fathoms) ; Cuming.

The sculpture of this delicately tinted shell i is very elaborate.

Mirra articutata. Mitr. testd abbreviato-fusiformi, subventri-

cosd; anfractibus levibus, longitudinaliter subobsoleté plicatis,

medio leviter tuberculatis ; pallide rosaceo-coccined, zonuld albd

Fusco articulatd cinctd ; columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 36. f. 302.

Hab. ?

I have found no specimen approaching comparison with the one

above described, from the collection of Thomas Norris, Esq.

Mirra Festa. Mitr. testd pyramidali-ovatd, longitudinaliter ob-

tuso-costatd, costarum interstitiis transversim cancellatis ; eburned,

anfractu ultimo fascid latd olivaceo-cinered, fusco indistincté punc-

tatd, cingulatd ; columelld quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon. Mitra, pl. 36. f. 303.

Hab. Puerto Galero, island of Mindoro, Philippines (found on the

sands) ; Cuming.

A solid ivory-white shell, encircled with a dark band, which is

concealed in the upper part of the shell by the superposition of the

whorls.

Mirra pineuis. Mitr. testd subobeso-ovatd, longitudinaliter sub-

oblique noduloso-costatd, transversim impresso-striatd, striis cre-

berrimis, anfractds ultimi parte infertori sulcatd ; albidd, fascid

unicd fuscescente cingulatd ; columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 36. f. 304.

Hab. Puerto Galero, island of Mindoro, Philippines ; Cuming.

The last whorl of this shell exhibits a peculiarity of structure

Zoological Society. 269

which is worthy of observation; above the brown band it is very

closely impressly striated across; below it, it is merely distantly

grooved. A difference between the transverse sculpture of the upper

and lower portions of the whorls is rarely met with.

Mirra Pecutiaris. Mitr. testd elongatd, anfractibus levibus, con-

cavis, carind unicd prominente superne ornatis ; albidd, fascid latd

luteo-fuscescente cingulatd ; columelld biplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 36. f. 305.

Hab. Puerto Galero, island of Mindoro, Philippines (found under

stones at low water) ; Cuming.

This species may be easily distinguished by the hollow character

which is imparted to the whorls by the very prominent keel round

the upper part.

Mirra roporza. Mitr. testd pyramidali, spird acuminatd ; nigri-

cante-fuscd, liris albidis angustis undique funiculatd ; columelld

biplicatd, plicis subindistinctis ; aperturd parvd,

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 37. f. 306.

Hab. - ?

An interesting dark pyramidal shell, encircled throughout with

white cord-like ridges.

Mirra ravivs. Mitr. testd gracili-fusiformi, spird acuminatd, bast

contractd, subelongatd ; anfractibus longitudinaliter concentric?

plicato-costatis, interstitiis cancellatis ; pallide carned, anfractu ul-

timo fascid fuscescente busim versus cingulato ; columelid biplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 37. f. 309. |

Hab. Isiand of Corregidor, Philippines (found among coarse sand

at the depth of seven fathoms) ; Cuming.

A light elegant shell, in which the ribs are of a peculiarly concen-

tric growth.

Mirra GLANnDiForMis. Mitr. testd ovatd, utrinque attenuatd, spire

suturis profunde impressis ; longitudinaliter costatd, costis levibus,

interstitiis profunde clathratis ; cinereo-griseo alboque variegatd,

basi albicante ; columelld quadriplicatd.

' Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 37. f. 310.

Hab. ?

In most examples of this species the white rather predominates.

Mirra cCINERACEA. Mitr. testd pyramidali-ovatd, spird turritd,

basi subrecurvd; anfractibus superné angulatis, longitudinaliter

costatis, costis ad angulum subnodosis, interstitiis liris parvis

transversis cancellatis ; cinereo-grised, fascid albidd subinterruptd

cingulatd, basi albidd ; columelld quadriplicatd, aperturd parvd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 37. f. 311.

Hab. Cagayan, province of Misamis, island of Mindanao, Philip.

pines (found under stones at low water) ; Cuming.

A sharply turreted shell, in which the prominent parts of the ribs

are white upon a dark ashy ground.

Mirra uimata. Mitr, testd ovatd, crassiusculd, spird mediocri ;

levigatd, politd, transversim undique sulcatd, sulcis puncturatis ;

270 Zoological Society.

albidd, fascia fascescente albifloccatd cingulatd; columellé quadri-

plicatd,

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 37. f. 312.

Hab. Island of Bohol, sins a ili saan under stones on the reefs

at low water) ; Cuming.

The grooves of this species are. more deeply punctured towards

the upper part of the whorls.

Mirra Exiuis. Mitr. testd elongatd, basi subrecurvd, spird sub-

obtusa; lirts minutis undique granoso-decussaid ; pallide violaceo~

purpurascente, anfractu ultimo fascid latd saturatiore cingulato,

infra albicante ; columella quadriplicata, plicis parvie's labro in-

crassato.

Conch, Icon., Mitra, pl. 37. f. 313.

Hab. Island of. Ticao, SpiEDIRE (found under stones at low

water) ; Cuming.

An interesting small species, with a decussated granular surface,

like that of a thimble.

Mirra mica. Mitr. testd elongatd, subcylindraced, basim. versus

contracté; liris granulosis undique creberrime decussatd; fuscd,

zond albidd cingulatd ; columelld avartrsglientds

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 37. £. 314.

Hab. Island of Guimaras, Philippines (found in coarse sand at the

depth of six fathoms); Cuming.

The colour of this shell is a dull earthy brown.

Mirra armMILuATA. Mitr. testd pyramidali, spird turritd ; anfrac-

tibus superne plano-angulatis, longitudinaliter concentricé costatis,

costis angustis, numerosis, ad angulum nodosis, transversim im-

pressis ; purpureo-fuscd, zonuld. lutescente cingulatd ; columella

quadriplicatd, aperturd brevi.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 37. £. 315.

Hab. Island of Annaa, Pacific Ocean (found on the reefs) ; Cuming.

A prettily sculptured species, in which the ribs are disposed some-

what concentrically.

Mirra Tornatettoives. Mitr. testd rotundato-ovatd, spird brevi,

obtusd ; transversim undique sulcatd, sulcis subindistincté punctu-

ratis ; sanguineo-fuscescente, zonuld transversd strigisque longitu-

dinalibus undatis albis vivid notatd; columelld quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl..38. f. 316.

Hab. Philippine Islands ; Cuming.

The general aspect of this shell is very like that of a well-known

species of Tornatella.

Mirra Gausapata. Mitr. testd ovatd, spird subacuminatd; an-

Fractibus superne plano-compressis, tuberculato-costatis, trans-

versim undique liratis; nigerrimo-fuscd, anfractuum ared superd

luted ; columelld triplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 38. f. 317.

Hab, Gallapagos Islands, (dredged from the depth of about ten

fathoms) ; Cuming.

Zoological Society. 271

The whorls are characterized by a peculiar narrow depression

round the upper part, beneath which they are _ a short distance

tubercularly ribbed.

Mirra Aamanva. Mitr. testd sidppvashtaatt, spird acuto-turritd ;

anfractibus longitudinaliter crebricostatis, transversim impressis ;

fasciis angustis rubido-fuscis albisque undique cingulatd ; columelld

quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 38. f. 318.

Hab. Islands of Burias and Negros, Philippines (found among coral

sand at the depth of four fathoms); Cuming.

Encircled throughout with narrow white and reddish brown bands,

Mirra crocea. Mitr. testd ovatd, spire suturis impressis; an-

Sractibus superné plano-angulatis ; longitudinaliter crebricostatis,

transversim basim versus sulcatis ; pallidé croced, aperture fauce

aurantio tinctd ; columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 38. f. 320.

Hab. Island of Capul, Philippines (found under stones at low

water) ; Cuming.

Of a beautiful clear yellow colour, with orange mouth.

Mirra rosacea. Mitr. testd ovatd, spird breviusculd ; liris gra-

natis undique cingulatd ; nived, maculis grandibus pallidé rosaceis

bifasciatim ornatd ; columelld quinqueplicaté ; aperturd anenyo-

ovata; labro drewulate.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 38. f. 321.

Hab. Island of Corrigidor, Philippines (found among coral sand at

the depth of ten fathoms); Cuming.

An extremely delicate semitransparent pink-stained, white shell.

Mirra masta, Mitr. testd oblongo-ovatd, transversim sulcatd, le-

vigatd; fuscescente, anfractuum parte superiort “patra luted ;

columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 38. f. 323.

Hab. Island of Corrigidor, Philippines (dredged among coral sand

at the depth of ten fathoms) ; Cuming.

The columella and mouth of this species are brightly enamelled.

Mirra Airurors. Mitr. testd ovatd, crassa, spird acutd, liris

parvis transversis et longitudinalibus, concentricis, undique decus-

satd; nigerrimd, vel olivaceo-nigrd; columella planatd, quadri-

plicatd, callositate superné munitd ; labro planato, intus denticulato,

superne sinuato.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 38. f. 324.

Hab. Islands of Ticao and Luzon, Philippine Islands (found under

stones at low. water) ; Cuming.

Belonging to that interesting group of which the Mitre Ziervogel-

tana and Woldemarii form part.

Mirra zELotyPa. Mitr. testd ovatd, anfractibus superne rotunda-

tis, longitudinaltter costatis, transversim fortiter cancellato-liratis ;

luteo alboque undique fasciatd; columella quadriplicatd, aperture

Ffauce violascente.

272 Zoological Society.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 88. f. 325. —

Hab. :

A very distinct species, from the collection of H. Cuming, Esq.,

concerning which he possesses no information as to its locality.

Mirra inrausta. Mitr. testd ovatd, solidiusculd, longitudinaliter

subundato-costatd, transversim impresso-striatd ; incarnato-stra-

mined, lineis impressis rubido-fusco hic illic exiliter tinctis ; colu-

melld triplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 39. f. 326.

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found under stones at low

water) ; Cuming.

The transverse impressed strie are chiefly stained with reddish

brown where they pass over the ribs.

Mirra Grata. Mitr. testd ovatd, solidd, spird brevi, acuminatd ;

levigatd, albd, opacd, epidermide luted indutd ; columelld triplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 39. f. 327.

Hab. Island of Paros, Grecian Archipelago ; Miller, R.N.

A stout solid shell, of a peculiar opake marble-white, covered with

a yellow epidermis.

Mirra canpipa. Mitr. testd ovatd, subfusiformi, transversim

crebriliratd, lirarum interstitiis longitudinaliter subtilissime stri-

atis ; candidd ; columelld triplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 39. f. 328.

Hab. La Guayra, South America.

A white closely-ridged species, in the collection of His Majesty the

king of Denmark, by whose permission it has been forwarded to me

for illustration.

Mirra Rustica. Mitr. testd oblongo-ovatd, spird turritd ; anfrac-

tibus superne angulatis, longitudinaliter costatis, costis subdistan-

tibus, ad angulum muricato-tuberculatis, transversim puncturatis ;

albidd, inferne cinered ; columelld quadriplicatd.

. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 39. f. 329.

Hab. ?

The upper edge of the ash-colour is slightly marked between the

ribs with one or two brown dots.

Mirra coraLtuina. Mitr. testd subfusiformi, politd, basi subre-

curvd; anfractibus transversim obsolete striatis, longitudinaliter

plicato-costatis ; electro- vel corallio-rubrd, costis albicantibus ;

columelld quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 39. f. 330 a and 8.

Hab. Island of Masbate, Philippines (found on the sands) ; Cuming.

This is a beautiful species, some examples having the appearance

of bright amber, whilst others resemble red coral.

Mirra tuBens. Mitr. testd elongatd, subfusiformi, bast con-

tractd, spird turritd; anfractibus superne angulatis, liris parvis

longitudinalibus et transversis creberrimeé clathratis ; albidd, apice

basique rosaceis ; columella quadriplicatd.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 39. f. 331.

Entomological Society. 273

Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found under stones at low

water) ; Cuming.

The ridges of this very delicate and pretty shell are slightly nodu-

lous, and prickly on the angle.

Mirra patuta. Mitr. testd ovatd, tenuiculd, ventricosiusculd, le-

vigatd ; cinered, fusco hic illic variegatd et nebulatd ; columelld

quadriplicatd ; aperturd ampld ; labro tenui, superne sinuato.

Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 39. f. 333.

Hab. ?

Very distinct from any form of the genus I have met with.

Mirra atveouus. Mitr. testd abbreviato-ovatd, spire suturis pro-

Sunde impressis ; longitudinaliter subtiliter plicato-costatd, basi

transversim sulcatd ; anfractibus inferné aterrimis, superne albis,

nigro tessellatis ; columelld quadriplicata.

Conch. ei Mitra, pl. 39. f. 334.

Hab.

A Raabe tessellated species, from the collection of Thomas

Norris, Esq.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY. —

January lst, 1844.—The President in the Chair. |

An extract from a letter addressed by the Rev. Mr. Savage to the

Rev. F. W. Hope was read, giving an account of the capture of a

new species of Goliath Beetle on the west coast of Africa, Mecyno-

rhina Savagit (Harris, Journ. of Boston Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. iv. pl. 21;

Westw. Arc. Ent. ii. pl. 81. f. 1, 2).

Extracts were also read from two letters addressed to Mr. Hope by

C. D. E. Fortnum, Esq., giving some account of the entomology in the

neighbourhood of Port Adelaide, and mentioning some particulars

respecting the reproduction of the limbs in a species of Phasmide,

Diura violascens, Gray, a larva of which (about one inch long and

having much the appearance of a Bacillus) had its left intermediate

leg broken off when captured. It fed on the young leaves of the gum-

tree, Eucalyptus, and grew very fast. On the first moult after the

accident a small leg appeared on the old stump, but with a withered

appearance, and apparently the joints were not formed. At the se-

cond moult the leg had grown to half its natural size, with all the

joints perfect. The third moulting produced the pupa with the leg

about two-thirds of the original size. On the change to the imago

the limb had regained its full size. Mr. Fortnum adds, that the

young Phasmide invariably eat the old skin after moulting. He also

mentions the capture of a species of Mantispa and one of Ascalaphus.

In a subsequent communication he mentions the capture of several

apparently new species of Phasmide, and states that Diura violascens

and rosetpennis are the sexes of the same species, having reared several

from the larva. He had collected a great many species of ants, and

several new predaceous beetles (including a beautiful Harpalus with

274 Entomological Society.

the head and thorax splendid green) ; likewise several new aquatic

beetles and Buprestide, and two new species of Onthophagus ; but he

had met with no Necrophaga. The little insect allied to Hlaphrus

is exceedingly abundant, and he had collected three species of Adelo-

topus, one described by Mr. Hope in Trans. Ent. Soc. vol. i., and two

others; he had also seen one or two more, and had collected another

species of Scarites, a species of Trox (very abundant), nine Melolon-

thide, three species of Mantispa and seven of Myrmeleon.

In reference to the Phasmide noticed by Mr. Fortnum, the Presi-

dent stated that he considered Mr. Fortnum’s communication to be

one of great interest, as affording a further proof that reproduction

of the limbs takes place in true insects. He also stated that he is

equally sure that reproduction of lost parts takes place in the Myria-

poda, as he formerly expressed his belief when exhibiting an instance

of what he regarded as the first noticed occurrence of this fact in a

Scolopendra, atthe meeting of this Society in November 1839. In

consequence of the suggestions made by Mr. Westwood on that oc-

casion, that the limb in the specimen in question had not been re-

produced, but was only an instance of retarded development of the

original limb, and at a subsequent meeting of the Society (November

2, 1840), Mr. Newport had instituted a series of experiments on the

fulide and Lithobii, in which reproduction both of the antennz and

legs had taken place, and in one instance the reproduction of some

of the legs was repeated a second time in the same individual Litho-

bius. He stated also that reproduction of lost parts does not take

place after the individual has acquired, or has very nearly attained

its adult size.

Mr. Marshall also stated that he had observed a specimen of the

common species of Blatta, one of the legs of which was much smaller

than the rest. |

Mr. Yarrell mentioned, in reference to the continued growth of

the limbs ‘in the Crustacea, that it appeared to have its limits, as he

had observed lobsters several years old which had certainly not lately

cast their shells, which they did not fill.

An extract was also read from a letter addressed by Colonel

Hearsey to Mr. Westwood, giving an account of the habits of a mi-

nute species of the genus Diopsis, in India.

This species is very closely allied’ to Say’s D. brevicornis*, and

was captured by Colonel Hearsey in different months and various

localities ; some on window-panes in June, some on orange and ci-

tron leaves in gardens in July, and some in the middle of August on

cucumber leaves ; they appear to feed either on the sweet deposit of

* It may be thus characterized :

Diopsis Hearseiana, W. Brevis, robusta ; capite fulvo, nigro vario, cor-

nubus oculiferis abbreviatis crassis, apice nigris ; thorace griseo-nigro,

spind brevi utrinque sub basin alarum aliisque duabus, apicalibus albidis

longé setigeris ; abdomine nigro nitido ; pedibus flavescentibus, femori-

bus anticis intis fusco maculatis, tibiisque anticis nigris, alis hyalinis.

Long. corp. lin. 2; expans. alar. lin, 4.

Entomological Society. 275

the Aphis, or on the Aphides* themselves. The different kinds of

Diptera which he had collected in the latter situation were numerous,

some very curiously marked, and others very minute and of brilliant

colours. :

A memoir, containing descriptions of two species of Sacred Beetles

from Southern Africa, was read by J. O. Westwood, F.L.S. &c.

SEBASTEOS, Westwood.

Typus Scarabezeorum sacrorum Heliocantharo magis affinis.

Antenne articulis 3 et 4, 5to dupld longioribus, 5to et 6to brevibus ;

clypeus radiatus, subtis tridentatus. Tibie antice angulate,

extis 4-dentate, dentibus 2 apicalibus inter se remotis, intis ser-

rulate, denteque medio armate, Tarsi 2 postici articulis subcla-

vatis.

Species unica, Scarabeeus (Sebasteos) Galenus, Westw. Niger,

nitidus ; capite magno varioloso-punctato, pronoto punctato, mar-

gine postico levi; elytris strid suturali alterisque 5 tenuibus sub

lente punctatis. Long. corp. lin. 14.—Hab. in Africa meridi-

onali. D. Burke. |

Sceviaces Hrprias, Westw. Niger, nitidus ; capite sub lente tenuis-

sime punctato, clypeo cornubus 2 mediis porrectis, pronoto fere

levi, elytrisque sublevibus et minus nitidis, singulo striis 6 vix

discernendis; tibiis anticis haud in medio angulatis, extis 4-dentatis

et serrulatis, metasterno antice producto. Long. corp. lin. 8.—

Hab. cum precedente.

February 5th.—George Newport, Esq. (who had been re-elected

President of the Society at the Anniversary meeting on the 22nd

January), in the Chair.

The President. exhibited a specimen of Hypena rostralis, which had

continued alive in a state of hybernation since the 1st of September

last.

Mr. Edward Doubleday exhibited a large box of North American

Lepidoptera, collected by Mr. Barnstone near the Albany River, in

a climate nearly corresponding with that of Lapland, and remarkable

on account of a very large proportion of the species being apparently

identical with those of this country. Some species and even genera

were however quite unlike any of those known in Europe, amongst

which was avery large species of Hepialus, two new species of Alypa,

&c., whilst some of the species were evidently identical with those of

Florida, thus exhibiting a very wide geographical range.

Mr. F. Bond exhibited a specimen of Pontia Rapa, evidently but

recently disclosed from the chrysalis, which he had captured during

the month of January, Mr. Walton exhibited a monstrous specimen

* Col. Sykes’s observations on the predaceous habits of D. Sykesii might

lead to the opinion that it was upon the Aphides themselves that the Dio-

psts feeds.

276 Entomological Society.

of Otiorhynchus picipes, each antenna having only four joints in the

funiculus instead of the ordinary number.

The following memoirs were read :—

“ Description of a genus and species of Syrphideous Diptera new

to Britain.” By P. Desvignes, Esq. '

Dipra, Macquart (Enica? Meigen). Antenne porrecte, articulo

3tio elliptico, compresso, intus attenuato, setd tertid parte longitu-

dinis insertd, nudd ; oculi nudi; abdomen oblongum, valde depres-

sum, limbatum ; cellula marginalis alarum aperta, submarginalis

pediformis.

Didea fasciata, Macq. Face and forehead yellow ; antenne inserted

on a prominence, black; thorax metallic green with yellow hairs

on the sides; scutellum yellowish ; abdomen with two large lateral

yellow spots on 2nd segment, 3rd and 4th segments with a broad

yellow band posteriorly crescent-shaped ; four anterior thighs black

at base; tibie yellow ; hind legs and all the tarsi black, the former

yellow at the knees; wings hyaline, with a faint tinge of yellow;

submarginal and mediastinal cell brown. (Syn. Enica Foersteri ?)

This genus approximates to Kristalis in having the submarginal

cell pediform, and to Syrphus, Macq., in having the marginal cell

open ; but differs from both in its antenne.

It appears very rare abroad. Taken in October 1841 at Birch

Wood. In Mus. Desvignes. :

“ Descriptions of some new species of the Lamellicorn genus Pa-

rastasia, Westw.”’ By Professor Erichson of Berlin.

Parastasia scutellaris, Erichs. Supra lutea, capite scutelloque nigris,

infra nigra, abdominis lateribus luteis. Long. lin. 7.—Hab. in

insula Riouw, prope Sumatram. Mus. Reg. Berol.

Parastasia dimidiata, Erichs. Nigra, nitida, elytris postic? luteis,

pygidio rufo. Long. lin. 44.—Hab. in insula Riouw. Mus.

Reg. Berol.

Parastasia nitidula, Erichs. Nigra, nitida, elytris fusco-eneis politis.

~ Long. lin. 4.—Hab. in insula Bintam, propé Sumatram. Mus.

Reg. Berol. Omnes sunt genuine Parastasie.

«‘ Descriptions of some new exotic species of Lucanide.” By J.

O. Westwood, F.L.S.

/Egus platycephalus, Guérm MSS. Niger, tenuissime punctatus,

capite et pronoto latissimis ; mandibulis capite longioribus, apice

- falcatis, intus ante medium dente valido, suberecto, obtuso, instruc-

tis; pedibus et elytris piceis, his 6-striatis; tibiis 4 posticis in

medio 1-dentatis.—Long. corp. mand. excl. lin. 16. Mus. Guérin.

/Egus equalis, Hope MSS. Piceo-niger, capitis et pronoti lateribus

magis piceis, levis, oblongus, elytris 6 punctato-striatis ; capite

lato; mandibulis capite pariim longioribus falcatis, singuld ad

basin dente supero armatd. Long. corp. mand. excl. lin. 114.

Egus Malabaricus, Hope MSS. Niger, elytris opacis punctatis-

simis, singulo 7-striato ; striis alternatis, profundioribus ; capite

angusto, lateribus angulatis, pronoto fere quadrato ; mandibulis

Entomological Society. 277

depressis, capite duplo brevioribus, subtriangularibus, intus dente

armatis. Long. corp. (mand. excl.) lin. 10.—Hab. in Mala-

baria.

gus distinctus, Hope MSS. Niger, nitidus, capite et pronoto

elytrorum latitudine ; mandibulis falcatis, basi supra dente acuto

armatis ; pedibus et elytris piceis; his 7-striatis, lateribusque

punctatis. Long. corp. (mand. excl.) lin. 12.

A correspondence between Messrs. Melly and Westwood on the

extent of the detrimental effects of insects in dissipating the active

principle of vegetable manure was also read.

_ March 4th.—The President in the Chair.

The President announced the terms and subjects of the Essays for

two prizes of £5 each, offered by the Rev. F. W. Hope, one being

upon the natural history and medical properties of vesicatory insects,

and the other upon the natural history and early stages of the genus

Stylops.

The Secretary announced that the Address delivered by the Pre-

sident at the last Anniversary Meeting had been printed for distri-

bution among the Members.

Mr. Evans exhibited a monstrosity in the common moth, Arctia

Catia, in which the antenne and wings of the left side of the body

were much smaller than those of the other side, without however

showing any appearance of gynandromorphism.

Mr. 8. Stevens exhibited a remarkable variety of Melitea Euphro-

syne, taken at Darenth Wood ; likewise varieties of Fidonia atomaria

and Cidaria fluctuata; also a fine specimen of the rare Chareas nigra,

taken at Leith Hill in September last.

Mr. E. Doubleday exhibited a specimen of a new and large species

of Polyommaius from the Missouri, being the fifth species of that

genus which inhabits North America. |

Mr. Westwood exhibited four hitherto unfigured Assamese species

of the genus Papilio, which he had received from Major Jenkins

(since published in the ‘ Arcana Entomologica’),

He also exhibited a specimen of Cresus septentrionalis with one

of the hind feet much smaller than the other, which he regarded as

a case of arrested development; and also a large apterous Phasma

from Mexico, collected by Mr. Coffin, one of the hind legs of which

was also rather smaller than the other, but destitute of the small

foliaceous appendages of the femur, tibia and basal joint of the tarsus,

and which he regarded as a case of reproduction in consequence of

the details given by Mr. Fortnum at the meeting of the Society on

the lst of January last ; stating at the same time his opinion, that in

those orders of insects which ndergo an incomplete metamorphosis

(having active larvee and pup similar to the imago), reproduction of

limbs alone takes place, those insects which undergo a complete

metamorphosis being considered by him as incapable (so far at least

as hitherto observed) of undergoing sucha reproduction ; and which

opinion seemed to be confirmed by the remarks of M. Schneider upon

the genus Raphidia, recently published in his elaborate monograph

278 Entomological Society.

of that genus. The President, however, was unwilling to admit that

the case mentioned by Mr. Westwood was an instance of retarded

development, and contended that reproduction was capable of occur-

ring throughout all the orders of imsects, as it was now proved to

be throughout the Crustacea, Arachnida and Myriapoda; and Mr.

Desvignes mentioned the fact recorded by Reaumur, that the hairs

of caterpillars, when shaven off previously to moulting, were repro-

duced on the shedding of the skin. [See the account of Mr. New-

port’s subsequent experiments on this subject given at the meeting

of the 7th October 1844. ]

A memoir was read ‘‘On the Economy of the genus Palmon, Dalm.”

By J. O. Westwood, F.L.S.

After alluding to the singular economy by which the female Ich-

neumonide are enabled-to introduce their eggs into various substances,

within which are contained the insects upon which their larvee are

destined to feed, and giving an extract from an anonymous writer in

the Entomological Magazine respecting the production of specimens

of one of the Chalcidide from the egg-cases of the Mantide, the

author states that the latter insect evidently belongs to the genus

Palmon of Dalman (Swed. Trans. 1825), founded upon a species

observed in gum copal, and that the Priomerus pachymerus of Walker

is another species of the genus; and then illustrates the genus in

detail, and describes the following species, the majority of which

possess the same singular habits.

Sp. 1. Palmon bellator, Dalm.

Sp. 2. Palmon clavatellus, Dalm. —

Sp. 3. Palmon pachymerus (Priomerus pach., Walker).

Sp. 4. Palmon religiosus, Westw. Niger, subeneus ; thorace te-

nuissimé punctato; antennis nigricantibus, articulo basali luteo ;

abdomine piceo, subtts magis luteo, dorso eneo tincto nitido; pe-

dibus luteis, coxis posticis, dentibusque femorum posticorum nigris,

oviductu corpore feré dimidio longiort (2). Long. corp. lin. 14.

—Hab. in ovis Mantidis religiusee. D. Kollar. Mus. Hope.

Sp. 5. Palmon insularis, Westw. Cupreo-nigricans, vix tenuissime

punctatus, collart magis cuprescenti ; antennis nigricantibus, basi

fuscis ; abdomine chalybeo-nitido, basi subluteo, oviductu vix cor-

poris longitudine ; pedibus anticis albidis, femoribus in medio in-

umatis, coris et femoribus posticis cupreo-eneis, apice tarsis-

gue albidis (2). Long. corp. lin. 13.—Hab. in ovis Mantidis ex

«Tle de France.” D. V. Audouin. Mus. Westwood.

Sp. 6. Palmon fraternus, Westw. Ceruleo-viridis, tenuissime punc-

tatus ; antennis crassiusculis luteis, apice fuscescentibus ; abdo-

mine purpureo nitidissimo, subtis luteo, oviductu abbreviato ; pe-

dibus luteo-fulvis ; coxvis et femoribus posticis eneis vel chalybais,

apice extremo luteis (8 9). Long. corp. lin. 14.—Hab. cum

precedente. Mus. Westw.

Sp. 7. Palmon obscurus, Westw. Niger, eneo vir tinctus, fere levis,

opacus ; antennis nigris, basi articuli \mi luteo, articuloque api=

cali albido ; abdomine nigro, submetatlico, nitido, oviductu corpore

fere dimidio longiori ; pedibus 4 anticis piceo-luteis, posticis ni-

Miscellaneous. 279

gricanti-eneis dentibus validis, tarsis luteis.(?). Long. corp,

lin. 14.—Hab. King George’s Sound. D. Dr. J. Hooker.

Mus. Westwood.

Sp. 8. Palmon melleus, Westw. Lee aurato-viridis, punctatis-

simus ; abdomine melleo; antennis crassis, melleis, apice fuscis ;

pedibus melleis, coxis posticis, basi viridibus, spinisque femorum

posticorum nigris (¢). Long. corp. feré lin. 2.—Hab. in ovis

Mantidis Brasilie. D. Klug. Mus. Westwood.

Subgenus novum Pacuyromus, Westw.

Palmoni congruit nisi abdomine maris plano depresso-elongato, spi-

nis femorum posticorum tantum 4, articulo basali tarsorum omnium

dilatato, necnon eeconomid, habitanti in ficubus more Blastopha-

garum.

Sp. 1. Pachytomus Klugianus, Westw. Cupreo-eneus, tenuissime?

punctatissimus ; antennis basi tantum luteis ; abdomine piceo-fulvo

apice nigricanti ; pedibus 4 anticis pallide flavescentibus, posticis

piceis, geniculis luteis. Long. corp. lin. 14.—Hab. in ficubus

fEgypti. D. Klug. Mus. Westwood.

MISCELLANEOUS.

ON THE GENUS SACCOPTERYX OF ILLIGER.

ScHREBER, in his work on Mammalia, described and figured a bat

from Surinam under the name of Vespertilio lepturus, remarkable for

having on the end of the fore-arm-bone nearest the elbow a peculiar

sac. Illiger, from the description (for it does not appear that he ever

saw a specimen of the species), as was his habit, formed for this bat

a genus which he called Saccopteryx. Geoffroy, who had. never seen

the species, referred it with doubt to his genus Taphozous, which is

peculiar to the old world; and Temminck has followed him, and

appears to doubt the accuracy of Schreber’s description and figure.

Among a most interesting collection of bats, birds and other animals

lately sent to the British Museum (collected in various parts of the

Brazils by the late Mr. Graham, who with his family was so dis-

tressingly lost at Para, just as he was returning home with his very

extensive collections and notes elucidating their habits), are two

specimens which exactly agree with Schreber’s figure. The pouches

are about half an inch long, and are convex and bag-like on the lower

side of the fore-arm-bone, a short distance from the elbow-joint ;

they have a slit-like opening on the upper edge of the upper side of

the same bone about half an inch long, and the inner surface of the

bag is plaited, and appears to secrete an unctuous fluid. From the

side of the neck there is a rather thick band which extends to the

middle of the bag, and there is another lesser one from the other side

of the bag to the edge of the membrane on the front of the wing.

I may observe that Saccopteryx is more nearly allied to Embalo-

nura than Taphozous, and that Cuvier (Reg. Anim. i. 121) considers

the existence of this bag in the wing as one of the characters of

Taphozous ; for he observes, ‘‘ Un petit prolongement de la membrane

280 Miscellaneous.

de leur ailes forme une sorte de pouche prés du carpe” (should be

elbow). ‘‘ C’est ce qui avait fait nommer par Illiger Saccopteryz, celui

de ces genres qui comprend les Taphiens.”

J. E. Gray.

ON THE OFFICINAL SPECIES OF PEPPER. By M. Miavet.

Miquel, like Jussieu, De Candolle and Endlicher, places the Pipe-

racee among the Dicotyledons, as the embryo in germination exhi-

bits two regular seed-lobes, which are uncommonly small, and so

difficult to discover while the embryo in the ripe seed is enclosed in

the permanent embryo-sac, half sunk in the apex of the albumen,

that very recently this was regarded as the only cotyledon.

The Piperacee belong to the imperfect Dicotyledons, and stand

best among Endlicher’s Juliflores, somewhere near the Betulacee, and

in the vicinity of the Urtcacee, with which indeed Jussieu united

them. The family is evidently quite tropical, the species being

dispersed universally over the torrid zone of the earth; the indivi-

duals are most abundant in the hot parts of America, and propor-

tionally rare in tropical Africa. The American are almost all gene-

rically, or, with the exception of one truly cosmopolitan species, at

least specifically different from those of the Old World.

Miquel divides the Piperacee into two tribes, the first of which,

Piperomiee, comprehends the herbaceous with axillary catkins, an-

drogynous flowers and anthers one-celled in dehiscence. They are,

with very few exceptions, American, and none are employed offi-

cinally.

The second tribe, Piperee, contains the shrubby and arborescent

species. Their catkins are situated opposite the leaves; flowers

mostly dicecious, the female exhibiting several distinct stigmas, the

males with two-celled anthers. ‘To the first division, characterized

by permanent stipule and numerous sessile catkins, belong the genus

Pothomorphe, Miq., of which many species, especially Pothomorphe

umbellata, Miq., have pungent aromatic roots, which, under the name

of Caapeba, are used in Brazil as stomachics and sudorifics.

The root of Macropiper methysticum, Miq., possesses similar qua-

lities. It is used in the South Sea islands in the preparation of an

intoxicating drink (highly pernicious in its effects), called Awa or

Kawa, and has lately been made use of in medicine in England

under the name of Radix Awe.

Of the true Piperee, which are separated from the preceding

division by deciduous stipule and solitary catkins, two genera in

this first volume- are to be noticed here :—Chavica, Miq. and Cu-

beba, Miq. :

I. Genus Chavica, Miq.—Flowers dicecious. Bracts of the male

like those of the female catkins, shortly stalked, almost four-angled,

shield-shaped. Stamens 2, with two-celled anthers. 2 Style

very short or wanting. In the latter case the 3-6 thick stigmas are

immediately sessile on the ovate ovarium. ‘The berries unite with

the permanent bractee and the thickened axis of the catkins into a

fleshy fusiform fruit. Seeds longish or almost lenticular, with scaly,

Miscellaneous. 281

finely-pitted testa. Albumen mealy, often horny at the outer part.

Species all Asiatic. 3

Chavica Betle, Miq., and Chavica Siriboa, Miq., are frequently

cultivated throughout the East Indies ; their sharp aromatic leaves,

with chalk and areca nuts, furnish the material for the habit of betel-

chewing, universal in those countries.

The three following species are to be named as the plants fur-

nishing the officinal Piper longum :—

1. Chavica peepuloides, Miq.—The younger branches, as well as

the leaf- and flower-stalks, are clothed with fine hairs; the leaves

smooth, membranous, and with transparent dots; the lower ovate,

seven-nerved, rounded at the base, attenuated at the apex ; the upper

unequal, lanceolate, with an attenuated apex, five-nerved. Male

catkins shortly stalked, slender, with circular bracts ; the female also

shortly stalked and cylindrical.

Synonym, Piper peepuloides, Roxb.

2. Chavica Roxburghii, Miq.—A forked-branched, trailing shrub,

only erect during the flowering period, with stems at first finely

hairy, afterwards smooth, and thick membranous leaves at first

clothed with fine hair on the nerves, afterwards smooth, covered

with fine transparent dots. The lower leaves have long stalks, are

roundish, with broadly-cordate base ; the upper are sessile, of a more

elongated form, and with an unequally-cordate base embracing the

stem. The male catkins filiform, cylindrical, with their stalk as long

as the leaf; female scarcely half as long, but thicker than the male ;

the stems as long as the catkins.

Synonym, Piper longum, L. Z. Thl. Abbildg.; Nees, Plant. Me-

dic., tab. 28.

This species, growing wild in damp thickets throughout the fron-

tier of India and cultivated frequently in Bengal, yields like the

preceding the Piper longum coming from the English colonies, which

is gathered in January, and consists of the fruit-catkins dried in the

sun. In India they use instead of these the roots and stem of the

plant cut in small pieces.

3. Chavica officinarum, Mig.—A climbing shrub, with coria-

ceous leaves covered with fine transparent dots, smooth and paler

below ; the lower are longer-stalked, 3—5-nerved and ovato-cordate ;

the upper more shortly stalked, more elongated, with an unequal

rounded or attenuated base and an attenuated apex. The stalks of

the catkins are longer than the leaf-stalks. The female catkins are

short and cylindrical, slenderer towards the apex.

Synonym, Piper longum, Rumph, Blume, Linn. in part.

This species grows wild in the Philippines, the Sunda Islands

(perhaps also in Bengal), and is cultivated particularly in the island

of Java, in the neighbourhood of the sea. It yields the Piper longum

coming from the Dutch colonies. The dried catkins smell strongly

aromatic, and have a sharp burning aromatic taste, stronger than

black pepper. They are of a grayish-brown or grayish-cinnamon

colour ; their stalk is roundish, compressed, somewhat woody, curved,

1$ centim. long, and almost smooth. They are thick, cylindrical,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi.

282 Miscellaneous.

_ somewhat attenuated towards the apex, obtuse, 2-4 centim. long,

straight or slightly curved, 5-8 millimet. thick at the base, with an

almost cylindrical axis, and facetted with a sort of net-work of the

projecting apices of the berries. The berries are very thickly planted

in spiral lines, so that about ten are always seen in a transverse sec-

tion. The persistent bracts situated between the berries are shield-

shaped, with compressed membranous-winged stalks, which adhere

in some degree to the surrounding berries and to the coriaceous,

round or roundly-triangular scutellum, which usually coheres very

firmly with the three bracts enclosing it, and is of a blackish-brown

colour, with a membranous, somewhat incurved border. The dried

berries are about 2 millimet. long, obovate, and from the base to

two-thirds of their height mostly five-angled through compression,

as they are in contact with one another to that point. The remain-

ing upper part projects out beyond the shields of the bracts, is

smooth, compressed below, hemispherical, with an obtuse apex. The

dried pericarp is thin, the seed about 1} millimet. long, obovate or

rather spherical, somewhat angular beneath, and with an inconspi-

cuous umbilicus; slightly pointed above. The testa or outer seed-

membrane is crustaceous, black, shining, and under the lens presents

groups of dots; the inner seed-membrane (£ndopleura) is whitish ;

both adhere firmly, in the scarcely-ripe seed, to the cellular albumen,

in the apex of which is imbedded the embryo, enclosed in the conico-

circular embryo-sac.-

II. Genus Cubeba, Miq.—Flowers dicecious. The male catkins

are smaller, and have unstalked bracts overlapping one another, be-

hind which stand 2~—5 stamens, with ovate or reniform two-celled

anthers. ‘The bracts of the female catkins are almost sessile, roundly

shield-shaped, often hairy beneath and persistent. Ovarium sessile,

ovate, with 3-5 sessile, recurved, short stigmas. The berries are,

from their contracted base, apparently stalked (pseudo-pedicellate).

Fruit-membrane thin. Seeds roundish, with coriaceous or horny

testa and mealy albumen.

Climbing shrubs from the East Indies and hotter parts of Africa.

The female plant is often distinguished from the male by habit and

the form of the leaf, but always by the catkins being thicker, and

presenting at maturity an almost clustered appearance on account of

the stalked berries.

Cubeba officinalis, Mig.—A climbing shrub with smooth leaves ;

the lower cordate at the base, ovate, and with a short point; the

upper ovate, but more elongated, with a rounded base and smaller.

Those of the male plant are 5-, those of the female 5-9 nerved. The

catkins grow on stalks of the length of the leaf-stalks ; the male are

slender, the female thicker; the bracts coarsely hairy, the berries

globular, and their stalks longer than themselves.

Synonyms, Piper Cubeba, Linn. fil., Blume, Abbildung.; Miquel,

Comment. Phytogr., tab. i. et ii.

This species, the only one furnishing the true cubebs, grows wild

in Bantam, the west part of Java, as well as in the neighbouring

small islands. It is cultivated now only in the lower parts of the

Miscellaneous. 283

island of Java, whence an extraordinary quantity is annually ex-

ported.

‘The cubebs, the dried ripe fruit of this species, are globular, with

a stalk (which is more properly the contracted base of the berry)

thicker at the upper part, and exceeding them in length. Their

eolour is a sometimes brighter, sometimes duller, dark brownish-gray,

with a grayish ring. Their surface is wrinkled as their succulent

flesh shrinks into folds in drying, which form 20 or 30 regular 5-, 6-

or more angled planes. The largest are about 5 millimet. in diameter ;

length of the stalks 5-8 millim., more rarely 1 centim. The seed

adheres firmly to the dried flesh of the berry ; its outer membrane

(testa) is grayish-white; the inner (ndopleura) is shining, some-

times grayish or dull yellow, sometimes reddish. The nucleus is ex-

ternally brownish or yellowish, internally whitish and comes into

view on fracture, as the seed-membranes adhere closely to the fruit-

membrane.

This cubeb-plant has very often been confounded with an allied

species, namely—

Cubeba canina, Mig. = Piper caninum, Rumph., Blume; Piper

Cubeba, Vahl; Nees, Plant. Med., tab. xxii.fig.1. This is distinguished

by its flexible, rooting stem, by its leaves being hairy beneath, the

lower 5-nerved and somewhat unequally cordiform, while the upper

or younger are 7-nerved and regularly cordate. The berries are

more ovate than the genuine cubebs, somewhat pointed, and a little

longer than their stalk.

This species grows in the Sunda Islands and the Moluccas. The

figures 2, 4 and 5 of Nees’s plate xxii. represent another species,

erroneously taken for the plant yielding genuine cubebs; this Mi-

quel calls Cubeba costulata. It is a native of the Mascarenhas

Islands, and is easily distinguished by its lower, distant, soft-haired

leaves, the midribs of which send off 10 nervures; by the stalks

of the catkins, which are twice as long as the leaf-stalks, and lastly

by the elongate-ovate fruit.

Cubeba borboniensis, Mig. = Piper Cubeba, Linn., is also an

allied species. Cubebs have also been obtained lately from the Cape

of Good Hope and Guinea. Miquel, however, holds that the plants

furnishing both are specifically different from Cubeba officinalis, and

calls the former Cubeba capensis, the latter Cubeba Clusii (= Piper

e Guinea, Clusius). He believes that, besides the fruit of Cubeba

officinalis, the very similar one of Cubeba sumatrana, and occa-

sionally the two Indian species, named C. Neesii and C. Wallichii,

are met with in commerce.—From Miquel’s Systema Piperacearum.

OBITUARY.

Professor Graham of Edinburgh.—It is with sincere sorrow that we

announce the death of this distinguished individual. The mournful

event took place at Coldoch, in Perthshire, on the 7th of August,

after a painful and protracted illness, which he bore with calmness

and Christian fortitude.

Robert Graham, M.D.,F.R.S.E., Professor of Botany and Medicine

X 2

284 Miscellaneous.

in the University of Edinburgh, the third son of Dr. Robert Graham,

afterwards Moir of Leckie, was born at Stirling on 7th Dec. 1786.

In the first part of his career he practised in Glasgow, where he

was highly respected and very popular. In 1818 he was appointed

Professor of Botany in the University of that city. Previous to that

time, there was no separate chair of Botany in Glasgow. The Pro-

fessor of Anatomy, by his commission, was also Professor of Botany :

he was bound to lecture on Anatomy during the winter, and on

Botany during the summer session. Dr. Jeffray, the present Professor

of Anatomy, lectured occasionally on Botany; but subsequently a

separate lectureship was established. Dr. Thomas Brown of Langfine

held this office for some time. Before retiring, he asked Dr. Graham

to lecture for him, which Dr. Graham declined to do, urging as an

apology the inadequacy of his botanical knowledge; but ultimately

he was prevailed on to read Dr. Brown's lectures. On the resigna-

tion of Dr. Brown, the Crown instituted a distinct chair of Botany,

and conferred it upon Dr. Graham, who was in the habit of referring

to this appointment as an unexpected event, on which his future

success in life depended. He held this office till his translation to

the chair of Botany in the University of Edinburgh in 1821*. From

this time, Dr. Graham devoted himself assiduously and successfully

to botanical pursuits. To his exertions Edinburgh is in no small

degree indebted for the excellent Botanical Garden which it now

possesses. By his enthusiasm and energy, as well as by his affable

and pleasing manners, he did much to promote a taste for his favourite

science among the pupils of his class.

Under his auspices, the Edinburgh school became famous for the

number of accomplished and zealous cultivators of botanical science

which it sent forth, many of whom now occupy the most distin-

guished places as professors, teachers, and collectors. One of the

ghief, circumstances which tended to bring about these results, was

3}, Graham’s practice of taking excursions with his pupils, not

jmerely,in the neighbourhood of Edinburgh, but in various districts

of Scotland, England, and Ireland—excursions to which, as we well

know, his pupils look back with feelings of the highest satisfaction

and delight. The first long excursion was made in 1826, when

Sutherlandshire was the district explored. In 1827 he paid another

visit to the same county, accompanied by several pupils. These

excursions were continued annually in the month of August; and

in this way were explored the floras of various parts of Scotland,

such as Clova, Glen-Isla, Braemar, Ben Lawers, the Breadalbane

districts, Wigtonshire, Ross-shire, &c. ‘The floras of Cunnemara

in Ireland, and of North Wales, were also, in this way, carefully

examined. In all these excursions, the Professor was ably assisted

by Mr. M‘Nab, the excellent superintendent of the Edinburgh Botanic

Garden. During the excursions several additions were made to the

* Dr. Graham was succeeded in Glasgow by Sir William Jackson Hooker,

(at that time Dr Hooker,) who upon his appointment to Kew resigned the

chair, which was bestowed upon Dr. J. H. Balfour, the present incumbent.

Miscellaneous. 285

flora of Scotland; among some of which may be mentioned, Asira-

galus alpinus, Lychnis alpina, Carex Vahlit and as eens Thlaspi

alpestre, Luzula arcuata, and Ononis reclinata,

_ No one enjoyed these trips more than the Professor, and no one

was better able to endure their attendant fatigues and hardships.

His walking powers were unrivalled; his constitution seemed to be

one of the most robust; and by all who knew him, he was regarded

as one likely to enjoy long health, and attain a good old age.

Dr. Graham was long engaged in preparing a Flora of Britain;

but he died without being able to give it to the world. His pub-

lished works consist chiefly of descriptions of new and rare plants,

which flowered in the Edinburgh Botanic Garden. These, as well

as notices of his excursions, appeared in the ‘ Edinburgh New Philo-

sophical Magazine,’ and ‘ Curtis’s Botanical Magazine.’ He also

published in ‘Hooker’s Companion to the Botanical Magazine,’ an

account of the Gamboge-tree of Ceylon, which he named Hebra-

dendron Cambogioides.

A genus of Chilian plants has been called Grahamia, by Gillies,

in honour of the deceased Professor; and several species of plants

have also been named in a similar manner, among which we would

particularly mention a new alpine species of Carer (allied to C.

savatilis), found in Clova, the scene of many of Dr. Graham’s ex-

cursions, and designated Carex Grahami by Boott.

Some years ago, Dr. Graham began to experience some peculiar

sensations in his chest, which he attributed to incipient disease of

the heart, or great vessels: they gradually became more marked,

and were ultimately accompanied by severe pain -and occasional

spasms. Itsoon became evident, from various symptoms—especially

from his diminished strength and increasing emaciation—that he

was the subject of organic disease ; but of what precise nature his

physicians were unable to decide, from the extreme obscurity and

ambiguity of some of the signs. ‘They were latterly of opinion, that

the symptoms were referable to a malignant tumour deeply seated

in the chest or abdomen.

Amid all his sufferings, Dr. Graham continued to the last to take

a lively interest in botany. At the beginning of May, he appeared

for the last time in his class-room in the Garden; upon which

occasion he introduced Dr. Hooker to the students, as his substitute

for the season.

Finding his end approaching, he expressed a wish to go to Perth-

shire, and was accordingly conveyed to Coldoch. He there breathed

his last, on the 7th of August. Upon examining the body after

death, an encephaloid tumour was discovered in the posterior me-

diastinum, lying close to the vertebre, pressing on the vessels,

thoracic duct, &c., and extending to the diaphragm. ‘Thus termi-

nated the career of one, who had contributed in a great degree to

advance the fame of the University of Edinburgh, by the numerous

enthusiastic students whom he sent forth to prosecute botany in

every region of the globe ;—one whose kindness and genuine frank-

ness of manner endeared him to all who came in contact with him,

286 Miscellaneous.

in the various relations of teacher, hospital physician, and friend ;—

one of whom it may be truly said, that while he was eminently

conspicuous as a successful and able Professor, he was not less di-

stinguished by his candour, straightforward conduct, scrupulous

honour, and unswerving rectitude.—J. H. B.

Dr. J. W. Meigen.—This celebrated entomologist died in his 82nd

year, on the 11th of last July, at Stolberg, near Aix-la~Chapelle.—

Bot. Zeitung, Sept. 12.

SHOWER OF DUST AT ORKNEY.

Sandwick Manse, Sept. 19, 1845.

On the morning of the 3rd inst. there was a fall of dust resem-

bling Roman cement over all Orkney, and probably Jutland also ;

at least it extended as far as Lerwick, the capital of these islands, as

it fell on the sails of a French sloop-of-war which was in that bay at

the time; and by all the intelligent people here as well as there, it

is thought to be of volcanic origin, and to be the produce of a burn-

ing mountain in Iceland.

We were disposed to ascribe it to Mount Hecla then, but the

French officers and savans, who had just returned from Iceland, think

it more probable that it is from another mountain, which, though

not so celebrated as Hecla, was threatening an eruption when they

left that country. I have not yet heard of its extending to other

counties in Scotland, but think there is little doubt of the fall of

some on the N.E. of Caithness, whether observed or not. Some

people in different parts of Orkney had clothes out bleaching on the

preceding night, and they were not a little distressed to find them

covered with the dust next morning; but it seemed so much like

common dust from a road, that they were more disposed to blame

their neighbours for the trick than Hecla, or any of its neighbours.

I am told that it was observed floating on the surface of the sea that

morning, and it could be collected from flag-stones, glass, or leaves

of cabbage, and other plants, for some days after. I do not know

the duration of the fall, but a medical man who had occasion to be

out between 3 and 4 o'clock that morning was much distressed with

the dust in his eyes and on his face, which could not have arisen from

the ground, as it was too wet at the time ; and it also fell on board

of ships and fishing-boats, much to the annoyance of the fishermen.

Iceland lies about 500 miles N.W. of this, and the wind for some

days previous had been from that quarter. This may appear a long

way for the ashes to be carried through the air, but such cases are

not unprecedented, and Dr. Barry, in his ‘ History of Orkney,’ men-

tions a similar occurrence about eighty years ago, which was known

by the name of “the black snow.” ‘The weather for several days

before was fine ; the barometer being high and steady, about 30°27,

and the daily average height of the thermometer from 57 to 52.

Some people observed a sulphureous smell in the atmosphere a few

days before. : C. CLouston.

Meteorological Observations. 287

RAIN DURING THE PRESENT YEAR.

Mr. Luke Howard has furnished us with the following monthly

amounts of rain for this year up to the end of August inclusive :—

January .... 0°83

February .... i 4°69 first four months.

March ...... 1°85

April i .6:ui%. 1°36

Magis is Merona ig (

JUNE: 2.x be ka 3°09 i

oA haba 3-95 13°40 last four months.

4036 | 18°09

18°09 in the eight months,

the usual average of a year being 26 inches.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR AUG. 1845.

Chiswick.—August 1. Fine: cloudy: overcast. 2. Very heavy rain. 3. Cloudy:

showery : partially overcast. 4. Cloudy: fine: clear. 5. Showery. 6. Very

fine. 7. Rain: thunder-showers in afternoon: clear. 8. Fine. 9. Rain:

boisterous, with rain, 10. Overcast. 11. Heavy showers : thunder. 12. Over-

cast. 13. Slight rain: cloudy: showers. 14. Densely clouded. 15, Cloudy:

clear and fine. 16,17. Cloudy. 18. Very fine: rain. 19. Foggy: heavy rain.

20. Very clear: cloudy. 21. Very fine. 22. Cloudless and very fine. 23. Over-

cast: rain at night. 24, Very fine. 25, Foggy: very fine: rain at night. 26,

27. Fine. 28. Clear: cloudy. 29,30, Bright sun and very fine. 31. Slight

haze: very fine: overcast.—Mean temperature of the month 2° below the

average.

Boston.— Aug. 1. Windy: rain yesterday (rain p.M.). 2. Fine: rain a.m. and

ym. 8. Cloudy. 4. Rain. 5. Cloudy: rain a.m.andpe.m. 6. Cloudy. 7.

Cloudy : hail and rain, with thunder. 8. Cloudy. 9. Cloudy: rain early a.m.

10. Cloudy: rain early a.m.: raina.m. 11. Cloudy: rainp.m. 12, Cloudy:

rain early a.m. 13. Cloudy. 14, Cloudy: rain a.m.andp.m. 15. Cloudy:

rain early a.M.:rainr.m. 16—18. Cloudy. 19. Rain: stormy p.m.: rain A.M.

and p.m. 20. Stormy. 21. Fine: rainr.m. 22. Fine. 23. Fine : 1 EM

24, Fine. 25. Fine: rainr.m. 26, Fine: rain y.m., with thunder an gh 3

ning. 27. Fine. 28. Cloudy. 29, 30. Foggy. $1. Fine.—Not so much rain

in one month since August 1831, nor so cold an August since August 1833:0

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.— Aug. 1. Bright: clear. 2. Bright: cloudy. 3.

Rain: rain and cloudy. 4. Rain: showers, 5. Cloudy: fine. 6. Bright:

cloudy. 7. Damp: rain. 8, Muchrain: rain. 9. Bright: clear. 10. Bright:

damp. 11. Cloudy: drizzle. 12. Cloudy. 13. Cloudy: drizzle. 14, 15,

Showers. 16. Showers: cloudy. 17. Bright: damp. 18, 19. Showers: cloudy.

20. Rain: showers. 21. Bright: cloudy. 22. Cloudy: rain. 23. Bright:

showers, 24. Clear. 25. Rain: clear. 26. Muchrain: rain. 27. Bright:

clear. 28. Cloudy: clear. 29. Cloudy: damp. 30. Showers: drizzle. $1.

Fog : drizzle.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire.— Aug. 1—3. Showery. 4. Rain heavy A.M.

5, 6. Slight showers. 7. Fine and fair: a fewdrops. 8, Fine and fair. 9. Rain

all day. 10, Slight shower. 11. Fine: afew drops. 12—16. Fine. 17. Rain

from 11 a.m. 18, Shower. 19. Showers, 20. Fair, but cloudy. 21. Fair

and fine. 22, Fair, but cloudy: stormy and rain p.m. 23, Heavy showers.

24, Fine after one shower a.m. 25. Heavy rain: thunder. 26. Fine: one

shower, 27. Fairand fine. 28, Very fine and clear. 29. Fine, but cloudy.

30, 31. Very fine.

Mean temperature of the month ........cceccccecseecseeces 56°°4

Mean temperature of Aug. 1844 ......cc0s sessceceeeees 54 6

Mean temperature for 23 years 57 °0

erplooe seh 6c! - | 96-15 LE-75 1-08 '-£9 |L-89 |61-66 le¥-69 \v08-6z, 9LL-62 029-62 969-62 | TE-6z LOL-66 |606-66 |"a¥ont

ssseeelseseoeleeeeerieerere! om | om |uupeo| cau | €¢ | LG} PS} €L| £9) FS | SL |PE-OE |ZE-0€ | Bz-0€ | 8z-0£ | £8-62 | 99Z-0£/88z-0F | “If

1 ls 59 eae eae Pile ‘ma | WB) *ou cg LS | 99/02} 9S| LP ZL |\SG0€ | 1Z-0€ | 6%-0€ | O£-0€ | 06-62 | Z9Z-0£/S6z-0£ | “Of

sstereleereerieeveesiterere] ems | em [uarea| tau | 2G | 19 |¥69/¥g0/S-2G| sb | 69 | LZ-0€ |LZ-0€ | Lz-0€ | $Z-0€ | 06-62 | 142-0£/€08-0F | *6z

_ttevesleseensleeeeeeleeroeel omc] smu |unfea| ‘aa | SoG | 19 |€ZP/¥lo| 8S) LP | 99 |S-0€ | 1%-0€ | Z%OF | 0B-0F | 18-66 | L1Z-0€ 962-08 | *8z

of. |] go. [rete] ts | cw | tm | tw} OS | $69 | 6F| So} 6S| 19 | IL |ZU-0F |Z1-0€ | OT-0€ | €0-0€ | 09.62 | 080-0£)ZgI-0F | “Le

PL. lee] Go. [eee] cu} | ta | ta eg | €¢ |€1S\ #29! 69) oF | IL |6L-6z | 61-62 | 08-62 | 29-62 | 0£-6% | 0S8-62)0Z0-0£ | “9%

go. [oree"|te"e8"| PO. | *Ms |*sapa} “Mm “ms | $29 | $9 | €9)#69'9.69| oS €L | LS.6% | 69-6% | 0S-6%| L9-6z | SV-6% | 1Z8-62/F00-08 | “Sz

Go. |g8-0| 60. ["""""| ‘as | cms | ms | tm | Lb} 19 |f9F/¥29| 19| PP | SL |$8-6z |08-6% | 1862 | 82-62 | PV-6z $L6-62,616-62) “ve D

LZ [errteree| Zo. frais | emss | tm | cms | ZS) gS) S| Fo] BS} oF | OL | £9-6 | 09-6 | 02-62 | 14-62 | Z9-62 | 700-06 6E 1-08 | “Ce

teeven|eerers] OO. [eeeeee] cag | sms | *M “m | £€¢ GS | IP! 29|.8S! 67 ZL | 9L-6% |$6-6% | 88-6%| 86-62% | $9-6% | P8I-0£|L0z-08 | *Z%

stererlererer oeeeesl fo, | mu | cm | tm | *m | 6f | $09 |f0h/ £69 8S} 6E | go | 88-6% | €L-6% | 98-62 | 89-6 | 0£-6% | 768.62,090.0€ | “1%

ge. feel pg. [reves] crf cm | om | cms | 0G | €¢ |f09/f9S| 89] Sh | 99 | £5.62 |Zb-62 | VP-62 | 02-62 | 06-8% | 7ES-60/S91.60 | “0%

ttreesleeeserl nl ob. | cau | ‘ass | Wye | “As TS | $19 £67| 6S! gS! 6P | Lo :| £S.6% |09-62 | gz-6% | 6£-6% | P6-8% 111-6, 1LE-6%| “61

sreeeleereesleneeee 7 | sasa | cms | “Mm | ms | ZG | £29 |¥€S| Fo S-L9| wF | IL |$9-6% |99-6% | 0G-6%) 19-62 | 0-60 76S-60;29L-60/ “SI

tsteeelsoeeesleeeseeleeeeee| tout | tms | UPB} ts | FOG zs |. i ¥0g| LS| PF 69 | €L.6z | 08-62 | LS-6% | $L-6% tP.6z | LZL-6Z'106-6% | “LITO

‘terl9z.9/ 90. [eree) ‘mu | cu | cma | ema! ef | 6 | PP) 09/6-FS| gh | 19 | 68.62 |£6-6z | 08-62 | 28-62 | 87-62 | LE8.60116-62 “OT

90. |"}O1- [ee] “a | ca | “Mu ma) Egp | 2g £op| zql 99] PF | Zo |$6.6% |06-6z | 08-62 | ZL-62 | 9%-62 | 8ZL-62,008-62 | “SI

Pie freee ema wea) ma | 6p | 6h | £19 |¥€9) 99] 2F | Zo |S8.6% | 98-6 | £L-6z | €8-62 | 07-62 | 618-60,256.60 | “VI

streesleeseerlerrees) oo iemum | *mu | “mu | ma | $ZG | $zG |. gh| €9|/ 99} OS | 99 | 96.6% |86-6z | 16-66 | 26-62 | 09.62 | £00-0£ 9£0.0€ Oe

ssleeeeelog, ito, | cau | cauu| tau | tau | og | $19 |¥€9/ z9| 99] OP | £9 |00.0€ |96.6z | 68-62) 08-62 | SE-62 | 928-62/626-60 | “ZI

i lel Lt log. | ‘a | oun] smu | tas | FoS | ¥e9 |¥oS| Lo} 09} CS | OL | €6.6% | 18-6z | 21-62 | 85-62 O1-62 | £29-6Z,09L-6% | “IT

ssesseleereeei ge, |Cg, | oun} au | ‘us| cms'| €9 | LG | 2G] €o} LS| €S | go |9L.6z |€L-6z | 8h-62| SE-62 | G6-8% | 9US-62,LL5-62 | ‘OI €

gg. |ee|ce. | qo. | co | cm | tus | tas | €sG | gS |$29)¥e¢/G-19] 29 | go | £9.6z |8h-6z | SE-6z| OF-62 | L6-82 | L7V-63)829-62 | *

Z9- OL-1|O%- |QG- |*muu|*mum) -m | ‘as | §7S | ZG |F€S| P9/S.19.1 SF | IZ |09-6% | 89-68 | 19.6% | 99-62 | 62-62 | 028-62 1£8.6z

csteeslereeeleerree| E7, | cur |emum! tm | tas | PS | 2S} 2G} Lo| b9| Lb | 69 | PL-6z | 32-66 | 29-63) 69-62 | LT-62 | 824-62 98L-6z

sevesslesveosl 17 lat. | ca jemss | cm | tm | SEG | S09 |Egh/ Sho] 6G] OF | EL | BL-6z |GL-6% | 09-62 | 99-62 | Lz.62 | 8LL-62 728-62

ey. [eee] ge. |So. [| «ts | peo] “s | SS | PS |For] 99] £9} SS | SL | gL-6z | Lo-6z | $9.66 | 89-62 | 02-62 | L6S-6¢ 219.62

of. [sr] Go. [ere] tm | tas | tm | cms | £9] FS] PS} €9! 09] SS | IL | 09.6% |9-6z | 25-60 | ZP-62 | L1-62 | 189-62 769.60

KAKBAASRDAS

zp. [rr Le. }ore | *s | tas | ‘m | cms | $19 | €¢ | 19] gS] 69] FS | 69 | 92-62% | 62-62 | ZE-6%| 12-62 | L0.62 | 0€9-62/P9L-63 | * €

rereeleeree] GO, (49. | °9 | ‘as | umeo| “ms | $9} Lo} 6h| €9] b9| gh | FO | LP.6z | 19-62 | 62-66 | SE-62 | 00-62 | OVE.60/815-63 | *

trteesleeeres! QQ. 1 gg. | ‘a | tas | “ms | ms! ZS] 69/419) HO] 19] ZS | 99 | €9.6% | £9-62 | 8-62 G£-6Z | V1I-6%| 8LS-62\ZEL-62 | *

° = so) » 2\z curd. | cur eee ee ‘ ; ‘Sny

egles|e |e |e8|25| F | se ge [be | EF loo] Fl E |e] [Te |e | eg |e om | over

€2/82/5 12 }38|)s82] § | o2]- Ba es

ae . o1-" F Re *? : 7 “ioumigy © |eaqgeuricr 28 | "HOTMSTYD Eee ‘onys-souyuing | F "yOrMstyD sy

"Uy “Pury *I9JOWLOUIIIY J, *1aJIWOIV ; = S

*KANYUQ) ‘asunyyy younpung yo “uoysno]D "CE ‘Ady 247 Ag pun faurHs-saruawag ‘asunpy yYjuwdaddy yw ‘xequng * A *A0Y 24/7 fig ‘NoLsog

qo WRoA “AI 49 fuopuorT svau ‘MOIMSIHD 70 hjarv0g pounynaysozy ayy fo uapany ay, qo uosdwoyy, “AJ 49 apyu suowynauasqo junsoj0.L0aja yr

eae eee

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

No. 106. NOVEMBER 1845.

XXXI.—Anatomical and Physiological Observations on Sagitta

bipunctata. By M. A. Kroun*.

[ With a Plate. ]

Tur Sagitta bipunctata was first observed by MM. Quoy and

Gaimard in the Straits of Gibraltar, at the commencement of

their second voyage round the world}. Since that time the fauna

of the Mediterranean Sea has been often explored and described

by German and French naturalists ; but, to my knowledge, none

of these observers has again noticed this remarkable animal. It

is extraordinary therefore, that last autumn and winter, during

my stay at Messina, such a considerable number of these animals

were to be met with, that I was sure, whenever the sea was calm,

to perceive several carried along by the currents which prevail in

those latitudes. This favourable circumstance enabled me very

thoroughly to examine this animal, whose structure is still little

known by zoologists. ;

The rapid sketch of the form and external parts of the Sagitta,

given by MM. Quoy and Gaimard, was made from a young spe-

cimen four to five lines long. It is very conceivable that, from

the small size of this specimen, several of its most important

paste should have escaped the observers, and that they should

ave had but a vague apprehension of some other organs.

The body of the Sagitta is transparent as crystal, cylindrical,

* Translated from the Annales des Sciences Naturelles for Feb. 1845.

+ Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Ist series, t. x. p. 232. I may also

state here, that I am obliged to the kindness of Prof. Eschricht for the in-

formation that Mr. Scoresby met with an animal in the Arctic zone which

has great analogy with the S. bipunctata, and which he has figured in his

work (Account of the Arctic Regions, t. ii. pl. 16. fig. 1 & 2.). The reader

will learn with pleasure that the researches of M. Kschricht on the Sagitta

of the North, made in company with MM. Lovén and Kréyer, are soon to be

published.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. =

290 M. Krohn on the Anatomy and

almost regularly fusiform, growing narrow at its two extremities,

but particularly at its posterior extremity. At the anterior ex-

tremity of the body a head is readily perceptible. Five pro-

jecting appendages then strike the eye of the observer, extended

horizontally, and placed on the posterior half of the body:

these appendages have the form of leaflets or fins, and give

the animal, at first sight, some resemblance to a fish*. They

are attached to the body by a widened base, and diminish gra-

dually in thickness up to their margin, where they are very

soft and flexible. The hindmost of these fins, that which em-

braces the posterior extremity of the body, is an odd one: the

four others are arranged in pairs, that is to say, one opposite

another, on each side of the body. The posterior fin is triangular,

similar to the caudal fin of a fish, or rather, on account of its

horizontal position, comparable to the terminal fin of the Cetacea.

Each leaflet of the anterior pair of fins, placed almost in the

middle of the body, has the form of a segment of a circle, whilst

the two lamin which constitute the following pair, longer and

wider than the laminz of the first pair, resemble, up to a certain

point, a segment of a rhomb.

The head is manifestly isolated from the body, and surrounded

by a kind of membranous hood, which the animal can draw

‘back, and which it does in fact draw back when it seizes its prey.

The upper surface of the head is placed on a level with the upper

plane of the body ; its lower surface, on the contrary, is oblique

from above downwards and from before backwards. When the

hood is in the state of the most complete expansion and brought

over the head, the latter is entirely enveloped in it, with the ex-

ception of its under surface, in the middle of which is seen the

mouth in the form of an elongated depression. When the animal

draws back this hood, the head, and particularly its sides, are ex-

posed, and the parts which I proceed to describe are perceived.

In front and on each side there is a simple row of horny hooked

prickles, arranged in a curved line, directed obliquely from above

downwards and from before backwards (these are the palpes striés

of MM. Quoy and Gaimard) ; they enable the animal to seize

and bruise its prey. Their number varies in different indi-

viduals from five to seven on each side. They differ from one

another in size; the upper or anterior hooks being most fre- |

quently shorter than the lower or posterior ones, which in their

turn are shorter than the three or five middle hooks. They

are very much flattened, but present a decided curve and a

pointed end. The base by which they are attached to the skin

* For this reason the fishermen of Messina call this animal Spadella,—

the diminutive of spada, a sword.

Physiology of Sagitta bipunctata. 291

of the head is furnished at its edges with rather a broad ligula,

but growing narrow as it rises. If the hood covers the head,

and consequently the hooked spines, the latter, on both sides of

the head, approach and touch one another at their points, which

are turned towards the mouth. When the animal seizes its prey,

these hooks, by a simultaneous retraction of the hood, first pomt

upwards separating from one another, and are then lowered to-

wards the object which the animal wishes to seize. Besides these

spines, the head has two rounded prominences, situated on its

anterior margin, and a simple series of very small, straight, sharp,

and horny spines. Another similar series of spines is found on

two ligule situated on two prominences on the under surface of

the head. Nearly in the middle of the upper surface of the head,

two very small oculiform, blackish points are observed, which have

been already indicated by MM. Quoy and Gaimard.

It is well to remark here, that the apertures of the excretory

canals, of the organs of generation and the anus are on the pos-

terior half of the body. The animal is evidently hermaphrodite,

for it possesses two ovaries, one on each side, and two cavities or

cells in the posterior part of the abdomen or tail, and which serve

for the secretion of the seminal fluid. The two apertures of the

excretory ducts of the ovaries are at the base of the pair of inter-

mediate fins, on the surface of the body, opposite to one another.

Immediately in front of the base of the caudal fin there exists, on

each side, a rounded and blackish prominence, which presents an

aperture in the form of a fissure, directed obliquely from above

downwards*. Each aperture, as we shall observe in detail further

on, communicates with one of the seminal cavities above-men-

tioned, and assists in the secretion of the semen. The anus is

situated nearly at the same height as the apertures of the excre-

tory canals of the ovaries; but it is placed on the mesial ventral

line of the body. . |

The length of the most developed individuals is nearly two

inches and a half ; the smallest which I have observed were about

two lines and a half long; they were consequently only half the

size of those observed. by MM. Quoy and Gaimard. They re-

sembled however, in all other respects, adult individuals.

This animal swims with great swiftness, and justifies the name

which has been given it by the French naturalists. When it is

touched after a long repose, it darts away suddenly with the ra-

pidity of an arrow. During these movements, the fins appear to

be wholly inactive. Indeed, from their structure, these parts do

* It is these two parts, these two blackish points, but not of this colour in

all individuals, which have caused its specific name to be given to our S¢-

gitta.

292 M. Krohn on the Anatomy and

not seem adapted for swimming. Probably they facilitate the

suspension of the animal in the water by increasing the extent of

surface of the body.

I now proceed to consider the imternal structure. I shall

commence by that of the teguments and of the subjacent fibrous

layer lying beneath : I shall then pass in review the organization

of the three sections of the body, the head, trunk, and tail*.

The study of the nervous system, followed by that of the eye,

will conclude our.remarks on this animal. ei

Teguments.—With the exception of the head, the skin 1s

throughout, proportionally speaking, coriaceous and thick ; it is at

the same time smooth, and scarcely loses its transparency. When

immersed in spirits of wine, an epidermis appears to separate from

it; it is completely homogeneous and presents no peculiar ele-

mentary tissue. On animals which have been kept for some time

in alcohol, a great number of isolated, white, opake, and clearly

circumscribed spots are discernible ; these are probably mucous

follicles, more numerous and more pressed together on the ante-

rior part of the trunk. On examining the internal surface of the

skin, peculiar delineations, the nature of which I could not ascer-

tain, are easily discernible with a moderate magnifying power.

They are very clearly distinguishable on the lateral surfaces of

the trunk, where, as I shall observe presently, there exists no

subjacent muscular layer. With a higher power, these designs

appear to traverse a number of fields, the outline of which is

serrated in a zigzag manner by a large number of incisions, the

denticulations of one space corresponding exactly to those of the

adjoining, so that im no part can any void be perceived. At

several points, very little extended, polygonal cells may be de-

tected, often very regular, and presenting a central nucleus.

Neither these cells nor the nuclei form any independent layer

which can be isolated from the skin. 3

Fins.—As the fins are intimately blended at their base with

the skin, the description of their structure will best follow here.

They are formed, Ist, of a fundamental very transparent sub-

stance, which does not in the least become opake in spirits of

wine, and presents no trace of either cells or fibres ; and 2ndly, of

‘a peculiar envelope, of the elementary structure of which the mi-

croscope may furnish some indications. Even with the naked eye,

loosened strize in the form of rays, directed from the base to the

margin of the fins, are distinguished; but, viewed thus, it is a very

coarse image compared with that which it presents under the

microscope. A number of very elongated, flexuous and delicate

* Every one will immediately understand that the division of the body

into trunk and tail is arbitrary, and that the only advantage it has, is its

being convenient and clear.

Physiology of Sagitta bipunctata. 293

fascicles of fibres are perceived, advancing parallel to one another

in the direction which I have indicated. These fibres, which, in

their course from the base to the margin of the fin, become more

and more slender as they advance, adhere so intimately to the

fundamental substance, that they cannot be detached by any

means, neither by compression nor by sliding one plate of glass

over another, between which a fin had been previously placed. I

must state here that these fibres in no manner resemble the

muscular fibres.

Muscular layer.—The sre of muscular fibres, placed im-

mediately beneath the skin, and which aid the animal’s locomo-

tion, form two bands extending the whole length of the body,

but separated from each other by a considerable space. These

two bands are placed opposite to one another ; one on the dorsal

surface, and the other on the ventral surface of the animal. Hach

of them however occupies a small portion of the two lateral sur-

faces. From the isolation of these bands, a considerable interval

on each side results, where the skin is not furnished with a fleshy

layer,—a circumstance which it is not easy to perceive in the living

animal, on account of the transparency of all the tissues in their

normal state, but which becomes evident after: the muscular

bands have been rendered turbid by their immersion in alcohol.

The width of these muscular bands diminishes in the same pro-

portion as the body recedes towards its two extremities. This is

equally true for the intervals between them. To speak strictly,

each band is resolved into two lateral halves, which remain closely

connected with one another ; so that the number of the muscular

bands properly speaking is four. They are composed solely of

fascicles of longitudinal:fibres, arranged in several layers super-

posed and striated horizontally, like the primitive muscular fas-

cicles of Insects and Crustacea. For this reason the animal

is only capable of bending and extending the body ; any diminu-

tion of the volume of the body in the direction of its transversal

diameter is impossible. From what we have said respecting the

direction of the muscular fascicles, it will be understood that all the

motions from above downward, or from below upward, are effected

by these animals with greater energy than the lateral motions.

The observations of MM. Quoy and Gaimard perfectly agree with

our own ; for they have seen the Sagitta, whilst swimming, strike

the water with its tail like a Cetacean.

I. Head :—Hood.—The hood is formed by the duplicature of

the teguments of the head; the internal lamella appears to be

more delicate than the external. Its insertion on the head follows

the course of a line which, starting from the middle of the upper

surface of the head, is directed a little behind its anterior mar-

gin. ‘This line describes on each side a great curve, passing

294 -M. Krohn on’ the Anatomy and

_ round the base of the hooks outside and behind, in proceeding

toward the lower surface of the head, behind the mouth. As we

have already said, the hood only covers a portion of the head,

leaving the’ lower surface almost completely exposed ; the result

is, that its lateral parts must be wider than its upper and lower

‘portions. Between the two leaflets composing it we observe very

evident slender fascicles of fibres, which have a parallel course to

the outline; these fibres probably serve for the expansion of this

part, ‘whilst a simple mechanical action, the straightening of the

hooks, and the swelling of the head, which is the consequence of

“it, casts back this organ,

~~ Hooks.—These are composed of horny fibres, excessively de-

leate, and having a longitudinal direction. Their base is hollow,

‘and contains a substance which becomes white and turbid in

spirits.of wine; it is probably a kind of bulb destined to rege-

nerate the hook when this latter is worn or destroyed. :

Muscular apparatus.—The principal mass of the head is.com-

posed of Giibeles arranged symmetrically on the two sides of

the head; the most voluminous among them are those whicli

form its pase: and on this account, these masses, seen in profile,

‘appear to be obliquely truncated ; m fact, each of them consti-

tutes the corresponding half of the head: When they are in

action, raising the hooks, they form two considerable emiences

which project beyond the two prominences which surround the

mouth. They are resolved into numerous fascicles, the direction

of which it is difficult to detect. We know however positively

that most of these fascicles are inserted at the base of the hooks,

and others on to a thin and hard plate, which I must here de-

scribe. This plate exists on each side, immediately beneath the

skin. It:extends on the surface of the muscles in question, at

first between the bases of the hooks and the points of insertion

of the hood ; it then forms a curve, following this insertion as far

as the anterior margin of the head ; and lastly, growing thinner,

enters into the emimences which bear the little spmes above-

mentioned.

With regard to the other pairs of muscles, I confess that I

have not been able to follow them in a satisfactory manner ;

their minuteness baffled my patience ; and if I were able to indi-

cate the origin and insertion of some of them, I should still find _

it impossible to explain their action.

Pharynz.—The pharynx is a short duct, situated m the mid-

dle of the head, and only a little wider than the stomachal swell-

ing. Laterally, it is limited by the two muscles of the hooks,

and, as it seems also, by walls furnished with very decided mus-

cular fibres, crossing one another.

Il. Trunk.—The cavity of the trunk is filled, during the life

Physiology of Sagitta bipunctata. 295

of the animal, with a soft, translucid, apparently mucous sub-

stance, which is coagulated and rendered flocculent by the addition

of alcohol ; it contains no other organs than the stomachal swell-

ing and the ovaries ; it is isolated, as well from the head as from

the tail, by transversal partitions.

_ The stomachal swelling is a somewhat considerable canal, which

extends through the whole length of the cavity of the trunk ; it is

a little compressed laterally, but its width is throughout the same.

After having reached the last transversal partition, itthere describes

a small curve, taking a direction toward the anus, and during this

short passage it becomes, funnel-shaped. _ It is difficult to detect

the structure of its walls, and what I shall here advance must not be

regarded as proved. These walls appear to be composed of three

layers. The outer one is formed of excessively minute annular

fibres, close together, and readily detected under a high mag-

nifying power. I have only been able to distinguish longitudinal

fibres in two limited spots, that is to say, only on the central line

of the walls. They form, in fact, upon the upper central line, as

well as on the lower line, two filaments isolated from one another

throughout the extent of the stomachal swelling, and are placed

exteriorly to the annular fibres. The central layer is formed of

polygonal cellular spaces, above or beneath which is perceived a

number of round bodies, produced by the union of very small

and nowise polygonal cellules. These are apparently glands,

which, perhaps, are destined to secrete the liquid necessary for

digestion. The internal layer is a homogeneous epithelium,

furnished with long and thin cilia possessed of a lively vibratory

motion. Above, the stomachal swelling is attached by a simple

ligament, tolerably resisting, extending throughout its length, to

the upper wall of the cavity of the trunk; inferiorly, numerous

slender fibrous filaments are perceived, mostly ramified, attached

to the wall opposite to the cavity of the trunk, and which are

fixed to the stomachal swelling, on the other side of the superior

ligament. I have often taken these last for vessels. On this

point, as I shall not return to it, I may observe that I have never

been able to distinguish the least trace of a vascular system. The

observation of very young individuals, under a convenient mag-

nifying power, has furnished me with no result in this respect,

any more than the dissection of larger individuals ; but I do, not

intend by this to affirm that there is a complete absence of the

vascular system.

Most frequently the stomachal swelling is found in a state ap-

parently quite empty; I have only observed it to be filled with

solid nutritive matter, such as fragments of small fishes and crus-

tacea, in a few instances. When several of these animals were

296 M. Krohn on the Anatomy and

kept in the same vessel, I rarely remarked that they devoured

one another, or that they were inclined to do so.

The ovaries have been already described by MM. Quoy and

Gaimard. Each ovary is a pouch terminated anteriorly in a cecum,

and fixed by a slender ligament to the inferior wall of the cavity

of the trunk ; it extends in a straight line from anteriorly back-

wards, parallel to the corresponding margin of the inferior mus-

cular band, and lastly forms a loop, on rising towards the dorsal

surface of the animal. There it opens exteriorly between the

upper muscular band and the base of the last fin. I fancied that

I perceived in the sides of the ovarian pouch, under a strong

magnifier, thin. fibres, which, where the germs of ova (stroma)

occurred, appeared to form two interlaced layers. The stroma,

which may be detected throughout the whole length of each ova-

rian pouch, only exists in the half of this organ, in relation with

the ligament.

The length and the width of the ovaries, very variable accord-

ing to the age of the individuals, are in direct relation, as may

easily be conceived, to the number and development of the eggs

contained in them. In imdividuals of two hnes and a half in

length, only feeble rudiments of them are seen; the ovules are

then extremely small. These ovaries increase more and more in

length and breadth up to the adult age, that is to say, up to the

moment of coition, at which period they are seen to project

above the first pair of fins*. All the eggs, the smallest as well

as the largest, exhibit a germinal vesicle; but no circumscribed

germinal spot can be discovered in them. The vesicle appears of

a relatively very considerable volume in the youngest ovules; it

increases at first a little in size in proportion as the vitellus di-

minishes ; but it remains at length stationary,—relations which

exist in all known animals. When we examine very developed

ovaries, we find that the youngest ovules are appended to the

stroma by a short pedicel, whilst the most advanced ovules, which

are surrounded by a very visible chorion, are not provided with

this pedicel.

III. Tail :—Seminal cells—The cavity of the tail is divided

throughout its length by a vertical partition attached to the

transversal septum, which limits posteriorly the cavity of the

trunk, and is thus divided into two cells perfectly dependent of

one another. It is in these cells, as we have already stated, that

* There are however exceptions to this rule: the ovaries are sometimes

less developed in the large individuals than in other smaller ones. I re-

member in particular an individual the length of which was only three-

quarters that of a normal adult, and in which the fecundation nevertheless

took place in the interior of the ovaries, which were highly developed.

Physiology of Sagitta bipunctata. 297

the seminal fluid is elaborated. The Sagitta therefore presents

no seminal gland organized in the manner of a testicle.

The apparatus destined to contain and to convey the mature

seminal fluid is very singular. It is already known that each cell

opens exteriorly, before the caudal fin, by an aperture situated on

a rounded prominence. This prominence is excavated and com-

municates with a canal hollowed in the thickness of the skin of

the tail, and which goes finally into the cell of the corresponding

side. In fact, if we open each cell inferiorly, by a longitudinal

section, and examine the interior surface of the upper wall thus

exposed, after having removed with the greatest care all the vis-

cous matter, we distinctly observe, with a magnifying power of

ten to twelve diameters, that at a small distance from each pro-

minence there is a rounded aperture with swelled margins. This

cavity leads into the canal above-mentioned, which extends pos-

teriorly, followmg the margin of the upper muscular band, and

describing a slight curve. At first somewhat broad, it gradually

becomes more and more narrow, and opens into the cavity of the

prominence. This cavity is relatively very large, and appears,

for this reason, to serve to collect and preserve the seminal fluid,

before its final exit. The internal sides of the two excretory ca-

nals, and the apertures with swelled sacculated margins are

covered with a fine membrane furnished with very numerous long

cilia close together and very vibratory.

Seminal fluid.—The mature fluid is of a chalky-white colour,

thick, and formed solely of spermatozoids. It is often found on

the external aperture of the seminal cells in the form of flakes or

drops. When one of these drops is observed with the microscope;

the phenomenon known by the name of total movement of the

seminal mass is instantly observed. The spermatozoa are capil-

liform, much elongated, and evidently narrowed toward their two

extremities, where they are pomted; they have an undulatory

or serpentine movement.

The results of my researches on the development of these bo-

dies are very limited ; I believe however that they agree generally

with those of Dr. Keelliker on certain Annelides, and in parti-

cular on the Branchiobdella parasita or Pontobdella spinosa. [See

his memoir entitled “ Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Geschlechts-

verhialtnisse und der Samen-flussigkeit wirbellosen Thiere,” pp. 18

and 24.] In all the individuals except those in which the period

of fecundation is near, and even in those which are only two lines

and a half long, bodies resulting from the agglomeration of a

great number of vesicles, or of small and spherical cells, are per-

ceived in the limpid seminal fluid ; these are the bodies known by

the name of aggregations of cells (Zellenhaufen), or by the still

more recent name of seminal globules (Samenkugeln) : it is in these

298 -M. Krohn on the Anatomy and

ageregations that the spermatozoa are subsequently developed.

Their size varies in the different individuals, and they are more

numerous in proportion as they are younger. In the greater

number of individuals, below or little above the mean size, only

these aggregations of cells are met with; when the animals increase

in size their number visibly diminishes, by their transformation

into spermatozoa. Lastly, the seminal cells of the adult individuals

contain, shortly before fecundation, only spermatozoa. The cells

which compose the seminal globules are all of the same size, do

not adhere together by any apparent means of union, and contain

numerous small granules, rarely a voluminous nucleus, which is

immediately rendered perceptible by the addition of dilute acetic

acid ; by this means also the sides of the cells containmg them

become visible. The spermatozoa, which, as I have already stated,

become more numerous in proportion as the animal is developed,

appear under a variety of forms. Sometimes they are bodies split

in their middle into two prolongations or tails, more or less long,

following the same direction, receding more and more, termina-.

ting in a point and forming amongst themselves an angle more

or less open ; at other times these tails extend in a straight line ;

at others again a third tail is added, which is directed laterally,

starting from the middle part, &c. The result of an attentive

examination is, that these varied forms may be attributed to the

differences which each of the successive phases of development

presents : thus we see a great number of very small tails deve-

loped upon a seminal globule, which may be compared to spurs ;

these prolongations, the first rudiments of the spermatozoa, al-

ready exhibit, at their base, traces of organization at its com-

mencement, which extends more and more, becomes general,

and advances in the same proportion as the volume of the sper-

matozoon increases. During these metamorphoses, the primor-

dial cells are very considerably modified ; they become smaller,

lose their granular contents, and, at a certain period, appear only

as simple appendages,—filaments: these are the spermatozoa in

the process of formation. The masses formed principally of sper-

matozoa in the mature state are easily distinguished by their in-

tensely white colour, whilst the masses of less-developed sperma-

tozoa may be recognised by their faint white aspect. Probably

the spermatozoa become disaggregated at the period of their ma-

turity ; then, being free, they pass into the excretory canals, and,

propelled by the currents produced by the movements of the

vibratory cilia, they finally reach the hollow prominences.

I should here mention a very remarkable phenomenon which

occurs in the interior of the seminal cells. This consists in

slow, very manifest movements of the seminal globules and masses

of spermatozoa, which take place in a greater or less extent, and

_ Physiology of Sagitta bipunctata. 299

_ which are frequently effected by a sort of rotation, and resemble

a true circulation. In fact, in this latter case, one or several of

these bodies progress along one of the sides of the seminal cell,

then pass to the opposite side of the same cell, proceed along it

in a direction reverse to the first, andsoon. [This circulation is

far more active and more general in individuals less developed. |

In other cases these bodies have very little motion, being some-

times attracted and sometimes repulsed by the walls. Frequently

indeed the majority of these bodies remain immoveable, until, at

a given moment, each begins to move, as if its turn had arrived.

Generally these movements do not extend beyond the posterior

part of the seminal cells. The cause of this phenomenon is due

to the existence of very minute and at the same time very trans-

parent vibratile cilia on the posterior wall of the cells, and which

-by their motion produce currents in the seminal fluid.

The seminal globules move also. in the same manner in the

testicular vesicle of the leech, that is to say, describing a con-

tinual circle along the sides of that vesicle. Professor Henle ob-

served it several years ago (see his observations on the Branchio-

bdella in the ‘ Archives’ of Miiller for 1835, p..586), and.recently,

in speaking of the same phenomenon in his beautiful work on

the tissues of animals (Allgem. Anatom. p. 211), he states that

the cause of it is not well known. But, in all probability, this

rotation is equally produced by these vibratory cilia. Api

- The maturation of the seminal fluid advances im each indivi-

dual parallel to that of the eggs, which might be presumed from

what has been ‘said on these two. products.,.In_ a, young or

- in an adult animal, the products of the male and female gene-

rative organs are always at an equally advanced period of their

development. The result of this is, that at a determined period,

the ova and the seminal fluid have acquired a simultaneous, ma-

turity, and that the fecundating fluid is introduced into the ova-

rian pouch. In fact, in certain individuals the fecundation is

already effected. Their ovaries, filled with a great number of yery

large eggs, which extend from two to three lines below the first

pair of fins, contain, at the side of the ova, a considerable quan-

tity of seminal fluid, the spermatozoa of which exhibit very lively

movements, as is indeed the case with those of other animals at

the rutting period.

The question still remains to be ascertained, whether the Sa-

gitte fecundate mutually, or whether they are androgynous. With

respect to this point, I must attribute great weight to a constant

phenomenon which strikes us when we examine the individuals

in question. In fact, the seminal cells in them are constantly

empty, without any trace of spermatozoa, which were before so

numerous, or at least only a very small number are found, almost

800 M. Krohn on the Anatomy and

all in their state of maturity. According to this, it is scarcely

doubtful that the seminal fluid mtroduced into the ovarian cavi-

ties belongs to them, and that, consequently, the Sagitta fecun-

dates itself. But by what means is the seminal fluid transferred

from the male into the female apertures, and how does it pass

over so great a space? It is difficult to say; I can only offer

presumptions on this point. If we suppose that the water serves

as the vehicle, we are scarcely more advanced, as it is necessary

to explain how the seminal fluid is conducted ito the ovary.

Shall we admit that it is propelled by currents produced by the

movements of the vibratory cilia, existing either toward the en-

trance into the ovaries or at the mouth of their excretory ducts?

But I have never been able to perceive, in any part, these vibratory

cilia in the female genital apparatus. It is therefore probable

that the transference of the seminal fluid is effected by the alter-

nate approach of the male and female apertures; and this may

take place by means of the tail being curved under the body.

Nervous system :—Cephalic ganglion.—The principal ganglion

of the head, or the cephalic ganglion properly so called, is si-

tuated in the middle of the upper surface of the head and at.a short

distance from its anterior margin, immediately beneath the skin

and above the pharynx. It is flattened, nearly hexagonal, and,

in adult individuals, it is about a quarter of a millimetre in ex-

tent. It sends out two pairs of nerves, one anterior, one poste-

rior, and communicates with the trunk or ventral ganglion by

two strong and elongated cesophagian commissures.

Each of the anterior cephalic nerves is detached from the an-

terior margin of the ganglion, remains at first almost parallel to

its congener, is then directed toward the prominence furnished

with bristles already mentioned, penetrates into the fascicles of

some muscles, and finally loses itself in the muscle of the hooks

of the corresponding side, after having become swelled into a

kind of ganglion, in the vicinity of this muscle. From this

swelling several filaments radiate, which divide themselves in the

muscle.

The two posterior cephalic nerves, which spring from the pos-

terior margin of the ganglion, exhibit remarkable peculiarities.

They are larger and more elongated than the anterior ones, re-

main, throughout their course, just beneath the skin of the upper

surface of the head, and extend to the limits of the trunk. They

diverge considerably from their very commencement, and curve

finally ito a circle toward the median line of the head, where

they anastomose, forming a kind of nervous arcade. At a little

distance from their origin, each of these small trunks furnishes an

optic nerve, which will be considered hereafter.

Ventral ganglion.—This ganglion is situated in the middle of

Physiology of Sagitta bipunctata. 301

the ventral surface of the trunk, and like the preceding one, just

beneath the skin; it must be sought for between the head and

the first pair of fins, but nearer to the latter. It is ovoid, elon-

gated, swollen, and in adult individuals is nearly a millimetre

and a half long. It consists of a medullary substance or intense

white nucleus, and of a cortical layer of a fainter white. This

last layer is composed of a multitude of ganglionic globules.

This nerve furnishes four principal branches, which, in their

course, proceed along the ventral surface of the animal. Of these

branches two are anterior ; these are the pharyngeal commissures ;

the two others are posterior. Beside these branches, this gan-

glion furnishes a great number of nervous filaments, which de-

tach themselves from it on all sides.

’ The two pharyngeal commissures proceed from the anterior

extremity of the ganglion, at first diverging from it; but they

soon proceed in a straight line and parallel to the head. They

attach themselves strongly to the skin, are very flattened through-

out their course, and become more and more narrow in propor-

tion as they approach the head. When they reach it, each of

them follows the lateral and upper insertion of the cephalic hood,

creeping immediately under the skin ; they form a kind of beau-

tiful arcade, and after becoming extremely delicate, unite with the

cephalic ganglion.

The two branches furnished by the posterior part of the ven-

tral ganglion are larger, but shorter than the pharyngeal com-

missures, for they scarcely pass the first pair of fins; they also

detach themselves from the ganglion, diverging from it, but soon

take a parallel course backwards. At their posterior extremity

they furnish a multitude of ramifications which at first remain at

the side of one another, but subsequently exhibit greater diver-

gence and assume something of the form of a horse-tail.

From the external margins of all the branches of the ventral

ganglion a number of nerves separate; these ramifications, like

those proceeding directly from the ventral ganglion, form all of

them a curve on ascending toward the dorsal surface of the ani-

mal, and during their course become more and more divided, and

furnish, by adhering and anastomosing, a fine and very compli-

cated nervous network beneath the skin of the trunk.

Eyes.—We have already said that the optic nerves arise from

the posterior cephalic nerves. Hach optic nerve has its origin at

the external margin of the branch which furnishes it; it then

swells into a rounded ganglion, on which the eye is as it were set.

The ganglion and the eye are placed in a peculiar closed cavity,

hollowed in the skin of the head. The eye is much smaller than

its ganglion ; it is spherical, and enveloped in a pigment of a deep

colour. When this eye is examined with the microscope there is

302 M. Krohn on the Anatomy and.

seen in one spot a spherical prominence, transparent as glass, and

projecting beyond the pigmentary envelope; it is perhaps the

cornea or the crystalline lens. At the circumference of the eye

a very great number of short fibrils are perceived ; in all proba-

bility these are fascicles of delicate nervous fibres which spring

from the ganglion, and which seem to penetrate through the pig-

mentary envelope in the cavity of the eye.

Conclusions.—After having passed in review the structure of

the Sagitta, we come at last to the question as to what place it

should occupy in the animal series. MM. Quoy and Gaimard,

who first noticed this animal, leave us in doubt on this point, and

they admit that they did not sufficiently examine its structure to

be able to pronounce an opinion. But even at present, when the

organization of the Sagztia is better known, it is difficult to arrange.

it in a positive manner in any of the classes of our present

systems. It is certain that the Sagitta is no mollusk; for al-

though its nervous system seems organized on the general plan

of these animals, most of the other parts of its organism and the

habits. of the animal do not seem to justify this affinity. In

my opinion it can only be referred to the Annelides*. Here

again great difficulties present themselves ; for, not to mention

the absence of rings, and taking only a small number of the pe-

culiar characters of the Sagitta, where shall we finda genus of

Annelides provided with a hood and a similar cephalic armature,

fins, and so remarkable a disposition of the apparatus ef genera-

tion? Nevertheless it seems evident to me that the Sagitta can-

not-enter into. any other class than that of the Annelides, and

that we must consider it as an anomalous genus, until we shall

discover other animal forms which may connect it by gradual

transitions of organization with some known genus of Annelides,

or which shall completely separate it from this class of animals.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV. B.

In order not to encumber the figures with letters, we shall only indicate

a single organ or a single half of an organ, when there is a pair of them.

Figs. 3, 4, 5 and 6 represent the head magnified from ten to twelve times

* Having had occasion to observe the Sagitta bipunctata during my last

voyage to Messina, I think I may say that [ do not in any way share the

opinion of M. Krohn on the natural affinities of that animal. I find nothing

in its organization which can lead me to consider it as an Annelide, and I do

not doubt that it is a mollusk, having in certain respects a great analogy to

the Firole. It seems to me that the part designated by the author under

the name of head is formed principally by the fleshy bulb of the mouth car-

rying the dental armature, and that it is the fold called hood in the prece-

ding memoir which represents the head. ‘The curious arrangement of the

organs of generation noticed by M. Krohn constitutes the chief anomaly in

the structure of this animal.—Mitne Epwarps.

Physiology of Sagitta bipunctata. 303

as seen with a lens. The other figures are drawn from the organs seen under

the microscope, and the determination of the magnifying power was made

from the calculation of a vision of 74 inches.

Fig. 1, The Sagitta, a little larger than its natural size, —a view of its dorsal

surface: a, the head; ), first pair of lateral fins; c, second pair of

lateral fins ; d, caudal fin ; e, openings of the excretory duct of the

ovaries ; f, prominence of the seminal cavities.

Fig. 2. The same animal—view of its ventral surface : g, ventral ganglion

of the nervous system, seen by transmitted light; A, anterior

branches of nerves, or pharyngeal commissures ; /, posterior

branches of nerves ; /, the ovaries seen by transmitted light (they

are here little developed); m, the anus.

Fig. 3. A view of the under-side of the head, with the hood in a state of

complete expansion: a, the hood ; 4, inferior surface of the head ;

¢c, prominences furnished with bristles; d, the mouth; e, the hooks

seen through the lateral parts of the hood: they are closed together ;

Ff, commencement of the trunk.

Fig. 4. Profile view of the head in a young specimen ; the hood expanded :

a, prominence on the upper surface of the head, beneath which is

situated the right eye ; 6, the hooks of the right side in their state

of repose ; ¢, the trunk. |

Fig. 5. Upper view of the head. The hood is retracted, and the hooks are

in their state of erection : aa, superior and lateral points of inser-

tion of the retracted hood; 0, the free margin of the hood; c, the

superior and lateral parts of the head and the hooks exposed; ,

d, transparent view of the cephalic ganglion; e, the anterior ce-

phalic nerves; f, the nervous loop formed by the posterior cephalic

nerve ; g, the eyes. ;

Fig. 6, Under view of the head, with the hood retracted and the hooks erect:

aa, portion of the hood; 6, the prominences furnished with bristles ;

c, the margin furnished with bristles ; d, the mouth; e, the muscles

of the hooks, forming a hemispherical projection.

Fig. 7. A ventral view of the posterior parts of the body, magnified five to

six times, and turned so as to exhibit a larger portion. of the left

lateral surface: a, pair of posterior fins; 6, caudal fin; ¢, anus;

d, ovary seen by transmitted light, exhibiting the curve which it

describes above; e, prominences of the seminal cells.

Fig. 8. Excretory apparatus of the seminal fluid; it is seen on two sides,

magnified from ten to twelve diameters, and exposed as has been

said in the text: a, the superior muscular band seen withinside ;

b, the two canals with their rounded apertures opening into the

seminal cells; c, the cavities, the prominences of which are hol-

lowed: at their bottom is seen the opening by which they commu-

nicate outwardly, in the form of a fissure.

Fig. 9. Excretory apparatus of the seminal fluid of the left side, more power-

fully magnified ; a, the canal; 0, its opening, conducting into the

seminal cells; ¢, cavity of the prominence ; d, external opening

visible on the sides of this cavity.

Fig. 10. An aggregation of cells (seminal globule), which is subsequently

changed into spermatozoa (magnified more than seventy dia-

meters).

Fig. 11. Indication of averycommon state of development of the spermatozoa,

and more advanced than the preceding; it is not mentioned in the

text. In the centre are seen the cells of the primitive seminal

globule diminished in volume (magnified ninety-five diameters).

Fig. 12. Mature spermatozoa, magnified 420 diameters.

304 Mr. E. Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera.

Fig. 13. Systematic arrangement of the nervous system: a, cephalic gan-

glion; 6, ventral ganglion; c, anterior branch of nerves or pha-

ryngeal commissure; d, posterior branch; e, anterior cephalic

nerves, with their ganglionic protuberances; f, g, posterior cepha-

lic nerves describing a loop; A, optic nerves with their ganglions £.

Fig. 14, The eye, optic nerve and its ganglion, magnified ninety-five dia-

meters: @, optic nerve; 6, ganglion; ¢, eye; d, cornea or crystalline

lens, forming a rounded prominence; e, fibrils visible toward the

circumference of the eye ; f, excavation in the skin of the head, in

the interior of which the eye and the ganglion are inclosed.

XXXII.—Descriptions of new or imperfectly described Diurnal

Lepidoptera. By Epwarp Dovsiepay, Esq., Assistant in the

Zoological Department of the British Museum, F.L.S. &e.

[Continued from p. 236.]

Fam. PAPILIONIDE.

Genus PApi4io.

Tue description of P. Evan given in the last Number had scarcely

passed through the press, when the Museum received a large and

valuable collection of insects from Sylhet, amongst which were

specimens of this species, up to that time unique in Mr. Harring-

ton’s cabinet. One of these fortunately is a female, and I am

therefore able to point out the characters in which this sex differs

from the other. In size it is much larger, the expansion of the

wings being full an inch and a half greater; the anterior wings

are less faleate, their colour above much paler; the base is not

shaded with fuscous, the spot on the disco-cellular nervule is more

distinct, there are two or three irregular dark spots in the cell,

the dark border is narrower and not quite of so deep a colour, the

light fulvous spots are more distinct; the posterior wings are

paler, the dark margin much narrower, the inner row of spots

very distinct, the indentations and the tail pale fulvous, and the

under surface is much paler.

In addition to some species described by Mr. Westwood not

previously in the cabimets of the Museum, this collection con-

tained a new species remarkable for the form of its posterior

wings, and connecting P. Protenor and Rhetenor with P. Ganesa,

Bianor and the other species of that group which have some of

the nervules covered with down towards the extremities. For

this species I propose the name of P. Elephenor, under which it

will be found described below. |

Whilst on the subject of the Indian Papiliones, I may remark

upon an error in regard to three Indian species into which Hrich-

son, in his Report on Entomology for 1842, has fallen. I have

not troubled myself to do this so long as the report remained in

Mr. E. Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera. 3805

its original German, but now that it has been translated and widely

circulated by the Ray Society, it becomes almost imperative on

me to do so, and to put our English naturalists on their guard

against this and numerous—I am sorry to say very numerous—

similar errors, in this and other reports in the same volume. I am

the more surprised at the error in the case of these species, as I

believe the information relative to them was given to Erichson by

an English entomologist who well knew their distinction.

Erichson. states that P. Ganesa is synonymous with P. Are-

turus, P. Polyeuctes with P. Bootes, and P. Xenocles with P. Pol-

luz. Had he ever read the descriptions, he could not have fallen

into this error. |

P. Ganesa is in both sexes destitute of the splendid blue patch

on the posterior wings so conspicuous in P. Arcturus, and is far

more nearly allied to P. Paris than to that species, but differs

from it in many points besides the downy nervures of the anterior

wings in the males.

P. Polyeuctes is much nearer to P. Philozenus than to P.

Bootes, and may possibly be only a variety of the former, though

I think its characters are too clearly marked for this to be the

case. Of the four species in this singular group, P. Polyeuctes

has the posterior wings by far the narrowest, P, Bootes by far the

widest. P. Bootes has a large red patch at the base of the wings

below, P. Polyeuctes has not; P. Bootes has the white spots on

the disc of the posterior wings of a totally different form, and in

a different position to P. Polyeuctes.

P. Xenocles being almost a white insect, P. Pollux almost en-

tirely brown; P. Pollux extending in extent of wing little less

than double the expanse of P, Xenocles, cannot very easily be con-

founded. The species nearest to P. Xenocles is P. Macareus ; but

this is a darker insect, the dark markings extending over a wider

space, the light colour not being nearly so white; it also wants

the orange spot at the anal angle of the posterior wings.

I am convinced that Erichson cannot have seen the descriptions

of these species, and has been misled by erroneous mformation

from England. Other mistakes in his report I shall hereafter

point out.

P. Elephenor, P. alis anticis elongatis, supra nigris, viridi irroratis,

nervulis tribus pubescentibus, subtus pallidis nigro lineatis, posticis

ovatis elongatis, angustatis, dentatis, nigris viridi irroratis, antice

cerulescenti nitentibus, lunula anali rufa, subtus nigro-ceruleis,

lunulis marginalibus rufis, ceruleo irroratis(¢). Exp. alar. 5 unc,

3 lin. vel 132 millim.

Hab. Sylhet.

Anterior wings elongate, triangular, the outer margin about

two-thirds the length of the anterior, the inner bearing the same

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. Z

806 Mr. E. Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera.

proportion to the outer margin ; black, irrorated with green at the

base of the discoidal cell and on each side of the neryules ; the

radial nervyure, the fold between that and the first median nervule,

the first and second median nervules clothed with long hairs, as

in P. Bianor, &c. Posterior wings elongate-ovate, the abdominal

margin nearly straight, the outer quadridentate, black, irrorated

with green, the anterior margin shaded with blue as in P. Bianor ;

the anal angle marked with an ocellus incomplete towards the

margin, the pupil jet-black, the iris purplish red, irrorated with

light blue. Cuiha of the inner margin and of the indentations

pale. Below, the anterior wings are pale, more fuscous towards

the apex, the nervures and nervules, four streaks in the cell, and a

series of streaks between the nervules fuscous. Posterior wings

fuscous black, with purplish reflections, the anal angle with a large

rufous patch pupilled with black, irrorated with blue, surmounted

by an intense black cloud, and connected with a large lunule of

the same rufous colour, and also irrorated with blue; the outer

angle has an imperfect black pupilled ocellus followed by three

lunules, and in the interstice of the second and third median ner-

yule a cloud of scattered scales of the same colours;.the black

ground-colour being more intense aboye all these markings.

Head buff, vertex and antennz black.

Thorax black. ;

Abdomen pale, marked down the back with a black streak.

In the collection of the British Museum.

Fam. SATYRIDA.

Genus Harera.

H. Esmeralda. H. alis omnibus hyalinis, pube tenuissima brunnea

vestitis, posticis fusco-fimbriatis ocello magno ad angulum exter-

num, punctis duobus marginalibus albis, plagaque lete ianthina in

qua macule dus chermesinz. Exp. alar. 2 unc. 6 lin. vel 65 millim,

Hab, Para. .

All the wings diaphanous, the neryures and neryules brown,

the whole wing covered with delicate downy hairs of the same

colour, longest on the dilated portion of the costal neryure and

the anterior part of the cell of the anterior wings, which are im-

maculate, Posterior wings with a slender brown margin exter-

nally, the outer angle with a large purplish black spot, sur-

rounded by a yellowish and a brownish iris, and pupilled by a

pure white spot placed beyond the centre; this acellus followed

by two pure white spots, beyond which, extending to the anal

angle, is a large patch of the most beautiful ultramarine, in

which are two slightly opalescent carmine spots. Below, the

markings nearly as above, the ocellus with a few white scales be-

Mr. E. Doubleday on some new Diurnal Lepidoptera. 307

fore the pupil, the spot at the anal angle brown, marked with

pale rose-colour in the place of the carmine of the upper surface.

Head dark brown, white posteriorly ; antennz pale brown ;

palpi white.

Thorax brown above, paler below ; anterior legs white, posterior

pale brown.

Abdomen brown, pale below.

Tn the collection of the British Museum. Presented by Mrs.

J. P.X%, Smith.

This beautiful species is closely allied to H. Andromeda, but is

readily distinguished by its immaculate anterior wings and the

brilliant blue patch of the posterior.

Genus ARGYROPHENGA.

Maxillee rather long, slender.

Labial palpi long, porrect, divergent, the basal joint short, the

second joint very long, both densely clothed with long hairs ; third

joint not quite so long as, and slenderer than, the second, densely

clothed with hairs of moderate length.

Antenne short, gradually tapering to a compressed blunt club.

Anterior wings rather elongate, subtriangular, anal angle

rounded; the subcostal, median and radial nervules slightly di-

lated at the base, the first median nervule thrown off at the end

of the cell. Posterior wings obovate.

This genus is closely allied to Erebia, and from Mr. Earl’s ae-

count of its habits, they seem much to resemble those of the sub-

alpine species of that genus. The elongate palpi and short an-

tenne give it at first sight the appearance of Libythea, but there

does not appear to be any real affinity between them. The sil-

very markings below suffice alone to distinguish it from all the

other Satyride, giving it a resemblance to the Argynnide.

A, Antipodum. A. alis omnibus fusco-brunneis, plaga, magna pone

medium rufa, in qua in alis anticis ocellus niger albo bipupillatus,

in posticis tres vel quatuor unipupillati, posticis subtus ochraceo-

brunneis, vittis novem longitudinalibus argenteis (¢). Exp. alar.

2 unc. vel 50 millim.

Hab. Nova Zealandia.

Anterior wings fuscous brown, the base and costa thickly

sprinkled with paler scales and hairs, with a large fulvous patch

beyond the cell, occupying the whole dise of the outer half of the

wings, and im some specimens almost attaining the inner margin,

in which, near the middle of its anterior margin, is a large black

ocellus with two snow-white pupils. Posterior wings coloured

as the anterior, the fulvous patch with a series near its outer mar-

gin of three or four black ocelli pupilled with snow-white. Be-

low, the anterior wings are much paler at the base and along the

Z 2

308 Mr. J. Ralfs on Spirulina and Coleochete.

costa; the outer margin is ochraceous brown, bordered internally

with black, externally with a bright silvery line, and marked to-

wards the apex between the nervules with three or more silvery

vitte. Posterior wings ochraceous brown, margined externally

by a silvery line; a vitta in the cell, commencing above it at the

base of the subcostal nervure, a very slight one above the first

subcostal nervule, a long slender one below it, followed by four

very distinct ones in the interstices between the nervules, a longer

one extending to the base between the median and radial ner-

vures, and a similar one between the latter and the abdominal

margin bright silvery white, all except the two first-mentioned

connected with the marginal line. Cilia of the anterior wings

rufescent, darkest towards the anal angle ; of the posterior ochra-

ceous brown. .

Head brown ; antennee brown above, white below ; palpi light

brown.

Thorax clothed with long brown hair ; legs very pale brown.

Abdomen black above, very pale brown below.

The female is smaller, much paler in colour ; the outer margin

of all the wings above, and of the anterior below, very pale brown ;

the apex of the anterior marked above with two silvery vitte,

their discoidal cell on both sides and that of the posterior above

with a fulvous vitta.

In the collection of the British Museum, Mr. W. W. Saunders,

&e. :

The only specimens of this insect which I have seen were ob-

tained by P. Earl, Esq., who discovered them on a plain in the

southern island of New Zealand. ‘The specific name was sug-

gested to me by Dr. Boisduval, who agreed with me in the opi-

nion that it was one of the most, if not the most, interesting spe-

cies of the family yet known. At present it is the only one from

New Zealand.

XXXIII.—On the Genera Spirulina and Coleochete. By Joun

Ratrs, Esq., M.R.C.S., Penzance*.

[ With a Plate. ]

Sprrvutina, Turpin (Kiitz.).

Filaments collected into a mucous film-like stratum, simple,

spiral, oscillating, “imarticulate.”—SMKiitz. Phycologia Generalis,

p- 182.

Spirulina has its filaments interwoven into a thin stratum of

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, Dec. 12th, 1844, and

Jan. 9th, 1845.

“ee!

\))

(A\ ex

. es lg

Aer

{

\ e ]

Drea er

S“, ; i

“i way

Bay

Ann. t Mag, Nat. Hist. VoLN6.PLX.

<>)

ae ROS

e BS

la)

“nn

Sey;

pe)

we!

Mr. J. Ralfs on Spirulina and Coleochaete. 309

no determinate form, and by the naked eye cannot be distin-

guished from Oscillatoria, to which indeed it is nearly allied, as

its filaments are in like manner simple, oscillating and radiating.

Kiitzing describes them as inarticulate, and I have failed to de-

tect any joints or striz ; but as I have also been unable to per-

ceive any granular matter, the apparent. absence of striae may pro-

bably depend upon the extreme fineness of the filaments.

The close and regular spires formed by the filament are very

remarkable, and constitute, I believe, the only certain distinctive

mark between Spirulina and Oscillatoria.

1. S. tenuissima, Kiitz. ‘‘ Stratum very lubricous, eruginose, sub-

radiant ; filaments densely spiral, very slender, parallel, flexuose.”’

Kiitz. Ale. xiv. no. 131!; Phycol. Gener. p. 183.

On decaying alge in a biackiah pool near the Menai Bridge,

Anglesea. On sticks in brackish pools at Penman Pool near Dol-

gelley.

It forms at first a thin pellicle of a rich green colour, but in

an advanced state becomes somewhat skin-like and tinged with

brown ; filaments shortly radiate.

Under the microscope the filaments are extremely slender, of

a pale bluish green colour, elongated, straight when free, equal,

not attenuated at the extremities, vividly oscillating. Spires very

close, like the volutions of some shells, broader than long. There

is no appearance of granular matter, and the filaments are so fine

that I cannot ascertain whether they are jointed.

The oscillations of this plant are more vivid than those of any

species of Oscillatoria I have examined.

When I first gathered this plant in 1841, I suspected, not-

withstanding its different colour, that it might be the Oscillatoria

spiralis of Capt. Carmichael; but having communicated a speci-

men to the Rev. M. J. Berkeley, he informed me of its real name,

and sent me a specimen of Carmichael’s plant, which is a true

Oscillatoria, and cannot belong to this genus, as the filaments,

in the dried state at least, though somewhat distorted, are not

regularly spiral.

Through the kindness of Mr. Borrer I have been able to com-

pare our plant with the specimen in Kiitzing’s ‘ Alg. Aq. Dul.,’

and am satisfied of their identity, although his specimens were

gathered in fresh water, and I have always found mine in brack-

ish pools.

Prats X, fig. 1. Spirulina tenuissima.

Cotrocuazte, Bréb.

Fronds minute, parasitic, green, disciform, appressed, composed

310 Mr, J. Ralfs on Spirulina and Coleocheete.

of series of cells radiating from a centre and connected together

by a hyaline substance ; spores imbedded in the frond*.

1. C. scutata, Bréb. Cells having on their upper surface a cylin-

drical truncate sheath, from which a bristle at length protrudes,

Bréb. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. série 3. vol. i. p. 29. tab, 2.

In ponds, parasitic on aquatic plants, especially on the under sur-

face of the leaves of Potamogeton natans and Nymphea alba when

verging to decay. Victoria Park, Manchester, and in Windermere,

Mr. Sidebotham; Aberdeen, Dr. Dickie; Henfield and near Tun-

bridge Wells, Sussex, Mr. Jenner; near Fleetwood, Mr. J. S. Ash-

worth; near Bristol, Mr. Thwaites; ponds at Singleton and Sketty

near Swansea, Mr. Moggridge ; also abundant in Cromlyn Bogs near

the same town. In several stations near Penzance and Dolgelley.

This parasite, I suspect, is not uncommon, but from its mi-

nuteness it is difficult to detect, especially when growing on leaves

which still remain slightly green. It was first gathered in this

country by Mr. Sidebotham, who kindly sent me specimens ex-

ceedingly well-mounted.

The very minute fronds, which to the naked eye seem mere

specks, are under the microscope found to consist of many series

of cells radiating from a centre and connected together by a co-

lourless substance, which is best seen at the margin. Hach series

of cells is repeatedly dichotomous ; the cells are longer than broad

and truncate, the fot or five central ones somewhat irregular,

the others of equal length, forming concentric circles. These

circles vary from five to twenty in number. Endochrome green,

and usually contracted into a central spot in each cell.

After some time a cylindrical, colourless process appears on

the upper surface of each cell; it is directed outwards and is trun-

cate at the extremity ; within it a bristle becomes visible, gra-

dually protrudes, and finally becomes much elongated. The

bristle sometimes contains pale granular matter, when it may be

traced ever before it issues from the tube. Before the protrusion

of the bristle the sheath is always truncate, as if open at the end,

but afterwards it is sometimes conical, as if a membrane was

pushed out and then perforated.

Although the fronds are closely appressed, if care be tised they

may generally be separated by a penknife from the leaf on which

they grow. The margin of the frond is well-defined; in young

plants it is usually circular, but in the larger speciihens often

slightly lobed.

The spores, which are imbedded in the frond, are suborbicular

* “Frons disciformis, adpressa filamentis e centro radiantibus szepius

coadunatis; formata filamenta articulata dichotomo-ramosa e dorso articulo-

rum vaginas cylindricas, truncatas longe setigeras passim prodeunt. Endo-

chromas viride.” —Bréb. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. sérié 3. vol. i. p. 29.

Messrs. Alder and Hancock on Nudibranchiate Mollusca. 811

dnd at first green; but finally brown; they are latge compared

with the size of the plant, and are arranged in a circle near the

margin.

I am indebted to Dr. Dickie for determining the naine of this

plant, which I had supposed was one hitherto undescribed, and

also for @ specimen gathered at Falaise which he had received

from M. Lenormand.

Having sent a British specimen to Professor Kiitzing, he in-

formed ime, that as far as he cotild determine from the dried

specimen; it is his Phylactidium pulchellum; but although he

considers it distinct from Coleochete scutata, which he has also

gathered ii Prussia; I believe that he has only described its

young state as Phylactidium pulchellum, for his figure well repre-

serits our plant before the appearance of bristles ; and as it is un-

doubtedly Brébisson’s plant; I have retained the present name*,

Piate X. fig. 2. Coleochete scuiata: b, portion of a frond in frictifica-

tion ; ¢; portion magnified to show the processes.

XXXIV.—Notice of a new genus and several new species of

Nudibranchiate Mollusca. By JosHva ALpER and ALBANY

Hancock, Esqrs. oe

Genus HuMENIS. | ar

Bopy elongated, quadrilateral ; head subinferior, with corneous

jaws ; veil very small or none. Tentacles two, dorsal, clavate and

fainieated, with sheaths. Branchie papillose, set on a waved

pallial expansion down the sides of the back. Foot litiear. Ori-

fices of the generative organs and of the antis? on the right side.

Eumenis marmorata. Body nearly linear, tapering to an ob-

tuse point behind; olive-brown, streaked and spotted with dark

chocolate-brown and white. Head with a few tubercular pro-

cesses in front. Tentacles clavate, broadly lamitiated on the

upper part and truncated at the apex; lowe? part plain, inclosed

in small and rather tight sheaths. The sides of the body are pro-

duced into a pallial expansion, which wndulates into three or four

lobes, the margin set with irregular papillose bratichise of a fawn-

colour with pale edges. Interrupted dark brown imarkings run

down the centre of the back, streaked and spotted on each side

with brown and white. The sides of the body below the margin

of the cloak are also streaked with interrupted lines of dark brown

* « Phylactidium, Kiitz, Phylloma minutum, mondstromaticum, orbicu-

lare,s. flabellatim conjuncta constituentibus compositum. Spermatia ignota,”

—Kiitz. Phycologia Generalis, p. 294. aS

“1, P. pulchellum, Kiitz. Orbiculare, amoene viride; célltilis ce#logoni-

micis, demtiin transverse zonatis, centro globulo gotiithicd majori notatis.”

=Kiits. 1: ¢. p: 295. t. 16. #11.

312 Messrs. Alder and Hancock on a new genus and

and white. Foot nearly linear, transparent white, the front trans-

versely slit and produced at the sides into tentacular points.

Length rather more than half an inch.

From deep water, Torbay.

This genus belongs to the family of Kolidide, having a ramified

digestive system. In general appearance however it greatly re-

sembles a Tritonia. It has the same squared or prismatic form,

with a pallial expansion down the sides of the back bearing the

branchie, which are papillose and not branched as in that genus.

The jaws are large and powerful, resembling those of Holis, but

rather shorter and flatter. The tongue is covered with numerous

rows of strong teeth denticulated at the edges. In most respects,

the anatomy, as far as it could be made out from a single speci-

men imperfectly preserved, agrees pretty nearly with that of Holis.

The principal trunk of the digestive system appears to be follicu-

lated and the branches much-divided. The foot, in the only known

_ species, has long tentacular processes, as in several of the Kolides,

which it also approaches in the papillose branchiz. We thus find

the external characters of the two typical genera of the Tritoniade

and the Kolidide so united in this animal, that were it not for its

internal organization, we should have been at a loss in which fa-

mily to place it.

From this circumstance we see the impropriety of dividing these

families into separate orders. The anatomy of Dendronotus leads

to the same conclusion. This genus, which we have found it

necessary to establish in the first part of our ‘ Monograph of the

British Nudibranchiate Mollusca’ for the Tritonia arborescens of

authors, shows the ramifications of the digestive system peculiar

to the Holidide, with a remarkable modification approaching it

to the other two families of the order. The follicular portion,

instead of being entirely at the extremity of the branches as in

Eolis, is principally concentrated round the main trunk, thus re-

verting in part to the form of the true liver, and supporting the

views of those anatomists who consider the ramifications to be

merely modifications of the hepatic ducts. So far, therefore, as

the digestive system is concerned, there appears to be no good

reason for dividing the order as proposed by M. de Quatrefages ;

and respecting the vascular system, we have cause for believing

that we were correct when we hazarded an opinion that there

would be found less difference throughout the order than was

supposed.

We have recently discovered that the Dorides—even the most

spiculose—have the whole of the cloak covered with vibratile cilia.

From this circumstance alone it might be imferred that the Do-

ridide as well as the Kolidide have the blood partially aérated

from the general surface of the body. This inference however is

‘several new species of Nudibranchiate Mollusca. 313

rendered still more probable from the fact that the skin is a tissue

of cells, or perhaps is rather composed of a sort of network of

vessels running in every direction and uniting in two large trunks

that pass along the sides and pour themselves into the posterior

angles of the auricle. The blood that comes from the skin con-

sequently never passes into the true branchie. Cuvier, we are

aware, states that these vessels empty themselves into the gills.

With all deference to his high authority, we have convinced our-

selves after repeated dissections that such is not the case, but

that they go at once, as above stated, to the auricle.

This fact is interesting, as it shows that even in those Nudi-

branchs which have the branchiz most perfectly specialized, only

a portion of the blood passes through the gill ; and when taken

in connexion with the anatomy of Dendronotus, and with the

peculiar form and internal organization of Kumenis, goes far to

establish the unity of the order Nudibranchiata. .

Doris diaphana. Body not much depressed, equally ronnded 1

at both ends, transparent yellowish white: cloak covered with

rather large clavate tubercles. Tentacles nearly linear, laminated

with eight oblique plates ; apertures without sheaths. Branchial

plumes eleven, simply pinnate, retractile within separate cavities,

set in an imperfect open circle. Head with a large veil. Foot

yellowish white, showing the liver through in a large dark patch.

Length nearly an inch.

Under stones near low-water mark on Meadfoot sands, Torbay.

This Doris approaches nearest to D. bilamellata, but has much

fewer plumes and is quite transparent and colourless.

Doris pusilla. Body ovate, much depressed: cloak yellowish 1

white, thickly freckled with dark brown spots, and having nume- —

rous conical papillz obtusely pointed at the top. Tentacles long

and slender, pure white and finely lammated. Branchial plumes

nine, beautifully white; simply pinnate, set in an incomplete,

rather distant circle round the vent, and retractile within sepa-

rate cavities. Head with a broad veil: Foot rather broad. Length

about three lines.

Under stones between tide-marks, Tec biiy:

This pretty little species is not unlike D. depressa, but has the

papille less slender. The plumes are fewer and form a smaller

circle, but are more conspicuous from their snowy whiteness con-

trasted with the darker colour of the cloak.

Doris subquadrata. Body rather elevated, white with a slight

yellowish tinge, semitransparent. Cloak small, scarcely covering

the head and foot, a little squared before and behind, with the

edge slightly raised, not very. convex, thinly covered with small

papillary tubercles. Dorsal tentacles finely laminated, retractile

within short smooth sheaths. Branchial plumes seven, non-re-

—

314 Messrs. Alder and Hancock on a new genus and

tractile, large and spreading, bipinnate, the central stem large

and lying flat on the back. Head covered by a broad veil; pro-

jecting frequently a little beyond the cloak in front: Foot large

and thick, rounded before; and extending to a blunt point consi-

dérably beyond tle cloak behind; the sides rather high. Length

nearly an inch.

One specimen was dredged near Berry Head in Torbay.

Doris oblonga. Body rather convex, oblong-ovaté, tapering

behind: Cloak pale straw-coloured, freckled and spotted with

-umber-brown; densely spiculose, covered with moderate-sized,

nearly équal ¢onical papille. Tentacles rather thick and firel

laminated; without sheaths. Branchial plumes seven, shottiah

and not much spreading, surrounded by a circle of large tubercles.

Head furnished with a large veil. Foot narrowish, straight and

slightly notched in front, not extending beyond the cloak behind.

Length nearly half an inch:

Obtained with the last.

- ~ Goniodoris castanea: Body ovate, rather broad and flattish, of

- a reddish brown hue, covered-with soft warty tubercles. Head

bilobed, deeply sinuated in the centre; arched and terminating

in tentactilar points at the sides. Cloak small, warty, the margin

reflected all round ; interrupted behind. An elevated waved ridge

ruiis down the centre of the back, intersected by a small tratis-

verse one about half-way down. Dorsal tentacles small, very

broadly laminated and truncated at the apex. Branchial plumes

eight or nine, rather large, purplish brown, bipinnate, forming a

complete circle round the vent. A waved tubercular ridge ex-

tends down to the tail, which is rather obttise. Foot broad, ex-

tending iitueh beyond the cloak, with a deep notch under the

mouth in front, and rounded at the sides; yellowish with a tinge

of purple. The upper surface tuberculated like the rest of the

body, the prominent parts being blotched with opake white.

Length three-quarters of an isch. .

Under stones at low-water mark tear the ruins of Salcombe

Castle, Devonshire.

Eolis glauca. Body rather depressed, obloiig, tapering to a

firie point behind, of a pale brick-red, more intense towards the

head. Dorsal tentacles moderately long and rather slender, ta-

pering: Oral tefitatles about the same length as the dorsal ones;

set wide apart, whitish With a tinge of red. Branchie numerotis,

rather stout; vermicular, tapering at the ends and depressed to-

wards the base ; of a pale sige-green colour, speckled with brown

atid opake white, and frequently with a reddish tinge neat the

apex ; arranged in about fourteen transverse rows on each side,

leaving a bare space for about half-way down the back ; the front

rows divided into clusters of two or three rows each. Foot pel-

several new species of Nudibranchiate Mollusca. 815

lucid, broadish in front, slightly arched and extending into broad

tentacular points at the sides; tapering to a fine point behind.

Length 14 inch.

One specimen of this fine species was dredgéd up in Torbay.

Eolisinornata. Body ovate-oblong, rathér depressed, tapering

‘toa fine point behind. Oral and dorsal tentacles rather short

and thick, nearly of the same length; the first white, the others

yellowish and slightly wrinkled. Back pale fawti-coloured or

nearly white. Branchie cylindrical, tapering to aii obtuse point,

set in eight or nine rows of four or five papillé each; of a dull

brownish orange freckled with brown and white: apicés for some

distance transparent white, with the ovate vesicle of a more opake

white seen distinctly through. Foot white, expanded in front,

curved and extended into points at the sides. Length ;4,ths of

an inch.

Under stones near low-water mark, Torbay. When in motion,

the branchic nearly cover the whole of the back: This species

is allied to E: angulata.

Eolis punctata. Body yellowish, inclining to flesh-colour on

the back, covered with largish opake white spots. Dorsal ten-

tacles yellow, thickish, tapering and truncated at the top; laimi-

nated with twelve or thirteen oblique folds sloping downwards

behind as in Doris: Oral tentacles very long and tapering.

Branchiz nearly linear, tapering to a fine point; of a yellowish

brown colour spotted with white, arranged in five or six clusters

down the sides of the back, the first and second: large, the rest

small and confluent, extending neatly to the tail. Foot nearly

linear, the front bow-shaped and extending into tentatular points

at the sides. Length nearly an inch:

Dredged in deepish water, Torbay. ,

This Holis is peculiar from the shapé of its dorsal tentacles

atid the conspicuous white spots with which it is entirely covered.

It is allied to the Kolis Drummondi of Mr. Thompson. “,

Eolis tenuibranchialis. Body fawn-colotired or yellowish, rose-

coloured near the head. Dorsal tentacles oraige tipped with

yellow, and ringed with numerous small latiinte. Oral tentacles

rather longish and thick at the base. Branchize sitiall and very

slender, linear, of an olive colour tipped with opake white ; set in

seven clusters down the sides of the back, the first three distinct,

the others coalescing. The back in the region of the stomach is

of a dark purplish colour. Foot with a deep transverse slit in

front and extending into tentacular processes at the sides: Length

an inch and a quarter.

A single specimen in a sickly state was dredged in Torbay and

died very soon afterwards.

Allied to £. Drummondi.

316 Messrs. Alder and Hancock on Nudibranchiate Mollusca.

|” Eolis amena. Body slender, greenish or yellowish white.

Dorsal tentacles wrinkled, long, linear, greenish with a band of

brown and spotted with white. Oral tentacles much shorter than

the dorsal ones, white. Branchiz linear or slightly elliptical, of

a warm green spotted with white, brownish towards the base, and

a faint yellowish white rmg near the apex. They are set in eight

transverse rows ; each row has three, sometimes four papille on

each side: the three anterior rows are placed close together, the

rest wide apart. The back has rich brown markings near the

region of the heart. oot rather slender, rounded in front, and

not produced at the sides. Length about three lines.

Two specimens of this beautiful little Hols were eroded up at

different times in Torbay.

Allied to E. viridis of Forbes.

Eolis elegans. Body slender, subpellucid, yellowish white.

Oral tentacles long, tapering. An opake white line runs down

each, and is continued across the front of the head. Dorsal ten-

tacles not above half the length of the oral ones, stoutish, erect,

tapering at the top and wrinkled, pale fawn-coloured or buff.

Branchiz numerous, slender, nearly linear, set in about seven

dense clusters on each side : the first cluster large and approach-

ing very near the dorsal tentacles; the remaining diminish gra-

dually and extend very close to the tail. They are of a deep rosy

flesh-colour, terminated above and below by a dark patch of pur-

plish brown approaching to black, above which, on the apex, is

a ring of white. Foot slender, produced into longish angles at

the sides. Length half an inch.

One specimen dredged up near Berry Head, Torbay.

The contrast of the dark spot with the white and ted on the

papille gives this species a very elegant appearance.

~~ Eolis amethystina. Body yellowish, slightly depressed. Oral

and dorsal tentacles of a yellowish tinge, the latter twice as long

as the former, bases approximating, points fine and spreading.

Branchie elliptical, much inflated one way and somewhat de-

pressed the other, set in nine or ten rows of four papille each ;

the gland linear, purple, granulated ; apices with a broad ring of

pale orange-red. Foot transparent, linear, rounded in front, and

a little widened for a considerable way backwards. Length three-

eighths of an inch.

Under stones at low-water mark, Cullercoats.

This species comes near to H. tricolor, but differs from it in

the shape of the anterior portion of the foot, in the length of the

tentacles, and in the size and character of the branchie.

Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on some Heteromerous Coleoptera. 817

XXXV.—Descriptions of some new genera and species of Hetero-

merous Coleoptera. By G. KR. Warernovss, Esq.

PLATESTHES, nov. gen.

Head rather short, the lateral lobes or ridges protecting the base

of the antennz, less prominent than the eye.

Clypeus separated from the head by a distinct transverse impres- ~

sion, and by two less distinct lateral grooves ; the anterior mar-

gin slightly emarginated.

Eyes transverse, convex, rather large and distinctly emarginated

in front.

Labrum prominent, transverse, distinctly emarginated in front.

Mandibles moderate, bidentate at the apex. ;

Mazille with the outer lobe entirely uncovered by the mentum :

the maxillary palpi moderate, the terminal joint triangular.

Labial palpi short and stout, the terminal joint truncated.

Mentum broader than long, four-sided, the hinder margin di-

stinctly shorter than the front, which is obscurely emarginated,

but nearly straight.

Labium transverse, corneous, exposed.

Throat-plate* with a narrowish oblong polished and transversely

grooved area in the middle, joming the mentum by a straight

margin.

Antenne rather long and slender ; if extended backwards would

nearly reach the base of the thorax ; the joints, most of them,

of a long obconic form ; the second joint short, the third scarcely

longer than the fourth ; the three terminal joints distinctly

broader than the rest, the last of a short ovate form and equal

to the penultimate.

Thorax large, very nearly equal in width to the elytra, and nearly

quagrate, but slightly narrower in front, the outer edge emar-

giyated, the posterior margin very nearly straight, and not

closely applied to the elytra; the angles nearly right angles,

but slightly rounded ; the upper surface slightly convex in the

middle, but the lateral margins are recurved ; the whole dorsal

surface however is pretty nearly flat.

Scutellum very broad, but rather short, and obtusely pointed be-

hind. .

Elytra soldered together at the sutures oblong; the dorsal sur-

face nearly flat, the sides parallel, but on the posterior third

gradually contracted, so that the outline of that region would

form half an oval; the apex however is produced, recurved and

* This part, which I term throat-plate, often furnishes somewhat import-

ant characters ; it is the mesial part of the head beneath, below (or behind)

the mentum.

818 Mr, G.R. Waterhouse on some new genera and

rounded ; the lateral keel is very distinct, acute, and. remote

from the lateral margins of the elytra.

Legs moderate ; the anterior tibie but little compressed, and very

little dilated at the extremity ; they are provided with a short

spine on the inner side at the apex, and the outer angle is

somewhat prominent. Tarsi moderate as to thickness and

rather long, those of the middle and hind legs being equal to

the tibiz in length, and those of the anterior pair of legs but ©

little shorter than the tibiee from which they spring: claws

rather large. eG

Presternum not produced posteriorly.

This genus, to which I have given the name Platesthes in allu-

lusion to its flat covering, the whole back of the insect being de-

pressed and nearly on the same plane, evidently approaches closely

to the genera Gyriosomus and Praocis, near to which should also

be placed, in my opinion, the genus Physogaster. The last-men-

tioned genus, M. Le Comte de Castelnau says, is closely allied to

Pimelia ; but in making this assertion he must entirely have over-

looked the structure and position of the labium, a part of the

mouth which furnishes good characters for the sections of the

Heteromera. . On this subject I cannot enter at present, but I

will merely remark, that in the Pimelide, Akiside, Tentyriide and

Erodiide the labium is attached to the back part of the mentum

in such a manner as to be totally hidden, or, at most, to leave ex-

posed the points only of the paraglosse*; to these we may also

add the Adesmia and Epitragus group}. In the genus, the affi-

nities of which I wish to determine, as well as the genera with

which I have associated it, the labium is attached to the anterior

extremity of the mentum, and is completely exposed and com-

bined with a great similarity in the structure of other parts of

the mouth ; they all have the throat-plate marked with the pecu-

* The term paraglosse is applied by Kirby and Spence to the lateral lobes

of the labium of the bees, and as the same parts exist in beetles, [ think it

well to call them by the same name; they lie for the most part behind the

tongue, and are nearly always fringed with hairs in the Heteromera; but in

the latter groups (according to Dejean’s arrangement of the order), Taai-

cornes and Tenebrionites, where the tongue is narrower, the outer margins

of the paraglosse are distinctly exposed ; in some cases where the tongue is

broad, as in Bolitophagus, the paraglossz are still very distinct (viewing the

labium from its outer surface), projecting as they do considerably in the

lateral direction.

+ Why should not these groups, in which the tongue is hidden, be asso-

ciated together? We might commence with Epitragus, and continue

through the other groups, Tentyriide, Erodiide, Adesmia, &c., where there

is no separate emargination for the maxilla, and where the mentum covers

that organ, to the Pimelide, Akiside and Nyctelide, where there is a sepa-

tate notch in the throat-plate for the maxilla, which are exposed—at the base

at least.

species of Heteromerous Coleoptera. 819

liar transverse rugze in the middle, and the part thus marked is

more or less distinctly separated from the other under parts of -

the head by an oblong furrow on each side. Near to these in-

sects are the Nycielide, also a South American group,-in which

the throat-plate presents a more striking peculiarity,—that of

having a distinct and deep mesial groove immediately under the

mentum, and extended more or less in the longitudinal direction ;

they however have the labium almost entirely hidden.

Platesthes silphoides. Platesth, ater, nitidus, corpore oblongo, late-

_ ribus fere parallelis; capite distincte punctatis; thorace crebre

punctatis, lateribus piceis ; elytris punctis distinctis adspersis, sin-

gulo tricostatis; antennis tarsisque piceis.—Long. corp. 6 lin. ;

lat. 3 lin.

This insect was found by Mr. Darwin at Port Desire, Patagonia:

in general aspect it greatly resembles a Silpha. The head has large

punctures scattered on its upper surface, but on the fold covering

the base of the antennee and under surface they are smaller, more

dense, and for the most part confluent. The thorax is very thickly

punctured, the punctures distinct and of a triangular form; on

and near the lateral margins, however, they are less numerous

and more delicate: on the anterior portion of the thorax the la-

teral margins are scarcely reflected, but they become gradually

more so towards the posterior margin, where the reflected portion

is broad; a slightly impressed line runs parallel with, and close

to the lateral margin. The elytra haye the dorsal surface nearly

flat, but on each elytron are two sharp longitudinal ridges, be-

sides a third, which forms the lateral keel: between the ridge on

each elytron which is nearest the suture, the space is flat, but

the other interspaces are concave, and the whole surface has di-

stinct, and widely, and irregularly scattered punctures : the ridges

themselyes have a few punctures. The produced apical portion

of the elytra is pitchy ; distinct scattered punctures are observable

on all the under parts.

Scotobius Akidoides. Scot. ater, obscurus ; corpore supra fere plano,

punctulato ; thoracis marginibus lateralibus reflexis ; elytris carina

laterali distincta.—Long. corp. 9 lin.; lat. 44 lin.

This species, brought by Mr. Darwin from Port Desire, Pata-

gonia, is remarkable for the produced and reflected lateral keel

of the thorax, the distinct lateral keel to the elytra, and the

absence of any distinct sculpturing on the upper parts of the

body, to which peculiarities we may add, the very slight convexity

of the dorsal surface of the thorax and elytra. In size it is nearly

equal to the Scotobius pilularius ; its thorax, however, is larger in

proportion to the elytra than in that insect, and the anterior tibize

are stouter. The head is distinctly punctured; the thorax is

320 Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on some new genera and

strongly emarginated in front, much broader than long, and but

* little narrower than the elytra; it is contracted in front and be-

hind, and broadest rather behind the middle ; the lateral margins

are greatly produced and distinctly curved upwards; the dorsal

surface is slightly convex and thickly but finely punctured. The

elytra are but slightly convex above, have a distinct lateral keel,

which is slightly reflected, and towards the apex of the elytra this

keel is indistinctly broken up into some small tubercles; the

whole surface is finely punctured, and there are some extremely

faint traces of striz ; the apex of the elytra is slightly produced.

It is the distinct lateral keels to the thorax and elytra which

gives the flatness to the back of this insect, and imparts to it the

aspect of an Akis.

Family TENTYRIID.

Genus Turnopatis, Eschscholtz.

Thinobatis rotundicollis. Thin. piceo-rufa, pilis minutissimis ad-

spersis ; thorace transverso subrotundato, supra convexo ; elytris

breviter ovatis, postice subacutis, indistincte striatis, interstitiis

paulo convexis; antennis pedibusque ferrugineis.— Long. corp.

12 lin.

This species, as it would appear (judging partly from Esch-

scholtz’s description and partly from his figure*), is of smaller

size than the Th. ferruginea, the thorax more transverse, and

more boldly rounded at the sides, and the posterior angles must

be more obtuse; indeed the hinder margin is almost evenly

rounded, the angles being scarcely perceptible.

The characters of the genus Thinobatis, as drawn up by M. So-

lier}, are taken from an insect which evidently differs in several

respects from the type of the genus (Thinobatis ferruginea), and

more especially in having distinct posterior angles to the thorax,

the humeral angles of the elytra prominent, and, I strongly sus-

pect, in the form of the mentum. Unfortunately Eschscholtz is

silent on this last point ; but in the insect above described, which

approaches most nearly to the Th. ferruginea, the mentum is either

truncated in front or most indistinctly emarginated, and not deeply

emarginated as in the figure and description of M. Solier. Again,

the elytra are of an ovate form in the two species of Thinobatis

with which I am acquainted, and not subparallel. The terms

“ corps filiforme, déprimé,” used by the Comte de Castelnau { in

his definition of Thinobatis, will by no means apply to the type

of the genus.

* See Eschscholtz’s Zoologischer Atlas, part 4. pl. 18. fig. 3. p. 8.

t+ Annales de la Société Entomologique de France, tom. iv, p, 406.

t Cours complet d’Histoire Naturelle, Insectes, tom. ii.

species of Heteromerous Coleoptera. B21

Genus MrGALopurys*,

Head large, but little narrower than the thorax, strongly trilobed

in front, the mesial lobe the largest, nearly semicircular, but

having an indistinct angle in the middle: the lateral lobes very

prominent, recurved and descending posteriorly, so as partially

to inclose the base of the antenna, and indistinctly encroaching

upon the fore part of the eye, above which is a longitudinal

ridge. The eye lateral, tolerably prominent, with the vertical

diameter the greatest, slightly emarginated in front.

Labrum small, obtusely pointed in front ; hidden when the jaws

are closed.

Mandibles short and stout, very broad at the apex, which is

strongly notched, and thus divided into two lobes, of which the

lower one is the largest and longest and truncated at the extre-

mity, and the upper one is pointed.

Maxillary palpi moderately long ; the terminal joint securiform,

and obliquely truncated at the apex. .

Mentum broad, hiding the maxille, truncated im front : it may be

described as hexagonal, with the hinder margin by far the

longest, and the remaining sides nearly equal to each other.

Antenne moderately long and slender ; the joints, most of them,

of a longish obconic form; the second joint nearly equal in

length to the fourth or fifth, the third about half as long again

as the fourth : from the fourth to the tenth the jomts become

gradually and successively shorter ; the penultimate joint pre-

sents a nearly triangular outline, and the last is of a short

ovate form, and smaller than the preceding ; the terminal joints

are of equal width, or very nearly so, to the other joints.

Thorax rather narrow, but little convex above, the width in front

exceeding the length ; contracted behind and with the angles

acute; its posterior margin is bisinuated, and applied to the

base of the thorax : a delicately impressed line is observed close

to the lateral and posterior margins, which are acute.

Scutellum small, and rounded behind.

Elytra soldered together at the suture, distinctly broader than

the thorax, convex, and of an oblong-ovate form, sinuated at

the base so as to present an outline corresponding to the

hinder margin of the thorax ; the humeral angles obtuse, and

the apex somewhat pointed: they are simply rounded at the

sides, the lateral keel being only represented by a line situated

close to the lateral margin, and which can scarcely be said to

be raised excepting at, and near the humeral angle.

Legs moderately long and slender, the tibize cylindrical or nearly

* This name is suggested by the great projection of the lobes of the head,

which are situated in front of the eye.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. 2A

322 Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on some new genera and

nf tarsi slender ; the hindermost but little shorter than the

tibiee.

Presternum rather narrow, with a longitudinal groove, and not

produced posteriorly beyond the hinder margin of the anterior

COXe.

In having the s¢utellim distinct, the eyes not crossed by the

lateral keel of the head, the tibix filiform, the thorax contracted

behind, and the clypeus rounded in front, this genus approaches

Tentyria ; it has the head proportionately larger, the thorax tiore

strongly margined at the sides, the antenne longer, and the se-

cond joint not so distinctly shorter than the rest ; its more direct

affinity I believe to be with Hylithus, Thinobatis, Evaniosomus and

Melaphorus. Megalophrys evinces its affinity to these insects in

having the eye nearly round, more convex (as compared with Ten-

tyria), and with the lenses very large (they appear to be positively

larger and more distinct in the small insect, Megalophrys patago-

nica, than in a Tentyria of at least five or six times the bulk) : the

lateral lobes of the head, or folds which cover the base of the an-

tenn, are more produced, and separated from the ¢clypeus by a di-

stinct notch in all these genera with the exception of Thinobatis.

None of these insects have the comparatively hard wing-cases

which we find in Tentyria and its approximate genera. The prin-

cipal distinctive characters of the South American genera above

alluded to, may be thus expressed:— —’

I, Antenne cylindtical, the terminal joint smaller than the others.

A. Antenne with the three basal joints equal or very nearly so; the

head elongated ; thorax without lateral keel.

ee Melaphorus, Guerin.

a. Eye MINUEC oss. k es sictis eeeeeseces _ 1 Sekobnc, Solier,

Vp RD MEE. cosarchaeynesedipysonses 2. Evaniosomus.

B. Antennz with the second joint shorter than the first or third, and

the third the longest ; head as broad or broader than long ; thorax

with a distinct lateral keel............ Megalophrys.

IT. Antenne iticrassated at the apex, the last joint as large, or larger than

the penultimate.

A. Antenne with the three basal joints nearly of equal length ; clypeus

truneated in front; anterior tibiz short and distinctly dilated at

CHE BOOK capcasneroathpogae seve eemntoator Thinobatis, Eschsch.

B. Antenne with the second joint short; the third longer than the other

joints; clypeus rounded in front ... Hylithus, Guerin.

Megalophrys patagonica. Megaloph. picea; antennis pedibusque

piceo-rufescentibus; capite thoraceque crebre punctatis ; thorace

subquadrato, postice angustiore, marginato, angulis anticis posti-

cisque acutis, supra subconvexo; elytris elongato-ovatis, convexis,

seriatim punctatis interstitiis subseriatim punctulatis ; corpore

subtus punctato.—Long. corp. 44 lin. ; lat. 13 lin.

In general form this insect somewhat resembles a Tagenia, but

‘

species of Heteromerous Coleoptera. 323

its body is rather less narrow in proportion, and the elytra are

more convex; they are considerably broader than the thorax.

The thorax. is rather broader than os broadest in front, and

considerably contracted behind. The elytra have the punctures

forming the ordinary striz rather small, and there are some very

minute punctures between these rows, and these have a tendency

to a linear arrangement, there being two irregular rows of them

on the fore part of the elytra, and one row on the hinder part.

Mr. Darwin found this insect at Port Desire in Patagonia.

Family TAGENIIDA.

GRAMMICUS, noy. gen.

Head with obtuse posterior angles, which are rather remote from

the thorax (the head being furnished with a long neck, which

however is but little seen), longer than broad, the sides straight

and parallel and with a lateral keel; the part in front of the

eye as long as the hind part; the clypeus contracted and trun-

cated in front; the fold covering the base of the antenne but

little prominent, not produced laterally beyond the outline of

the head, its margin somewhat reflected: cheek-plate consi-

derably produced in front ; the space between it and the men-

tum, for the maxilla, narrow.

Hye small, nearly round ; situated entirely above the lateral groove

of the head, its vertex directed upwards.

Antenne about equal in length to the head and thorax taken

together ; very thick, the joits equal to each other, with the

exception of the last two, and presenting a square outline ;

each joint is joined to the next by a narrow neck ; the penul-

timate joint longer than the rest; the last very small, some-

what pointed, and so joined to the last that the line of separa-

tion is with difficulty perceived.

Mandibles short and stout, very broad and bidentate at the ex-

tremity.

Mawzillary palpi vather long and with the joints moderately stout ;

the first and second obconic; the third rather the longest, of

an elongate-ovate form, the broadest part however rather be-

yond the middle.

Mentum moderate ; transverse, hexagonal, slightly emarginated

in front, not covering the maxillee.

Thorax fully as long as broad, slightly trisinuated in front; the

hinder margin straight (or very nearly so), the lateral margins

parallel on the fore half of the thorax, and from the middle

gradually contracted to the hinder angles; the angles right

angles ; the sides keeled.

Scutellum very small,

2A2

324 Mr. G.R. Waterhouse on some Heteromerous Coleoptera.

Elytra elongated, but little broader in the middle than at the base,

rounded at, the extremity; distinctly broader at the base than

the thorax at the same part, and with a transverse ridge; the

humeral angles prominent ; lateral keel distinct.

Legs moderate ; the tibize simple ; tarsi rather shorter than the

tibiee.

Grammicus chilensis. Gramm. rufo-piceus; corpore elongato, sub-

depresso ; capite thoraceque rugoso-punctatis; thorace bicostato ;

elytris singulis quadricostatis, seriatim punctatis, subtransversim

ruyosis.—Long. corp. 12 lin.

This little insect was found by Mr. Darwin at Valparaiso. It

is exceedingly like a Tagenia, having the small, narrow, elongated

form, and in having the thorax and elytra furnished with distinct

longitudinal ridges it will bear a still closer comparison with

M. Solier’s genus Microtelus ; from both these genera, and indeed

all the Tageniide, it differs in having the eye situated entirely above

the lateral groove of the head *; from Tagenia it may moreover

be distinguished by the antennz being of equal width throughout,

the joints being less transverse, and mdeed presenting a nearly

square outline, though rather broader than long,—by the penul-

timate joint being distinctly longer than the rest, and longer

than broad, and the terminal joint smaller and confounded with

the penultimate, to which differences may be added that of the

mentum not being notched at the side. The long head and equal

joints of the antennee (if we except the last two) at once distin-

guish the present insect from Microtelus ; the epistoma or clypeus

moreover is not emarginated in front, and in the genus last. men-

tioned we do not find the penultimate joint of the antenne longer

than the rest.

The two longitudinal keels on the thorax divide its dorsal sur-

face into three equal parts, and the interspaces are flat : the keels

or ridges of the elytra are nearly equidistant, sharp and distinct ;

and in the interspaces are two rows of distinct punctures, each

row being placed close to a ridge; and there are moreover some

irregularly transverse rugz, but these are by no means strongly

marked.

* In Leptinoderes I find the nearest approach, in the extremely con-

tracted condition of the eye, to the present insect.

SBE Sowerby. St, '

EDS Goodsir. dett

Mr. H. D. 8. Goodsir on new species of Crustaceans. 325

XXXVI.—On several new species of Crustaceans allied to Saphi-

rina. By Harry D. 8. Goopsir, M.W.S., late Conservator

of the Museum of the Roy. Coll. Surg. Edinburgh, Assist.

Surgeon in H.M. Arctic Prplocm Ship Erebus.

One of the most striking features in the structure of this pecu-

har form of Crustacean is the double eye in a single dark spot.

The antenne are similar in form to those of the [sopoda, being

either filiform or almost truncate, the general form of these or-

gans in the Jsopoda, and by no means like those of the Monocult,

which are setaceous and very often dilated in the middle. As in

the Isopoda, they are short, being generally about as long as one-

half of the breadth of the body.

The animals here referred to have a projection from the me-

sial line of the carapace, analogous to the rostrum, generally

found in the Monoculi, and in the extremity of this rostrum the

eye is generally situated.

The first segment of the body is in all cases longer than the

remaining segments combined, and in some instances the lateral

edge is curved inwards and downwards, so as to give it the ap-

pearance and form of a carapace. The remaining segments of

the body are small, gradually decreasing from the second to the

terminal.

In several species the terminal abdominal segment is provided

with a jomted pedicle on each side, which is armed at the extre-

mity with spines, and in some species this structure is exactly

similar to Monoculus. The anterior extremities are very short,

so much so as not to be seen extending beyond the edge of the

body ; generally however one or more joints of the last pair of

legs are seen posteriorly.

The most striking character in this order of animals is the

double extremities, a character common to the Stomapoda and

Monoculi as well as this form of Crustaceans. As in Stomapoda

the two terminal filaments arise from one common pedicle, the

external one being much longer than the internal ; the former

‘ also is chelate and three-jointed, the latter four-jointed. The

number of joints however in these legs varies. The legs arising

from the carapace (first thoracic legs) are not double, or if so, one

of the terminal filaments is obsolete.

These animals are very active in their habits, and swim about

in company with the other forms of the family Pontia.

Body depressed as in the Isopoda; posterior thoracic legs

double.

Sterope ovalis. Plate XI. fig. 11.

Rostrum not prominent; antenne unarmed, three- or four-

826 Mr. H.D.S. Goodsir on new species of Crustaceans.

jointed. Eye situated behind the rostrum, rhomboid, transverse.

Posterior pair of legs showing only one joint from the posterior

and lateral edge of the body, armed on the lateral edges with

strong spines, the two terminal spines being strongest.

Description.— Body ovoid, rather dilated, anteriorly quite

smooth. The anterior segment of the body as large as the

whole of the remaining segments, and having the lateral edges

surrounded with a narrow border, This animal is very active and

swims about with great rapidity, It is exceedingly minute, not

being larger than a mere point.

Sterope armatus. Plate XI. fig. 9.

Rostrum very prominent, rounded, and one-third the whole

breadth of the body ; antennze six-jointed, and armed at the ex-

tremity and on the anterior edge with a series of robust long

spines. Hye not apparent.

Carrillus oblongus. Plate XI. fig. 12.

Rostrum one-eighth the breadth of the whole body, prominent,

rounded at the extremity, with the eye very small, and situated

almost upon the anterior edge; anterior edge of body hollowed

‘out on either side of the rostrum. Antenne clavate and eight-

jointed, very little longer than half the breadth of the body, un-

armed, last jomt pointed. Abdominal legs delicate, and armed

at the extremities only with one or more spines. Abdominal

segments of body taper gradually.

Sterope interruptus. Plate XI. fig. 10,

Rostrum prominent, one-tenth the breadth of the whole body,

pomted, Eye large, and filling almost the whole of the rostrum.

Anterior edge of the body hollowed out on either side of the

rostrum. Posterior thoracic legs strong, spined, and serrated on

the external edges. Three strong short spines arise from each

side of the abdominal portion of the body, and a strong pedicle

armed with three spines arises from the posterior edge of the

last abdominal segment on each side of the mesial line.

Zaus spinatus. Plate XI. fig. 1.

Antenne three-jointed. A spine arises from the anterior edge

of the carapace on each side of the mesial line, one from the base

of each of the antenne. Abdominal pedicles three-jointed, distal

one armed. at its extremity with three robust strong spines, the

central ones longest.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.

Fig. 1. Zaus spinatus, magnified.

Figs. 2, 4, 5, 7, 8. Organs of locomotion.

Fig. 6. One of the first antenne.

On the Fructifieation of the genera Clathrus and Phallus, 327

Fig. 9. Sterope armatus.

Fig. 10, Sterope interruptus.

Fig. 11, Sterope ovalis.

Fig. 12. Carrillus oblongus.

Fig. 13. Second thoracic leg of Carrillus oblongus.

_- #ig. 14. First abdominal extremity of Carrillus.

Fig. 15. Second abdominal extremity,

XXXVII.—On the Fructification of the genera Clathrus and

Phallus. By M. Mavuricz Lespiavtt*,

Tue Rev, M. J. Berkewey, in a notice published in 1839+,

described the fructification of Phallus caninus, Huds. (Cyno-

phallus caninus, Fries) ; he demonstrated by delicate observations,

that, in this genus, until then wrongly separated from the Hyme-

nomycetes, or rather the Basidiospore of Léveillé, the spores were

supported on basidia, as in the Boleti, the Agarici, and other

mushrooms of the same class. Mr. Berkeley thence presumed

that an analogous organization must be found in all the Phal-

loidee, but no further recent obseryations had as yet supported

this hypothesis, |

M. Corda, whose analyses have thrown so much light on the

intimate structure of Fungi, denies the existence of the basidia in

the genus Phallus : “ Spore in strata congesta, muco primum firmo

dein we immerse, simplices, basidia nullat.” (Anleitung,

p: 119. 3

The investigations of botanists on this subject have not gone

further ; the fructification of the genus Clathrus is still more im-

perfectly known, Nor ean we be surprised, when the analysis of

these mushrooms presents such great difficulties, - 3

It is, in fact, not sufficient to subject to examination indivi-

duals little developed or inclosed in their volva; the substance

which contains the fructiferous organs must be firm and of an

almost fleshy consistence. As soon as it has begun to soften, the

spores are displaced, and the basidia disappear. It is moreover

very difficult, even with the aid of a perfectly fine-pointed lancet,

to remoye very thin sections of a mucilage which yields to the

slightest pressure: we are therefore obliged, in order to obtain

* Translated from the Annales des Sciences Naturelles for July.—The

position which Clafhrus cancellatus should occupy in the class of the Ba-

sidiospore, and the mode of insertion of the spores of this curious plant,

have been already established by Mr. Léveillé, but, notwithstanding the

priority and accuracy of the observations of M. Léveillé, we think the me-

moir of M. Lespiault , who has extended his researches to other plants of

the group of the Phalloidea, will be read with interest.—(d, Ann. des Sci,

Nat.)

+ Annals of Natural History, vol. iv. p. 155.

t There is no question here of the Phallus caninus, which has become the

type of a new genus,

328 On the Fructification of the genera Clathrus and Phallus.

some transparency, to wet the substance subjected to examina-

tion ; but then the action of the water detaches a cloud of spores,

which immediately obscure the field of the microscope. All these

circumstances suffice to explain how the observations of botanists

have remained so long without result.

If a Clathrus cancellatus still undeveloped is cut vertically, we

remark at first externally, a volva composed of two membranes

separated by a thick gelatinous layer; immediately under the volva

and applied to its interior surface are seen the branches, almost

in a rudimentary state, which are subsequently developed, to form

the most brilliant part of the mushroom. The interior of the

space circumscribed by this network is occupied by a greenish

matter, in the centre of which is a small cavity filled with a co-

lourless and gelatinous liquid.

A microscopical examination is necessary to ascertain the in-

timate structure of these various parts of the mushroom. The

gelatine of the volva is formed of or intermingled with a great

number of anastomosed filaments, sometimes articulated, and

terminated by small swellings ; it is divided by a thin membrane

into parts completely isolated from one another, and susceptible

of separating like the sections of an orange. This arrange-

ment makes the volva appear, on the outside, barred into small

polygons. The substance of the trellis, of a rose-colour, is solely

composed of large, round and perfectly distinct cells: some bo-

tanists, deceived by a superficial examination, have imagined

that these cells contained a liquid which carried along with it the

seeds ; but the branches of the Clathrus are in reality only a sup-

port analogous to the stem of the Phallus, and serve solely to

prop the greenish substance, the structure of which we proceed

to examine.

This substance, at first fleshy, then mucilaginous, is composed,

as in the Lycoperdons, of sinuous cavities, variously anastomosed,

separated from one another by a colourless zone, and strewed with

greenish spores, supported, to the number of four to six, on club-

shaped basidia. These basidia, scarcely refracting the light,

should be observed with attention to be seen distinctly ; they are

sometimes furnished with, and at other times deprived of, sterig-

mata, and as they do not rise to the same height, the greenish

layer of spores which surrounds the hymenial cavities appears to

have a certain thickness.

All this fructiferous mass speedily softens, tears into shreds,by

the development of the anastomosing branches to which it ad-

heres, and deliquesces. The liquid which carries the seeds dif-

fuses a well-known cadaverous odour*.

* The volva of Clathrus, on the contrary, exhales a delicious re

remarkable singularity hitherto unnoticed. ;

Botanical Notices from Java. 829

In the Phallus impudicus, the type of the genus Phallus, there

exists, as in the preceding genus, a gelatinous volva, inclosed in

two thin membranes, hymenial cavities whose agglomeration

forms a mucilaginous mass, and lastly a central axis, which serves,

like the branches of the Clathrus, to support the hymenium.

The analogy is perfect, and to dilate further on the: structure

of Phallus would merely be to repeat what we have already said.

The organs of fructification deserve however particular notice.

The hymenial cavities do not at all differ from those of Clathrus,

but they are furnished with spores at least twice as large; these

spores are grouped in fours, fives and sixes, and are undoubtedly

supported on basidia, which it is very difficult to isolate and to

see distinctly, but the existence of which is evident. The fruc-

tiferous substance undergoes the same modifications as in Clathrus;

at first adhesive, it afterwards becomes mucilaginous, and in the -

end deliquesces, forming a liquid of a very disagreeable odour.

An identical organization already observed in the genus Cyno-

phallus ought necessarily to exist in the rest of the Phalloidee

and of the Clathracee; it doubtless extends also to the Lysuroidee

and to the genus Battarea, which forms a point of transition with

the Trichogastree.

We hope that further observations will confirm these hypo-

theses, and throw some light on the structure, so imperfectly

known, of the mushrooms belonging to these various groups.

XXXVIII.—VJourney through Java, descriptive of its Topography

and Natural History. By Dr. Fr. Junenunn*.

Tue present work, by the well-known botanist Dr. Junghuhn, fur-

nishes us with the results of the author’s great labours in natural

history in Java. They are the more interesting, as his descriptions

(as might be expected from a botanist) relate especially to vegeta-

tion. They are also the more important to the phytographer, as the

author has shown himself capable of connecting intimately these de-

scriptions with the other natural features of the country ; and thus to

present to our minds picturesquely all the details of natural history,

and at the same time in a strictly scientific manner. We may also

infer, from the ability of the author, that his geognostical and phy-

sical investigations possess the greatest accuracy; from which cir-

cumstance, we have in this work a valuable mass of observations in

natural history, corresponding to the magnificence of the natural

features of Java.

It is our intention to give a sketch of this journey as far as our

limits will allow, which will be the more easy, as the author charac-

terizes episodically every distinct subject in all its relations to na-

tural history.

* From the Botanische Zeitung, Aug. 29th, 1845.

830 Botanical Notices from Java.

Sketch of the environs of Weltevreden and Batavia lying adjacent on

the north.

Two leagues distant from the sea-coast, these two places lie on a

plain scarcely 50 or 60 feet high, covered with the richest vegetation,

which appears like one large continuous forest when viewed from

a height. This large wood consists of a varied mixture of fruit-

trees, under whose thick foliage are concealed the buildings and

kampongs. If any one expects to see a wilderness or a primitive

forest, he finds himself deceived when he enters it and goes amongst

the wide-spreading stems of lofty fruit-trees ; one while hemmed in

by bushes of the pisang or the sirip plantations (Piper Betle), which

creep up the slender stems of the Hyperanthera Moringa, W., or by

coffee- bushes and shrubs of Ananas (Bromelia Ananas).

Of these trees the most plentiful are Garcinia Mangostana, Man-

gifera indica, and other species of this genus, Artocarpus incisa and

integrifolia, Nephelium lappaceum, numerous species of Citrus, Aver-

rhoa Bilimbi, Morinda citrifolia, many Eugenie (Jambos), Anona mu-

ricata and tuberculata, Persea gratissima, Lansium domesticum, Durio

Zibethinus, Carica Papaya, and innumerable cocoa-palms, which are

partly scattered among the former, and partly form groups in small

copses. More scattered among the rest are Areca communis and the

Areng-palms (Gomutus Rumphii), the stem of which is covered by

numerous ferns. In the neighbourhood of Weltevreden are also

found Tamarindus indica, Citrus decumana and Canarium commune,

which form lofty and noble alleys; on many roads are planted the

Morus indica and Hibiscus tiliaceus, a small tree, whose large yellow

flowers captivate the eye. The Musa paradisiaca and bamboo bushes

(Bambusa arundinacea) may also from their dimensions be reckoned

trees. The latter is especially found at the entrance to villages in

large clusters and on the banks of rivers, to which it imparts a

peculiar physiognomy, uniting the expression of beauty and light-

ness with strength. Its slender stalks, as thick as an arm, shoot up

to a height of 40 to 50 feet, and interlace themselves into a foliage

which forming a vaulted top gives the most agreeable shade. On

the sides of the road leading toward Buitenzorg (as on many other

roads in Java) is planted the Biva Orellana, small round trees covered

with red hairy fruit, which at a distance give it the appearance of

rose-bushes in bloom.

The Casuarina equisetifolia is an ornamental garden-plant; its

slender branches are divided like our fir-trees, and here and there

are seen upon the tall rounded foliage the beautiful lilac-coloured

blossoms of the Lagerstremia Regine, Rxb.: species of Ivora, Dra-

cena terminalis, Jatropha multifida, &c. adorn the sides of the road.

The whole appearance of this luxuriance of thick. groups of trees

affords an enjoyment which can better be expressed by the pencil

than the pen. Let the reader transport himself for example to the

shade of a high vaulted Mangifera, drink in the perfume which the

flowers of the Uvaria odoratissima, the Michelia Champaca, or the

Plumeria obtusa, spread around ; and let him cast a glance upon the

Botanical Notices from Java. 33]

wood which rises on the other side of the small river :—A young

bamboo-bush, crisp and round, borders the water’s edge ; then are

seen upon a dark ground the light green of the gigantic Pisang-

leaves, which rise up from their spongy stems and are slowly moved

by the gentle breezes. Behind these the view is closed by the inter-

woven foliage of the trees, among which are distinguished by their

brilliant foliage numerous species of Citrus,——the Artocarpus incisa

by its large serrated leaves, and Bombax pentandrum by its horizontal

branches ; among these rises up the bluish green foliage of the Areng-

palm ; but all these trees are surmounted by the crowns of the cocoa-

palms, whose gray stems, covered with lichens, rise perpendicularly

out of the dark arborescence, and majestically overtop with their lofty

summits the rounded foliage of the other trees. Golden fruit, as

large as gourds, glitter among their long feathery branches, which.

rustle gently in the wind.

In the woods and plantations of-this kind there remain here and

there small open spaces and irrigated rice-fields, lying in the lovely

enameled fields pf young grass; here the Pontederia vaginalis unfolds

its azure blossoms. The streets in the town and the arid grass-plots,

which occur here and there among the houses, are overgrown with

the weeds of species of Sida (S. acuta, retusa, elongata, &c.), by Urena

lobata, by some Compositze, also by species of Mercurialis, Celosia,

Achyranthes, and by Portulaca oleracea, L.; between which are here

and there hidden upon sandy and stony places the small Portulaca

quadrifida, C. In fertile spots, on the borders of the ditches, is found

the Heliotropium indicum. 'The small bushes which above Welte-

vreden enliven by their green the margin of some rivulets, consist of

species of Psidium and Melastoma Malabathricum ; with which are

mingled the Mussenda glabra, V., whose fiery yellow blossoms and

milk-white yellow calycine bracts attract the eye of the traveller.

[The author here only refers to those plants which characterize

the physiognomy of the country and attract attention from their

masses.] Woods, properly so called, are no longer found in the im-

mediate environs of Batavia; but we meet with them on the moist,

inhospitable sea-shore (even at Anjol), stretching along a great por-

tion of the north coast.

What the author says of the occurrence of the Fungi in the tro- -

pics (p. 99) is interesting: They appear under the tropics to be

limited to no fixed season of the year. ‘The difference between the

temperature in the wet and dry half-year is very small, at least in

the mountains, where also in the dry season frequent rains fall.

Heat, the first impulse of production of all vegetable life, is there-

fore always present; moisture of the ground, the second thing of

importance which the formation of spongy plants requires, also ob-

tains from year to year in these primeval forests, whose thick foliage

is never penetrated by the sun’s rays. The rich, brown soil, abound-

ing in humus, is always soaked and loose and spongy; the watery

particles of the atmosphere, which are precipitated by the coolness

at night, and the amount of the exhalated carbonated water, moisten

with their dew-drops all the leaves, so that a person can scarcely go

Boz Zoological Society.

into the wood in the middle of a dry day without being wetted

through. Added to all this is the quantity of fallen branches, sticks

and whole trunks of trees, which rot upon the ground, and the in-

side of which is frequently already converted into rich earth, even if

their outer bark has been preserved as a thin and light fragile crust.

Thus the outer conditions requisite for the growth and origin of the

fungi (heat, moisture, and abundance of decaying organic sub-

stances) are always present in the tropical woods; and indeed we

find these woods decorated with manifold forms of fungi throughout

the whole year, without its being possible to observe at any parti-

cular time a more frequent occurrence, as in the autumn of the tem-

perate zones. Even the individual species are limited to no time, and

the occurrence of the same species is uninterruptedly continued. On

the other hand, the fungi are not found in the tropics in such groups ;

they are less sociable than in our climate, where in autumn they

principally enliven the woods. They here occur more scattered and

isolated, although found at every period of the year; and it is the

parasitic Polypori, which are especially numerous on the branches

of the trees, that delight the eye by their brilliant colours. In cen-

tral Europe the Agarici terrestres prevail, and determine the physi-

ognomy of an autumnal wood.

[To be continued. }

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

May 138, 1845.—William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

« Descriptions of new species of Land Shells, from the collection

of Hugh Cuming, Esq.,” by Dr. Louis Pfeiffer :—

1. Hexix erannis, Pfr. Hel. testd imperforatd, globoso-turbinatd,

solidd, ponderosa, striatd, nigricanti-rufd, epidermide griseo-

fuscescente fasciatim obductd; spird conicd, apice pallida; an-

fractibus 6 vir convexiusculis, ultimo spird breviore, basi inflato,

fortius striato ; columelld verticali, brevi, subtortd ; aperturd late

lunari, intus margaritaced ; peristomate nigricante, late expanso,

margine basali incrassato, reflexo, cum columellari valde dilatato,

albido angulum obtusum formante.

Diam. 68; alt. 58 mill.

Found at Bangui, province of North Ilocos, island of Luzon, by

H. Cuming, Esq.

2. Hexix Gmunintana, Pfr. Hel. testd imperforatd, globoso-

depressd, soliduld, irregulariter rugoso-malleatd, carinatd, nitidd,

pallide viridi, ad suturam et infra carinam albo-cingulaté ; spird

subelevatd, apice obtusd, albidd ; anfractibus +3 vie convexiusculis,

sensim accrescentibus, ultimo non descendente, basi planiusculd ;

aperture angulato-lunari ; peristomate subincrassato, margine su-

pero breviter expanso, antrorsum arcuato, basali refleco, columel-

lari declivi, dilatato, albo-calloso.

Diam. 23; alt. 13 mill.

Found at Bayambong, island of Luzon, by H. Cuming, Esq.

Zoological Society. 333

3. Hexrx Linwazana, Pfr. Hel. testd umbilicatd, depressd, utrin-

que convexiusculd, acute carinatd, pallide fulvd, superne rugoso-

malleatd, basi minut? et oblique rugulosd ; anfractibus 54 lente ac-

crescentibus, planulatis, ultimo basi subinflato, antice vie descen-

dente ; umbilico majusculo, cylindrico ; aperturd angulato-lunari,

ad carinam canaliculatd ; peristomate incrassato, carneo, margini-

bus callo junctis, supero brevi, expanso, basali arcuato, reflexo, _

columellari breviter descendente, subdilatatd.

Diam. 62; alt. 28 mill.

Locality unknown. Mus. Cuming.

4, Hexix Cuemnirziana, Pfr. Hel. testd imperforatd, depressd,

solidd, superne radiatim plicato-malleatd, undique granulosd, sub

epidermide olivaceo-rufd, acute carinatd ; spird subelevatd, obtusa ;

anfractibus 5 planis, ultimo basi convexo ; aperturd subtriangulari,

intus nitidd, carned; peristomate carneo, margine supero subex-

panso, basalt reflexo, dente unico valido instructo, columellari

stricto, dilatato, adpresso, inequaliter pluridentato.

Diam. 57; alt. 26 mill.

Locality unknown. Mus. Cuming.

5. Hexix Bainsripei, Pfr. Hel. testd umbilicatd, depressd, sub-

discoided, solidd, striata, undique granulatd, cinnamomed, basi

pallidd ; spird viz elevatd, obtusd; anfractibus 5} planis, ultimo

rotundato, basi vix convezxo ; aperturd perobliqud, lunato-subtrian-

gulari, intus nitidd, carned; peristomate subincrassato, carneo,

marginibus callo junctis, supero late expanso, basali reflexo, dente

unico, valido, complanato instructd, columellari perdilatato, umbi-

licum mediocrem semi-occultante.

Diam. 64; alt. 26 mill.

Found at Demerara by Mr. Bainbridge. Mus. Cuming.

6. Hexrix Martinrana, Pfr. Hel. testd obteste perforatd, discoided,

acute carinatd, solidd, striatd et minutissimé granulatd, olivaceo-

fuscad; spird depress; anfractibus 5 planulatis, ultimo non de-

scendente, basi inflato, antice profunde scrobiculato ; aperturd

depressd, late angulato-lunari, intus lacted ; peristomate albo, in-

crassato, marginibus callo tenui junctis, supero expanso, basali

reflexo, dentibus 2 conjunctis, columellari dilatato, dentibus 2 in-

aqualibus armato.

Diam. 34; alt. 14 mill.

From the island of Jamaica. Mus. Cuming.

7. Hetrx Scuroerertana, Pfr. Hel. testd umbilicatd, depressd,

lenticulari, acute carinatd, solidd, obsolete granulatd, luteold,

utrinque rufo-latefasciatd ; spird subelevatd ; anfractibus 5 planu-

latis, ultimo antic? deflexo, basi inflato, antic? profund? scrobicu-

lato ; aperturd subhorizontali, ellipticd ; peristomate incrassato,

late expanso, reflexo, fusco-carneo, marginibus callo junctis, supero

leviter arcuato, basali dilatato, umbilicum angustum semitegente,

intus 3—4-dentato ; dentibus 2 majoribus basi junctis, 1-2 minori-

bus prope columellam.

884 Zoological Society.

Diam. 31; alt. 14 mill.

From the island of Jamaica; Mr. P. Gosset. Mus. Cuming.

Intermediate between H. tridentina, Fér., and H. Martiniana, Pfr.

The position of the teeth is the same, but from the former it is at

once to be distinguished by the sharp keel, from the latter by the

deflexion of the last whorl.

8. Hetix BRucurerrANA, Pfr. Hel. testd imperforatd, turbinato-

globosd, solidd, nigro-castaned, epidermide hydrophand, fusca stri-

gatd, sursum pallescente obductd; spird conoided, apice obtusd,

purpured, nitidd ; anfractibus 5 converiusculis, ultimo non descen-

dente, basi vie convexo, denudato; columella intrante, obliqud,

sirictiusculd, planatd, albd ; aperturd lunato-ovali, intus lacted ;

peristomate simplice, brevissime reflexiusculo, intus nigro-margi-

nato.

Diam. 29; alt. 24 mill.

Collected on the island of Tablas by H. Cuming, Esq.

9. Butimus eitvus, Sow. Bul. testd imperforatd, ovata, soliduld,

striatd, sub epidermide gilvd rufescens ; spird apice obtusd, nudd,

pallida ; anfractibus 6 convexis, ultimo spird pauld breviore ; colu-

melld strictiusculd, albd, subexcavatd ; apertura obliqud, lunato-

ovali, intus lacted; peristomate subincrassato, breviter reflexo,

margine dextro arcuato, columellari adpresso.

Long. 54; diam. 38 mill.

Collected in several varieties on the island of Bohol, by H. Cu-

ming, Esq.

GEOMELANIA, nov. gen,

Testa imperforata, turrita ; apertura integra, effusa ; peristoma sim-

plex, reflecum, ad basin appendiculo porrecto instructum.

10. GroMELANIA jAmaIcensis, Pfr. Geom. testd truncatd, turritd,

arcuatim costaid, nitidd, albd; anfractibus 6 convexis, ultimo 4

longitudinis subequante ; aperturd ovali, intus nitidd; peristo-

_ mate simplice, margine dextro sinuoso, basi in appendiculum lingui-

formem porrecto, columellari adpresso.

Long. 12; diam. 4 mill.

Found at Jamaica, ‘‘ Savanah la Mar,” under stones in earth, by

M. Attanasio. Mus, Cuming.

11. Tomocrres TuRBiInatTus, Pfr. Tom. testd rimatd, compresso-

turbinatd, tenui, levissime striatuld, pallide corned, nitiduld ; spird

turbinatd, acutiusculd ; anfractibus 5 convexis, ultimo spiram vix

equante, & latere compresso, basi subangulato, antice adscendente,

subtts constricto, serobiculato; aperturd verticali, subauriformi,

sere clausd; peristomate late expanso, tenui, margine dextro ar-

cuato, interne lamind validd, superne bifidd, munito, basali oblique

descendente, tridentato; pariete aperturalt lamellis 3 inequalibus

armato.

Diam. maj. 11, min, 74; alt. 10 mill,

Hab. In Brasilia.

This interesting shell is nearly allied with Tomogeres sinican Spix,

Zoological Society. 835

but easily to be distinguished by the substance of its shell, by the

raised spire and the thin peristome, characters —_— constant in all

specimens known.

May 27 ean itat Yee Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Mr. Gould exhibited to the Meeting four new species of Birds

from Australia, which he characterized as follows :—

ArvegA (Heropias) picata. Ard. capite superiore, occipite, plu-

mis occipitalibus, corpore superiore, caudd, alisque ceruleo-nigris ;

mento, nuchd, pony, et quibusdam plumis a pectore dependentibus

albis.

Upper part of the head, occiput, occipital plumes, the whole of the

plumage of the body, wings and tail bluish slaty black; chin, neck,

chest and some of the lanceolate feathers dependent therefrom white ;

some few of the lanceolate feathers on the neck and breast have one

web white and the other web bluish slaty black; the remainder of these

lanceolate feathers are the same colour as the body; irides yellow ;

bill, legs and feet greenish yellow. In young specimens the whole

of the under surface is white.

Total length, 17 inches ; bill, 31; wing, 10; tail, 3}; tarsi, 34.

Hab. Port Essington.

CoLLURICINCLA PARVULA. Col. corpore superiore, caudd, alisque

olivaceo-brunnets ; subtis pallide cervind ; medio plumarum gule

et pectoris vittd latd brunned ornato.

All the upper surface, wings and tail olive-brown; a faint line

over the eye and the chin white; all the under surface pale buff, the

feathers of the throat and breast with a broad stripe of brown down

the centre ; irides dark brownish red; bill blackish grey; tarsi bluish

grey.

Total length, 7 inches; bill, 1; wing, 4; tail, 84; tarsi, 1,

Hab. Port Essington.

This is the smallest species of the genus yet discovered.

MELITHREPTUS MELANOCEPHALUS. Mel. toto capite, guld, et ma-

culd semilunari apud latera pectoris saturate nigris ; tive su-

perne flavo-olivaceo pectore albo.

The whole of the head and throat, anda semilunar mark on either

side of the chest, deep glossy black; all the upper surface yellowish

olive, becoming brighter on the rump ; wings and tail brownish grey,

with lighter margins; breast white; remainder of the under surface

greyish white; bill black; irides reddish brown; feet brown; bare

skin over the eye pearly white, slightly tinged with green.

Total length, 53 inches; bill, =; wing, 3; tail, 2; tarsi, 2.

Hab. Van Diemen’s Land.

HeEMIpoDIUS SCINTILLANS. Hem. 'corpore supern2 pallide castaneo,

singulis plumis fasciis latis brunneo-nigris ornatis ; marginibus

plumarum cinereis ; intra margines lineis angustis nigris et albis

ornatis ; tectricibus alarum et tertiariis pallid? castaneo-rubris

balteis irregularibus ziczac fasciatis ; interspatiis balteorwm cine-

reo-albis; mento genisque albis macula semilunari brunned ad

336 Loological Society.

apicem singule plume ; pectore et corpore inferiore pallide cervino-

albis ; plumis pectoris ordine macularum saturate grisearum ad

marginem ornatis.

Upper surface light chestnut-red, all the feathers crossed by broad

bars of brownish black and margined with grey, within which are

two narrow lines of black and white; wing-coverts and tertiaries

light chestnut-red, crossed by irregular zigzag bars of black, the in-

terspaces margined externally with greyish white; chin and sides of

the face white, with a narrow crescent-shaped mark of brown at the

tip of each feather ; sides of the breast chestnut, each feather tipped

with white, within which is an indistinct mark of deep black ; chest

and under surface pale buffy white, the feathers of the chest with a

row of dark grey spots on each margin, giving that part a speckled

appearance; primaries brown, narrowly edged with white; irides

reddish orange ; feet yellow; bill horn-colour.

Total length, male, 5 inches; bill, 14; wing, 31; tarsi, 14. Fe-

male, 6 inches ; bill, ?; wing, 34; tarsi,

Hab. Houtmann’s Abrolhos, off the western coast of Australia.

Remark,—Like the rest of the genus, the male is much inferior in

size to the female. The species is very nearly allied to, but much

. smaller than, Hemipodius varius.

“‘ Description of twenty-two new species of Land-Shells, belong-

ing to the collection of Mr. H. Cuming,” by Dr. L. Pfeiffer :—

1. Hexix Gruner, Pfr. Hel. testd umbilicatd, depressd, superne

planiusculd, minutissime punctato-striatd, rufa; anfractibus 54

sensim crescentibus, planiusculis, ultimo rotundato, antice vix de-

flexo; umbilico angusto, pervio; aperturd subverticali, depressd,

late lunari ; peristomate incrassato, refleco, marginibus callo tenut,

superne dentem arcuatum, validum, callosum formante junctis.

Diam. 38, alt. 18 mill.

Locality unknown. A beautiful shell, next allied to H. unguicula,

De Férussac, differing by the strong and arcuated tooth on the body

of the penultimate whorl.

2. Hexix Oxentana, Pfr. Hel. testa imperforatd, orbiculari,

utrinque convexiusculd, obtuse carinatd, undique regulariter gra-

nulatd, superne fuscd, basi pallidd; anfractibus 54 rotundato-

planatis, ultimo antice deflexo, basi profunde biscrobiculato ; aper-

turd subhorizontalt, ellipticd, coarctatd ; peristomate carneo-fusco,

incrassato, marginibus callo junctis, supero expanso, basali reflexo,

tridentato ; dentibus equidistantibus, 2 minoribus prope columellam,

tertio majore superne sulcato.

Diam. 37, alt. 17 mill.

Found on the island of Jamaica at Savannah la Mar, by M. Atta-

nasio. To be distinguished from H. lucerna, Miill., by having three

teeth at the basal margin of the aperture.

3. HELix NEOGRANATENSIS, Pfr. Hel. testd imperforatd, depressd,

carinatd, tenui, undique minute granulosd, saturate rufd; spird

vie elevatd ; anfractibus 44 planiusculis, ultimo basi convexo, an-

Zoological Society. 337

tice deflexo, constricto; aperturd perobliqud, lunato-rotundatd ;

peristomate carneo, simplice, expanso, reflexiusculo, marginibus

callo tenui junctis, basali obsoletissimé unidentato, columellari

brevi, dilatato, adpresso.

Diam. 34, alt. 15 mill.

Found in the mountain Quendeu at New Granada.

4, Hexurx crnerascens, Pfr. Hel. testd imperforatd, globoso-tur-

binatd, tenuiusculd, stramined, fasciis 2 latis et ared basali nigri-

cantibus ornatd, epidermide tenut, hydrophand, cinered, obductd ;

spird breviter turbinatd, apice obtusd ; anfractibus 51 convexius-

culis, ultimo basi inflato; columelld subarcuatd, carneo-fuscd ;

aperturd rotundato-lunari, intus albd; peristomate breviter ex-

panso, subincrassato, castaneo-limbato.

Diam. 41, alt. 37 mill.

Found by H. Cuming, Esq. at the island of Masbate.

5. Hexrx Turzo, Pfr. Hel. testd imperforatd, turbinatd, solidius-

culd, distincté striatd, sub epidermide tenuissimd, decidud, flaves-

cente albd, medio rufo-fasciatd ; spird brevi, conoided, obtusd ;

anfractibus 5 convewis, ultimo obsolet2 angulato, basi vix convezxo ;

columella strictd, dilatatd, albidd ; aperturd irregulariter lunari ;

peristomate expanso, margine columellari dilatato, reflexo, rimam

Sormante, cum basali angulatim juncto.

Diam. 43, alt. 35 mill.

Hab. Isle of Mindoro.

6. Hexrx unicotor, Pfr. Hel. testd umbilicatd, depressd, acute cari-

natd, tenui, fuscd, superne subtiliter striatd, subtis lineis nonnullis

spiralibus elevatis munitd ; spird depresso-conoided ; anfractibus 5

planiusculis, sensim accrescentibus, ultimo antic? non descendente,

basi convexo, ad umbilicum angustum abrupté angulato ; aperturd

rhomboided ; peristomate saturate fusco, marginibus callo tenuis-

simo junctis, supero dilatato, expunso, basali ascendente, stricto,

columellari brevi, dilatato, umbilicum semi-occultante, cum basali

angulatim juncto.

Diam. 32, alt. 16 mill.

Locality unknown. Constantly distinguished from H. Xystera,

Valenc., by its narrow umbilicus, elevated spire, and the number of

its whorls.

7. Hexrx ompnatopes, Pfr. Hel. testd late umbilicatd, depressd,

solidd, leviter striatuld, sub epidermide flavescente, decidud albd,

ad peripheriam et suturam rufo-cingulatd ; spird vie convexd ; an-

fractibus 5 planiusculis, ultimo antic? vix descendente, basi pauld

convexiore, circa umbilicum magnum, spiralem, intus castaneum

subcompresso ; aperturd perobliqud, lunato-ovali ; peristomate bre-

viter reflexo, fusco, marginibus conniventibus.

Diam. 41, alt. 16 mill.

Locality unknown.

8. Hexrx rnvouuta, Pfr. Hel. testd imperforatd, depressd, su-

perne convexiusculd, basi planiusculd, medio impressd, tenuissimd,

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. 25

338

Zoological Society.

etrsatuld; nitidissimd, corned, fusco-radiatd ; anfractibus plane in-

volutis, ultimo antice oblique depresso ; aperturd depressd, lunato-

oblongd; peristomate simplice, recto, marginibus utringue centro

teste insertis, dextro antrorsum arcuato-dilatato.

Diam. 18, alt. 74 mill.

Found on the mountains of Quendeu in New Granada.

Hewix campaNuLA, Pfr. Hel. testd umbilicatd, globosd, solidd,

subtiliter et regulariter oblique siriatd, castaned; spird semiglo-

bosd, apice obtuso, pallido; anfractibus 44 convexiusculis, ultimo

antecedente viv latiore, antice vie descendente, medio pallidé cin-

gulato; apertura perobliqua, lunato-ovali, intus livescente ; peri-

stomaie fusco, subincrassato, breviter reflexo, marginibus callo

junctis, basali introrsum obsolete albo-unidentato, extrorsum. dila-

tato, umbilicum angustum, profundum semi-occultante.

Diam. 27, alt. 21 mill.

Locality unknown.

10. Heuix tapiata, Pfr. Hel. testd aperté perforatd, depressd,

tenui, striatuld, superné lineis concentricis obsolete decussatd, basi

levigatd, nitidd, fulvd ; spird planiusculd ; anfractibus 6 subpla-

nulatis, ultimo dilatato, depresso ; aperturd late lunari; peristomate

acuto, intus calloso-labiato, margine supero antrorsum rotundato,

basali plane arcuato, columellari viz reflexiusculd.

Diam. 40, alt. 20 mill.

Locality unknown. Distinguished from H., citrina, Linn., by the

concentrical striz, the number of its whorls, and the alias within

the aperture.

11. Hexix Hanuxvi, Pfr. Hel. testd imperforatd, depressd, len-

ticulari, acute carinatd, tenui, subtilissimé decussatd, nitidd, sul-

phured, ad suturam et carinam albo-fasciatd ; spire pari elevatd ;

anfractibus 4 subplanulatis, ultimo antice angulatim deflexo, con-

stricto; aperturd parvuld, horizontal, oblongd ; peristomate sim-

plice, undique expanso et reflexo, marginibus feré contiguis.

Diam. 19, alt. 9 mill.

Testd superne nigricanti-purpured, ad aperturam albo-fasciatd,

basi albidd, infra carinam castaneo-fasciatd,

Found by Mr. Cuming at Sinait, island of Luzon. This fine shell

is not unlike some varieties of the fel. bifasciata, Lea, but constantly

to be distinguished from that species by the angular deflection of its

last

whorl and by the shape of its small aperture.

12. Heuix amana, Pfr. Hel. testd imperforatd, globoso- coed,

lineis longitudinalibus et spiralibus sub lente decussatd, albidd,

fascid unicd spadiced supra peripheriam et lined rufd, suturali

ornatd ; anfractibus 4 vir convexiusculis, ultimo obsoleté angulato,

antice defleao, basi pariim converd ; aperturd transverse lunari-

oblongd, intus concolore ; peristomate simplice, marginibus sub..

parallelis, dextro expanso, basali antic? reflexo, ad conmmeliam

dilatato, adpressé reflexo.

Diam. 18, alt. 105 mill.

Found by Mr. Cuming at Catanauan, islandof Luzon. ‘This spe-

Zoological Society. 339

cies is likewise similar to several unkeeled varieties of Hel. bifasciata,

but by examining a large number of specimens of this and the other

ones, I found the above characters to be invariably constant.

13. Hexrrx Mercauri, Pfr. Hel. testd late umbilicatd, depressd,

discoided, acut? carinatd, striatuld, pallide vel rufescenti-corned,

utringue juxta carinam albam castaneo-unifasciatd ; spird vix ele-

vatd ; anfractibus 6 vix convexiusculis, ultimo antic vix descen-

dente ; aperturd subtriangulari ; peristomate simplice, margine

supero antrorsum arcuatim dilataio, depresso, basali ad columellam

leviter arcuato,

Diam. 21, alt. 7 mill.

6. Minor, flavida, lineis angustis nigricanti-rufis juxta carinam.

Diam, 17, alt. 54 mill.

y. Unicolor, fusco-cornea. Diam, 15, alt. 5 mill,

Found by Mr. Cuming on the Philippine Islands and at Sibonga,

island of Zebu; (3. at Tanhay, island of Negros; y. on the island of

Siquijor. Distinguished from all species belonging to the same

group by its flattened shape.

14. Hextrx rristis, Pfr. Hel. testd imperforatd, ovato-globosd,

tenui, striatd, lineis concentricis obsolet? decussatd, olivaceo-fuscd,

rufo 5-fasciatd ; spird parvuld, conoided ; anfractibus 4 convexi-

usculis, ultimo influto ; aperturd lunato-ovali, intus nitidd ; peri-

stomate simplice, recto, margine columellari dilatato, reflexo, ad-

presso.

Diam. 21, alt. 18 mill.

This species is said to be found in Sicily, but there may be a

mistake.

15. Hexix Apamsir, Pfr. Hel. testd imperforatd, orbiculato-con-

vexriusculd, leviter striatuld, nitidissimd, fulvescenti-luted, unicolore

vel fasciis saturate fulvis et castaneis multimode ornatd et radiatd ;

spird convexiusculd, obtusd ; anfractibus 34-4 vix convexiusculis,

ultimo basi planiore ; aperturd rotundato-lunari ; peristomate sim-

plice, acuto, margine columellari subobliquo, dilatato, albo.

Diam. 12, alt. 65 mill.

Hab. Pitcairn’s Island and Opara. Collected by Mr. Cuming.

The late patriarch of the island pointed out this shell to Mr. Cu-

ming, and at his request I have the pleasure to dedicate it to the

venerable man’s memory.

16. Hevix sanamensis, Pfr. Hel. testd anguste umbilicatd, de-

pressd, tenui, corned, costulato-striatd ; spird brevi, convexiusculd ;

anfractibus 44 vix convexiusculis, ultimo antic? deflexo ; aperturd

subhorizontali, transverse ovali ; peristomate simplice, tenui, mar-

ginibus approximatis, supero breviier expanso, basali reflexo, intus

dente triangulari, valido munito, columellari dilatato, reflexo, um-

bilicum angustum, pervium semitegente.

Diam. 17, alt. 74 mill. ;

Hab. Bahamas. -

17, Hexix sermupensis, Pfr. Hel. tesid umbilicatd, lenticulari,

340 Zoological Society.

tenuiusculd, carinatd, leviter ruguloso-striatd, pallide fulvescente,

cingulo castaneo supra et latiore infra carinam ornatd ; anfractibus

7 vix convexiusculis, lente accrescentibus ; umbilico angusto, pervio ;

aperturd subtrapezid ; peristomate simplice, recto, margine colu-

mellari verticali, brevi, reflexiusculo, cum basali angulum rectum

Sormante.

Diam. 19, alt. 102 mill,

Hab. Bermuda.

18. Hexrx Pennantiana, Pfr. Hel. testd anguste umbilicatd, or-

biculato-conoided, acute carinatd, tenui, striatuld, irregulariter et

leviter malleatd, unicolore carned, apice rufescente; anfractibus

54 viv convexiusculis, ultimo antice vir descendente, basi planius-

culo ; aperturd perobliqud, angulato-lunari, intus albd ; peristomate

roseo, late expanso, margine basali reflero, columellari brevi,

strictiusculo, dilatato, umbilicum fere tegente.

Diam. 37, alt. 20 mill.

Hab. Philippine Islands ?

Nearly allied to H. labium, Fér., from which it may easily be di-

stinguished by its sharp keel and sculpture.

19. Bunimus Leoparpus, Pfr. Bul. testd imperforatd, ovatd, soli-

diusculd, longitudinaliter confertim costulato-striatd, fulvd, strigis

et maculis albidis epidermidis hydrophane eleganter variegatd ;

spird brevi, conoided, sursum pallescente ; anfractibus 5 convezis,

rapide accrescentibus, ultimo spiram superante ; columella elongatd,

introrsum acutd ; aperturd amplissimd, rotundato-ovali, intus albd ;

peristomate laté expanso, reflexiusculo, castaneo-limbato. -

Long. 47, diam. 30 mill.

Hab. Isle of Mindanao, Philippine Islands.

20. Bunimus rereatus, Pfr. Bul. testd perforatd, fusiformi, soli-

duld, striis longitudinalibus confertis et lineis spiralibus remotio-

ribus subdecussatd, nitidd, flammis castaneis pellucidis et fulvis,

opacis egregie pictd ; anfractibus 6 vir convexiusculis, ultimo spi-

ram turritam equante, basi compresso; columelld subangulato-

arcuatd ; aperturd oblongé, utrinque acutd, intus lividd ; peristo-

mate vivide rubro, late expanso, breviter reflexo, basi canaliculato,

marginibus callo tenui junctis.

Long. 41, diam. 15 mill.

Locality unknown. Distinguished from B. goniostoma, Sow., by

its size, colouring and widely expanded peristome.

21. Bunimus canauicutatus, Pfr. Bul. testd umbilicatd, oblique

Susiformi, ruguloso-striatd, nitidd, albido, carneo et spadiceo mar-

moratd ; spird turrito-conicd, acuta; anfractibus 7 vix convexius-

culis, ultimo spird via longiore, basi valde constricto-carinato ;

columelld arcuatim antrorsum elongata ; aperturd ovali, basi cana-

liculatd ; peristomate simplice, tenui, margine dextro vix expansi-

usculo, columellari dilatato, reflexo.

Long. 37, diam. 14 mill.

Hab. Bolivia.

22. Butimus castanevus, Pfr. Bul. testd vix perforatd, ovato-

Zoological Society. 341

acuminatd, solidiusculd, longitudinaliter confertim striatd, lineis

spiralibus distantioribus decussatd, unicolore castaned ; spird brevi,

conicd, acutiusculd ; anfractibus 44 vie convewiusculis, ultimo in-

flato, 2-3 longitudinis subequante ; columella tenui, subsimplice ;

aperturd ovali, intus saturate fuscd, nitidé ; peristomate vir in-

crassato, brevissime reflexo, marginibus callo tenui pert colu-

mellari vix dilatato.

Long, 70, diam. 39 mill.

Hab. Nova Granada; Vegas on the river Quendeu.

Nearly allied to Bul. Gibbonius, Lea; distinguished by its trans-

verse striz, closed umbilicus, peristome, etc.

* Description of a new species of Amphipeplea,” by Dr. L. Pfeiffer.

The shell I am describing belongs to the genus of freshwater

shells distinguished by Nilsson from Limneus under the name of

Amphipeplea, and sufficiently characterized by the shape and habits

of its animal, perfectly agreeing with our new species, according to

Mr. Cuming’s information, who first discovered it, and by whose

name I am pleased to illustrate the species.

AmpHIPEPLEA Cuminaiana, Pfr. Amph. testd ovato-globosd, tenu-

issimd, longitudinaliter confertim striatuld, nitidissimd, pellucidd,

pallide corned; spird brevissimd, mucronulatd, callo tenui semi-

obtectd ; columella nulld; margine anfractuum interno arcuato,

appendice membranaceo (deciduo) munito ; aperturd amplissimd,

semt-ovali, margine supero breviter arcuato, patente.

Long. 30, diam. 22 mill.; apertura 26 mill. longa.

Found at Naga, province ‘of South Camerines, island of Luzon, by

H. Cuming, Esq.

June 10.—Rev. John Barlow in the Chair.

‘‘ Descriptions of twenty-two new species of Heliz, from the col-

lections of Miss Saul, — Walton, Esq., and H, Cuming, Esq.,” by

Dr. Louis Pfeiffer :—

1. Heurx pacuystyta, Pfr. Hel. testd imperforatd, globosd, solidd,

ponderosd, striatd, lineis concentricis decussatd, albd, epidermide

sordid viridi, nigricanti-radiatd indutd ; spird brevi ; anfractibus

5 celeriter accrescentibus, ultimo globoso, antice breviter deflexo ;

columeild obliqud, dilatatd, callosd, albd, obsolete et late uniden-

tatd ; apertura irregulariter lunato-rotundatd, intus lacted ; peri-

stomate recto, intus subincrassato, margine basali reflexiusculo.

Diam. 43, alt. 37 mill.

Locality, New Zealand.

Similar to H. pomum, Pfr., from which it may be distinguished by

its transverse striz, and by being quite imperforate. (Coll. Metcalfe.)

2, Hetrx ruryompnuata, Pfr. Hel. testd umbilicatd, orbiculato-

converd, tenui, pellucida, virenti-corned, superne regulariter costu-

lato-striatd, lineis concentricis obsoleté decussatd, basi remotius

striatd, nitidissimad ; spird partim elevatd, obtusa ; anfractibus 6

convexiusculis, ultimo dilatato, subdepresso, antice non descendente ;

342 Zoological Society.

umbilico magno, pervio ; aperturd oblique lunato-ovali, intus mar-

garitaced ; peristomate recto, simplice, marginibus conniventibus.

Diam. 37, alt. 17 mill.

Locality, Cuba.

_ To be distinguished from H. lavata, Fér., by the number of its

whorls, forming a more elevated spire, by the last whorl not deflected

and less dilated, &c. (Coll. Cuming.)

8. Hexix micans, Pfr, Hel. testd imperforatd, globosd, tenui,

fragili, striatuld, lineis confertissimis obsolete decussatd, diaphand,

albidd ; spird parvuld; anfractibus 4 planiusculis, rapide accres-

centibus, ultimo inflato ; columella tenut, intrante, excavatd ; aper-

turd rotundato-lunari; peristomate simplice, recto, margine ‘deatro

antrorsum subarcuato.

. Diam. 28, alt. 19 mill.

Found at S. Juan, province of Cagayan, island of Luzon, on bushes,

by H. Cuming, Esq.

This shell aah easily be taken for an enormous species of Vitrina.

4, Hewrx Forsesi, Pfr. Hel. testd umbilicatd, discoided, tenui,

oblique confertim striatd, unicolore rufd; spird planiusculd ; an-

fractibus 5 convexis, ultimo basi convexiore, antice vix descen-

dente, obtuse angulato, superneé obsolet? impresso ; umbilico magno,

spirali ; aperiurd perobliqud, rotundato-lunari ; peristomate sim-

plice, acuto, albido-carneo, intus subincrassato, margine supero late

expanso, basali reflexo, columellari subdilatato.

Diam. 41, alt. 14 mull.

Locality: unknown. (Coll. Walton.)

5. Hexrx rusicunpA, Pfr. Hel. testd perforatd,; depresse turbi-

natd, rugoso-striatd, obsoleté et minutissimé granulutd, subepider-

mide corned, decidud rubicundd; anfractibus 53 subplanulatis,

ultimo medio obtuse angulato, basi convexiore; aperturd oblique

lunari ;- peristomate simplice, recto, margine dextro. antrorsum

subdilatato, columellari dilatato, reflexo, perforationem semi-occul-

tante.

Diam. 27, alt. 15 mill.

Locality unknown. (Coll. Walton.)

-6. Hexrx Savuiaz, Pfr. Hel. testd umbilicatd, globoso-depressd,

solidiusculd, oblique striatd, fulvidd, medio fascid unicd albd,

utringue rufo-marginatd ornatd ; spird brevi, obtusd ; anfractibus

4 vie conveviusculis, ultimo basi subplanato, antic? subitd deflexo,

circa umbilicum angustum, pervium rufo; aperturd perobliqud,

lunato-ovali ; peristomate breviter reflexo, marginibus conniventi-

bus, callo tenui junctis, columellari castaneo, valde dikatato, umbili-

cum fere occultante.

Diam. 32, alt. 20 mill.

Locality unknown. (Coll. Cuming. et Saul.)

7. Hexix ruomsostoma, Pfr. Hel. testd imperforatd, trochiformi,

tenuiusculd, oblique striatuld, lineis confertissimis concentricis

subdecussatd, nitiduld, albido-fulvescente, fasctis castaneis plurimis

Zoological Society. 343

ornatd ; spird brevi, conicd, apice acutd; anfractibus 5 planius-

culis, ultimo acute carinato, basi vix convexo, antic? parim deflexo,

@ latere subcompresso; aperturd rhombed ; peristomate violaceo,

margine supero expanso, superne impresso, columellari stricto, di-

latato, plano, adpresso.

Diam. 28, alt, 15 mill.

Locality unknown. (Coll. Saul. et Metcalf.)

8. Hexrx puanissima, Pfr. Hel. testd umbilicaid, depressissimd,

lenticulari, tenui, utrinque oblique rugoso-costatd, albidd, subtis

interdum corneo-fasciatd ; anfractibus 54 convewiusculis, acute

carinatis (carind compressd, prominente, serrata), ultimo anticé vix

descendente, basi convexiore, circa umbilicum mediocrem, spiralem

subangulato ; aperturd depressd, angulato-lunari ; peristomate sim-

plice, margine basali plan? arcuato, reflexo.

Diam, 113, alt. 44 mill.

Locality unknown. (Coll. Walton.)

Similar to H. amanda, Rossm., from which it may be distinguished

by its thin and flattened shell, its umbilicus, and the peristome not

thickened.

9, Hexrx rizicosta, Pfr. Hel. testd subobtecté perforatd, depresso-

globosd, regulariter costatd (costis filiformibus), tenuiusculd, car-

neo-albidd, lineis fuscis obsoletis cinctd ; anfractibus 44 convezis,

ultimo antic? deflero; aperturd lunato-orbiculari; peristomate

acuto, intus subincrassato, labiato, marginibus conniventibus, callo

introrsum diffuso roseo junctis, dextro vix expanso, columellari

dilatato, reflexo, roseo.

Diam. 14, alt. 9 mill.

Locality unknown. (Coll. Saul.)

10. Hexix retirera, Pfr. - Hel. testd umbilicatd, obtuse trochi-

Sormi, striato-plicatuld, lineis nonnullis concentricis elevatis reti-

culatié, carinatd, diaphand, pallide corned ; spird elevatd, obtusa ;

anfractibus 64 planiusculis, ultimo bast subplanulato, striato ;

umbilico mediocri, pervio; aperturd depressd, securiformi ; peri-

stomate simplice, acuto, margine supero brevi, basali plane arcuato.

Diam. 7, alt. 4 mill.

Locality unknown. (Coll. Metcalf.)

11. Butimus Grayanvs, Pfr. Bul. testd gracili, turritd, soliduld,

longitudinaliter subtilissime striatd et linets impressis spiralibus

subdecussatd, cinnumomed; spird turrita, apice valde attenu-

atd; anfractibus 6 vix convewxiusculis, ultimo 2 longitudinis sub-

equante, antice deflexo, soluto, dorso et basi carinato, lateribus

scrobiculato ; aperturd angustd, oblongd, basi canaliculatd ; peri-

stomate simplice, undique expanso, dentibus 7 marginem non aittin-

gentibus armato; 3 in latere dextro, 4 in sinistro, summo tuber-

culiformi, secundo valido, lamelliformi.

Long. 35, diam. 11 mill.

Locality, Brazils.

Nearly allied to Bul. odontostoma, Sow., but quite distinct from

the two varieties figured by Férussac. (Coll. Cuming.)

344: Zoological Society.

12. Buxrmvus coarctatus, Pfr. Bul. testd rimato-perforata, ovato-

acutd, solidd, albidd, lineis interruptis, fuscis cingulatd ; spird

conicd, acutd ; anfractibus 6} planulatis, ultimo convexiore, spiram

equante ; aperturd angustd, ‘oblongd, coarctatd ; columella incras-

satd, tuberculatd ; peristomate laté expanso, margine dextro in-

trorsum incrassato, acute? prominente, medio sinuolato, cum colu-

mellari dilatato, reflexo, patente angulatim juncto.

Long. 34, diam. 17 mill.

Locality unknown.

Nearly allied to B. signatus, Desh.

13. Butrmus Dresuayesit, Pfr. Bul. testd umbilicatd, turritd, so-

lidd, striatuld, violascenti-albd, strigis et maculis violascenti-fuscis

irregulariter signatd ; suturd subcrenulatd ; anfractibus 9 vir

convexiusculis, ultimo 4 longitudinis subeequante ; columelld sub-

recta ; aperturd ovali, ‘intus violaced ; peristomate simplice, recto,

margine columellari dilatato, fornicatim reflexo, rimam umbilica-

rem non occultante.

Long. 45, diam. 15 mill.

Locality unknown. (Coll. Cuming.)

14. Butimus Tuompsont, Pfr. Bul. testd imperforatd, ovato-

oblongd, soliduld, longitudinaliter striatd, fusco-olivaced ; spird

conicd, apice obiusd, rubra; anfractibus 6, supremis planulatis,

purpureo-strigatis, ultimo spiram equante ; suturd albo-marginatd,

crenulatd ; columella rectd (non tortd), leviter arcuatd ; aperturd

oblongo- ovali, intus lividd ; peristomate subincrassato, recto, intus

nigro-limbato, marginibus- ‘Guile castaneo junctis, basalt cum colu-

melld basin attingente subangulatim juncto.

Long. 70, diam. 31 mill.

Locality, Quito. (Coll. Cuming.)

Nearly allied to B. Taunaysii.

15. Butimus Srquisorensis, Pfr. Bul. testd imperforatd, ovato-

oblongd, tenut, fulvd, epidermide pallide fusca elegantissime mar-

moratd et flammatd ; spird conicd, obtusd, apice nudd, rufescente ;

anfractibus 6 vix convexiusculis, ultimo spird vix breviore, sub-

angulato ; columella subtortd, longitudinaliter biangulatd, intror-

sum acutd; aperturd oblongo-subpyriformi, intus albidd ; peristo-

mate tenui, breviter expanso, margine dextro deorsum dilatato,

basali cum columellari angulum obsoletum formante.

Long. 52, diam. 25 mill.

Locality, island of Siquijor (Philippines). Collected by Mr. Cu-

ming.

16. AcHaTINA sEMiscuLpTA, Pfr. Achat. testd tenui, ovato-elongatd,

longitudinaliter regulariter striata, fuscescenti-albidd, strigis ful-

gurantibus rufis pictd; spird conicd, apice obtusiusculd, lineis

confertis concentricis regulariter granulosa; anfractibus 74 con-

vexiusculis, ultimo spiram subequante, usque ad peripheriam lineis

impressis distantioribus decussato; columella subrectd, abrupte

truncatd ; apertura ovali-acutd ; peristomate simplice, recto.

Zoological Society. 345

Long. 55, diam. 23 mill.

Locality, Africa, Loanda, coast of Benguela. (Coll. Cuming.)

17. Acuatina retTicuLtata, Pfr. Achat. testd oblongo-acutd, so-

lidd, ponderosd, longitudinaliter confertim plicatd, sulcis concen-

tricis profunde reticulatd, albidd, castaneo-marmoratd et maculata ;

spird elongatd, acutd, superne minuté granulatd ; suturd subcrenu-

latd ; anfractibus 8 pariim convexis, ultimo 3 longitudinis sub-

aquante ; columelld crassd, albd, arcuatd, abrupte truncatd ; aper-

turd utrinque attenuatd, oblongo-ovali.

Long. 160, diam. 70 mill.

Locality, Africa. (Coll. Cuming.)

18. Acwatina papyracea, Pfr. Achat. testd ovato-oblongd, tenut,

striis longitudinalibus et concentricis obsolete decussatd, diaphand,

Sulvd, castaneo obsolet? marmoratd ; spird conicd, apice obtusd ;

suturd marginatd ; anfractibus 54 vix convexiusculis, ultimo spi-

ram vix superante ; columella subrectd, basin aperture feré attin-

gente, oblique truncatd, lined purpured ornatd; aperturd ovali,

_ tntus margaritaced.

Long. 66, diam. 30 mill.

Locality, banks of the river Nun in Africa. (Coll. Cuming.)

19. AcwaTina FustForMIs, Pfr. Achat. testd ovato-fusiformi, tenui,

longitudinaliter confertim costulatd, lineis transversis minute reti-

culatd, fulvidd, saturatius strigatd ; spird conicd, acutiusculd, apice

rubescente; suturd marginatd; anfractibus 7-8 convexiusculis,

ultimo spiram pauld superante, basi attenuato ; columelld leviter

arcuatd, abrupte truncatd, rubelld ; aperturd angustd, oblongd ;

peristomate simplice, repando, margine rubicundo.

Long. 87, diam. 35 mill.

Locality, mountain of Coban, Vera Cruz, Central America. (Coll.

Cuming.)

This species, as well as the next following, may perhaps belong to

the genus Glandina. |

20. Acwatina costuLaTa, Pfr. Achat. testd ovato-fusiformi, tenut,

longitudinaliter confertim et regulariter costulatd, diaphand, fulvo-

rubelld, strigis parvis saturatioribus ornatd; spird pyramidali,

acutd ; suturd sulco parallelo crenulato-marginatd ; anfractibus 8

viz convexiusculis, ultimo spiram vix equante ; columelld subrecta,

abrupt truncatd; aperturd oblongd, utrinque atienuatd, intus

margaritaced.

Long. 72, diam. 31 mill.

Locality, mountains of Quendeu, New Granada. (Coll. Cuming.)

21. Guanpina nigricans, Pfr. Glan. testd ovato-oblongd, solidi-

usculd, minutissimé striatuld, nitidissimd, nigricante, strigis remotis

angustis fulvis ornatd, basi corneo-luted ; spird conicd; suturd

virenti-marginatd ; anfractibus 7 planulatis, ultimo 2 longitudinis

equante ; columella arcuatd, callosd, oblique truncatd, basin aper-

ture non attingente ; aperturd angusid, semiovali, inius concolore.

Long. 35, diam. 16 mill.

Locality, Vera Cruz, in Central America. (Coll. Cuming.)

346 Microscopical Society.

22. GLANDINA MONILIFERA, Pfr. Glan. testd fusiformi-ovatd, tenui,

pellucida, regulariter costulato-striatd, costulis in medio anfractts

ultimi evanescentibus, fulvo-rosed, lineis remotis rufis pallid? mar-

ginatis ornatd ; spird brevi, conicd; suturd eleganter et confer-

tim granulosd ; anfractibus 7 planiusculis, ultimo 3 longitudinis

subequante, ventroso; columelld vie arcuatd, basi abrupte trun-

catd ; apertura angustd, semiovali.

- Long. 29, diam. 144 mill.

Locality, mountains of Coban, Vera Cruz, Central America. (Coll.

Cuming.)

A number of Birds’-skins from Australia were presented to the

Society by Jeremiah Olive, Esq. -

The Secretary exhibited to the Meeting a specimen of Sand Grouse,

Tyrrhaptes paradoxus, and five specimens of Mammals (all of which

were new to the Society’s collection), from the Altai Mountains of

Siberia, viz. :—

Meriones opimus,

Aspalax Zokar,

Mustela Altaica,

Dipus Jaculus,

Mygale moschata.

Mr. Gould laid upon the table a series of ‘Terns, and characterized

a new species :—

Srerna Gracitis. St. summo capite et nuchd posteriore saturate

nigris ; lateribus nuche et parte inferiore seriaceo-albis ; pectore

et abdomine leviter rosaceis ; rostro carnicolore, apice brunneo-

nigro ; pedibus aureo-fuscis.

Crown of the head, nape and back of the neck deep black; sides

of the neck and all the under surface silky white, with a blush of rosy

red on the breast and abdomen; back, wings and tail light grey,

becoming darker on the primaries; irides brownish red; bill flesh-

colour, except at the tip, where it is washed with blackish brown ;

feet orange-red.

Total length, 13 inches; bill, 22; wing, 8}; tail, 65; tarsi, 2.

Hab. The Houtmann’s Abrolhos, off the western coast of Australia.

MICROSCOPICAL SOCIETY.

Oct. 15, 1845.—J. S. Bowerbank, Esq., F.R.S. &c., in the Chair.

A paper by H. Deane, Esq., being a continuation of a former com-

munication, read at the last meeting of the Society, ‘‘ On Fossil

Xanthidia found in Chalk,” was read.

After a brief summary of the former paper, in which he stated that

various species of the genus Xanthidium had been found by him in

the Folkstone chalk, Mr. Deane went on to state that this discovery,

by affording the means of isolating and mounting these bodies in

various ways for examination, suggested to him the possibility of

ascertaining their true nature. Their minuteness and other obvious

Microscopical Society. 847

circumstances prevented their chemical examination, and conse-

quently they could only be operated upon mechanically. Their shape

is that of a flattened sphere, the major part of them closely resem-

bling some of the gemmules of sponges, most of them having a cir-

cular opening. The arms of all appear to be closed at the ends and

not tubular, as has been supposed, from the examination of some of

the flint specimens under pressure in water between two pieces of

glass: they were torn asunder in the same manner as a horny or

cartilaginous substance would be, and the arms in contact with the

glass were bent ; some, after maceration in water for several weeks,

became quite flaccid, thus entirely disproving their siliceous nature.

On the contrary, there is every reason to suppose them to have been

of a horny or cartilaginous nature. Some other bodies resembling

the husks of peas were also observed, which appear to be identical

with the Pividicule in flints ; but these, although agreeing in colour,

he does not consider to have any relation to the Xanthidia, but, from

their close resemblance to sponge-gemmules, to be some animal or

animals in a progressive state of development.

Another paper by the same gentleman, ‘‘ On a mode of isolating

the siliceous shells of Infusorial animals found in the Ichaboe

Guano,” was also read. After premising that the guano from Ichaboe

was soon found to contain siliceous shells of microscopic animals,

allied to those brought from Richmond in Virginia, and from Ber-

muda, he stated that the extreme difficulty of finding them in the

ordinary mode induced him to try whether, by decomposing the

guano by means of nitric acid, more satisfactory results might not

be obtained. The experiment was successful, and the following is

the method he employed. Take any quantity of pure Ichaboe guano,

and wash it by repeated ablutions of distilled water until the water

is no longer coloured, observing after each addition of water that it

must be well-stirred two or three times and allowed to settle for

some hours. When sufficiently washed, a small quantity of hy-

drochloric acid is to be added to the water last used. This dis-

solves some portion of the guano with effervescence, and causes a

more perfect subsidence of that portion which it does-not act upon.

After this, allow sufficient time for the deposit to become well-settled

down; then the clear liquor being poured off as closely as possible

without loss of the sediment, a quantity of strong nitric acid in the

proportion of two acid ounces to every ounce by weight of the guano

employed is to be added; a strong effervescence results, which is to.

be assisted by its being placed in a warm situation at a temperature

of about 200° for six hours, during which time the greater part of

the guano will be dissolved. After allowing it to stand in a cool

place for twenty-four hours, pour off the acid liquor and wash the

sediment with plenty of distilled water. The fine portion of this

sediment will contain all the siliceous shells of the guano, perfectly

freed from extraneous matter.

348 _ ‘Miscellaneous.

MISCELLANEOUS.

ON A FISH ALLIED TO LEPIDOSIREN ANNECTENS,

Art the sitting of the Berlin Academy on the 5th of December 1844,

Prof. Miller presented a communication from Dr. Peters, ‘‘ On a fish

from the Quellimane marshes provided with both lungs and gills, re-

lated to Lepidosiren annectens.”’

This animal, which resides during the dry season in a cavity

formed in the earth and lined with leaves, resembles the Lepidosiren

annectens so completely in many points of its external and internal

organization, that Dr. Peters is inclined to regard these two animals

as identical, and to consider the distinguishing characters of the

latter as consequent on our still imperfect knowledge of*it. The

composition of the skull, the vertebral column, the arches furnished

with and those not furnished with gills, the lungs, alimentary canal,

the generative organs, the brain, heart, external form, scales, and the

teeth are exactly as in the Lepidosiren annectens. ‘The pectoral and

ventral fins, the labial cartilages, the perforated nostrils, and the

existence of external gill-filaments differ from what has been hitherto

described in the latter.

The pectoral and ventral fins do not consist of merely a single ar-

ticulated member or ray, but also of cartilaginous rays, which ema-

nate from the inferior margin of the main limb or principal ray of

the fin, and to which still finer cartilaginous filaments are attached.

These rays are not extensions of the main limbs of the fin, but are

attached to it; the length of the rays diminishes towards the end of

the main limb or principal ray of the fin until it becomes inappre-

ciable ; the extremities of the rays do not lie loosely upon the skin,

but the whole fin is covered by a prolongation of the skin, which also

covers the principal ray of the fin. In the pectoral fins, the beard of

the fin is as long as its ray. In the ventral fins, one-third of the

length of the ray is free at the base of the fin; this then commences

very low and remains much lower than in the pectoral fins. In the

latter the beard of the fin external to the ray is 3 lines broad in

its widest part. This kind of formation of the fins, in which the rays

arise laterally from a main ray, is quite peculiar, and we have no other

example of it amongst fish except in the dorsal fin of Polypterus.

The nostrils are double, and the posterior lies on the palatal side

of the upper lip, as in Lepidosiren paradoza, the labial cartilage of

which is similarly placed.

There are three gill-filaments above the thoracic fin behind the gill-

aperture ; they are not branched, and consequently appear like ten-

tacles ; they are placed closely together, one above the other. ‘Two

are of equal length, being 4 lines long; the third is the lowest, and

is much shorter. They are not present in the young specimens only,

but in all, even those which have attained the length of 2 feet.

These filaments, which are somewhat broad and pointed at the ex-

tremity, are composed at their fore-part of a continuation of the

external skin of the animal ; the posterior part exhibits fine feathery

ramifications of blood-vessels. In the middle line of the posterior

Miscellaneous. 349

part this surface is smooth ; its lateral surfaces have a colourless, soft,

velvety aspect, and with a lens, crowded, small, shaggy prolongations

are perceptible, in which the arteries and veins of the gills ramify.

These vessels are elongations of the vessels of the inner gills ; we find

them also at the posterior part of the gill-aperture, between the upper

end of the gill-arches and the external gills beneath the skin cover-

ing the gill-aperture: they are five, three arteries and two veins.

One of the arteries arises from the second aortic arch ; the two others

are the continuation of the extremities of the gill-arteries of the first

and middle of the three posterior and internal gills. ‘The two other

vessels, which return the blood from the external gills, terminate in

the gill-veins of the first and second of the three internal and poste-

rior gills, after they have separated from the superior extremity of

their gill-arches. The most anterior gill, at the anterior margin of

which the gill-cavity is situated, and is separated by a cleft from the

most anterior of the two gill-arches which are unfurnished with gills,

is a true respiratory gill, and thus represents the supernumerary

respiratory gill of the cartilaginous fishes, not the pseudo-branchia

of other fishes. It receives a branch of the gill-artery and gives off

superiorly a gill-vein, which corresponds to the carotis anterior. It

is however remarkable that the artery of the most anterior gills, al-

though it arises in the same manner as the other gill-arteries, yet

before it enters the gill gives off a branch for the nutrition of the

body, which is distributed to the inferior aspect of the most anterior

part of the head, to the skin and muscles of this part; a fact which

is unique in ichthyology, and can only be explained from the gill-

arteries of the heart conveying not only dark red but also partly.

bright red (arterial) blood, which is transmitted from the lungs to

the heart. The auricle of the heart is single. The spleen of the

Lepidosiren has hitherto been overlooked. It is large, and lies be-

hind the stomach and commencement of the intestinal canal, beneath

the peritoneal coat of the tractus intestinalis. It must be separated

from the black pigment which forms a copious substratum beneath

the peritoneal covering of the intestines. The lateral anus is not

always situated on the same side, being in some on the right, in

others on the left.

Should Lepidosiren annectens and the fish of Quellimane belong to

different genera, which is not probable, Dr. Peters proposes Rhino-

cryptis amphibia for the name of the latter. A circumstance which is

much in favour of their identity, and renders it probable that we are

not perfectly acquainted with Lepidosiren annectens, is, that this has

been lately observed by Jardine * also to have filaments on the pectoral

fins ; these were mistaken by Jardine for accessory fin-rays.

The next point to be determined is, whether the cartilaginous fin-

rays found in the fish of Quellimane are present in Lepidosiren an-

nectens. ‘Then comes the question, whether these and the external

branchial filaments are also present in Lepidosiren paradova. Upon

this will depend whether the African fish, although identical in genus,

* Ann, of Nat. Hist. vol. vii. p. 24.

350 Miscellaneous.

is generically different from the American genus Lepidosiren, and

whether the generic name Protopterus proposed by Owen for the

Lepidosiren annectens should be restored or not.

On the African Musk, Moschus aquaticus, Ogilby.

Some time ago Mr. Ogilby, in the Proceedings of the Zoological

Society for 1840, described an animal in the collection of the Earl of

Derby under the name of Moschus aquaticus, which was very inter-

esting as being an African species of a genus which had hitherto

only been found in Asia and its islands. ‘The general form and

colouring of the animal are so similar to that of the Mouse Deer, or

Traguli, from Java, Ceylon, and India, that it was natural it should

be placed with them in the same genus. But the Earl of Derby

having kindly sent a specimen with its skull to the British Museum,

the examination of the bones of the head have at once proved, that

instead of being a species of an Asiatic genus, it is the type of a pe-

culiar genus as yet only found in Africa, and therefore not, as has

hitherto been thought, an exception in the geographic distribution of

Mammalia.

The skull is short with short broad nasal bones, which are dilated

and rather truncated behind; the intermaxillaries are also short and

truncated behind, not extended behind the base of the upper ca-

nines. The ear-bones are large, vesicular, and produced beyond

the surface of the bones of the skull, while in the genus Moschus the

nasal bones are narrow, linear-elongate, and produced nearly to the

front edge of the orbit; the intermaxillaries are large, dilated behind,

and produced behind between the maxillaries and the front of the

nasal bones, and the ear-bones are small and inclosed in the base of

the skull; from these characters and the pig-like habit of the animal,

I propose to form for it a genus under the name of Hyemoschus, ‘The

skull is much more like that of the genus Tragulus than of Moschus, as

it agrees with it in the large size and vesicular form of the ear-bones;

but the Traguli are easily known from the Hyemoschi by the large size

and triangular form of the hinder part of their intermaxillaries, which

reach to the nasals and form the front part of the cheek in these

animals.

1. Moscuus.—Nasal bones linear-elongate; ear-bones small, in-

closed; intermaxularies large, produced behind, narrow, and extended

far beyond the base of the uppercanines. MM. moschiferus, M. leuco-

gaster, M. chrysogasier.

2. Tragutus.—Nasal bones elongate, rather dilated and truncated

behind ; ear-bones large, vesicular ; intermaxillaries large, triangular,

broad, oblique, truncated behind, hardly produced beyond the base

of the upper canines between the maxillaries and the nasal bones.

T, javanica, T. Stanleyanus (M. ecaudatus, Temm. MSS.).

3. Hyemoscuus,—Nasalbones short, dilated, and truncated behind.

Ear-bones large, vesicular; intermaxillaries small, short, scarcely

dilated behind on the front of the maxillaries, and not extended be-

yond the base of the upper canines, H, aguaticus.—J. E. Gray.

Miscellaneous. 351

OCCURRENCE OF AQUILA NZVIA IN IRELAND,

Clonmel, Oct. 7, 1845.

To Richard Taylor.

Dear Frizny,—At the request of my friend William Thompson

of Belfast, I write to inform thee of the occurrence in the south of

Ireland of an eagle new to these countries, Aquila nevia (Linn.). I

need enter into no description of the bird, as of course it is well-de-

scribed in works on continental ornithology, but will just remark,

that it is in the immature or spotted stage of plumage ; in contour it

closely resembles the golden eagle, but is much smaller.

This specimen (which is now in my possession on loan) was shot

on the estate of the Earl of Shannon, and was in a fallow-field in the

act of devouring a rabbit at the time ; this was in 1st month (Jan.)

1845 ; and another said to be similarly marked, but of rather a lighter

colour, is stated to have been shot in the same place a few days be-

fore : both had been observed in the neighbourhood (between Castle-

martyr and Clay Castle near Youghal, co. Cork) for several weeks

previous, sweeping over the low grounds there.

It at present belongs to my friend Samuel Moss of Youghal, who

had it from the gamekeeper who killed it, but I think it is probable

that before long it will be placed in the Museum of Trinity College,

Dublin.

I have made a rough coloured drawing of it which I sent to Wm,

Yarrell *, with similar information to what this note contains.

I am, thy friend,

Rosert Darrs, Jun.

ON MOUNTING MINUTE ALG FOR THE MICROSCOPE.

In describing the method pursued by Mr. ‘Thwaites in the prepa-

ration of algee for microscopical observation, I stated that the cells

were made of gold-size. As this is however liable to be softened

and redissolved by the gold-size employed in fastening down the

piece of thin glass, he found it advisable to look out for some more

convenient substance,

He now uses two compositions, one suitable for very shallow, and

the other for somewhat deeper cells. For the former he takes equal

measures of finely-powdered lamp-black and litharge ; a portion of

this is rubbed down with equal parts of gold-size and black japan,

and the cells immediately formed on the glass slides with a camel’s

hair pencil. As the composition hardens very rapidly, the cells

should be made as quick as possible, and to save time and trouble, a

good many should be made at once. If the mixture becomes too

thick for use before all the intended cells have been made, a little

more gold-size may be rubbed down with it, and this may be repeated

if necessary, but the last-made cells will take longer drying than the

first. Before the walls are quite hard, they may be flattened by

pressing them with a piece of wet glass. If this isnot done, it takes

* For insertion in his 2nd edition of ‘ British Birds,’ expected to appear

next month.

352 Miscellaneous.

a longer time to grind down the irregularities of the surface, which

is best. effected by rubbing them upon a pene of wet unpolished

marble.

For the deeper cells Mr. Thwaites finds neshiog so good as marine

glue, which must be melted and dropped on the slip of glass, like

sealing-wax, then warmed and flattened with a piece of wet glass :

what is superfluous must be cut away with a knife, so as to leave

only the wall of the cell; should this become loose, it ean easily be

fixed by heating the other side of the slip of glass over a spirit-lamp

and gently pressing. Before these cells are used, it is desirable to

flatten them by rubbing gently upon a piece of wood and then upon

the wet marble.

In using the cells, as small a quantity as possible of gold-size,

of a thick consistence, should be laid on the wall of the cell, and also

on the edge of the piece of thin glass; and in covering up the cells,

gentle pressure should be employed in order to squeeze out the su-

perfluous fluid.

It would be a very useful thing for travellers to take with them

the proper ingredients for preparing the two solutions for fresh and

marine alge. A portion of each species of alga might then be pre-

served in small phials carefully sealed and ticketed, which may be

mounted and observed at leisure. The benefit of such a practice has

been strongly impressed upon me during the examination of some

highly curious foreign algee which have lost many of their distinctive

characters in drying. M. J. Berxexey.

On the Discovery of a Fossil Frog and Butterfly in the Gypsum Deposits

of Aiz. By M. Coquanp.

Among the fossils in my possession from the gypsum formation of

Aix, a remarkable and very distinct impression of a reptile belonging

to the order of the Batracians, and to the family Anoure, has puar-

ticularly caught my attention: M. Boué (Guide du Géol. vol. ii.

p- 259) notices indeed, in the tertiary formations, the presence of

some reptiles, such as salamanders, frogs and ophidians ; but as

he does not enter into any details, either of their description or the

localities in which they have been found, the paleontologist will

perhaps read with interest some details respecting the — in my

possession. Its dimensions are as follows :—

Millimetres Millimetres

Total length of the body, inclu- Cubitus and radius ............64+

ding the head .......00...0c0.00 32 truncated in part........s.c.00.

Great diameter of the head .., 13 | Femur.,........... Seeseeidudésbveses 12

Transversal diameter ...s0....00s 8} Tibia... .ciccsisvee thee sonevicebe senivi 2

Diameter of the sternum at the LOLS sniiiics sap hecins div hainees ves 7

origin of the anterior feet ..._ 9 | Toe of the posterior foot ......... 5

Length of the humerus ......... 6

The body of this species, which I shall name Rana aquensis, is not

so plump as that of the common frog ; its head, although as flat, is

more elongated, and is terminated by a snout which describes an al-

Miscellaneous. | ! 353

most perfect oval. The bones of the hind feet are proportionably

longer, although less strong; lastly, its form is much more slender

than that of the other Anourous Batracians, and may belong as well

to the Frogs properly so called as to the Tree-frogs (Hyla), which

differ from the former only in the extremity of each of their toes,

which is enlarged and rounded into a kind of viscous swelling. But,

as may be imagined, this character has not been preserved. ‘The

Rana aquensis has preserved a portion of its skin; there is scarcely

any part but the feet which has been deprived of it, and these are

represented by the bones which form their skeleton. As may be

judged by its dimensions, this fossil frog is small, and its form is far

from corresponding to the idea which we may form of the tertiary

fauna of Aix, if we imagine it among the palm-trees, the crocodiles

and other animals which have left their remains in the gypsiferous

marls.

It is well known, that when the discovery of a diurnal lepidopterous

insect in the same formation was announced to the Entomological So-

ciety of Paris, M. Boisduval, one of the most celebrated entomologists

in Europe, considered the fact as so novel, that he would not credit it

until he had examined the specimen. As this discovery has passed,

we may say, unnoticed, I shall be pardoned for entering into some

details on the almost miraculous occurrence which enabled M. Bois-

duval not only to recognise the genus to which this butterfly be-

longed, but also to determine its species with the greatest ease. As the

opinion of this naturalist perfectly agrees with the ideas which I have

previously entertained and published on the probable temperature of

the globe at the period of the deposit of the gypsums of Aix, I can-

not resist supporting my opinion by such an authority, especially as

M. de Serres (Géognosie des Terrains Tertiaires, p. 220, &c.) states

that the genera of fossil insects of that locality are mostly identical

with those which now inhabit Provence and more southern climates,

as Sicily and Calabria ; and as M. Boué (Guide, ii. p. 286) says that

it is well-known that the fossil plants and fishes of Aix are most nearly

related to the vegetables and marine fishes of Provence, whilst it has

been proved that the gypsiferous marls of Aix are essentially of a la-

custrine origin, and that no maritime plant or animal has ever been

discovered there. Mr. Curtis (Edinburgh New Phil. Journal, Oct.

1829) in the same manner refers all the specimens from Aix to still

existing forms. Now as the gypsums of Aix are inferior to the ma-

rine molasses of the central beds, containing animals the greater part

of whose genera only live in the tropical regions, the occurrence im

a lower stratum of species still existing in the country or in the ad-

joining countries, established a fact of anomalous distribution, and a

contradiction, not only to almost all known facts, but also to the

presence in the same stratum of crocodiles, palm-trees, and other

species of warm climates. We must therefore consider the conclu-

sions advanced by the naturalists whom we have cited as the result

of erroneous determinations, into which the specialty of M. Boisdu-

val has prevented his falling. That entomologist discovers, ‘“ that

the most common species of insects of the gypsiferous beds of Aix

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. 2C

354 Miscellaneous.

are aspecies of Diptera of the genus Bibio or Cecidomya, several spe-

cies of Tipularie, large Curculionites allied to the Otiorhynchus, larve or

nymphs of Libellule, Blatte, Ichneumonide, Formicide and Arach-

nida. All these fossils belong to extinct species, but their genera,

which still exist, do not occur in Europe.

«« The diurnal lepidopterous insect belongs to one of those genera

the species of which are not numerous, and are at present confined to

the islands of the Indian Archipelago or the warmest countries of the

Asiatic continent. According to M. Blum of Leyden, they hover

around the palm-trees, on which perhaps they feed in the state of

caterpillars. ‘The individual which has been named sepulta, to recall

its antediluvian origin, belongs to the genus Cy/lo, and is allied to

the Rohria, Camnus, and other neighbouring species ; but it cannot

be referred to any of those known at the present day. __

“ The outline and form of this insect are so well-preserved, that one

might imagine it lithographed on a schist: only the right side is

alone preserved, which is perfectly untouched, with a portion of the

thorax and a slight impression of the abdomen. The upper wing is

in great part hidden by the under one, and it is impossible to say -

whether it presents other delineations than an apical ocellus sur-

mounted by a white point; the other, the whole surface of which is

seen, is of a brownish gray colour, as in the allied species, with a

white costal spot, a sinuated, median transverse band, of the same

colour, followed by two black ocelli bordered in white, connected

exteriorly with two white spots. The extremity of this same wing

is rather paler, almost whitish, and divided, as in most of the living

species, by two parallel brown marginal lines. The caudal appendix

is rather longer than in the Rohria, but situated in the same manner.

The preservation of the specimen admits of distinguishing the out-

line, and probably the true colour of the butterfly as it was before

its incrustation.”

I am not sufficiently acquainted with the species of exotic frogs

to be able to compare them with the Rana aquensis, but I can assert

that it differs entirely from those which exist in Europe. I await a

favourable opportunity to allow me to describe and publish the fossil

insects which for the last ten years I have collected in the gypsiferous

beds of Aix; the number of the species I possess at the present time

amounts to more than sixty.—Bulletin de la Société Géologique de

France, April 21st, 1845.

On a curious appearance presented by the contents of the Capsules of a

Moss from Chili, extracted froma Letter to the Rev. M. J. Berxe-

LEY, by Dr. MontaGne.

_ “J was engaged in describing for the Cryptogamic flora of Chili

a new genus allied to Weissia, and in consequence was desirous of

ascertaining the form and structure of the spores in the species which

I had before me. What was my surprise to find, instead of spores

in every capsule which I opened, a kind of gemmez analogous to those

which occur in the cups of Marchantia! They have not indeed the

Miscellaneous. 355

same form, but their structure is the same, or at least appeared to

me to be so. They are wedge-shaped or parallelogrammic, about

<isths of a millimetre in length, and from ;4,ths to ;,ths in breadth,

It is very difficult to ascertain their thickness, but I believe it to be

about a third of their length. They are composed of at least two

layers of two or three rows of broad cells on either surface, as vi-

sible under the microscope. Their colour is a deep green verging

on bistre. I know of nothing at all similar in the family of Mosses,

and at least in a physiological point of view, the fact is not unim-

portant. It must be observed that the capsules were quite ripe,

having already lost their opercula, so that the question is not one of

unripe spores. The species in which this curious structure was ob-

served is Eucamptodon perichetialis, Mont.”

Dr. Montagne kindly accompanied his observations with speci-

mens, which has enabled me to confirm their correctness.—M. J. B.

M. Agassiz on the Geological Development of Animal Life.

The Zoophytes, Mollusca and Articulata existed in the earliest pe-

riod of the earth’s development, although all their classes were not

numerously represented in the oldest members ; but they do not al-

low of our supposing that any progressive perfection to the present

creation occurred. This is the case with the Vertebrata only, among

which fish appeared in the first period, reptiles in the second ; mam-

malia and birds did not appear for a long time after the former ; lastly

came man, as lord of all: hence M. Agassiz denominates the corre-

sponding periods, those of fish, reptiles and mammalia.

The greatest change in the fish occurred at the end of the Jura

period. All fish which existed prior to the chalk have a peculiar

aspect and belong in general to extinct families; those of the later

epochs resemble those now living, and many of them belong to fa-

milies and genera at present in existence; but they all differ speci-

fically, just as all Vertebrata in different geological epochs differ in

species.—Jahrbuch fiir Mineralog. Geolog. &c., Part 3. 1845.

EXPLORATIONS OF DR. SCHRENK.

The extreme limits of the wild and remote regions of south-eastern

Siberia and along the Chinese frontier have been successfully ex-

plored by an able and enterprising botanist, Dr. Schrenk, who has

recently returned to St. Petersburg. Remote and unfriended, this

ardent naturalist has passed four years in a country, the greater part

of which was never before trodden by an European foot. _ In addition

to copious materials with which he will soon enrich botany, geology,

and other branches of science, he has made most important obser-

vations on the eastern extension of the mass of land which forms a

portion of that vast depressed area so vividly brought before our con-

sideration by Humboldt, and which is now found to extend eastward

from the shores of the Aral to the Saissar and Balkash lakes ; though

in approaching the latter region the ground rises to a few hundred

feet above the sea. ‘Thence penetrating to the lake of Issikul, sur-

rounded by lofty mountains considerably south of the range of the

2C2

356 Miscellaneous.

Altai chain, and obtaining from one of them a view of the Thian-

Chan, whose height he estimates from 16,000 to 17,000 feet, nearly. ‘

one-half being covered with eternal snows, Dr. Schrenk won for him-

self the proud title of being the first European who had pushed his

researches to the northern foot of the ‘‘ celestial mountains” of the

Chinese empire. It is indeed quite clear, from what I already know

of them, that Dr. Schrenk’s researches. must materially change all

earlier maps ; for though the lake Balkash is laid down, the Issikul

does not appear, at least not by that name. Again, the:sources of

the Tchu river, and its course into the Telekul lake, and the occa-

sional communication between that lake and the Jaxartes (Sir Daria);

the true course of the latter stream is the country watered by the

upper streams of the Sara Su-a-Ishein, where alone the beautiful

mineral ‘‘ dioptase” is found.—From the Anniversary Address of the

President of the Royal Geographical Society. —

Description of three new species of Bivalve Shells, of the genera Cy-

therea and Venus, by Sytvanus Haney, Esq.

Cyrnrerzes Ovum. Cy. testd ovatd, solidissimd, equivalvi, ventri-

cosd, nitidd, levigatd, albidd, epidermide fulvd indutd; margine

ventralt integro, arcuato; dorsali, utringue convexiusculo et sub-

declivi; latere antico rotundato ; postico obtuse subangulato, su-

perne glauco-cineraceo; natibus recte incurvatis, sepe. erosis ;

lunuld obsoletdé ; superficie internd albidd, postice livido-purpuras-

cente infecta ; dente postico leviter crenulato; sinu palliari viz

ullo. Long. 0:90; lat. 1:20 poll.

Index Test., sup. t. 15. f.21. Mus. Cuming, Hanley.

Hab. ?

Remarkable for its peculiar solidity and the equality of its sides.

It bears.a slight resemblance to the true casta of Chemnitz, but is a

more ovate shell. }

Venus Brueurirri. Ven. testd oblonga, solidiusculd, subnitidd, con-—

vexd, valde inequilaterali, aut pallide brunned, radiis paucis albis

ornatd, aut fusco-cineraced, radiis saturatioribus angustis remotis

interruptim pictd ; radiatim sulcatd ; sulcts in medio subimbricatis,

utringue subdecussatis, et postice in costellas (plerumque subgra-

nosas) mutatis ; margine ventrali subrecto aut pauld convexiusculo;

dorsali, postice vix declivi, subrecto aut convexiusculo, antice sub-

declivi et convexiusculo ; extremitate anticd rotundata ; latere pos-

tico producto, obtuse et oblique biangulato ; margine postico magis

minusve convexo; natibus curvatis et radio brevi livido postice

ornatis ; lunuld subobsoletd ; ligamento subinfosso ; margine cardi-

nali intus purpureo ; dentibus angustis, recurvis, parallelis. Long.

0°85; lat. 1°40 poll.

Index Test., sup. t. 15. f.59. Mus. Cuming, Hanley.

Hab. ?

Belonging to the section Pullastra, and allied to decussata, but

easily distinguishable by its shape and peculiar sculpture. It has how-

ever been figured for that species in the ‘ Encyclopédie Méthodique,’

pl. 283. f. 4.

Miscellaneous. 357.

Venus maenirica. Ven. testd suborbiculari, subcordatd, tumidd

aut ventricosd, solidissimd, valde inequilaterali ; margines versits

purpureo tinctd, umhones versis albidd brunneo sparsim maculaté ;

lineis concentricis, sulcisque radiantibus decussatd ; lineis, antice

undosis et pauld elevatis, postice obsoletis, medid planulatis et sur-

sim spectantibus ; sulcis frequentibus, profundis ; margine ven-

trali arcuato, intusque crenato; dorsali, anticé convexo et declivi,

postice convexo et vix declivi ; latere postico majore, obtuso ; nati-

bus maxime curvatis; pube, lunuldque. prominente cordiformi,

livido-purpureis ; ligamento infosso ; superficie internd albidd, im-

maculata ; dentibus ut in V. puerpera. Long. 5°; lat. 5 poll.

Hab. Ticao, on the sands; Cuming. Mus. Cuming.

This splendid shell is most closely allied to puerpera, but the ces-

sation of the concentric ridges on the posterior side, the tinge of.

purple which environs the whole margin, and the absence of any

coloured rays, enable us at once to separate them. The concentric

lines gradually become less elevated and more distant towards the.

lower margin, and finally (in the adult) entirely disappear. The ra-

diating sulci in aged specimens are so broad at their extremity as to

give the interstitial spaces the appearance of costellze.

ON THE LARUS- CAPISTRATUS, TEMM.

_ At the meeting of the Zoological Society, May 27, Mr. W. Thomp-

son read a paper to prove that the Larus capistratus, 'Temm.., is not,

a distinct species from L. ridibundus, and exhibited a series of speci-.

mens of both forms in different states of plumage obtained in the

neighbourhood of Belfast. ‘The differences between these supposed

species are—

Ist. In size; but a female specimen of L. ridibundus, with black

hood, bill and legs arterial blood-red, was exhibited, agreeing in the,

size of body, tarsi, &c. with L. capistratus.

2nd. The colour of the tarsi and toes attributed to L.capistratus,

and as distinguishing it from L. ridibundus, is a mere transition shade,

through which all individuals of the latter pass before the arterial

blood-red hue is attained. _

3rd. The disposition of black or brown on the head, its taking the

form of a mask, as in L. capistratus, or as a hood, as in.L. ridibundus,

is either transitional or accidental*, and the shade of colour com-

monly varies from the “ broccoli-brown”’ of the former to the deeper

tint of the ordinary L. ridibundus.

A specimen of the L. capistratus, purchased at the sale of Bullock’s

collection by Dr. Leach, and believed to have been one of the first

birds seen by Temminck, to which he gave this name, is now in the

British Museum. By the kindness of Mr. George R. Gray, the au-

thor was enabled to make a critical comparison of this bird with the

specimens exhibited, and, excepting in the smaller size of the toes and

webs of feet, there was no difference between it and some of them ;

* Mr. Thompson stated that he had known it to be both transitional and

accidental, i.e. for birds to exhibit the mask the first summer of their attain-

ing adult plumage, and others the hood in their first assumption of the black

hood.

358 Miscellaneous.

and from the adult female, L. ridibundus, in full summer plumage it

differed in the most trivial manner only. :

ON THE DISEASE OF POTATOES. BY PROF, KUTZING.

The diseases of potatoes have of late years attained so unusual an

extent of diffusion, that their investigation must become of universal

importance, especially when we recollect that this is the only means

of ascertaining the cause of the disease.

. During the presentyear a disease has appeared i in the potatoesgrow-

ing around Nordhausen with which the author of this communication

was not previously acquainted; nor is it mentioned in the writings

which have in modern times treated of the diseases of potatoes.

It is of a totally different nature from the so-called dry-rot (caries

of the tubers), in which the starch granules become so altered as to:

exhibit minute brown fungi similar to those of corn-smut, and the

cellular tissue which surrounds these bodies becomes destroyed or

dissolved at a subsequent period only. In the disease of the present

year an alteration and solution of the cellular tissue alone is visible,

the starch granules remaining within it in a sound and unaltered

state. For this reason I have called it cell-rot.

The cell-rot at first appears just beneath the cuticle of the tubers,

and always extends from thence towards the interior. It constantly

commences with a brownish discoloration of the substance, which

at first is still firm and solid, but gradually assumes a lighter and

darker colour until it is dissolved and forms a greasy, soft, dark brown

(sometimes verging to violet) mass, which possesses a foetid odour.

On microscopic examination perfectly healthy starch granules

may be detected in all the stages of the disease, a proof that the

true nutritious ingredient is not destroyed by this change. But the

cells, which contain these starch granules, and which in the healthy:

substance are clear, colourless and extraordinarily transparent, even

in the earliest stage of the disease appear of a yellowish colour, and

the membrane exhibits a finely granular structure which impairs their

transparency. As the disease progresses the colour and granular

structure of the surface of the cells increase, until at last they are

either partially or completely dissolved, the starch granules pass out

of them and become mixed with the decomposed mass. At this pe-

riod we find in the fluid decomposed cellular mass a fine filamentous

fungus, which frequently extends to the surface of the diseased cells,

and is diffused through the soft mass in a ramified form or united

into bundles. Its formation, as I have satisfactorily observed, is a

consequence of the decomposition of the cells, for it is not present

in the earliest stage of the disease.

The cause of this disease appears to depend partly upon too great

an amount of moisture, partly on too copious a supply of manure to

the soil: both induce too rapid a growth of the tubers, which renders

_ the formation of a strong and durable cellular membrane impossible.

Moreover, all the potatoes which have experienced the cell-rot con-

tain a much lerger amount of aqueous constituents than the sound

ones. It may be expected that the disease of the tubers which are

laid up for winter store will extend itself and finally destroy them,

Meteorological Observations. 359

if care be not taken to preserve them in a dry place, whereby a por-

tion of the excess of moisture may be removed. The author has

found that the disease remains stationary when they are dried; at

least at the end of several weeks it had not attacked the neighbour-

ing parts. These diseased potatoes might be used to obtain potatoe-

starch, as also for distillation, without there being any necessity for

throwing away the diseased portions or even those which have be-

come putrid; in the preparation of starch, however, the washing

‘must be continued longer than usual. They may also be used with-

out injury, after having been boiled, to feed cattle upon, but the

water in which they are boiled should be thrown away. They are

perfectly useless for planting, for the disease is found generally to

extend from those points at which the young buds are situated; the

germ is also frequently destroyed.—Bot. Zeitung, Oct. 10, 1845.

_ METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR SEPT. 1845.

Chiswick.—September 1. Thick haze: fine. 2, 3. Overcast. 4. Dense dark

clouds: clear, . 5. Cold and overcast. 6. Hazy: fine. 7. Cloudless and very-

fine, 8. Foggy: clearand fine. 9. Foggy: clear. 10. Foggy: uniformly

overcast: slight rain. 11. Overcast throughout. 12. Slight haze: clear. 13.

. Thick fog: very fine. 14, Densely overcast: showery. 15. Hazy: very heavy

rain: clear at night. 16. Thickly overcast: heavy rain : boisterous at night,

17. Overcast: rain: boisterous throughout. 18. Very boisterous, with showers :

clear at night, 19. Boisterous, 20. Fine: rain at night. 21. Densely overcast:

rain. 22. Clear: partially overcast and fine. 23, Cloudy: frosty at night.

24, Clear and frosty: very’fine, with bright sun: clear. 25. Densely overcast :

drizzly. 26. Slight haze: cloudless and fine. 27. Uniformly overcast: slight

drizzle: rain at night. 28. Cloudy throughout: clear. 29. Densely overcast:

rain, 30, Cloudy and fine.—Mean temperature of the month 4-8,° below the

average.

Boston.—Sept. 1—5, Cloudy. 6—9. Fine. 10,11. Cloudy. 12. Fine.

13. Foggy. 14. Rain: rain early a.m. 15. Cloudy: rain, with thunder and

lightning p.m. 16. Fine: rainearly a.m. 17. Rain: rain early a.m. 18, Cloudy.

19. Windy. 20, Fine. 21, Cloudy: rain early a.m,: rain e.m. 22. Cloudy:

rainearly a.m. 23, 24. Fine. 25, Cloudy. 26, Fine. 27, Cloudy: rain a.m,

28. Cloudy. 29, 30. Fine.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Sept. 1. Haze: clear. 2. Clear. 3. Cloudy*: clear,

4. Cloudy. 5. Clear. 6. Fog: cloudy. 7 Bright: cloudy. 8. Rain. 9.

Damp. 10, Fine: clear. 11. Bright: clear. 12. Cloudy. 13. Bright: cloudy.

14, Damp: clear. 15. Cloudy: clear. 16, Bright: clear. 17. Bright : cloudy.

18, Rain: cloudy. 19. Bright: clear. 20, Bright: cloudy. 21,22. Showers;

cloudy. 23. Bright: cloudy. 24. Cloudy. 25. Rain: clear: aurora borealis,

26,27. Showers. 28. Hail-showers : showers: sleet. 29, Showers. 30, Cloudy :

showers.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire.—Sept. 1—4. Fine, though cloudy. 5. Fine,

but clear. 6. Fair, but cloudy. 7. Fair and clear; raw frost. 8. Fair, but

cloudy. 9. Rain all day. 10, Fair, but cloudy. 11. Fair and fine. 12. Very

fine. 13. Moist andcloudy. 14. Showers. 15. Hoar-frost: shower a.m. 16.

Fair, but cloudy. 17. Heavy rain. 18, Very heavyrain. 19, 20. Rain p.m.

21. Fair and drying. 22, 23, Very fine: hoar-frost, 24. Weta.m.: cleared up.

25, 26. Fair and clear. 27,28. Heavy rain. 29, 30. Showers p.m.

Mean temperature of the month ..... Shs ooegeeess sosavestins 52°°4

Mean temperature of Sept. 1844 — ....cccccseeeveees iveees 54 °O

Mean temperature of Sept. for 23 years .........ceceeeees 53 °0

* This morning there was a fall of ashes over all Orkney apparently volcanic,

and supposed to be wafted from Iceland.

08: (SLS 91 | LL —f )TTP-6P BL-1S 0-97 7-65 |L-PS |€9-08 26-79 [201 sib ihine iehei cehin Wi

2g. fet To. | sms | cms | wpe} “ms | Sb | £6h | 9F| SS} 0S] IP | 79 | €z-6z | Lz-6 | ZP-62 | OF-62 | -60 ie re ‘of

Cf. 126-0 |""""7" 90. | «mss | cms | ueo| ‘as | ob | for |fPv| 09 S.8h| sh | zo | ZE-6% | £F-62 | SV-60| 09-62 | LV-6G £2.62 676-62) “6%

gh. |"; €0- |v} em | ems | peo! -m | Lp | Fgh |8Pr | FPS] 99) OE | £9 | LE-62 | 2-62 | 09-62 | 05-62 | £€-60 58-62 \LE6.6 | “8%

go: ||" Zoe | cm | es | uneo| ms | OF | 2G |FSP| C9} 09] 8h | 09 | 80-66 |7Z1-6z SV.66 | OF-68 | SV-6% 061-62 716-62) “Le

ssrseslereereleeeescveeee! oy | og | unqea| “m | gh | £9 |Fhh|f9S| 6b} OF | G9 | 89-6z | LP-6z,| 89-62 |.€9:66 | 0€-60 071-66 S76.62,, “9%

TE. |rettle"*") To. | «mss | em | peo} °s | gh | f09 | FZ) ¥89| 1S] BE | ZO | 6€-62 | 8€-6z | 8P-62 | 67.62 | EV-06 |469-66 298.60) “Se

ttesesleseseriecceesieneeee! ag | omg | wpe | *8 oS 1g | z€! SS ¢.2b! Le ZO | 99-62 | 66-62 - £8.62 OT-0€ G8-6% 910-08 |ZPt-0£ | “Fz

triseelecseeeierseesloanere! om | egg | umjea| tou | $09 |. Pr | FI | FES| gh| Of | FE |S1-0F |90.0€ | gI-0€ | go-0f 99-62 |110-0€ €23-0 | *€% D

go. ft 6G. feet] emu femum| cm | ota. | PP Gv | f€r| 9S) 19| 2h | FO |S8-6% | 89-62 | 88-62 85-62 |. $9-6% %89-6% 976-62 °C

ZI- 19S-1| 60+ | SI. |*muul‘mum|wyeo| *s | $Ph-| ¥Sh |- 19/86) SS] 6h | So | %9-6z | £¥-6z.| 0€-62.) 7E-6Z | 60-60 S1E-62 8ES-62| “1%

ssrescjeseeneleseree 62, | «mu [rasors| mea! *s | Qh | ¥gb | ELE) ¥89| cS| BF |-29 | 89-60 |8L-62 | 67-62 PL-62 | 06-6 069-62 686-62 | “0%

tereeelereessleneers eoeeeel emai} ca | cas. | $7 | Lp | Lb). 8S) 9S] bE | So | 21-62 |9P-62 | L.60,| LE-6z | 00-62 |189-62 966.66, “OT

gz- ["""|40. | Lo. | auu| a | uea| cms | f67-| ZG | 4z9| 8S] 09) Bh | G9 | $2-60 | 71-62 | 70-62 16-82 | 84-83 | 123-62 867-62 | “81

ssreerleereee| BO, Gr. | ca [$03 0) uupea| ‘ms | ZG | 9G 1.29) 09) .09| SS | F9 |90-60 | VE-6z | L6-8%| I-62 | 06-80 L6€-60-9L1.6z | “LT

1: [| PZ. | Lp. fevers | em [unpeo | cas | £6h-| F9S-} oF | ¥09) PS) PS | FO | 17-68 | HP-6z.| 2.6%) PP-62 | 61-62 Lev.6z 669.62 | ‘OI

rseereleseeesl Zo, | GP. | -ms-| | wyeo| ‘au, | 0S | 2S |.9€| 19] 29| €F. | LS | 0F-6% |0b-6z | 8E-62.| SE-6z | £6-8% ESE-6z |119-6z c10

“+**07.9' 90. ZO. | «mu [tas | wpe | “ms | 1G | $o¢ | €9| LG) LG} 6€ | IL |9€-63:|8.6z | 1£:6%| 8E-6z |. $0°6% |OLV.6z 668-60) “VI:

stererleeceesivrreee DQ, | tag | cs | uyeo| “as | PG |. €¢./F19 | 799 )/G.2G| €S | IL: | 19-62 +$8-6% | $S-6Z | 08:62 | 09:62 0SL-66 0£6-6% "eX

sesresiereeeriserers cereee] cos | smu | wuyeo| “ou | 6h | FES | 6h) $9} 19] oP | OL. | £0.0€ | 86.08" 16-6% | €6-62 | SV-6% |P£6-6% $56.62 | “ZI

QZ. [rrreeereeseereeees] cas | cou -| mnpeo|-au | 0G |'$1¢:'} LZP| 09] 99] PS | 19° | 80-0F |£1-0€ | 96-62 | S0-0€ | SS-6z [996.6% 8E0-08 | “IT

rerersfessseeleesees 19, | «ggg | vou | tou | ‘ou | gh | €G-/ 41S) 69] 29} €S | OL. | POE |€Z-0€ | IT-0€] O1-0€ |. LS-62 |126.62 980-08 | 01

se ecosleccccelsesees serene "lr 4g wea "MS 1S é 19 ‘1S 6S gS OV gl 00-0€ VL-6Z- C8-6% 06-62 _£9°6% Z00-0€ ZO1-0€ . 6 C

ZI- tseseslorseeslersneel, eqs] og wyeo| ‘au | gG | 29 \¥gh| 29) LS| LE | 1L- | 88-6 |£6-6% | 10-0€| FO-0€ | 04-62 |860-0€ $11.08 | 8

seeselopig teeter ttees| seeeee |g *9 | ‘ou | 0S | $99 |Szh| zo] 09/-0F | 69 |ET-0F |£2.0F | 01-08 |"0%-0€ | SL-6% |Z2T-0€ LET-O€ | *Z

testerleevreieenresieeeree! ag | ems -{ ca | "ou-| 1G}. ZG | fob | #8] 6S}. 8€ | €9 | z-0F Pz.0€ | 61-08 | G1-0€ |-GL+6z |IET-0F 67-08 | °9

stteesleesesieeetes! 1, [eeeeee | og | unqeo| cou | 6h | €¢ | Zh]. 29 S-FS| 0G | 09 | F4-0€ |1Z-0€ | 91-0€ | 91-0£ | 846% COT-OF OVT-0F |. °S

Per occlccccce|sesees|seceee| cvccee ‘ou | wea ou Ay ; vs oS 19 vs cv v9 ZOOL 92-0€ L1-o€ LI-0€ 08:62 Ogt-o£ [0Z-0£ at

|erseesleeserseceeesseoeeel omar | cou [uapea| ‘ou | $1G | €¢9 | Fer] bo] LS} 1V | €9 | 23-08 | 22-08 | V1-08 03-0€ |.62-62 |S8T-0€ |10Z-08 | *€

tevercleeseericeceeelseeeee] smn | “om | Ulta | “OU, ZS |. €2S |$0S| 99) 69| L¥ v9 192-08 LZ-0€ SI-0£| 91-08 | 62-62% |89T-0€ |6L1-0€ | °S

Go. |rerreleeeeesleeeeee] emu | cm | cou | cou | $49 | $69 | §7S| #69] 69] OF | 99 | Lz-0€ |4z-0€8"| 61-08 | Lz-0€ | 64-62./008-0€ |8Lz-0€ | “I @

= me ve: aad b ae ; { “ydag

25/35/65 | 2)88 | Fe] § | eS ]- pS eZ

BS . 8 P P Re *8 , *e Trou -sor ging 28 | “MOUASTTD crim “aayys soLyHING es "OTASTUD S -

“UIeY “PUTA *19JQUIOWIIY J, "IQVOMOIN oo

“RANNUQC) ‘asunyr younpung yn SU0{sNo[Q *O *AoY 247 Ag pun fauUIHS-saTuIWAG ‘asunpyy Ypivsayddy yo ‘requacy * AA *AeY 9Y7 hg {NoLsog

qo “yea, “a Aq fuopuory. avau xOIMSIHD 70 Ajarv0g younyynaysozy ay} fo uapavy ayg yo uosdwoyy, IJ, 49 apou suouvasas¢Q 709280]0.00979 AT

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

No, 107. DECEMBER 1845.

XXXIX.—Remarks on some forms of Rubus. By T. Beiy

Satter, M.D., F.L.S. &e.*

Tue object of the present communication is to bring forward the

results of some extended rather than any very elaborate obser-

vations on several forms of the fruticose Rudi, as well as to make

some general observations on the group itself. With the latter:

considerations my remarks more naturally commence.

It is not a little striking, and it has already called forth many

stringent and some severe remarks, that out of what was so long

considered as one, two or three species, so many new ones should

in such quick succession be enumerated; that—while all admit the

difficulty of distinguishing species and estimating the value of

their characters, and agree as to the fact of many different forms

appearing to pass into each other,—yet every one who comes to

the work should appear thus ready and eager to add new species,

and with them, it may be thought, new difficulties to the task. :

That in this eager endeavour to distinguish forms and esta-

blish them by definite names, an undue value—that of enume-

rating mere forms as species—has been given to many of them,

there can be no doubt ; and it is one of the objects of this paper

to reduce some of these to their respective species. In some cases,

where the enumerated so-called species are rather numerous and

the forms variable, it has required a careful analysis to arrive at

anything like a satisfactory conclusion. The reason of the diffi-

culty in this kind of analysis, is one which applies fundamentally

to the study of the group, and which has cast the greatest slur

on the labours of its students. It is this :—

That the different characters are often not coincident ; that while

some several observed characters have been assumed to consti-

tute one species, and other several characters another,—certain

of these in other forms are found otherwise combined, and this in

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, Nov. 13, 1845.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. 2D

362 Dr. T. Bell Salter on some forms of Rubus.

almost endless variety. Where such ean be distinctly proved to

be the case, we consider that all these forms must be received as

constituting one species, and the former so-called species be con-

sidered as varieties merely, with their former names as convenient

synonyms. True, there will yet be the parallel difficulty, that all

of the forms cannot always be referred to one of these named

varieties, without presenting some characters which would rather

indicate them as belonging to another ; in other words, there will

yet be intermediate forms ; but we hold that while these interme-

diates in varieties prove the species, intermediates in species are

the very opprobrium of classification.

We cannot leave this point without adding, that we wish to

make no reflection on the work of those who may, and we think

have, thus too much divided ; their labours have done too much

to assist their followers to admit of this ; and we would add, while

we agree with those who believe that there yet remain many,

separated as species which should be united, that it is only the

part of sound philosophy, where distinctions have been made, to

receive them as they stand, until by further observation we can

satisfactorily prove them to be erroneous.

Independently of, and quite different from, on the one hand the

gradual development and growth, and the final assumption of the

adult form in both the animal and vegetable kingdoms ; and on

the other hand equally distinct from the changes of form known

as metamorphoses in some tribes of the former, is a certain other

development consisting of successions of arrested minor deve-

lopments, some of which though not final, inasmuch as they are

in some sort mature or even adult, may occasion and have occa-

sioned difficulties in the distinguishing of species. This fact, as

referring in the animal kingdom to some tribes of birds, 1s suffi-

ciently familiar. An analogous case is afforded in the Polypo-

diacee, many species of which, in addition to the few successions

of early fronds which mature and perish, each succeeding one de-

veloping itself to a greater degree than its predecessor, produce

some so far adult as to fructify and appear in every respect per-

fect plants, before the existence of that form which is more pro-

perly the adult and permanent form of the plant,—a fact which

has in that natural family been the cause of some confusion*,

The above remarks are introduced in this place to illustrate

what appears to be the course of development in the Rubi. The

surculi from young roots, like fronds from young rhizomata, have

very little the appearance of those of the same species which are

truly adult ; indeed so little, that, as in them, the species cannot

with certainty be determined. The analogy holds further ; for

* Newman’s British Ferns, p. 208. Phytologist, ii. p. 194,

Dr. T. Bell Salter on some forms of Rubus. 363

anteriorly to the appearance of shoots of the final form, are yet

some which even flower and mature their fruit, and it is these

which may be most apt to mislead. There is reason too to believe

that im some instances, the plants, from local causes, become ar-

rested permanently at this stage of their development. I shall

have an instance of this nature to record in one of the forms I

propose describing in this paper.

On the subject of the growth and development of Rubi I hope

ere long to have more certain information, as through the kind-

ness of Mr. Lawrence of St. John’s, Isle of Wight, I already have

numerous species under cultivation, many of which are raised

from seed. By this means also I have the advantage of perceiving

the effect of situation on these plants. Already some, which

coming from different situations were in some degree varieties,

have acquired the same form.

For observations on the effects of soil and situation, I may

refer to some remarks of my own which have appeared in the

‘ Phytologist’*, Observation in St. John’s Garden has already

proved the identity of R. leucostachys (Sm.) and R. vestitus

(W. and N.), since these extremes planted together last year are

this year nearly identical.

To the remarks on the effects of soil and situation I may now.

add, that I have since observed that these plants are also much

modified by season. ‘

All the preceding remarks tend ivither to point out the diffi-

culties to be met with in distinguishing the species of this group,

than to offer any method by which to meet them. As regards

any general rule for distinguishing species, applicable to the whole

group, or even to the single sections of it, I regret to say that I

have none to offer. An habitual observation: of them accus-

toms the eye to recognise the various forms, and I am sanguine

that it has also enabled me, to some extent, correctly to unite

many of these as single species ; but as regards the artificial cha-

racters by which to define them, and especially such as shall

render them easy to be recognised by others, it must be ad-

mitted that in this there is much difficulty. It is on this ac-

count that good figures are so truly valuable for illustrating Rudi,

a fact which has rendered the elaborate and well-executed ‘ Rubi

Germanici’ of Weihe and Nees of such essential service.

The clothing of the barren shoot and every character pre-

sented by the calyx appear to be hitherto those mostly depended

on. Most of the other parts afford some characters of more or

less value ; doubtless however some might be very much more

employed than they have been, such as the form of the petal and

* Vol. ii. pp. 105, 106,

2D2

364 Dr. T. Bell Salter on some forms of Rubus.

their degree of expansion ; also the form and surface of the seed,

and that of the form of the fruit. This latter has, I am aware,

been employed in the descriptions of many ; but in this genus, as

in Rosa, it is desirable to describe the primordial fruit, it having

been pointed out to me by Mr. Thomas Meehan, that the form

of it is far more characteristic, and frequently differs very consi-

derably from the other fruit.

The date and duration of the flowering period afford somewhat

characteristic distinctions ; some species flowering much earlier

and some much later than others ; some also passing very quickly

out of flower, while others continue in bloom during nearly the

whole fruiting season, or till actually cut off by the early frosts.

With respect to the value of the characters depending on the

calyx, it may not be out of order to mention in this place, that

though in general constant as to form and vestiture, there is one

particular in which it is by no means so, and that is in the foli-

aceous point, in the species in which this appendage exists. When

this is found in any species, as in the genus Rosa, so also in

Rubus, it is extremely variable in degree, sometimes being little

more than rudimentary, while at others it is developed extremely.

This remark applies to some of the forms we shall presently have

to notice.

The /eaves, though often presenting a form highly character-

istic in certain species, are yet unfortunately by no means con-

stant, and this both as respects the number of the leaflets and the

form of the latter. With respect to form, there are two kinds of

change to which they are peculiarly liable ; changes which I have

seen In so many species, that I can believe that all may be subject

to them. And they are, moreover, such complete removes from

what may be considered the normal form of the leaflets, that

several supposed species have been built on these characters. The

one of these alterations is that of being laciniated. This some-

times takes place to a very considerable degree, so as almost

completely to mask the species. The other alteration is one I

have been in the habit of calling the abrupt form of leaf: it con-

sists in the leaflets, the terminal one more particularly, bemg

abruptly contracted below the point, or nearly truncated with a

slender acuminated point. This latter variation has led to the

naming of several mere varieties as species.

Having premised these general observations, I would proceed

to notice several forms, some of which are now described for the

first time, others as British for the first time ; and notices of others

are introduced for the sake of expressing what appears to have

been misunderstood respecting them, and to refer them to their

true position either as species or as varieties only. The majority

of the forms, eighteen in number, are of the value of varieties

Dr. T. Bell Salter on some forms of Rubus. 365

only, and where this is the case it does not appear needful to give

any description of the character of the species, but only of those

poits in which the variety differs from the normal form. This

applies to the first six plants; for the description of the species

to which these belong I would refer to Babington’s ‘Manual.’ The

last two forms constitute a species which I have long observed in

the Isle of Wight; and the ten intermediate ones, which now ap-

pear grouped as three species, are plants about which the greatest

confusion has existed, both as to the number of species they really

constitute—each being by many held to be a species—and also

as to the naming of them, their names having been transposed

in almost every supposable change.

_ The forms noticed are numbered continuously.

1. Rubus ideus (.), var. trifoliatus—Stem polished. Prickles

few. Leaves ternate.

Hab. Morton Lane, Isle of Wight.

This form of Rubus is deserving of notice as a distinct variety.

In addition to the difference of the leaves, it is remarkable for the

extreme freedom from prickles and the bright polish of the stem.

It is mostly interesting from its analogy to the form next to be

noticed.

2. Rubus suberectus (And.), var. trifoliatus.—Stem polished.

Prickles very few, small and straight. Panicle lax. Fruit bright

red.

Hab. Apse Castle Wood, Isle of Wight.

A most beautiful form of this variable species, growing abun-

dantly in the wood above-named, and with extreme luxuriance,

sometimes attaining the height of eight or ten feet. The stem is

almost entirely destitute of prickles and highly polished. It is

very rarely that the /eaves divide so as to be quinate, but this oc-

casionally occurs. Were it not that I have been enabled to trace

a complete series from the occasionally quinate specimens of this

variety to the ordinary form, it would be almost impossible to be-

lieve that the extremes of this species could possibly belong to

the same ;—that the Isle of Wight plant with its smooth polished

stem and ternate flaccid leaves could be of the same species with

the vastly prickly plant with stiff pinnate leaves which is found

in the north. There is however almost as much difference in the

extremes of R. ideus, and it is from the analogy of the form of

it above-mentioned to the present one, that I was so much inter-

ested in meeting with it.

3. Rubus plicatus(W. and N.), var. carinatus.—Prickles uncinate.

Leaves elliptic-lanceolate, acute at both ends, carinated and

366 Dr. T. Bell Salter on some forms of Rubus.

strongly veined beneath. Panicle simple, peduncles very long.

Fruit deep red.

Hab. Boggy ground at Burnt House, Isle of Wight.

This plant at the first glance has a very distinct appearance,

being considerably smaller than the ordinary forms of R. plicatus,

to which its narrow leaves afford a very strong contrast. The

panicle is very lax, the peduncles remarkably long, and the flowers

large and white, so that when in bloom, with its showy long-

stalked flowers among the shining simple "leaves of its racemed

panicle, it has very much the appearance of Prunus Cerasus. The

fruit is of a claret- or blood-red.

Distinct as this appears from the other extremes of R. plicatus,

I have yet traced a continuous series of specimens.

4. Rubus leucostachys (Sm.), var. argenteus.—Stem clothed with

athick,short tomentum. Prickles strong, silky. Leaflets abrupt

or orbicular-acuminate. \ Panicle tomentose, branched, often

corymbose.

Hab. Near Albourne and Cowford, Mr. Borrer; hedges, Isle

of Wight.

Syn. R. argenteus, Borrer, Herb.

Though this variety passes insensibly into the ordimary form

of leucostachys, yet in its most marked state it is sufficiently re-

markable to deserve notice. It wants the loose shaggy hairs

of the ordinary R. leucostachys, which are replaced by a dense

silvery tomentum. The /eaf'is not jagged and very silvery white

beneath. The panicle is ordinarily a branched corymb with large

showy rose-coloured flowers.

Intermediate forms approaching to this variety are extremely

common.

5. Rubus discolor* (W. and N.), var. macroacanthus.— Stem

clothedwith scattered, patent, silky hairs. Prickles very strong.

Panicle branched, pubescent.

Hab. Quarr Wood, Isle of Wight.

Syn. R. macroacanthus, W. and N. Rubi German. p. 44.

tab. 18.

The stem in this variety has not the close glaucous silkiness of

the common R, discolor, nor the absence of hairs like the variety

thyrsoideus+, but a few scattered weak hairs which still leave the

stem a shining appearance. The clothing of the panicle also is

* For the description of the species in Babington’s ‘ Manual’ see R. fru-

ticosus (L.).

+ Phytologist, ii, p. 104.

Dr. T. Bell Salter on some forms of Rubus. 367

looser than in the ordinary forms of this plant, not being, as it

usually is, a close tomentum, but a loose pubescence. The /eaves

are not recurved as in the common form, but are coriaceous and

acuminate, rather abrupt, pale, but not white beneath. The

panicle is much broader than in the normal plant. Still however

the forms are osculant.

6. Rubus discolor (W. and N.), var. argenteus.—Stem with scat-

tered patent hairs. Prickles weak, straight. Panicle branched,

pubescent.

Hab. Bog at Burnt House, Isle of Wight.

Syn. R. argenteus, W. and N. Rubi Germ. p. 45. tab. 19.

This variety very nearly resembles the last. The stem is more

silky, the panicle weaker, the leaves narrower and less coriaceous.

We now come to the consideration of several forms, including

Nos. 7 to 13, which are very nearly allied, but the arrangement

and naming of which have hitherto been very contradictory. They

have been generally known of late as constituting the “ Rudis or

Radula group,” which is characterized by a stem, hispid with nu-

merous short broad-based aciculi, and by pointed, and usually

jagged leaves. This group has by most been divided into as

many species as it contains forms, while on the other hand the

opinion has been hazarded that all might be united as forming

but one.

The following analysis, after some considerable observation, is

offered with the belief that it will be found the correct grouping

of the forms, and prove available for reference.

7. Rubus rudis (Weihe).—Stem arched, angled. Prickles strong,

decurved, equal, mostly confined to the angles of the stem.

Hairs, sete and acicult numerous, equal. Leaves quinate; leaflets

obovate, acuminate, doubly and coarsely serrated, green and

plain above, white beneath. Panicle large, branched and leafy,

hairy and very setose, with numerous long straight prickles.

Calyx lanceolate, prickly and setose, strongly reflected in fruit.

Flowers in July.

Hab. Hedges and sunny places in the south.

Syn. R. rudis, W. and N. p. 91. tab. 40. Bell Salter in

Phytol. ii. p.137. R. Radula, Leighton, Fle Shrop. p. 282. R.

Radula, y. Hystrix, Bab. Man. p. 96.

8. B. Leightonii—Leaflets abrupt. Prickles of the panicle stout.

Hab. Almond Park, Shropshire, Mr. Leighton.

Syn. R. Leightoni (Lees), Leight. Fl. Shrop. p. 238.

368 Dr. T. Bell Salter ox some forms of Rubus.

9. y. Reichenbachiti.—Aciculi and sete few on the barren stem.

Leaflets saborbicular.

Hab. Spring Vale near Ryde, Mr. Thomas Meehan. .

Syn. R. Reichenbachii (KéAler), Rubi German. p. 87. tab. 37.

This is a very remarkable bramble, characterized generally by

the darkness of the stem, which may be described as of a fusco-

ater tint, and except in the form ¥. by the extreme jaggedness of

the leaves, which are of a deep dark green above; also by the

length of the pedicels of the leaflets, in some cases little less

than that of the leaflets themselves. The prickles are pungent,

generally clothed with silky hairs, nearly equal, not passing into

setee or aciculi. Aciculi short, equal both among themselves and

to the dense clothing of hairs and sete. The panicle is extremely

large, much-branched and leafy. The prickles of the panicle are

long, and except in #. slender and nearly horizontal. Rachis very

setose. Leaves of the panicle ternate below, passing by means of

broad simple leaves with large stipules into leafy ternate bracteas.

Bracteas hairy, upper ones very setose. The calyx has a few

prickles, is thickly clothed with dark-coloured sete, and has most

generally a leafy point, is much reflected, and even strongly re-

pressed on the peduncle when in fruit. This long reflected calyx

gives a decisive character to the plant. The fruit is oblong, large

and shining. The flowers are small, usually white.

The var. 8. Leightonit is characterized by that form of leaflet

spoken of in the general observations above as the abrupt form.

The prickles of the panicle have broader bases, and are falcate or

decurved, and those of the darren shoot, which is not so dark as

in the other forms, are slightly unequal. Though these differ-

ences in the well-marked variety are considerable, yet I have spe-

cimens, collected.in the Isle of Wight, which I scarcely know

whether to refer to the first form or to 8. The descriptions of

both, in Leighton’s ‘ Flora,’ under the synonyms above given,

are excellent.

The var. y. Reichenbachii is the most distinct form, and regard-

ing only the barren shoot, might appear, from the different shape

of the deaf, which is of a corylifolius form, and from the paucity

of sete, to be a separate species. All the parts however of the

inflorescence and fructification accord with the normal form, and

there are intermediate states.

10. Rubus Radula (Weihe).—Stem arched, slightly angled and

striated. Prickles with thick bases, unequal, declining, passing

insensibly into sete. Aciculi, sete and hairs numerous and

unequal. Leaves quinate; leaflets obovate, acuminate, finely

and unequally serrated, green and channeled above, pale and

Dr. T. Bell Salter on some forms of Rubus. 369

strongly nerved beneath. Panicle leafy below, branched. Rachis

tomentose, sparingly prickly. Calyx ovate, tomentose, reflected

in fruit. Flowers July and August.

Hab. Hedges near Poole in Dorsetshire.

Syn. R. Radula, W. and N, p. 89. tab. 39.

11. 8. Hystrix.—Glands and sete fewer. Leaves less channeled

above, and less strongly nerved beneath.

Hab. Shady woods in the south.

Syn. R. Hystrix, W. and N. p. 92. tab. 41. R. Koehleri, var.

pallidus, Borrer.

’

12. y. pygmeus.—Stem terete, slender. Prickles slender, de-

clining.

Hab. Killarney, Kerry, Mr. Babington. Leigh Wood near

Bristol, Mr. H. O. Stephens.

Syn. R. pygmeeus (Weihe), W. and N. p. 98. tab. 42,

13. 8. foliosus.—Panicle more leafy with simple leaves.

Hab. Glen Falloch, Perthshire, and Braid Hills near Edin-

burgh, Mr. Babington.

Syn. R. foliosus (Weihe), W. and N. p. 74. tab. 28.

This bramble may be distinguished from the last species, with

which however it has been often confounded, by the more slender

stem, which is of a pale colour, either green or:purplish green; by

the gradual transition of the prickles into setz ; by the pale green

of the leaf, which is less jagged; by the calyx, which is broader

and shorter than in rudis, has never as in that species the leafy

point, and is clothed with a whitish tomentum instead of the dark

sete ; there are however on the calyx a few scattered glands.

Other points of difference are, that the panicle is less branched,

leafy only below, except in 6, with ternate leaves. Rachis sparingly

prickly and not setose; the peduncles however are glandulose.

The petals are large and of a bright rose-colour. The first form

is the R. Radula of the author of the species. It is that of ex-

posed situations, and has the characters of the species best de-

veloped. It is the most glandulose, and has the beautiful chan-

neling of the leaves in the course of the ramifications best

marked,—a character poited out to me by my friend Mr. Ba-

bington.

The var. 8. Hystriz is the form of shaded woods, and is the

most common. ‘The glands are much fewer, and the leaves less

grooved and less pale beneath.

The var. y. pygmeus is altogether a more feeble plant.

The var..6. foliosus, which was first brought under my notice

370 Dr. T. Bell Salter on some forms of Rubus.

by Mr. Babington, appears to be the northern form of the spe-

cies, and though quite distinct in appearance, possesses no re-

markable artificial character by which to distinguish it from the

other forms. The followmg are probably the readiest :—the

leaves are nearly concolorous on both sides; terminal leaflet sub-

cordate, much-acuminated; panicle leafy to the summit with simple

leaves; petals smaller and paler.

It is a matter of doubt whether further observation will not

unite R. Lingua (Weihe) and R. seaber (Weihe) to this species.

The next three forms I was originally disposed to consider as

so many distinct species, and with that opinien recorded two of

them in my remarks on the “ Rudi of Selborne,” in the second

volume of the ‘ Phytologist.’ My reasons for now coming to a

different conclusion, that they are but so many forms of one, I

will mention after describing them.

14. Rubus glandulosus (Bellardi).—Stem arched, terete or slightly

angular, prickly with small straight unequal prickles, hairy ~

and very setose. Leaves ternate ; leaflets oval, cuspidate, green

on both sides, pilose above, hairy and rather paler beneath.

Panicle branched, leafy below, densely setose. Calyx lanceo-

late, reflected or patent, often with a leafy point. Flowers July

and August.

a. Bellardi.—Stem terete. Prickles small, straight, nearlyequal,

declining. Leaflets finely and evenly serrated.

Hab. Terrington Car, Yorkshire, Mr. Borrer.

Syn. R. glandulosus (Bellardi), Borrer in Eng. Bot. Suppl.

2883. RK. Bellardi (Giint.), W. and N. p. 97. tab. 44.

15. 2. Lejeunitt.—Stem slightly angular. Leaflets obovato-lan-

ceolate, unequally but finely serrated. Whole plant less glan-

dulose.

Hab. Temple near Selborne, Hampshire, and near Guild-

ford, Isle of Wight. Near Twycross, Leicestershire, Rev. A.

Bloxam.

Syn. R. Lejeunii (Wethe), W. and N. p. 79. tab. 39; Bell

Salter in Phytol. ii. p. 135.

16. y. rosaceus.—Stem angular. Prickles unequal, larger ones

hooked and decurved. Leaflets obovato-lanceolate, cuspidate,

unequally and coarsely serrated.

Hab. Selborne, Hampshire; South Molton, Devonshire, Mr.

Borrer. Channel Islands, Mr. Babington. ;

Syn. KR. rosaceus (Wethe), W. and N. p. 85. tab. 386; Bell

Salter in Phytol. 1. p. 183. RK. Lejeunu, Bab. Man. p. 97.

‘Dr. T. Bell Salter on some forms of Rubus. 871

In all its forms this is a most beautiful plant. It is one of

very elegant growth, while the lively green of the foliage, which

is veined with purple, and the bright red of the almost moss-like

clothing of glands, add much to its beauty of appearance. The

forms marked @. and ty. are those published as distinct species, in

the account of “Three days’ botanizing at Selborne,” published

in the ‘ Phytologist’*. The discovery of the form 8. in the Isle

of Wight this year, and the opportunity of seeing the forms a.

and yy. growing together in St. John’s Garden, have since enabled

me to become better acquainted with these plants. These two

last-named forms, now they are growing in the same situation,

have become considerably approximated, and I cannot longer do

otherwise than consider them as varieties of the same species,

while 8, which is the least glandulose, is in all other points the

connecting link. The distinctions made in the ‘ Phytologist’ are

still applicable to these as varieties; I would add, however, that

the 8. of Selborne, having grown in the shade, was, as I then sup-

posed, deficient in vestiture.. In all the varieties the leaves are

sometimes quinato-pedate—more often in @. than the other forms,

but in this too it is the exception... The calyz is variable in all

the forms, both in respect to the amount of foliaceous appendix,

and also as to its direction, which is reflected or erecto-patent in

_various degrees.

The remaining two forms are those which constitute the spe-

cles appearing now for the first time as British.

17. Rubus Wahlbergii (Arrhenius).—Stem arched, round. Prickles

numerous, with thick bases, very unequal, hairy. Hairs on the

stem and glands very few. Leaves quinato-digitate. Leaflets

subrotund, cordate acuminate, pale green beneath. Panicle

branched, leafy, tomentose and prickly. Prickles of the panicle

numerous, very strong and decurved. Calyx broadly ovate, to-

mentose and glandular, patent in fruit. Fruit of few large

grains.

Hab. Eastern parts of the Isle of Wight in hedges.

Syn. R. Wahlbergii (Arrhenius), Monogr. Rub. Suec. p. 43.

18. B. frustratus.—Stem suberect.

Hab. St. Helens and Bembridge, Isle of Wight.

This is a very remarkable plant, which has attracted my notice

for many years as one of very peculiar appearance. I had thought

it an undescribed one, until Mr. Babington pointed out to-me

the description of Arrhenius in his excellent ‘Monograph’ under

* Vol. ii. pp. 1388-137.

372 Dr. Cantor onthe Fetus of Zygzena laticeps.

the name above given. The Isle of Wight plant appears. cer-

tainly to be the same as that of Sweden, and as in that country,

so in this, it is.a-very variable one. Its nearest alliance appears

to be with .R. cesius and R. dumetorum, but it is very much

stouter than either of those, having, in its strongest state, a stem

of about an inch in diameter, and so thickly set with prickles on

very dilated. bases, that they may be said to be actually confluent.

In the hollows between the bases or on the latter are a few scat-

tered hairs and glands, with an occasional aciculus. The stem is

occasionally slightly glaucous. The /eaves are very large and ru-

gose, and soft with hairs beneath. The flowers are on long,

branched and excessively-armed panicles, are very large and of a

beautiful deep rose-colour. As far as I have hitherto observed,

they seldom mature their fruit, which is composed of a few large

grains, of an acid taste, black and slightly glaucous. As observed

by Mr. Babington, the prickles on the summer growth of the

plant are nearly horizontal, while those on the autumnal portion

are more slender and much-hooked.

In the weaker states of the plant, the prickles are far less nu-

merous than described above.

The young plants are suberect, and before arriving at the fully-

developed arching form, flower and mature their seed, quite as

freely as the stronger plants. In some instances, where light or

nutriment is deficient, it does not become developed beyond this

point, when it constitutes the var. 8. above enumerated. In this

form: the panicle is very short, with large leaves among the

flowers.

XL. — Notice of the Fetus of Zygena laticeps, Cantor. By

Dr. Cantor, Civil Surgeon, Prince of Wales Island.

Library, East India House, Nov. 5, 1845.

[Dear Sir,—Dr. Theodor Cantor, who has for several years zealously

prosecuted his researches relating to the zoology of Penang and the

opposite Malayan coast, has entrusted to me a notice on the Zygena

laticeps, Cantor, to which Dr. John Richardson has, at my request,

added an explanatory. note, giving an account of the history of this

fish, since the period of Dr. Cantor’s departure from England, with a

remark on the most important points of this communication. Should

you find it a proper subject for the ‘ Annals of Natural History,’ I

wish to leave it at your disposal.

Yours very truly,

Tuomas HorsFizxp. |

Richard Taylor, Esq.

Or the genus Zygena two species occur in the Malayan seas

Z. Tudes, Valenciennes (“toma Sorra,”’ Russell), which is but

Dr. Cantor on the Foetus of Zygeena laticeps. 373

seldom seen, and attains to about eleven feet in length, and.

Z. laticeps, which is exceedingly numerous, and apparently of

smaller size than the former. On the 15th of September 1844,

some Chinese fishermen captured off Prince of Wales Island a

gravid female Z. laticeps, by far the largest which has come under

my observation, of the following dimensions :—

Entire length of the fish ..........ssseseeseeenee 4 ft. 4 in.

Breadth of the head (the anterior margin)... 2 ft. 13 in.

On being opened there appeared eighteen living young ones,

of which number seven were males, distinguishable by the anal

appendages, and eleven females. All eighteen were of nearly

equal size, and of the followig dimensions :—

Entire length of the body ....sc..seesssrcsseecoeces 1 ft. 14 in,

Breadth of the head (anterior margin) ............ 6 in.

The relative proportions of the head and body consequently re-

main nearly the same in every stage of growth. The lateral pro-

cesses of the head were in the foetus considerably bent ina back-

ward and inward direction, imparting to the head the shape of a

broad arrow, whereas these processes after birth form with the

body a right angle, which makes the fish resemble a double ham-

mer; or the letter T. In the foetus the lateral processes are en-

tirely membranous, except a narrow cartilaginous cylinder which

encases the optic nerves, and which is so pliable that it does not

prevent each lateral process from lying in close contact with the

sides of the body, and thus they take up but comparatively small

room, and offer no obstacle under parturition. None of the feetuses

were provided with branchial filaments. The teeth, in the adult

fishes comparatively small, were barely perceptible to the touch.

The colours were precisely similar to those of the adult. Zygena

laticeps in its foetal state, and shortly after birth, answers in every

respect to the description, and resembles so exactly the deli-

neation of Z. Blochit, represented by M. Valenciennes, Mém.

du Mus. ix., that in all probability the original of Bloch, pl. 117,

and.of M. Valenciennes, which has afterwards been copied by

myself and lately by Mr. Yarrell, was a foetus or very young spe-

cimen of Z. laticeps. As neither Bloch nor M. Valenciennes ap-

pear to have given the dimensions of the fish figured, it is impos-

sible to decide the question till the actual size of their original

has been ascertained. The smallest specimen which I have ob-

served of Z. laticeps in its perfect state—I mean in which the

lateral processes of the head form a right angle with the body—

measured 1} ft. in total length. From this I infer, that the

lateral processes of the head, which in the foetus branch off from

the head under a sharp angle, pomting backwards, change their

position and acquire firmness at no remote period from the birth.

374 Mr. L. Reeve on the Re-calcification of the Shell in Cyprea. .

If therefore no specimen of Z, Blochii exists exceeding 12 ft. in

length, little doubt can remain that this species is Z. daticeps in

its foetal or very young state.

In the principal part of this paper, viz. in the remarks on the

identity of Sphyrna Blochii with the foetal state of laticeps, Dr. Cantor

has been forestalled by Miller and Henle, who quote Dr. Cantor’s

Zygena laticeps as a synonym of their Sphyrna Blochii. In another

point noticed in the commencement of the paper, viz. the identity of

the Koma sorra of Russell with the Zygena Tudes of Valenciennes,

Dr. Cantor differs from Muller and Henlé, who refer Russell’s figure

to the Sphyrna Zygena or the malleus of Valenciennes, and their

authority is deservedly the highest as to Malacopterygian fish. The

fact however of the foetal fish with the head doubled back being

taken from the mother shark with the long transverse head of Jati-

ceps is worth recording, as is also the habitat, for the range of

Sphyrna Blochii is not well known.—J. R.

XLI.—On the Dissolution and Re-calcification of the Shell in

Cypreea, a genus of Pectinibranchiate Mollusca. By Lovzi.

Reeve, A.L.S. &c.* |

Tue formation of a new shell in the Cowry at an advanced period

of its existence is a phenomenon which modern naturalists have

hesitated to receive. Bruguiére first introduced the fact, but in

a manner which appeared to savour of the marvellous ; and even

Lamarck says, “ I possess observations which tend to prove that

the Cowry, arrived at the power of forming a complete shell, has —

still the faculty of enlarging its habitation, and is then obliged

to quit the shell in order to form a new one. It results from

this, that the same individual has the power of forming a suc-

cessive number of shells during both the second and third stages

of growth; and which accounts for our often meeting with so many

different sizes of the same species} ” ! 3

M. Deshayes, after furnishing us with an excellent account of

the zoological characters of Cyprea, derived mainly from the ob-

servations of MM. Quoy and Gaimard (Zoologie, Voyage de

lV Astrolabe), argues against the possibility of any re-modelling of

the shell taking place, and regards the statement of Lamarck as

a theory opposed to the common laws of organization. ‘To the

supposition of Bruguiére that the Cowries cast their shells after

the manner of Crabs, M. Deshayes very properly replies, that

there can be no analogy between them. ‘The new shell of the

Crustacea is formed by a secretion of equal consistency from

* Written for a forthcoming monograph of the genus Cyprea in the

‘ Conchologia Iconica,’ and communicated by the author.

+ Animaux sans Vertébres (Deshayes’ edit.), vol.x. p. 482,

Mr. L. Reeve on the Re-calcification of the Shell in Cypreea. 375

every part of the body; whereas the Mollusca have a muscular

attachment to the columella, and increase the growth of their

shell by an exudation, not from the whole body, but from a

particular organ ;—the mantle being the sole agent charged

with that faculty. It is further argued by the same distinguished

naturalist that the Cowry must lose the power of forming the

inner chambers of the columella anew, after having once passed

that early process of development which induces their formation,

How is it possible, asks M. Deshayes, that the animal can, under

the cireumstances of its nature, secrete a new shell from all parts

of the body at once, and with all the different phases of colour

exhibited in the original, when it has reached to an advanced

condition of its existence ?*

It is however certain that the Cyprea is enabled to effect a

very important change in the shell during one or more periods of

its life; and I think that the fact may be fully established with-

out prejudice to the excellent arguments of my illustrious con-

temporary. From the testimony cf a gentleman who worthily

employs the opportunities afforded him as a Naval Officer to the

advancement of science, whose veracity is beyond all question,

and whose communication (given verbatimy+) contains nothing

_more than a simple narrative of the phenomena of which he

was himself an eye-witness, it may I think be deduced that it is

the outer wall of the shell only which is re-constructed, the

columella with its spiral compartments remaining undisturbed,

* Animaux sans Vertébres (Deshayes’ edit.), vol. x. p. 486.

+ Lieut. Hankey, R.N., to Lovell Reeve.

H.M.S. Collingwood, Aug. 6th, 1844,

My pezar Sir,—Will you allow me to offer you a few remarks on the

habits of the Cyprea as regards the fact of its making a new shell at an ad-

vanced age, of which process I have been, myself, in more than one instance

an eye-witness? I have seen the Cowry crawl into some hollow or sheltered

place evidently for some predetermined purpose. The growth of the animal

appears to increase too large for its cell ; it gradually swells and cracks the

shell, and I think that some powerful solvent or decomposing fluid is dis-

tributed over the outer surface by the mantle of the fish, for it gets thinner

in substance and the colours duller in appearance, The shell then entirely

disappears, the Cowry becomes to all appearance a naked mollusk, with no

other covering than its membranous mantle, and in a short time secretes

a thin layer of glutinous matter which in a few days obtains the fragile con-

sistency of shell-lac. From this step its growth is more rapid, and it be-

comes more and more cousolidated into the adult shell. When in the first

stage of renewal it has the appearance of shell-lac it is always of the Cymba

form, but I have never succeeded in preserving any specimens in this state

on account of their extreme fragility.

Trusting that you may make some use of these notes, and that (as I have

a good dredge with me) I may, like your friend Mr. Cuming, succeed in

bringing home something worthy of notice, I shall conclude inyself, my dear

Sir, yours very truly, Joun B, Hankey.

376 Mr. L. Reeve on the Re-calcification of the Shell in Cyprea.

The animal does not quit the shell as Lamarck supposed, but dis-

solves the outer portion with its acetous juices. All visible trace

of the shell may be thus removed without weakening M. Deshayes’

proposition, founded on the circumstance of the mantle being the

only organ charged with the secretive fluid. The mantle is always

capable of extension over the shell; and the same power which

furnishes the adult with its last coating of enamel can be exerted

to the formation of as many superincumbent layers as may*be

necessary to replace all that has been decomposed. That a dis-

solution takes place there can be no doubt ; the shell gradually

swells, says Lieut. Hankey, and cracks, becomes thinner and

duller in colour, and finally disappears; a circumstance which

may be easily credited when it is remembered that the Murex

possesses the faculty of removing spines, or any similar obstacles

to its advancement of growth, and that the Pholades and other

terebrating mollusks exercise a power of absorbing which enables

them to penetrate the hardest limestone rocks. The microscopical

structure of the Cowry shell is, moreover, of a nature peculiarly

tenacious of absorption; it is composed of a large quantity of

carbonate of lime in proportion to the amount of membranous

substance ; and this accounts for its surface becoming vitrified,

as it were, to such a highly polished state of enamel, in contact

with the acidity of the soft parts.

There is another circumstance in Lieut. Hankey’s narrative to

which attention should be given, respecting the formation of the

new shell:—the glutinous matter which has the appearance of

shell-lac, and is so fragile that it yields to the touch, does not

assume the narrow cylindrical Bulla form,—it does not follow the

original plan of revolving round a columellar axis, but is of the

wide ventricose shape of a Cymba, and rapidly consolidates into

the adult shell.

With these generalizations I think it may be assumed that

‘the Cyprea possesses the faculty of decomposing, during one or

more periods of its existence, any portion of the shell that is

liable to resist its advancement of growth; that the renewal of

the shell is accomplished within a comparatively short space of

time ; and that the columella with its mternal spiral partitions

remains undisturbed. It may, however, be inferred that it is an

operation of extremely rare occurrence, and one which only hap-

pens under peculiar conditions.

Nore.

Since writing the above, I have observed that Mr. Gray’s opi-

nion on the subject at the time of the publication of his “ Mono-

graph on the Cypreidee ” ran as follows :—

“Tn this family I have often observed full-grown specimens of

‘M. Coste on the Formation of Cells. 377

C. arabica from one to three inches long; this peculiarity is at-

tempted to be explained by Lamarck and others, who assert that

when the animal has formed a complete shell, as it has not the

faculty of enlarging its size, it is obliged to quit its shell and

form a new one, in the same manner as the Annulosa cast their

skins, and by that means the same animal forms many shells ;

but I believe there is not the slightest ground for this notion,

for these several reasons: 1. If it happens in this genus, it cer-

tainly should do so in several of the other genera, as the Strombi

and Pterocerata, where the mouth is fully formed in the small

shell, and there is no appearance of varices in the large specimens.

2. The muscular attachment of the shell to the animal is one of

the best conchological characters that distinguish this class of

animals from the shelly and sandy cases of the Annulosa; as the

Dentalia and Sabelle, where the animals can withdraw themselves

at pleasure ; but in the Mollusca I do not think it possible to be

done, but by such force as would destroy the individual. 3. There

is no analogy between the crust of the Crustacea and Annulosa,

and the shells of Mollusca; so that it is false reasoning to judge

of the possibility of one from the other.’—Zoological Journal,

vol. i. p. 73.

XLIT.— Researches on the Primary Modifications of Organic

Matter, and on the Formation of Cells. By M. Costr*.

(Part the 1st.)

Every ONE is acquainted with the celebrated experiment of Du-

hamel, who, after having bent the summit of a tree towards the

earth, inserted the extremities of its branches into the soil, and

afterwards turned the trunk so that the roots projected exter-

nally, found that these same roots, which had become aérial, shot

out branches, whilst the branches which had become terrestrial

sent off roots.

This experiment, the result of which a host of experiments

known to agriculturists would have enabled us to foretell, since

it was an established fact, that a root which was exposed by any

inequality of soil produced a shoot, and that a stem which had

been sliced off produced a root, provided that the wound was

sheltered from exposure to the air and surrounded with moist

earth ; this experiment, I say, furnished so decisive a proof of the

identity of the roots and stems, that the objections which were

at first made to it have neither prevented our taking advantage

of the fertile idea which it reveals, nor arrested the progress of

the revolution which the development of its consequences intro-

duced into the science of organization.

* Translated from the Comptes Rendus for October 20, 1845.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. 2H

378 M. Coste on the Formation of Cells.

Thus, as soon as the demonstration of this identity was appa-

rently obtained, and, under the influence of this conviction, natu-

ralists sought for the explanation of so remarkable a phenomenon,

science seemed to acquire fresh vigour, and-all those facts which

now form the base of phytogeny appeared to emanate from the

attempts which were made to solve this interesting problem.

In fact, how could it happen that the same part of a vegetable,

under the influence of external circumstances, produced organs

which then appeared so different as a stem,-a root, a bud, or a

leaf? To what structural cause could the possibility of so re-

markable a metamorphosis be attributed? Such was the idea

which observers entertained, and which directed their researches

in the new path opened to them. ,

Success speedily crowned their endeavours, and their earliest

labowrs in unveiling the true structure of plants led them to the

important result, that a vegetable, be the complication of its or-

gans ever so great, is essentially nothing more than a collective

being, composed of an assemblage of vesicles, utricles or cells,

which are so many living individuals, originally identical, enjoy-

ing the power of growth, multiplication and capability when oc-

casion requires of reproducing the plant of which they form the

constituent materials. If these vesicles, utricles or cells are not

excited to any further development, they continue simply to form

part of the tissue of the plant they constitute; or they may be

absorbed to serve for the nutrition of those cells, which, being

more advantageously placed, are destined for new transformations :

but if, on the contrary, the influence of more favourable circum-

stances is felt, we then find that their original aptitude is aroused,

and is called into action under the most varied forms ; without

however ever exceeding the assigned limits of the species to which

they belong. -

The original identity of vegetable cells, and the power attri-

buted to them of being transformed in so varied a manner, is

not an hypothesis created by the necessity of any theory; it is a

fact confirmed by experiment, and which can be reproduced at

pleasure ; but this is not the place for studying the mechanism

by which such metamorphoses as these are to be accomplished.

It is sufficient to know at present that vegetable tissue is exclu-

sively composed of cells, to understand how physiologists, guided

by analogy, when direct observation had put them in possession

of this fact, were necessarily led to inquire whether the animal

organization was not similarly placed as regards structure.

This problem was much more difficult of solution, for the or-

gans in animals are capable of attaining so great a degree of

complication, that it frequently becomes impossible to penetrate

into their structure as observed in the adult; but if precaution

M. Coste on the Formation of Cells. 879

be taken to study the tissues in the germ itself, and at the time

of their earliest origin, we can then clearly recognise that their

structure is for the most part composed, like those of vegetables,

of cells, which are so much the more easily recognised the less

their forms are obscured by development.

Now, from the moment at which it was demonstrated that the

cell constitutes the base of all the organic tissues, that it is as it

were the integral molecule, we could not fail to attach the utmost

value to the discovery of the mechanism of its formation. This

was, in fact, one of the most curious and most secret phenomena

in nature which direct observation could unfold ; for by this new

conquest science extended the limits of its dominion so far as to

observe living matter, still diffuse, commencing to individualize

itself in one of the most simple forms which organization is ca-

pable of assuming, that is, in that of a vesicle, utricle or cell.

The honour of the commencement is due to M..Mirbel. This

physiologist first investigated the origin of the cell from the

cambium, and the formation of its walls at the expense of this

mucilage. In fact, in the large interstices which the vegetable

utricles leave between them, or even in the cavity of these utri-

cles, there exists a mucilaginous matter comparable to gum-

arabic, in which the most perfect instruments cannot recognise

any trace of visible organization, but which becomes the gene-

rating element of every organic form. This diffused matter,

which Grew discovered more than 150 years ago, and the use of

which he surmised, has been traced by M. Mirbel through the

principal modifications which it undergoes in certain vegetables,

and the following exhibits the succession of phenomena through

which he has seen it pass in producing the cells of which vege-

tables are composed.

In a series of sections of the extremity of aroot of the date-

tree, consequently at the point of that root where the cambium is in

progress of increasing elaboration, he saw in the mucilaginous sub-

stance a multitude of irregularly-spheroidal homogeneous masses,

evidently resulting from a concentration of the mucilage, which am

each condensed mass already exhibited the earliest rudiments of

future organization. In the centre of each mass a cavity 1s soon

formed, which gradually enlarges, and accumulates around it the

matter by which it is bounded ; and this matter, thus moulded,

being expanded into a membrane by the dilatation of the cen-

tral cavity, finally represents a hollow sphere, which is nothmg

more than a vesicle moulded by the cavity which it circumscribes.

In this manner, by a kind of eccentric condensation of the mu-

cilaginous cambium, the walls of the vegetable cells are formed,

and the amorphous matter passes, under the observer’s eye, from

the state of diffusion into active life, and thus becomes suscep-

380 M. Coste on the Formation of Cells.

tible of playing a more or less active part in the organization of

plants. But this mode of formation of the walls of the cells not

being the only one observed by M. Mirbel, this physiologist has

been induced to admit, that in vegetables nature attains her ob-

ject by different means.

However, this manner of viewing and judging of the phzeno-

mena of which the cambium is the seat was soon accompanied by a

diametrically opposite system, the exclusive foundation of which

does not admit of the possibility of an exception. This system,

contrived by Schleiden to explain the formation of the vegetable

tissue, and applied by Schwann to the organization of animals, as

we shall presently see, is essentially no more than a generalization

a priori of Purkinje’s theory of the development of the egg in

the ovary,—a theory, a large part of which has unfortunately lost

much of its value from new discoveries which have diminished

its importance, or even reduced it to the level of the most rare

exceptions. |

Purkinje, after having recognised that the germinal vesicle,

among all the component parts of the bird’s egg, was that which

from its origin had a proportionately more considerable develop-

ment, supposed that it was first formed, and considered it as a

centre around which were successively deposited, first the vitellus,

and then the vitellme membrane, which, in its turn, coagulated

at the periphery of the yolk to complete the ovarian egg, and to

inclose its elements in an envelopmg membrane. This successive

union of concentric parts, mechanically superadded around each

other, so that the most external are the most recent, having ap-

peared to Schleiden and Schwann the most simple means of con-

ceiving the formation of the vesicular walls, these naturalists

formed it into a general theory of the development of the cell;

and with them the enunciation of the special fact, modified as we

shall presently show, has become the foundation of a universal

principle.

Consequently they admitted, that in the diffuse and structure-

less homogeneous substance, the cytoblastema, by means of a

concentration of this substance, corpuscles were formed ; these

were so extremely minute, that even the highest powers of the

microscope did not allow of their always being detected. These

corpuscles, called nucleo, are so many centres around each of

which a layer of finely-granular matter is deposited, which is not

at first distinctly limited in its circumference, but which finally .

becomes more clearly outlmed, and forms more or less regularly

spheroidal, elliptical or lenticular agglomerations.

Kach of these minute accumulations of amorphous matter

around one or even several nucleoli, which they unite, is called

a cytoblast or nucleus, and forms the second phase of the process

M. Coste on the Formation of Cells. 38]

of organization, which, according to this theory, prepares the

way for the cell-wall, of which all the anterior phenomena are

indispensable precursors.

Lastly, when the cytoblast or nucleus is formed around the

nucleolus, and the total mass represented by their assemblage

has assumed a certain volume, we find deposited on its ex-

terior a new layer of substance, the fragile margins of which, at

first vaguely defined, are soon consolidated and strengthened by

the addition of new molecules. This more or less thin and de-

licate mass, which is sometimes homogeneous and gelatinous,

sometimes granular, is nothing more than the cellular wall which

is developed on the surface of the cytoblast, as it were around a

temporary frame-work, the presence of which becomes useless as

soon as the structure which it supports is completed.

But, when deposited around the cytoblast or nucleus, the new

cell does not inelose this cytoblast im the centre of the cavity

which it is about to circumscribe, as we should suppose ; on the

contrary, it fixes it between the molecules which are about to

form its generating wall, retains it inclosed amongst these mole-

cules, and forms of it an integral part of the parietal membrane.

This incorporation renders the cell-wall much thicker at that

part which the cytoblast occupies than in any other part of its

extent ; and it is for the purpose of expressing the appearances

produced by this inequality of thickness, that the statement has

arisen that the new cell resembled a watch-glass placed upon its

dial. In this comparison, the watch-glass represents the thin

and diaphanous portion of the wall; the dial corresponds to that

part which the presence of the nucleus renders thicker ; and the

space comprised between these two parts, which must be consi-

dered as continuous, is intended to give an idea of the cellular

eavity which is forming.

When the new cell has acquired sufficient solidity, the per-

sistence of an internal frame-work not being any longer neces-

sary to support the strengthened walls, the cytoblast or the

nucleus, attached to one point of the thickness of the parietal

membrane, has no longer any part to play, and hence it should

be atrophied and disappear. Then, in proportion as the cell en-

larges, a peculiar liquid is introduced into its cavity and entirely

fills it. This liquid, in which more or less abundant granulations

may arise, forms the cell-contents, properly so called. But the

cellular contents have nothing in common with the cytoblast or

nucleus, and would in no case be required to fulfil the generating

function which theory attributes to this same nucleus, since, ac-

cording to this theory, the appearance of the cellular contents

is always subsequent to the production of the parietal mem-

brane. Now we shall show, in opposition to this view, that the

882 M. Coste on the Formation of Cells.

cellular contents, in a great number of cases, have a direct in-

fluence, and that the vesicle which incloses them is generally

developed around them.

Finally, when the phases of a first generation are accomplished,

new cells are formed in the cellular contents by the same me-

chanism by which the maternal cells are developed from the pri-

mitive cytoblast. In this manner, by an incessantly-renewed re-

petition of the same phenomenon, the organic tissues, according

to this theory, prepare the materials of their growth and multi-

plication.

Such is the theory, deprived of the vagueness and the obscu-

rities which manifestly arise from the uncertainties which a defi-

ciency of precise observations leaves in the minds of its authors ;

such is the theory which it is proposed to elevate to the rank of

a universal principle. Let us see how far an attentive exami-

nation of the facts will authorize the pretensions of such a doc-

trine. The fundamental character of this doctrine consists, as

we have seen, in the succession of four distinct periods, of which

the evolution of each cell should always consist.

The first is represented by the appearance of the nucleolus,

which is the basis of the structure, and itself results from a

simple agglomeration of the molecules of the cytoblastema.

The second corresponds to the deposit and to the coagulation

of the cytoblast or nucleus around the nucleolus, considered as

the unique and exclusive centre of all cell-formation.

The third, to the deposition and coagulation of the cell-wall

around the cytoblast, which it grasps at one point of its sub-

stance, and on one side of which it appears at first applied like a

watch-glass upon its frame.

The fourth is expressed by the absorption of the nucleus and

by the admission of cellular contents, which, being subsequently

introduced, cannot consequently have taken any part in the for-

mation of the parietal membrane.

Now if this is the sole mechanism by means of which all

organic cells are developed,—if it be true that the four funda-

mental modifications which prepare the way for their walls are

always produced in the order of succession which we have

pointed out, it should result that wherever there are cells in the

course of formation,—the cytoblastema should present in the

metamorphoses of its substance, each of the material modifica-

tions which constitute the terms of this essential succession. If

then the theory is to aspire to the rank of a general doctrine, it

will be necessary that in the self-organizing mucus we should

always be able to meet with the free nucleolus, the nucleolus in-

closed by the cytoblast, the cytoblast at the moment at which

the cell-wall is deposited on its periphery ; and finally the cyto-

M. Coste on the Formation of Cells. 383

blast, inclosed in the thickness of the parietal membrane, disap-

pearing in proportion as the cell-contents are introduced into the

cavity of the latter.

But when we search for the facts upon which so radically ex-

clusive a theory is founded, we experience the twofold astonish-

ment of not meeting, in those authors who originated it, with a

single example the value of which we cannot seriously contest,

and of not finding in nature those abundant proofs which cause

a system to prevail, or at least allow the formula to remain, as the

most faithful expression of the most numerous category. Thus,

in examining the proofs cited by Schwann in support of this

hypothesis, we find that they may be reduced, as M. Vogt has

remarked*, to a single observation directly made on cartilage ;

and yet this observation, presented by Schwann himself as very

doubtful, has been shown to be false by the researches of M,

Vogt on the cartilage of the accoucheur-toad. In fact, in a very

large number of cases, the nucleolus, to which the theory attri-

butes the exclusive privilege of causing the amorphous matter to

produce the cell-walls; im a very large number of cases, I say,

the nucleolus never appears free and isolated in the midst of the

cytoblastema. On the contrary, we always find that this cor-

puscle, even from the first commencement of its appearance, is

still inclosed in the cavity of the cell, which is previously formed,

frequent instances of which we find in the tissues of the embryo

of osseous fishes; it is evident that in these cases at least the nu-

cleolus has taken no part in the formation of the cell, as it was

not in existence when the latter was produced. In other cases, this

corpuscle did not appear at any period of the existence of the

cells, and consequently we should have no motive for making it

intervene as a determining cause, since it does not leave to the

theory even the pretext of co-existence. This may be easily veri-

fied by studying the development of the large cells which form

the internal expansion of the umbilical vesicle of serpents.

Hence the tardy appearance of the nucleolus in certain cases,

* “ In examining the proofs cited by Schwann in support of his opinion,

we find,” says M. Vogt, * that they resolve themselves into a single obser-

vation made upon cartilage; and moreover it must be remarked that M.

Schwann himself presents it to us as very doubtful. In fact, I believe that

I have shown in my researches on the accoucheur-toad, that this opinion is

probably erroneous, and that an old cellular cavity almost closed, or the

half-absorbed nucleus of an old cell, had been taken for the nucleolus of a

eell in process of formation. I have then no doubt, from the observations

which we now possess, that the nucleolus, far from being the primitive ru-

diment of the cell, is, on the contrary, nothing more than a formation result-

ing from one of the last metamorphoses which the cells undergo. ... . These

various facts could not fail to excite doubts in my mind regarding Schwann’s

theory, and I concluded by considering that it was based upon few facts only,

and these were mostly susceptible of another interpretation.”

384 M. Coste on the Formation of Cells.

and its total absence in others, form a serious impediment to the

theory which locates the exclusive determining cause of all cell-

formation in the pre-existence of this corpuscle. This also shakes

the very foundations of the doctrine, and tends at the least to

restrain its application.

As regards the cytoblast or nucleus, M. Vogt has already

shown that it has no influence on the formation of the cell-walls

of the embryo of the osseous fishes: I have been enabled to con-

vince myself that the large diaphanous vesicles in the spinal cord

of the Batrachia do not appear until after.the production of the

parietal membrane of these vesicles.

But because the intervention of the nucleolus is not always

necessary for the formation of the cells, and because the cyto-

blast or the nucleus does not itself, in a certain number of cases,

retain the function assigned to it by theory, must we necessarily

conclude that the cells are never developed around a centre

upon which the forming walls would mould themselves? Un-

doubtedly we shall have frequent opportunities of observing

limited masses of matter becoming coated with an envelope, and

thus constituting the contents of the pouch which is formed at

their periphery ; but'we shall then remark, that in most of these

cases this happens in a very different manner from what the theory

supposes; for the matter which has constituted the centre, in-

stead of being absorbed by the parietal membrane, to make room

for the cellular contents subsequently introduced, itself forms

the cellular contents, fills the cavity of the new cell, may there

be applied to different prolonged functions, may live longer than

the cell itself, or remain in reserve in the cavity of the latter, to

serve the further purposes of nutrition or generation of new

cells. The egg, in the two united vesicles of which it is com-

posed, presents us with striking examples of a survival of the

matter which has served as a generating centre, because we there

see the germinative corpuscles persist when the parietal mem-

brane which incloses them is dissolved, and take part in the new

formations after it has been completely absorbed. The yolk

there survives the vitelline membrane, and whilst the latter is gra-

dually destroyed from the earliest period of its development, we see

the yolk continue to nourish the embryo until after its birth.

Such are the grave, numerous and decisive objections which

arise against a doctrine, which must rather be considered as a

bold invention of the mind than the carefully-considered expres-

sion of satisfactory observation ; but although the bases of this

doctrine are uncertain, it has not the less rendered an eminent

service to science, because in the commencement it gave rise

& priori to the conception of the possibility that cells might

be developed around a centre; and its influence has been very

On the Anatomy and Physiology of some Zoophytes. 385

great in directing observers in a fruitful path and in exciting

important researches, among which we may mention those of Va-

lentin, Vogt, Bergmann, Reichert, Bischoff, Barry, Lebert and

Henle. In my turn I shall make known the result of the observa-

tions which I have made upon so disputed a subject—observations

which during several years have been many times detailed in the

course of instruction which I give in the College of France.

XLITI.—Anatomical and Physiological Observations on some

Zoophytes. By Joun Rurp, M.D., F.R.C.P.E., and Chandos

Professor of Anatomy and Medicine in the University of St.

Andrews.

[ With a Plate.]

In the following observations upon the structures and actions of

some of the Zoophytes obtained from the shore. of the bay of

St. Andrews, I have confined myself to those points which are

either new, or which appeared deserving of additional illustration.

In using the terms superior and inferior, upper and lower in re-

ference to the relative position of different parts of the polypidom,

in the descriptive parts of this paper, the polypidom is supposed

to be in the erect position, so that these terms correspond to an-

terior and posterior when the polypidom is placed horizontally.

In using the term anterior surface, I mean the surface on which

the apertures of the polype-cells are placed, so that this corre-

sponds -to the upper surface when the polypidom is laid hori-

zontally for examination.

Cellularia reptans. ‘This polype grows in considerable abun-

dance close upon low-water mark, on the exposed surface of a stra-

tum of clay-slate and conglomerate, interposed among strata of

sandstone belonging to the carboniferous series. Growing along

with it, but in much smaller quantities, are Cellularia scruposa,

Crisia chelata, C. eburnea, Pedicellina echinata, Vesicularia spi-

nosa, Valkeria imbricata and Plumularia falcata, none of which

have I hitherto found adhering to the surrounding strata of

sandstone.

The polypidom of this polype possesses some structures which

as far as I am aware have not yet been described. At the external

and upper angle of the cell, and posterior to the two spines at-

tached to this angle (PI. XII. fig. 1 a, fig.2 c, a, 6), three of these

structures are found*. ‘The uppermost of these is a hollow pro-

cess (fig. 2 b), the superior extremity of which is free, looks out-

wards and a little forwards, and has an aperture notched on the

* Part of this process is seen on looking at the anterior surface of the

polypidom, as is represented in Plate XII. fig. 3 0.

386 Prof. J. Reid on the Anatomy and

lower and upper edges, but more deeply in the former than the lat-

ter. From this aperture a hair-like prolongation (fig. 2d), about

the length of the cell, and slightly curved, projects. The interior

of the process is filled with a fibrous contractile substance which

moves this hair-like prolongation. Its movements occur at irre-

gular, occasionally very short intervals, and it sweeps downwards

over all the posterior surface of the polypidom within its reach. It

then turns back upon its former track, ascending upwards until

it reaches again the outer edge of that part of the polypidom

lying above the process to which it is attached ; it now descends in

the opposite direction over the outer part of the polypidom, and

places itself along the outer edge of that portion of the polypidom

lying below it. From this it re-ascends in the course just de-

scribed. The extent of these movements is increased by the pre-

sence of the notches in the edges of the aperture through which

the hair-like prolongation passes. These movements are perfectly

independent of the polype and continue for days after its death.

The upper and outer edge of the polype-cell is prolonged into a

process (fig. 1 a, and fig. 2c) mucronated at its external and up-

per angle. This process is hollow and is filled with a pale fibrous

contractile substance, which I have frequently seen become elon-

gated and rise in the form of a short conical eminence above the

upper edge of the process, and then after a while it contracted

suddenly and retired within the process. This process was in

some cells metamorphosed into a strong spine (fig. 1 0), and in

such cases three spines were attached to the external angle of the

cell instead of two the normal number. It has an affinity with

the tooth-like process of Cellularia scruposa, as both contain a

similar contractile substance. Placed between the bases of the

above two processes and overlapping the latter, is a rounded small

cavity with a distinct circular aperture (Pl. XII. fig. 2a). In some

cells all these three appendices are wanting; in others only one

of the two former is present. The polype protrudes itself through

a small aperture directed outwards and upwards, placed at the

upper end of the cell and towards its outer edge, and immediately

in front of the process bearing the hair-like prolongation (fig.3 a).

This aperture is crossed anteriorly by a pretty strong rim which

forms the upper edge of the anterior surface of the cell, and pos-

teriorly by the still stronger rim forming the upper edge of the

posterior surface of the cell. Below this aperture there is a

considerable portion of the anterior wall of the cell formed by a

transparent membrane, and bounded by a thick edge, constitu-

ting the large oval opening in the anterior wall of the cell in dead

or dried specimens. In the greater number of cells this space is

crossed by bars of calcareous matter, growing from its inner

margin by one stem which generally divides dichotomously into

Physiology of some Zoophytes. 387

four, and these increasing in length reach its outer margin

(fig. 3 a). These bars are. hollow, are lined internally by a fine

membrane, and almost entirely disappear when the polypidom is

immersed in dilute muriatic acid. Neither these bars nor the

three appendices to the cells above described, present themselves

until the body of the cell and its containig polype have been

fully formed.. The spines attached to the cell are almost always

four in number,—two to each superior angle of the cell,—are

hollow, and the external two are longer and stronger than the in-

ternal. The two former are of considerable thickness, and are

ew as long, sometimes more than twice as long, as the

cell.

The polype has from fourteen to sixteen ciliated tentacula, of a

light orange-colour,rather more than three-fourths of the length of

the cell. The animal when retracted within its cell is folded up as

in Flustra foliacea. Fig. 5 is a representation of the polype when

expanded, and fig. 4 represents its appearance as seen from the

posterior surface when it withdraws and folds itself within the

cell. In this polype the part marked a in the figures had more

of the appearances of an appendix of the stomach (4), or of a se-

parate organ, than in some of the other ascidian polypes*. Its

mner surface is so thickly covered with reddish brown granules,

or more properly speaking, minute cells, that it is quite opake.

Similar granules also adhered to the inner surface of the ceso-

phagus (d) and stomach, and sometimes in greater number to

the former than the latter. The inner surface of the pharynx

(f), the cesophagus, the stomach, and a portion of the imtestine

coloured egesta, apparently principally composed of the cells and

granules thrown off from the mner surface of the digestive tube,

is frequently observed about or above the middle of the intestine,

and this part of the intestinal tube presents a dilatation fre-

quently considerably larger than what is necessary to contain

the inclosed mass. The polype in protruding itself first pushes

out a short flexible tube attached to the inner margin of the aper-

ture through which the tentacula pass. The muscles by which

it withdraws itself within its cell are two in number,—one pro-

ceeding from the lower and outer part of the cell, and dividing

into two bundles as it passes upwards, which are attached to the

sides of the lower part of the pharynx; the other arising from

the lower part of the cell and attached to the lower end of the

appendix of the stomach (fig.5a). The muscular bundles by which

it protrudes itself cannot be distinctly traced from their proximity

* From the contractility of these parts the form is not uniform, and in

some individuals we find the stomach less and the appendix Jarger than they

are here represented.

388 Prof. J. Reid on the Anatomy and

to the tentacula and intestine, but are seen passing downwards

from the upper part of the cell along the sides of the tentacula

to reach the gullet, and probably also the upper edge of the sto-

mach, ‘The flexible tube or operculum is retracted by two mus-

cular bundles, one on each side, arismg from the imner sides of

and a little below the aperture of the polype-cell, and are in-

serted into the inner surface of the flexible tube. The young

polype-cells, formed .at the upper end of the branches, grow

from the posterior surface of the polype-cells last formed a little

below their upper margin. Their first appearance is that of a

rough transverse line occupying the inner portion of that surface.

Several specimens presented the bodies frequently termed oper-

cula, but which we shall call ovary-capsules, placed as usual at

the upper end of the polype-cells, and were here somewhat nearer

their inner than their outer margins. The contents of these we

shall describe in a subsequent part of this communication.

Cellularia scruposa. This polype is found, as I have already men-

tioned, in the same locality with C. reptans, and it is also thrown

ashore from deep water, sometimes in considerable quantities and

of more luxuriant growth, chiefly adhering to Flustra foliacea and

F. truncata. A perpendicular hollow process springs from the

upper and outer edge of the cell immediately above the already

well-known tooth-like process, and adheres to the lower part of

the outer edge of the cell immediately above (fig. 6 a, and fig. 7 0).

The aperture of this process is pretty deeply notched before and

behind, and its imterior is filled with a contractile fibrous sub-

stance which moves a curved hair-like prolongation (fig. 7 5)

about the length of the cell, which sweeps at intervals over both

the anterior and posterior surfaces of the polypidom within

its reach. It rises up slowly over the anterior surface, makes a

sudden jerk over the outer edge of the polypidom, and proceeds

slowly downwards over the posterior surface as far as the notch

in the aperture permits, and after remaining at rest for a longer

or shorter time, it returns along the same course to the position

from which it started. In this movement it performs a slight

rotatory motion, so that its concavity is always directed towards

the surface of the polypidom. This hair-hke prolongation, in this

as in Cellularia reptans, tapers gradually towards its free extre-

mity, and is not rounded but flattened. In the C. reptans I

never observed this hair-hke prolongation cross the anterior sur-

face of the polypidom, except when placed at the angle of the

bifurcation of a branch. The use of these hair-like prolon-

gations may probably be to keep the surface of the polypidom

clear of substances which would otherwise adhere to it. Their

motions are executed with more force than we should at first

suspect. I have seen one of them in its course encounter the

Physiology of some Zoophytes. 389

stalk of a Pedicellina echinata, and press it aside. The tooth-like

process (fig. 7 c) is hollow, has an aperture in its upper edge,

and in several specimens I have observed it filled with a fibrous

contractile substance which expands and rises upwards through

the aperture, and after remaining stationary for a time it re-enters

the process. It rises only a short distance above the aperture,

and when expanded presents the appearance of the upper and

outer angle of the containing process with the curve turned in

the opposite direction. When expanding it moves from without

inwards, gradually rising above the edge of the aperture, and it

re-enters the process by a sudden jerk in the opposite direction.

These movements of expansion and contraction commonly occur

after long intervals, and it is in general only by watching a portion

of the polypidom for a considerable time under the microscope that

they can be detected. More rarely these movements occur in ra-

pid succession. I can form no conjecture regarding the function

of this curious contractile substance. At the root of the process

bearing the hair-like prolongation there is a small rounded ca-

vity with an aperture in its posterior wall, exactly like that de-

scribed in the corresponding position in C. reptans (fig. 7a). Each

cell has four small hollow spines attached to its upper edge, two

adhering to each angle. These spines are very considerably

smaller than those in C. reptans, and in old specimens are gene-

rally broken off. The position of the aperture in the cell through

which the polype protrudes is similar to that in C. reptans, and is

also provided with a short flexible tube, which acts as an operculum

when the polype retires within its cell. Many specimens are pro-

vided with ovary-capsules placed as in C. reptans. The polype

has generally twelve tentacula of a light orange-colour, and has

in other respects a great resemblance to that in C. reptans, and is

provided with the same muscular bundles for effecting its move-

ments and closing the operculum.

Cellularia avicularis. I lately obtained a large and very per-

fect specimen of this polype. The shape of the polype-cell, as

Dr. Johnston remarks, is similar to that in Flustra avicularis.

The bird-process is also exactly alike in both. It can, however, be

readily distinguished from the latter by all the branches being

composed of two rows of semi-alternate cells, and each cell having

only two conical spines directed upwards or in the line of the

long axis of the cells, and a little outwards and forwards, and at-

tached to the angles of the superior margin of the cell. Ina

small number of cells an additional small spe, making three in

all, projected from the outer angle in the same direction as the

normal one. On the other hand, almost all the cells in Flustra

avicularis have four spines, which differ in appearance from those

of Cellularia avicularis. This specimen when dried assumed

390 Prof. J. Reid on the Anatomy and

only a very faint ash-colour, very different from the much deeper

ash-colour in all the dried specimens of Flustra avicularis I have

seen.

These two polypes ought certainly to be classed as two differ-

ent species of the same genus, and not under two different genera.

A new genus should perhaps be instituted for their reception, as

ther general character, and more especially the possession of

those remarkable appendices, the bird-head processes, separate

them from <Acamarchis, Flustra and Cellularia, the genera to

which they are most allied. :

Pedicellina echinata. This polype is found in considerable

quantities in front of the Castle of St. Andrew and near low-water

mark, adhering to Cellularia reptans, to Sertularie, and to the sur-

face of stones. It is more hardy than most of the other ascidian

polypes, and can be kept alive at home for a long time. The

number of tentacula varies from fourteen to twenty. In some spe-

cimens the stalk is nearly smooth, in others several spinous-look-

ing processes project from it, and in others both stalk and body are

covered with a long, fine and sparse down. In the young animal

the body is relatively longer and narrower. The body in the older

animal is very decidedly compressed from before backwards and

elongated transversely, and is considerably narrower and more

bulging at the edge in which the intestine lies (fig. 8 d) than at

the edge next the gullet (fig. 8a). The upper part of the body

is bounded by a slender rim to which the tentacula are attached.

This rim slopes slightly from the narrow towards the broad end

of the body. The tentacula at the extremity of the narrow end

are shorter than the others, and all of them become considerably

broader as they approach the rim. They are connected together

at their lower third by a contractile membrane, partly composed

of circular fibres. The body itself is not contractile. The imner

surface of the edges of the tentacula and the inner surface of the

rim are provided with strong cilia, and in the older animals the

external surface of the tentacula is frequently covered with a layer

of pretty large granules or cells. On examining the animal under

the microscope when placed in water containing a quantity of

carmine, the movements of the currents of water produced by the

cilia can be more distinctly observed. The two rows of cilia at-

tached to each tentaculum do not produce currents im opposite

directions, but both strike downwards and towards the mesial

line of the tentaculum to which they are attached, and cause a

current down the centre of its internal surface, by which the

particles of carmine are carried downwards to the rim. When all

the currents carried down the tentacula arrive at the rim, they are

rapidly conveyed along its upper edge by the action of the cilia

with which this portion of the inner surface is so abundantly

Physiology of some Zoophytes. 391

provided, towards the mouth (fig. 8a). At this part all the cur-

rents converge, and thus produce an upward central current, by

which the particles of carmine are carried outwards. None of

the carmine, as far as I could observe, entered the cesophagus.

The particles of carmime sometimes collected in considerable

masses around the mouth before they were floated outwards. As

the termination of the intestine opens near to the mouth, and at

a point within the influence of this outward central current, the

egesta when voided are rapidly carried away. It would thus ap-

pear that when substances not fitted for the nourishment of the

animal are conveyed towards the mouth, the walls of this aper-

ture are endowed with a specific property of irritability by which

they are thrown into contraction and prevent its entrance. Such

substances on the other hand as are capable of nourishing the ani-

mal do not act as excitants to this property of contractility, and

they may be carried inwards. The possession of such a property is

probably necessary for the existence of the animal. In this ani-

mal, as is well-known, the whole digestive tube and the ciliary

motions on its inner surface can be distinctly seen through the

transparent body. The walls of the stomach (fig.80) and the |

first portion of the intestine (duodenum ?) (fig. 8 ¢) are very much

thicker than the rest of the digestive tube, and were never ob-

served to contract ; and this last cireumstance, viz. the non-con-

tractility of these parts of the digestive tube, does not exist, as far

as [ am aware, m any other ascidian polype. A slight contractile

movement was observed in a few cases at the upper part of the

gullet. The last part of the mtestine (fig. 8), which is not pro-

vided with cilia, contracts and expels the egesta which have pre-

viously accumulated there, frequently in considerable quantity.

Brownish masses, apparently chiefly composed of the granules and

eells which so abundantly line the mner surface of the stomach,

are frequently seen in rapid rotatory motion in the stomach and

duodenum.

The life of the body is of shorter duration than that of the

stalk,.and J have observed im several specimens the body fade and

fall off, and a new one reproduced im its place. A few days be-

fore this takes place, the tentacula are permanently bent mwards

and the membrane surrounding thew lower part remains con-

tracted, so as to completely, or nearly completely, cover the upper

surface of the body, presenting m fact the appearance which the

animal temporarily assumes when disturbed. The body then

becomes more opake and at last falls off. After this the stalk

retams its property of alternately contracting and relaxing its

different surfaces at intervals, upon which its movements depend,

After the lapse of a few days the top of the stalk enlarges, and a

minute head presents itself im which the different parts of the

392 Prof. J. Reid on the Anatomy and

body are developed. In the beginning of October I procured

several specimens in which a large mass of cells (ova) was placed

in the space between the gullet, intestine and upper edge of the

stomach (fig. 84), extending downwards to the entrance of the

gullet into the stomach, and depressing the stomach and forcing

it considerably downwards. In two of these this mass of cells

projected into the interior of the gullet near its lower part, and

exceedingly minute ciliated ova were seen escapig from the

upper part of the cellular mass, and several were also seen swim-

ming in the interior of the gullet and stomach. Portions of this

mass of cells were after a time extruded outwards, and were com-

posed of the ciliated ova, and of very minute nueleated cells con-

nected together by a structureless substance. Many of these ova

formed a single cell, broader at one end than at the other, with a

circle of cilia longer than the cell placed around the margin of

the broad end (fig. 9 a), while others presented one, two or more

very minute cells attached to its lower or narrow extremity

(fig.96 & c). The nucleated cells consisted of a cell-membrane

with two or more nuclei, and appeared to be undeveloped ova.

The ciliated. ova swam actively about, sometimes bending all

their cilia in the same direction, forming a curved bundle and

striking in the same line for some time together, at other times

spreading their cilia and moving them in different directions.

These ova are so minute as to require very high magnifying powers

for their examination. It would thus appear that this polype, sup-

posing all the individual animals whose stalks are attached to the

same creeping stem to form one aggregate animal, extends and

prolongs the life of the individuals composing it in two ways ; viz.

by renewal of the individual bodies after they have dropt off, and

by offsets of new individuals from the creeping stem ; and that it

reproduces and extends the species, or forms new aggregate ani-

mals, by the formation of ciliated cells. I have never been able

to detect any circulation of nutritious juices in the stalk, though

examined under the most favourable circumstances.

Crisia chelata. This polype when extruded affords a good

view of the membrane connecting the outer surface of the pha-

rynx and rectum together (fig. 10a). It would be more correct

to say, connecting the supporting part of the tentacula and rec-

tum together, for the pharynx, as in the other ascidian polypes,

lies loose, and can be seen contracting, within this supporting

part. It protrudes itself through a small opening at the upper

margin of the cell, and the large opening seen in the dead spe-

cimen on the anterior surface of the cell, is in the living speci-

men covered in by a membrane. The polype has from ten to

twelve ciliated tentacula about half the length of the cell. The

dilatation of the digestive tube (stomach) at the termination of

Physiology of some Zoophytes. 893

the gullet and commencement of the intestine is smaller, and that

part marked a in fig. 4 and 5 is relatively larger in this polype

than in Cellularia reptans and C. scruposa, and has less the ap-

pearance of an appendix of the stomach*. Its inner surface, how-

ever, is covered with a greater number of brownish granules than

any other portion of the intestinal tube.

Campanularia dumosa. I have procured some live specimens

of this polype thrown ashore after a storm attached to Flustra

foliacea. The polypes and pith of the stalk are of a yellow

colour. The polypes were sluggish, had twelve short tentacula

not ciliated, and presented all the characters of the Zoophyta hy-

droida. Dr. Johnston writes me that he has also some time ago

procured live specimens, so that he must be now aware that

this polype cannot be a Cornularia as he once supposed (British

Zoophytes, p. 192, 1838), and that the characters of the poly-

pidom separate it from the genus Campanularia.

Alcyonidium parasiticum. Abundance of this polype is occa-

sionally thrown ashore chiefly adhering to Sertularia argentea. I

have procured several specimens alive, and have satisfied myself

that it consists of cells composed of animal and calcareous mat-

ter, and that the polype resembles the ascidian polypes in every

respect. Mr. Hassall (Annals of Natural History, vol. vii. p. 370)

first satisfactorily ascertained the true nature of this polype. On

placing a portion of the polypidom under the microscope, and

then bringing a quantity of dilute muriatic acid in contact with

it, innumerable bubbles of gas are seen rising from all parts of

its surface. On immersing another portion in aqua potasse so

as to destroy the animal matter, it lost its dirty brown colour,

and the form and arrangement of the cells were then distinctly

observed. Figure 11 is a magnified view of a few of the cells in

the portion of the polypidom thus treated. Hach cell is pro-

vided with a flexible tube attached to its margin, which the po-

" lype extrudes before it emerges from the interior of the cell, and

retracts when it re-enters, thus serving the purpose of an oper-

culum. The first portion of this operculum extruded, forms a

small conical eminence with the apex truncated. When the po-

lype withdraws itself within its cell, it frequently does not retract

this portion of the operculum, so that the surface of the polypi-

dom occasionally presents under the microscope a papillose ap-

pearance. The next stage mm the protrusion of the polype is the

elongation of this conical eminence by the eversion through it of

a second portion, surmounted by pretty long sete. The tenta-

* As has already been stated, I have observed individual polypes both in

Cellularia reptans and scruposa, bat more especially the latter, where the

difference between the size of the stomach and appendix was less marked

than in figs. 4 and 5.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Vol. xvi. 2F

394. Prof. J. Reid on the Anatomy and

cula, by the upward motion of which the eversion of this flexible

tube is effected, are now seen lying within it. The third stage

in the protrusion of the polype is the passage of the tentacula

and pharynx through the upper aperture of the flexible tube,

The greater part of this tube appears to be composed of sete

connected together by a membrane. The polype has fifteen or

sixteen tentacula. By breaking up a number of the cells I pro-

cured two of the polypes nearly entire, and the stomach and its

appendix had nearly the same relative size as in Crisia chelata.

Several bodies, each composed of reddish brown nucleated cells

inclosed in a membrane (ova), were seen among the broken-

down cells.

Flustra avicularis. This polype is thrown ashore in great

quantities after storms, chiefly adhermg to the roots of Flustra

foliacea and F. truncata. The cells have almost always four hol-

low spines, adhering to the upper margin of the cell, two to each

angle. The two superior spines are pretty long and project up-

wards and outwards, and the two inferior, which are placed close

to the two superior at their origin, are considerably shorter and

less thick, and project generally inwards, forwards and a little

downwards. In a few cells I have seen five spines attached to

the superior margin, three of these adhering to the outer angle.

- The bird-head processes attached to the outer edges of the

branches of the polypidom are generally very considerably larger

than those nearer their centres. Each bird-head process may

be described as being composed of a body (fig. 12 f), of a hinge-

process (fig. 12 e), and of a pedicle (fig. 12 6). By the pedicle

it is attached to the interior of a round hollow process projecting

slightly from the anterior surface of the polypidom (fig. 12 a).

The body of the bird-head process* is very convex along the

lower edge, and it is elongated from below upwards.and some-

what flattened transversely. It is divided by an oblique ridge on

its interior surface into two chambers (fig. 12 d), which com-

municate freely at the superior and middle parts at least. The

hinge-process is articulated to the superior or concavé surface of

the body by a hinge-joit, along the line of the superior termina-

tion of the internal ridge which divides the body mto two parts.

The edges of the concave surface are thickened at this part, and

present a slight depression on each, for receiving the two articular

processes of the hinge-process. The body of the bird-head pro-

cess is hollow, and its concave surface presents three apertures ;

the largest of. these is the uppermost, and is separated from the

middle by a bar stretched across between the articular cavities

* In describing this moveable bird-head process, I have supposed the

polypidom to be erect, and the concave surface of this process to be looking

upwards in the direction of the long axis of the cells.

Physiology of some Zoophytes. 395

for receiving the hinge-process; and the smallest is placed at the

lower end, and affords a passage to the posterior part of the

pedicle into the interior of the body. The hinge-process is con-

cave on its upper surface, and terminates below in a curved point.

Its superior wall forming its concave surface is deficient in two-

thirds of its length at the wpper part or that next the articulation,

and its inferior or convex wall is very thin over the same extent.

It is hollow, and communicates with the body through the upper

and middle apertures seen in its concave or upper surface. Its

upper or articulating end is bounded by a thickened portion or bar

passing between the edges of the superior surface, and a similar

bar passing between the edges of the inferior or convex surface.

The articulating processes are placed upon the superior of these

bars, at its junction with the edges of the superior surface. I have

described, with what may appear very unnecessary minuteness,

the skeleton of these bird-head processes, because it would be im-

possible to understand their movements without a previous know-

ledge of the different parts described. The lateral portions of the

lower chamber of the body are occupied by two radiating muscles,

presenting somewhat of the appearance of the temporal muscle in

the human species, which converge at the articulating or upper

edge of the hinge-process, and terminating in a denser, thicker

and narrower structure, which I shall call tendons, are attached

to and move this process (fig. 12 c). One of these muscles, which

is the stronger, termmates in a tendon which runs above the

transverse bar which separates the upper from the middle aperture

in the concave surface, and running down the centre of the hinge-~

process is inserted into the mner surface of its inferior or convex

wall a little above its apex or free extremity. When this muscle

contracts, the hinge-process is tilted up. The other muscular

bundle, which is strongest at the wpper and lower edges, terminates

in a tendon which passes beneath the bar, and is inserted into

the hinge-process close to and a little above the tendon of the

other muscle. When this muscle contracts, the hinge-process,

if elevated, is drawn down. ‘The first-described muscle is the

elevator, the second is the depressor muscle of the hinge-process.

The movements of the hinge-process are in general slight, but I

have frequently observed it to be tilted up with considerable

force, and closely applied over the superior surface of the anterior

chamber, so that its concave, which was before its superior, be-

came its inferior surface, and its convex became its superior sur-

face. In this state it may remain for hours, and affords an ex-

cellent opportunity for observing the arrangement of the fibres

of the two muscles, especially that of the elevator, as its lower

fibres run more directly upwards, and its tendon is raised and

separated from that of the depressor muscle. In dead specimens

2F2

396 Prof. J. Reid on the Anatomy and

the hinge-process is not unfrequently found in the position into

which it is brought by the action of the elevator muscle. These

muscular fibres present no transverse striz, can contract and relax

with rapidity, and become shorter and thicker durmg their con-

traction. ‘The movements of the body upon the polypidom are

effected by the pedicle, and are as follows:—Suppose it to be

attached to one of the edges of the polypidom, and the concave

or upper surface to be looking upwards in the line of the long

axes of the cells, it can turn slowly outwards over the edge of

the polypidom until its concave surface looks directly outerward,

and it then returns to its former place: it may also turn in-

wards until the concave surface looks across the cells. This

movement being suspended, it exhibits at intervals a nodding

motion, the concave and convex surfaces being alternately de-

pressed towards the anterior surface of the polypidom, When

the concave surface is carried downwards, the hinge-process is

slightly separated from the body; but when the convex surface

is depressed, it is again approximated. ‘These last movements

of the hinge-process are probably in a great measure mechanical,

and occasioned by it rubbing over the surface of the polypidom

during the downward motion of the concave surface. The pedi-

cle consists of two parts: a posterior and dense portion which is

attached to the internal surface of the inferior edge of the pro-

cess of the polypidom to which it is fixed, and passes inwards

through the inferior aperture in the concave surface of the body

to be inserted into the lower part of the mternal surface of the

convex surface of the body; and an anterior portion, more trans-

lucent and less dense, which is prolonged downwards into the

process, and forwards to the middle aperture in the concave sur-

face of the body and the attached end of the hinge-process.. In

the nodding movements when the convex surface is moved down-

wards, the posterior edge of the pedicle contracts and becomes

bent so as to form an acute angle; and it relaxes while the con-

cave surface of the body is moved downwards, resembling the

contractile movements of the stalks in Pedicellina echinata. I

have never had an opportunity of observing the changes in the

pedicle during the other movements of the body under a high

magnifying power, as this can only be done under certain condi-

tions not easily to be obtained. The anterior portion of the

pedicle has more.of the appearance of a membranous than a con-

tractile structure, and contains several small nucleated cells. A

similar structure is found in the upper chamber of the body,

and is prolonged through the upper aperture in the concave sur-

face into the hinge-process. I have not been successful in ob-

serving contractile movements in this structure, if it really pos-

sesses this function, and I believe that it is more connected with the

Physiology of some Zoophytes.- 397

nutrition of these bird-head processes than with their movements.

It would be very interesting to ascertain the functions of these

complex appendices to the polypidom. Their movements are

quite independent of the polypes, and continue for days after

these are dead. The hollow processes of the polypidom, at least

those next the outer edges, to which these bird-head processes

are attached, spring from the upper surface of canals which

communicate with the interior of the spines, the ovary-capsules,

and also by lateral apertures with the interior of the cells next

them. Can these organs assist in circulating water along these

canals ?*

The body of the polype is very small when compared with

the length of the cell, so that when it enters the cell, the gullet

and intestine are not folded upon themselves as in Cellularia

reptans and so many other of the ascidian polypes, but are sim-

ply thrown into a curve. It has fifteen or sixteen ciliated tenta-

cula considerably longer than the body: the cilia are short, thick

and numerous. In this polype, as in the Crista chelata and

Alcyonidium parasiticum, there is not so marked a division be-

tween the stomach and the part which has been termed the ap-

pendix, as in Cellularia reptans and C. scruposa. Brownish gra-

nules and minute cells are observed on the mner surface of the

stomach, the gullet and commencement of intestine. Ciliary move-

ments are distinctly seen in this as in the other ascidian polypes

examined on the inner surface of the pharynx, gullet, stomach and

first portion of intestine. In some specimens the polypes were

very active, darting back into their cells when disturbed, and

immediately after again protruding themselves. When left un-

disturbed, they at short intervals partially withdrew into their

cells, and immediately after again emerged and spread out their

tentacula. The movements of the cilia attached to the tentacula

appear to be in this, as in other ascidian polypes, under the con-

trol of the animal. They remain quiescent when the tentacula are

withdrawn within the cell; and even when extruded their move-

ments are occasionally for a time suspended. ‘There can be no

doubt that they can act also involuntarily, for they may be seen

in full action upon detached portions of the tentacula. Very ex-

tensive contractile movements were very frequently observed in

the pharynx, gullet and stomach. The arrangement of the mus-

cles, by the action of which the polype protrudes and withdraws

itself within the cell, appears, as far as I could trace them, similar

to those in Cellularia reptans and scruposa. The greater number

of specimens were provided with ovary-capsules, placed upon the

thickened superior margin of the cells. In some specimens pro-

* This is a mere conjecture thrown out for future investigation.

398 Prof. J. Reid on the Anatomy and

cured about the middle of October, these ovary-capsules were

more or less filled with opake bodies (ovaries) of a slightly yel-

lowish colour. Each of these bodies was composed of small

nucleated cells inclosed in amembrane. The external surface of

this membrane was in many of them provided with cilia in mo-

tion, causing some of them to perform a rapid rotatory motion

within the ovary-capsules. These ova in the first stage of their

growth adhere to the upper end of the lining membrane of the

capsule. This lining membrane stretches across the aperture in

the capsule, and also sends a reflection across the cell imme-

diately below the ovum’so as to inclose it in a kind of sae, leaving

however, in the young ovum, a space between them. In the more

advanced ova, this membranous partition was much thickened,

especially at the central part, forming a considerable projection

in the direction of the aperture in the capsule, and contained a

number of nucleated cells. When the ovum enlarges so as to

fill the interior of the capsule, it pushes this membranous parti-

tion before it. This membrane was observed in a few instances

where the ova were fully formed to contract and relax at in-

tervals, and in this way it may assist in the escape of the ovum.

On detaching some of the ovary-capsules with the view of ex-

amining their contents under a high power, one of the ova was

seen partially extruded from the aperture in the capsule. It

was divided by a deep fissure into two unequal parts, the

largest of which was nearly entirely outside the capsule (fig.

13 a). The extremity of the largest portion (fig. 13 c) was di-

stinctly prolonged, more translucent than the rest of the ovum,

and presented along its free edge a row of hairs resembling

cilia, which, however, remained quite motionless, while along the

whole of the rest of the external surface of both portions, except

upon the edges of the fissure, cilia were in such vigorous action

that it was impossible to distinguish them individually, and they

produced the appearance of the rim of a wheel in very rapid

rotation. After the lapse of an hour the fissure had extended

through the whole body of the ovum, and the larger portion (fig.

13 b) being set free, swam about very actively in the water; but

all this time the hairs attached to the prolonged anterior portion

remained motionless. The smaller portion continued in the cap-

sule, and performed very rapid rotatory movements. This was

the only ovum I observed in the act of escaping from the mte-

rior of the capsule, but I had an opportunity of watching three

other bodies exactly similar to the larger portion of the ovum

already described, when examining other portions of the same

polypidom. One of these had become fixed, by the hairs attached

to the anterior extremity, to a minute portion of sea-weed, and

the cilia were in active motion. When examined ten hours after,

Physiology of some Zoophytes. 399

the cilia were acting very languidly. I saw another while swim-

ming about become entangled by its cilia to the sete projecting

from the body of a small annelide. During the movements of

the annelide, the hairs on the prolonged anterior extremity came

in contact with some small fragments of sea-weed, and the an-

nelide after some struggles detached itself from the ovum, which

continued to adhere to the sea-weed. In all of these I never

observed the least movement of the hairs attached to the anterior

extremity. I was not able to ascertain that the smaller portion

of the ovum left in the capsule underwent any change, as I pre-

sume it does, before it escaped from its interior. Several bodies,

having one portion of their surface ragged and devoid of cilia,

and in every other respect resembling the smaller portion of the

ovum, and also other bodies exactly similar to the entire ovum,

were observed swimming about; but as ix. all these cases the

portions of the polypidom had been injured immediately before,

and some of the ovary-capsules broken, it was presumed that

these had been mechanically displaced from the capsules. The

larger portions of the ova were, like the entire ova, composed of

minute nucleated cells, and did not, as far as I could discover,

possess any internal cavity.

In several specimens of Cellularia reptans and C. scruposa, and

one specimen of C. avicularis procured at the same time, the

ovary-capsules were filled with ova; in the two former of a deep

orange colour, composed of nucleated cells, having the same

number and arrangement of membranes and provided with cilia

as in Flustra avicularis. Some of these ova were in rapid rota-

tory motion; others, as in Flustra avicularis, were motionless,

though the cilia were acting, being kept quiescent by the more

close apposition of the inclosing membrane. I did not succeed

in observing the escape of any of these ova from their capsules.

In many of the polype-cells of all of the above-mentioned

polypes, dark red bodies composed of nucleated cells inclosed in

a membrane were present. These nucleated cells are generally

considerably larger than those entering into the formation of

the ova in the ovary-capsules. The greater number of polype-

cells contained one only of these bodies, and it was connected

to the inner surface of the cell by a membrane having a num-

ber of detached nucleated cells of a light colour adhering to it.

These bodies occupied different positions between the bottom

and aperture of the cells, but in none were distinct ciliary mo-

tions observed. These bodies are also probably ova, and it is

possible that more extended observations may enable us to de-

tect cilia on their surface at a more advanced stage of develop-

ment, though none in the present case were seen even on those

lying at the aperture of the polype-cells. I have satisfied my-

400 Mr. J: 8. Bowerbank on the Spongiade,

self that im the polypes mentioned above, the inner surfaces of the

polype-cells, of the appendices of those processes described in the

Cellularia reptans and scruposa, of the bird-head processes, of

the spines, and of the canals running along the lateral surfaces

of the polypidom in Flustra avicularis, are all lined by a fine

membrane. This membrane in old specimens, and when the

polypes are dead, often presents numerous and pretty large cells,

generally of a pale colour, at other times having a slightly yel-

lowish or brownish tinge, adhering to its free surfaces. In one

specimen these cells had accumulated in such quantities within

some of the spines in Flustra avicularis, as to produce consider-

able bulgings and excrescences. The growth and nutrition of the

hard parts of the polypidom must be chiefly due to this mem-

brane.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.

Fig. 1. Magnified view of the posterior portion of the upper end of a branch

of the polypidom in Cellularia reptans. It is slightly elevated on

the left side, so that the polype-cells of that side are better seen

than on the other.

Fig. 2. Three appendices to the cells in Cellularia reptans.

Fig. 3. Magnified view of four polype-cells of Cellularia reptans seen on the

anterior surface.

Fig. 4, Magnified view of polype in Cellularia reptans when folded up in

its cell.

Fig. 5. Magnified view of this polype when expanded.

Fig. 6. Magnified view of the anterior surface of the upper part of one of

the branches of the polypidom in Cellularia scruposa. ‘The polype-

cells are in this drawing also more distinctly seen on one side than

' on the other,

Fig. 7. Magnified view of three appendices to the polype-cell in Cellularia

scruposa; 6, b, bis, views of the process bearing the hair-like pro-

longation in two different positions.

Fig. 8. Greatly magnified view of head and upper part of stalk in Pedicel-

lina echinata.

Fig. 9. Greatly magnified view of the ciliated ova of Pedicellina echinata.

Fig. 10. Magnified view of polype in Crisia chelata.

Fig. 11. Magnified view of polype-cells in Alcyonidium parasiticum.

Fig. 12. Magnified view of bird-head process in Flustra avicularis.

Fig. 13, Magnified view of ova in Flustra avicularis.

XLIV.— Observations on the Spongiade, with descriptions of some

new genera. By J. S. Bowrersank, F.R.S., L.8. &e.

[ With two Plates. ]

TuE microscopical examination of several hundred species of the

Spongiade has led me to believe it possible that a series of cha-

racters may be obtained from the anatomical structure of the

skeleton, which, from their constancy and striking peculiarities,

will enable us to establish genera, based upon more certain cha-

Ann. Wat: His: Vél 16 2X0)

LPL fp Ge Ou

Les Alins Dai et beth: “ 2

with descriptions of some new genera. 401

racters than those which have hitherto designated the numerous

and extraordinary species of these singular animals.

Lamouroux, in his ‘Histoire des Polipiers Coralligénes Flex-

ibles,’ has described 163 species of Spongiade under the common

generic designation of Spongia, basing his descriptive characters

principally upon form and colour. It is almost unnecessary for

me to say, that there is scarcely one of these descriptions which

can be applied with any degree of certainty when we attempt to

identify specimens of recent sponges.

Dr. Fleming, in his ‘ History of British Animals,’ taking ad-

vantage of the valuable labours of Dr. Grant, has divided the

Spongiade into a series of genera founded, to a certain extent,

upon their anatomical structure, and taking the common officinal

sponges as his type, has described the characters of the genus

Spongia in the following words :—“ Porous, the cartilaginous

skeleton simple or destitute of earthy spicula.”

Dr. Johnston, in his admirable ‘History of the British Sponges

and Lithophytes,’ has added considerably to these characters,

and has thus designated the genus :—“ Body multiform, very

porous, clastic, composed of a network of corneous fibres inos-

culating in every direction, and traversed by tortuous canals

opening on the surface by wider orifices; the fibres often con-

tain imbedded spicula: gelatine fugacious : marine,” ‘This se-

ries of characters would perhaps be sufficiently definite if we

had to consider the British species of the Spongiade only, but

when we launch into the wide field of exotic species, it ceases to

be sufficiently descriptive and definite to enable us to hope to

arrange these extraordinary and protean forms of animal life in

such a manner as to allow the student to recognise a species, or

to refer it to its proper genus with anything approaching to the

same degree of certainty that we find the constant practice in

the science of botany.

It is true that in the latter science we have a much more ex-

tended series of determinate structural characters than we can

ever hope to find among the Spongiade, and that among plants

these characters are of such a nature as to be readily available

either to the unassisted vision or by the aid of a low microsco-

pical power; while among the Spongiade, from the minuteness

of many of the most essential organs, we can scarcely hope to

make any great degree of progress in the knowledge and deve-

lopment of such characters without the aid of the best modern

microscopical powers ; but with such assistance there is little doubt

in my own mind, from the great and permanent varieties of the

structures of the skeleton especially, that we shall be enabled to

establish such a series of well-defined new genera, and to subdi-

vide and. arrange those already established, as very materially to

402 Mr. J. 8. Bowerbank on the Spongiade,

lessen the now almost insuperable difficulty that exists under the

present circumstances, in determining species by description.

I therefore propose in the first place to limit the genus Spongia

to such species only as strictly agree in the anatomical structure

of the skeleton with the two well-known species of the sponge of

commerce;

In January 1841* I had the honour of reading before the

Microscopical Society of London, a paper “On the keratose or

horny Sponges of commerce,” in which I have proved the soli-

dity of the fibre and the occurrence of spicula in certain portions

of it; but at that time I had not been able to obtain the sight of

a specimen of either the Mediterranean or West Indian species,

in the precise condition in which they are, immediately after

being taken from their native element. Since then I have been

furnished by my friend Dr. Veronge with specimens of the West

Indian sponges of commerce, which were undoubtedly alive when

taken by him from the sea in the harbour at Bermuda, and some

of which were immediately immersed in spirit to prevent the rapid

discharge of the gelatinous interstitial matter.

In addition therefore to my former observations on these ani-

mals, I may state, that in a living. condition the West Indian

sponge is furnished with a thin, simple, and pellucid investing

membrane, in which there is imbedded, without any definite ar-

rangement, numerous simple single-pointed and simple double-

pointed spicula, among which triradiate spicula are ovonsionally

to be seen.

In one of the specimens obtained by my friend Dr. Veronge

and preserved in spirit, the interstitial fleshy matter is very abun-

dant and of a considerable degree of density. It abounds with

siliceous simple single-pointed, simple double-pointed, triradiate

and other forms of spicula agreeing precisely in character with

those I have described in my paper published in the Microsco-

pical Socicty’s ‘ Transactions,’ as occurring imbedded in the large

flattened fibres of the sponge. There is no definite arrangement

of these bodies, but they appear thickly and irregularly dispersed

amid the gelatinous matter which fills up the whole of the inter-

stices of the fibre, excepting those spaces which form the tortuous

canals of the sponge:

With this additional information regarding their anatomical

structure, I propose that the genus Spongia shall be limited to

those species only which shall strictly agree with the well-known

and legitimate types of the true Spongie, and that the following

characters be adopted to limit and distinguish the members of the

enus.

6 Gen. Char. Skeleton composed of a network of keratose fibres

* Transactions of the Microscopical Society, vol. i. p. 32.

with descriptions of some new genera. 408

inosculating in every direction without order. Fibre solid, cylin-

drical, without spicula, with the exception of a few large com-

pressed fibres, which contain them in the centre. Investing

membrane thin, pellucid and simple. Interstitial substance ge-

latinous, containing siliceous spicula. .

There are many of the Spongiade which approach very closely

to the true Spongia in the external appearance of the skeleton

and in many of the prominent generic characters, but which

nevertheless vary in their structural peculiarities in so marked

and decided a manner as to render it advisable to arrange them

in other genera, and foremost among these stands the group of

which Spongia fistularis, Lamarck, is the type, and which I pro-

posed in my former paper to make the type of a new genus, and

to designate it Fistwlaria; but upon reconsideration I find, that

although a most appropriate designation for the proposed genus,

it has already been applied as a generic term in botany, so that it

were better to abandon it altogether and to adopt another name,

which, although it may not be so expressive of the leading cha-

racter of the genus, will be more distinctive as regards other ge-

nera; and as I have been in a great measure indebted to my

friend Dr. Veronge for a correct knowledge of this very inter-

esting natural group of the Spongiade in the condition in which

they exist in their native element, I shall be doing but an act of

justice in commemorating his exertions in the cause of sciente by

naming it in honour of him, and the following I propose as the

characters of the genus

VERONGIA.

Gen. Char. Skeleton composed of a network of keratose fibres

inosculating in every direction without order. Fibre cylindrical,

continuously fistular, without spicula. Cavity of the fibre simple.

The external character of the fibre of this group is widely dif-

ferent from that of the great mass of the true Spongia, While

in the latter they are usually flexible, fine in texture, and of a

colour approaching to light amber ; in the former, on the con-

trary, the fibre is rigid, coarse in texture, and very deeply co-

loured. The great central cavity of the fibre usually occupies

about one-third of its diameter, but in some species it is of much

larger dimensions. It is generally nearly uniform in its size in

all parts of the same species, but occasionally it dilates consider-

ably for a short space and then resumes its original diameter. It

is also usually somewhat increased in its dimensions at the ana-

stomosing portion of the fibre, as shown in PI. XIII. fig. 7, which

represents a piece of the fibre at one of the anastomosing points,

seen with a power of 100 linear.

The great central cavity is lined with a thin pellucid mem-

404: Mr. J, 8. Bowerbank on the Spongiade,

brane, thickly overspread with minute semi-opake granules : such-

is its appearance in specimens which have been preserved in spirit

immediately on being removed from the sea; but after having been

dried, the membrane and its granulated coat is usually fractured

in every direction, and then presents an appearance as if the cavity

were lined with irregular, minute flocculent masses, or the mem-

brane separating from the surface of the canal may be seen repo-

sing in it in the form of a contracted tube. Portions of it may

also be occasionally seen projecting from the fractured ends of

the fibres, especially in the examinations of dried specimens.

I have been unable to detect any communication between the

great central cavity and the outer surface of the fibre, the pro-

jecting ends of which are always naturally hermetically sealed.

I have been favoured by my friend Dr. Veronge with a very

beautiful species of this genus which was immersed in spirit 1m-

mediately on bemg removed from the sea. This specimen is in |

the form of a cluster of cylindrical tubes about twelve inches in

height and two in diameter, the thickness of the tube being about

half an inch.

The whole of the external and internal surface of the sponge

is closely covered with a strong investing membrane, and I have

observed the remains of a similar tissue upon several other dried

species of this genus in my possession. In all the cases the mem- .

brane was simple in structure, semi-opake, and had the internal

surface abundantly furnished with tessellated cellular structure.

The interstitial fleshy matter of the specimen presented to me

by Dr. Veronge exhibits a high degree of organization. When a

section was made at right angles to the axis of the sponge, it cut

as firmly, and presented as close a texture as a section of the

liver of a quadruped does.

When minute fragments were examined by transmitted light

and a microscopic power of 300 linear, it was found to consist of

closely compressed tessellated cellular structure, varying some-

what in its general aspect in different parts of the specimen, but

in the best-defined portions it presented the appearance repre-

sented by Pl. XIII. fig. 8.

A few minute vessels were observed in the most transparent

portions of this tissue meandering amid the cells, but in other

species in which portions of the remains of the interstitial fleshy

matter were found, they were observed to exist in a much greater

abundance.

I have been unable to detect more than a few accidental spi-

cula in the investing membrane of any of this family, and I be-

lieve that they do not naturally exist in any part of any one of

the species of this group.

The Verongie have existed at former periods in great abun-

_ with descriptions of some new genera. 405

dance, as by far the larger number of the fossilized Spongiade

are composed of this description of tissue, especially in the agates

of the neighbourhood of Oberstein, and in the green agates, mis-

called in commerce jaspers, from India. The boulder formation

of the Yorkshire coast and the shingle of the Sussex coast also —

produce siliceous pebbles, containmg perforated spongeous fibre

in abundance, and I have similar specimens from various other

localities.

Tn the fossilized state the remains of true Spongia are very

much less common than those of Verongia, but this difference in

their comparative numbers in this condition may possibly arise

in some measure from the greater degree of strength and rigidity

of the fibre of the latter tribe enabling them to resist the effects

of accident and decomposition until they were imbedded in the

silt of the ancient ocean and ultimately fossilized.

AULISKIA.

Gen. Char. Skeleton composed of a network of keratose fibre.

Fibre cylindrical, rigid, continuously fistular, having minute

cecoid canals radiating from it in every direction.

The external characters of the fibre of the skeletons of this

genus are exceedingly like those of Verongia. The colour, the de-

gree of rigidity and the mode of inosculation agree precisely with

each other, and it is only when submitted to a careful microsco-

pical examination by transmitted. light with a power of 100 linear

that the distinguishing character becomes apparent. Under these

circumstances we find that the fibre is furnished with a conti-

nuous central canal as in Verongia; but in addition to this organ,

which permeates every fibre of the skeleton, there are numerous

minute ceecoid canals, radiating at irregular distances from all

parts of the great central cavity, as represented by Pl. XIII.

. fig. 1. with a linear power of 100, and by figure 2 with a power

of 300 linear. |

These secondary canals are given off at nearly right angles to

the great central one. They are very unequal in length, few, com-

paratively, reaching to near the external surface of the fibre, and

none that I have been able to discover perforating it. The greater

portion of them pursue nearly a straight line from the axis of the

fibre, a few have a tortuous direction, and a still fewer number

bifurcate or branch.

Within the great central canal there were frequently to be

observed one or two long simple vessels, which might be seen

traversing the cavity for a considerable distance, as represented

in Plate XIII. fig. 1. a and 0d.

When there are more than one, as represented at b, they do

not appear to unite, but run side by side until they reach one of

406 Mr. J. 8. Bowerbank on the Spongiade,

the anastomosing points of the fibre into which one of them will

pass, while the other pursues the direct course of the great

canal. They appear to be invested by a gelatinous coat or sheath,

as seen at ¢ in fig. 8, which represents a portion of the great

central cavity of a fibre and its contents by transmitted light and

a power of 800 linear. The cavity within the vessel is small

compared with its external diameter, the parietes being so thick

that it does not exceed a third or a fourth of the whole diameter,

as represented by Pl. XIII. fig. 4. with a linear power of 1020.

I have never found a similar tissue in such a situation im any

other recent sponge; but it is a remarkable circumstance, that

the first indication of the existence of such vessels in the interior

of sponge fibres was afforded me in the sponge tissues which

abound in the moss agates of the neighbourhood of Oberstein,

and which I have described and figured in a paper “ On the

Spongeous Origin of Moss Agates and other Siliceous Bodies,”

im the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ for September

and October 1842. oe

The external surface of the fibre is frequently covered with a

complex reticulated vascular tissue, a small portion of which is

represented by Pl. XIII. fig. 5. with a power of 800 linear. It

is probable, if the fibre were in its natural condition, that this

tissue would be found to surround the whole of the fibrous

skeleton. |

A few minute portions of the remains of the fleshy interstitial

substance were found adhering to some of the fibres. Upon im-

mersing these in water, and submitting them to examination

with a power of 300 linear, they proved to consist of a series of

well-developed regular cells, represented by Pl. XIII. fig.6. The

parietes of the greater portion of them were thickly coated with

deep amber-coloured, fleshy or gelatinous matter, and in some

of them there was a large round or oval mass of the same de-

scription of substance, which in many cases nearly filled the

whole of the interior of the cell.

It is much to be regretted that the specimen from which these

details are drawn is but a fragment. It has evidently been part

of a series of tubular bodies, cemented together by approxima-

tion, or of a series of tubular branches; the outer diameter of

the tubes being about three-fourths of an inch, and the inner

diameter about half an inch, so that the parietes do not exceed

one-eighth of an inch in thickness.

STEMATUMENIA.

Gen. Char. Skeleton composed of solid, compressed, kera-

tose fibre, in which siliceous spicula and grains of sand are occa-

_ with descriptions of some new genera. 407

sionally imbedded. Interstitial substance fibro-membranous.

Investing membrane simple,

S. scyphus. Sponge sessile ; when immature massive, when adult

cup-shaped; surface coriaceous, spinous. LExcurrent oscula

large, usually dispersed over the interior of the cup.

The fibres of the skeleton of the members of this genus are

rigid when ay, but in a wet condition they possess a consider-

able degree of elasticity. The smaller ones are nearly cylindrical,

and are usually without either spicula or grains of sand; but the

larger and more mature fibres are considerably compressed, and

have frequently grains of sand and spicula imbedded im the sub-

stance of the horny structure.

The most remarkable character in this tribe is the singular

nature of the interstitial matter of the sponge, whieh is con-

structed of a beautiful imterlacement of elongated fibres with

little or no gelatinous substance intervening, as represented by

Pl. XIV. fig. 1, and these are covered by others similarly dis-

posed with their axes in a different direction, the mass te

bound firmly together by other fibres running in tortuous direc-

tions so as to cement the whole into a membrane, as it were, of

great strength and tenacity. Hach fibre is of considerable length,

but from thei matted condition I have been unable to separate

an unbroken one from the mass. They appear usually to have

obtuse terminations without any attenuation towards the ends,

but occasionally fibres are observed with large cytoblastic termi-

nations, as represented by Pl. XIV. figs. 3 and 4.

The origin of this description of tissue appears to be similar

to that of the sacculated tissue of Cellepora pumicosa, which I

have described and figured in a paper “ On the Organic Tissues

in the Bony Structure of the Corallide,” published in the ‘ Philo-

sophical Transactions of the Royal Society,’ part n. 1844, p. 220,

pl. 17. figs. 3 and 4, and also to the mode of the production of the

primary vascular tissue in the new basement membrane of Solen

vagina, described in a paper ‘On the Structure of the Shells of

Molluscous and Conchiferous Animals,” im the ‘ Transactions of

the Microscopical Society of London,’ vol. i, p. 144, and figured

in pl. 18. fig. 4. @ and 8.

The fibres have usually a number of gelatinous-looking mole-

cules, imbedded in the surface, which vary much in their size

and form, as seen in Pl. XIV. fig. 5, which represents a portion

of one of them examined by transmitted light with a linear power

of 1020; and the cytoblastic terminations also are thickly studded

with them, as represented in Pl. XIV, fig, 4.

This description of fibrous tissue is the more remarkable when

we view its occurrence among the Spongiade in connexion with

408 Mr. J. §. Bowerbank on the Spongiadee,

its production in other and higher orders of the animal king-

dom. ‘Thus we find it in the foliated portions of a coral (Pavonia

lactuca) when deprived of its earthy matter by dilute hydrochloric

acid. In this case, the tissue occurs in the form of shorter and

stouter filaments than in the sponge, and there is an attenuation

of the fibre towards each of its ends; nor are the fibres so closely

matted together as in the sponges, but on the contrary, there are

frequently but a few filaments irregularly disposed amid the de-

calcified tissues of the coral. I have also found it in the remains

of a fleshy mass of what appeared to be an Ascidian, which was

attached to a group of zoophytes from Algoa Bay. It has also

been shown, by Dr. Carpenter, that the decalcified shell of the

common egg, and its membrana putaminis, are entirely com-

posed of this peculiar tissue. In the latter instance the similarity

is so great, both in the form of the structure and the mode of

disposition, that it would be exceedingly difficult to distinguish

between that derived from the sponge and the tissue of the mem-

brana putaminis, if it were not that the fibres of the latter are

somewhat less in diameter than those of the former.

' The mvesting membrane is generally exceedingly thin and

pellucid, and without any trace of fibres or other forms of or-

ganisation.

CARTILOSPONGIA,

Gen. Char. Fibre cartilaginous, imperforate, containing oat-

shaped cavities thickly dispersed, from each of which numerous

minute canals radiate to unequal distances.

C. rigida. Sponge free, compressed, discoid. Fibre rigid, com-

pressed ; longitudinal fibres radiating from the centre towards

the circumference; lateral fibres at right angles to the longi-

tudinal ones, forming square or oblong interstices. Exeurrent

canals, on the marginal edge of the sponge, few and irregularly

disposed.

The general aspect of the fibre of this sponge is very like that

of decalcified foetal human bone from the cranium, but the fibre

is somewhat more compressed. ;

When a few fibres, immersed in water, are examined by trans-

mitted light with a power of 100 linear, it is seen that every

part of their substance contains minute oat-shaped cavities, re-

presented by Pl. XIV. fig. 7, and which correspond exactly, in

form and mode of disposition, with the analogous minute cavities,

miscalled corpuscles, which abound in such quantities, and are

so well known to every anatomist as peculiarly characteristic of

true animal bone. In the latter, when viewed with a high micro-

scopic power, there may be observed a profusion of exceedingly

minute radiating canals, which are said to communicate with the

with descriptions of some new genera. 409

Haversian canals. In the sponge, these minute radiating canals

are also present, but they are much fewer in number, and re-

quire a power of 1000 linear to render them distinctly apparent.

Under these circumstances they are seen, as represented in Pl.

XIV. fig. 6, radiating from the oat-shaped cavities, and usually

decreasing in diameter until they terminate at unequal distances

from the parent cavity, in exceedingly minute points. In many

cases, the commencement of these minute canals is expanded in

the form of a funnel, so as beneath a power of about 500 linear

to cause the oat-shaped cavities to appear fringed with a series

of projecting points.

The surface of the fibre is covered with nucleated cytoblasts

and tessellated cellular structure in various stages of development,

and in the centre of some of the more fully-developed of these

cells, in place of their being entirely filled up by the secretion of

cartilaginous matter, there is frequently an elongated cavity re-

maining, which probably becomes one of these peculiar organs,

after having been immersed in the cartilaginous substance of the

fibre by successive layers of cellular structure. Occasionally, but

by no means frequently, there are small patches of ramifying ca-

nals situated immediately beneath the surface of the fibre, as re-

presented at Pl. XIV. fig. 7 a, as seen with a linear power of 100.

It is difficult to imagine what office these canals perform in the

ceconomy of the animal, as they do not appear with the same de-

' gree of constancy or regularity as in other sponges where similar

tissues occur in like situations.

In some of the expanded portions of the fibre, there are often

small round or oval holes, and around these the oat-shaped cavi-

ties are arranged in a series of concentric rings, exactly repre-

senting the mode of arrangement of the corresponding organs in

true bone, in the vicinity of the Haversian canals.

It is much to be regretted that there are no remains whatever

of spicula or of fleshy interstitial substance to be found in this

interesting specimen, nor am I aware of the part of the world of

which it is a native, as it was procured from a dealer in natural

curiosities, who could afford no clue to its previous history. The

specific characters, therefore, must be considered as provisionally

given, until other specimens may be found from which fuller and

better characters may be established.

The form of the sponge is that of a thick disc, the diameter

being five and a quarter inches, and the thickness, one inch and

three quarters. The two broad surfaces correspond exactly in

form and structure ; a portion of one of them is represented by

Pl. XIV. fig. 8.

There is no appearance, at any part of the sponge, ofa point

of attachment or base.

Ann. & Mag. N, Hist. Vol, xvi. 2G

410 Bibliographical Notices.

The fibre in the dry state is exceedingly rigid and brittle, and

preserves much of its rigidity even after having been soaked

many hours in water. The radiation of the fibres from the centre

of the sponge towards the outer surface is in a series of straight

lines, and the interstices rarely exceed half a line in length.

The great excurrent canals are found only on the extreme edge

of the sponge; they are few in number, and are disposed in a

single line at unequal distances throughout the whole of the

circumference of the sponge, the largest not exceeding two lines

in diameter.

This sponge is remarkable for its approximation, in the struc-

ture of its skeleton, to the highest orders of animal organization.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

A History of the British Freshwater Alge, including descriptions of

the Desmidex and Diatomacee, with upwards of 100 Plates. By

A. H. Hassall, F.L.S. 2 vols. 8vo. London, 1845.

We consider the publication of this work as likely to promote in a

great degree the study of the freshwater Alge of Britain; a tribe

which, owing to its gréat obscurity and the want of good magnified

figures, has been almost universally neglected by our botanists.

Whilst the Mosses, the Lichens, the Fungi, and even the marine Algve

have had valuable and elaborate works devoted to their elucidation,

we are not acquainted with any extensive English work on the fresh-

water tribes since that of Dillwyn, which, although highly valuable,

having appeared before the structure of the Alge was much under-

stood, cannot be considered as supplying the deficiency. The figures

contained in Mr. Hassall’s work will be found of the utmost value to

the student of this curious tribe of plants, as they appear in most

cases to have been carefully drawn and to be faithful representations

of the species. It is unfortunate that the author has not pointed out

the cases in which his figures are not the result of his own observa-

tions, but copied from published plates. The appearance of ‘* Hass.

det.” at the bottom of all the plates leads us to suppose that they

are all of them original, but a more careful examination shows that

‘nota few are copies. We shall notice some of these as we proceed,

previously however reminding cur readers that the parts of the book

which it falls to our lot to blame are only a small portion of the

whole. Asa whole, there can be no doubt that it is a proof of its

‘author being possessed of very considerable abilities ; more especially

of extensive powers of discrimination, although not of definition.

We consider these powers as quite distinct and frequently existing

separately, although both are essential to a writer on descriptive

natural history.

In the preface we find it stated that ‘ the characters developed

in the state of reproduction are relied upon in the framing not merely

of the families and genera, but also in the definition of species” in the

Bibliographical Notices. All

present work. There cannot be a doubt that the best, perhaps the

only certain characters, are obtainable from those parts, and we wish |

that Mr. Hassall had universally followed the plan which he appears

to have laid down for himself; but in several of the families the spe-

cific characters are almost wholly derived from the relative diameter

of the filaments. The size of the filaments would doubtless be a

valuable and most convenient mode of distinguishing the plants if it

could be described in such a manner as to be always determinable,

but comparative size can at no time be depended upon, unless the

object with which the comparison is made be previously known. To

show the absurdity of such comparative characters, and how totally

useless a considerable portion of Mr. Hassall’s definitions of nume-

rous species becomes, we will take a single series of species of the

genus Zygnema. }

Species 41 of the genus Zygnema is Z. dubium (Hass.); it has the

‘filaments rather more slender than those of Z. Jenneri,” in which

they are slenderer than in Z. vesicatum, when they equal those of

Z. diductum, in it equalling Z. intermedium, and so on through twelve

species to Z. orbiculare (Hass.), in which their diameter and length

is “‘ very considerable.” ‘his is not a selected instance, but the first

which occurred to us, and might be backed by numerous others. It

is true that this forms only a part of the character, but to our mind

“the remainder is not much better defined, and, at any rate, these

useless expressions ought not to have occupied so conspicuous a

position.

We have felt it our duty to point out the very great fault just no-

ticed, and must now, in justice to our author, call attention to the

excellent mode in which he has divided that same genus Zygnema

into sections, by the ‘‘ truncated,” not inverted, and “‘ inverted ex-

tremities of the cells:’’ even here the figures are not all quite cor-

rect; the dissepiments of the separated and connected cells being

figured similarly-—the latter quite correctly ; but when the cells are

separated the central part is always protruded, not inverted, as re-

presented on these plates. :

In many cases, such as in the genera Vaucheria, Draparnaldia, Rivu-

laria, &c., where the magnified figures seem well-deserving of praise,

the want of a small portion of the plant represented of the natural

size is very observable.

Algologists will be much struck by the union of the long-known

Conferva glomerata and C. egagropila under the name of Cladophora

glomerata. Mr. Hassall’s theory of the formation of the latter is, that

‘‘a specimen by the force of some mountain stream swollen by re-

cent rains becomes forced from its attachment; as it is carried along

by the current, it is made to revolve upon itself, until at last a per-

fect ball is formed of it, which finally becomes deposited in some

basin or reservoir.’’ We cannot deny that this may be a correct

view of the facts—indeed it may be doubted if any person is qualified

to do so; but we may observe, that the very still lakes and pools

in which C. egagropila is usually found are not all of them supplied

by swift streams, and that therefore some doubts may be allowed.

2G2

412 Bibliographical Notices.

The figure of Botrydium granulatum is evidently a reversed copy of

part of Dillwyn’s plate of Conferva multicapsularis, and yet Mr. Hassall

quotes that synonym doubtfully ; thus allowing that, even in his own

opinion, his figure may not represent B. granulatum. Why not state

this ; and also why not copy Greville’s figure, which certainly repre-

sents the true plant?

We now come to the Desmidee, to our mind the least satisfac-

tory part of the book, for we suspect that here the author is far

less at home than in the preceding families. A more prominent

reference might have been made to the very successful labours of

Mr. Ralfs upon this family, and also the Diatomacee, which have ap-

peared in our pages, and are now published in a collected form in the

‘ Transactions’ of the Edinburgh Botanical Society. From these

papers Mr. Hassall has avowedly transcribed the remarks on several

of the species, and has apparently copied by far the greater number

of the figures of the Desmidee. He does state that ‘several of the

figures of this family, especially those of the genera Euastrum and

Cosmarium”’ are so obtained, but might have added, that nearly if not

quite every figure of Staurastrum, Scenedesmus, Pediastrum, Xanthi-

dium and Tetmemorus have the same origin. We do not blame him

for copying these beautiful drawings, but he ought to have taken

better copies, and also acknowledged his obligation to their author. .

Nearly all the figures of Closterium we think are derived from Ehren-

berg ; the figure named C7. Junula is not that species, but a variety of

Cl. Ehrenbergi. In this case an acknowledgement was the more

necessary, since it is more than probable that some of the figures do

not represent British species; for instance, our Cl. margaritaceum

differs from Ehrenberg’s figure in not being granulated, and is

perhaps distinct ; Ehrenberg’s C/. digitus is not the same as the spe-

cies so called in Britain. ;

We cannot however afford time or space to hunt out and record

all these errors, nor indeed the very many erroneous references to

synonyms, but merely observe that Mr. Ralfs is frequently made to

have used a nomenclature quite different from that which really

exists in the ‘ Annals’ and ‘ Transactions’ ; and that the references

to Mr. Jenner’s ‘ Flora of Tunbridge Wells’ are incorrect in nume-

rous cases. This is really too bad, as a very little ordinary care would

have prevented it. We readily forgive an author for mistakes, for to

them we are all liable; but carelessness of this kind and to this ex-

tent is unpardonable.

Mr. Hassall justly remarks, that our knowledge of these plants is

far from being complete. We believe that the number of Closteria is

much greater than is supposed by him, and know of many additional

species in some of the other genera.

In the present infancy of our knowledge, much difference of opi-

nion may exist as to the characters which should constitute genera ;

many may agree with Mr. Hassall in considering Desmidium, for ex-

ample, to have been too much dismembered by previous writers ; and

some will probably think that he has himself introduced unnecessary

divisions, as for example, Arthronema (p. 238) and Hassallia, origi-

Bibliographical Notices. 413

nally proposed by Mr. Berkeley but relinquished by that eminent

algologist as “frustrated by Kiitzing’s genus Sirosyphon,” which

Mr. Hassall remarks (p. 231), “I cannot think it is.” :

We have not space to allow of our noticing Mr. Hassall’s peculiar

views upon the cytoblast and its uses as a “laboratory or stomach

in which the materials necessary for the growth and vitality of the

cell and its contents are received and digested” (p. 5), or as an or-

gan of fertilization (p. 6), or on the ‘‘ vegetable structure which se-

cretes the raphides;” but this is of less consequence, as they have

been remarked upon in rather strong terms of reprobation in the

‘ Botan. Zeitung’ for Aug. 25, 1843; that reviewer considers them

to be made up of “ phantasies and absurdities.”

In conclusion, we would again remind our readers, that although

we have found much to censure, that in a much greater number of

instances praise is due. It is unfortunately our duty to point out the

errors rather than the beauties of such a work as the present, which

with all its faults is an acquisition to the British botanist.

British Libellulinee or Dragon-flies. By W.F. Evans, M.E.S.

8vo. London, 1845.

A little book containing characteristic figures of all the known

British species of Libellule, but devoid of that artistical beauty to

which we are accustomed in entomological works. The figures seem

sufficient by which to identify the species and are apparently very

accurate. ‘The letter-press is very little more than an explanation of

the plates, not containing the generic and specific characters—a very

great omission. Neither do we see any reference to the labours of

M. Selys de Longchamps in this tribe of insects.

A Flora of Tunbridge Wells, being a List of Indigenous Plants within

a radius of fifteen miles around that place. By Edw. Jenner, A.L.S.

8vo. Tunbridge Wells, 1845.

The most perfect local flora that we have seen, if we take that term

as describing a mere list of plants. It is very full in the department

of flowering plants, but peculiarly so in that of the cryptogamic tribes.

Mr. Jenner’s well-known acquaintance with those obscurer tribes had

led us to expect a very valuable list, and we have not been disap-

pointed.

Circumstances over which the author had no control have de-

layed the publication of this volume so as to make some of the

earlier pages appear rather obsolete; this will not however be found

so much the case as to affect the convenient use of the book, which

we can strongly recommend.

414 Linnean Society.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

LINNZAN SOCIETY.

May 6, 1845.—The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair.

Il Cavaliere Giambattista Amici, M. G. P. Deshayes, and Prof..

Karl Friedrich von Ledebour, were elected Foreign Members.

Read the conclusion of Prof. Kolliker’s memoir on the Hectocotyle

of Tremoctopus violaceus and Argonauta Argo.

In this paper Prof. Kolliker gives a detailed description of the

external form and anatomical structure of two remarkable parasites

referable from their characters to the genus Hectocotyle of Cuvier,

and bearing much resemblance to the Hect. Octopodis of that author.

Of one of these, that which is parasitic on the Argonaut, Delle Chiaje

has given an unsatisfactory account in his Memoirs on Comparative

Anatomy, under the name of Trichocephalus acetabularis ; and Costa

has endeavoured, in the sixteenth volume of the second series of the

‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles’ to prove that it is only a separated

portion of the animal on which it is found. But this opinion is, ac-

cording to Prof. Kolliker, quite erroneous, all its characters indica-

ting beyond a doubt that it is a distinct animal. The two species

described were found by Prof. Kolliker at Messina, and are severally

named by him Hect. Tremoctopodis and Hect. Argonaute, from the

animals on which they parasitically live.

Prof. Kélliker enters into a particular statement of the reasons

which have induced him to believe that these Hectocotyle are in

reality the males of the Cephalopods on which they are found; of

which reasons he gives the following summary :—

1. The Hectocotyle have arteries and veins, a heart and branchie ;

and hence it is improbable that they should be Epizootic

Worms.

Hect. Argonaute and Hect. Tremoctopodis bear a close relation to

the Cephalopoda in general, and more especially to the genera

on which they are found ; inasmuch as they have—

a. The same spermatozoa ;

b. Contractile pigment-cells ;

e. Similarly formed and similarly organized suckers ;

d. ‘The same remarkable arrangement of the muscular fibres

—the Hectocotyle in the muscular envelope of the body,

the Cephalopoda in their arms.

. Among 280 Argonauts examined not a single male was found.

Nevertheless the males must be very numerous, inasmuch as

nearly all the Argonauts carry impregnated ova.

The Hectocotyle live in the neighbourhood of the female sexual

organs of their Cephalopods, and are all males.

The eggs of the Argonaut contain, according to Madame Power

and Maravigna, embryos perfectly similar to the Hect. Argo-

naute.

“a

P.O.

Linnean Society. 415

If this last statement be correct, adds Dr. Kolliker, there can be

no doubt that the Hect. Argonaute is the male of the Argonaut.

Read also a continuation of Dr. J. D. Hooker’s ‘‘ Enumeration of

the Plants of the Galapagos Islands.”

Anniversary Meeting.

May 24,—The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair.

The President opened the business of the Meeting, and the list of

the Members whom the Society had lost during the past year having

been first read, the Secretary proceeded to read the following notices

of some among them.

The deaths among the Fellows amounted to thirteen. The first

name is that of

Francis Baily, Esq., one of the founders and the first Secretary

of the Astronomical Society, of which he was afterwards four times

President ; and in everything connected with that Society and with

its objects he took a leading, an active, and a most efficient part.

His labours in these departments were multifarious, and demanded

both intense thought and incessant application. ‘They are too little

connected with natural history to admit of detailed consideration

here ; but a summary of them has been given by Sir John F. W.

Herschel in an eloquent memoir of their author, published in the Phi-

losophical Magazine for January 1845, which contains an ample

record of the life, character and labours of this eminent man.

Mr. Baily became a Fellow of our Society in 1817: he was also

a Fellow of the Royal, Geological and Geographical Societies, an

Honorary Member of the Royal Irish Academy, and a Correspondent

of the Academy of Sciences of the Institute of France and of various

other Foreign Academies. In 1835 the University of Dublin con-

ferred on him the honorary title of D.C.L., and the same honour

was awarded to him by that of Oxford in 1844. He died on the 30th

uf August last in the 71st year of his age.

Charles Cordeaux, Esq., M.D.

The Very Rev. Edmund Goodenough, D.D., F.R.S., Dean of Wells,

was the son of the Right Rev. Samuel Goodenough, Bishop of Car-

lisle, an original Member of this Society, for many years one of its

Vice-Presidents, and well-known by his memoirs on British Carices

and British Fuci, published in early volumes of our ‘ Transactions.’

Dr. Goodenough the son was himself much attached to the study of

natural history: he was for many years head-master of Westminster

School.

William Griffith, Esq., the youngest son of the late Thomas Grif-

fith, was born on the 4th of March 1810, at his father’s residence at

Ham Common, near Kingston-upon-Thames, in the county of Surrey,

He was educated for the medical profession, and completed his

studies at the London University, where he became a pupil of Prof,

Lindley, under whose able instructions, assisted by the zealous

friendship of Mr. R. H. Solly, and in conjunction with two fellow-

pupils of great scientific promise, Mr. Slack and Mr. Valentine, he

416 Linnean Society.

made rapid progress in the acquisition of botanical knowledge. The

first public proofs that he gave of his abilities are contained in a mi-

croscopic delineation of the structure of the wood and an analysis of the

flower of Phytocrene giganica, in the third volume of Dr, Wallich’s

‘Plante Asiatice Rariores’; and in a note on the development and

structure of Targionia hypophylla, appended to M. de Mirbel’s Disser-

tation on Marchantia polymorpha, both published in 1832. So highly

were his talents as an observer appreciated at this early period, that

Dr. Wallich speaks of him as one ‘‘ whose extraordinary talents and

knowledge as a botanist entitle him to the respegt of all lovers of the

science ;” and M. de Mirbel characterizes him as ‘‘ jeune Anglois, trés

instruit, trés zélé et fort bon observateur.”’

His note on Targionia is dated Paris, April 2nd, 1832, and in the

month of May of the same year, having finished his studies at the

London University with great distinction, he sailed from England for

India, which was destined to be the scene of his future labours. He

arrived at Madras on the 24th of September, and immediately re-

ceived his appointment as Assistant-Surgeon in the service of the

East India Company.

His first appointment in India was to the coast of Tenasserim ; but

in the year 1835 he was attached to the Bengal Presidency, and was

selected to form one of a deputation, consisting of Dr. Wallich and

himself as botanists, and Mr. MacClelland as geologist, to visit and

inspect the Tea-forests (as they were called) of Assam, and to make

researches in the natural history of that almost unexplored district.

This mission was for Mr. Griffith the commencement of a series of

journeys in pursuit of botanical knowledge, embracing nearly the

whole extent of the East India Company’s extra-peninsular posses..

sions, and adding large collections in every brafich of natural history,

but especially botany, to those which, under the auspices of the In-

dian Government, had previously been formed. He next, under the

directions of Capt. Jenkins, the Commissioner, pushed his investiga-

tions to the utmost eastern limit of the Company’s territory, tra-

versing the hitherto unexplored tracts in the neighbourhood of the

Mishmee Mountains which lie between Suddiya and Ava. Of the

splendid collection of insects formed during this part of his tour, some

account has been given by Mr. Hope in the Transactions of the En-

tomological Society and in the eighteenth volume of our own Trans-

actions.

His collection of plants was also largely increased on this remark-

able journey, which was followed by a still more perilous expedition,

commenced in February of the following year, from Assam through

the Burmese dominions to Ava, and down the Irawaddi to Rangoon,

in the course of which he was reported to have been assassinated.

The hardships through which he passed during the journey and

his excessive application produced, soon after his arrival in Calcutta,

a severe attack of fever, on his recovery from which he was appointed

Surgeon to the Embassy to Bootan, then about to depart under the

charge of the late Major Pemberton. He took this opportunity of

revisiting the Khasiya Hills, among which he formed a most exten-

Linnean Society. 417

sive collection ; and having joined Major Pemberton at Goalpara, tra-

versed with him above 400 miles of the Bootan country, from which

‘he returned to Calcutta about the end of June 1839. In November

of the same year he joined the army of the Indus in a scientific ca-

pacity, and penetrated, after the subjugation of Cabool, beyond the

Hindoo Khoosh into Khorassan, from whence, as well as from Aff-

ghanistan, he brought collections of great value and extent. During

these arduous journeys his health had several times suffered most

severely, and he was more than once reduced by fever to a state of

extreme exhaustion ; but up to this time the strength of his consti-

tution enabled him to triumph over the attacks of disease, and the

energy of his mind was so great, that the first days of corivalescence

found him again as actively employed as ever.

On his return to Calcutta in August 1841, after visiting Simla and

the Nerbudda, he was appointed to the medical duties at Malacca ;

but Dr. Wallich having proceeded to the Cape for the re-estabiish-

ment of his health, Mr. Griffith was recalled in August 1842 to take,

during his absence, the superintendence of the Botanic Garden near

Calcutta, in conjunction with which he also discharged the duties of

Botanical Professor in the Medical College to the great advantage of

the students. Towards the end of 1844 Dr. Wallich resumed his

functions at the Botanic Garden. In September Mr. Griffith mar-

ried Miss Henderson, the sister of the wife of his brother, Captain

Griffith, and on the 11th of December he quitted Calcutta to return

to Malacca, where he arrived on the 9th of January in the present

year. On the 31st of the same month he was attacked by hepatitis,

and notwithstanding every attention on the part of the medical of-

ficer who had officiated during his absence and who fortunately still

remained, he gradually sunk under the attack, which terminated

fatally on the 9th of February. ‘His constitution,” says his at-

tached friend, Mr. MacClelland, in a letter to Dr. Horsfield, ‘* seemed

for the last two or three years greatly shattered, his energies alone

remaining unchanged. Exposure during his former journeys and

travels laid the seeds of his fatal malady in his constitution, while

his anxiety about his pursuits and his zeal increased. He became

care-worn and haggard in his looks, often complaining of anomalous

symptoms, marked by an extreme rapidity of pulse, in consequence

of which he had left off wine for some years past, and was obliged

to observe great care and attention in his diet. In Affghanistan he

was very nearly carried off by fever, to which he had been subject in

his former travels in Assam. No government ever had a more de-

voted or zealous servant, and I impute much of the evil consequences

to his health to his attempting more than the means at his disposal

enabled him to accomplish with justice to himself.”

The most important of Mr. Griffith’s published memoirs are con-

tained in the Transactions of the Linnean Society. Previous to

starting on his mission to Assam, he communicated to the Society

the first two of a series of valuable papers on the development of the

vegetable ovulum in Sanialum, Loranthus, Viscum, and some other

plants, the anomalous structure of which appeared calculated to

418 Linnean Society.

throw light on this still obscure and difficult subject. These papers

are entitled as follows :— |

1. On the Ovulum of Santalum album. Linn. Trans. xviii. p. 59.

2. Notes on the Development of the Ovulum of Loranthus and Vis-

cum ; and on the mode of Parasitism of these two genera. Linn,

Trans. xviii, p. 71.

8. On the Ovulum of Santalum, Osyris, Loranthus and Viscum. Linn.

Trans, xix. p. 171.

Another memoir, or rather series of memoirs, ‘‘ On the Root-Pa-

rasites referred by authors to Rhizanthee, and on various plants re-

lated to them,” occupies the first place in the Part of our Transac-

tions which is now in the press, with the exception of the portion

relating to Balanophoree, unavoidably deferred to the next following

Part. In this memoir, as in those which preceded it, Mr. Griffith

deals with some of the most obscure and difficult questions of vege-

table physiology, on which his minute and elaborate researches into

the singularly anomalous structure of the curious plants referred to

will be found to have thrown much new and valuable light.

In India, on his return from his Assamese journey, he published in

the ‘ Transactions of the Agricultural Society of Calcutta,’ a “‘ Re-

port on the Tea-plant of Upper Assam,” which, although for reasons

stated avowedly incomplete, contains a large amount of useful infor-

mation on a subject which was then considered of great practical im-

ortance. He also published in the ‘ Asiatic Researches,’ in the

‘ Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal,’ and in the ‘ Transactions

of the Medical and Physical Society of Calcutta,’ numerous valuable

botanical papers ; but the most important of his Indian publications

are contained in the ‘ Calcutta Journal of Natural History,’ edited

jointly by Mr. MacClelland and himself, Of these it may be suffi-

cient at. present to refer to his memoir ‘‘On Azolla and Salvinia,”

two very remarkable plants which he has most elaborately illustrated,

and in relation to which he has entered into some very curious spe-

culations ; and his still unfinished monograph of ‘* The Palms of Bri-

tish India,’’ which promises to be a highly important contribution to

our knowledge of a group hitherto almost a sealed book to European

botanists.

But the great object of his life, that for which all his other labours

were but a preparation, was the publication of a General Scientific

Flora of India, a task of immense extent, labour and importance. To

the acquisition of materials for this task, in the shape of collections,

dissections, drawings and descriptions, made under the most favour-

able circumstances, he had devoted twelye years of unremitted ex-

ertion. His own collections (not including those formed in Cabool

and the neighbouring countries) he estimated at 2500 species from the

Khasiya Hills, 2000 from the Tenasserim provinces, 1000 from the

proyinee of Assam, 1200 from the Himalaya range in the Mishmee

country, 1700 from the same great range in the country of Bootan,

1000 from the neighbourhood of Calcutta, and 1200 from the Naga

Hills at the extreme east of Upper Assam, from the valley of Hook-

Linnean Society. 419

hoong, the district of Mogam, and from the tract of the: Irawaddi

between Mogam and Ava, Even after making large deductions from

the sum-total of these numbers on account of the forms common to

two or more of the collections, the amount of materials thus brought

together by one man must be regarded as enormous. The time was

approaching when he believed that he could render these vast col-

lections subservient to the great end which he had in view. He

had some time since issued an invitation to many eminent botanists

in Europe to co-operate with him in the elaboration of particular

families; and he purposed after a few years’ additional residence in

India to return to England with all his materials, and to occupy

himself in giving to the world the results of his unwearied labours.

But this purpose was not destined to be fulfilled, his collections

have passed by his directions into the hands of the East India Com-

pany, and there can be no doubt, from the well-known liberality of

the Directors, which this Society in particular has so often expe-

rienced, that they will be so disposed of by that enlightened body as

to fulfil at once the demands of science and the last wishes of the

faithful and devoted servant by whom they were formed. It is hoped

too that the most important of his unpublished materials, both in

drawings and manuscripts, will be given to the world in a manner

worthy of the author and of the rank in science which he filled.

John Lewis Guillemard, Esq., was well known to this Society as a

very amiable and worthy man, who took considerable interest in the

pursuits of science. In early life he resided in America, and was

chosen as their umpire by the British and American Commissioners

for the arrangement of the debts due by American citizens to British

subjects, He died at his house in Gower-street in December last at

a very advanced age,

Robert Hills, Esq., was an artist of great and original talent,

especially in the delineation of deer and antelopes; and some of his

labours in this department of his art have ornamented our own

Transactions and those of the Zoological Society.

Joseph Hurlock, Esq.

Sir John Jamison, M.D.

John Leonard Knapp, Esq., one of the oldest Fellows of the Society,

was born at Shenley in Buckinghamshire, of which parish his father,

the Rev, Primatt Knapp, was rector, on the 9th of May 1767, He

was educated at the grammar-school of Thame in Oxfordshire, but

being destined for the navy, left school at an early age. ‘The sea,

however, disagreeing with his health, he left the navy and after-

wards served both in the Hereford and Northampton Militia, in the

latter of which he commanded a troop. Previous to the death of his

father he resided principally at Powick near Worcester, from which

place he usually made botanical excursions during the summer

months, one of which extended into Scotland, where, in company

with the late Mr. George Don, he collected several of the rarer

grasses figured in his ‘ Gramina Britannica, or Representations of

the British Grasses, with Remarks and occasional Descriptions,’ pub-

lished in 4to in 1804, This volume contains coloured figures of 119

420 | Linnean Society.

species or remarkable varieties ; and offers many useful observations

on the agricultural and other properties of the grasses figured. It

was printed by Bensley, and the whole impression, with the ex- -

ception of 100 copies in the hands of the binder, was destroyed by

the fire which consumed the establishment of that printer soon after

its completion. To this accident Mr. Knapp alludes in a poem, en-

titled ‘‘ Progress of a Naturalist,’ printed at the end of the third

edition of his ‘ Journal of a Naturalist,’ and in the preface to a new

edition of the ‘ Gramina Britannica,’ which he issued in 1842, with

little alteration of the original text and no addition of species.

In 1818 Mr. Knapp published anonymously a poem in 8vo, en-

titled “ Arthur, or the Pastor of the Village,” and between 1820 and

1830 he contributed a series of articles called ‘‘ The Naturalist’s

Diary ” to ‘Time’s Telescope.’ In 1829 he also published with-

out his name a little work entitled ‘ The Journal of a Naturalist,’

which gives a pleasing idea of the pursuits by which a country gen-

tleman imbued with a taste for natural history may amuse his leisure.

Of this work a second and a third edition have since appeared.

In 1804 he married Lydia Frances, the daughter of Arthur Free-

man, Esq., of Antigua, by whom he had seven children, three only

of whom, two sons and a daughter, survive. Shortly afterwards he

took up his residence at Llanfoist near Abergavenny, where he con-

tinued until 1813, when he removed to Alveston in the neighbour-

hood of Bristol, at which place he died on the 29th of April in the

present year. His latter years were spent almost entirely in the

pursuit of his favourite study of natural history and in the cultiva-

tion of his garden. His unpublished drawings of British Fungi oc-

cupy five 4to volumes. He became a Fellow of the Linnean Society

in the year 1796, and was also a Fellow of the Society of Antiquaries.

The Earl of Mountnorris (more generally known by the title of his

youth, Lord Valentia) was born at Arley Castle, Staffordshire, on

the 7th of December 1770, and educated at Oxford. In 1789 he

visited France and Germany ; and in 1802, accompanied by Mr. Salt

as his draughtsman and secretary, he commenced the interesting

journey, of which he subsequently published an account, in three

volumes 4to, under the title of ‘ Voyages and Travels in India, the

Red Sea, Abyssinia and Egypt,’ 1802-6. He sat for a short time

in parliament, and succeeded to the earldom on the death of his

father in 1816. His own death took place at the seat of his birth

on the 23rd of July last, in the 74th year of his age.

His lordship became a Fellow of the Linnean Society in 1796, and

of the Royal Society also in the same year. During his travels he

paid some attention to natural history and made a small botanical

collection.

The Marquis of Sligo.

John Smirnove, Esq.

John Wedgewood, Esq., of Seabridge, Staffordshire, was conversant

with various branches of natural history, and especially botany. He

was also much attached to chemistry and horticulture, and contri-

buted several papers to the ‘Transactions of the Horticultural So-

Linnean Society. 421

ciety,’ and the ‘ Gardener’s Chronicle.’ Mr. Wedgewood was held

in great esteem as a man of high moral worth and amiable and ge-

nerous disposition. He was born about March 1766, and died on

the 26th of January 1844.

The Society has also lost by death three of its Foreign Members.

Richard Harlan, M.D., was of Quaker parentage and born in the

city of Philadelphia about the year 1795. He studied medicine under

Dr. Joseph Parrish, one of the surgeons of the Pennsylvania Hospital,

whose anatomical assistant he became, dissecting extensively him-

self and directing the dissections of the younger pupils. In 1817, at

which time he was settled in practice, he had already commenced

the study of comparative anatomy with zeal and success; and there

is reason to believe that his devotion to natural history interfered

greatly with the brilliant prospect that was opened to him as a me-

dical practitioner. But he had made his choice, and was quite pre-

pared to sacrifice fortune and professional eminence to his favourite

pursuit. As early as 1819 he delivered a course of lectures on Com-

parative Anatomy at the Philadelphia Museum (Peale’s), where he

had amassed a considerable stock of materials for demonstration, but

the attendance was small, and he gave up lecturing in disappoint-

ment.

About this period the return of MacLure to the United States,

accompanied by Lesueur, gave a new stimulus to the cultivation of

natural history, and the complete establishment of the Academy of

Natural Sciences of Philadelphia under the Presidency of MacLure

brought together the most distinguished names in the science that

America had produced. Among Dr. Harlan’s claims to remembrance,

not the least are derived from his zeal in the early constitution of

this Society, and from his example of sedulous devotion to its pur-

suits. To the pages of its Journal he contributed numerous valu-

able papers.

In 1825 he published his ‘ Fauna Americana ; being a Description of

the Mammiferous Animals inhabiting North America,’ a work partly

compiled from Desmarest’s ‘ Mammalogie’ and from other less-

known publications, but containing in addition much useful original

matter.

In 1832, when the Asiatic cholera made its first appearance at

Quebec and Montreal, considerable apprehension was excited in the

public mind, and Dr. Harlan was appointed by the City Councils of

Philadelphia one of a Commission of three, consisting of himself, Dr.

Jackson and Dr. Meigs, to proceed to Canada, “‘ to inquire into the

origin, nature, progress, &c. of the prevailing epidemic.” After making

extensive inquiries, the Commission returned to Philadelphia with

such a mass of information on the subject as enabled them to give to

the people of that city ample warning of the nature of the premonitory

symptoms and of the precautions to be adopted, and thereby greatly

to mitigate the severity of the disease and to reduce the number of

its victims. For his tripartite share in this service Dr. Harlan re.

ceived a handsome gratuity from the municipal authorities, together

with a piece of silver plate bearing an inscription in record of its

422 Linnean Society.

object ; and he was also appointed to the charge of one of the local

hospitals, in the conduct of which he was most successful.

He subsequently married the daughter of a Quaker merchant in

Philadelphia, by whom he had several children. His first visit to

England was made about this time; but he afterwards returned to

Europe with the design of establishing himself in practice in Paris.

In this object, however, he was disappointed, and he once more

sought refuge in his native city. Here again he was doomed to dis-

appointment, and he was at length led to believe that a better chance

of success was opened for him at New Orleans, in which city he fell

a victim to disease when there was just reason for thinking that he

was on the point of meeting with that success which his talents and

acquirements so well deserved. He became suddenly hemiplegic, and

died in the course of a few days from the time of his attack in the

autumn or late summer of 1844.

He was elected a Foreign Member of the Linnean Society in 1835 ;

and in the same year he collected his various scattered memoirs into

an 8vo volume, entitled ‘ Medical and Physical Researches; or Ori-

ginal Memoirs in Medicine, Surgery, Physiology, Geology, Zoology

and Comparative Anatomy.’ The greater part of this volume con-

sists of papers previously published; but it also contains several not

before given to the world. Those relating to natural history occupy

a very considerable portion of the work, and contain much valuable

- information.

Etienne Geoffroy St. Hilaire was born at Etampes on the 15th of

April 1772, and destined for the ecclesiastical profession; but an

early introduction to Haiiy, whose pupil he became, entirely changed

the character of his pursuits, and for a time he gave himself up almost

entirely to the study of mineralogy. When, in consequence of the

events of the 10th of August 1792, Haiiy was thrown into prison,

and placed, in common with so many others, in extreme peril of his

life, young Geoffroy ardently exerted himself to procure the libera-

tion of his teacher, which he succeeded in accomplishing, and was

repaid for his exertions by the zealous friendship of the great mine-

ralogist, On the warm recommendation of Haiiy, Daubenton pro-

cured for him on the 13th of March 1793 the appointment of Assist-

ant Keeper and Demonstrator of the Museum of Natural History,

vacated by the resignation of Lacépéde; and on the 10th of June in

the same year, when the Jardin des Plantes was re-organized in con-

formity with a decree of the Convention, Geoffroy, then only 21 years

old, was appointed to the Professorship of Zoology for the Verte-

brated Animals, the duties of which he afterwards shared with La-

cépéde. From this period he devoted his whole attention to zoology,

and several valuable papers which he published i in the ‘ Décade Phi-

losophique ’ and ‘ Magazin Encyclopédique’ attest the rapidity of his

progress in his new pursuit.

In 1798 he was appointed one of the scientific Commission which

accompanied the French army into Egypt, and whose labours have

added so much celebrity to that expedition. Of these labours M.

Geoffroy contributed an important share, and to his firmness science

Linnean Society. 423

in all probability owes their preservation. When the French army

were about to evacuate the country, the papers and drawings belong-

ing to the Commission were demanded by the English general; but

a resolute intimation of their determination to commit the whole to

the flames, if the demand were persisted in, delivered through the

mouth of M. Geoffroy, had its proper effect—Lord Hutchinson with-

drew his orders, and the Commission were left in possession of the

fruits of their researclies.

On his return to Paris from this expedition M. Geoffroy resumed

his lectures at the Jardin des Plantes, and occupied himself assi-

duously in adding to the zoological collections of the museum and

in improving their arrangement. He was elected a Member of the

Institute in 1807 ; and in 1810 was again despatched on a mission

to Portugal. After encountering great dangers on his road through

Spain, arising from the excited state of the country, he arrived in

Portugal, where he succeeded in accumulating large collections of

minerals and animals, chiefly obtained from the cabinets of the Palace

of Ajuda and of the Academy of Lisbon. In pursuance of the capi-

tulation for the evacuation of Portugal by the French, the restora-

tion of these collections was demanded by General Beresford and

Lord Proby ; but M. Geoffroy claiming them as his private property,

and the conservators of the collections from which they were ob-

tained declaring that they had been given to him in exchange for

other specimens and in return for services, he was suffered to retain

them, and in 1815 they were not reclaimed by Portugal. In this

last-named year M. Geoffroy was elected Member of the Chamber of

Deputies for his native town. He had been a Member of the Legion

of Honour from the establishment of the order; and became gra-

dually associated with a large number of scientific Societies through-

out the world. His election as a Foreign Member of the Linnean

Society took place in 1824, and he died on the 19th of June 1844.

A mere list of his zoological writings would occupy a considerable

space. Besides a number of important papers in the ‘ Annales’ and

‘Mémoires du Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle,’ in the ‘ Bulletin de la

Société Philomathique,’ in the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’ in

the ‘ Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles,’ and in other scientific

miscellanies, he published separately several works which have con-

tributed in no small degree to the progress of zoological and anato-

mical science. Among these the most important is his ‘ Philosophie

Anatomique,’ in two vols., published in 1818 and 1823 ; the first en.

titled ‘Des Organes Respiratoires sous le rapport de la détermina-

tion et de l’identité de leurs piéces osseuses,’ the second ‘ Des Mon-

struosités Humaines.’ In this work he endeavours to demonstrate

throughout the animal kingdom a uniform plan of organization, re-

cognizable by the existence, not of the same organs, but of the mate-

rials of the same organs in all. From the period of the publication

of his ‘ Philosophie Anatomique,’ this ‘‘ unity of composition ” be-

came the leading idea of all his writings. It was the subject of a

lengthened discussion between him and Cuvier; and presides over

his ‘Systéme Dentaire des Mammiféres et des Oiseaux,’ published

in 1824, his ‘ Considérations Générales sur les Monstres,’ in 1826,

424 Linnean Society.

his ‘ Cours de l’Histoire Naturelle des Mammiféres,’ of which only

one volume appeared in 1829, as well as over numerous notes and

memoirs on the structure of Marsupialia and Monotremata, published

at various times. To him, conjointly with Cuvier, France is indebted

for the elevated position in zoology which she has occupied for the

last half century. Following up with equal zeal and success the

career of anatomical investigation opened for them by Daubenton,

Vicq d’Azyr and others, and adding to the habits of minute inves-

tigation of those excellent observers a spirit of philosophical genera-

lization, these two great zoologists created a school in which the

study assumed a really scientific character. From this school have

emanated the most valuable contributions that zoology has received

in our times, and it will long continue to exercise a salutary influ-

ence over the labours of succeeding generations.

Karl Bernhard von Trinius was born at Eisleben on the 7th yf

March 1778. He devoted himself at an early age to the study of

botany, and especially of the grasses, on which he published nume-

rous highly important works. Of these the principal separate pub-

lications are: ‘ Fundamenta Agrostographiz, sive Theoria construc-

tionis Floris Graminei, adjecta Synopsi Generum Graminum hucus-

que cognitorum,’ 8vo, Vienne, 1820; ‘ Clavis Agrostographiz Anti-

quioris,’ Coburgi, 1822; ‘De Graminibus unifloris et sesquifloris

Dissertatio Botanica,’ 8vo, Petropoli, 1824; and ‘Species Graminum

Iconibus et Descriptionibus illustrate,’ in three vols. folio, Petropoli,

1828, 1829 and 1836. His contributions on the same subject to the

Memoirs of the Academy of St. Petersburgh were numerous and im-

portant, including a revision of the genera and species of Panicee in

the restricted sense of that tribe, of Stipee, of Bambusee, &c.

In these works he propounded a theory of the structure of the

gramineous flower, which although supported with much ingenuity,

has met with little acceptation among botanists. But his systematic

labours on the family have contributed in no small degree to its elu-

cidation, and his patient and elaborate investigations will ensure him

a distinguished position among that valuable class of observers who

devote themselves to the study of a single family of large extent.

M. Trinius had long been resident at St. Petersburgh, where he

became a Corresponding Member of the Academy in 1810, and an

Effective Member in 1823. He was also for many years Director,

as indeed he was in a great degree the founder, of the Botanical

Museum ; with which in 1843 he incorporated his own collection of

grasses, estimated by M. Meyer to contain from 35,000 to 40,000

specimens belonging to 5000 species. These numbers may well be

regarded as enormous, when we reflect that M. Kunth’s Enumera-

tion of the family, including a great number of doubtful species,

scarcely exceeds 3000. With such vast resources at his disposal,

we may expect from M. Ruprecht, who has been associated with

M. Trinius in several of his later memoirs, and who has attached

himself particularly to the study of the Grasses, large contributions

to our knowledge of this important family.

M. Trinius was, as we are informed, an intimate friend of Chamisso,

and like him mingled a genius for poetry with his botanical pursuits.

Zoological Society. 425.

He was admired for his varied accomplishments and for his depth of

intellect, and loved for his amiable disposition and agreeable manners.

He died at St. Petersburgh on the 12th of March 1844.

And lastly we have to lament the death of one Associate.

Thomas Charles Hope, M.D., F.R.S., V.P.R.S.E. &c., Professor of

Chemistry in the University of Edinburgh.

His earliest contribution to the Transactions of the Royal Society

of Edinburgh was ‘‘ An Account of a Mineral from Strontian, and of

a peculiar species of Earth which it contains,” published in the third

and fourth volumes. But his most important researches were on the.

subject of Heat, and on the Phenomena of Freezing, an object which

occupied his attention almost to the period of his death, his last com-

munication to the Royal Society of Edinburgh, read on the Ist of

May 1843, being “An Attempt to explain the Phenomena of the-

Freezing-cavern at Orenburg.” On the 3rd of April in the same

year he had laid before the same Society a paper entitled ‘‘ Chemical

Observations on the Flowers of the Camellia Japonica, Magnolia

grandiflora and Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum ; and on three proxi-

mate principles which they contain,” thus connecting his later che-

mical with his earlier botanical pursuits.

_ Dr. Hope was the oldest surviving Member of the Linnean Society,

having been elected an Associate on the 18th of March 1788. In

the same year he was elected a Fellow of the Royal Society of Edin-

burgh, and in 1810 of the Royal Society of London. In 1843, he

found himself unequal to the continuance of his lectures, which were

delivered for him by Dr. Traill, and he shortly afterwards resigned

the Chemical Chair. He died on the 13th of June 1844, having nearly

completed his 78th year.

At the election which subsequently took place, the Lord Bishop of

Norwich was re-elected President ; Edward Forster, Esq., Treasurer ;

John Joseph Bennett, Esq., Secretary ; and Richard Taylor, Esq.,

Under-Secretary. ‘The following five Fellows were elected into the

Council in the room of others going out: viz. C. C. Babington, Esq.,

Secretary of the Cambridge Philosophical Society; Thomas Bell,

Esq., Professor of Zoology in King’s College, London ; Bracy Clark,

Esq. ; Edwin John Quekett, Esq. ; and Richard Horsman Solly, Esq.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY,

July 8, 1845.—William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Mr. Gould exhibited to the Meeting five new species of Mam-

mals :—

Mus winxoxatus. M. vellere longo, molli fusco-cinereo corpore

subtis cinerascenti-albo indistincte flavo-lavato ; auribus mediocri-

bus extus pilis nigris postice cinerascentibus vestitis ; pedibus albis ;

caudd albd supra nigrescentibus. une, lin.

Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin.... 5 4

COUAE . we schlornes bis, oceans 4 5

ab apice rostri ad basin auris .... 1 2

QUGES eda Rees 4ek eerie a: oteae

tarsi digitorumque ....receeeseee 1 2%

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. ' “@H

426 Zoological Society.

Hab. Open plains, Darling Downs, New South Wales.

- Fur long and very soft ; the hairs of the back of a deep slate-grey,

with the exposed portion of a dirty yellowish hue, and the points

black; long interspersed black pointed hairs are abundant on the

back, ‘and give a deep general tint to that part; sides of the body

greyish yellow, under parts grey-white, faintly suffused with yel-

lowish ; the hairs on these parts of a deepish grey, excepting at the

point ; hairs of the moustaches rather small and black ; eye encircled

with black ; ears of moderate size and well-covered with minute hairs ;

those on the outer side black, excepting on the hinder part, where

they assume a greyish white tint, like those on the inner side of the

ear; feet rather small and white; the fore-ones greyish at the wrist,

and the tarsi indistinctly suffused with yellowish; tail about equal

in length to the head and body, well-clothed with smallish hairs,

which do not perfectly hide the scales; those on the upper surface

chiefly brownish black, slightly pencilled with whitish in parts; on

the sides and under part white.

Mus eracizicaupatus. M. vellere longo molli didsheaomtt fue ;

corpore subtis albo, indistincte flavo-lavato ; auribus parvulis pilis

obscuris plerumque obsitis ; pedibus sordid albis ; caudd Susco-

nigrd, subtis sordide albd.

une. lin

Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin.... 5 O

CORR CUA VETO RY Said 3.5

ab apice rostri ad basin auris . 1 2%

CUP ESS UPR ATE oT. ih 0 _

———— tarsi digitorumque............4. 1

Hab. Oakley Creek, Darling Downs, east. coast of Pict

_° This species greatly resembles the Mus lineolatus, but differs in

having the ears smaller, and clothed internally with dusky hairs in-

stead of white; the incisor teeth rather broader; the tarsi smaller;

the fore-feet much smaller; the tail more sparingly clothed with

hairs, which are of a less pure white on the under side, and the darker

hairs of the upper surface extending somewhat on to the sides of

the tail, and in not presenting that strongly-marked line of separa-

tion between the colouring of the upper and under surface. The fur

is rather less soft, less tinted with yellow on the upper parts, and

more so on the sides of the body.

Mus ausocinerzus. M. vellere longo permolli, pallide cinereo, in

dorsum pallidé fusco tincto; corpore subtis, caudd, pedibusque

albis ; caudd supra indistincté nigro penicillatd ; auribus medio-

cribus pilis albescentibus vestitis.

unc. lin.

Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caudz basin.... 3 9

CaUd@’ oui... vide ere sc, mos B

ab apice rostri ad basin auris .... 1 1d

auris . UA MEN SUSAR 6 se bin us O 52

tarsi digitorumque rors ree ee 0 10

Hab. Moore’s River, in the interior of Western Australia.

This mouse is rather larger than the Mus musculus, and consider-

ably stouter in proportion ; has the head large, the ears moderate ;

Zoological Society. ~ 427

the tail nearly equal to the head and body in length; the tarsi very

slender; the fur very long and soft, and its general hue pale ashy

grey ; on the hinder part of the back a slight brownish tint, produced

by a very fine and indistinct pencilling of dusky or pale greyish yel-

low; the lower part of the sides of the body and the whole of the

under parts white, but not quite pure, having a faint greyish hue ; the

head grey-white, pencilled with black; the sides of the muzzle white;

the ears well-clothed with minute greyish white hairs ; the feet white,

and if we except some scattered blackish hairs on the upper surface,

the tail also: white.

Hapatoris murinus. Hap. vellere permolli, corpore supra pallidé

flavo, nigroque penicillato, lateribus corporis flavis ; guld abdomi-

nis, caudd, pedibusque albis ; caudd supra indistincteé nigro peni-

cillatd ; auribus magnis, subovatis, pilis minutis albis vestitis.

unc. lin.

Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin..,. 5 6

COMME PR, HL US E celdigetas. ive 3.9

ab apice rostri ad basin auris .... 1 8

autigng. Sia PEGE Dates, “uh dinson 0 10

tarsi digitorumque .............. 1 03

Hab. Plains near the Namoi, New South Wales. ;

This animal is remarkable for the extreme softness and delicate

colouring of its fur, which on both the upper and under parts of the

body is of a slate-grey tint next the skin, but on the under parts of a

pure white colour externally, except on the mesial line of the abdo-

men, where there is a slight yellow tint; on the upper parts and

sides of the body the exposed portions of the hairs are of a delieate

ochreous yellow, but on the back there is a considerable admixture

of black, the points of the hairs being of that colour ; ears rather large

and nearly of an oval form, tolerably well-clothed with small hairs,

of a white colour, excepting on the. fore-part of the outer surface,

where they assume a dusky greyish hue; tail nearly equal in length

to the body, tolerably well-clothed with hairs, but not so thickly as

to hide the scales ; these hairs, though short, are longer, more nume-

rous and much less harsh than is usual in the true Rats; on the sides

and under part of the tail they are pure white, and on the upper

surface some are white and others blackish, but chiefly white on the

apical portion ; sides of the muzzle white; hairs of the moustaches

moderate, black at the root, but greyish at the point.

Popasrus Macrourus. Pod. cinereus nigro penicillatus ; lateribus

corporis flavescentibus, guld, abdomine pedibusque albis ; capite

supra lined nigrd longitudinali notato ; oculis nigro cinctis ; auri-

bus mediocribus intus pilis flavis, extus nigrescentibus obsitis ;

caudé crassissimd ad apicem attenuatd, pilis minutis, supra nigro

flavoque variegatis, subtis albescentibus, vestitd.

unc, lin

Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin.... 3 9

CONE 0. bs die AMIE Mea 5 32

ab apice rostri ad basin auris 1 Of

QUEB) Ssis Hector hides 3 sdabehta jadst ob 0 5

tarsi digitorumque ............4. 0 84%

428 Miscellaneous.

Hab. Open plains, Darling Downs, New South Wales.

Fur very soft, and both on the upper and under parts of the beady

of a slate-grey colour next the skin; general hue of the upper parts

of the body ashy grey, much pencilled with black; on the sides of

the body there is but little of the black pencilling, and hence the

general hue is paler; and on these parts, as well as on the sides of

the head, is a faint yellow tint; under parts of the body white, very

indistinctly suffused with: yellow on the mesial portion of the abdo-

men; between the white of the under parts and the greyish hue of

the sides of the body is a narrowish space of an almost uniform pale

yellow hue, and the same tint is observable on the outer side of the

legs; feet white, obscurely tinted with pale yellow; on the upper

surface of the head is a mark, narrow on the muzzle, but becoming

expanded behind, which is almost entirely black, and immediately

around the eyes the hairs are also black ; ears of moderate size, their

posterior margin nearly straight, clothed internally with small pale

yellowish, and externally with black hairs, excepting on the hinder

part, where they are pale; tail very thick at the base (about 34 lines

in diameter), becoming gradually slender to the apex, and .clothed

throughout with very minute hairs, between which. the scaly skin is

visible ; those vn its upper part and sides partly black and partly

yellow, and on the under surface dirty white. The specimen de-

scribed is a male.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Existence of Tetraspores in a genus of Alge, belonging to the

Zygnemata. By M. Monrtaene.

‘‘RepropuctivE bodies of two kinds have for a long time been

observed in those Algze which are denominated Floride@. Those

which constitute the spores are inclosed in variable but distinet con-

ceptacula, which are especially remarkable from the place which they

occupy in different individuals. ‘The others, nestling in the cortical

stratum, or placed in rows in the transformed branches, are at first

entire, globose or ellipsoidal, but at maturity separate into four spores,

either crucially or horizontally.

‘* Messrs. Cronan of Brest, during the course of the last year only,

observed in the spores of certain Fucacee, and amongst other species

Fucus nodosus, where they had never been before ascertained to be

otherwise than simple, that they also at maturity separated into four

distinct spores. Dr. J. D. Hooker and Dr. Dickie in Great Britain,

and Messrs. Decaisne and Thuret in France, not only confirmed this

fact by their own observations, but studied it in some other species.

We have then the two. first families of the great class of Algz pro-

vided with spores divided quaternally.

*« Amongst the hydrophytes of Algiers there is one of great interest

gathered by M. Durieu in the marsh of Ali-Labrack near La Calle.

It belongs to the little tribe of Zygnemata distinguished by- the co-

pulation of the threads. At first it does not seem to differ from

other species, but examined under the microscope it exhibits the

Miscellaneous. 429°

spores, which in other individuals of the family are simple, divided cru-

cially into four distinct spores, precisely asin Floridee. The family

then of Zoospermee, like the two others, exhibits this peculiarity.”

The Alga of course belongs to a new genus, and. Dr. Montagne

has in consequence dedicated it to Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites, who has

facilitated the study of Algze so much by his admirable mode of pre-

paring specimens. M. J. B.—From a Letter La pages to the French

Academy, October 20, 1845.

HASSALL’S ‘ FRESHWATER ALG.’

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

_ GrentTLEemen,—I beg to call your attention to an omission in the

preface of the ‘ History of the British Freshwater Alge,’ of which

I was not conscious until the work was placed in my hands ready

bound, and which I much regret.

In making my acknowledgments to those gentlemen who kindly

afforded me. assistance in the preparation of the work, I have, most

unfortunately and unaccountably, omitted all reference to the re-

spected name of Mr. Dillwyn, one of the earliest and most success-

ful cultivators of a knowledge of the Algze.

In a future issue of the book I will take care that this error be rec-

tified, and in the meantime I should feel obliged by your insertion

of these few lines in explanation of what might seem a strange omis-

sion to many, and to Mr. Dillwyn a slight, the commission of which

never entered into my thoughts.

I remain, Gentlemen, your very obedient servant,

Arruaur H, Hassau.

Norland Villa, Addison Road North, Sept. 10, 1845.

NATURAL HISTORY IN IRELAND.

Among the signs of good times for natural history, one of the

most promising is the encouragement given to that science in the

University of Dublin, and which contrasts favourably with the apathy,

and eyen opposition shown towards.it by Oxford and Cambridge,-and

the indifference displayed by the senators of the University of London,

a body too fondly attached to the traditions of the older universities.

In a printed notice of the present state of the natural-history collec-

tions in Trinity College, Dublin, now under the charge of one of the

first among British zoologists, Mr. Robert Ball, we find that the uni-

versity professors give courses of lectures, free to the public, on com-

parative anatomy, botany, mineralogy and geology, besides demon-

strations in their respective departments by the keepers of the bota-

nical and zoological collections. When we read the name of Harrison

in connexion with comparative anatomy, of Allman and Harvey with

botany, of Ball with zoology, and of Apjohn and Oldham with mine-

ralogy and geology, it is very evident that Dublin possesses the only

university in the British empire which can boast of a complete school

of natural history, conducted by competent professors and freely open

to all who wish to learn. Honour, then, to the Provost, Fellows and

Professors of Trinity College! Their museums, too, are thrown open

430 _ Miscellaneous.

at proper times to all who wish to enter,—all members and students »

of the university having power to admit visitors, and all strangers, ..

without introduction, on entering their names. That the public are

not ungrateful for such generous privileges, is evident from the long

list of valuable donations recorded in the document which has given

rise to these remarks. When a great and learned college thus sets

so honourable an example, the spirit of science is sure to diffuse

itself far and wide. We find it at work in Ireland among those who

are to instruct the poor as well as among the educators of the higher

classes. One of the many active naturalists of Belfast, Mr. R. Pat-

terson, has just been delivering a course of lectures'on the Inverte-

brate animals to a class of 200 masters of the national schools—

more than all the members of natural-history classes in London col-

lected together! Yet there is no want of either zeal, ability or elo-

quence on the part of our English professors.

Occurrence of the Belted Kingfisher, Alcedo Alcyon, Lind. in Ireland.

I have the pleasure to record the occurrence of this North Ame-

rican bird in Ireland; a specimen, as I learn by letter from T. W.

Warren, Esq. of Dublin, dated Nov. 21, 1845, having been shot by

‘Capt. Smith at Annsbrook, county of Meath, about the first of the

present month. It has fortunately been preserved, and on being

shown to Mr. R. Ball (from whom also a letter respecting it has

been received) was at once identified as 4. Alcyon. Mr.Warren adds,

. that when at Mr. Glennon’s, the well-known bird-preserver, on the

day before the date of his letter, the gamekeeper of Mr. Latouche of

Luggela (county of Wicklow) called to mention that he had lately

seen a very large kingfisher at a stream connecting two lakes in that

neighbourhood. He saw the bird very well, as it admitted of his

approach within twenty yards: his description agreeing with the

A. Alcyon, the specimen was shown to him, which he at once identi-

fied as being of the same species as that which he had seen.

This kingfisher—said to be the only species inhabiting North Ame-

rica—is migratory there, and like other birds from the same conti-

nent which have visited Ireland and Great Britain, has appeared here

about the migratory period. As an American bird it is fully treated

of by Wilson*, Audubon+ and Richardson}. The last author states

that in summer ‘‘ it frequents all the large rivers in the fur countries

up to the 67th degree of latitude.” It retires to winter in the South-

ern States and the West India islands (Wilson and Richardson).

Audubon remarks that “it is extremely hardy, and those individuals

which migrate northward to breed, seldom return towards our

Southern States, where they spend the winter, until absolutely forced

to do so by the great severity of the weather,” vol. v. p. 548. This

is I believe the first notice of the species being met with on the

eastern side of the Atlantic.

Belfast, Nov. 22, 1845. Wa. THOMPSON.

* Sir W. Jardine’s edit., vol. i. p. 348. - + Orn. Biog. vols. i. and v.

_ } Fauna Bor. Amer. p. 339. |

Meteorological Observations. 431.

MR. GOADBY.

It will be in the recollection of the Fellows of the Royal Society,

and of those distinguished persons present at the evening parties of

the Marquis of Northampton during the last season, that great ad-

miration was excited by Mr. Goadby’s beautiful anatomical prepa-

rations of the lower classes of animals, preserved in fluids discovered

by him after years of laborious and expensive experiments, and dis-

played in glass cases, also of his own invention and manufacture,

admitting the full examination of every part of the animal, either by

the eye or microscope. These preparations, on more than one occa-

sion, attracted the especial attention of His Royal Highness Prince

Albert, whose knowledge of natural history enabled him to appre-

ciate their value. They were also seen and much admired by Sir

Robert Peel, and it is with the utmost satisfaction we are able to

state, that, with the discriminating patronage of science and its cul-

tivators, which distinguishes him, and which he lately evinced in re-

gard to Mr. Peach, he has recently presented Mr. Goadby with one

hundred and fifty pounds from the Royal Bounty Fund as a reward

for his labours in this department of natural history.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR ocT. 1845.

Chiswick.— October 1. Very fine. 2,3. Rain. 4. Cloudy and fine. 5. Cloudy

and fine: clear. 6. Foggy: cloudy: rain, 7. Rain: cloudy: clear, 8. Foggy:

fine. 9. Rain: clear. 10. Heavyrain. 11. Rain, with fog: showery: clear ;

slight frost. 12. Dense fog: cloudy: fine. 13—16. Very fine. 17—19. Over-

cast and fine, 20. Densely overcast: clear and fine. 21,22. Fine. 23. Fine:

clear and frosty at night. 24. Dense fog: very fine. 25, 26. Foggy: partially

overcast. 27. Overcast: clear. 28—30, Very fine. 31. Overcast—Mean tem-

perature of the month 4° below the average.

Boston.—Oct. 1. Fine. 2. Rain: rain early a.m. 3. Cloudy: rain a.m. and

pM. 4, Fine: raine.m. 5. Fine. 6. Fine: rainr.m. 7. Rain: rain early am. :

rain AM. 8,9. Fine: rainr.m. 10, Fine. 11. Rain: rain early a.m. 12.

Fine. 13. Cloudy: rainearly a.m. 14—16. Fine. 17, 18. Cloudy. 19.

Cloudy: rain a.m. 20. Cloudy. 21. Fine. 22—24, Cloudy. 25, 26. Fine.

27. Cloudy. 28. Fine. 29. Cloudy. 30,31. Fine.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Oct. 1. Showers. 2 Bright: clear. 3. Cloudy:

drops. 4. Showers. 5,6. Bright: clear. 7. Rain. 8. Rain: damp. 9, 10.

Rain. 11. Showers: rain, 12. Bright: cloudy: halo large. 13. Rain. 14.

Cloudy: rain. 15. Cloudy. 16. Showers. 17. Showers: sleet: cloudy. 18.

' Showers: clear. 19. Cloudy: rain. 20. Rain: showers, 21. Cloudy: damp.

22. Damp: drizzle. 23. Damp: cloudy. 24. Bright: rain. 25. Bright:

cloudy. 26. Showers: rain. 27. Showers: bright: cloudy. 28, Rain. 29.

Drizzle: cloudy. 30, 31. Showers: clear.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire. — Oct. 1. Fair, but threatening. 2. Dull:

rain. 9%. Deluge of rain: flood. 4. Soft rain all day. 5,6. Fair and clear:

hoar-frost. 7. Fair, but cloudy. 8. Fair a.m.: rain e.m. 9. Rain early a.m.

cleared. 10. Slight showers p.m. bi Fine: rain. 12. Fair, but cloudy : halo.

13. Rain. 14. Fair and fine. . Wet a.m.: cleared. 16. Fair and clear.

17. Rainallday. 18. Frequent ae 19, Rain. 20, Bitter showers. 21.

Moist, but no fall. 22. Fair and fine. 23. Fairand fine: cloudy. 24. Drizzling

P.M. 25. Beautiful day: one slight shower. 26. Fair, but chilly: rain p.m.

27, 28. Wet. 29. Wet: very wet p.m. 90. Wet early a.m.: fine pm. 31, Fair

and fine.

Mean temperature of the Month ......sesseeseseeeees 49°°6

Mean temperature of Oct. 1844 — ..csccssesesseeees 47 °2

Mean temperature of Oct, for twenty-three years . 46 °4

“leg.zierplec1 66-1, |” | 66-LV 9£-8P \L-P¥ 16-6 |g-67 |06.6€ [0.00 |€12-6z 269-62 | 0S2.62 0SL-62 | -6% | 6£0-08 “weayy

QT. [rerrierreferse | oom [emum | upeo| an | 86h | of | SE|EPS| EV) VE | So | Lg.6%| LL-6%| 00-08 | 00-0€ | PL-6Z | SI1-0€ 691-08 | *1€

Et. [Ego \ | msm | mam! wapeo| cms | 67 | OF | OG | #79] OS| OF | €9 | 18-62] €9-6Z| £6-62 | $9-6%| OF-62 | 188-62/996-62 |; “of @

6S. [erste eeeet| cas | ms |mapeo!| *s | 0G | ZG | 0G | eS /G-19} 9€ | 69° | 69.62) $9-6%| $¢.6%| 12-60} 39-62 | 698.62/0L6-62 | “6%

QP. |orrrerfserterleeeres| cms | cas furpea | sms | 82S LV | 2S! 9S9| 29! 8P 09 |-SS.6%| 65-62} 8L-62 | 82-62 | LS-62 | 9£0-0£'690-0€ | “Sz

OG. [reeres|ereeee[essees| seeeee | ems fo cm | om | SLE] CP | gh lees] Le) ov | VS | 64-62] 02-62) 01-62 | GL-6Z | 09-62% | 090-08 /ELT-0€ | “Lz

9I- a $e ae reetteleeeeee | ems | unpea| cms | BP SCP $16 BoG| gf} GSE OS | 29-6Z| VL-62| L8-6z £0-08 | 06-62% | O£Z-O£|1ZE-0£ | °9G

Ble [rorreelestese|eeeee*| tsa | ema [woes | . S/F GV |¥g€| 29! PH] 62 LS | 06-621 €0-0€) S1-0€ | €1-0€ | 62-62 | OLL-O€ SIE-0€ | “St

reereeleeesediceerssleveees] om | sms | uapeo! *s | Slp | $19 |¥eh/¥eS! gh] 6 | 69 | 69-62) 96-62) 16.62 ET-0£ | 96-62 | PP1-OF 'ZOP-0F | -7Z

HG [rorres|rrreesjorrees| ems | em | wapeo} cm | 1G | $19 |¥oh| gS) 0G} Lz | S¢ | 00-0€| g0-0€| Gz.0€ | gz-0€ | 00-0€ | LLP-O£\01$-08 | *€z D

Vo. [rrerrrjrereesyeeeees| om | cm | topeo] “mM | 0G | «OS | SPIES) oG| FH | LG | 11-08) 60.08) O€.QE | 72-0 | £6.62 | SoV-0€ LLF-0€ | °z%

Lo. |EL.o lett || om | tm | mM | mM | OS | «66P [1h] 2S! OF] PE-| LS | g0-0€| 00-08) gI.0€ | €1-0€ | LL-6% | VSz-0€ 1VE-0€ | “12

QB [rerrr'| Loe [eee] smu frmuml| cm | cm | Sp | 6h |For) 9S] S| gE | 19 | 8L-6%| 64-82] 16.6% | 99-62 | 6€-62 | 0Z0-0€ 8h 1-08 | *0z

OG. [rieereesitteeee| cas | cm | om | tM | SQb | Bh | ¥0P| F099) 99] 19 | 19 | €9-6%| $6-6%| 08.62 | 96-62 | 89-62 | £%1-0F £52.08 | “61

QB. [reeeeeieeeee|serees| sma [emsm | cm | tm | gh | $09 |¥ES| 09 |9-9¢| gh | 09 | 98.6%} 8E-62| £6.62 | 91-62 | SS-6% | T11-0£'81%-0£ | “ST

PG. |rovreejrreeeeiereeee| om | cms |umpea| ms | gh | gh | 0S! go /\S-gh| 8h-| go | 79-6) 7S-6z| 99.62 | €L-6% | 69-62 | TE0-0£ 931-08 | *LT.

GZ. [rreeesicersesleseees] ems |emsm|onpeo| cm | 6h | 6F |¥9F| SS] 19} LE | zo | SP.6%) 19-6] 78-6 | 88-62 | 69-62 | 660-0£ 961-08 | “OI

GI |oee}seere| To. | muss [rms | cas | *s oS | £9 |$€S| 09} 19] 19 | 99 | 02-62] 29.62} 68-62 | 06-62 | 32-62 | O£0-0€ 2Fz-0€ | “S10

ZS. leg.o te] cs | ms | cm | ts coc | SS | P9/¥€0| 09) 9€ | OL | Lg-6%] €0.0£| Z0.0€ | V1-0€ | 06-62 | VOE-0F SEP.0€ | “VI

Sle |**°""'| ZO. [errr]. cass | *s | wea] cms | CS | 46h |¥0V/FL9| OG} gf | Lo | 06-62%) $6.6Z| 90-08 | V6-62 | 98.62 | Z8z-0F 61F-0€ | “ET

OG. [ert] Lt. [err] te | ms jones) ‘ms LP) gh | ob] SS| LV) 6€ | 19 | €0-0€| 18.6%) 46-62 | 28-62 | ZL-62 | €80-0F £14.08 | “aI

1 |\"**""*| 90. | 60. | ‘asa | cms | mypeo| ‘wm | oF | 6P | SP| PO)S-0G| 64 | gg. | 69-63} LS.6z| SS-6% | 9Z-6% | 90-62 | 66£-62/ 198-67} “IT

Of tl Tt. [pe | ca *s |uyeo| ms | Soh | gh | 1P/FES| SP] SE | 8S | ZS-6z| 8P-6z| L1-6z | 61-62 | 20-62 | 68E-6Z/1EP-6%| “OT

€9- |-*"***|g0. Ge. | -o | *s |mpeo| *s | $67 | LV | EF) SS\S-8h] €€ | ZO | EF-6B| SE-6Z| 02-6Z | G1-6% | Z6-8z | [62-62 76E-62| °6

Z6- |"**"**} g0.-| 10. | ‘a | ‘ass | ueo| sms | $gh | 6€ | SE] SS} Sh] PE | 19 | 69-6) SE-6z} L0-6z | £2-6%| V0-62 | 6E€-62/0SF-62| *g C

“lori og. | 10. | ‘a | tess |uyeo| sms | gp | ov |FPhi FES) S| LP | So | GE-60| €L-6z| 12-62 | 8E-6Z | £6-8% | CEV-62) 167-62) °L

Sttrelecerceierceee| oz, | "aS |*MSVO UBD} °d sp | of | VE} SS| PV| OF | 2S }-62-6z| 78.6%) £9-6% | 9L-62-| 05-62 | VOV-62|128-62) °9

ZB [81 Eq. |reetet| cas | cm | upeo| -m | 6€ | LV | E| ZS} OF| 66°} 09 |.L8-6%| 9L-6Z| 08.62 | VL-62 | 6£-62 | 168-62/696.62 | °S

tereeslevsees] OO leeeeee] ema | cou | tm | Ms | Sy | PP | FSh| f6r\S-09| LV | So | 69-62) 79.6z| SP-62 | OF-62 | £0-62 | 8ZS-62/899-62 | “7

mnenssteses areoter| Lia. | <0: |. °e; [UeT] -s cy | for | 8Ev | 67} 19| SV | Lo | ZL-6%| £8.62) SE.6z | OF-6Z% | 80-62 | OTS-6Z/76S-62| “€

11€- |l go. | Zo. | ‘u | ‘as | UTeo] “ms 6v | 9h | gh) sso] €¢| 89 | Fo | SZ-6z| 19-6%| ZS.6% | ZS-6% | €%-62 | 089-6Z/PVL-6%| *%

OS. P| BO | Mh ae wea | “ms gp | 1S-| €7|¥90S! of| oF | 19 | Sh-6z} SE.6z| VS-6% | 09-66} 05-62 | V78-62/906-62 | “I 7)

a ° ) Le me z\|s 2 | oe [tra | sor cud | cure é : 0

ecler|F |= |e2|en| 2 | ze ge | 62/2 | F lee| FL EEL |e || ag | ome me | oe

2 am | s =, <. ae Ss q : ‘ & s am oo : :

“Urey “PUM *19J9ULOW IY, *19jI NOI 3 ry

‘KANYUG ‘asunpy younpuny 7 ‘uoysno[D *O "Ady 247 49 puy SaulHs-saruawaq ‘ssunyy Yuwsaddp yo ‘requug * AA *A23 27 Ag SNoLsog

40 *|Jea,Q “AI 49 fuopuory svau ‘MOIMSING 7v Ayaro0g pounqjnoysozy ay, Jo uapany ayy qv vosdwoyy, ‘ay 49 apou suorwasasgo jorrFopou09}a yy

ag. Nat Hist. Vol6. P20

Ann.d .

SDCSowerhy. $e

LY Johnston. delt

THE ANNALS

AND

| MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

SUPPLEMENT TO VOL. XVI. JANUARY 1846. @

XLV.—An Index to the British Annelides. By Groner Joun-

ston, M.D., LL.D., Fellow of the Royal College of Surgeons

of Edinburgh.

[With a Plate.]

Class ANNELIDES *.

VERS A SANS ROUGE, Cuy. Reg. Anim. iii. 182.

ANNELIDES, Lam. Anim. s, Vert. v. 274; 2nde edit. v. 499. Flem.

Phil. Zool. ii. 599. Latr. Fam. Nat. 235. Aud. et M. Edw. .

Hist. Nat. du Litt. de la France, ii. 1. Stark, Elem. ii. 127.

Vermgs, Leach in Suppl. Encyclop. Brit. i. 450.

Annevipa, M. Edwards in Cyclop. Anat. and Phys. i. 164. Roget,

‘ Bridgew. Treat.1. 269. Grant, Outl. Comp. Anat. 31. Jones,

Anim. Kingd. 188—223. Griffith’s Cuvier, xiii. 6.

Annuxata, MacLeay in Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. 385.

F Order 1. APODA.

: (MacLeay in Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. 385.)

\; Tribe NEMERTINA.

ir (MacLeay in Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. 385.)

Family Gorprusip#f.

Les Dragonneaux, Cuv. Rég. Anim. iii. 217.—Enterobranchia jili-

formia, Latr. Fam. Nat. 246.

Gordius.

Gordius, Linn. Syst. 1075. Lam. Anim. s. Vert. ili. 219; 2nde edit.

ili. 671. Flem. Phil. Zool. ii. 605. Schweigg. Handb. 590.

1. G. aquaticus.

Seta aquatica, Merr. Pin. 207.

Gordius aquaticus, Linn. Syst. 1075. Turt. Gmel. iv. 57. Turt.

Brit. Faun. 130. Stew. Elem. ii. 353. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 73.

Flem. Phil. Zool. ii. 605. Baird in Trans. Berw. Nat. Club, i. 23.

* The true limits of this class were first indicated by Pallas in his ‘ Mis-

cellanea Zoologica,’ p. 74, Lugd. Bat. 1778. Lamarck conferred upon it the

name Annelides in 1812.

+ This family should be referred to the class Entozoa. See Reports on

Zoology and Botany, translated for the Ray Society, p. 292.

A worm, presumed to be identical with the Mermis nigrescens of Dujardin,

3 has been found in great abundance at Fairford in Gloucestershire. An ac-

count of it will be soon published, we have reason to believe, by the Rev.

L, Jenyns.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. Suppl. 21

ReN pe ee 2

rr. 2

434 Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides.

Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 236. Drummond in ibid.

1x. 241. Johnston in ibid. ix. 355. fig. 52. Encyclop. Brit. xi. 226.

2. G. argillaceus.

Gordius argillaceus, Linn. Syst. 1075. Turt. Gmel. iv. 57. Turt.

Brit. Faun. 130. Stew. Elem. ii. 353. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 73.

Flem. Phil. Zool. ii. 605.

Obs. Dr. Fleming says this “is only a variety” of the preceding.

I know of no description of it taken from British specimens. Species

of Filarie have been frequently described as Gordii.

Family PLANARIAD&.

Des Planaires, Cuv. Rég. Anim. iii. 266.—Mollusca Parenchymata,

Swainson, Malacology, 35.

Subfamily Linine.

Borlasia.

Borlasia, subgenus, Johnston in Mag. Zool. and Bot. i. 536.

1. B. rufifrons.

Nemertes B. rufifrons, Johnston in Mag. Zool. and Bot. i. 538. pl. 18.

fig. 5.

2. B. purpurea.

Nemertes B. purpurea, Johnston in lib. cit. i. 537. pl. 18. fig. 3.

3. B. alba.

Borlasia ? alba, W. Thompson’s Report, p. 271 ; and in Ann. Nat.

Hist. xv. 320.

4. B. octoculata.

Nemertes B. octoculata, Johnston in lib. cit. i. 537. pl. 18. fig. 2.

Planaria octoculata, Johnston in Zool. Journ. iv. 56.

5. B. olivacea.

Nemertes B. olivacea, Johnston in lib. cit. i. 536. pl. 18. fig. 1.

Planaria bioculata, Johnston in Zool. Journ. iv. 56.

6. B.? filiformis. Plate XV. fig. 1, a, b.

Planaria filiformis, Johnston in Zool. Journ. iv. 56.

Desc. Body very slender, elongate, about the thickness of common sewing

thread, of a uniform white or yellowish white colour, soft, smooth, con-

tractile, thickest in front and subcylindrical, tapered insensibly backwards

and flattened: mouth terminal, sometimes protruded like a papilla: eyes

none: anus terminal. Under a magnifier the sides appear minutely cre-

vulate: the skin is transparent, and the centre dusky from a straight intes-

tine which runs from one extremity to the other, and has on each side of it a

series of oblong cells so closely approximated that they might seem almost

to be formed by the convolutions of a single vessel.

When lying at ease and contracted, this worm is from 1 to 2 inches in

length, but it can, and does often voluntarily, extend itself until it is upwards

of 6 inches, when it becomes a mere thread-like white line. In this state,

the anterior extremity, from being obtuse, is thrust out into a needle-like

point. It lives under stones, in muddy places, between tide-marks.

Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides. 435

7. B.? flaccida.

Planaria flaccida, Johnston in Zool. Journ. iii. 488.

Obs. Not Planaria flaccida of Muller.

8. B.? unicolor.

Planaria unicolor, Johnston in Zool. Journ. iii. 488.

Lineus. !

Lineus, Sowerby, ‘‘ Brit. Misc. tab. 8.” Flem. Phil. Zool. ii. 605.—

Borlasia, Oken in Schweigg. Handb. 591.—Nemertes, Cuv. Reg.

Anim. iii. 259.—Notospermus ? Huschke in Edin. Journ. Nat. and

Geogr. Sc. i. 305.

1. L. longissimus.

Lineus longissimus, ‘‘ Sowerby, Brit. Misc. tab. 8.” Jameson in

Wern. Mem. i. 557. ‘lurt. Brit. Faun. 130.

Gordius marinus, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 74. Montagu in Linn. Trans.

vii. 72. Davies in Linn. Trans. xi. 292.

Borlasia Angliz, Schweigg. Handb. 591.

Nemertes Borlasii, Cuv. Rég. Anim. iii. 259. W. Thompson in

Charlesw. Mag. ii. 21. Griffith’s Cuv. xii. 468.

Boriasia longissimus, Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 236.

2. L. gracilis.

Nemertes, H. D. 8. Goodsir in Ann. N. Hist. xv. 378. pl. 20. fig. 3.

Serpentaria.

Serpentaria, H. D. S. Goodsir in Ann. N. Hist. xv. 377.

1. S. fragilis.

Serpentaria, Goodsir in Ann. N. Hist. xv. 377. pl. 20. fig. 1, 2.

| Meckelia.

Meckelia, Leuckart = Carinella, Johnston.

1. M. trilineata.

Gordius annulatus, Montagu in Linn. Trans. vii. 74. Turt. Brit.

Faun. 130. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 73.

Carinella trilineata, Johnston in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. vi. 232. fig. 24.

W. Thompson in Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. vii. 482.

Obs. As this is distinct from the Meckelia annulata of Grube

(Actin. &c. p. 58. pl. 1. fig.7.), I have changed the specific name of

Montagu. )

Prostoma.

Prostoma, Duges : v. Mag. Zool. and Bot. ii. 471 -—Nemertes, John-

ston in Mag. Zool. and Bot. i. 534.

1. P. gracilis.

Nemertes gracilis, Johnston in Mag. Zool. and Bot. i. 534. pl. 17.

fig. 1. W.Thompson in Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. vii. 482.

2. P. lactiflorea.

Planaria lactiflorea, Johnston in Zool. Journ, ili. 489.

Nemertes lactiflorea, Johnston in Mag. Zool. and Bot. i. 535. pl. 17.

fig. 2. W. Thompson in Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. Mg! 482.

212

436 Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides.

3. Pl.? rosea.

Planaria rosea, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod.221. Zool. Dan. ii.31. tab. 64.

fig. 1, 2.. W. Thompson in Ann. Nat. Hist. xy. 321.

Fasciola rosea, Mull. Verm. ii. 58.

4. P. quadrioculata.

Planaria quadrioculata, Johnston in Zool. Journ. iv. 56.

Nemertes quadrioculata, Johnston in Mag. Zool. and Bot. i. 535.

pl. 17. fig. 4.

5. P. melanocephala.

Nemertes melanocephala, Johnston in Mag. Zool. and Bot. i. 535.

pl. 17. fig. 5.

6. P. pulchra.

Nemertes pulchra, Johnston in Mag. Zool. and Bot. i. 536. pl. 17.

fig. 6.

7. P.armatum.

Prostoma armatum, Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 236.

fig. 29. Edin. Journ, Nat. and Geogr. Sc. ili. 379.

Subfamily Planarine.

Planaria, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. xxviii. rina Flem. Phil.

Zool. ii. 604,

Planaria.

Planaria, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. ii. 176. Flem. Phil. Zool. ii. 604.

Schweigg. Handb. 593 (v. Edin. Journ. Nat. and Geogr. Se. lik.

380

) * Marine.

1. P. vittata.

Planaria vittata, Montagu in Linn. Trans. xi. 25. tab. 5. fig. 3.

W. Thompson in Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. v. 247.

2. P. atomata. oe

Planaria punctata, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. 2706.

atomata, Mull. Zool. Dan. i, 37. tab. 32. fig. 3,4. Turt.

Gmel. iv. 65. Fleming in Edin. Ene: Journ. vill. 297.

3. P. cornuta.

Planaria cornuta, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. 2681. Zool. Dan. i. 37.

tab. 32. fig. 5-7. Johnston in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. v. 344.

fig. 79. W. Thompson in Ann. Nat. Hist. xv. 320.

4. P. tremellaris.

Planaria tremellaris, Mull. Zool. Dan. i. 36. tab. 32. fig. 1,2. W.

Thompson in Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. v. 247.

5. P. subauriculata.

Planaria subauriculata, Johnston in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. 16.

fig. 2.

6. P. flezilis.

Planaria flexilis, Dalyell on Planarie, 5. pl. 1. fig.1, 2. Johnston in

Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 17.

Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides. 437

7. P. stagnalis.

Fasciola stagnalis, Mull. Verm. i. ii. 53.

Planaria stagnalis, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. 221. Templeton in Loud.

Mag. N. Hist. ix. 239.

8. P.macrocephala, oblonga, fusca, antice dilutior truncata, postice

attenuata; oculis ocellisve nullis; long.corp.2lin. Pl. XV. fig. 2,a,d.

fab. Amongst Conferve in Berwick bay.

Desc. Body brown, oblong, truncate before and paler coloured, narrowed

posteriorly ; no eyes nor eye-like points. The anterior extremity, in some

positions, appears marked with a pale subcircular spot, while in others a

light-coloured line runs down the centre, while the margins seem folded in

so as to form almost a tube, as is well represented in our figure 6. From

this circumstance I conclude that the worm is thin with involute margins,

but I never saw it spread itself out. There are two ventral pores, similar

to those of the genuine Planarie.

I have named this species macrocephala because of the bluntness of its

head, for the enlarged end is the anterior one, a fact which the mere exami-

nation of the figure would never resolve, since the part is distinguished by.

none of its usual appendages or organs: it has neither mouth, eyes, nor ten-

tacula. But all unfurnished as it is, there is no species of its genus that I have

met with that excels it in activity. Ever-restless, it glides along the sur-

face of the vessel with great celerity, varies ite course with ease, and some-

times leaving the bottom, it swims in the bosom of the water, but with a

tardier pace. With the obtuse anterior end, which is in constant motion

and change, it feels the way, and pushing aside the floating particles that

annoy it, it guides itself with as much safety, and appears as careful of ob-

stacles as if indeed eyes and feelers were sentinels in front.

9. P. Hirudo, lineari-elongata, fusca, antice puncta lineaque nigra

signata; maculis supra caudam orbicularem duabus pallidis. Long.

corp. 4 lin. Pl. XV. fig. 3.

Hab, The sea amongst Confervee. ,

Desc, Body linear, lengthened, brown, marked in front with a black point

and line; two pale spots above the circular tail. Length 4 lines.

This little worm was also found in Berwick bay, and it is little less active

than the preceding. It glides along in a continuous motion, and when in-

clined to turn or change the direction of its course, it forms the tail into a

disc-like sucker to give itself the advantage of a fixed point. The body is

of a uniform light brown colour excepting the two pale spots near the tail,

and, when fully stretched, is of a narrow linear figure, slightly tapered in

front. There is asmall black dot about half a line behind the anterior end,

and a dark line runs from it forward to the tip. These are not formed by

an eye, or acluster of eye-like points, but the line seems rather to be pro-

duced by some internal tube, and the dot by some harder, perhaps horny,

substance.

This worm is of a doubtful genus. The black stria at the anterior end

may perhaps indicate the existence of a proboscis; and the soft dise at the

tail has some resemblance to the sucker of a leech. I retain it in the genus

Planaria because the body is smooth without trace of wrinkles or rings, and

because there are two obvious pore-like spots near the posterior extremity.

The specific name, however, may serve to mark its affinity to some of the

leech tribe.

** Freshwater.

10. P. nigra.

Planaria nigra, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. 221. Zool. Dan. iii. 48.

438 Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides.

tab. 109. fig. 3,4. ‘Turt. Brit. Faun. 128. Dalyell on Planarie,

23. fig. 3-5 and 15.

Pianaria fusca, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 68.

Fasciola nigra, Mull. Verm. i. i. 54.

Hirudo nigra, Kirby in Linn. Trans. ii. 317.

11. P. fusca.

Planaria fusca, Pallas, Templeton i in Mag. N. Hist. ix. 239.

Fasciola torva, Mull. Verm. i. ii. 62.

Planaria torva, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. 2688. Zool. Dan. iii. 48.

tab. 109. fig. 5, 6. Turt. Gmel. iv. 64.

Planaria fusca, Turt. Gmel. iv. 64. Stew. Elem. 11. 855.

Planaria Arethusa, Dalyell on Planariz, 85. fig. 11-14.

_ Obs. I have reduced Pl. fusca ane torva to one species on the

ae of Duges.

2. P. lactea.

les lactea, Mull. Verm. iii. 61.

Planaria lactea, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. 2687. Zool. Dan. iii. 47.

tab. 109. fig. 1,2. Turt. Gmel.iv.64. Stew.Elem. ii. 355. Edin.

Journ. Nat. and Geogr. Sc. iii. 242 and 243.

- Hirudo alba, Kirby in Linn. Trans. ii. 316.

Planaria alba, Turt. Brit. Faun. 129.

13. P. panniculata.

Planaria panniculata, Dalyell on Planariz, 37. fig. 6, 7.

14, P. felina.

Planaria felina, Dalyell on Planariz, 42. fig. 8.

Dalyellia.

Dalyellia, Flem. Phil. Zool. ii. 605.

1. D. graminea.

Hirudo viridis, Shawin Linn. Trans. i. 92. Johnson on Med. Leech, 19.

Planaria viridis, Turt. Brit. Faun. 129. Stew. Elem. ii, 355.

Planaria graminea, Dalyell on Planariz, 114. fig. 16.

Obs. Distinct from the Pl. viridis of Muller, but surely identical |

with his Pl. Helluo.

2. D. velox.

Planaria velox, Dalyell on Planariz, 127. fig. 17.

3. D. edinensis.

Planaria edinensis, Dalyell on Planarie, 133. fig. 18.

Tribe HirvupiIna.

(MacLeay in Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. 385.)

Les /lirudinées, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 289. Flem. Phil. Zool. 13

603-4.

Family Pay.Luinip2.

Udonella.

Udonella, Johnston in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. viii. 498.

Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides. 439

1. U. caligorum.

Udonella caligorum, Johnston in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. viii. 497.

fig. 45. .W. Thompson in Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. xv. 320.

Obs. Closely allied to, but distinct from, the Nitzschia elegans of

K. E. v. Baer in Noy. Act. Acad. Ces, Nat. Cur, xiii. pl. 32. fig. 1-4.

2 Malacobdella.

Malacobdella, Blainville in Cuv. Rég. Anim. iii. 217.

1. M. grossa.

Hirudo grossa, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. 2668. Zool. Dan. i. 21.

tab. 21. fig. 1-5, copied in Encyclop. Méthod. pl. 52. fig. 6-10.

Turt. Gmel. iv. 70.

Phylline grossa, Johnston in Loud, Mag. N. Hist. vii. 587. fig. 67.

Tristoma.

Tristoma, Cuv. Rég. Anim. iii. 265.

1. T. coccineum.

Tristoma coccineum, Cuv. Rég. Anim. iii. 265. pl. 15. fig. 10. Yar-

rell, Brit. Fish. 2nd edit. ii. 468. vign. Griffith’s Cuv. xii. 473.

pl. 9. fig. 10.

Phylline coccinea, Schweigg. Handb. 474.

Phylline. ie

Phylline, Zam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 295 ; 2nde edit. v. 526.

1. Ph. Hippoglossi.

Lernxe species, Bast. Opusc. Subs. ii. 138. pl. 8. fig. 11.

Phylline Hippoglossi, Johnston in Ann. N. Hist. i. 431. pl. 15. fig. 1-3.

W. Thompson in Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. vii. 482.

Obs. The synonyms will be found in the ‘ Annals.’ Muller’s figures

are copied in Encyclop. Méthod. pl. 52. fig. 11-14.

Family Hiaupinip.

Hirudo, Linn. Syst.1079.—Les Sangsues, Cuv. Rég. Anim. 11. 212.—

Hirudinea, Latr. Fam. Nat. 246.—Anznelides suceuses, Aud. et

M. Edwards, Litt. de la France, ii. 50.

Erpobdella.

Erpobdella, Blainville in Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 296; 2nde edit. v.

527.—Nephelis, Savigny: v. Lam. 2nde edit. v. 527. —Heluo, Oken:

v. Schweigg. Handb. 593.

1. EH. vulgaris.

Hirudo octoculata, Linn. Syst.1079. Turt.Gmel.iv.69. Turt. Brit.

Faun. 129. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 71.

Hirudo vulgaris, Mull. Verm. i. ii. 40. Stew. Elem. ii. 356. John-

son on the Med. Leech, 33. Furth, Obs. 29, with a plate.

Erpobdella vulgaris, Lam. Anim. s.Vert. 2nde edit.v. 528. D. Chiaje,

An. s. Vert. Nap. 1. 49.

Nephelis vulgaris, Brightwell in Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. ix. 13. pl.1.

fig. 9-14.

Nemsenceat Leech ? Ure’s Rutherglen, 236.

44.0 Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelies:

22. ‘teal

Hirudo tessulata, Mull. ; re i. 1.45. Johnson on the Med. Leech,

33. Fleming in Wern. Mem. iii. 400. |

Erpobdella tessulata, Flem. Phil. Zool. ii. 604.

Nephelis tessulata, Brightwell in Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. ix. 13. pl. t.

fig. 15-17.

3. HE. lineata. .

Hirudo lineata, Mull. Verth. i ii. 39. Johnson on the Med. Leech,

34. Fleming in Wern. Mem. iii. 400.

Erpobdella lineata, Flem. Phil. Zool. ii. 604.

Glossopora.

Glossiphonia, Johnson on the Med. Leech, 25.—Glossopora, John-

son, Furth.Obs. 48.—Clepsine, Savigny.—Glossobdella, Blainville :

see Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. v. 528.

1. G. complanata. .

Hirudo complanata, Linn. Syst. 1079. Mull. Verm. 1.11.47. Turt.

Gmel. iv. 69. Turt. Brit. Faun. 129. Stew. Elem. ii. 357. Penn.

Brit. Zool. iv. 72. Ure’s Rutherglen, 233.

Hirudo crenata, Kirby, Linn. Trans. ii. (his description is copied in

Johnson, Med. Leech, p. 21). Turt. Gmel. iv. 71. Penn. Brit,

- Zool. iv. 71. Turt. Brit. Faun. 129.

Clepsina crenata, Encyclop. Brit. xi. 226. pl. 276. fig. 13.

Glossiphonia tuberculata, Johnson on the Med. Leech, 25.

Glossopora tuberculata, Johnson’s Furth. Obs. 49. pl. 17. fig. 1-10.

Stark, Elem. ii. 142. W. Thompson in Ann. and Mag. N. Hist.

vil. 482.

Erpobdella complanata, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. v.528. Tem-

pleton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 235.

Erpobdella crenata, Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 235.

Glossopora complanata, Flem. Phil. Zool. 11. 604.

Clepsina complanata, Brightwell in Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. ix. 14.

pl. 1. fig. 18, 19.

2. G. bioculata.

Hirudo stagnalis, Linn. Syst.1079. Turt. Gmel.iv.69. Turt. Brit.

Faun. 129. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 71.

Hirudo bioculata, Mull. Verm.i.ii. 41. Stew. Elem. ii. 357. Ure’s

Rutherglen, 254.

Glossiphonia perata, Johnson on the Med. Leech, 26.

Glossopora punctata, Johnson’s Furth. Obs. 50. pl. 17. fig. 11-18.

Erpobdella bioculata, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. v. 528.

stagnalis, Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 235.

Glossopora bioculata, Flem. Phil. Zool. ii. 604.

Clepsina stagnalis, Brightwell in ‘Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. ix. 14.

3. G.? circulans.

Hirudo circulans, Sowerby : see Johnson on Med. Leech, 27. Turt.

Brit. Faun. 129. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 72.

4. G.? hyalina.

Hirudo heteroclita, Linn. Syst. 1080. Johnson on Med. Leech, 34.

Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides. 4.41

Un ver plat et blanc, Tremb. Polyp. 147. pl. 7. fig. 7.

Hirudo hyalina, Mull. Verm. i. ii. 49. Stew. Elem. ii. 357.

Clepsina hyalina? Brightwell in Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. 15.

pl. 1. fig. 20. |

Piscicola.

' Piscicola, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. v. 525.—Heemocharis, Sa-

vigny. (See Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. ix. 11.)

1. P. geometra.

Hirudo geometra, Linn. Syst. 1080. Turt. Gmel. iv. 70. Turt. Brit.

Faun. 129. Johnson on the Med. Leech, 35. Brightwell in Ann.

and Mag. N. Hist. ix. 11. pl. 1. fig. 1-8.

Hirudo piscium, Mull. Verm. i. ii. 43. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 70. pl.21.

fig.3. Stew. Elem. ii. 357. .

Piscicola piscium, Lam. Anim. s.Vert. 2nde edit. v. 525. Stark, Elem.

ii. 142.

Piscicola geometra, Flem. Phil. Zool. ii. 604.

2. P. Perce. dy , ha |

Ichthyobdella Perce, Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 236.

fig. 28.

3. P. marina. Plate XV. fig. 4-6.

Hab. Parasitical on the Aspidophorus cataphracius.

Desc. Body one inch in length and a line in diameter, slightly tapered

forwards, terminated at each end with a plain circular sucker, of a uniform

chestnut-brown colour, or red and mottled (for the colour varies according

to the intestinal contents), smooth, rather soft and compressed ; the margins

minutely crenulate under a magnifier.

Fig. 4. P. marina of the natural size. 5. The same magnified. 6. An out-

line figure drawn from an individual which had the genital organs extruded,

Obs. Mr. W. Thompson has, in his Catalogue of the Irish Worms,

a Piscicola marina (Rep. p. 272), but no description of it has been

published. ok he

Pontobdella.

Pontobdella, Leach in Suppl. Encyclop. Brit. 1. 451. Lam. Anim.s.

Vert. v. 293. :

1. P. muricata.

Hirudo piscium, Bast. Opusc. Subs. i. 82. tab. 10. fig. 2.

Hirudo muricata, Linn. Syst. 1080. Turt. Gmel. iv. 71. Turt. Brit.

Faun. 130. Stew. Elem.ii.357. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 71. pl. 21.

fig. 4. Johnson on the Med. Leech, 38. Dalyell in Edin. New

Phil. Journ. 1827, p. 391. Grant in Edin. Journ. of Science,

no. 14.

Hirudo verrucosa, Fleming in Wern. Mem. ii. 245, Johnson on the

Med. Leech, 39.

Pontobdella muricata, Lam. Anim.s.Vert. v. 293; 2nde edit. v. 524.

Stark, Elem. ii. 142. Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 236,

Albione muricata, D. Chiaje, An. s. Vert. Nap. i. 49.

442 Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides.

2. P. spinulosa. j

Pontobdella spinulosa, Leach, Zool. Misc. ii. tab. 65; and in Suppl.

Encyclop. Brit. 1.451. pl. 26. Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 294; 2nde

edit. v. 525. Stark, Elem. ii. 142.

Obs. I doubt the distinctness of this from the preceding.

Hemopsis.

Hemopsis, Savigny in Lam. Anim. s.Vert. 2nde edit. v.520,. Ency-

clop. Brit. xi. 226. pl. 176. fig. 15.

1. H. voraz.

The Horse-Leech, Sibb. Scot. ii. 3, 34. Quekett in the Zoologist,

i. 17 and 88. |

Hirudo Sanguisuga, Merr. Pin. 207. Linn. Syst. 1079. Turt. Gmel.

iv. 68. Turt. Brit. Faun. 129. Stew. Elem. ii. 356. Penn. Brit.

Zool. iv. 70. Johnson on the Med. Leech, 30. Mull. Verm. i. ii.

38. Stark, Elem. ii. 356. Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist.

ix. 235. Ephem. Acad. Leop. c. vill. 346. tab. 5. fig. 4. D. Chiaje,

An. s. Vert. Nap. 1. 48.

Hirudo sanguisorba, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. v. 521.

Hirudo vorax, Johnson on the Med. Leech, 62.

Hemopsis sanguisorba, Brightwellin Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. ix. 12.

Encyclop. Brit. xi. 226.

2. H. nigra.

Hirudo nigra, Johnson on the Med. Leech, 32.

Obs. In the last edit. of Lamarck this is considered as identical

with the preceding.

Hirudo.

Sanguisuga, Savigny in Lam. Anim. s.Vert. 2nde edit. v. 520. En-

cyclop. Brit. xi. 225.

1. H. medicinalis.

Hirudo medicinalis, Linn. Syst. 1079. Mull. Verm. 1. 11. 37. Turt.

Gmel.iv.68. Turt. Brit. Faun. 129. Stew. Elem. il. 356. Penn.

Brit. Zool. iv. 69. Stark, Elem. ii. 143. Leach in Suppl. Ency-

clop. Brit.i. 451. pl.26. Johnson on the Med. Leech, 29. Lam.

Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. v. 520. Home, Comp. Anat. iv. pl. 39.

fig. 3; ibid. ii. 70. Ephem. Acad. Leop. cent. viii. 338. tab. 3.

fig. 1, 2,3. D. Chiaje, An. s. Vert. Nap. 1. 47.

Sanguisuga medicinalis, Brightwell in Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. ix. 13.

Encyclop. Brit. xi. 225. pl. 176. fig. 14.

Tribe LumBricina.

(MacLeay in Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. 385.)

Annelides abranches setigeres, Cuv. Reg. Anim. ii. 209.—Lombricini,

Latr.Fam.Nat.246.—Annelides terricoles, Aud.et M. Edwards, Litt.

de la France, 1.50; and in Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. v. 513.

Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides. 443

Family Naipgs.

Les Naides, Cuv. Rég. Anim. iii. 211.—Vers hispides, Lam. Anim.

s. Vert. ili. 221. (See Rep. trans. by Ray Society, p. 282.)

Nais.

Nais, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. xxviii. Verm.i.ii. 20: Turt. Gmel.

iv.91. Lam. Anim. s. Vert. iii. 222. Leach in Suppl. Encyclop.

Brit. i. 451.

1. N. vermicularis.

Nais vermicularis, Mull. Verm. i. ii. 20. Lam, Anim. s. Vert. 2nde

edit. ili. 674. Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 235. (Vide

Zool. Journ. v. 380.)

2. N. serpentina.

Nais serpentina, Mull. Verm. i. ii. 20. Mull. Wurm. 84. tab. 4.

fig. 1-4. Turt. Gmel. iv. 91. Turt. Brit. Faun. 137. Stew.

Elem. i. 390. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 97. Templeton in Loud. Mag.

Nat. Hist. vii. 130. fig. 26; and ix. 235.

3. N. Lureo.

The Lurco or Glutton, a diaphanous species of Nats, Pritchard,

Micros. Cabinet, 78. pl. 8. fig. 1.

4. N. digitata.

Nais digitata, Mull. Verm. i. ii. 22. “Wurm. 90. tab. 5. fig. 1-4.

Turt. Gmel. iv. 91. Turt. Brit. Faun. 137. Stew. Elem. i. 391.

Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 98. Bosc, Vers, i. 239.

. Stylaria.

Stylaria, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. ii. 223.

1. S. lacustris.

Mille-pied a dard, Trembl. Polyp. 144. pl. 6. fig. 1.

Nereis lacustris, Linn. Syst. 1085. :

Nais proboscidea, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. 2649. Wurm. 14. tab. 1.

fig. 1-4. Verm.i. u. 21. Turt. Gmel.iv. 91. Turt. Brit. Faun.

137. Stew. Elem. i. 390. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 97. Baker, Em-

ploym. Micros. 317. pl. 12. fig. 24.

Stylaria paludosa, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. ili. 675.

—— lacustris, Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 235.

Tubifex.

Tubifex, Zam. Anim. s. Vert. ili. 224. Schweigg. Handb. 590.

1. T. rivulorum.

Vermes minimi rubri aquam stagnalem colore sanguineo inficientes,

unde vulgus dira portendit, Merr. Pin. 207.

Vers qu’on trouvent souvent rassemblés en grande quantité au fond

de ]’eau, Trembl. Polyp. 98, 99 and 147. pl. 7. fig. 2.

Small red Water-worms found plentifully in the mud of the river

Thames, Baker, Polype, 62.

Lumbricus tubifex, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. 2605. Wurm. 62. Verm.

i. ii. 27. Zool. Dan. iii. 4. tab. 84. Bosc, Vers, i. 255.

Add Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides.

‘Tubifex rivulorum, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. iii. 676. Tem-

pleton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 235.

Family Lumsricipz.

Lumbricus, Linn. Syst. 1076.—Les Lombrics, Cuv. Rég. Anim. iii.

209.—Les Echiurées, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 297.

Lumbricus.

Lumbricus, Cuv. Rég. Anim. iii. 209. Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 298.

Schweigg. Handb. 590. Leach in Suppl. Bncyclop. Brit. i. 451.

* Marine.

1. L. lineatus. :

Faden-Wurm, Mull. Wurm. 118. dritfe taf. fig. 4, 5.

Lumbricus lineatus, Mull. Verm.i. ii. 29. Johnston in Zool. Journ.

ili. 329 ; and in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. 259. fig. 24.

2. L. capitatus.

Lumbricus capitatus, Johnston in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. vill. 258.

fig. 23. |

Lumbricus littoralis, Johnston in Zool. Journ. iii. 328.

3. L. minutus.

Lumbricus minutus, Fabric. Faun. Groenl. 281. pl. 1. fig.4. Lam.

Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. v. 533. Johnston in Zool. Journ. iii. 328.

4. L. rufescens.

Lumbricus rufescens, Johnston in Zoo]. Journ. iii. 327.

** Subaquatic.

5. L. vermicularis.

Lumbricus vermicularis, Mull. Verm. i. ii. 26. Flem. Phil. Zool. ii.

603. Johnston in Zool. Journ. iv. 421.

6. L. variegatus.

Lumbricus variegatus, Mull.Verm. i. ii. 26. Flem. Phil. Zool. ii. 603.

Johnston in Zool. Journ. ui. 326. Bosc, Vers, i. 255.

7. L. pellucidus.

Lumbricus ? Clitellio? pellucida, Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist.

vii. 131. fig. 27.

Clitelis minutus, Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 235.

Obs. The Lumbricus pellucidus (Johnston in Zool. Journ. iii. 327.

comp. with iv. 421) is probably a larva.

*** Terrestrial.

8. L. omilurus.

Lumbricus omilurus, Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 235.

9. L. lividus.

Lumbricus lividus, Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 235.

10. L. gordianus.

Lumbricus gordianus, Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 235.

Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides. 445

ll. L. xanthurus.

Lumbricus xanthurus, Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 235.

12. L. annularis.

Lumbricus annularis, Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 234.

13. L. terrestris.

Earth-Worm, Sibb. Scot. ii. 3, 33.

Vermes terrestres majores, Merr. Pin. 206.

Lumbricus terrestris, Willis, Oper. Omn. ii. 18. tab.4. Linn. Syst.

1076. exclus. y. Mall. Verm.1.ii. 24. Turt. Gmel.iv.58. Turt.

~ Brit. Faun. 128. Home, Comp. Anat. iv. pl. 40. fig. 4, and pl.145,

146, 147, 148, 149. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 63. pl. 20. fig. 1, and

fig. 2. var. minor. Stew. Elem. ii. 354. Stark, Elem. ii. 141.

Leach in Suppl. Encyclop. Brit. i. 451. pl. 26. Templeton in Loud.

Mag. N. Hist. ix. 234.

Common Earth-Worm, White’s Selborne, ii. 14and 279. Edin. Phil.

Journ. iii. 412. Loudon’s Suburb. Hortic. 94. Gray in Ann. Nat.

Hist. ii. 479.

‘“‘ De Lumbrici terrestris historia naturali necnon Anatomia tractatus.

Auctore Carolo-F.-A. Morren.” Bruxellis, 1829. In reference to _

this excellent work, see Edin. Journ. Nat. and Geogr. Sc. iii. 375 ;

Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. 240.

Cirratulus.

Cirratulus, Lam. Anim. s. Vert: v. 300. Aud. and M. Edwards, Litt.

de la France, ii. 268. Johnston in Mag. Zool. and Bot. ii. 71.

1. C. medusa.

Cirratulus medusa, Johnston in Mag. Zool. and Bot. ii. 71. pl. 8.

fig. 7-12. ,

2. C. tentaculatus.

Terebella tentaculata, Montagu in Linn. Trans. ix. 110. pl. 6. fig. 2,

copied in Encyclop. Brit. xi. pl. 276. fig. 4. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv.

111.

Cirrhatula tentaculata, Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 234.

Cirrhatulus tentaculatus, Mag. Zool. and Bot. ii. 73 ; and Encyclop.

Brit. xi. 221.

Trophonia.

Trophonia, Johnston in Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. 371.

1. T. Goodsirit.

Trophonia Goodsirii, Johnston in Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. 371. pl. 11.

fig. 1-10. :

Travisia.

Travisia, Johnston in Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. 373.

1. 7. Forbesii.

Travisia Forbesii, Johnston in Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. 373. pl. 11.

fig. 11-18.

446 Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides.

Order II. POLYPODA.

(MacLeay in Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. 385.)

Gymnobranchia, Leach in Suppl. Encyclop. Brit. 450.

Tribe SERPULINA.

(MacLeay in Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. 385.)

Les Tubicoles, Cuv. Rég. Anim. iii. 189.—Annelides sédentaires, Lam.

Anim. s.Vert.v. 3382.—Cephalobranchia, Latr. Fam. Nat. 241. (See

Pallas, Misc. Zool. 114.) :

Family AuricoMiIp&.

Les Amphitrites, Cuv. Rég. Anim. iii. 194.

Pectinaria.

Pectinaria, Lam. Anim.'s. Vert. v. 348.—Cistena, Leach in Suppl.

Encyclop. Brit. i. 452.

1. P. belgica.

Nereis cylindraria belgica, Pallas, Misc. Zool. 122. pl. 9. fig. 8-13.

Sabella granulata, Linn. Syst. 1268. Mont. Test. Brit.544. Stew.

Elem. ii. 423. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 369. Turt. Brit. Faun. 202.

Sabella tubiformis ? Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 372. pl. 95. fig. 2.

Nereis pectinata, Sowerby. Turt. Br. Faun. 134.

Sabella belgica, Turt. Gmel. iv. 611.

Amphitrite auricoma, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. 2622. Zool. Dan. 1.

26. pl. 26. fig. 1-6. Fabric. Faun. Groenl. 289. Cuv. Rég. Anim.

ili. 195. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 91. Stew. Elem. i. 389. pl. 12.

ne. 3.

Pectinaria belgica, Lam. Anim. s.Vert. 2nde edit. v.602. ‘Templeton

in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. 234.

Cistena Pallasii, Leach in Suppl. Encyclop. Brit. 1. 452. pl. 26.

2. P.? arenaria.

Sabella arenaria, Mont. Test. Brit. 552. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 371.

Turt. Brit. Faun. 203.

3. P.? subcylindrica.

Sabella subcylindrica, Mont. Test. Brit. 552. Turt. Brit. Faun. 208.

Penn. Br. Zool. iv. 371.

4. P.? setiformis.

Sabella setiformis, Mont. Test. Brit. 5538. ‘Turt. Br. Faun. 203.

Penn. Br. Zool. iv. 371.

Sabellaria.

Sabellaria, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 350.

1. S. alveolaia.

Tubularia arenosa anglica, Ellis, Corall. 90. pl. 36.

Sabella alveolata, Linn. Syst. 1268.

Amphitrite alveolata, Cuv. Rég. Anim. iii. 195.

Sabellaria alveolata, Lam. Anim. s.Vert. 2nde edit. v. 605. Stark,

Elem. 11.183. Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 234.

Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides. 447

2. S. crassissima*.

Sabella alveolata, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 368-pl. 95. fig. sup. Mont.

Test. Brit. 540.

Sabellaria crassissima, Lam. Anim. s.Vert. 2nde edit. v. 605. Tem-

pleton in Loud. Mag. ix. 234.

Flemingia.

1. Flemingia plumosa.

Amphitrite plumosa, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. 2621. Fabr. Faun.

Groenl. 288. Mull. Zool. Dan. ii. 16. tab. 90. fig. 1, 2. Turt.

' Gmel. iv. 83.

Flemingia muricata, Johnston in Berw. Trans. 1. 15 (1832).

Obs. I do not know where to place this singular worm. My spe-

cimen was sent to the British Museum.

Dese. Body an inch long, cylindrical, tapered at the posterior end, of a

dirty light brown colour, annulose, rough with numerous papillz and hairy.

No head nor eyes. ‘Tentacula projected from the anterior extremity, com-

pletely retractile, of two kinds; for two of them are filiform, equal, yellowish

and fleshy ; and eight of them—placed above and within thie first—are seta-

ceous, bristle-like, and of a bright grass-green colour. There are likewise

about the anterior end numerous long bristles in indistinct fascicles, which,

when magnified, appear distinctly jointed similar to a Conferva. Along

each side a row of about sixty feet, one pair to each ring. The feet are pa-

pillary, each bearing about four unequal bristles, not retractile : those of the

two or three anterior pairs are longer than the others. Anus terminal,

simple. The animal can inject a green-coloured liquid into a central vessel

of the fleshy tentacula.

One specimen found amongst the entangled roots of Laminaria digitata. °

Family TEREBELLID&.

Terebella.

Terebella, Cuv. Rég. Anim. iii. 193. Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 353.

1. T. conchilega.

Nereis conchilega, Pall. Misc. Zool. 131. tab. 9. fig. 14-22. “ Penn.

Brit. Zool. iv. 47.”

Terebella conchilega, Turt. Gmel. iv. 84. Turt. Brit. Faun. 132.

Penn. Br. Zool. iv. 112. Lam. Anim.s. Vert. 2nde edit. v. 607.

Edin. Journ. Nat. and Geogr. Sc. ii. 244. Templeton in Loud.

Mag. N. Hist. ix. 233.

Sabella rudis, Penn. Br. Zool. iv. 368.

— conchilega, Mont. Test. Brit. 547. Stew. Elem. ii. 423.

Turt. Brit. Faun. 208.

2. T. chrysodon.

Sabella chrysodon, Mont. Test. Brit. 546. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 870.

Turt. Brit. Faun. 202. Hogg’s Stockton, 29.

* Sabella alveolata—Turt. Gmel, iv. 610.—Turt. Brit. Faun, 202,—Stew.

Elem. ii. 423.—-embraces both species.

448 Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides.

3. T. lumbricalis. :

Sabella lumbricalis, Mont. Test. Brit. 549. Turt. Brit. Faun. 203.

Stew. Elem. ii. 423. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 370.

4. T. cristata.

Amphitrite cristata, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. 2620. Zool. Dan. ii. 40.

tab. 70. fig. 1-4. Jameson in Wern. Mem. i. 558. Stew. Elem.

i. 389. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 91.

Terebella cristata, Lam. Anim. s.Vert. 2nde edit. v.607. Templeton

in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 233.

5. T. cirrhata.

Terebella cirrhata, Montagu in Linn. Trans. xii. 342. tab. 12. fig. 1.

Sabella cirrata, Mont. Test. Brit. 550. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 370.

-Turt. Brit. Faun. 203.

6. T. nebulosa.

Terebella nebulosa, Montagu in Linn. Trans. xii. 343. tab. 12. fig. 2.

7. T. constrictor.

Terebella constrictor, Montagu in Linn. Trans. xii. 343. tab. 13.

fig. 1.

8. T. venustula.

Terebella venustula, Montagu in Linn. Trans. xii. 344. tab. 13. fig. 2.

9. T. gigantea.

Terebella gigantea, Montagu in Linn. Trans. xii. 341. tab. 11.

Family SaBEeLiip2.

Les Sabelles, Cuv. Rég. Anim. iii. 191.

Othonia.

Fabricia, Blainville.—Othonia, Johnston in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. viii.

183.

1. O. Fabricii.

Tubularia Fabricia, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. 254. Fabr. Faun. Groenl.

440. fig. 12. Turt. Gmel. iv. 668.

Tubularia stellaris, Sars in Ann. des Sc. Nat. 2nde sér. vii. 274.

Othonia Fabricii, Johnston in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. viii. 181. fig. 19.

~ Sabella.

Sabella, Cuv. Rég. Anim. iii. 191. Schweigg. Handb. 599.—Amphi-

trite, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 354.

1. S. amena.

Sabella ameena, Johnston in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. vi. 406. fig. 53.

2. S. reniformis.

Nieren-formige Amphitrite, Mull. Wurm. 194. tab. 16.

Tubularia penicillus, Muil. Zool. Dan. Prod.3063. Zool. Dan.tab. 89.

Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides. 449

fig. 1,2. Fabric. Faun. Groenl. 438. Fleming in Edin. Phil.

Journ. viii, 295.

Amphitrite reniformis, Turt. Gmel. iv. 82.

penicillus, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 356 ; 2nde edit. v. 610.

3. S. infundibulum.

Amphitrite infundibulum, dco in Linn. Trans. ix. 109. tab. 8.

Penn. Br. Zool. iv. 89. Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. v. 611.

4. S. vesiculosa.

Amphitrite vesiculosa, Montagu in Linn. Trans. xi. 19. tab. 5. fig. 1.

Stark, Elem. ii. 133. Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. v. 610.

5. S. Penicillus.

Scolopendra major tubularia, Bast. Opusc. Subs. 1. il. 77. tab. 9. fig. 1.

Sabella penicillus, Linn. Syst. 1269. Mont. Test. Brit. 541. Penn.

Brit. Zool. iv. 369.

Nereis lutaria, Pall. Misc. Zool. 116. tab. 10. fig. i.

Amphitrite ventilabrum, var. 2, Turt. Gmel. iv. 82. Jameson in

Wern. Mem.i.558. Turt. Brit. Faun. 136. Stew. Elem. i. 389.

Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 90. Dalyell in Edin. New Phil. Journ, xvii.

415. Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. v. 610.

6. S. carnea.

A Sabella resembling the Penicillus, Mont. Test. Brit. 544.

7. S. tubularia.

Serpula tubularia, Mont. Test. Brit. 513, and Suppl. 171. Turt.

Brit. Faun. 202. Fleming in Edin. Encyclop. vii. 67. pl. 204.

fig.9. Penn. Br. Zool. iv.362. Dillw. Rec. Sh. 1083. Fleming

in Edin. Phil. Journ. xii. 243. Johnston in Loud. Mag. N. Hist.

vii. 126. fig. 23. Berkeley in ibid. vii. 421. Laskey in Wern.

Mem. 1. 413. Brown, Illust. pl. 2. fig.9,10. ‘Turt. Conch. Dict.

154. fig. 84.

Serpula arundo, Turt. Conch. Dict. 155. Berkeley in Zool. Journ.

lil. 229.

Sabella tubularia, Berkeley in Zool. Journ. v. 426.

8. Serpula Cordineri.

Serpula Cordineri, Fleming in Edin. Phil. Journ. xii. 244.

KRKK

9. S. volutacornis.

Amphitrite volutacornis, Montagu in Linn. Trans. vii. 80. tab. 7.

fig. 10. Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. v. 611. Turt. Brit. Faun.

136. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 89. Stark, Elem. ii. 1383. Leach in

Suppl. Encyclop. Brit. i. 452. pl. 26.

Sabella curta, Mont. Test. Brit. 554. Penn. Br. Zool. iv.372. Turt.

Brit. Faun. 203.

Sabella compressa, Mont. Test. Brit. 555. Turt. Br. Faun. 203.

Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 372.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. Suppl. 2K

450 Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides.

Amphitrite rosea, Sowerby. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 90. Turt. Br.

Faun. 136.

Family Serputipa.

Serpula, Linn. Syst. 1264.—Les Serpules, Cuv. Rég. wen iil.. 190.

—Les Serpulées, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 357.—Serpulea, Latr.

Faun. Nat. 242. (See Philippi in Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. xiv. p. 153.)

Obs. In this family (Serpulide) I incline to arrange all the Den-

talia included in the genus Brochus of Brown, the Cecalium of Fle-

ming, the microscopic or minute Orthocera, and the greater part of

our multilocular shells arranged in the genus Nautilus.

Lobatula.

Lobatula, Flem. ‘Phil. Zool. ii. 602. Flem. Brit. Anim. 232.

1. L. vulgaris.

Nautilus lobatulus, Turt. Gmel. iv. 307. Turt. Brit. Faun. 166.

Penn. Br. Zool. iv. 248. Dillw. Rec. Sh. 343. Turt. Conch.

Dict..120. Fleming in Encyclop. Edin. vii. 85...

Serpula lobata, Mont. Test. Brit. 515, and Suppl. 160. Lowe in

Zool. Journ. iii. 78.

Lobatula farcta, Flem. Phil. Zool. ii. 602.

Lobatula vulgaris, Flem. Br. Anim. 232.

Discorbis vesicularis, Clark in Zool. Journ. iii. 341.

Truncatulina tuberculata, Morris, Cat. Br. Foss. p. 64.

2. L. concamerata.

Serpula concamerata, Mont. Test. Br. Suppl. 160. Penn. Br. Zool.

iv. 8366. Lowe in Zool. Journ. iii. 79.° ,

Nautilus concameratus, Fleming in Edin. Encycl. vii. 85.

Lobatula concamerata, Flem. Brit. Anim. 233.

7 Spirorbis.

Fleming in Edin. Encyclop. vii. 68. Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 358.

Leach in Suppl. Encyclop. Brit. i. 452. Schweigg. Handb. 601.

*Spirorbis, Flem. Phil. Zool. ii. 602.

1. S. communis.

Vermiculus exiguus albus nautiloides alge fere adherens, List.

Conch. 553. 5.

Planorbis minimus, Petiv. Gazophy. tab. 35. fig. 8.

Serpula spirorbis, Linn. Syst. 1265. Da Costa, Brit. Conch. 22.

tab. 2. fig. 11. Fabric. Faun. Groenl. 377. Mull. Zool. Dan.

ii. 8. tab. 86. fig. 1-6. Turt. Gmel. iv. 603. Mont. Test. Brit.

498. Laskey in Wern. Mem. i. 412. Brown in ibid. ii. 534.

Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 358. pl. 94. fig. 1. Stew. Elem. ii. 422.

Turt. Brit. Faun. 201. Turt. Conch. Dict. 149.

Spirorbis communis, Fleming in Edin. Encyclop. vii. 68; and in

Edin. Phil. Journ. xii. 245.

Spirorbis nautiloides, Lam. Anim, s. Vert. 2nde edit. v. 613. Stark,

Elem. ii. 132. Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 233. Brown,

Illust. pl. i. fig. 45. Griffith’s Cuv. xiii. pl. 8. fig. 6.

~Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides. 451

2. S. spirillum.

Serpula spirillum, Linn. Syst.1264. Fabric. Faun. Groenl.376.: Mont.

Test. Brit. 499. Turt. Gmel. iv. 602. Turt. Brit. Faun. 200.

Laskey in Wern. Mem. i. 412. Brown in ibid. ii. 534. Stew.

Elem. ii. 421. Penn. Br. Zool. iv. 358. Turt. Conch. Dict. 150.

Spirorbis spirillum, Fleming in Edin. Encyclop. vii. 68; and in Edin.

Phil. Journ. xii. 245. Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. v. 614.

Stark, Elem. ii. 132. Templeton in Loud. Mag. N, Hist. ix. 233.

Brown's Illust. pl. 1. fig. 41, 42, 53 and 54.

3. S. granulatus.

Serpula granulata, Linn. Syst. 1266. Fabric. Faun. Groenl. 380.

Mont. Test: Brit. 500. Laskey in Wern. Mem. i. 412. Brown

in ibid. ii. 534, Turt. Brit. Faun. 201. Dillw. Rec. Sh. 1074.

Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 359. _Turt. Conch. Dict. 150,

Serpula sulcata, Adams in Linn. Trans. iii. 255.

Spirorbis granulatus, Flem. in Edin. Encyclop. vii. 68; and in Edin.

Phil. Journ. xii. 244. Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 233.

Brown’s Illust. pl. 1. fig. 47.

4. S. carinatus. |

Serpula carinata, Mont. Test. Brit. 502.. Dillw. Rec. Sh. 1074.

Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 360.. Turt. Conch. Dict. 151, Turt. Br.

Faun. 201.

Spirorbis carinatus, Fleming in Edin. Encyclop. vii. 68; and in Edin.

Phil. Journ. xii. 244. Brown’s Illust. pl. 1. fig. 48.

5. S. corrugatus.

Serpula corrugata, Mont. Test. Brit. 502. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 360.

Turt. Brit. Faun. 201. Turt. Conch. Dict.151. Dillw. Rec. Sh.

1075.

Spirorbis corrugatus, Fleming in Edin. Encyclop. vii. 68. pl. 204.

fig. 13; and in Edin. aes Journ. xii. 245. Brown’s Illust. pl. 1.

fig. 46.

6. S. Montagui.

Serpula, new species, Mont. Test. Brit. 502.

Spirorbis Montagui, Fleming in Edin. Phil. Journ. xii. 245.

7. S. incurvatus.

Serpula incurvata, Turt. Gmel. iv. 609. Turt. Conch. Dict. 156.

Dillw. Rec. Sh. 1071.

Vermiculum incurvatum, Mont. Test. Brit. 518. Turt. Br. Faun.

199.

Spirorbis incurvatus, Fleming in Edin. Phil. Journ. xii. 245.

8. S. pervius.

Vermiculum pervium, Mont. ‘Test. Brit. 518.

Spirorbis pervius, Fleming in Edin. Phil. Journ. xii. 245.

Obs. By Turton and Dillwyn this is registered as a variety of the

preceding. .

9. S. retortus.

Serpula retorta,-Turt. Gmel., iv. 609 Turt. Conch. Dict. 158,

Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 365.

452 Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides.

Vermiculum retortum, Mont. Test. Brit. 524.

Spirorbis retorta, Hiemne in Edin. Phil. Journ. xii. 245.

10. S. annulus.

Spirorbis annulus, Brown’s Illust. pl. 1. fig. 44.

11. S. heterocliticus.

Spirorbis heterocliticus, Brown’s Illust. pl. 1. fig. 57.

12. S. striatulus.

Spirorbis striatulus, Brown’s Illust. pl. 1. fig. 59.

**Heterodisca, Flem. Phil. Zool. ii. 602.

13. S. heterostrophus.

Serpula heterostropha, Mont. Test. Brit. 503. Turt. Brit. Faun. 201.

Dillw. Rec. Sh. 1075. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 359. Turt. Conch.

Dict. 151.

Spirorbis heterostrophus, Fleming in Edin. Encyclop. vii. 68. pl. 205.

fig. 1]. Brown’s Illust. pl. 1. fig. 55.

Heterodisca heterostropha, Fleming in Edin. Phil. Journ. xii. 247.

14. S. minutus.

Serpula minuta, Mont. Test. Brit. 505. Turt. Brit. Faun. 200.

Dillw. Rec. Sh. 1072. Penn. Br. Zool. iv. 359. Turt. Conch.

Dict. 150.

Spirorbis minutus, Fleming in Edin. Encyclop. vii. 68.

Heterodisca minuta, Fleming in Edin. Phil. Journ. xii. 247.

15. S. conicus.

Spirorbis conicus, Fleming in Edin. Encyclop. vil. 68. pl. 205. fig. 3.

Brown’s Illust. pl. 1. fig. 58.

Heterodisca conica, Fleming in Edin. Phil. Journ. xii. 247.

16. S. lucidus.

Serpula lucida, Mont. Test. Brit. 506. Laskey in Wern. Mem. i.

412. Brown in ibid. ii. 534. Turt. Br. Faun. 201. Penn. Br.

Zool. iv. 360. Dillw. Rec. Sh. 1075. Turt. Conch. Dict. 151.

Serpula reflexa, Adams in Linn. Trans.

Spirorbis lucidus, Fleming in Edin. Encyclop. vii. 68. Brown’s

Illust. p. 1. fig. 56, 60.

Serpula sinistrorsa, Mont. Test. Brit. 504. _

Heterodisca lucida, Fleming in Edin. Phil. Journ. xii. 247.

Obs. The Serpula sinistrorsa is made a variety of Serp. spirillum by

Turton, Dillwyn and Pennant.

17. S. reversus.

Serpula reversa, Mont. Test. Brit. 508. Turt. Br. Faun. 201. Penn

Brit. Zool. iv. 361.

Spirorbis reversus, Fleming in Edin. Encyclop. vii. 69. Brown’s

Illust. pl. 1. fig. 52.

Heterodisca reversa, Fleming in Edin. Phil. Journ. xii. 248.

Obs. Dillwyn and Turton make this a variety of their Serpula vere

micularis.

Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides. 453

Serpula.

Serpula, Fleming in Edin. Encyclop. vii. 67.—Serpula et Vermilia,

Lam, Anim. s. Vert. v. 360 and 368.—Vermilia, Fleming, Phil.

Zool. ii. 601 ; and in Edin, Phil. Journ. xii. 242.

1. S. intricata.

Serpula intricata, Linn. Syst. 1265. Turt. Gmel. iv. 603. Stew.

Elem. ii. 422. Dillw. Rec. Sh. 1073.

Serpula vermicularis, Mull. Zool. Dan. iii. 9. tab. 86. fig. 9. (animal.)

Mont. Test. Brit. 509. Laskey in Wern. Mem. i. 413. Brown

in ibid. ii. 534. Stew. Elem. ii. 422. Turt. Brit. Faun. 201.

Fleming in Edin. Encyclop. vii. 67. Turt. Conch. Dict. 152.

Vermilia intricata, Fleming in Edin. Phil. Journ. xii. 242.

Serpula Mulleri, Berkeley in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. vii. 421.

2. S. vermicularis.

Tubus vermicularis, Ellis, Corall. pl. 38. fig. 2.

Serpula vermicularis, Linn. Syst. 1267. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 361.

Stark, Elem. ii. 132. Berkeley in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. vii. 421.

Templeton in ibid. ix, 233, Turt. ve a iv. 605. Brown’s Illust.

pl. 2. fig. 2, 3.

Serpula triquetra, Bast. Opusc. Subs. 1. li. 79. tab. 9. fig. 3. Mont.

Test. Brit. 511. Stew. Elem. ii. 422. Fleming in Edin. Ency-

clop. vii. 67. Laskey in Wern. Mem.i. 418. Brown in ibid. ii,

534. Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 361. Turt. Brit. Faun. 202.

Serpula contortuplicata, Cuv. Rég. Anim. ii. 190. Griffith’s Cuv.

xiii. 10. pl. 8. fig. 1.

Vermilia vermicularis, Fleming in Edin. Phil. Journ. xii. 242.

Vermilia triquetra, Brown’s Illust. pl. 2. fig. 1.

Amphitrite campanulata, Sowerby. Turt. Brit. Faun. 137. Penn.

Br. Zool. iv. 91.—Amphitrite penicillus, Gmel. fide Cuv.

3. S. triquetra.

Serpula triquetra, Linn. Syst. 1265. Mont. Test. Brit. Suppl. 157.

Sowerby, Gen. tab. fig. 2. (opt.!) Turt. Conch. Dict. 152. Berke-

ley in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. 421. Turt. Gmel. iv. 603.

Vermilia triquetra, Lam. Anim, s. Vert. 2nde edit. v. 633. Stark,

Elem. ii. 131. Templeton in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. 233.

Brown’s Illust. pl. 2. fig. 5.

Var. a. Lid testaceous and conical. Vermilia conica, Fleming in

Edin. Phil. Journ. xii. 243.—Patella extinctorium, Turt. Conch.

Dict. 138.

Var. B. Lid testaceous, armed with two or three spines. Serpula

vermicularis, Zool. Dan. tab. 86. fig. 8. Cuv. Rég. Anim. iii. 191.

—Vermilia armata, Fleming, sup. cit. 243.—Patella tricornis, Turt.

Conch. Dict. 139.

Var. y. Lid with a produced central forked process. Mont. Test.

Brit. Suppl. 157. No. 4. Vermilia triquetra, Fleming in Edin.

Phil. Journ. xii. 242.—Serpula triquetra, Sowerby, Brit. Misc. i.

63. tab. 31. |

454 Dr. Johnston’s daiei to the British Annelides.

Var. 6. Lid smooth and slightly concave. Mont. Test. Brit. Suppl.

157. No. 1..

See also the observations of J. B. Harvey in Charlesw. Mag. i, 477.

4, Serpula contortuplicata, Linn. Syst..1266. Templeton in Loud.

Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. 233. Turt. Gmel. iv. 604.

Obs. Turton makes this his var. B. of Serpula vermicularis. The

character of it given by Linnzeus is very applicable to some varieties

of S. triguetra.

Serpula contortus, Brown’s Illust. pl. 2. fig. 4. 8. spiralis, ibid. fig. 6,

and S. perversa, ibid. fig. 7, are common states of Serpula trique-

tra, found on Sertularie and other corallines.

5. S. serrulata.

Serpula serrulata, Fleming in Edin. Encyclop. vii. 67. pl. 204. fig. 8,

copied in Brown’s Illust. pl. 2. fig. 8.

Vermilia serrulata, Fleming in Edin. Phil. Journ. xii. 243.

Vermilia tricuspidata, Morris, Cat. Br. Foss. p. 67.

6. Serpula filiformis.

“Serpula filiformis, Rees, ghey vol. 10.” Templeton in Loud.

Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. 233. Mr. Morris mentions a fossil Serpula

jiliformis, Cat. Brit. Foss. p. 66. The species intended by Tem-

pleton may be Filograna implexa ?

7. Serpula rugosa.

Serpula rugosa, Turt. Conch. Dict. 154.

Filograna.

Filograna, Berkeley in Zool. Journ. v. 427.—Filipora, Flem. Brit.

Anim. 530.

1. Filograna impleca.

Filograna, Planc. Conch. 46.

Serpula corallifica, Pall. Elench, Zooph. 239.

Serpula filograna, Linn. Syst. 1265. Berkeley in Zool. Journ. iii.

230. .

Serpula complexa, Turt. Conch. Dict. 153.

‘Tubipora fascicularis, Stew. Elem. 11. 426.

Filipora filograna, Flem. Brit. Anim. 530.

Filograna implexa, Berkeley in Zool. Journ: v. 427.

Serpula minima? Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. v.625. Temple-

ton in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. 233.

Ditrupa.

Ditrupa, Berkeley i in Zool. Journ. v. 426.

1. D. subulata.

Dentalium subulatum, Deshayes in Zool. Journ. iv. 194.

Ditrupa subulata, Berkeley in Zool. Journ. v. 425-6. Morris, Cat.

Br. Foss. p. 65.

Obs. Mr. Berkeley, at one time, was led to refer the Dentalium

Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides. 455

gadus of Montagu to this genus (Zool. Journ. vy. 425), but this loca-

tion remains to be proved, Vide Corrigenda ad finem of the above

vol. of the Zool. Journal. .

Family ARENICOLIDA.

Les Arenicoles, Cuv. Rég. Anim. iii. 197.—Telethuse, Latr. Fam.

Nat. 244.—Arenicoliens, Aud. and M. Edw. Litt. de la France, ii.

282.—Arenicolide, Johnston in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. 566.

Arenicola.

Arenicola, Zam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 335. Schweigg. Handb. 594.

Aud. and M. Edw. sup. cit. 283. Leach in Suppl. Encyclop. Brit.

452.

1. A. piscatorum.

For the synonyms see Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. _ 567; wid add

Arenicola piscatorum, Edin. Journ. Nat. and Geogr. Se. iii. 245.

Aud. and M. Edw. Litt. de la France, ii. 285. pl. 8. fig. 8-12.

Arenicola marina, Templeton in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. 234.

Lumbricus marinus, Rathke in Zool. Dan. iv. 39. pl. 155. fig. B.

1-4.

2. A. ecaudata.

Arenicola ecaudata, J Hie in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. 566.

fig. 54.

Tribe NEREIDINA.

(MacLeay in Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. 385.)

Nereides vage, Pallas, Misc. Zool. 113.—Dorsibranches, Cuyv. Reg.

Anim. iii. 197.—Annelides antennées, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 302.—

Notobranchia, Latr. Fam. Nat. 238.—A. errantes, Aud. and M.

Edwards, Litt. de la France, ii. 27. (See also Johnston in Ann.

Nat. Hist. ii. 424.) ;

Family Eunicz.

Les Eunices, Cuv. Rég. Anim. iii. 199.—Eunice, Lam. Anim. s,

Vert. v. 320.—Eunicea, Latr. Fam. Nat. 239.—Euniciens, Aud.

and M. Edw. Litt. de la France, ii. 131.

Eunice.

Leodice, Lam. GES s. Vert. v. 322.—Eunice, Schweigg. Handb.

597.—Aud. and M. Edw. Litt. de la France, ii. 137.

1. H. sanguinea.

Nereis sanguinea, Montagu in Linn. Trans. xi. 20. tab. 3. fig. 1.

Leodice sanguinea, Lam, Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. v. 563. Stark,

Elem. ii. 137. 4

Eunice sanguinea, Aud. and M. Edw. Litt. de la France, ii, 147.

2. E. pinnata.

Nereis pinnata, Mull. Zool. Dan. i. 31. tab. 29. fig. 4-7. Aud. and

M. Edw. Litt. ii. 145. Fleming in Edin. Phil, Journ. ix. 254,

456. Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides.

Onuphis.

Guaiphis; Aud. and M. Edw. Litt. de la France, ii. 151.

1. O. tubicola.

Nereis tubicola, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. 2625. Zool. Dan. i. 18.

tab. 18. fig. 1-6. Turt. Gmel. iv. 87. Aud. and M. Edw. Litt.

de la France,.i. 154,

Onuphis tubicola, Johnston in Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. xvi. 6.

Obs. ‘The first British specimens of the species recognised were

dredged off Sana Island by Mr. G. C. Hyndman from forty fathoms.

I exhibited the specimens at the Cork meeting of the British Asso-

ciation 1843.”— W. Thompson.

Family NEREIDEs.

Nereides, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 310. Johnston in Ann. Nat. Hist.

ii. 289.—Neretdea, Latr. Fam. Nat. 240.—Nereidiens, Aud. and

M. Edw. Litt. de la France, ii. 179. —

Nereis.

Nereis, Linn. Syst. 1085. Cuv. Rég. Anim. iii. 201. Aud. and M.

Edw, Litt. de la France, ii. 184. Johnston in Ann. Nat. Hist. iii.

289, and v. 168. peree ada Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 311.

1. N. brevimanus.

Nereis brevimanus, Johnston in Ann. Nat. Hist. v. 170.

2. N. viridis.

Nereis viridis, Johnston in loc. cit. 171.

3. N. pelagica.

Nereis pelagica, Johnston in Ann. Nat. Hist. v. 172.

4. N. bilineata.

Nereis bilineata, Johnston in hb. cit. mi. 295.

5. N. Dumerillii.

Nereis Dumerillii, Johnston in lib. cit. v. 174.

6. N. fucata.

Nereis fucata, Johnston i in lib. cit. v. 175.

7. N. renalis.

Nereis renalis, Johnston im lib. cit. v. 176.

8. N. longissima.

Nereis longissima, Johnston in lib. cit. v. 178.

9. N. margaritacea.

Nereis margaritacea, Johnston in Ann. Nat. Hist. iii. 294.

10. N. pulsatoria.

Nereis pulsatoria, Montagu. Aud. and M. Edw. Litt. de Ja F rance,

ii. 194. pl. 4. f. 8-13.

1. Nereis iricolor, Montagu, Linn. Trans. vii. 82. Penn. Brit. Zool.

iv. 94. Turt. Br. Faun. 135.

Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides. 457

2. Nereis margarita, Montagu, Linn. Trans. vii. 82. Penn. Brit.

Zool. iv. 94. Turt. Brit. Faun. 135. b

8. Nereis lineata, Montagu, Linn. Trans. vii. 83. Penn. Br. Zool.

iv. 95. Turt. Br. Faun. 135.

4. Nereis maculosa, Montagu in Linn. Trans. xi. 21. pl. 3. fig. 4.

5. Nereis rufa.

Nereis rufa, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 96. pl. 27. fig. 2,3. Hogg’s Stock-

ton, 29.

6. Nereis mollis,

Nereis mollis, Linn. Syst. 1085. Turt. Gmel. iv. 86. Jameson in

Wern. Mem. i. 557. Penn. Br. Zool.iv. 96. Bosc, Vers,i. 168.

7. Nereis octentaculata.

Nereis octentaculata, Montagu in Linn. Trans, vii. 84. Penn. Brit.

Zool, iv. 95. Turt. Brit. Faun. 135.

8. Nereis punctata.

Nereis punctata, Encyclop. Méthod. Vers, tab. 56. fig. 19, 20!

- Dese. Body ;8,ths long, 4th broad, linear, nearly equal at both extremi-

ties. Back rounded, brown, marked with three rows of light-coloured cir-

cular spots arranged longitudinally, and with eight similarly coloured trans-

verse lines placed at unequal distances. The middle series of these spots

is the faintest ; and besides the three dorsal there is another series on each

side placed on the foot-like processes. Head small, quadrangular, corneous,’

pale, with four black eyes, two on each side and approximate. Anterior

margin of the head furnished with five conical setaceous two-jointed tenta-

cula, two on each side and one in the centre, which is the shortest and infe-

rior. Mouth terminal, with a large projectile proboscis unarmed with any

teeth. Feet forty on each side. Each foot is divided at the apex into two

processes ; the superior terminated with a very long setaceous filament, and

furnished with a retractile brush of fine hairs; the inferior has three short

setaceous filaments, and a large brush of equally fine hairs. The filaments

are not retractile. Ventral surface brownish. Tail abrupt, terminated with

two setz like the lateral filaments. Anus terminal.

This is a beautiful worm, and often glows with a metallic lustre of a light

blue reflected from its pale spots. Its motions are very rapid. I have seen

only one specimen, and this was many years ago. I had no doubt of its

being the Nereis punctata figured in the work referred to, but it is not the

Nereis punctata of Muller. The species is not noticed by Audouin and

Milne-Edwards ; nor am I able to refer it to any defined genus.

Syllis.

Syllis, Savigny in Cuv. Rég. Anim. iti. 203. Lam. Anim. s. Vert.

v. 317. Aud.and M. Edw. Litt. de la France, ii. 204. (Vide Ann.

Nat. Hist. xiii. p. 235.)

1. S. armillaris.

Nereis armillaris, Mull. Wurm. 150. tab. 9. fig. 1-5 ; copied in En-

cyclop. Méthod. pl. 55. fig. 18-17. Turt. Gmel. iv. 86. Bose,

Vers, i. 168. Johnston in Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. xv. 145. pl. 9.

fig. 1, 2.

2. S. prolifera.

Nereis prolifera, Mull. Zool. Dan. i. 15. tab. 52. fig. 5-9 ; copied

458 Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides.

in Encyclop. Méthod. pl. 56. fig. 12-15. Turt. Gmel. iv. 90.

Bosc, Vers, i. 174. Aud. and M. Edw. in Ann. des Sc. Nat. xxix.

231. note 3; and ah de la eisdh ii. 209. Johnston in lib. cit.

146. pl. 9. fig. 5, 4

3. S.? noctiluca.

Nereis noctiluca, Linn. Syst. 1085. Turt. Gmel. iv. 86. Penn. Brit.

Zool. iv. 93. Turt. Br. Faun. 134. Stew. Elem. i. 390. Abild-

gaard in Zool. Dan. iv. 31. tab. 148. fig. A. 1-3. Aud. and M.

Edw. Litt. de la France, ii. 209.

Myriana.

Me pvisain; Aud. and M. Edw. Litt. de la France, ii. 216.

1. M.? pennigera.

Nereis pennigera, Montagu, Linn. Trans. ix. 111. tab.6. fig.3. Penn.

Brit. Zool. iv.95. Aud. and M. Edw. Litt. de la France, ii. 219.

Phyllodoce.

Phyllodoce, Cuv. Rég. Anim. iii. 202. Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 316.

Aud. and M. Edw. Litt. de la France, ii. 219. Johnston in Ann,

Nat. Hist. iv. 224.

1. P. lamelligera.

Phyllodoce lamelligera, Johnston in Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. 225. pl. 6.

fig. 1-6.

2. P. maculata.

Phyllodoce maculata, Johnston in Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. 227. pl. 7.

fig. 1-3.

3. P. bilineata. -

Phyllodoce bilineata, Johnston in Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. 227. pl. 6.

fig. 7-10.

4, P. viridis.

Phyllodoce viridis, Johnston in lib. cit. iv. 228. pl. 6. fig. 11-15.

Psamathe.

Psamathe, Johnston in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. 14; and in Ann.

Nat. Hist. iv. 229.

1. P. fusca.

Psamathe fusca, Johnston in Loud. Mag. ix. 15. fig. 1; and in ABE.

- Nat. Hist. iv. 230. pl. 7. fig. 4.

Loida.

loida, Johnston in Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. 231.

1. I. macrophthalma.

Ioida macrophthalma, Johnston in Ann. N. Hist. iv. 231. pl. 7. fig. 5.

Nephtys.

Nephtys, Cuv. Reg. Anim. 203. Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 313. Aud.

Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides. 459

and M. Edw. Litt. de la France, ii. 232. Johnston in Loud. Mag.

N. Hist. vii. 341. |

1. N. margaritacea.

Nephtys margaritacea, Johnston in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. 341.

fig. 33.

Pollicita.

Pollicita, Johnston in Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. xvi. 4.

1. P. peripatus.

Bebryce peripatus, Johnston, Mr. Thompson’s Rep. 273.

Pollicita peripatus, Johnston in Ann, and Mag. N. Hist. xvi. 5. pl.2.

fig. 1-6.

Glycera.

Glycera, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 314. Aud. and M. Edw. Litt. dela

France, ii. 241.

1. G. alba.

Nereis alba, Mull. Zool. Dan. Prod. 217. Zool. Dan. ii. 29. tab. 62.

fig. 6, 7. Turt. Gmel. iv. 89. Aud. and M. Edw. Litt. ii. 243.

Bosc, Vers, i. 172. Johnston in Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. xv.

147, pl. 9. fig. 1-9.

Family Aricr1ap&.

Ariciens, Aud. and M. Edw. Litt. de la France, ii. 252.—Ariciade,

Johnston in Mag. Zool. and Bot. ii. 63.

Leucodore.

Leucodore, Johnston in Mag. Zool. and Bot. ii. 66.

1. L. ciliatus.

Leucodore ciliatus, Johnston in Mag. Zool. and Bot. ii. 67. pl. 3.

fig. 1-6. ,

Obs. In Griffith’s ‘ Cuvier’ (vol. xiii. Annelida, pl. 4. fig. 2) there is

a figure of our Leucodore ciliatus under the name of Spio seticornis.

It is not said from what work this figure is copied. I cannot re-

concile the description of the Spio seticornis of authors in general

with the worm before us.

1. Spio seticornis.

Nereis minima tentaculis longissimis, Bast. Opusc. Subs. ii. 134.

tab. 12. fig. 2.

Spio seticornis, Turt. Gmel. iv. 81. Turt. Brit. Faun. 137. Penn.

Brit. Zool. iv. 92. Stark, Elem. ii, 138.

2. Spio crenaticornis.

Spio crenaticornis, Montagu in Linn. Trans. xi. 199, tab. 14. fig. 6,

Spio quadricornis, Lam. Anim. s.Vert. 2nde edit. v.559. Stark, Elem.

ii. 138.

3. Spio calcarea.

Spio calcarea, Templeton in Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. 234. fig. 27,

Obs. Probably the same as Spio seticornis.

460 Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides.

Nerine.

Nerine, Johnston in Mag. Zool. and Bot. ii. 68.

1. N. vulgaris.

Nerine vulgaris, Johnston, Mag. Zool. and Bot. ii. 70. pl. 2. fig. 1-8.

Spio vulgaris, Johnston in Zool. Journ. iii. 385 and 487.

2. N. coniocephala.

Spio viridis, Johnston in Zool. Journ. iii. 486.

Nerine coniocephala, Johnston in Mag. Zool. and Bot. ii. 70. pl. 2.

fig. 9-13.

Obs. This species is nearly allied to the Lumbricus cirratulus of

Delle Chiaje, Anim. s. Vert. Nap. iv. p. 196, tab. 64. fig. 16.

Family APHRODITACEA.

Aphrodite, Pallas, Misc. Zool. 75.—Les Aphrodites, Cuv. Reg. Anim.

iii. 206.— Aphrodite, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 304.—Aphroditea,

Latr. Fam. Nat. 239.—Aphrodisiens, Aud. and M. Edw. Litt. de

la France, ii. 58.—Aphroditacee, Johnston in Ann. Nat. Hist. ii.

424.

Spinther.

Spinther, Gelerea: in Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. xvi. 8.

1. S. oniscoides, Johnston, lib. cit. 9. pl. 2. fig. 7-14.

Sigalion.

Sigalion, Aud. and M. Edw. Litt. ii.103. Johnston in Ann. N. Hist.

ii. 428 and 438.

1. S. Boa.

Sigalion Boa, Johnston in Ann. N. Hist. ii. 439.

Pholoé.

Pholoé, Johnston in Ann. N. Hist. ii. 428.

1. P. inornata,

Pholoé inornata, Johnstonin Ann. N. Hist. ii. 437.

Polynoé.

Polynoé, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 308. Aud. and M. Edw. Litt. de

la France, ii. 74. Johnston in Ann. N. Hist. ii. 428 and 431.—

Lepidonotus, Leach in Suppl. Encyclop. Brit. i. 452.

Obs. Dr. Leach’s name has the claim of priority.

1. P. squamata.

Polynoé squamata, Johnston in Ann. Nat. Hist. ii. 482; and

v. 307. Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 234.

Lepidonotus clavatus ? Leach in Suppl. Encyclop. Brit. i. 452. —

2. P. cirrata.

Polynoé cirrata, Johnston in lib. cit. ii. 484; and v. 307. (Ann.

N. Hist. xvi. 183.) |

Dr. Johnston’s Index to the British Annelides. 461

Obs. Halithea clava, Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 234,

may not be distinct from this species.

3. P. impar.

Polynoé impar, Johnston in lib. cit. ii, 436.

4. P. viridis.

Polynoé viridis, Johnston in lib. cit. ii. 437.

5. P. scolopendrina.

Polynoé scolopendrina, Johnston in lib. cit. v. 307.

Aphrodita.

Aphrodita, Linn. Syst. 1084. Aud. and M. Edw. Litt. de la France,

ii. 63. Leach in Suppl. Encyclop. Brit. i. 452. Johnston in

Ann. N. Hist. ii. 427.—Halithea, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. v. 306.

1. A. aculeata.

Aphrodita aculeata, Johnston in Ann. N. Hist. ii. 429; and v. 305.

—Templeton in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. ix. 234.

2. A. hystriv.

Aphrodita hystrix, Johnston in Ann. N. Hist. v. 305; and iv. 370.

3. A. borealis.

Aphrodita borealis, Johnston in lib. cit. iv. 370. pl. 10. fig. 1-13.

Species of Doubtful Place.

Campontia.

C. eruciformis.

Campontia eruciformis, Johnston in Zool. Journ. iii. 325; and iv.

421; and in Loud. Mag. N. Hist. viii. 179. fig. 18. M. Edwards

in Lam. Anim. s. Vert. 2nde edit. v. 575; and in Litt. de la France,

ii. 290.

Obs. MacLeay first suggested that this might be the larva of a

dipterous fly,—a suggestion which Mr. Green thinks he has con-

verted into a certainty (Charlesw. Mag. i. 279). But Mr. Green

has evidently never seen our Campontia, and his conclusion is hence

of no weight.

Branchiarius.

Branchiarius, Montagu in Linn. Trans. xi. 202.

1. B. quadrangularis.

Branchiarius quadrangularis, Montagu in Linn. Trans. xi. 202. pl. 14.

fig. 1.

Diplotis.

Diplotis, Montagu in Linn. Trans. xi. 203.

1. D. hyalina.

Diplotis hyalina, Montagu in Linn. Trans. xi. 203. pl. 14. fig. 5.

462 | Botanical Notices from Java.

: Derris.

Derris, Adams in Linn. Trans. ii. 67.

1. D. sanguinea.

Derris sanguinea, Adams in Linn. Trans. ii. 67. tab. 13. fig. 1, 2. Turt.

Gmel. iv. 108. Turt. Brit. Faun. 132. Penn. Br. Zool. iv. 101,

XLVI.—Journey through Java, descriptive of its Topography and

Natural History. By Dr. Fr. Junenunn*.

[Continued from p. 332.]

Journey to the Merapi.

We ascended from the Sawungang towards Andong, and at a

height of 3000 feet came to a district which was covered with

Saccharum Klaga growing to a height of from 15 to 20 feet. The

forests then again appeared which had already been passed lower

down. Here begins a frightful wilderness: high vaulted trees,

covering the whole country far and wide, rose up from the deepest

clefts and pressed against the steepest acclivities: climbers and

densely interwoven shrubs filled up all the interstices between the

stems. One while we came to a narrow mountain ridge scarcely

two feet broad, between steep disrupted masses of rock covered

with trees ; then we mounted up these steep acclivities, climbing

from the stem of one tree to another; then, again, we found

ourselves in deep, moist, rocky clefts, vaulted over by the foliage

of the trees and shrubs so thickly that not a ray of the sun

could penetrate to us. The clouds had settled low on the moun-

tains, and enveloped us in their damp and cold mists, which brought

with them a peculiar odour. These deep forests are formed of

hundreds of species of trees, which belong to the most various fami-

lies. Preeminent are the species of Ficus, easily distinguished by

their white, tenacious, milky sap, which flows from the injured

bark; and next to these, the Magnoliacee and Urticee. In the

thicket which fills up the spaces between their gigantic stems, the

beautiful flowers of species of Medinella and other Melastomacee

shine forth; and Scitaminee (Amomum, Zingiber, &c.) raise their

luxuriant leaves to a height of 20 feet, whilst their variegated cones

of blossoms only half appear above the moist ground. Urtica? di-

chotoma, Bl. ‘ Bydragen,’ a small tree with beautiful leaves which

on their under surface have white and parallel veins, adorns these

thicketst. A little higher up occurs a beautiful social Lycopodium,

which attains a height of scarcely three feet, and covers the moist

parts of the woods, like our mosses, as a kind of coherent cushion.

* From the Botanische Zeitung, Sept. 5th and 12th, 1845.

+ Arbor est elegans, trunco gracili, 30—40 pedes alto, cinereo, ramisque

gracilibus ; foliis in ambitu ramulorum collectis.—Silvulas constituit. visu

singulares, declivia montis Merapi ex altitudine 4000 pedum ad 6000 te-

gentes.—Trunci, quo magis in altum montis adscendunt, eo humiliores eva-

dunt, denique vix 20 pedes alti, Usneis tecti, e ramis longe dependentibus.

Botanical Notices from Java, 463

But its beautiful green did not long refresh our eyes, for it soon dis-

appeared, and species of oaks, especially Qu. pruinosa, Bl., began to

predominate in the woods. These are immense trees, 100 feet high,

whose branches are thickly covered up to the highest tops with succu-

lent parasites, Orchidee@, mosses, Usnee, and numerous other lichens.

The whitish Usnee hang down many feet long from the branches. In

company with the oaks we find the Areca humilis, W., a palm with

slender stems scarcely as thick as an arm, whose red bunches of

fruit adorn the steep acclivities. Here were seen on every side the

beautiful umbrella-shaped, palm-like foliage of the tree-ferns upon a

little stem 30 feet high, which grow at this elevation most luxuriantly

(Chnoophora glauca, Bl.).

The oaks gradually become less frequent, and another kind of tree,

Kaju-Angring (a species of Celtis), by degrees becomes more and more

predominant, and at last exclusively constitutes the woods. These

are trees of a moderate height, with gray slender stems and slender

branches, which are only partially clothed with scanty foliage. With

these occur species of Rubus, whose red berries reminded us agreeably

of Germany and our own Hartz forests. The mists became thicker

and the cold more piercing (60° F., 12° R.), and the rocky clefts

thickly overgrown with weeds became more frightful. In one of

these clefts we met with a cavern (rather a fissure in the rock) in

which species of Rubus (R. javanicus, Bl., R. lineatus, R. moluccanus,

L.) grew most luxuriantly ; we here noticed the last stems of the

Musa paradisiaca, which up to the present time had accompanied

us. The steepness of the acclivities, the rocks of which rise in steps,

increased. ‘The angring-trees became lower, and their stems more

thin and slender; but the Usnee, which hang down from their

branches, were more frequent. Here began to appear a small fern

( Polypodium vulcanicum*), and higher up it became more numerous.

It grew luxuriantly from the crevices of the boulders of rock, which,

cemented by a softer earth, cover the ground}. The luxuriant climb-

ing plants and tropical’shrubs had now disappeared ; but plants suc-

ceeded which reminded us more of the flora of the temperate climate

of Europe, especially bushes of red-berried species of Rubus, and the

Hypericum javanicum, Bl., a shrub covered with yellow blossoms.

We now arrived, all the while enveloped in thick mists, at a rocky

headland overgrown with the before-mentioned ferns and with grass ;

here blackish gray masses of trachyte of very various sizes projected

from the soil, and many little channels descended straight down the

mountain’s side four feet broad and four to six feetdeep. It was already

3 o’clock ; I doubted of being able to reach the top of the mountain

that day, especially as the Javanese had lain down and lighted some

fires, for which the dry leafless branches of the angring-trees yielded

* Described and figured under this name by Prof. Blume in the Flora

of Java.

+ It is peculiar to all the high mountains in Java, and characterizes all

acclivities situated at above 5000 feet, covered with boulders of rock: I found

it at a later time, just as plentiful as upon the Merapi, on the mountains in

Cheeribon and in the Preangerlanden (West Java).

464 Botanical Notices from Java.

a useful fuel. In the whole circuit of this small headland (or less

steep acclivity) the trees were barren and killed by the former ac-

tion of fire.» Our Kapola Gunong told me, that he had fired them

on a former journey.

Ata short distance eastward of this spot, one of the deep clefts in

the rock; which are generally dry and only after rain form thunder-

ing: torrents, descends the mountain. On the steep mountain-wall

which rises on the other side of the cleft; I noticed the last tree-

ferns; I also still saw here Melastoma malabaricum, L.,—a shrub

which occurs in similar luxuriance on the sea-shore. “The small

stems of the angring-tree are here already very slender and narrow,

hung with Usnee and divided above into slender twigs, between

which the transparent loose foliage expands.

The height above Djocjokarta amounts to 5231 feet; the thermo-

meter stood at 64° F., a temperature at which the Japanese trembled

and shook with cold; but after they had warmed themselves by the

fire, they were merry again, to which some opium and brandy, which

last they do not despise in the cold climate, contributed. They

boiled some coffee, ate rice, and urged me, after I had put in order

agreed, and all arose with renewed strength.

The angring-trees became gradually smaller, and in a short time

we lost them altogether. But there still grew here small young

shrubs of the Acacia montana (the Kamalandingan of the Japanese),

for a short distance higher up, and then they also disappeared to

make place for another beautiful and very peculiar vegetation, which

gives to the barren rocky mountain-walls a more northern aspect.

This consists in small bushes, a few feet high, which take root in

the clefts of the rocks, and some of which appeared also lower down

in the woods, but only isolated, whilst here they are the only plants

which cover the gray rock with an uninterrupted clothing. Most

prominent is a Gnaphalium with pale blossoms (G. javanicum, Bl. ?),

and the Gaultheria punctata, Bl., from whose sweet-smelling leaves

the Japanese prepare an oil which fetches a high price in the mar-

ket. With these are associated Polygonum: paniculatum, Bl., Thi-

baudia varingiefolia, Bl.*, Hypericum javanicum, Bl., Rhododendron

tubiflorum, Bl., with scarlet umbelliform flowers, and several other

Ericacee. Gaultheria repens, Bl., whose black berries my compa-

nions ate, and several species of Lycopodium, clothe the rocks luxu-

riantly, from which they often hang down in festoons; out of their

clefts, filled with Orthotrichum and other mosses, grows plentifully

the Polypodium vulcanicum, Bl., whilst a crust-like lichen witha yel-

lowish thallus and reddish apothecia covers the smoother parts.

Continuing to climb, we soon came to the heights of the ridge,

where boulders of stone of all sizes lie strewn about, only imper-

* Thibaudia varingiefolia, Bl. The normal form of the leaves is ellip-

tico- (broad-) lanceolate. But they pass over (generally on one and the

same bush) into the elongate- (narrow-) lanceolate, ovate-lanceolate, obo-

vate, and even into the cuneiform; nor is the hairiness of the calyx more

constant (7’. floribunda, Varingiefolia cuneifolia, and mystoides, Bl.).

Botanical Notices from Java. 465

fectly held together by a little earth and moss; not unfrequently they

rolled away from under our feet and struck those who were climb-

ing lower down. We were soon obliged to descend in the deep bed of

the torrent itself, the rocky bottom of which is frequently so steep

and smooth, that, although with naked feet, we often lost our footing

and slid down for many yards. ‘The mountain became gradually

more naked, barren and steep; the little shrubs were more and more

scattered and apart; and soon the ash-gray naked mountain wall

lay before us, sterile and destitute of all verdure, and interrupted

only by green fissures. Only Gaultheria repens and climbing Lyco-

podia accompanied us still higher up; the above-mentioned lichens,

some mosses, and the Polypodium vulcanicum reach in fact to the rim

of the crater. ee

Ascent of the Mud-Volcano Galungung.

On the flatter and smoother tract spread out between the hills and

the foot of the mountain, commences a frightful jungle. Everything,

as far as the eye can reach, is covered with Saccharum Klaga, a jun-

caceous species of grass, which reaches a height of fifteen feet, and

the stalk of which is so thick that it is only possible to make a way

through it with the greatest effort. The intermediate spaces are

filled up with a species of Hquisetum, which rises ten feet high, and in

the midst of which some species gf Vanilla and other Orchidee

unfold their blossoms. At the same time all the ground is soaked

with moisture, so that at every moment one steps into little puddles

or black channels of mud, which diffuse a mouldy smell, or into

brooks and little ditches, which with a depth of severai feet are often

scarcely a foot wide, and which cross the jungle in all directions.

These communicate with larger rivulets, which wind slowly, and

uften quite hidden by the jungle, through this lower tract, and are

only discovered by their noise. They quickly overflow their banks,

when more water falls down the mountains after a heavy rain than

can flow off in a short time from the slightly inclined rush-covered

soil, which moreover is shut in by some low hills in front.

An idea may be formed of the impenetrability of such a thicket,

from the fact, that since yesterday more than three hundred Japanese _

have been engaged in cutting a small path for us, not wider than

one or two feet. We here found a fresh proof of what we had al-

ready previously experienced, that such jungles in Java are much

more impassable than the thickest primitive forests. At one time we

were obliged to make our way along little furrows or ditches, filled

with water; at another, to.wade through deep rivulets covered with

loose masses of rock ; at another, to wade through boggy parts, which

were only covered with spongy layers of klaga; again, at another

time, we had to follow the path just before hewn out, where we ran

the risk, from an insecure footing, of being impaled on the sharp

cut-off stems of the klaga.

The little paths which had been formed by the tigers and rhino-

ceroses in the klaga were very serviceable to us, so that towards

eleven o’clock we had passed the most wearisome and boggy portion

of the thicket, and came tv a more open tract, where we were most

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xvi. Suppl. 2L

466 Botanical Notices from Java.

agreeably surprised by the appearance of a European species of

rush. It was Typha angustifolia, in appearance quite identical

with the European narrow-leaved Typha, which grows here in luxu-

riant abundance between the klaga, and whose light brown heads

waving to and fro reminded us forcibly of home. The Japanese,

who give a particular name to every small plant, had none for this

one ; they had never seen it, and only a few, who lived in villages in

this district, appeared to know it. How does this European plant come

here upon the volcanic district which has only been formed fourteen

years, and over which no traveller has since that time passed ?

» The ground now rose gradually steeper, became drier, and was

covered with layers of loose stone and rocks, which were here and

there covered with groups of young angring-trees (Celtis montana, J.).

Tree-like Urticee also grow here, and alternate with patches of klaga,

which had. as yet not lost any of their luxuriance. At. that. part

where, at the entrance to the large crater, the land rises remarkably,

there commences a peculiar forest vegetation, filling the entire cavity

(several miles in breadth), which gradually rises and becomes more

narrow towards W.N.W.. It consists of young.trees, seldom ex-..,

ceeding thirty feet in height, of the families of Urticee, Artocarpee;

Magnoliacee, and others, which occasionally alternate with bamboos,

forming a leafy vaulted shade. Numerous tree-ferns, thirty feet

high, are scattered among them, and Aroidee, Musacee and Sct-

taminee blossom in their shade. But there are still many patches

of klaga which interrupt the continuous extent of the little woods,

and reach high up into the crater. Thus the thicket is composed

of young trees, shrubs and species of reeds, which fill up the hilly

uneven ground of the crater, intersected with numerous clefts, and

only become thinner and more scattered beneath a hill which runs

hike a wall straight across the highest point of the crater.

It is interesting to see what giant steps vegetation has made in

the short space of fourteen years. We find this new volcanic tract,

from the plains at Tassik-malayo up to the hollow of the crater, a

height of 3700 feet, overgrown with the most luxuriant and dense

vegetation, formed of Typha angustifolia (2), Saccharum Klaga, and

a species of Hquisetum in the lower region, but higher up of tree-

ferns and trees of the families of Urticee and Artocarpee, interlaced.

with numerous Scitaminee (Eletiaria, Amomum, &c.)°and Liane.

Some trees have already attained a height of fifty feet. ‘This luxu-

riance is the more striking, when we compare other mountains ; for

example the Merapi, the higher parts of which (although more. than

fourteen years have elapsed since its last eruption) are not yet clothed

with vegetation. But these tracts lie at a greater height than 5000

feet, whilst those (of the Galungung) belong to the warmer region,

where nature is more luxuriant and active; these consist of debris of

bare rocks, covered with lapilli of trachyte and pumice-stone, whilst

those of the Galungung were flooded with a fruitful blackish mud.

In the rhinoceros-paths mentioned above, the Japanese are accus-

tomed to kill these animals by fixing in the earth sickle-shaped

knives, so that the belly of the animal, sliding along the ground, is

ripped up by them when it passes that way.

467

INDEX: to VOL, XVI.

ACALEPH, on the occurrence of an

intestinal worm in a species of, 88.

Accentor, new species of, 204,

Achatina, new species of, 344.

Acipenser Huso, notice respecting the

capture of, 213.

Actzon, on the anatomy of, 145.

Adolias, new species of, 179.

JEgus, new species of, 276.

Agassiz, M., on the geological develop-

ment of animal life, 355.

Alcedo Aleyon, on the occurrence of, in

Ireland, 430.

Alder, J., on new genera and species of

’ nudibranchiate mollusca, 124, 311;

Monograph of the British Nudibran-

chiate Mollusca, reviewed, 252.

Algze, on the spores of some, 141; on

mounting minute, for the microscope,

351; on the existence of tetraspores in

a genus of, 428.

Allman, Prof. G. J., on a monstrosity oc-

curring in Saxifraga Geum, 125; on

the anatomy of Actzon, with remarks

on the order Phlebenterata, 145.

Amblygnathus, new species of, 22.

Ammophorus, new species of, 30.

Amphipeplea, on a new species of, 341].

Anchonus, new species of, 39.

Animalculites of certain tertiary and mo-

dern deposits, remarks on the, 73.

Animals, marine, notes on some, 238.

Annelides, on the British, 4; on the de-

velopment of the, 183; index to the

- British, with descriptions of new spe-

cies, 433.

Apatura, new species of, 178,

Aphroditacez, new genera of, 8.

Aquila nzevia, notice respecting the oc-

currence of, in Ireland, 351.

Arctic expedition, account of the, 163.

Ardea, new species of, 335.

Argonauta Argo, on the Hectocotyle of

the, 414.

Argyrophenga, characters of the new ge-

nus,

Artamus mentalis, description of, 174.

Artemis, new species of, 56.

Asiatic Society, proceedings of the, 137.

Astur, new species of, 227.

Athene, new species of, 228.

Auliskia, characters of the new genus,

Babington, C. C., on some species of

Cuscuta, 1; on Ranunculus Lenor-

mandi, 141.

Bzomyces anomalus, observations on, 90,

Baily, F., notice of the late, 415.

Ball, Mr., on the sounds produced by.one

of the Notonectide, 129.

Barneoud, J. M., on the group Schizope-

talez, 66.

Bats, new species of, 49.

Berkeley, Rev. M. J., on mounting, mi-

nute alge for the microscope, 391.

Berkeleya, on the British species of, 110,

Bettington, A., on certain fossils related

to the Sivatherium and giraffe, 137.

Birds, new genera and species of, 48, 60,

61, 174, 193, 227, 385; found in the

ponity of Tunis and Biserta, list of,

Blood-corpuscle, on the development of

the, 131.

Boisduval, M., on a fossil diurnal lepid +

pterous insect, 353,

Botanical Society of Edinburgh, proceed-

ings of the, 139.

Botanical travellers, notices respecting,

113, 189, 248, 329, 462.

Bowerbank, J. S., on the Spongiada,

with descriptions of some new genera,

Brachypteryx, new species of, 228.

British Association, proceedings of the,

Brongniart, A,, on the organogeny of the

flower of the Malvacer, 240. ~

Buch, M. von, on the Cystidee, 213.

Bulimus, new species of, 334, 340, 343.

Buteo, new species of, 207.

Butterflies, descriptions of new, 176, 232,

304.

Butterfly, fossil, description of a, 3538,

Calamoherpe, new species of, 64.

Calicium, remarks on some British spe

cies of, 91.

Callirhipis, new species of, 209,

Cantor, Dr., on the foetus of Zygzena la-

ticeps, 372.

212

468

‘Carpenter, Dr. W. B., on the microsco-

pical structure of shells, 128.

Carrillus, new species of, 326.

Cartilospongia, characters of the new

genus, 408,

Cells, vegetable, on the formation antd de-

velopment. of, 130, 377.

Cercopithecus, new species of, 212.

Chalk, of the south-east of England, mi-

croscopical examination of, 73 ; on fos-

sil Xanthidia found in the, 346.

Chelidorynx, new species of, 202.

China, on the ichthyology of, 123.

Clathrus, on the fructification of, 327.

Claussen, M., on some Mexican fossils,

212.

Clouston, C., notice of a shower of dust

at Orkney, 286.

Coal, on the microscopic constituents of

the ash of, 69.

inact on the British species of,

Coleonyx, characters of the genus, 162.

Coleoptera, descriptions of new, 19, 208,

317.

Colluricincla, new species ( of, 335.

Copelatus, new species of, 93.

Coquand, M., on the discovery of a fossil

frog and butterfly in the gypsum depo-

sits of Aix, 352.

Corbis, on the organization of, 41.

Corvus, new species of, 48

Coste, M., on the primary modifications

of organic matter and on the formation

of cells, 377.

Creophilus, new species of, 24.

Crustacea, descriptions of several new

species of, 325.

Cubeba, on the officinal species of, 282.

Cuculus, new species of, 61.

Cucurbitacez, on the tendrils of the, 70.

Curculionide, on the synonymy of the

British, 217.

Cuscuta, on some species of, 1.

Cyprza, on the dissolution and re-calcifi-

cation of the shell in, 374.

Cysticola, new species of, 63.

Cystidez, observations on the, 213.

Cytherea, new species of, 356.

Davis, R., on the occurrence of Aquila

neevia in Ireland, 351.

Davy, Dr. J., on the temperature of man,

133.

Deane, H., on the fossil Xanthidia of the

chalk, 64, 346 ; on a mode of isolating

the siliceous shells of infusorial animal-

cules, 347.

Dendrocopus, new species of, 229.

Dendronotus, notice respecting the new

genus, 124

Desmidiez, descriptions of the British, 10.

INDEX.

Desvignes, P., on a genus and species of

Syrphideous Diptera new to Britain,

276.

Diadema, new species of, 180, 232.

aa ya's descriptions of the British,

Didea, new species of, 276.

Didymoprium, on the British species of,10.

Dimorpha, characters of the genus, 196.

Dinornis, observations on the genus, 142.

Diopsis, new species of, 274.

Diptera, new British, 276.

Donax, new species of, 58, 61.

Doris, new species of, 313.

Doubleday, E., on new or imperfectly de-

a diurnal Lepidoptera, 176, 232,

Dromicia, new species of, 49.

Drummond, H. M., list of birds found in

- the vicinity of Tunis and Biserta, 102.

Duchartre, P., on the nV eS of the

flower of the Malvacez, 240.

Ehrenberg, Prof., on the microscopic con-

stituents of the ash of fossil coal, 69.

Emberiza, new species of, 205.

rs a on the British species of,

Entomological Society, proceedingsof the,

65, 208, 273.

Eolis, new species of, 314.

Epidermis, on the growth and develop-

ment of the, 133.

Erichson, Prof., on some new species of

lamellicorn insects, 276.

Erpornis, new species of, 194.

Eumenis, description of the new genus,

pote characters of the new genus,

Evans’s, W.F., British Libelluline, noticed,

413.

Eyton, T. C., on some new species of

birds from Malacca, 227.

Feronia, new species of, 21.

Fire-flies, account of some, 209.

Flint, microscopical examination of, 73.

Forbes, Prof. E., on the endemic distribu-

tion of plants, 126; on the geology of

Lycia, 136.

Forster, J. R., Descriptiones Animalium

que in itinere ad Maris Australis terras

collegit, noticed, 46.

Fortnum, C. D. E., on the reproduction

of lost parts in a species of Phasmide,

273.

Fossil infusoria, 213.

Fossils, related to the Sivatherium and

giraffe, observations on some, 137 ; ac-

count of some, 212.

Fraser, Mr., on some new species of birds,

60.

INDEX.

Frog, fossil, on the discovery of a, 352.

Fulica, new species of, 49.

Geoffroy St. Hilaire, notice of the late,

422.

= Society, proceedings of the,

35.

Geomelania, characters of the genus, 334.

Glzoprium, on the British species of, 10.

Glandina, new species of, 257, 345.

Glyceria fluitans, observations on, 230.

pr aa strigirostris, observations on,

Goadby, Mr., notice respecting, 431.

Goniodoris, new species of, 314.

Goodsir, H. D. S., notes on some animals

brought up by deep-sea dredging 163 ;

on several new species of crustaceans

allied to Saphirina, 325.

Gould, Mr., on some new species of birds

from China, 48; on new species of

mammals, 49, 425; on a new grallato-

rial bird, 49; on new species of birds

from South America and Australia, 61,

335 ; on a new species of tern, 346.

Graham, Prof., notice of the late, 283.

ne characters of the new genus,

323.

Gray’s, G. R., Genera of Birds, reviewed,

Gray, J. E., on a new genus of night

lizards, 162 ; on a new species of Afri-

can monkey, 212; on the howling

monkeys, 217; on the genus Sacco-

pteryx, 279 ; on the African musk, 350.

Griffith, W., notice of the late, 415.

Heetera, new species of, 306.

Haltica, new species of, 39.

Hancock, A., on new genera and species

of nudibranchiate mollusca, 124, 311 ;

‘ British Nudibranchiate Mollusca,’ re-

viewed, 252.

Hankey, Lieut., on the dissolution and

2s agro of the shell in Cyprea,

375.

Hanley, 8., on some new species of Ar-

temis, 56; on new species of Donax,

58, 61; on new species of Cytherea

and Venus, 356.

Hapalotis, new species of, 427. -

Harlan, Dr. R., notice of the late, 421.

Harpalide, new species of, 22.

Hassall’s, A. H., History of the British

Freshwater Alge, reviewed, 410, 429.

Hectocotyle of Tremoctopus violaceus

and Argonauta Argo, observations on

the, 414.

Helix, new species of, 253, 332, 336,

341.

Hemichelidon, new species of, 203.

Hemipodius, new species of, 335.

Hemipus, new species of, 203.

469

Henfrey, A., on the development of vege-

table cells, 130,

Heterura, new species of, 203.

Hodgson, B. H., on Nepalese birds, 193.

ps nr on the British species. of,

Honey-bee, remarks on the, 131.

Hooker, J. D., on some marine animals

brought up by deep-sea dredging during

the Antarctic voyage of Capt. Sir James

C. Ross, 238.

Hope, Rev. F. W., on new species of exo-

tic Coleoptera, 208.

Hope, Dr., notice of the late, 425,

Horornis, new species of, 201.

Howard, L., on the fall of rain during the

present year, 287.

Humphreys, J., on the capture of Aci-

pensor Huso, 213.

Infusoria, on the origin of, 214; of the

chalk and flint, observations on the, 75.

Insects, notices respecting the occurrence

of rare British, 65, 210, 277 ; new, 19,

274, 317.

Ixodes, observations on a British species

of, 64,

Ixos, new species of, 228.

Ixulus, new species of, 194.

Jardine, Sir W., Hore Zoologice, 174.

Java, account of the flora of, 329, 462.

Jenner’s, E., Flora of Tunbridge Wells,

noticed, 413.

Jenyns, Rey. L., on the turf of the Cam-

bridgeshire fens, 125, :

Johnston, Dr. G., Miscellanea Zoologica,

4; an index to the British Annelides

with descriptions of new species, 433.

Jones, T. W., on the development of .the

blood-corpuscle, 131.

Junghuhn, Dr. Fr., on the topography

and natural history of Java, 329, 462.

Knapp, J. L., notice of the late, 419,

Kolliker, Prof., on the Hectocotyle of

Tremoctopus violaceus and Argonauta

Argo, 414.

Krohn, M. A., on the anatomy and phy-

siology of Sagitta bipunctata, 289.

rt Prof., on the disease of potatoes,

Lamellicorns, new, 276.

Lankester, Dr. E., on Phytelephas macro-

carpa, 130.

Larus, new species of, 60.

Larus capistratus, remarks on, 357.

Leaves and petals, on the colours of, 16.

Lecidea, remarks on some British species

of, 93.

Lepidoptera, descriptions of new, 176,

232, 304.

rE Orsi annectens, on a fish allied to,

470

Lespiault, M., ‘on the fructification of the

genera Clathrus and Phallus, 327.

Lichens of the neighbourhood of Os-

westry and Ludlow, list of the, 90; of

Wales, 99.

Linnzan Society, proceedings of the, 414.

Lizards, on a new genus of, 162.

Lorius, new species of, 60.

Loxia, new species of, ‘206.

Lucanide, descriptions of new, 208, 276.

Lyell, Mr., on the geology of Virginia

and South Carolina, 133.

Magdalis, on the British species of, 224.

Malacopteron, new species of, 228.

Malvacee, on the organogeny of the

flower of the, 240.

Mammalia, new, 49, 425; fossil, of Au-

stralia, on the, 142.

Man, on the temperature of, 133.

Mantell, G. A., microscopical examination.

of the chalk and flint of the south-east

of England, with remarks on the ani-

malculites of certain tertiary and mo-

dern deposits, 73.

Megalophrys, characters of the new genus,

321.

Meigen, Dr. J. W., notice of the late, 286.

Melithreptus, new species of, 335.

Mergus, new species of, 48.

Meteorological observations, 71, 148, 215,

287, 359, 431.

Microscopical Society, proceedings of the,

64, 346.

Milne Edwards, M., on the affinities of

Sagitta, 302.

Miquel, M., on the officinal species of

pepper, 280.

Miscellanea Zoologica, 4.

Mitra, new species of, 257.

Mitten, W., on Carex montana, 141.

Mixornis, new species of, 194.

Mollusca, nudibranchiate, new genera and

species of, 124, 311; on the grouping

of the, 161.

Monkeys, new species of, 212, 217. °

Montagne, Dr., on a curious appearance

presented by the contents of the cap-

sules of a moss from Chili, 354; on

the existence of tetraspores in a genus

of Alge belonging to the Zygnemata,

428.

Moore, T., on the Glyceria fluitans and

G. plicata, 230.

Moschus aquaticus, observations on the,

350.

Moss, on a curious appearance presented

by the contents of the capsules of a

species of, 354.

Mucor, on the origin and development of,

214.

INDEX.

Miinter, J., on the surface of the stem

and contents of the medullary = of

Nuphar lutea, 236.

Mus, new species of, 425.

Muscisylvia, characters of the genus, 197.

Mycetes, on the species of, 217.

a observations on the genus,

Nemura, new species of, 198.

Nereis, new British species of, 457.

Notaphus, new species of, 23.

Notonectidz, on the sounds produced by

the, 129.

Nourse, W. E. C., on the colours of leaves

and petals, 16

Nuphar lutea, on the surface of the stem

oom contents of the medullary cells of,

36.

Oligura, new species of, 195.

Onuphis tubicola, description of, 6.

Ormiscus, characters of the genus, 37.

Orthotomus, characters of the genus, 199.

Oryctes, new species of, 26.

Otiorhynchus, new species of, 38.

Owen, Prof., reply to some observations

of Prof. Wagner on the genus Mylo-

don, 100; on the extinct mammals -of

Australia, with additional observations

on the genus Dinornis of New Zea-

land, 142.

Oxystoma, on the British species of, 221.

Oyster, on the cilia and ciliary currents of

the, 124,

Pachycephala, new species of, 63.

Paleornis, new species of, 60.

ere on the ceconomy of the genus, .

278.

Papilio, new species of, 176, 235, 304.

Parastasia, new species of, 276.

Parmelia, remarks on some British species

of, 96.

Payer, M. J., on the tendrils of the Cu-

curbitacez, 70.

Pedinide, on the various genera of, 34.

Te description of the new genus,

32.

Peltidea, remarks on some British spe-

cies of, 98.

Pepper, on the officinal species of, 280.

Perdix, new species of, 230.

Perreymondia, characters of the new ge-

nus, 68.

Petals and leaves, on the colours of, 16.

Peters, Dr., on a fish related to Lepido-

siren annectens, 348.

Pfeiffer, Dr. L., on some new species of

Helix, 253; on new species of land

shells, 382, 336, 341 ; on a new species

of Amphipeplea, 341.

Phallus, on the fructification of, 327.

Phasmide, on the habits of the, 2738.

INDEX. 471

Philentoma, characters of the new genus,

~ 229,

phar ences remarks on the. order,

45.

Pholiodotus, new species of, 209.

Physorhinus, new species of, 25.

Phytelephas macrocarpa, notice respect-

ing the, 130

Picus, new species of, 48, 229, ,

Piscicola, new British species of, 441.

Planaria, descriptions of new British spe-

cies of, 437.

Plants, on the endemic distribution of,

126; rare British, notices respecting

the habitats of, 141; from the shores

of Davis’s Straits, observations on, 166.

Platesthes, characters of the new genus,

Pnoepyga, new species of, 195.

Podabrus, new species of, 427.

Pollicita, characters of the new genus, 4.

Rebnas cirrata, on the development of,

Polypes, anatomical and. physiological

observations on some, 385.

Potatoes, on the disease of, 358.

Pycnonotus, new species of, 228.

Pyctoris, characters of the genus, 194.

Pyrrhulinota, new species of, 206.

Ralfs, J., on the British Desmidiez, 10 ;

on the British Diatomacex, 109; on

the: genera Spirulina and Coleochete,

308.

~ Rallus, new species of, 230.

Rana aquensis, description of, 352.

Ranunculus Lenormandi, notice respect-

ing, 141. .

Reade, Rey. J. B., on the cilia,and ciliary

currents of the oyster, 124, .

Reeve, L., on some new species. of Mitra,

257 ; on the dissolution and re-calcifi-

cation of the shell in Cyprea, ‘a genus

of pectinibranchiate mollusea, 374.

Reid, Prof. J., anatomical and physiolo-

gical observations on some zoophytes,

385.

Richardson, Dr., on the ichthyology of

China, 123.

Royal Society, proceedings of the, 131.

Rubus, description of a new species of,

114; remarks on some forms of, 361.

Saccopteryx, observations on the genus,

279.

Sagitta bipunctata, anatomical and phy-

siological observations on, 289.

Salmon, on the migrations of, 141.

Salter, T. B.,.on some forms of Rubus,

361,

Salwey, Rev. T., list of the lichens found

in the neighbourhood of Oswestry and

Ludiow, 90,

Saperda, new species of, 209.

Sars, M., on the occurrence of an intesti- -

’_mal worm in an acaleph, 88; on»the

development of the Annelides, 183.

Saxifraga Geum, notice respecting mon-

strosity occurring in, 125, 9. -

aS cn Irish, notice respecting the,

31.

Sceliages, new species of, 275.

Schizopetalez, observations on the group,

Schomburgk, Sir R.; on the Murichi or

. Ita palm of Guiana, 125,

Schrenk, Dr., explorations of, 355.

Schulz, Dr. F., on the microscopic con-

- stituents of the ash of fossil coal, 69.

Scolex Acalepharum, observations on, 88.

Scotobius, new species of, 319.

Scymnus, new species of, 41.

Sebasteos, on a new species of, 275.

Sedgwick, Prof., on the fossiliferous slates

of North Wales, 135.

Selenophorus, new species of, 22.

Seller, Dr. W., on some plants obtained

from the shores of Davis’s Straits, 166.

Shadbolt, G., on a British species of

Ixodes found upon cattle, 64.

Shells, new, 56, 58, 61, 128, 253, 332,

336, 341, 356. :

Spain, observations on the flora of, 113,

189, 248.

yr susie on the British species of,

Sphenceacus, new species of, 63.

Spinther, characters of the genus, 8.

Spirulina, on the British species of, 308.

Spongiade, descriptions of some new

genera of, 400.

— Lieut., on the geology of Lycia,

Stachyris, characters of the genus, 193.

Stark, Dr. J., on Tetrao medius, 57.

Stematumenia, characters of the new

genus, 406.

Sterna, new species of, 346.

Sterope, new species of, 325.

earate description of the new genus,

Taphozous, new species of, 55.

Tarsiger, characters of the genus, 198.

Temnoris, new species of, 202,

Tetrao medius, notice respecting, 57,

Tetrastoma, observations on, 88.

Thaumantis, new species of, 234,

Theron, new species of, 230.

Thinobatis, new species of, 320.

Thompson, W., on Larus capistratus, 357;

on the occurrence of the belted king-

fisher, Alcedo Alcyon, Linn., in Ire-

land, 430; on fossil infusoria of. the

county of Down, 213.

—

| Patt

Thuret, G. M., on the spores of some

Algze, 141.

Thwaites, Mr., on mounting minute Algze

for the microscope, 351.

Tomogeres, new species of, 334.

Tribura, characters of the genus, 201.

Trinius, K. B. von, notice of the late,

424,

Tripsurus, new species of, 229.

Trogon, new species of, 61.

Trombidium, on the proceedings of a

species of, 211.

Valenciennes, M. A., on the organization

of Lucinz and of Corbis, 41.

Venus, new species of, 356.

heer ca characters of the new genus,

403.

Vespertilio, new species of, 50.

Wagner, Prouf., on the genus Mylodon,

100.

472

Walton, J., on the genera of insects Oxy-

stoma and Magdalis, 221.

Waterhouse, G. R., on coleopterous in-

sects collected by C. Darwin, Esq., in

the Galapagos islands, 19; on some

new species of bats collected in the

Philippine islands, 49; on some new

genera and species of heteromerous

Coleoptera, 317.

INDEX.

Westwood, J. O., on the ceconomy of the -

honey-bee, 131; on a new genus of

longicorn beetle, 209; on some new

species of sacred beetles, 275 ; on some

new species of Lucanide, 276; on the

ceconomy of the genus Palmon, 278. ~

Willkomm, M., botanical notices from

Spain, 113, 189, 248.

Wilson, E., on the growth and develop-

ment of the epidermis, 133

Wilson, G., on the proceedings of a spe-

cies of Trombidium, 211

Woolmer, G., on the fire-flies observed

near Lucca, 209.

Worm, intestinal, on the occurrence of

an, in an acaleph, 88.

— on some fossil species of, 64,

Zaus, new species of, 326.

Zoological Society, proceedings of the,

48, 193, 253, 332, 425.

Zoophytes, anatomical and physiological

observations on some, 385.

7 laticeps, notice of the foetus of,

372.

END OF THE SIXTEENTH VOLUME.

PRINTED BY RICHARD AND JOHN E. TAYLOR,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

tay

Trigtets

‘

Pie

gt ~

Peet

iat,

setae

ets lets

ait

stet

a leteeess

Tetst i igh

Tevet t

i) iyis ~ eH

aH i c

pity

Taty® he

trietat

iets

ate!

te ttatetste

i panty 4

reat “

4 petits

its ¢

eee

+; .

fen

’ ae T. ts : :

- Eee rattle :

Caleta Toate

Fearn

etpraturparegari

ener Gs

i) 4q'

ts tetel

i Hit He int

Hi a rae Deeietetesseesel

La erate pester f

Redriver ay

arise

1 7

i 4a

iff iit

Pay

teint

2 sf

tatel

AHEM

cigtetat

ates

avait

: siete tetnints ;

Heatunit Maisie?

Rist etal aie

4 at i ; Bier scetoke $31.

nit atatssasentags

i) Be

* 1; Ss a '

Dutt

atest

reeset

HEHE

slat

iets

aii

Tats ries!

nese aks

i ets eit

t 2 cH sty

Ate

aah

arin

chet

fats

ie int

Pprisesesi iad si

tbe ss iieletelets tate”

sa trig talavetatylclentts

waateiaevatgtatelatelg sh

tieitigtesese!

Vets

;

iat

5, teas

Para

a ; : et

Feta rst! 3 ‘ . ¢ My A Hess

s War beg : “ tm 2 : Wy : gusty “ By : ss)

Tate’ ; : * mike fatetaises i ys Mie

. igre ltsttaherett pies Bis

Re ictaiets

aa Renae tate tss

tet ase fieh

Popa p

tthe

ioe

Bie tal

etyte’

ie ha!

“aye

Sareea ee

Fada da tas ws,